As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 27, 2016
 
1933 Act File No. 333-212400
1940 Act File No. 811-23166
 
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM N-2
 
(Check appropriate box or boxes)
 
[X]
Registration Statement Under the Securities Act of 1933
[X]
Pre-Effective Amendment No. 5
[   ]
Post-Effective Amendment No. _
 
and
 
[X]
Registration Statement Under the Investment Company Act of 1940
[X]
Amendment No. 5
 
RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc.
Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter
 
325 North LaSalle Street, Suite 645, Chicago, Illinois 60654
Address of Principal Executive Offices (Number, Street, City, State, Zip Code)
 
(312) 832-1440
Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code
 
Marcus L. Collins, Esq.
RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC
325 North LaSalle Street, Suite 645
Chicago, Illinois 60654
 
Name and Address (Number, Street, City, State, Zip Code) of Agent for Service
 
Copies of Communications to:
 
Morrison C. Warren, Esq.
Chapman and Cutler LLP
111 West Monroe Street
Chicago, Illinois 60603
Sarah E. Cogan, Esq.
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017
 
Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement

_______________
 

If any of the securities being registered on this form are offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, check the following box. [ ]
 
It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box)
 
 
[   ]
when declared effective pursuant to section 8(c)
 
If appropriate, check the following box:
 
[   ]
This amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed registration statement.
 
[   ]
This Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act and the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering is                   .
_______________
 
Calculation of Registration Fee Under the Securities Act of 1933

Title of Securities
Being Registered
Amount Being
Registered (1)
Proposed Maximum
Offering Price Per Unit
Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering Price (2)
Amount of
Registration Fee (3)
Common Shares, $0.0001 par value

13,000,000

$20.00

$260,000,000

$26,182
 
(1)
Shares of common stock issued pursuant to the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option will also be registered.
 
(2)
Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the registration fee.
 
(3)
$2.01 of which has been previously paid.
 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such dates as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed.  We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective.  This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
PROSPECTUS
Subject to Completion, Dated September 27, 2016
Shares

RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc.
Common Stock
$20.00 per Share
________________
 
The Fund.  RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc. (the “Fund”) is a newly organized, diversified, closed‑end management investment company.
 
Investment Objective The Fund’s investment objective is current income and overall total return.   There is no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.
 
Principal Investment Strategies.  The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by allocating its Managed Assets (as defined below) among the two principal investment strategies described below:
 
Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy (10% - 35% of Managed Assets):  This strategy will seek to (i) generate returns through investments in closed-end funds, exchange-traded funds and business development companies   (collectively, the “Underlying Funds”) that invest primarily in income-producing securities, and (ii) derive value from the discount and premium spreads associated with closed-end funds.
 
Opportunistic Income Strategy (65% - 90% of Managed Assets):   This strategy seeks to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns through investments in fixed income instruments and other investments, including agency and non-agency residential mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities, corporate bonds, municipal bonds, and real estate investment trusts. At least 50% of the Managed Assets allocated to this strategy will be invested in mortgage-backed securities.
 
The Fund, or the Underlying Funds in which the Fund invests, may invest in securities of any credit quality, including, without limit, securities that are rated below investment grade, except that, under normal market conditions, no more than 60% of the Fund’s Managed Assets allocated to the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy will be invested in below investment grade and “senior loan” Underlying Funds, and the Fund will invest at least 20% of the Managed Assets allocated to the Opportunistic Income Strategy in securities rated investment grade (or unrated securities judged by the Subadviser (as defined below) to be of comparable quality).  Below investment grade securities are commonly referred to as “junk” and “high yield” securities and are considered speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal.  See “Risks—Credit and Below Investment Grade Securities Risk.”
 
No Prior History.  Because the Fund is newly organized, the shares of the Fund’s common stock (the “Common Shares” ) have no history of public trading.  Common stock of closed‑end funds frequently trades at prices lower than net asset value.  The risk of loss due to this discount may be greater for initial investors expecting to sell their Common Shares in a relatively short period after the completion of this initial public offering.  It is expected that the Fund’s common stock will be approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to notice of issuance.  The trading or ticker symbol of the Common Shares is expected to be “OPP.”
 
You should read this Prospectus, which contains important information about the Fund, before deciding whether to invest in the Common Shares, and retain it for future reference.  A Statement of Additional Information, dated                   , 2016 (the “SAI”), containing additional information about the Fund, has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into this Prospectus.
 
Investing in the Fund’s common stock involves certain risks.  See “Risks” beginning on page     of this Prospectus.
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved these securities or determined if this Prospectus is truthful or complete.  Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
The underwriters expect to deliver the Common Shares to purchasers on or about                 , 2016.
________________
 
Per Share
Total(1)
Public Offering Price
$20.00
$
Sales Load(2)
$0.40
$
Proceeds, After Expenses, to the Fund(3)
$19.56
$
 
(notes continued on the next page)
________________
 
Wells Fargo Securities
BofA Merrill Lynch
UBS Investment Bank
Oppenheimer & Co.
RBC Capital Markets
Stifel
D.A. Davidson & Co.
Henley & Company LLC
HilltopSecurities
J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, LLC
Janney Montgomergy Scott
Ladenburg Thalmann
Maxim Group LLC
National Securities Corporation
Newbridge Securities Corporation
Pershing LLC
Wedbush Securities Inc.
Wunderlich
 
Prospectus dated                       , 2016.
 

(notes continued from previous page)
________________
(1) The Fund has granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to                additional Common Shares at the Public Offering Price less the Sales Load within 45 days of the date of this Prospectus, solely to cover overallotments, if any.  If this option is exercised in full, the total Public Offering Price, Sales Load, and Proceeds, After Expenses, to the Fund, will be $              , $               and $              , respectively.  See “Underwriters.”
(2) The Adviser (as defined below), and not the Fund, has agreed to pay from its own assets (1) additional compensation of $0.15   per share to the underwriters in connection with this offering, and separately (2) a structuring fee to Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, UBS Securities LLC, Oppenheimer & Co. Inc., RBC Capital Markets, LLC and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated.  The Adviser (and not the Fund) also may pay certain other qualifying underwriters from its own assets a structuring fee, sales incentive fee or additional compensation in connection with the offering.  Furthermore, the Fund has agreed to reimburse the underwriters for the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the underwriters in connection with the review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Common Shares in an amount not to exceed $25,000 in the aggregate.  In addition, the Adviser (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay TSC Distributors, LLC an amount equal to 0.10% of the total price to the public of the Common Shares sold in the offering contemplated by this Prospectus (including Common Shares offered pursuant to the underwriters’ overallotment option) for certain distribution and marketing services.  See “Underwriters.”
(3) The Adviser has agreed to bear (a) all organizational expenses of the Fund and (b) such offering expenses of the Fund (other than the sales load) that exceed $0.04 per Common Share.  The amount of such expenses that do not exceed $0.04 per Common Share, although payable by the Fund, are indirectly paid by investors in this offering and will immediately reduce the net asset value of each Common Share purchased in this offering.  Proceeds to the Fund are calculated after expenses paid by the Fund.  The sum total of all compensation to the underwriters in connection with this public offering of Common Shares, including sales load and all forms of additional compensation or structuring or sales incentive fee payments, if any, to the underwriters and other expenses (including reimbursed expenses), will be limited to not more than        % of the total public offering price of the Common Shares sold in this offering.  See “Underwriters—Additional Underwriter Compensation.”
 
Under normal market conditions, the Fund may allocate between 10% and 35% of its Managed Assets to the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy and between 65% and 90% of its Managed Assets to the Opportunistic Income Strategy.  Subject to the foregoing ranges, the Adviser (as defined below) will determine the portion of the Fund’s Managed Assets to allocate to each strategy and may, from time to time, adjust the allocations.  The Adviser expects to initially allocate 30% of the Fund’s Managed Assets to the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy and 70% of the Fund’s Managed Assets to the Opportunistic Income Strategy.  See Investment Philosophy and Process.”  “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Fund, including assets attributable to leverage, minus liabilities (other than debt representing leverage and any preferred stock that may be outstanding).
 
Investment Adviser and Subadviser. The Fund’s investment adviser is RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC (the “Adviser”) and the Fund’s subadviser is DoubleLine Capital LP (the “Subadviser”).  The Adviser will be responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s Managed Assets allocated to the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy.  The Subadviser will be responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s Managed Assets allocated to the Opportunistic Income Strategy.  Subject to the ranges noted above, the Adviser will determine the portion of the Fund’s Managed Assets to allocate to each strategy and may, from time to time, adjust the allocations.  See “Management of the Fund.”
 
Contingent Conversion Feature.  The Fund’s Charter provides that, during calendar year 2021, the Fund will call a shareholder meeting for the purpose of voting to determine whether the Fund should convert to an open-end management investment company.  If approved by shareholders, the Fund will seek to convert to an open-end management investment company within 12 months of such approval.  If not approved by shareholders, the Fund will continue operating as a closed-end management investment company.  See “Contingent Conversion Feature.”
 
-ii-

Leverage.   The Fund may borrow money and/or issue preferred stock, notes or debt securities for investment purposes.  These practices are known as leveraging.  The Fund currently anticipates that leverage will initially be obtained through the use of bank borrowings and reverse repurchase agreements.  Since the holders of common stock pay all expenses related to the issuance of debt or use of leverage, any use of leverage would create a greater risk of loss for the Fund’s Common Shares than if leverage is not used.  The Fund is permitted under the 1940 Act to use leverage in an aggregate amount up to 33 1/3% of the Fund’s total assets immediately after such borrowings or issuance.  The Underlying Funds that the Fund invests in may also use leverage; provided, however, it is the intention of the Fund that the Fund’s direct use of leverage together with the Fund’s overall exposure to leverage utilized by all the Underlying Funds will not exceed 33 1/3% of the Fund’s Managed Assets (measured at the time of incurring such direct leverage or investing in such Underlying Fund).  The Fund’s intention to limit leverage is contingent upon the Adviser’s ability to adequately determine an Underlying Fund’s current amount of leverage, which may be severely limited, and ultimately unsuccessful.  The leverage at the Underlying Fund level will be calculated as the weighted average leverage ratio based on managed assets of each of the Underlying Funds in the portfolio as of the most recently available information.
 
You may request a free copy of the Prospectus, the SAI (the table of contents of which is on page 110 of this Prospectus), annual and semi‑annual reports to shareholders (when available) and other information about the Fund, or make shareholder inquiries, by calling (855) 862‑6092, by writing to the Fund at 325 North LaSalle Street, Suite 645, Chicago, IL 60654, or by visiting the Fund’s and the Adviser’s website at www.rivernorth.com (information included on the website does not form a part of this Prospectus), or from the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
 
The Fund’s Common Shares do not represent a deposit or obligation of, and are not guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank or other insured depository institution, and are not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.
 
-iii-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Page
Prospectus Summary
 1
Summary Of Fund Expenses
 43
The Fund
 45
Use Of Proceeds
 45
Investment Objective, Strategies And Policies
 45
Investment Philosophy and Process
 49
Contingent Conversion Feature
 50
Use Of Leverage
 51
Risks
 53
Management Of The Fund
 85
Net Asset Value
 87
Dividends And Distributions
 88
Dividend Reinvestment Plan
 89
Description Of The Common Shares
 91
Certain Provisions Of The Fund’s Charter And Bylaws And Of Maryland Law
 92
Repurchase Of Shares
 100
Conversion To Open‑End Fund
 100
U.S. Federal Income Tax Matters
 101
Underwriters
 105
Administrator, Fund Accountant, Transfer Agent, Dividend Disbursing Agent and Custodian
 108
Legal Matters
 108
Additional Information
 108
The Fund’s Privacy Policy
 108
Table Of Contents For The Statement Of Additional Information
 110
 
You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this Prospectus.  Neither the Fund nor the underwriters have authorized any other person to provide you with different information.  If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it.  Neither the Fund nor the underwriters are making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.  You should not assume that the information provided by this Prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of this Prospectus.  The Fund’s business, financial condition and results of operations may have changed since that date.  The Fund will amend this Prospectus if, during the period this Prospectus is required to be delivered, there are any material changes to the facts stated in this Prospectus.

-iv-

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
This is only a summary of information contained elsewhere in this Prospectus.  This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in the Fund’s shares of common stock (the “Common Shares”) offered by this Prospectus.  You should review the more detailed information contained in this Prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”), especially the information set forth under the headings “Investment Objective, Strategies and Policies” and “Risks.”
 
The Fund RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc. (the “Fund”) is a Maryland corporation registered as a diversified, closed‑end management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”).  An investment in the Fund may not be appropriate for all investors.
 
The Offering The Fund is offering                of its Common Shares, $0.0001 par value per share, at $20.00 per Common Share through a group of underwriters led by Wells Fargo Securities, LLC.  You must purchase at least 100 Common Shares in this offering ($2,000).  The Fund has granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to             additional Common Shares to cover overallotments.  See “Underwriters.”  The Adviser (as defined below) has agreed to bear (i) all organizational expenses of the Fund, and (ii) such offering expenses of the Fund (other than the sales load) that exceed $0.04 per Common Share.  The aggregate offering expenses (other than the sales load) to be incurred by the Fund currently are estimated to be $              .  Proceeds to the Fund are calculated after expenses paid by the Fund.
 
Investment Adviser and
Subadviser The Fund’s investment adviser is RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC (the “Adviser”) and the Fund’s subadviser is DoubleLine Capital LP (the “Subadviser”).  The Adviser will be responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s Managed Assets (as defined below) allocated to the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy (as described below).  The Subadviser will be responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s Managed Assets allocated to the Opportunistic Income Strategy (as described below).  Subject to the ranges noted below, the Adviser will determine the portion of the Fund’s Managed Assets to allocate to each strategy and may, from time to time, adjust the allocations.  See “Management of the Fund.”
 
Investment Objective The Fund’s investment objective is current income and overall total return.  There is no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.
 
Principal Investment
Strategies and Policies The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by allocating its Managed Assets among the two principal strategies described below.  The Adviser will determine the portion of the Fund’s Managed Assets to allocate to each strategy and may, from time to time, adjust the allocations.  See “Risks—Asset Allocation Risk.”  Under normal market conditions, the Fund may allocate between 10% and 35% of its Managed Assets to the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy (as described below) and 65% to 90% of its Managed Assets to the Opportunistic Income Strategy (as described below).  The Adviser expects to initially allocate 30% of the Fund’s Managed Assets to the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy and 70% of the Fund’s Managed Assets to the Opportunistic Income Strategy.  See “Investment Philosophy and Process.”
 
1

Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy (10%-35% of Managed Assets).  This strategy will seek to (i) generate returns through investments in closed-end funds, exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) and business development companies   (“BDCs,”   and, together with the Fund’s investments in closed-end funds and ETFs, the “Underlying Funds”) that invest primarily in income-producing securities, and (ii) derive value from the discount and premium spreads associated with closed-end funds.  See “Risks—Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy Risk.”  All Underlying Funds will be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
 
Under normal market conditions: (i) no more than 20% of the Fund’s Managed Assets allocated to the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy will be invested in “equity” Underlying Funds; (ii) no more than 60% of the Fund’s Managed Assets allocated to the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy will be invested in below investment grade (also known as “high yield” and “junk”) and “senior loan” Underlying Funds; and (iii) no more than 25% of the Fund’s Managed Assets allocated to the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy will be invested in “emerging market income” Underlying Funds.  The Fund will also limit its investments in closed‑end funds (including BDCs) that have been in operation for less than one year to no more than 10% of the Fund’s Managed Assets allocated to the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy.  The Fund will not invest in inverse ETFs or leveraged ETFs.  The types of Underlying Funds referenced in this paragraph will be categorized in accordance with the fund categories established and maintained by Morningstar, Inc.  The investment parameters stated above (and elsewhere in this Prospectus) apply only at the time of purchase.  The Fund’s shareholders will indirectly bear the expenses, including the management fees, of the Underlying Funds.  See “Risks—Underlying Fund Risks.”
 
The Underlying Funds in which the Adviser seeks to invest will generally focus on a broad range of fixed income securities or sectors, including Underlying Funds that invest in the following securities or sectors: convertible securities, preferred stocks, high yield securities, exchange-traded notes, structured notes, dividend strategies, covered call option strategies, real estate-related investments, energy, utility and other income-oriented strategies.
 
The Fund may invest in Underlying Funds that invest in securities that are rated below investment grade, including those receiving the lowest ratings from Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business (“S&P”), Fitch Ratings, a part of the Fitch Group (“Fitch”), or Moody’s Investor Services, Inc. (“Moody’s”), or comparably rated by another nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”) or, if unrated, determined by the Adviser or Subadviser (as defined below) to be of comparable credit quality, which indicates that the security is in default or has little prospect for full recovery of principal or interest.  See “Risks—Defaulted and Distressed Securities Risk.”  Below investment grade securities are commonly referred to as “junk” and “high yield” securities. Below investment grade securities are considered speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal.  Lower rated below investment grade securities are considered more vulnerable to nonpayment than other below investment grade securities and their issuers are more dependent on favorable business, financial and economic conditions to meet their financial commitments.  The lowest rated below investment grade securities are typically already in default.  See “Risks—Credit and Below Investment Grade Securities Risk.”
 
2

The Underlying Funds in which the Fund invests will not include those that are advised or subadvised by the Adviser, the Subadviser or their affiliates.
 
Under normal circumstances, the Fund intends to maintain long positions in Underlying Funds; however, the Fund may at times establish hedging positions.  Hedging positions may include short sales and derivatives, such as options, futures and swaps (“Hedging Positions”).  Under normal market conditions, no more than 30% of the Fund’s Managed Assets will be in Hedging Positions (as determined based on the market value of such Hedging Positions).  See “Risks—Derivatives Risks” and “Risks—Options and Futures Risks.”
 
A short sale is a transaction in which the Fund sells a security that it does not own in anticipation of a decline in the market price of the security.  The Fund may benefit from a short position when the shorted security decreased in value.  The Fund will not engage in any short sales of securities issued by closed-end funds and BDCs.  See “Investment Objective, Strategies and Policies—Principal Investment Strategies—Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy” and “Risks—Short Sale Risks.”
 
Under the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy, the Fund also may attempt to enhance the return on the cash portion of its portfolio by investing in total return swap agreements.  A total return swap agreement provides the Fund with a return based on the performance of an underlying asset, in exchange for fee payments to a counterparty based on a specific rate.  The difference in the value of these income streams is recorded daily by the Fund, and is typically settled in cash at least monthly.  If the underlying asset declines in value over the term of the swap, the Fund would be required to pay the dollar value of that decline plus any applicable fees to the counterparty.  The Fund may use its own net asset value or any other reference asset that the Adviser chooses as the underlying asset in a total return swap.  The Fund will limit the notional amount of all total return swaps in the aggregate to 15% of the Fund’s Managed Assets.  See “Investment Objective, Strategies and Policies—Principal Investment Strategies—Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy“ and “Risks—Swap Risks.”
 
3

Opportunistic Income Strategy (65%-90% of Managed Assets).   This strategy seeks to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns through investments in fixed income instruments and other investments, including agency and non-agency residential mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities, corporate bonds, municipal bonds, and real estate investment trusts (“REITs”).  At least 50% of the Managed Assets allocated to this strategy will be invested in mortgage-backed securities.  See “Risks—Fixed Income Securities Risks,” “Risks—Mortgage-Backed Securities Risk” and “Risks—Municipal Securities Risk.”
 
Under this strategy, the Fund may invest in securities of any credit quality, including, without limit, securities that are rated below investment grade, except that the Fund will invest at least 20% of the Managed Assets allocated to this strategy in securities rated investment grade (or unrated securities judged by the Subadviser to be of comparable quality).  In addition, the Subadviser does not currently expect that the Fund will invest more than 15% of the Managed Assets allocated to this strategy in corporate debt securities (excluding mortgage-backed securities) or sovereign debt instruments rated below B- by Moody’s and below B3 by S&P or Fitch (or unrated securities determined by the Subadviser to be of comparable quality).  The Fund’s investments in below investment grade securities under this strategy may include securities receiving the lowest ratings from S&P ( i.e., D-), Fitch ( i.e., D-) or Moody’s ( i.e., C3), or comparably rated by another NRSRO or, if unrated, determined by the Adviser or Subadviser to be of comparable credit quality, which indicates that the security is in default or has little prospect for full recovery of principal or interest.  See “Risks—Defaulted and Distressed Securities Risk.”  Below investment grade securities are commonly referred to as “junk” and “high yield” securities.  Below investment grade securities are considered speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal.  Lower rated below investment grade securities are considered more vulnerable to nonpayment than other below investment grade securities and their issuers are more dependent on favorable business, financial and economic conditions to meet their financial commitments.  The lowest rated below investment grade securities are typically already in default.  See “Risks—Credit and Below Investment Grade Securities Risk.”
 
The Fund will invest no more than 20% of its Managed Assets allocated to the Opportunistic Income Strategy in non-U.S. investments, including emerging market investments.  See “Risks—Emerging Market Investments.”
 
Investments under the Opportunistic Income Strategy may include substantial investments in mortgage-backed securities, including agency and non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”).  These RMBS investments have undergone extreme volatility over the past several years, driven primarily by high default rates and the securities being downgraded to “junk” status.  See “Risks—Mortgage-Backed Securities Risks.”
 
Investments under the Opportunistic Income Strategy may include mortgage- or asset-backed securities of any kind, including, by way of example, mortgage- or asset-related securities not subject to the credit support of the U.S. Government or any agency or instrumentality of the U.S. Government, including obligations backed or supported by sub-prime mortgages, which are subject to certain special risks.  See “Risks—Mortgage-Backed Securities Risks.”
 
4

Mortgage- or asset-backed securities may include, among other things, securities issued or guaranteed by the United States Government, its agencies, or its instrumentalities or sponsored corporations, or securities of domestic or foreign private issuers.   Mortgage- or asset-backed securities may be issued or guaranteed by banks or other financial institutions, special-purpose vehicles established for such purpose, or private issuers, or by government agencies or instrumentalities.  Privately issued mortgage-backed securities include any mortgage-backed security other than those issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by the U.S Government or its agencies or instrumentalities.  Mortgage-backed securities may include, without limitation, interests in pools of residential mortgages or commercial mortgages, and may relate to domestic or non-U.S. mortgages.  Mortgage-backed securities include, but are not limited to, securities representing interests in, collateralized or backed by, or whose values are determined in whole or in part by reference to any number of mortgages or pools of mortgages or the payment experience of such mortgages or pools of mortgages, including Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits (“REMICs”), which could include resecuritizations of REMICs, mortgage pass-through securities, inverse floaters, collateralized mortgage obligations, collateralized loan obligations, collateralized debt obligations, multiclass pass-through securities, private mortgage pass-through securities, stripped mortgage securities (generally interest-only and principal-only securities), and securitizations of various receivables, including, for example, credit card and automobile finance receivables.  Certain mortgage-backed securities in which the Fund may invest may represent an inverse interest-only class of security for which the holders are entitled to receive no payments of principal and are entitled only to receive interest at a rate that will vary inversely with a specified index or reference rate, or a multiple thereof.
 
The Fund may purchase other types of debt securities and other income-producing investments of any kind, including, by way of example, U.S. Government securities; debt securities issued by domestic or foreign corporations; obligations of foreign sovereigns or their agencies or instrumentalities; equity, mortgage, or hybrid REIT securities; bank loans (including, among others, participations, assignments, senior loans, delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities); municipal securities and other debt securities issued by states or local governments and their agencies, authorities and other government-sponsored enterprises.  See “Investment Objective, Strategies and Policies—Principal Investment Strategies—Opportunistic Income Strategy.”
 
5

“Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Fund, including assets attributable to leverage, minus liabilities (other than debt representing leverage and any preferred stock that may be outstanding).
 
In addition to the foregoing principal investment strategies of the Fund, the Adviser also may allocate the Fund’s Managed Assets among cash and short-term investments.  See “Investment Policies and Techniques—Temporary Investments and Defensive Position” in the SAI.  There are no limits on the Fund’s portfolio turnover, and the Fund may buy and sell securities to take advantage of potential short‑term trading opportunities without regard to length of time and when the Adviser or Subadviser believes investment considerations warrant such action.
 
Unless otherwise specified, the investment policies and limitations of the Fund are not considered to be fundamental by the Fund and can be changed without a vote of the holders of the Common Shares (the “Common Shareholders”).  The Fund’s investment objective and certain investment restrictions specifically identified as such in the SAI are considered fundamental and may not be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, as defined in the 1940 Act, which includes Common Shares and preferred stock of the Fund (“Preferred Shares”), if any, voting together as a single class, and the holders of the outstanding Preferred Shares, if any, voting as a single class.  See “Investment Restrictions” in the SAI.
 
Investment Philosophy
and Process The Adviser will allocate the Fund’s assets among the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy and the Opportunistic Income Strategy (as described above).  The amount allocated to each of the principal strategies may change depending on the Adviser’s assessment of market risk, security valuations, market volatility, and the prospects for earning income and capital appreciation.  See “Risks—Multi-Manager Risk.”
 
Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy.  The Adviser considers a number of factors when selecting Underlying Funds, including fundamental and technical analysis to assess the relative risk and reward potential throughout the financial markets.  The term “tactical” is used to indicate that the portion of the Fund’s Managed Assets allocated to this strategy will invest in closed-end funds to take advantage of pricing discrepancies in the closed-end fund market.
 
In selecting closed-end funds, the Adviser opportunistically utilizes a combination of short-term and longer-term trading strategies to seek to derive value from the discount and premium spreads associated with closed-end funds. The Adviser employs both a quantitative and qualitative approach in its selection of closed-end funds and has developed proprietary screening models and algorithms to trade closed-end funds by identifying pricing aberrations.  The Adviser’s mean reversion investing looks to capitalize on changes within the pricing of a closed-end fund and, based upon its research and analysis, a view that it will revert to historical pricing.  The Adviser employs the following trading strategies, among others:
 
6

Statistical Analysis (Mean Reversion)
 
· Using proprietary quantitative models, the Adviser seeks to identify closed-end funds that are trading at compelling absolute and/or relative discounts.
 
· The Adviser will attempt to capitalize on the perceived mispricing if the Adviser believes that the discount widening is irrational and expects the discount to narrow to longer-term mean valuations.
 
Corporate Actions
 
· The Adviser will pursue investments in closed-end funds that have announced, or the Adviser believes are likely to announce, certain corporate actions that may drive value for their shareholders.
 
· The Adviser has developed trading strategies that focus on closed-end fund tender offers, rights offerings, shareholder distributions, open-endings and liquidations.
 
Shareholder Activism
 
· The Adviser will assess activism opportunities by determining a closed-end fund’s susceptibility to dissident activity and analyzing the composition of the fund’s shareholder register.  The Fund, in seeking to achieve its investment objective, will not take activist positions in the Underlying Funds.
 
In employing its trading strategies, the Adviser conducts an extensive amount of due diligence on various fund sponsors, investment managers and funds, including actively monitoring regulatory filings, analyzing a fund’s registration statements, financial statements and organizational documents, as well as conducting proprietary research, such as speaking with fund sponsors, underwriters, sell-side brokers and investors.
 
See “Investment Philosophy and Process—Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy.”
 
Opportunistic Income Strategy.   The term “opportunistic” is used to indicate that the portion of this strategy’s Managed Assets devoted to any particular asset class will vary depending on the Subadviser’s view of what investments offer potentially attractive risk-adjusted returns under then-existing market conditions.
 
With respect to its investments in mortgage-backed securities, the Subadviser utilizes a unique investment process that first examines the macroeconomic status of the mortgage-backed sector.  This analysis includes reviewing information regarding interest rates, yield curves and spreads, credit analysis of the issuers and a general analysis of the markets generally.  From this detailed analysis, along with assessment of other economic data including market trends, unemployment data and pending legislation, the Subadviser identifies subsectors within the mortgage sector which the Subadviser believes offer the highest potential for return.  The Subadviser then applies a qualitative analysis that evaluates market trends and portfolio analytics, including looking at factors such as duration, level of delinquencies, default history and recovery rates.  Finally, the Subadviser performs a quantitative analysis of the potential investment, essentially performing a stress test of the potential investment’s underlying portfolio of mortgages.  Only when a potential investment has passed the Subadviser’s screening will it be added to the strategy’s portfolio.
 
7

The Subadviser allocates the Opportunistic Income Strategy assets among market sectors, and among investments within those sectors, in an attempt to construct a portfolio providing a high level of current income and the potential for capital appreciation consistent with what the Subadviser considers an appropriate level of risk in light of market conditions prevailing at the time.  Implementation of portfolio asset allocation decisions is made by the Subadviser’s portfolio managers after consultation with the Subadviser’s Fixed Income Asset Allocation Committee, a committee consisting of portfolio managers, traders and analysts which contributes to fixed-income asset allocation decisions made on behalf of the Fund by the Subadviser.  The Subadviser will select investments over time to implement its long-term strategic investment view.  It also will buy and sell securities opportunistically in response to short-term market, economic, political, or other developments or otherwise as opportunities may present themselves.  In selecting individual securities for investment by the Fund, the Subadviser uses a bottom-up security selection process, reflecting in-depth research and analysis.  The Subadviser will manage the Opportunistic Income Strategy of the Fund under an integrated risk management framework overseen by the Fund’s portfolio management team and Subadviser’s risk management committee.
 
Portfolio securities in the Opportunistic Income Strategy may be sold at any time. Sales may occur when the Subadviser determines to take advantage of a better investment opportunity, because the Subadviser believes the portfolio securities no longer represent relatively attractive investment opportunities, because the Subadviser perceives a deterioration in the credit fundamentals of the issuer, or because the Subadviser believes it would be appropriate for other investment reasons, such as to adjust the duration or other characteristics of the investment portfolio.
 
Contingent Conversion
Feature The Fund’s Charter provides that, during calendar year 2021, the Fund will call a shareholder meeting for the purpose of voting to determine whether the Fund should convert to an open‑end management investment company (such meeting date, as may be adjourned, the “Conversion Vote Date”).  Such shareholder meeting may be postponed (prior to convening the meeting) or adjourned in accordance with the By-Laws of the Fund and Maryland law to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date for the meeting.  A vote on such Conversion Vote Date to convert the Fund to an open‑end management investment company under the Charter requires approval by a majority of the Fund’s total outstanding shares.  A majority is defined as greater than 50% of the Fund’s total outstanding shares.  If approved by shareholders on the Conversion Vote Date, the Fund will seek to convert to an open‑end management investment company within 12 months of such approval. Any such shareholder approval will be in addition to the vote or consent of the Fund’s shareholders otherwise required by federal law or by any agreement between the Fund and any national securities exchange. If the requisite number of votes to convert the Fund to an open‑end management investment company is not obtained on the Conversion Vote Date, the Fund will continue operating as a closed‑end management investment company.  See “Conversion to Open‑End Fund” and “Risks—Contingent Conversion Risk” below.
 
8

Use of Leverage The Fund may borrow money and/or issue Preferred Shares, notes or debt securities for investment purposes.  These practices are known as leveraging.  The Adviser will determine whether or not to engage in leverage based on its assessment of conditions in the debt and credit markets.  The Fund currently anticipates that leverage will initially be obtained through the use of bank borrowings and reverse repurchase agreements.  The Fund does not anticipate that it will issue Preferred Shares within 12 months of the date of this Prospectus.
 
The Fund is permitted under the 1940 Act to use leverage in an aggregate amount up to 33 1/3% of the Fund’s total assets immediately after such borrowings or issuance.  The Underlying Funds that the Fund invests in may also use leverage; provided, however, it is the intention of the Fund that the Fund’s direct use of leverage together with the Fund’s overall exposure to leverage utilized by all the Underlying Funds will not exceed 33 1/3% of the Fund’s Managed Assets (measured at the time of incurring such direct leverage or investing in such Underlying Fund).  The Fund’s intention to limit leverage is contingent upon the Adviser’s ability to adequately determine an Underlying Fund’s current amount of leverage, which may be severely limited, and ultimately unsuccessful.  The leverage at the Underlying Fund level will be calculated as the weighted average leverage ratio based on managed assets of each of the Underlying Funds in the portfolio as of the most recently available information.
 
Notwithstanding the limits discussed above, the Fund may enter into derivatives or other transactions ( e.g., reverse repurchase agreements and total return swaps) that may provide leverage (other than through borrowings or the issuance of Preferred Shares), but which are not subject to the foregoing limitation if the Fund earmarks or segregates liquid assets (or enters into offsetting positions) in accordance with applicable Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) regulations and interpretations to cover its obligations under those transactions and instruments.  These additional transactions will not cause the Fund to pay higher advisory or administration fee rates than it would pay in the absence of such transactions.  However, these transactions will entail additional expenses ( e.g., transaction costs) which will be borne by the Fund.
 
The use of leverage by the Fund can magnify the effect of any losses. If the income and gains earned on the securities and investments purchased with leverage proceeds are greater than the cost of the leverage, returns will be greater than if leverage had not been used. Conversely, if the income and gains from the securities and investments purchased with such proceeds do not cover the cost of leverage, returns will be less than if leverage had not been used.  The use of leverage magnifies gains and losses to Common Shareholders.  Since the holders of common stock pay all expenses related to the issuance of debt or use of leverage, any use of leverage would create a greater risk of loss for the Common Shares than if leverage is not used.  There can be no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be successful during any period in which it is employed.  See “Use of Leverage” and “Risks—Leverage Risks.”
 
9

Reverse Repurchase Agreements.   Reverse repurchase agreements involve the sale of securities held by the Fund with an agreement by the Fund to repurchase the securities at an agreed upon price, date and interest payment.  At the time the Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it may establish and maintain a segregated account with its custodian containing, or designate on its books and records, cash and/or liquid assets having a value not less than the repurchase price (including accrued interest).  If the Fund establishes and maintains such a segregated account, or earmarks such assets as described, a reverse repurchase agreement will not be considered a senior security under the 1940 Act and therefore will not be considered a borrowing by the Fund under the foregoing limitation; however, under certain circumstances in which the Fund does not establish and maintain such segregated account, or earmark such assets on its books and records, such reverse repurchase agreement will be considered a borrowing for the purpose of the Fund’s limitation on borrowings.  The use by the Fund of reverse repurchase agreements involves many of the same risks as leverage since the proceeds derived from such reverse repurchase agreements may be invested in additional securities.  See “Risks—Reverse Repurchase Agreements Risks.”
 
Dividends and
Distributions Commencing with the Fund’s first dividend, the Fund intends to implement a level distribution policy.  The Fund intends to distribute to Common Shareholders regular monthly cash distributions of its net investment income.  In addition, the Fund intends to distribute its net realized capital gains, if any, at least annually.  The Fund expects to declare its initial monthly dividend within 30 to 45 days and pay its initial monthly dividend within approximately 45 to 60 days after the completion of this offering, depending on market conditions.  There is no assurance the Fund will make this initial monthly distribution or continue to pay regular monthly distributions or that it will do so at a particular rate.
 
At times, to maintain a stable level of distributions, the Fund may pay out less than all of its net investment income or pay out accumulated undistributed income, or return capital, in addition to current net investment income.  Any distribution that is treated as a return of capital generally will reduce a shareholder’s basis in his or her shares, which may increase the capital gain or reduce the capital loss realized upon the sale of such shares.  Any amounts received in excess of a shareholder’s basis are generally treated as capital gain, assuming the shares are held as capital assets.
 
The Adviser intends to seek an order granting an exemption from Section 19(b) of the 1940 Act and Rule 19b‑1 thereunder to permit the Fund, subject to certain terms and conditions, to include realized long‑term capital gains as a part of its regular distributions to Common Shareholders more frequently than would otherwise be permitted by the 1940 Act (generally once per taxable year).  To the extent that the Adviser is granted and relies on the exemptive order, the Fund will be required to comply with the terms and conditions therein, which, among other things, requires the Fund to make certain disclosures to shareholders and prospective shareholders regarding distributions, and would require the Fund's Board of Directors to make determinations regarding the appropriateness of use of the distribution policy.  Under such a distribution policy, it is possible that the Fund might distribute more than its income and net realized capital gains; therefore, distributions to shareholders may result in a return of capital.  There is no assurance that the Fund will be granted or rely on the exemptive order in the future.  See “Dividends and Distributions.”
 
10

Dividend Reinvestment
Plan The Fund has a dividend reinvestment plan (the “Plan”) commonly referred to as an “opt‑out” plan.  Each Common Shareholder who participates in the Plan will have all distributions of dividends and capital gains automatically reinvested in additional Common Shares.  The automatic reinvestment of dividends and distributions in Common Shares will not relieve participants of any federal, state or local income tax that may be payable (or required to be withheld) on such dividends and distributions, even though such participants have not received any cash with which to pay the resulting tax.
 
Common Shareholders who elect not to participate in the Plan will receive all distributions in cash.  All correspondence or questions concerning the Plan, including how a Common Shareholder may opt out of the Plan, should be directed to U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, (855) 862-6092, 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202 (the “Plan Administrator”).  Beneficial owners of Common Shares who hold their Common Shares in the name of a broker or nominee should contact the broker or nominee to determine whether and how they may participate in, or opt out of, the Plan. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan” and “U.S. Federal Income Tax Matters.”
 
Listing of Common Shares It is expected that the Fund’s Common Shares will be approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), subject to notice of issuance.  The trading or ticker symbol of the Common Shares is expected to be “OPP.”
 
Risk Considerations Risk is inherent in all investing.  Investing in any investment company security involves risk, including the risk that you may receive little or no return on your investment or even that you may lose part or all of your investment.  Therefore, before investing in the Common Shares, you should consider the following risks as well as the other information in this Prospectus and the SAI.  See “Risks” below for more information about risk.
 
Investment‑Related Risks:
 
With the exception of Underlying Fund risk (and except as otherwise noted below), the following risks apply to the direct investments the Fund may make, and generally apply to the Fund’s investments in Underlying Funds.  That said, each risk described below may not apply to each Underlying Fund.
 
11

Investment and Market Risks.  An investment in Common Shares is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount invested.  An investment in Common Shares represents an indirect investment in the Underlying Funds owned by the Fund.  The value of the Fund or the Underlying Funds, like other market investments, may move up or down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably.  Overall stock market risks may also affect the net asset value of the Fund or the Underlying Funds.  Factors such as domestic and foreign economic growth and market conditions, interest rate levels and political events affect the securities markets.  The Common Shares at any point in time may be worth less than the original investment, even after taking into account any reinvestment of dividends and distributions.  See “Risks—Investment and Market Risks.”
 
Management Risks.  The Adviser’s and the Subadviser’s judgments about the attractiveness, value and potential appreciation of a particular asset class or individual security in which the Fund invests may prove to be incorrect and there is no guarantee that the Adviser’s or the Subadviser’s judgment, as applicable, will produce the desired results.  Similarly, the Fund’s investments in Underlying Funds are subject to the judgment of the Underlying Funds’ managers which may prove to be incorrect.  In addition, the Adviser and Subadviser will have limited information as to the portfolio holdings of the Underlying Funds at any given time.  This may result in the Adviser and Subadviser having less ability to respond to changing market conditions.  The Fund may allocate its assets so as to under‑emphasize or over‑emphasize its investments under the wrong market conditions, in which case the Fund’s net asset value may be adversely affected. 
 
In addition, the Fund depends on the diligence, skill and business contacts of the investment professionals of the Adviser and the Subadviser to achieve the Fund’s investment objective.  In particular, the Adviser and Subadviser are dependent upon the expertise of their respective portfolio management teams to implement the Fund’s strategies. If the Adviser or the Subadviser were to lose the services of one or more key individuals, including members of their portfolio management teams, each may not be able to hire qualified replacements or may require an extended time to do so. This could prevent the Fund from achieving its investment objective and could have an adverse effect on an investment in the Fund. See “Risks—Management Risks.”
 
Securities Risks. The value of the Fund or an Underlying Fund may decrease in response to the activities and financial prospects of individual securities in the fund’s portfolio.  See “Risks—Securities Risks.”
 
Fixed Income Securities Risks.   The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in fixed income securities.  Fixed income securities increase or decrease in value based on changes in interest rates.  Fixed income securities generally represent the obligation of an issuer to repay to the investor (or lender) the amount borrowed plus interest over a specified time period.  If rates increase, the value of a fund’s fixed income securities generally declines.  On the other hand, if rates fall, the value of the fixed income securities generally increases.  The issuer of a fixed income security may not be able to make interest and principal payments when due.  This risk is increased in the case of issuers of high yield securities, also known as “junk bonds.”  Fixed income securities risks include components of the following additional risks (in addition to those described elsewhere in this Prospectus):
 
12

· Issuer Risk.   The value of fixed income securities may decline for a number of reasons which directly relate to the issuer, such as management performance, leverage, reduced demand for the issuer’s goods and services, historical and projected earnings, and the value of its assets.  Changes in an issuer’s credit ratings or the market’s perception of an issuer’s creditworthiness may also affect the value of the fund’s investment in that issuer.
 
· Credit Risk .   The issuer of a fixed income security may not be able to make interest and principal payments when due.  Generally, the lower the credit rating of a security, the greater the risk that the issuer will default on its obligation, which could result in a loss to a fund.  The Fund and the Underlying Funds in which the Fund invests may invest in securities that are rated in the lowest investment grade category.  Issuers of these securities are more vulnerable to changes in economic conditions than issuers of higher grade securities.
 
· High Yield Securities/Junk Bond Risk .   The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in high yield securities, also known as “junk bonds.”  High yield securities are not considered to be investment grade. High yield securities may provide greater income and opportunity for gain, but entail greater risk of loss of principal.  High yield securities are predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation.  The market for high yield securities is generally less active than the market for higher quality securities.  This may limit the ability of a fund to sell high yield securities at the price at which it is being valued for purposes of calculating net asset value.  See “—Credit and Below Investment Grade Securities Risks.”
 
· Interest Rate Risk .   Interest rate risk is the risk that the debt securities in the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s portfolio will decline in value because of increases in market interest rates.  Generally, when market interest rates rise, bond prices fall, and vice versa.  In addition, as interest rates decline, issuers of debt securities may prepay principal earlier than scheduled, forcing the Fund or the Underlying Fund to reinvest in lower-yielding securities and potentially reducing the Fund’s or the Underlying Fund’s income.  As interest rates increase, slower than expected principal payments may extend the average life of securities, potentially locking in a below-market interest rate and reducing the Fund’s and the Underlying Fund’s value.  Securities with longer maturities tend to produce higher yields, but are more sensitive to changes in interest rates and are subject to greater fluctuation in value.  In typical market interest rate environments, the prices of longer-term debt securities generally fluctuate more than prices of shorter-term debt securities as interest rates change.  These risks may be greater in the current market environment because, as of the date of this Prospectus, certain interest rates are at or near historic lows. The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) recently raised the federal funds rate, and has indicated that it may continue to do so.  Therefore, there is a risk that interest rates will rise, which will likely drive down bond prices.  In addition, this rise in interest rates may negatively impact the Fund’s or the Underlying Fund’s future income relating to leverage, as the fund will be required to earn more income on its investments to recoup any increased costs of leverage.  The Fund’s and the Underlying Fund’s net investment income and, as a result the net asset value and market price for the Common Shares, could be negatively impacted by an increase in interest rates due to the inability of Fund or Underlying Fund portfolio companies to service interest payment obligations and principal loan repayments.  Similarly, distributions to Common Shareholders may be negatively impacted to the extent the Fund’s investments yield less income available for distribution.
 
13

See “Risks—Fixed Income Securities Risks.”
 
Mortgage-Backed Securities Risks .   Mortgage-backed securities represent participation interests in pools of residential mortgage loans purchased from individual lenders by a federal agency or originated and issued by private lenders.  The Fund invests in mortgage-backed securities and is subject to the following risks:
 
· Credit and Market Risks of Mortgage-Backed Securities .   Investments by the Fund in fixed rate and floating rate mortgage-backed securities will entail normal credit risks ( i.e. , the risk of non-payment of interest and principal) and market risks ( i.e. , the risk that interest rates and other factors could cause the value of the instrument to decline).  Many issuers or servicers of mortgage-backed securities guarantee timely payment of interest and principal on the securities, whether or not payments are made when due on the underlying mortgages.  This kind of guarantee generally increases the quality of a security, but does not mean that the security’s market value and yield will not change.  The value of all mortgage-backed securities may also change because of changes in the market’s perception of the creditworthiness of the organization that issued or guarantees them.  In addition, an unexpectedly high rate of defaults on the mortgages held by a mortgage pool may limit substantially the pool’s ability to make payments of principal or interest to a Fund as a holder of such securities, reducing the values of those securities or in some cases rendering them worthless.
 
14

Like bond investments, the value of fixed rate mortgage-backed securities will tend to rise when interest rates fall, and fall when rates rise.  Floating rate mortgage-backed securities will generally tend to have more moderate changes in price when interest rates rise or fall, but their current yield will be affected.  The Fund may also purchase securities that are not guaranteed.  In addition, the mortgage-backed securities market in general may be adversely affected by changes in governmental legislation or regulation.  Factors that could affect the value of a mortgage-backed security include, among other things, the types and amounts of insurance which a mortgage carries, the default and delinquency rate of the mortgage pool, the amount of time the mortgage loan has been outstanding, the loan-to-value ratio of each mortgage and the amount of overcollateralization or undercollateralization of a mortgage pool.
 
Ongoing developments in the residential mortgage market may have additional consequences to mortgage-backed securities.  Delinquencies and losses have at times increased with respect to securitizations involving residential mortgage loans and may continue to increase as a result of any weakening of the housing market and the seasoning of securitized pools of mortgage loans.  Many so-called “sub-prime” mortgage pools are currently distressed and may be trading at significant discounts to their face value.  See “Risks—Mortgage Market/Sub-Prime Risk.”
 
Additionally, mortgage lenders have adjusted their loan programs and underwriting standards, which has reduced the availability of mortgage credit to prospective mortgagors.  This has resulted in reduced availability of financing alternatives for mortgagors seeking to refinance their mortgage loans.  The reduced availability of refinancing options for mortgagors has resulted in higher rates of delinquencies, defaults and losses on mortgage loans, particularly in the case of, but not limited to, mortgagors with adjustable rate mortgage loans or interest-only mortgage loans that experience significant increases in their monthly payments following the adjustment date or the end of the interest-only period (see “—Adjustable Rate Mortgages” below for further discussion of adjustable rate mortgage risks).  These events, alone or in combination with each other and with any adverse economic conditions in the general economy, may contribute to higher delinquency and default rates on mortgage loans.  The tighter underwriting guidelines for residential mortgage loans, together with lower levels of home sales and reduced refinance activity, also may have contributed to a reduction in the prepayment rate for mortgage loans generally and this may continue.
 
The Federal Housing Finance Agent (“FHFA”), as conservator or receiver of the Federal National Mortgage Corporation (“Fannie Mae”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”), has the power to repudiate any contract entered into by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac prior to its appointment if it determines that performance of the contract is burdensome and repudiation of the contract promotes the orderly administration of Fannie Mae’s or Freddie Mac’s affairs.  In the event the guaranty obligations of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac are repudiated, the payments of interest to holders of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac mortgage-backed securities would be reduced if payments on the mortgage loans represented in the mortgage loan groups related to such mortgage-backed securities are not made by the borrowers or advanced by the servicer.  Any actual direct compensatory damages for repudiating these guaranty obligations may not be sufficient to offset any shortfalls experienced by such mortgage-backed security holders.
 
15

Further, in its capacity as conservator or receiver, FHFA has the right to transfer or sell any asset or liability of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac without any approval, assignment or consent.  If FHFA were to transfer any such guaranty obligation to another party, holders of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac mortgage-backed securities would have to rely on that party for satisfaction of the guaranty obligation and would be exposed to the credit risk of that party.
 
· Prepayment, Extension and Redemption Risks of Mortgage-Backed Securities .   Mortgage-backed securities reflect an interest in monthly payments made by the borrowers who receive the underlying mortgage loans.  Although the underlying mortgage loans are for specified periods of time, such as 20 or 30 years, the borrowers can, and historically have paid them off sooner.  When a prepayment happens, a portion of the mortgage-backed security which represents an interest in the underlying mortgage loan will be prepaid.  A borrower is more likely to prepay a mortgage which bears a relatively high rate of interest.  This means that in times of declining interest rates, a portion of the Fund’s higher yielding securities are likely to be redeemed and the Fund will probably be unable to replace them with securities having as great a yield.  Prepayments can result in lower yields to shareholders.  The increased likelihood of prepayment when interest rates decline also limits market price appreciation of mortgage-backed securities.  This is known as prepayment risk.  Mortgage-backed securities are also subject to extension risk.  Extension risk is the possibility that rising interest rates may cause prepayments to occur at a slower than expected rate.  This particular risk may effectively change a security which was considered short or intermediate-term into a long-term security.  Long-term securities generally fluctuate more widely in response to changes in interest rates than short or intermediate-term securities.  In addition, a mortgage-backed security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer.  If a mortgage-backed security held by a Fund is called for redemption, the Fund will be required to permit the issuer to redeem or “pay-off” the security, which could have an adverse effect on the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective.
 
16

· Illiquidity Risk of Mortgage-Backed Securities .   The liquidity of mortgage-backed securities varies by type of security; at certain times the Fund may encounter difficulty in disposing of such investments.  Because mortgage-backed securities may be less liquid than other securities, the Fund may be more susceptible to liquidity risks than funds that invest in other securities.  In the past, in stressed markets, certain types of mortgage-backed securities suffered periods of illiquidity if disfavored by the market.
 
· Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities.  Commercial mortgage-backed securities include securities that reflect an interest in, or are secured by, mortgage loans on commercial real property.  Many of the risks of investing in commercial mortgage-backed securities reflect the risks of investing in the real estate securing the underlying mortgage loans.  These risks reflect the effects of local and other economic conditions on real estate markets, the ability of tenants to make loan payments and the ability of a property to attract and retain tenants.  Commercial mortgage-backed securities may be less liquid and exhibit greater price volatility than other types of mortgage- or asset-backed securities.
 
· Collateralized Mortgage Obligations .   There are certain risks associated specifically with collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”). CMOs are debt obligations collateralized by mortgage loans or mortgage pass-through securities.  The average life of CMOs is determined using mathematical models that incorporate prepayment assumptions and other factors that involve estimates of future economic and market conditions.  These estimates may vary from actual future results, particularly during periods of extreme market volatility.  Further, under certain market conditions, such as those that occurred in 1994, 2007, 2008 and 2009, the average weighted life of certain CMOs may not accurately reflect the price volatility of such securities.  For example, in periods of supply and demand imbalances in the market for such securities and/or in periods of sharp interest rate movements, the prices of CMOs may fluctuate to a greater extent than would be expected from interest rate movements alone. CMOs issued by private entities are not obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States Government, its agencies or instrumentalities and are not guaranteed by any government agency, although the securities underlying a CMO may be subject to a guarantee.  Therefore, if the collateral securing the CMO, as well as any third party credit support or guarantees, is insufficient to make payment, the holder could sustain a loss.  See “—Collateralized Debt Obligations Risk.”
 
· Illiquidity of Mortgage Markets .     The residential and commercial mortgage markets in the U.S. and abroad have faced economic pressures which create risks for investors in mortgage-related securities.  In many instances, because of falling housing prices, the underlying collateral has resulted in devaluation, in some instances below the amount owned on the mortgage.  This increases the possibility of foreclosure.  Additionally, banks have increased loan underwriting requirements which limits the number of qualified real estate purchasers, putting further downward price pressure on properties in the market.
 
17

· Residual and Equity Tranches.   A key feature of a mortgage-related security structure is the prioritization of the cash flows from a pool of collateral securities among the several tranches of the security.  Multiple tranches of securities are typically issued by trusts holding pools of mortgage-backed securities, offering investors various maturity and credit risk characteristics. Tranches are categorized as senior, mezzanine and equity, according to their degree of risk.  The most senior tranche of a mortgage-backed security has the greatest collateralization and pays the lowest interest rate.  If there are defaults or the collateral otherwise underperforms, scheduled payments to senior tranches take precedence over those of mezzanine tranches and scheduled payments to mezzanine tranches take precedence over those to residual/equity tranches.  Lower tranches represent lower degrees of credit quality and pay higher interest rates intended to compensate for the attendant risks.  The return on the lower tranches of non-agency mortgage‑backed securities is especially sensitive to the rate of defaults in the collateral pool.  The lowest tranche ( i.e. the “equity” or “residual” tranche) specifically receives the residual interest payments ( i.e. , whatever money that is left over after the higher tranches have been paid) rather than a fixed interest rate.  Under normal market conditions, the Fund may invest up to 20% of the Fund’s Managed Assets allocated to the Opportunistic Income Strategy in the lower tranches of non-agency mortgage-backed securities, including equity tranches.  However, the Fund’s exposure to such lower tranches of non-agency mortgage-backed securities may be greater as a result of any investments in such securities by the Underlying Funds in which the Fund invests, which Underlying Funds may not be restricted in their ability to invest in such securities.
 
· Adjustable Rate Mortgages .   Adjustable rate mortgages (“ARMs”) contain maximum and minimum rates beyond which the mortgage interest rate may not vary over the lifetime of the security.  In addition, many ARMs provide for additional limitations on the maximum amount by which the mortgage interest rate may adjust for any single adjustment period.  Alternatively, certain ARMs contain limitations on changes in the required monthly payment.  In the event that a monthly payment is not sufficient to pay the interest accruing on an ARM, any excess interest is added to the principal balance of the mortgage loan, which is repaid through future monthly payments.  If the monthly payment for such an instrument exceeds the sum of the interest accrued at the applicable mortgage interest rate and the principal payment required at such point to amortize the outstanding principal balance over the remaining term of the loan, the excess is utilized to reduce the then-outstanding principal balance of the ARM.
 
18

In addition, certain ARMs may provide for an initial fixed, below-market or “teaser” interest rate. During this initial fixed-rate period, the payment due from the related mortgagor may be less than that of a traditional loan. However, after the “teaser” rate expires, the monthly payment required to be made by the mortgagor may increase dramatically when the interest rate on the mortgage loan adjusts. This increased burden on the mortgagor may increase the risk of delinquency or default on the mortgage loan and in turn, losses on the mortgage-backed securities.
 
· Interest and Principal Only Securities Risk.   The Fund may invest in “stripped mortgage-backed securities,” which pay to one class all of the interest from the mortgage assets (the interest-only, or “IO” class), while the other class will receive all of the principal (the principal-only, or “PO” class).  The yield to maturity on an IO class is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on the Fund’s yield to maturity from these securities.  If the assets underlying the IO class experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Fund may fail to recoup fully, or at all, its initial investment in these securities. Conversely, PO class securities tend to decline in value if prepayments are slower than anticipated.
 
See “Risks—Mortgage-Backed Securities Risks.”
 
Mortgage Market/Sub-Prime Risk.  The residential mortgage market in the United States has experienced difficulties that, when present, may adversely affect the performance and market value of certain of the Fund’s mortgage-related investments.  Delinquencies and losses on residential mortgage loans (especially subprime loans, which refer to loans made to borrowers with weakened credit histories or with a lower capacity to make timely payments on their loans, and second-lien mortgage loans), and a decline in or flattening of housing values (as has been experienced in recent years and may continue to be experienced in many housing markets) may exacerbate such delinquencies and losses.  Borrowers with adjustable rate mortgage loans are more sensitive to changes in interest rates, which affect their monthly mortgage payments, and may be unable to secure replacement mortgages at comparably low interest rates.  Also, during such periods of market difficulties, a number of residential mortgage loan originators experienced serious financial difficulties or bankruptcy.  Owing largely to the foregoing, reduced investor demand for mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities and increased investor yield requirements have at times caused limited liquidity in the secondary market for mortgage-related securities, which can adversely affect the market value of mortgage-related securities.  It is possible that such limited liquidity in such secondary markets could continue or worsen. See “Risks—Mortgage Market/Sub-Prime Risk.”
 
Corporate Debt Securities Risk.   Corporate debt securities are fully taxable debt obligations issued by corporations or other business entities.  These securities fund capital improvements, expansions, debt refinancing or acquisitions that require more capital than would ordinarily be available from a single lender.  Investors in corporate debt securities lend money to the issuer in exchange for interest payments and repayment of the principal at a set maturity date.  Rates on corporate debt securities are set according to prevailing interest rates at the time of the issue, the credit rating of the issuer, the length of the maturity and other terms of the security, such as a call feature.  Corporate debt securities are subject to the risk of an issuer’s inability to meet principal and interest payments on the obligations and may also be subject to price volatility due to such factors as market interest rates, market perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and general market liquidity.  In addition, corporate restructurings, such as mergers, leveraged buyouts, takeovers or similar corporate transactions are often financed by an increase in a corporate issuer’s debt securities.  As a result of the added debt burden, the credit quality and market value of an issuer’s existing debt securities may decline significantly.  Corporate debt securities come in many varieties and may differ in the way that interest is calculated, the amount and frequency of payments, the type of collateral, if any, and the presence of special features ( e.g., conversion rights).  The Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s investments in corporate debt securities may include, but are not limited to, senior, junior, secured and unsecured bonds, notes and other debt securities, and may be fixed rate, floating rate, zero coupon and inflation linked, among other things.
 
19

Prices of corporate debt securities fluctuate and, in particular, are subject to several key risks including, but not limited to, interest rate risk, credit risk, prepayment risk and spread risk.  The market value of a corporate bond may be affected by the credit rating of the issuer, the issuer’s performance, perceptions of the issuer in the market place, management performance, financial leverage and reduced demand for the issuer’s goods and services.  See “Risks—Corporate Debt Securities Risk.”
 
Credit and Below Investment Grade Securities Risks.     Credit risk is the risk that an issuer of a security may be unable or unwilling to make dividend, interest and principal payments when due and the related risk that the value of a security may decline because of concerns about the issuer’s ability or willingness to make such payments.  Credit risk may be heightened for the Fund because it and the Underlying Funds may invest in below investment grade securities, which are commonly referred to as “junk” and “high yield” securities; such securities, while generally offering the potential for higher yields than investment grade securities with similar maturities, involve greater risks, including the possibility of dividend or interest deferral, default or bankruptcy, and are regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay dividends or interest and repay principal.  The below investment grade securities receiving the lowest rating from an NRSRO are typically already in default.  In addition, below investment grade securities are generally susceptible to decline in market value due to adverse economic and business developments and are often unsecured and subordinated to other creditors of the issuer.  The market values for below investment grade securities tend to be very volatile, and these securities are generally less liquid than investment grade securities.   See “Risks—Credit and Below Investment Grade Securities Risks” and “Investment Policies and Techniques—Below Investment Grade Securities” in the SAI for additional discussion of below investment grade securities risks.  See also “—Defaulted and Distressed Securities Risk.”
 
20

Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy Risk.  The Fund invests in closed-end funds as a principal part of the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy.  The Fund may invest in shares of closed-end funds that are trading at a discount to net asset value or at a premium to net asset value.  There can be no assurance that the market discount on shares of any closed-end fund purchased by the Fund will ever decrease.  In fact, it is possible that this market discount may increase and the Fund may suffer realized or unrealized capital losses due to further decline in the market price of the securities of such closed-end funds, thereby adversely affecting the net asset value of the Fund’s Common Shares.   Similarly, there can be no assurance that any shares of a closed-end fund purchased by the Fund at a premium will continue to trade at a premium or that the premium will not decrease subsequent to a purchase of such shares by the Fund.  See “—Underlying Fund Risks” and “Risks—Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy Risk.”
 
Underlying Fund Risks.  The Fund will incur higher and additional expenses when it invests in Underlying Funds.  There is also the risk that the Fund may suffer losses due to the investment practices or operations of the Underlying Funds.  To the extent that the Fund invests in one or more Underlying Funds that concentrate in a particular industry, the Fund would be vulnerable to factors affecting that industry and the concentrating Underlying Funds’ performance, and that of the Fund, may be more volatile than Underlying Funds that do not concentrate.  In addition, one Underlying Fund may purchase a security that another Underlying Fund is selling.
 
As the Fund will invest at least a portion of its Managed Assets in closed‑end funds, ETFs and BDCs, the Fund’s performance will depend to a greater extent on the overall performance of closed‑end funds, ETFs and BDCs generally, in addition to the performance of the specific Underlying Funds (and other assets) in which the Fund invests.  The use of leverage by Underlying Funds magnifies gains and losses on amounts invested and increases the risks associated with investing in Underlying Funds.  Further, the Underlying Funds are not subject to the Fund’s investment policies and restrictions.  The Fund generally receives information regarding the portfolio holdings of Underlying Funds only when that information is made available to the public.  The Fund cannot dictate how the Underlying Funds invest their assets.  The Underlying Funds may invest their assets in securities and other instruments, and may use investment techniques and strategies, that are not described in this Prospectus.  Common Shareholders will bear two layers of fees and expenses with respect to the Fund’s investments in Underlying Funds because each of the Fund and the Underlying Fund will charge fees and incur separate expenses.  See “Summary of Fund Expenses” for a further description of such fees and their impact on the expenses of the Fund.  In addition, subject to applicable 1940 Act limitations, the Underlying Funds themselves may purchase securities issued by registered and unregistered funds ( e.g. , common stock, preferred stock, auction rate preferred stock), and those investments would be subject to the risks associated with Underlying Funds and unregistered funds (including a third layer of fees and expenses, i.e. , the Underlying Fund will indirectly bear fees and expenses charged by the funds in which the Underlying Fund invests, in addition to the Underlying Fund’s own fees and expenses).  An Underlying Fund with positive performance may indirectly receive a performance fee from the Fund, even when the Fund’s overall returns are negative.  Additionally, the Fund’s investment in an Underlying Fund may result in the Fund’s receipt of cash in excess of the Underlying Fund’s earnings; if the Fund distributes these amounts, the distributions could constitute a return of capital to Fund shareholders for federal income tax purposes.  As a result of these factors, the use of the fund of funds structure by the Fund could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders.
 
21

The Fund may invest in BDCs as a principal part of the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy.  BDCs generally invest in less mature U.S. private companies or thinly traded U.S. public companies which involve greater risk than well‑established publicly‑traded companies.  While BDCs are expected to generate income in the form of dividends, certain BDCs during certain periods of time may not generate such income.  The Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management fees and other operating expenses incurred by the BDCs and of any performance‑based or incentive fees payable by the BDCs in which it invests, in addition to the expenses paid by the Fund.  BDCs generally charge a management fee of up to 2.0% and up to a 20% incentive fee on income and/or capital gains.  The use of leverage by BDCs magnifies gains and losses on amounts invested and increases the risks associated with investing in BDCs.  A BDC may make investments with a larger amount of risk of volatility and loss of principal than other investment options and may also be highly speculative and aggressive.
 
Investments in closed-end funds that elect to be treated as BDCs may be subject to a high degree of risk. BDCs typically invest in and lend to small and medium-sized private and certain public companies that may not have access to public equity markets or capital raising.  As a result, a BDC’s portfolio typically will include a substantial amount of securities purchased in private placements, and its portfolio may carry risks similar to those of a private equity or private debt fund.  Securities that are not publicly registered may be difficult to value and may be difficult to sell at a price representative of their intrinsic value.  Small and medium-sized companies also may have fewer lines of business so that changes in any one line of business may have a greater impact on the value of their stock than is the case with a larger company.  Some BDCs invest substantially, or even exclusively, in one sector or industry group and therefore carry risk of that particular sector or industry group.  To the extent a BDC focuses its investments in a specific sector, the BDC will be susceptible to adverse conditions and economic or regulatory occurrences affecting the specific sector or industry group, which tends to increase volatility and result in higher risk.  Investments in BDCs are subject to various other risks, including management’s ability to meet the BDC’s investment objective and to manage the BDC’s portfolio when the underlying securities are redeemed or sold, during periods of market turmoil and as investors’ perceptions regarding a BDC or its underlying investments change.  BDC shares are not redeemable at the option of the BDC shareholder and, as with shares of other closed-end funds, they may trade in the secondary market at a discount to their NAV.
 
22

The Fund invests in closed-end investment companies or funds.  The shares of many closed-end funds, after their initial public offering, frequently trade at a price per share that is less than the net asset value per share, the difference representing the "market discount" of such shares.  This market discount may be due in part to the investment objective of long-term appreciation, which is sought by many closed-end funds, as well as to the fact that the shares of closed-end funds are not redeemable by the holder upon demand to the issuer at the next determined net asset value, but rather, are subject to supply and demand in the secondary market.  A relative lack of secondary market purchasers of closed-end fund shares also may contribute to such shares trading at a discount to their net asset value.
 
The Fund may invest in shares of closed-end funds that are trading at a discount to net asset value or at a premium to net asset value.  There can be no assurance that the market discount on shares of any closed-end fund purchased by the Fund will ever decrease.  In fact, it is possible that this market discount may increase and the Fund may suffer realized or unrealized capital losses due to further decline in the market price of the securities of such closed-end funds, thereby adversely affecting the net asset value of the Fund’s shares.  Similarly, there can be no assurance that any shares of a closed-end fund purchased by the Fund at a premium will continue to trade at a premium or that the premium will not decrease subsequent to a purchase of such shares by the Fund.
 
Closed-end funds may issue senior securities (including preferred stock and debt obligations) for the purpose of leveraging the closed-end fund’s common shares in an attempt to enhance the current return to such closed-end fund’s common shareholders. The Fund’s investment in the common shares of closed-end funds that are financially leveraged may create an opportunity for greater total return on its investment, but at the same time may be expected to exhibit more volatility in market price and net asset value than an investment in shares of investment companies without a leveraged capital structure.
 
Index‑based ETFs (and other index funds) in which the Fund may invest may not be able to replicate exactly the performance of the indices they track or benchmark due to transactions costs and other expenses of the ETFs.  The Fund may also invest in actively managed ETFs that are subject to management risk as the ETF’s investment adviser will apply certain investment techniques and risk analyses in making investment decisions.  There can be no guarantee that these will produce the desired results.  The shares of closed‑end funds frequently trade at a discount to their net asset value.  There can be no assurance that the market discount on shares of any closed‑end fund purchased by the Fund will ever decrease, and it is possible that the discount may increase.  Underlying Funds may not be able to match or outperform their benchmarks.
 
23

The Fund’s investment in Underlying Funds may be restricted by provisions of the 1940 Act that generally limit the amount the Fund and its affiliates can invest in any one Underlying Fund to 3% of the Underlying Fund’s outstanding voting stock.  As a result, the Fund may hold a smaller position in an Underlying Fund than if it were not subject to this restriction.  In addition, to comply with provisions of the 1940 Act, in any matter upon which Underlying Fund shareholders are solicited to vote, the Adviser may be required to vote Underlying Fund shares in the same proportion as shares held by other shareholders of the Underlying Fund.  However, pursuant to exemptive orders issued by the SEC to various ETF fund sponsors, the Fund is permitted to invest in such Underlying Funds in excess of the limits set forth in the 1940 Act subject to certain terms and conditions set forth in such exemptive orders.  See “Risks—Underlying Fund Risks.”
 
Defaulted and Distressed Securities Risks.   The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in defaulted and distressed securities.  Legal difficulties and negotiations with creditors and other claimants are common when dealing with defaulted or distressed companies.  Defaulted or distressed companies may be insolvent, in bankruptcy or undergoing some other form of financial restructuring.  In the event of a default, the Fund or an Underlying Fund may incur additional expenses to seek recovery.  The repayment of defaulted bonds is subject to significant uncertainties, and in some cases, there may be no recovery of repayment.  Defaulted bonds might be repaid only after lengthy workout or bankruptcy proceedings, during which the issuer might not make any interest or other payments.  Because of the relative illiquidity of defaulted or distressed debt and equity securities, short sales are difficult, and the Fund and most Underlying Funds primarily maintain long positions.  Some relative value trades are possible, where an investor sells short one class of a defaulted or distressed company’s capital structure and purchases another.  With distressed investing, often there is a time lag between when the Fund and an Underlying Fund makes an investment and when the Fund and the Underlying Fund realizes the value of the investment.  In addition, the Fund and an Underlying Fund may incur legal and other monitoring costs in protecting the value of the Fund’s and the Underlying Fund’s claims.  See “Risks—Defaulted and Distressed Securities Risks.”
 
Loan Risks.  The Fund or an Underlying Fund’s investment in loans includes the risk that (i) if a fund holds a loan through another financial intermediary, or relies on a financial intermediary to administer the loan, its receipt of principal and interest on the loan may be subject to the credit risk of that financial intermediary; (ii) it is possible that any collateral securing a loan may be insufficient or unavailable to the fund, because, for example, the value of the collateral securing a loan can decline, be insufficient to meet the obligations of the borrower, or be difficult to liquidate, and that the fund’s rights to collateral may be limited by bankruptcy or insolvency laws; (iii) investments in highly leveraged loans or loans of stressed, distressed, or defaulted issuers may be subject to significant credit and liquidity risk; (iv) a bankruptcy or other court proceeding could delay or limit the ability of the fund to collect the principal and interest payments on that borrower’s loans or adversely affect the fund’s rights in collateral relating to a loan; (v) there may be limited public information available regarding the loan; (vi) the use of a particular interest rate benchmark, such as LIBOR, may limit the fund’s ability to achieve a net return to shareholders that consistently approximates the average published Prime Rate of U.S. banks; (vii) the prices of certain floating rate loans that include a feature that prevents their interest rates from adjusting if market interest rates are below a specified minimum level may be more sensitive to changes in interest rates should interest rates rise but remain below the applicable minimum level; (viii) if a borrower fails to comply with various restrictive covenants that are typically in loan agreements, the borrower may default in payment of the loan; (ix) the fund’s investments in Senior Loans (as further discussed below) may be subject to increased liquidity and valuation risks, risks associated with collateral impairment or access, and risks associated with investing in unsecured loans; (x) opportunities to invest in loans or certain types of loans, such as Senior Loans, may be limited; (xi) transactions in loans may settle on a delayed basis, and the fund may not receive the proceeds from the sale of a loan for a substantial period of time after the sale, which may result in sale proceeds related to the sale of loans not being available to make additional investments or to meet a fund’s redemption obligations until potentially a substantial period after the sale of the loans; and (xii) loans may be difficult to value and may be illiquid, which may adversely affect an investment in the fund.
 
24

· Bank Loans—Assignments and Participations Risks.  A fund may purchase “assignments” of bank loans from lenders.  The purchaser of an assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations under the loan agreement with the same rights and obligations as the assigning lender.  Assignments may, however, be arranged through private negotiations between potential assignees and potential assignors, and the rights and obligations acquired by the purchaser of an assignment may differ from, and be more limited than, those held by the assigning lender.  Additionally, a fund may invest in “participations” in bank loans.  Participations by a fund in a lender’s portion of a bank loan typically will result in the fund having a contractual relationship only with such lender, not with the borrower.  As a result, the fund may have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the lender selling the participation and only upon receipt by such lender of such payments from the borrower.
 
25

In connection with purchasing loan participations, a fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement relating to the loan, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower, and the fund may not directly benefit from any collateral supporting the loan in which it has purchased the loan participation.  As a result, the fund may be subject to the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender that is selling the participation.  In the event of the insolvency of the lender selling a participation, the fund may be treated as a general creditor of the lender and may not benefit from any set-off between the lender and the borrower.  Certain loan participations may be structured in a manner designed to prevent purchasers of participations from being subject to the credit risk of the lender with respect to the participation, but even under such a structure, in the event of the lender’s insolvency, the lender’s servicing of the participation may be delayed and the assignability of the participation impaired.
 
A fund may have difficulty disposing of loans and loan participations because to do so it will have to assign or sell such securities to a third party.  Because there is no liquid market for many such securities, the Fund anticipates that such securities could be sold only to a limited number of institutional investors.  The lack of a liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact on the value of such securities and a fund's ability to dispose of particular loans and loan participations when necessary to meet the fund's liquidity needs or in response to a specific economic event such as a deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower.  The lack of a liquid secondary market for loans and loan participations also may make it more difficult for a fund to assign a value to these securities for purposes of valuing the fund’s portfolio and calculating its net asset value.  See “Risks—Loan Risks—Bank Loans—Assignments and Participations Risks.”
 
· Bank Loans—Delayed Funding Loans and Revolving Credit Facilities Risk.  Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities are borrowing arrangements in which the lender agrees to make loans up to a maximum amount upon demand by the borrower during a specified term.  A revolving credit facility differs from a delayed funding loan in that as the borrower repays the loan, an amount equal to the repayment may be borrowed again during the term of the revolving credit facility.  Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities usually provide for floating or variable rates of interest.  These commitments may have the effect of requiring a fund to increase its investment in a company at a time when it might not otherwise be desirable to do so (including a time when the company’s financial condition makes it unlikely that such amounts will be repaid).
 
Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities may be subject to restrictions on transfer, and only limited opportunities may exist to resell such instruments.  As a result, a fund may be unable to sell such investments at an opportune time or may have to resell them at less than fair market value.  Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities are subject to credit, interest rate and liquidity risk.  See “Risks—Loan Risks—Bank Loans—Delayed Funding Loans and Revolving Credit Facilities Risk.”
 
26

· Senior Loan Risks.   The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in senior secured floating rate and fixed‑rate loans made to or issued by U.S. or non-U.S. banks or other corporations (“Senior Loans”).  Senior Loans typically pay interest at rates that are re-determined periodically on the basis of a floating base lending rate (such as the LIBOR Rate) plus a premium. Senior Loans are typically of below investment grade quality ( i.e., high yield securities).  Senior Loans generally (but not always) hold the most senior position in the capital structure of a borrower and are often secured with collateral.
 
There is less readily available and reliable information about most Senior Loans than is the case for many other types of instruments, including listed securities.  Senior Loans are not listed on any national securities exchange or automated quotation system and as such, many Senior Loans are illiquid, meaning that the Fund and an Underlying Fund may not be able to sell them quickly at a fair price.  To the extent that a secondary market does exist for certain Senior Loans, the market is more volatile than for liquid, listed securities and may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods.  The market for Senior Loans could be disrupted in the event of an economic downturn or a substantial increase or decrease in interest rates.  Senior Loans, like most other debt obligations, are subject to the risk of default.  Default in the payment of interest or principal on a Senior Loan will result in a reduction of income to the Fund or an Underlying Fund, a reduction in the value of the Senior Loan and a potential decrease in the Fund’s net asset value of the Common Shares.  See “Risks—Loan Risks—Senior Loan Risks.”
 
See "Risks—Loan Risks."
 
Asset-Backed Securities Risk.  Asset-backed securities are bonds or notes backed by loan paper or accounts receivable originated by banks, credit card companies or other providers of credit.  An investment in asset-backed securities involves the risk that borrowers may default on the obligations that underlie the asset-backed security and that, during periods of falling interest rates, asset-backed securities may be called or prepaid, which may result in the Fund having to reinvest proceeds in other investments at a lower interest rate, and the risk that the impairment of the value of the collateral underlying a security in which the Fund invests (due, for example, to non-payment of loans) will result in a reduction in the value of the security.  See “Risks—Asset-Backed Securities Risks.”
 
Illiquid Securities Risks.  The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in illiquid securities.  It may not be possible to sell or otherwise dispose of illiquid securities both at the price and within the time period deemed desirable by a fund.  Illiquid securities also may be difficult to value.  See “Risks—Illiquid Securities Risks.”
 
27

Micro-, Small- and Medium-Sized Company Risks.  The Fund, and the Underlying Funds in which it invests, may invest in securities without regard to market capitalization.  Investments in securities of micro-, small- and medium-sized companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than larger, more established companies, because these securities typically are traded in lower volume and issuers are typically more subject to changes in earnings and future earnings prospects.  These risks are intensified for investments in micro-cap companies.  See “Risks—Micro-, Small- and Medium-Sized Company Risks.”
 
Collateralized Debt Obligations Risk.  The risks of an investment in a collateralized debt obligation (“CDO”) depend largely on the quality and type of the collateral and the tranche of the CDO in which the Fund invests.  Normally, collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”), collateralized loan obligations ("CLOs") and other CDOs are privately offered and sold, and thus are not registered under the securities laws.  As a result, investments in CDOs may be characterized by the Fund as illiquid securities; however, an active dealer market, or other relevant measures of liquidity, may exist for CDOs allowing a CDO potentially to be deemed liquid by the Adviser or Subadviser under liquidity policies approved by the Board.  In addition to the risks associated with debt instruments ( e.g., interest rate risk and credit risk), CDOs carry additional risks including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) the possibility that the Fund may invest in CDOs that are subordinate to other classes; and (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results. See "Risks—Collateralized Debt Obligations Risk."
 
Exchange‑Traded Note Risks.  The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in exchange-traded notes (“ETNs”), which are notes representing unsecured debt issued by an underwriting bank.  ETNs are typically linked to the performance of an index plus a specified rate of interest that could be earned on cash collateral.  The value of an ETN may be influenced by time to maturity, level of supply and demand for the ETN, volatility and lack of liquidity in underlying markets, changes in the applicable interest rates, changes in the issuer’s credit rating and economic, legal, political or geographic events that affect the referenced index.  ETNs typically mature 30 years from the date of issue.  There may be restrictions on a fund’s right to liquidate its investment in an ETN prior to maturity (for example, a fund may only be able to offer its ETN for repurchase by the issuer on a weekly basis), and there may be limited availability of a secondary market.  See “Risks— Exchange‑Traded Note Risks.”
 
REIT Risks.  The Fund, and the Underlying Funds in which it invests, may invest in equity, mortgage and hybrid REITs.  Equity REITs invest in real estate, mortgage REITs invest in loans secured by real estate and hybrid REITs hold both ownership and mortgage interests in real estate.  The value of equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by the REITs, while the value of mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended.  Investment in REITs involves risks similar to those associated with investing in small capitalization companies, and REITs (especially mortgage REITs) are subject to interest rate risks.  See “Risks—REIT Risks.”
 
28

Initial Public Offerings Risks.  The Fund and the Underlying Funds may purchase securities in initial public offerings (“IPOs”).  Investing in IPOs has added risks because the shares are frequently volatile in price.  As a result, their performance can be more volatile and they face greater risk of business failure, which could increase the volatility of a fund’s portfolio.  See “Risks—Initial Public Offerings Risks.”
 
Equity Securities Risks.  The Underlying Funds may invest in equity securities.  While equity securities have historically generated higher average returns than fixed income securities, equity securities have also experienced significantly more volatility in those returns.  An adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of an issuer’s equity securities held by an Underlying Fund.  Equity security prices fluctuate for several reasons, including changes in investors’ perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer or the general condition of the relevant stock market, or when political or economic events affecting the issuers occur.  The value of an Underlying Fund’s shares will go up and down due to movement in the collective returns of the individual securities held by the Underlying Fund.  Common stocks are subordinate to preferred stocks and debt in a company’s capital structure, and if a company is liquidated, the claims of secured and unsecured creditors and owners of preferred stocks take precedence over the claims of those who own common stocks.  In addition, equity security prices may be particularly sensitive to rising interest rates, as the cost of capital rises and borrowing costs increase.  See “Risks—Equity Securities Risks.”
 
Preferred Stock Risk .   Preferred stock represents the senior residual interest in the assets of an issuer after meeting all claims, with priority to corporate income and liquidation payments over the issuer’s common stock. As such, preferred stock is inherently more risky than the bonds and other debt instruments of the issuer, but less risky than its common stock. Certain preferred stocks contain provisions that allow an issuer under certain conditions to skip (in the case of “non-cumulative” preferred stocks) or defer (in the case of “cumulative” preferred stocks) dividend payments. Preferred stocks often contain provisions that allow for redemption in the event of certain tax or legal changes or at the issuer’s call. Preferred stocks typically do not provide any voting rights, except in cases when dividends are in arrears beyond a certain time period. There is no assurance that dividends on preferred stocks in which the Fund invests will be declared or otherwise made payable. If the Fund owns preferred stock that is deferring its distributions, the Fund may be required to report income for U.S. federal income tax purposes while it is not receiving cash payments corresponding to such income. When interest rates fall below the rate payable on an issue of preferred stock or for other reasons, the issuer may redeem the preferred stock, generally after an initial period of call protection in which the stock is not redeemable. Preferred stocks may be significantly less liquid than many other securities, such as U.S. Government securities, corporate debt and common stock.  See “Risks—Preferred Stock Risk.”
 
29

Warrants Risks.  The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in warrants.  Warrants are securities giving the holder the right, but not the obligation, to buy the stock of an issuer at a given price (generally higher than the value of the stock at the time of issuance) during a specified period or perpetually.  Warrants do not carry with them the right to dividends or voting rights with respect to the securities that they entitle their holder to purchase and they do not represent any rights in the assets of the issuer.  As a result, warrants may be considered to have more speculative characteristics than certain other types of investments.  In addition, the value of a warrant does not necessarily change with the value of the underlying securities and a warrant ceases to have value if it is not exercised prior to its expiration date.  See “Risks—Warrants Risks.”
 
Derivatives Risks.  The Fund and the Underlying Funds may enter into derivatives.  Derivative transactions involve investment techniques and risks different from those associated with the Fund’s other investments.  Generally, a derivative is a financial contract the value of which depends upon, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate, or index, and may relate to individual debt or equity instruments, interest rates, currencies or currency exchange rates, commodities, related indexes, and other assets.  Derivatives can be volatile and involve various types and degrees of risk, depending upon the characteristics of a particular derivative.  Derivatives may entail investment exposures that are greater than their cost would suggest, meaning that a small investment in a derivative could have a large potential impact on the performance of the Fund or an Underlying Fund.  The Fund or an Underlying Fund could experience a loss if derivatives do not perform as anticipated, if they are not correlated with the performance of other investments which they are used to hedge or if the fund is unable to liquidate a position because of an illiquid secondary market.  Except with respect to the Fund’s investments in total return swaps under the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy, the Fund expects its use of derivative instruments will be for hedging purposes.  When used for speculative purposes, derivatives will produce enhanced investment exposure, which will magnify gains and losses.  The Fund and the Underlying Funds also will be subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to the derivatives contracts purchased by such fund.  If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to financial difficulties, the Fund or an Underlying Fund may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract in a bankruptcy or other reorganization proceeding.  The Fund or an Underlying Fund may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances.  See “—Option and Futures Risks,” “—Swap Risks” and “Risks—Derivatives Risks.”
 
30

Options and Futures Risks.  The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in options and futures contracts and such contracts are expected to be utilized by the Fund for hedging purposes.  The use of futures and options transactions entails certain special risks.  In particular, the variable degree of correlation between price movements of futures contracts and price movements in the related securities position of a fund could create the possibility that losses on the hedging instrument are greater than gains in the value of a fund’s position.  In addition, futures and options markets could be illiquid in some circumstances and certain over‑the‑counter options could have no markets.  As a result, in certain markets, a fund might not be able to close out a transaction without incurring substantial losses.  Although a fund’s use of futures and options transactions for hedging should tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged position, at the same time it will tend to limit any potential gain to a fund that might result from an increase in value of the position.  There is also the risk of loss by a fund of margin deposits in the event of bankruptcy of a broker with whom the Fund or an Underlying Fund has an open position in a futures contract or option thereon.  Finally, the daily variation margin requirements for futures contracts create a greater ongoing potential financial risk than would purchases of options, in which case the exposure is limited to the cost of the initial premium.  See “Risks—Options and Futures Risks.”
 
Swap Risks.  The Fund and the Underlying Funds may enter into interest rate, index, total return and currency swap agreements and, other than total return swap agreements (as discussed herein), such agreements are expected to be utilized by the Fund for hedging purposes.  All of these agreements are considered derivatives.  Swaps could result in losses if interest or foreign currency exchange rates or credit quality changes are not correctly anticipated by the Adviser, Subadviser or Underlying Fund manager.  Total return swaps could result in losses if the reference index, security, or investments do not perform as anticipated.  Total return swaps involve an enhanced risk that the issuer or counterparty will fail to perform its contractual obligations.  Total return swaps may effectively add leverage to the Fund’s portfolio because the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the full notional amount of the swap.  To the extent the Fund or an Underlying Fund enters into a total return swap on equity securities, the Fund or the Underlying Fund will receive the positive performance of a notional amount of such securities underlying the total return swap.  In exchange, the Fund or the Underlying Fund will be obligated to pay the negative performance of such notional amount of securities.  Therefore, the Fund or the Underlying Fund assumes the risk of a substantial decrease in the market value of the equity securities.  The use of swaps may not always be successful; using them could lower Fund or Underlying Fund total return, their prices can be highly volatile, and the potential loss from the use of swaps can exceed the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s initial investment in such instruments.  Some, but not all, swaps may be cleared, in which case a central clearing counterparty stands between each buyer and seller and effectively guarantees performance of each contract, to the extent of its available resources for such purposes.  As a result, the counterparty risk is now shifted from bilateral risk between the parties to the individual credit risk of the central clearing counterparty.  Even in such case, there can be no assurance that a clearing house, or its members, will satisfy the clearing house’s obligations to the Fund or an Underlying Fund.  See “Risks—Swap Risks.”
 
31

Short Sale Risks.  The Fund and the Underlying Funds may engage in short sales.  However, the Fund will not engage in any short sales of securities issued by closed-end funds and business development companies.  Such transactions are expected to be utilized by the Fund for hedging purposes.  A short sale is a transaction in which a fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation that the market price of that security will decline.  Positions in shorted securities are speculative and riskier than long positions (purchases) in securities because the maximum sustainable loss on a security purchased is limited to the amount paid for the security plus the transaction costs, whereas there is no maximum attainable price of the shorted security.  Therefore, in theory, securities sold short have unlimited risk.  Short selling will also result in higher transaction costs (such as interest and dividends), and may result in higher taxes, which reduce a fund’s return.  See “Risks—Short Sale Risks.”
 
Reverse Repurchase Agreements Risks.  The use by the Fund of reverse repurchase agreements involves many of the same risks associated with the Fund’s use of bank borrowings since the proceeds derived from such reverse repurchase agreements may be invested in additional securities.  See “—Leverage Risks.”  Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities acquired in connection with the reverse repurchase agreement may decline below the price of the securities the Fund has sold but is obligated to repurchase, and that the securities may not be returned to the Fund.  Also, reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities retained in lieu of sale by the Fund in connection with the reverse repurchase   agreement may decline in price.
 
If the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, such buyer or its trustee or receiver may receive an extension of time to determine whether to enforce the Fund’s obligation to repurchase the securities and the Fund’s use of the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement may effectively be restricted pending such decision.  Also, the Fund would bear the risk of loss to the extent that the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement are less than the value of the securities subject to such agreement.  See “Risks—Reverse Repurchase Agreements Risks.”
 
Foreign Investing Risks.  The Fund, and the Underlying Funds in which the Fund invests, may invest in foreign securities.  Investments in foreign securities may be affected by currency controls and exchange rates; different accounting, auditing, financial reporting, and legal standards and practices; expropriation; changes in tax policy; social, political and economic instability; greater market volatility; differing securities market structures; higher transaction costs; and various administrative difficulties, such as delays in clearing and settling portfolio transactions or in receiving payment of dividends.  In addition, changes in government administrations or economic or monetary policies in the United States or abroad could result in appreciation or depreciation of the Fund’s securities.  These risks may be heightened in connection with investments in emerging or developing countries.  An investment in depositary receipts will be subject to many of the same risks as when investing directly in foreign securities.  The effect of worldwide and regional economic and political instability on specific foreign markets or issuers may be difficult to predict or evaluate, and some national economies continue to show profound instability, which may in turn affect their international trading partners.  In addition, the Underlying Funds owned by the Fund may purchase loans from obligors located in non-U.S. jurisdictions.  It may be more difficult and costly for the Fund to enforce the terms of loans against foreign obligors than obligors of loans in U.S. jurisdictions.  Adverse economic conditions in such jurisdictions, as well as foreign exchange rate fluctuations may affect the ability and incentive of foreign obligors to make timely payments of principal and interest on their loans.  Collection on purchased loans may also be affected by economic and political conditions in the country or region in which the obligor is located.  Rights and remedies available to enforce loan obligations and any security interest relating thereto will depend on the relevant country’s laws, including insolvency laws and laws specifying the priority of payments to creditors, all of which may be significantly different from U.S. law.  Accordingly, the actual rates of delinquencies, defaults and losses on foreign loans could be higher than those experienced with loans located in the U.S.  See “—Currency Risk,” “—Emerging Markets Risk” and Risks—Foreign Investing Risks.”
 
32

Currency Risk.   To the extent that the Fund invests in securities denominated in, or whose issuers receive revenue in, foreign currencies, it will be subject to currency risk.  This is the risk that those currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar or, in the case of Hedging Positions, that the U.S. dollar will decline in value relative to the currency hedged.  In either event, the dollar value of an investment in the Fund would be adversely affected.  Currencies in non-U.S. countries may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time for a number of reasons, including changes in interest rates, intervention by U.S. or foreign governments, central banks or supranational agencies, such as the International Monetary Fund, or by the imposition of currency controls or other political developments in the United States or abroad. See "Risks—Currency Risk."
 
Emerging Markets Risk.  Investment in emerging market securities involves greater risk than that associated with investment in securities of issuers in developed foreign countries.  These risks include volatile currency exchange rates, periods of high inflation, increased risk of default, greater social, economic and political uncertainty and instability, less governmental supervision and regulation of securities markets, weaker auditing and financial reporting standards, lack of liquidity in the markets, and the significantly smaller market capitalizations of emerging market issuers. See "Risks—Emerging Market Risk."
 
33

Sovereign Debt Obligation Risk .  The Fund or the Underlying Funds may invest in sovereign debt obligations, which is sovereign debt issued by foreign governments and their respective sub-divisions, agencies or instrumentalities, government sponsored enterprises and supranational government entities.  Investment in sovereign debt obligations involves special risks not present in corporate debt obligations.  The issuer of the sovereign debt or the governmental authorities that control the repayment of the debt may be unable or unwilling to repay principal or interest when due, and the Fund and the Underlying Funds may have limited recourse in the event of a default.  During periods of economic uncertainty, the market prices of sovereign debt may be more volatile than prices of U.S. debt obligations.  In the past, certain emerging markets have encountered difficulties in servicing their debt obligations, withheld payments of principal and interest, and declared moratoria on the payment of principal and interest on their sovereign debts.  See “Risks—Sovereign Debt Obligation Risk.”
 
U.S. Government Securities Risk .   The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in U.S. Government securities, which are obligations of, or guaranteed by, the U.S. Government or its agencies, instrumentalities or government-sponsored enterprises. Some U.S. Government securities are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States; others are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; others are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase the agency’s obligations; and still others are supported only by the credit of the instrumentality.
 
The U.S. Government’s guarantee of ultimate payment of principal and timely payment of interest on certain U. S. Government securities owned by the Fund or an Underlying Fund does not imply that the Fund’s or the Underlying Fund’s shares are guaranteed or that the price of the Fund’s or the Underlying Fund’s shares will not fluctuate.  In addition, securities issued by Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae and Federal Home Loan Banks are not obligations of, or insured by, the U.S. Government.  If a U.S. Government agency or instrumentality in which the Fund or an Underlying Fund invests defaults, and the U.S. Government does not stand behind the obligation, the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s share price or yield could fall.  Securities of certain U.S. Government sponsored entities are neither issued nor guaranteed by the U.S. Government.  All U.S. Government obligations are subject to interest rate risk.  See “Risks—U.S. Government Securities Risk.”
 
Municipal Securities Risk.  Municipal securities are debt obligations issued by states or by political subdivisions or authorities of states.  Municipal securities are long-term fixed rate debt obligations that generally decline in value with increases in interest rates, when an issuer’s financial condition worsens or when the rating on a bond is decreased.  Many municipal securities may be called or redeemed prior to their stated maturity.  Lower-quality revenue bonds and other credit-sensitive municipal securities carry higher risks of default than general obligation bonds.  In addition, the amount of public information available about municipal securities is generally less than that for corporate equities or bonds and municipal securities may be less liquid than such securities.  Special factors, such as legislative changes and local and business developments, may adversely affect the yield and/or value of the Fund’s or Underlying Fund’s investments in municipal securities.  Other factors include the general conditions of the municipal securities market, the size of the particular offering, the maturity of the obligation   and the rating of the issue.  The ability of municipal issuers to make timely payments of interest and principal may be diminished during general economic downturns and as governmental cost burdens are reallocated among federal, state and local governments.  Issuers of municipal securities might seek protection under bankruptcy laws. In the event of bankruptcy of such an issuer, holders of municipal securities could experience delays in collecting principal and interest and such holders may not be able to collect all principal and interest to which they are entitled.  See “Risks—Municipal Securities Risks.”
 
34

Structured Notes Risks.  The Underlying Funds may invest in structured notes.  Structured notes are subject to a number of fixed income risks including general market risk, interest rate risk, and the risk that the issuer on the note may fail to make interest and/or principal payments when due, or may default on its obligations entirely.  In addition, because the performance of structured notes tracks the performance of the underlying debt obligation, structured notes generally are subject to more risk than investing in a simple note or bond issued by the same issuer.  See “Risks—Structured Notes Risks.”
 
Rating Agency Risk .   Ratings agencies such as S&P, Moody’s or other NRSROs provide ratings on debt securities based on their analyses of information they deem relevant.  Ratings are opinions or judgments of the credit quality of an issuer and may prove to be inaccurate.  In addition, there may be a delay between events or circumstances adversely affecting the ability of an issuer to pay interest and or repay principal and a NRSRO’s decision to downgrade a security.  Further, a rating agency may have a conflict of interest with respect to a security for which it assigns a particular rating if, for example, the issuer or sponsor of the security pays the rating agency for the analysis of its security, which could affect the reliability of the rating.  See “Risks—Rating Agency Risk.”
 
Legislation and Regulatory Risks.  At any time after the date of this Prospectus, legislation or additional regulations may be enacted that could negatively affect the assets of the Fund or the issuers of such assets.  Changing approaches to regulation may have a negative impact on the entities and/or securities in which the Fund or an Underlying Fund invests.  Legislation or regulation may also change the way in which the Fund or an Underlying Fund is regulated.  New or amended regulations may be imposed by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”), the SEC, the Federal Reserve or other financial regulators, other governmental regulatory authorities or self‑regulatory organizations that supervise the financial markets that could adversely affect the Fund or the Underlying Funds.  In particular, these agencies are empowered to promulgate a variety of new rules pursuant to recently enacted financial reform legislation in the United States.  There can be no assurance that future legislation, regulation or deregulation will not have a material adverse effect on the Fund or will not impair the ability of the Fund to achieve its investment objective.  The Fund and the Underlying Funds also may be adversely affected by changes in the enforcement or interpretation of existing statutes and rules by these governmental authorities or self-regulatory organization.  See “Risks—Legislation and Regulatory Risks.”
 
35

Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risks.  The ongoing U.S. military and related action in Iraq and Afghanistan and events in the Middle East and Ukraine, as well as the continuing threat of terrorist attacks, could have significant adverse effects on the U.S. economy, the stock market and world economies and markets generally.  A disruption of financial markets or other terrorist attacks could adversely affect the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s service providers and/or the Fund's or an Underlying Fund’s operations as well as interest rates, secondary trading, credit risk, inflation and other factors relating to the Common Shares.  The Fund cannot predict the effects or likelihood of similar events in the future on the U.S. and world economies, the value of the Common Shares or the net asset value of the Fund.  Assets of companies, including those held in the Fund’s portfolio, could be direct targets, or indirect casualties, of an act of terrorism.
 
Continuing uncertainty as to the status of the Euro and the European Monetary Union and the potential for certain countries to withdraw from the institution has created significant volatility in currency and financial markets generally.  Any partial or complete dissolution of the European Union (“EU”) could have significant adverse effects on currency and financial markets, and on the values of a Fund’s portfolio investments.  The United Kingdom’s referendum on June 23, 2016 to leave the European Union (known as “Brexit”) sparked depreciation in the value of the British pound, short-term declines in the stock markets and heightened risk of continued economic volatility worldwide.  Although the long-term effects of Brexit are difficult to gauge and cannot be fully known, they could have wide ranging implications for the United Kingdom’s economy and international markets generally, including: possible inflation or recession, continued depreciation of the pound or other currency, or disruption to Britain’s trading arrangements with the rest of Europe.  The United Kingdom is one of the EU’s largest economies; its departure also may negatively impact the EU and Europe as a whole, as well as other international markets, such as by causing volatility within the Union, triggering prolonged economic downturns in certain European or other countries or sparking additional member states to contemplate departing the EU (thereby perpetuating political instability in the region).  See “Risks—Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risks.”
 
36

Defensive Measures.  The Fund may invest up to 100% of its assets in cash, cash equivalents and short‑term investments as a defensive measure in response to adverse market conditions or opportunistically at the discretion of the Adviser or Subadviser.  During these periods, the Fund may not be pursuing its investment objective.  See “Risks—Defensive Measures.”
 
Structural Risks:
 
Market Discount .  Common stock of closed‑end funds frequently trades at a discount from its net asset value.  This risk may be greater for investors selling their shares in a relatively short period of time after completion of the initial offering.  The Fund’s Common Shares may trade at a price that is less than the initial offering price.  This risk would also apply to the Fund’s investments in closed‑end funds.
 
No Operating History.  The Fund is a diversified, closed‑end management investment company with no operating history.
 
Investment Style Risk .   The Fund is managed by allocating the Fund’s assets to two different strategies as described in this Prospectus.  This may cause the Fund to underperform funds that do not limit their investments to these two strategies during periods when these strategies underperform other types of investments.
 
Not a Complete Investment Program.  The Fund is intended for investors seeking current income and overall total return over the long‑term and is not intended to be a short‑term trading vehicle.  An investment in the Common Shares of the Fund should not be considered a complete investment program.  Each investor should take into account the Fund’s investment objective and other characteristics, as well as the investor’s other investments, when considering an investment in the Common Shares.  An investment in the Fund may not be appropriate for all investors.
 
Multi-Manager Risk.   Fund performance is dependent upon the success of the Adviser and the Subadviser in implementing the Fund’s investment strategies in pursuit of its investment objective.  To a significant extent, the Fund’s performance will depend on the success of the Adviser’s methodology in allocating the Fund’s assets between each of the principal investment strategies. The Adviser and the Subadviser’s investment styles may not always be complementary, which could adversely affect the performance of the Fund.  Because the Adviser and the Subadviser each makes investment decisions independently, it is possible that the Adviser and the Subadviser may, at any time, take positions that in effect may be opposite of positions taken by each other.  In such cases, the Fund will incur brokerage and other transaction costs without accomplishing any net investment results.  The multi-manager approach could increase the Fund’s portfolio turnover rates, which may result in higher levels of realized capital gains or losses with respect to the Fund’s portfolio securities, and higher broker commissions and other transaction costs.  The trading costs and tax consequences associated with portfolio turnover may adversely affect the Fund’s performance.  See “—Investment Style Risk.”
 
37

In addition, the Subadviser’s implementation of the Opportunistic Income Strategy means that, at any point in time, the Subadviser will manage 65-90% of the Fund’s Managed Assets.  To the extent the Subadvisory Agreement is terminated or not renewed, Fund performance will become dependent on the Adviser or a new subadviser successfully implementing the Opportunistic Income Strategy.  There is no assurance that a suitable replacement to the Subadviser could be found if the Subadvisory Agreement is terminated or not renewed.  Any such termination or non-renewal of the Subadvisory Agreement can have an adverse effect on an investment in the Fund.  In addition, to the extent the Adviser retains the responsibility of implementing the Opportunistic Income Strategy of the Fund following the termination or non-renewal of the Subadvisory Agreement, the approval of the Fund’s stockholders will likely not be required.
 
Asset Allocation Risk.  To the extent that the Adviser’s asset allocation between the Fund’s principal investment strategies may fail to produce the intended result, the Fund’s return may suffer.  Additionally, the potentially active asset allocation style of the Fund may lead to changing allocations over time and represent a risk to investors who target fixed asset allocations.  See “Risks—Asset Allocation Risk.”
 
Leverage Risks .  Since the holders of common stock pay all expenses related to the issuance of debt or use of leverage, the use of leverage through borrowing of money, issuance of debt securities or the issuance of Preferred Shares for investment or other purposes creates risks for the holders of Common Shares.  Leverage is a speculative technique that exposes the Fund to greater risk and increased costs than if it were not implemented.  Increases and decreases in the value of the Fund’s portfolio will be magnified when the Fund uses leverage.  As a result, leverage may cause greater changes in the Fund’s net asset value.  The Fund will also have to pay interest on its borrowings or dividends on Preferred Shares, if any, which may reduce the Fund’s return.  The leverage costs may be greater than the Fund’s return on the underlying investment.  The Fund’s leveraging strategy may not be successful.  Leverage risk would also apply to the Fund’s investments in Underlying Funds to the extent an Underlying Fund uses leverage.  See “Use of Leverage,” “—Reverse Repurchase Agreements Risk” and “Risks—Leverage Risks.”
 
Potential Conflicts of Interest Risk.  The Adviser, the Subadviser and the portfolio managers of the Fund have interests which may conflict with the interests of the Fund.  In particular, the Adviser and the Subadviser each manages and/or advises other investment funds or accounts with the same or similar investment objective and strategies as the Fund.  As a result, the Adviser, the Subadviser and the Fund’s portfolio managers may devote unequal time and attention to the management of the Fund and those other funds and accounts, and may not be able to formulate as complete a strategy or identify equally attractive investment opportunities as might be the case if they were to devote substantially more attention to the management of the Fund.  The Adviser, the Subadviser and the Fund’s portfolio managers may identify a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for multiple funds and accounts, and the opportunity may be allocated among these several funds and accounts, which may limit the Fund’s ability to take full advantage of the investment opportunity.  Additionally, transaction orders may be aggregated for multiple accounts for purpose of execution, which may cause the price or brokerage costs to be less favorable to the Fund than if similar transactions were not being executed concurrently for other accounts.  Furthermore, it is theoretically possible that a portfolio manager could use the information obtained from managing a fund or account to the advantage of other funds or accounts under management, and also theoretically possible that actions could be taken (or not taken) to the detriment of the Fund.  At times, a portfolio manager may determine that an investment opportunity may be appropriate for only some of the funds and accounts for which he or she exercises investment responsibility, or may decide that certain of the funds and accounts should take differing positions with respect to a particular security.  In these cases, the portfolio manager may place separate transactions for one or more funds or accounts which may affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment or benefit of one or more other funds and accounts.  For example, a portfolio manager may determine that it would be in the interest of another account to sell a security that the Fund holds, potentially resulting in a decrease in the market value of the security held by the Fund.
 
38

Conflicts potentially limiting the Fund’s investment opportunities may also arise when the Fund and other clients of the Adviser or Subadviser invest in, or even conduct research relating to, different parts of an issuer’s capital structure, such as when the Fund owns senior debt obligations of an issuer and other clients own junior tranches of the same issuer.  In such circumstances, decisions over whether to trigger an event of default, over the terms of any workout, or how to exit an investment may result in conflicts of interest.  In order to minimize such conflicts, a portfolio manager may avoid certain investment opportunities that would potentially give rise to conflicts with other clients of the Adviser or Subadviser (as applicable) or result in the Adviser or Subadviser receiving material, non-public information, or the Adviser and Subadviser may enact internal procedures designed to minimize such conflicts, which could have the effect of limiting the Fund’s investment opportunities.  Additionally, if the Adviser or Subadviser acquires material non-public confidential information in connection with its business activities for other clients, a portfolio manager or other investment personnel may be restricted from purchasing securities or selling certain securities for the Fund or other clients.
 
The portfolio managers also may engage in cross trades between funds and accounts, may select brokers or dealers to execute securities transactions based in part on brokerage and research services provided to the Adviser or the Subadviser which may not benefit all funds and accounts equally and may receive different amounts of financial or other benefits for managing different funds and accounts.  Finally, the Adviser, the Subadviser and their affiliates may provide more services to some types of funds and accounts than others.
 
39

The Fund, Adviser and/or Subadviser (as applicable) have adopted policies and procedures that address the foregoing potential conflicts of interest, including policies and procedures to address the allocation of investment opportunities, execution of portfolio transactions, personal trading by employees and other potential conflicts of interest that are designed to ensure that all accounts of the Adviser and Subadviser are treated equitably.  There is no guarantee that the policies and procedures adopted by the Adviser, the Subadviser and the Fund will be able to identify or mitigate the conflicts of interest that arise between the Fund and any other investment funds or accounts that the Adviser and/or the Subadviser may manage or advise from time to time.  For further information on potential conflicts of interest, see “Management of the Fund—Conflicts of Interest” in the SAI.
 
In addition, while the Fund is using leverage, the amount of the fees paid to the Adviser (and by the Adviser to the Subadviser) for investment advisory and management services are higher than if the Fund did not use leverage because the fees paid are calculated based on the Fund’s Managed Assets, which include assets purchased with leverage.  Therefore, the Adviser and the Subadviser have a financial incentive to leverage the Fund, which creates a conflict of interest between the Adviser and the Subadviser on the one hand and the Common Shareholders of the Fund on the other. See "Risks—Potential Conflicts of Interest Risk."
 
Contingent Conversion Risk .  The Fund will bear the costs associated with calling a shareholder meeting for the purpose of voting to determine whether the Fund should convert to an open‑end management investment company.  In the event of conversion to an open‑end management investment company, the shares would cease to be listed on the NYSE or other national securities exchange, and such shares would thereafter be redeemable at the Fund’s net asset value at the option of the shareholder, rather than traded in the secondary market at market price, which, for closed‑end fund shares, may at times be at a premium to the Fund’s net asset value.  Any borrowings (other than borrowings from a bank) or preferred stock of the Fund would need to be repaid or redeemed upon conversion and, accordingly, a portion of the Fund’s portfolio may need to be liquidated, potentially resulting in, among other things, lower current income.  In addition, open‑end management investment companies may be subject to continuous asset in‑flows and out‑flows that can complicate portfolio management and limit the Fund’s ability to make certain types of investments.  As a result, the Fund may incur increased expenses and may be required to sell portfolio securities at inopportune times in order to accommodate such flows.  See “Contingent Conversion Feature.”
 
Cyber Security Risk.  With the increased use of the Internet and because information technology (“IT”) systems and digital data underlie most of the Fund’s operations, the Fund and the Adviser, Subadviser, transfer agent, and other service providers and the vendors of each (collectively “Service Providers”) are exposed to the risk that their operations and data may be compromised as a result of internal and external cyber-failures, breaches or attacks (“Cyber Risk”).  This could occur as a result of malicious or criminal cyber-attacks.  Cyber-attacks include actions taken to: (i) steal or corrupt data maintained online or digitally, (ii) gain unauthorized access to or release confidential information, (iii) shut down the Fund or Service Provider website through denial-of-service attacks, or (iv) otherwise disrupt normal business operations.  However, events arising from human error, faulty or inadequately implemented policies and procedures or other systems failures unrelated to any external cyber-threat may have effects similar to those caused by deliberate cyber-attacks.
 
40

Successful cyber-attacks or other cyber-failures or events affecting the Fund or its Service Providers may adversely impact the Fund or its shareholders or cause an investment in the Fund to lose value.  For instance, such attacks, failures or other events may interfere with the processing of shareholder transactions, impact the Fund’s ability to calculate its net asset value, cause the release of private shareholder information or confidential Fund information, impede trading, or cause reputational damage.  Such attacks, failures or other events could also subject the Fund or its Service Providers to regulatory fines, penalties or financial losses, reimbursement or other compensation costs, and/or additional compliance costs.  Insurance protection and contractual indemnification provisions may be insufficient to cover these losses.  The Fund or its Service Providers may also incur significant costs to manage and control Cyber Risk.  While the Fund and its Service Providers have established IT and data security programs and have in place business continuity plans and other systems designed to prevent losses and mitigate Cyber Risk, there are inherent limitations in such plans and systems, including the possibility that certain risks have not been identified or that cyber-attacks may be highly sophisticated.
 
Cyber Risk is also present for issuers of securities or other instruments in which the Fund invests, which could result in material adverse consequences for such issuers, and may cause a Fund’s investment in such issuers to lose value.
 
Confidential Information Access Risk.  The Fund is subject to the risk that the intentional or unintentional receipt of material, non-public information (“Confidential Information”) by the Adviser or Subadviser could limit the Fund’s ability to sell certain investments held by the Fund or pursue certain investment opportunities on behalf of the Fund, potentially for a substantial period of time.
 
Anti‑Takeover Provisions .  Maryland law and the Fund’s Charter and Bylaws include provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or convert the Fund to open‑end status, including the adoption of a staggered Board of Directors and the supermajority voting requirements discussed herein.  These provisions could deprive the holders of Common Shares of opportunities to sell their Common Shares at a premium over the then current market price of the Common Shares or at net asset value.  See “Certain Provisions of the Fund’s Charter and Bylaws and of Maryland Law.” This risk would also apply to many of the Fund’s investments in Underlying Funds.
 
41

Anti‑Takeover Provisions in
Maryland Law and the Fund’s
Charter and Bylaws Maryland law and the Fund’s Charter and Bylaws include provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund.  These provisions could deprive Common Shareholders of opportunities to sell their Common Shares at a premium over the then current market price of the Common Shares or at net asset value.  See “Certain Provisions of the Fund’s Charter and Bylaws and of Maryland Law.”
 
Administrator, Fund
Accountant, Transfer
Agent, Dividend
Disbursing Agent
and Custodian The Fund has retained U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC as administrator, fund accountant, transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent and US Bank, NA as custodian. In addition, Centric Fund Services, LLC will provide certain other administrative services for the Fund. The Adviser and the Board of Directors will be responsible for overseeing the activities of the administrator, fund accountant, transfer agent, dividend disbursing agent and custodian.  See “Administrator, Fund Accountant, Transfer Agent, Dividend Disbursing Agent and Custodian.”

42

SUMMARY OF FUND EXPENSES
 
The following table shows estimated Fund expenses as a percentage of net assets attributable to Common Shares.  The purpose of the following table and the example below is to help you understand the fees and expenses that you, as a Common Shareholder, would bear directly or indirectly.  Common Shareholders should understand that some of the percentages indicated in the tables below are estimates and may vary.  The expenses shown in the table and related footnotes are based on estimated amounts for the Fund’s first year of operations and assume that the Fund issues 10,000,000 Common Shares.  Accordingly, the Fund’s net assets for purposes of the tables and example below include estimated net proceeds from the offering of $195,600,000.  The following table assumes the use of leverage in an amount equal to 25% of the Fund’s Managed Assets (or approximately 33% of the Fund’s net assets) and shows Fund expenses as a percentage of net assets attributable to Common Shares.  The following table should not be considered a representation of the Fund’s future expenses.  Actual expenses may be greater or less than those shown below.

Shareholder Transaction Expenses
As a Percentage
of Offering Price
Sales Load
2.00%
Offering Expenses Borne by Common Shareholders of the Fund(1)(2)
0.20%
Dividend Reinvestment Plan Fees
None(3)

 
As a Percentage of Net Assets Attributable to Common Shares (Assuming the Use of Leverage Equal to 25% of the Fund’s
Total Assets)(1)(7)
Annual Expenses
 
Management fee(4)
1.33%
Administration fee(4)
0.27%
Interest payments on borrowed funds(5)
0.56%
Dividend and Interest Expenses on Short Sales
0.02%
Other expenses
0.10%
Acquired fund fees and expenses(6)
0.65%
Total annual expenses(7)
2.93%
 
Example(8)
 
The example illustrates the expenses you would pay on a $1,000 investment in Common Shares (including the sales load of $20 and estimated expenses of the offering payable by the Fund of $2), assuming (1) “Total annual expenses” of 2.93% of net assets attributable to Common Shares, and (2) a 5% annual return.

 
1 year
3 years
5 years
10 years
Total Expenses Incurred
$51
$111
$173
$340
 
The example should not be considered a representation of future expenses.  Actual expenses may be greater or less than those assumed.
 
43

________________
(1) The Adviser has agreed to bear (a) all organizational expenses of the Fund and (b) such offering expenses of the Fund (other than the sales load) that exceed $0.04 per share of the Fund’s Common Shares.  Based on an estimated offering size of $200,000,000 (10,000,000 Common Shares), the Fund would pay a maximum of $400,000 of offering costs (or $0.04 per Common Share) and the Adviser would pay all offering costs in excess of $400,000, which are currently estimated to be $623,370 (or $0.062 per Common Share).  The offering expenses to be paid or reimbursed by the Fund are not included in the Annual Expenses table above or in footnote (7) below.  However, these expenses will be borne by Common Shareholders and result in a reduction of the net asset value of the Common Shares.  Proceeds to the Fund are calculated after expenses paid by the Fund.
(2) The Adviser (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay from its own assets (1) additional compensation of $0.15 per share to underwriters in connection with this offering, and separately (2) a structuring fee to Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, UBS Securities LLC, Oppenheimer & Co. Inc., RBC Capital Markets, LLC and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated.  The Adviser (and not the Fund) may pay certain qualifying underwriters structuring, syndication and other fees.  Furthermore, the Fund has agreed to reimburse the underwriters for the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the underwriters in connection with the review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Common Shares in an amount not to exceed $25,000 in the aggregate.  In addition, the Adviser (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay TSC Distributors, LLC an amount equal to 0.10% of the total price to the public of the Common Shares sold in the offering contemplated by this Prospectus (including Common Shares offered pursuant to the underwriters’ overallotment option) for certain distribution and marketing services.  See “Underwriters.”
(3) There will be no brokerage charges with respect to Common Shares issued directly by the Fund under the dividend reinvestment plan.  You will pay brokerage charges in connection with open market purchases or if you direct the plan agent to sell your Common Shares held in a dividend reinvestment account.
(4) The management fee and administration fee are charged as a percentage of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets, as opposed to net assets.  With leverage, Managed Assets are greater in amount than net assets, because Managed Assets includes borrowings for investment purposes.  The market value of the Fund’s derivatives will be used for purposes of calculating Managed Assets.  The management fee of 1.00% of the Fund’s Managed Assets represents 1.33% of net assets attributable to Common Shares assuming the use of leverage in an amount of 25% of the Fund’s Managed Assets.
(5) Assumes interest expense accrued at the rate 1.68% on borrowed funds used to employ leverage, which rate is subject to change based on prevailing market conditions.  Interest payments on borrowed funds also include the cost of issuing debt.
(6) The “Acquired fund fees and expenses” disclosed above are based on the expense ratios for the most recent fiscal year of the Underlying Funds in which the Fund anticipates investing, which may change substantially over time and, therefore, significantly affect “Acquired fund fees and expenses.”  These amounts are based on the total expense ratio disclosed in each Underlying Fund’s most recent shareholder report.  Some of the Underlying Funds in which the Fund intends to invest charge incentive fees based on the Underlying Funds’ performance.  The 0.65% shown as “Acquired fund fees and expenses” reflects estimated operating expenses of the Underlying Funds and transaction‑related fees.  Certain Underlying Funds in which the Fund intends to invest generally charge a management fee of 1.00% to 2.00% and up to a 20% incentive fee on income and/or capital gains, which are included in “Acquired fund fees and expenses,” as applicable.  The “Acquired fund fees and expenses” disclosed above, however, do not reflect any performance‑based fees or allocations paid by the Underlying Funds that are calculated solely on the realization and/or distribution of gains, or on the sum of such gains and unrealized appreciation of assets distributed in‑kind, as such fees and allocations for a particular period may be unrelated to the cost of investing in the Underlying Funds.   Acquired fund fees and expenses are borne indirectly by the Fund, but they will not be reflected in the Fund’s financial statements; and the information presented in the table will differ from that presented in the Fund’s financial highlights, when available.
(7) The table above assumes the use of leverage in an amount equal to 25% of the Fund’s Managed Assets (or approximately 33% of the Fund’s net assets) and shows Fund expenses as a percentage of net assets attributable to Common Shares, as only Common Shareholders of the Fund will bear all of the expenses reflected in the table.  For purposes of this assumption, all leverage used is in the form of borrowings.  The table presented below in this footnote 7 estimates what the Fund’s annual expenses would be, stated as percentages of the Fund’s net assets attributable to Common Shares, but, unlike the table above, assumes that the Fund does not utilize leverage.  In accordance with these assumptions, the Fund’s expenses would be estimated to be as follows:

Annual expenses (as a percentage of net assets attributable to Common Shares)
As a Percentage of Net
Assets Attributable to
Common Shares
(Assuming No Leverage)
Management fees
1.00%
Administrative fees
0.20%
Dividend and Interest Expenses on Short Sales
0.02%
Other expenses
0.10%
Acquired fund fees and expenses
0.49%
Total annual expenses
1.81%

(8) The example should not be considered a representation of future expenses.  The example assumes that the estimated “Other expenses” set forth in the table are accurate and that all dividends and distributions are reinvested at the Common Share net asset values.  Actual expenses may be greater or less than those assumed.  Moreover, the Fund’s actual rate of return may be greater or less than the hypothetical 5% annual return shown in the example.
 
44

THE FUND
 
RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc. (the “Fund”) is a diversified, closed‑end management investment company registered under the 1940 Act.  The Fund was organized as a Maryland corporation on June 22, 2016.  Because the Fund is newly organized, the common stock of the Fund (the “Common Shares”) has no history of public trading.  The Fund’s principal office is located at 325 North LaSalle Street, Suite 645, Chicago, Illinois 60654, and its telephone number is (312) 832‑1440.
 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
The net proceeds of this offering are estimated at approximately $               ($                   if the underwriters exercise the overallotment option in full), after deduction of the sales load and payment of estimated offering expenses payable by the Fund.  The Adviser (as defined below) has agreed to bear (i) all of the Fund’s organizational costs and (ii) all of the Fund’s offering costs (other than the sales load) that exceed $0.04 per Common Share.  The Adviser anticipates that the investment of the net proceeds will be made in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies, as appropriate investment opportunities are identified, within approximately one month after completion of this offering.  Pending such investment, those proceeds may be invested in cash, cash equivalents, short‑term debt securities or U.S. government securities.  See “Investment Objective, Strategies and Policies.”
 
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE, STRATEGIES AND POLICIES
 
Investment Objective
 
The Fund’s investment objective is current income and overall total return.  There is no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.
 
Principal Investment Strategies
 
The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by allocating its Managed Assets between the two principal strategies described below.  Subject to the ranges noted below, the Adviser will determine the portion of the Fund’s Managed Assets to allocate to each strategy and may, from time to time, adjust the allocations.  See “Risks—Asset Allocation Risk.”  Under normal market conditions, the Fund may allocate between 10% and 35% of its Managed Assets to the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy and 65% to 90% of its Managed Assets to the Opportunistic Income Strategy.  The Adviser expects to initially allocate 30% of the Fund’s Managed Assets to the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy and 70% of the Fund’s Managed Assets to the Opportunistic Income Strategy.  See “Investment Philosophy and Process.”  The Fund, in seeking to achieve its investment objective, will not take activist positions in the Underlying Funds.
 
Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy (10%-35% of Managed Assets).  This strategy will seek to (i) generate returns through investments in closed-end funds, exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) and business development companies (“BDCs,” and, together with the Fund’s investments in closed-end funds and ETFs, the “Underlying Funds”) that invest primarily in income producing securities, and (ii) derive value from the discount and premium spreads associated with closed-end funds.  See “Risks—Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy Risk.”  All Underlying Funds will be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
 
Under normal market conditions: (i) no more than 20% of the Fund’s Managed Assets allocated to the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy will be invested in “equity” Underlying Funds; (ii) no more than 60% of the Fund’s Managed Assets allocated to the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy will be invested in below investment grade (also known as “high yield” and “junk”) and “senior loan” Underlying Funds; and (iii) no more than 25% of the Fund’s Managed Assets allocated to the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy will be invested in “emerging market income” Underlying Funds.  The Fund will also limit its investments in closed‑end funds (including BDCs) that have been in operation for less than one year to no more than 10% of the Fund’s Managed Assets allocated to the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy.  The Fund will not invest in inverse ETFs or leveraged ETFs.  The types of Underlying Funds referenced in this paragraph will be categorized in accordance with the fund categories established and maintained by Morningstar, Inc.  The investment parameters stated above (and elsewhere in this Prospectus) apply only at the time of purchase.   The Fund’s shareholders will indirectly bear the expenses, including the management fees, of the Underlying Funds.  See “Risks—Underlying Fund Risks.”
 
45

The Underlying Funds in which the Adviser seeks to invest will generally focus on a broad range of fixed income securities or sectors, including Underlying Funds that invest in the following securities or sectors: convertible securities, preferred stocks, high yield securities, exchange-traded notes, structured notes, dividend strategies, covered call option strategies, real estate-related investments, energy, utility and other income-oriented strategies.
 
The Fund may invest in Underlying Funds that invest in securities that are rated below investment grade, including those receiving the lowest ratings from Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business (“S&P”), Fitch Ratings, a part of the Fitch Group (“Fitch”), or Moody’s Investor Services, Inc. (“Moody’s”), or comparably rated by another nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”) or, if unrated, determined by the Adviser or Subadviser (as defined below) to be of comparable credit quality, which indicates that the security is in default or has little prospect for full recovery of principal or interest. See “Risks—Defaulted and Distressed Securities Risk.”  Below investment grade securities are commonly referred to as “junk” and “high yield” securities. Below investment grade securities are considered speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal.  Lower rated below investment grade securities are considered more vulnerable to nonpayment than other below investment grade securities and their issuers are more dependent on favorable business, financial and economic conditions to meet their financial commitments. The lowest rated below investment grade securities are typically already in default.  See “Risks—Credit and Below Investment Grade Securities Risk.”
 
The Underlying Funds in which the Fund invests will not include those that are advised or subadvised by the Adviser, the Subadviser or their affiliates.
 
Under normal circumstances, the Fund intends to maintain long positions in Underlying Funds and other portfolio securities; however, the Fund may at times establish hedging positions.  Hedging positions may include short sales and derivatives, such as options, futures and swaps (“Hedging Positions”).  Under normal market conditions, no more than 30% of the Fund’s Managed Assets will be in Hedging Positions (as determined based on the market value of such Hedging Positions).  See “Risks—Derivatives Risks” and “Risks—Options and Futures Risks.”
 
A short sale is a transaction in which the Fund sells a security that it does not own in anticipation of a decline in the market price of the security.  The Fund will not engage in any short sales of securities issued by closed-end funds and BDCs.  To complete the short sale, the Fund must arrange through a broker to borrow the security in order to deliver it to the buyer.  The Fund is obligated to replace the borrowed security by purchasing it at a market price at or prior to the time it must be returned to the lender.  The price at which the Fund is required to replace the borrowed security may be more or less than the price at which the security was sold by the Fund.  The Fund will incur a loss if the price of the security sold short increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the Fund replaces the borrowed security.  The Fund will realize a gain if the price of the security declines between those dates. See “Risks—Short Sale Risks.”
 
Under the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy, the Fund also may attempt to enhance the return on the cash portion of its portfolio by investing in total return swap agreements.  A total return swap agreement provides the Fund with a return based on the performance of an underlying asset, in exchange for fee payments to a counterparty based on a specific rate.  The difference in the value of these income streams is recorded daily by the Fund, and is typically settled in cash at least monthly.  If the underlying asset declines in value over the term of the swap, the Fund would be required to pay the dollar value of that decline plus any applicable fees to the counterparty.  The Fund may use its own net asset value or any other reference asset that the Adviser chooses as the underlying asset in a total return swap.  The Fund will limit the notional amount of all total return swaps in the aggregate to 15% of the Fund’s Managed Assets.  Using the Fund’s own net asset value as the underlying asset in the total return swap serves to reduce cash drag (the impact of cash on the Fund’s overall return) by replacing it with the impact of market exposure based upon the Fund’s own investment holdings.  This type of total return swap would provide the Fund with a return based on its net asset value.  Like any total return swap, the Fund would be subject to counterparty risk and the risk that its own net asset value declines in value.  See “Risks—Swap Risks.”
 
46

Opportunistic Income Strategy (65%-90% of Managed Assets).   This strategy seeks to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns through investments in fixed income instruments and other investments, including agency and non-agency residential mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities, corporate bonds, municipal bonds, and real estate investment trusts (“REITs”).  At least 50% of the Managed Assets allocated to this strategy will be invested in mortgage-backed securities.  See “Risks—Fixed Income Securities Risks,” “Risks—Mortgage-Backed Securities Risk” and “Risks—Municipal Securities Risk.”
 
Under this strategy, the Fund may invest in securities of any credit quality, including, without limit, securities that are rated below investment grade, except that the Fund will invest at least 20% of the Managed Assets allocated to this strategy in securities rated investment grade (or unrated securities judged by the Subadviser to be of comparable quality).  In addition, the Subadviser does not currently expect that the Fund will invest more than 15% of the Managed Assets allocated to this strategy in corporate debt securities (excluding mortgage-backed securities) or sovereign debt instruments rated below B- by Moody’s and below B3 by S&P or Fitch (or unrated securities determined by the Subadviser to be of comparable quality).  The Fund’s investments in below investment grade securities under this strategy may include securities receiving the lowest ratings from S&P ( i.e., D-), Fitch ( i.e., D-) or Moody’s ( i.e., C3), or comparably rated by another NRSRO or, if unrated, determined by the Adviser or Subadviser to be of comparable credit quality, which indicates that the security is in default or has little prospect for full recovery of principal or interest.  See “Risks—Defaulted and Distressed Securities Risk.”  Below investment grade securities are commonly referred to as “junk” and “high yield” securities.  Below investment grade securities are considered speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal.  Lower rated below investment grade securities are considered more vulnerable to nonpayment than other below investment grade securities and their issuers are more dependent on favorable business, financial and economic conditions to meet their financial commitments.  The lowest rated below investment grade securities are typically already in default.  See “Risks—Credit and Below Investment Grade Securities Risk.”
 
The Fund will invest no more than 20% of its Managed Assets allocated to the Opportunistic Income Strategy in non-U.S. investments, including emerging market investments.  See “Risks—Emerging Markets Risk.”
 
Investments under the Opportunistic Income Strategy may include, without any limitation as to the Fund’s Managed Assets allocated to this strategy, mortgage-backed securities, including agency and non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”).  These RMBS investments have undergone extreme volatility over the past several years, driven primarily by high default rates and the securities being downgraded to “junk” status.  See “Risks—Mortgage-Backed Securities Risks.”
 
Investments under the Opportunistic Income Strategy may include mortgage- or asset-backed securities of any kind, including, by way of example, mortgage- or asset-related securities not subject to the credit support of the U.S. Government or any agency or instrumentality of the U.S. Government, including obligations backed or supported by sub-prime mortgages, which are subject to certain special risks.  See “Risks—Mortgage‑Backed Securities Risks.”
 
47

Mortgage- or asset-backed securities may include, among other things, securities issued or guaranteed by the United States Government, its agencies, or its instrumentalities or sponsored corporations, or securities of domestic or foreign private issuers.   Mortgage- or asset-backed securities may be issued or guaranteed by banks or other financial institutions, special-purpose vehicles established for such purpose, or private issuers, or by government agencies or instrumentalities.  Privately issued mortgage-backed securities include any mortgage-backed security other than those issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities.  Mortgage-backed securities may include, without limitation, interests in pools of residential mortgages or commercial mortgages, and may relate to domestic or non-U.S. mortgages.  Mortgage-backed securities include, but are not limited to, securities representing interests in, collateralized or backed by, or whose values are determined in whole or in part by reference to any number of mortgages or pools of mortgages or the payment experience of such mortgages or pools of mortgages, including Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits (“REMICs”), which could include resecuritizations of REMICs, mortgage pass-through securities, inverse floaters, collateralized mortgage obligations, collateralized loan obligations, collateralized debt obligations, multiclass pass-through securities, private mortgage pass-through securities, stripped mortgage securities (generally interest-only and principal-only securities), and securitizations of various receivables, including, for example, credit card and automobile finance receivables.  Certain mortgage-backed securities in which the Fund may invest may represent an inverse interest-only class of security for which the holders are entitled to receive no payments of principal and are entitled only to receive interest at a rate that will vary inversely with a specified index or reference rate, or a multiple thereof.
 
The Fund may purchase other types of debt securities and other income-producing investments of any kind, including, by way of example, U.S. Government securities; debt securities issued by domestic or foreign corporations; obligations of foreign sovereigns or their agencies or instrumentalities; equity, mortgage, or hybrid REIT securities; bank loans (including, among others, participations, assignments, senior loans, delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities); municipal securities and other debt securities issued by states or local governments and their agencies, authorities and other government-sponsored enterprises.
 
“Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Fund, including assets attributable to leverage, minus liabilities (other than debt representing leverage and any preferred stock that may be outstanding).
 
In addition to the foregoing principal investment strategies of the Fund, the Adviser also may allocate the Fund’s Managed Assets among cash and short-term investments.  See “Investment Policies and Techniques—Temporary Investments and Defensive Position” in the SAI.  There are no limits on the Fund’s portfolio turnover, and the Fund may buy and sell securities to take advantage of potential short‑term trading opportunities without regard to length of time and when the Adviser or Subadviser believes investment considerations warrant such action.
 
Unless otherwise specified, the investment policies and limitations of the Fund are not considered to be fundamental by the Fund and can be changed without a vote of the holders of the Common Shareholders.  The Fund’s investment objective and certain investment restrictions specifically identified as such in the SAI are considered fundamental and may not be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, as defined in the 1940 Act, which includes Common Shares and Preferred Shares, if any, voting together as a single class, and the holders of the outstanding Preferred Shares, if any, voting as a single class.  See “Investment Restrictions” in the SAI.
 
48

INVESTMENT PHILOSOPHY AND PROCESS
 
The Adviser will allocate the Fund’s assets between the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy and the Opportunistic Income Strategy (as described above).  The amount allocated to each of the principal strategies may change depending on the Adviser’s assessment of market risk, security valuations, market volatility, and the prospects for earning income and capital appreciation.  See “Risks—Multi-Manager Risk.”
 
Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy.  The Adviser considers a number of factors when selecting Underlying Funds, including fundamental and technical analysis to assess the relative risk and reward potential throughout the financial markets.  The term “tactical” is used to indicate that the portion of the Fund’s Managed Assets allocated to this strategy will invest in closed-end funds to take advantage of pricing discrepancies in the closed-end fund market.
 
In selecting closed-end funds, the Adviser opportunistically utilizes a combination of short-term and longer-term trading strategies to seek to derive value from the discount and premium spreads associated with closed-end funds by identifying pricing aberrations.  The Adviser employs both a quantitative and qualitative approach in its selection of closed-end funds and has developed proprietary screening models and algorithms to trade closed-end funds.  The Adviser’s mean reversion investing looks to capitalize on changes within the pricing of a closed-end fund and, based upon its research and analysis, a view that it will revert to historical pricing.  The Adviser employs the following trading strategies, among others:
 
Statistical Analysis (Mean Reversion)
 
· Using proprietary quantitative models, the Adviser seeks to identify closed-end funds that are trading at compelling absolute and/or relative discounts.
 
· The Adviser will attempt to capitalize on the perceived mispricing if the Adviser believes that the discount widening is irrational and expects the discount to narrow to longer-term mean valuations.
 
Corporate Actions
 
· The Adviser will pursue investments in closed-end funds that have announced, or the Adviser believes are likely to announce, certain corporate actions that may drive value for their shareholders.
 
· The Adviser has developed trading strategies that focus on closed-end fund tender offers, rights offerings, shareholder distributions, open-endings and liquidations.
 
Shareholder Activism
 
· The Adviser will assess activism opportunities by determining a closed-end fund’s susceptibility to dissident activity and analyzing the composition of the fund’s shareholder register.  The Fund, in seeking to achieve its investment objective, will not take activist positions in the Underlying Funds.
 
In employing its trading strategies, the Adviser conducts an extensive amount of due diligence on various fund sponsors, investment managers and funds, including actively monitoring regulatory filings, analyzing a fund’s registration statements, financial statements and organizational documents, as well as conducting proprietary research, such as speaking with fund sponsors, underwriters, sell-side brokers and investors.
 
49

Opportunistic Income Strategy.   The term “opportunistic” is used to indicate that the portion of this strategy’s Managed Assets devoted to any particular asset class will vary depending on the Subadviser’s view of what investments offer potentially attractive risk-adjusted returns under then-existing market conditions.
 
With respect to its investments in mortgage-backed securities, the Subadviser utilizes a unique investment process that first examines the macroeconomic status of the mortgage-backed sector.  This analysis includes reviewing information regarding interest rates, yield curves and spreads, credit analysis of the issuers and a general analysis of the markets generally.  From this detailed analysis, along with assessment of other economic data including market trends, unemployment data and pending legislation, the Subadviser identifies subsectors within the mortgage sector which the Subadviser believes offer the highest potential for return.  The Subadviser then applies a qualitative analysis that evaluates market trends and portfolio analytics, including looking at factors such as duration, level of delinquencies, default history and recovery rates.  Finally, the Subadviser performs a quantitative analysis of the potential investment, essentially performing a stress test of the potential investment’s underlying portfolio of mortgages.  Only when a potential investment has passed the Subadviser’s screening will it be added to the strategy’s portfolio.
 
The Subadviser allocates the Opportunistic Income Strategy assets among market sectors, and among investments within those sectors, in an attempt to construct a portfolio providing a high level of current income and the potential for capital appreciation consistent with what the Subadviser considers an appropriate level of risk in light of market conditions prevailing at the time.  Implementation of portfolio asset allocation decisions is made by the Subadviser’s portfolio managers after consultation with the Subadviser’s Fixed Income Asset Allocation Committee, a committee consisting of portfolio managers and analysts which contributes to fixed-income asset allocation decisions made on behalf of the Fund by the Subadviser. The Subadviser will select investments over time to implement its long-term strategic investment view. It also will buy and sell securities opportunistically in response to short-term market, economic, political, or other developments or otherwise as opportunities may present themselves. In selecting individual securities for investment by the Fund, the Subadviser uses a bottom-up security selection process, reflecting in-depth research and analysis. The Subadviser will manage the Opportunistic Income Strategy of the Fund under an integrated risk management framework overseen by the Fund’s portfolio management team and the Subadviser’s risk management committee.
 
Portfolio securities in the Opportunistic Income Strategy may be sold at any time. Sales may occur when the Subadviser determines to take advantage of a better investment opportunity, because the Subadviser believes the portfolio securities no longer represent relatively attractive investment opportunities, because the Subadviser perceives a deterioration in the credit fundamentals of the issuer, or because the Subadviser believes it would be appropriate for other investment reasons, such as to adjust the duration or other characteristics of the investment portfolio.
 
CONTINGENT CONVERSION FEATURE
 
The Fund’s Charter provides that, during calendar year 2021, the Fund will call a shareholder meeting for the purpose of voting to determine whether the Fund should convert to an open‑end management investment company (such meeting date, as may be adjourned, the “Conversion Vote Date”).  Such shareholder meeting may be postponed (prior to convening the meeting) or adjourned in accordance with the By-Laws of the Fund and Maryland law to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date for the meeting.  A vote on such Conversion Vote Date to convert the Fund to an open‑end management investment company under the Charter requires approval by a majority of the Fund’s total outstanding shares.  A majority is defined as greater than 50% of the Fund’s total outstanding shares.  If approved by shareholders on the Conversion Vote Date, the Fund will seek to convert to an open‑end management investment company within 12 months of such approval. Any such shareholder approval will be in addition to the vote or consent of the Fund’s shareholders otherwise required by federal law or by any agreement between the Fund and any national securities exchange. If the requisite number of votes to convert the Fund to an open‑end management investment company is not obtained on the Conversion Vote Date, the Fund will continue in operation as a closed‑end management investment company.  See “Conversion to Open‑End Fund” and “Risks—Contingent Conversion Risk” below.
 
50

USE OF LEVERAGE
 
The Fund may borrow money and/or issue Preferred Shares, notes or debt securities for investment purposes.  These practices are known as leveraging.  The Adviser will determine whether or not to engage in leverage based on its assessment of conditions in the debt and credit markets.  The Fund currently anticipates that leverage will initially be obtained through the use of bank borrowings and reverse repurchase agreements.  The Fund does not anticipate that it will issue Preferred Shares within 12 months of the date of this Prospectus.
 
The Fund is permitted under the 1940 Act to use leverage in an aggregate amount up to 33 1/3% of the Fund’s total assets immediately after such borrowings or issuance.  The Underlying Funds that the Fund invests in may also use leverage; provided, however, it is the intention of the Fund that the Fund’s direct use of leverage together with the Fund’s overall exposure to leverage utilized by all the Underlying Funds will not exceed 33 1/3% of the Fund’s Managed Assets (measured at the time of incurring such direct leverage or investing in such Underlying Fund).  The Fund’s intention to limit leverage is contingent upon the Adviser’s ability to adequately determine an Underlying Fund’s current amount of leverage, which may be severely limited, and ultimately unsuccessful.  The leverage at the Underlying Fund level will be calculated as the weighted average leverage ratio based on managed assets of each of the Underlying Funds in the portfolio as of the most recently available information.
 
The Fund may be subject to certain restrictions on investments imposed by lenders or by one or more rating agencies that may issue ratings for any senior securities issued by the Fund.  Borrowing covenants or rating agency guidelines may impose asset coverage or Fund composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed on the Fund by the 1940 Act.
 
Notwithstanding the limits discussed above, the Fund may enter into derivatives or other transactions ( e.g. , reverse repurchase agreements and total return swaps) that may provide leverage (other than through borrowings or the issuance of Preferred Shares), but which are not subject to the foregoing limitations if the Fund earmarks or segregates liquid assets (or enters into offsetting positions) in accordance with applicable SEC regulations and interpretations to cover its obligations under those transactions and instruments.  These additional transactions will not cause the Fund to pay higher advisory or administration fee rates than it would pay in the absence of such transactions, although the dollar amount of these fees payable by the Fund will increase and decrease along with increases to and decreases in the value of the Fund’s Managed Assets.  However, these transactions will entail additional expenses ( e.g. , transaction costs) which will be borne by the Fund.  These types of transactions have the potential to increase returns to Common Shareholders, but they also involve additional risks.  This additional leverage will increase the volatility of the Fund’s investment portfolio and could result in larger losses than if the transactions were not entered into.  However, to the extent that the Fund enters into offsetting transactions or owns positions covering its obligations, the leveraging effect is expected to be minimized or eliminated.
 
Under the 1940 Act, the Fund is not permitted to incur indebtedness unless immediately after doing so the Fund has an asset coverage of at least 300% of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of indebtedness ( i.e. , such indebtedness may not exceed 33 1/3% of the value of the Fund’s total assets including the amount borrowed).  Additionally, under the 1940 Act, the Fund may not declare any dividend or other distribution upon any class of its shares, or purchase any such shares, unless the aggregate indebtedness of the Fund has, at the time of the declaration of any such dividend or distribution or at the time of any such purchase, asset coverage of at least 300% after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution, or purchase price, as the case may be.  Under the 1940 Act, the Fund is not permitted to issue Preferred Shares unless immediately after such issuance the total asset value of the Fund’s portfolio is at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding Preferred Shares ( i.e. , such liquidation value may not exceed 50% of the Fund’s Managed Assets).  In addition, the Fund is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its Common Shares unless, at the time of such declaration, the net asset value of the Fund’s portfolio (determined after deducting the amount of such dividend or other distribution) is at least 200% of such liquidation value of the Preferred Shares.  If Preferred Shares are issued, the Fund intends, to the extent possible, to purchase or redeem shares, from time to time, to maintain coverage of any Preferred Shares of at least 200%.  Normally, holders of Common Shares will elect the directors of the Fund except that the holders of any Preferred Shares will elect two directors.  In the event the Fund failed to pay dividends on its Preferred Shares for two years, holders of Preferred Shares would be entitled to elect a majority of the directors until the dividends are paid.
 
51

Reverse Repurchase Agreements. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the sale of securities held by the Fund with an agreement by the Fund to repurchase the securities at an agreed upon price, date and interest payment.  At the time the Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it may establish and maintain a segregated account with its custodian containing, or designate on its books and records, cash and/or liquid assets having a value not less than the repurchase price (including accrued interest).  If the Fund establishes and maintains such a segregated account, or earmarks such assets as described, a reverse repurchase agreement will not be considered a senior security under the 1940 Act and therefore will not be considered a borrowing by the Fund under the foregoing limitation; however, under certain circumstances in which the Fund does not establish and maintain such segregated account, or earmark such assets on its books and records, such reverse repurchase agreement will be considered a borrowing for the purpose of the Fund’s limitation on borrowings.  The use by the Fund of reverse repurchase agreements involves many of the same risks as leverage since the proceeds derived from such reverse repurchase agreements may be invested in additional securities.  The Fund’s use of leverage through reverse repurchase agreements will be subject to the Fund’s policy with respect to the use of leverage.  See “Risks—Reverse Repurchase Agreements Risk.”
 
Effects of Leverage.  Assuming the use of leverage in the amount of 25% of the Fund’s Managed Assets and an annual interest rate on leverage of 1.68% payable on such leverage based on estimated market interest rates as of the date of this Prospectus, the additional income that the Fund must earn (net of estimated expenses related to leverage) in order to cover such interest payments is 0.56%.  The Fund’s actual cost of leverage will be based on market interest rates at the time the Fund undertakes a leveraging strategy, and such actual cost of leverage may be higher or lower than that assumed in the previous example.
 
The following table is furnished in response to requirements of the SEC.  It is designed to illustrate the effect of leverage on total return on Common Shares, assuming investment portfolio total returns (comprised of income, net expenses and changes in the value of investments held in the Fund’s portfolio) of ‑10%, ‑5%, 0%, 5% and 10%.  These assumed investment portfolio returns are hypothetical figures and are not necessarily indicative of what the Fund’s investment portfolio returns will be.  In other words, the Fund’s actual returns may be greater or less than those appearing in the table below.  The table further reflects the use of leverage representing approximately 25% of the Fund’s Managed Assets after such issuance and the Fund’s currently projected annual interest rate of 1.68%.  See “ Risks—Leverage Risks.”  The table does not reflect any offering costs of Common Shares or leverage.
 
Assumed Portfolio Return
-10.00%
-5.00%
0.00%
5.00%
10.00%
Common Share Total Return
-13.89%
-7.23%
-0.56%
6.11%
12.77%
 
Total return is composed of two elements—the dividends on Common Shares paid by the Fund (the amount of which is largely determined by the Fund’s net investment income after paying the cost of leverage) and realized and unrealized gains or losses on the value of the securities the Fund owns.  As the table shows, leverage generally increases the return to Common Shareholders when portfolio return is positive or greater than the costs of leverage and decreases return when the portfolio return is negative or less than the costs of leverage.
 
52

During the time in which the Fund is using leverage, the amount of the fees paid to the Adviser (and from the Adviser to the Subadviser) for investment management services (and subadvisory services) will be higher than if the Fund did not use leverage because the fees paid will be calculated based on the Fund’s Managed Assets.  This may create a conflict of interest between the Adviser and the Subadviser, on the one hand, and the holders of Common Shares, on the other.  Also, because the leverage costs will be borne by the Fund at a specified interest rate, only the Fund’s Common Shareholders will bear the cost of the Fund’s management fees and other expenses.  There can be no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be successful during any period in which it is employed.
 
RISKS
 
Investing in any investment company security involves risk, including the risk that you may receive little or no return on your investment or even that you may lose part or all of your investment.  This section discusses the principal risk factors associated with an investment in the Fund specifically, as well as those factors generally associated with an investment in a company with an investment objective, investment policies, capital structure or trading markets similar to the Fund.  Investors should consider the following risk factors and special considerations as well as the other information in this Prospectus prior to investing in the Fund’s Common Shares.
 
Investment‑Related Risks:
 
With the exception of Underlying Fund risk (and except as otherwise noted below), the following risks apply to the direct investments the Fund may make, and generally apply to the Fund’s investments in Underlying Funds.  That said, each risk described below may not apply to each Underlying Fund.
 
Investment and Market Risks
 
An investment in Common Shares is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount invested.  An investment in Common Shares represents an indirect investment in the Underlying Funds owned by the Fund.  The value of the Fund or the Underlying Funds, like other market investments, may move up or down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably.  Overall stock market risks may also affect the net asset value of the Fund or the Underlying Funds.  Factors such as domestic and foreign economic growth and market conditions, interest rate levels and political events affect the securities markets.  The Common Shares at any point in time may be worth less than the original investment, even after taking into account any reinvestment of dividends and distributions.
 
Management Risks
 
The Adviser’s and the Subadviser’s judgments about the attractiveness, value and potential appreciation of a particular asset class or individual security in which the Fund invests may prove to be incorrect and there is no guarantee that the Adviser’s or the Subadviser’s judgment, as applicable, will produce the desired results.  Similarly, the Fund’s investments in Underlying Funds are subject to the judgment of the Underlying Funds’ managers which may prove to be incorrect.  In addition, the Adviser and Subadviser will have limited information as to the portfolio holdings of the Underlying Funds at any given time.  This may result in the Adviser and Subadviser having less ability to respond to changing market conditions.  The Fund may allocate its assets so as to under‑emphasize or over‑emphasize its investments under the wrong market conditions, in which case the Fund’s net asset value may be adversely affected.
 
53

In addition, the Fund depends on the diligence, skill and business contacts of the investment professionals of the Adviser and the Subadviser to achieve the Fund’s investment objective. In particular, the Adviser and Subadviser are dependent upon the expertise of their respective portfolio management teams to implement the Fund’s strategies. If the Adviser or the Subadviser were to lose the services of one or more key individuals , including members of their portfolio management teams, each may not be able to hire qualified replacements or may require an extended time to do so. This could prevent the Fund from achieving its investment objective and could have an adverse effect on an investment in the Fund.
 
The Fund is the third closed-end fund to be managed by the Adviser and the third closed-end fund to be managed by the Subadviser.  The Adviser and the Subadviser each manage several registered open-end funds, and the portfolio managers have previous experience managing closed-end funds.  As with any managed fund, the Adviser and Subadviser may not be successful in selecting the best performing securities, leverage strategy or investment techniques, and the Fund’s performance may lag behind that of similar funds as a result.
 
Securities Risks
 
The value of the Fund or an Underlying Fund may decrease in response to the activities and financial prospects of individual securities in the fund’s portfolio.
 
Fixed Income Securities Risks
 
The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in fixed income securities.  Fixed income securities generally represent the obligation of an issuer to repay to the investor (or lender) the amount borrowed plus interest over a specified time period.  Fixed income securities increase or decrease in value based on changes in interest rates.  If rates increase, the value of the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s fixed income securities generally declines.  On the other hand, if rates fall, the value of the fixed income securities generally increases.  The issuer of a fixed income security may not be able to make interest and principal payments when due.  This risk is increased in the case of issuers of high yield securities, also known as “junk” bonds.  The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in fixed income securities of any credit quality, maturity or duration.  Fixed income securities risks include components of the following additional risks (in addition to those described elsewhere in this Prospectus):

Issuer Risk.   The value of fixed income securities may decline for a number of reasons which directly relate to the issuer, such as management performance, leverage, reduced demand for the issuer’s goods and services, historical and projected earnings, and the value of its assets.  Changes in an issuer’s credit ratings or the market’s perception of an issuer’s creditworthiness may also affect the value of the fund’s investment in that issuer.
 
Credit Risk.   The issuer of a fixed income security may not be able to make interest and principal payments when due.  Generally, the lower the credit rating of a security, the greater the risk that the issuer will default on its obligation, which could result in a loss to a fund.  The Fund and the Underlying Funds in which it invests may invest in securities that are rated in the lowest investment grade category.  Issuers of these securities are more vulnerable to changes in economic conditions than issuers of higher grade securities.
 
High Yield Securities/Junk Bond Risk .   The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in high yield securities, also known as “junk bonds.”  High yield securities are not considered to be investment grade.  High yield securities may provide greater income and opportunity for gain, but entail greater risk of loss of principal.  High yield securities are predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation.  The market for high yield securities is generally less active than the market for higher quality securities.  This may limit the ability of a fund to sell high yield securities at the price at which it is being valued for purposes of calculating net asset value.  See “—Credit and Below Investment Grade Securities Risks.”
 
54

Interest Rate Risk.   Interest rate risk is the risk that the debt securities in the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s portfolio will decline in value because of increases in market interest rates.  Generally, when market interest rates rise, bond prices fall, and vice versa.  In addition, as interest rates decline, issuers of debt securities may prepay principal earlier than scheduled, forcing the Fund or the Underlying Fund to reinvest in lower-yielding securities and potentially reducing the Fund’s or the Underlying Fund’s income.  As interest rates increase, slower than expected principal payments may extend the average life of securities, potentially locking in a below-market interest rate and reducing the Fund’s and the Underlying Fund’s value.  Securities with longer maturities tend to produce higher yields, but are more sensitive to changes in interest rates and are subject to greater fluctuation in value.  In typical market interest rate environments, the prices of longer-term debt securities generally fluctuate more than prices of shorter-term debt securities as interest rates change.  These risks may be greater in the current market environment because, as of the date of this Prospectus, certain interest rates are at or near historic lows. The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) recently raised the federal funds rate, and has indicated that it may continue to do so.  Therefore, there is a risk that interest rates will rise, which will likely drive down bond prices.  In addition, this rise in interest rates may negatively impact the Fund’s or the Underlying Fund’s future income relating to leverage, as the fund will be required to earn more income on its investments to recoup any increased costs of leverage.  The Fund’s and the Underlying Fund’s net investment income and, as a result the net asset value and market price for the Common Shares, could be negatively impacted by an increase in interest rates due to the inability of Fund or Underlying Fund portfolio companies to service interest payment obligations and principal loan repayments.  Similarly, distributions to Common Shareholders may be negatively impacted to the extent the Fund’s investments yield less income available for distribution.
 
Mortgage-Backed Securities Risks
 
Mortgage-backed securities represent participation interests in pools of residential mortgage loans purchased from individual lenders by a federal agency or originated and issued by private lenders.  The Fund invests in mortgage-backed securities and is subject to the following risks:
 
· Credit and Market Risks of Mortgage-Backed Securities .   Investments by the Fund in fixed rate and floating rate mortgage-backed securities will entail normal credit risks ( i.e. , the risk of non-payment of interest and principal) and market risks ( i.e. , the risk that interest rates and other factors could cause the value of the instrument to decline).  Many issuers or servicers of mortgage-backed securities guarantee timely payment of interest and principal on the securities, whether or not payments are made when due on the underlying mortgages.  This kind of guarantee generally increases the quality of a security, but does not mean that the security’s market value and yield will not change.  The value of all mortgage-backed securities may also change because of changes in the market’s perception of the creditworthiness of the organization that issued or guarantees them.  In addition, an unexpectedly high rate of defaults on the mortgages held by a mortgage pool may limit substantially the pool’s ability to make payments of principal or interest to a Fund as a holder of such securities, reducing the values of those securities or in some cases rendering them worthless.
 
Like bond investments, the value of fixed rate mortgage-backed securities will tend to rise when interest rates fall, and fall when rates rise.  Floating rate mortgage-backed securities will generally tend to have more moderate changes in price when interest rates rise or fall, but their current yield will be affected.  The Fund may also purchase securities that are not guaranteed.  In addition, the mortgage-backed securities market in general may be adversely affected by changes in governmental legislation or regulation.  Factors that could affect the value of a mortgage-backed security include, among other things, the types and amounts of insurance which a mortgage carries, the default and delinquency rate of the mortgage pool, the amount of time the mortgage loan has been outstanding, the loan-to-value ratio of each mortgage and the amount of overcollateralization or undercollateralization of a mortgage pool.
 
55

Ongoing developments in the residential mortgage market may have additional consequences to mortgage-backed securities.  Delinquencies and losses have at times increased with respect to securitizations involving residential mortgage loans and may continue to increase as a result of any weakening of the housing market and the seasoning of securitized pools of mortgage loans.  Many so-called “sub-prime” mortgage pools are currently distressed and may be trading at significant discounts to their face value.  See “Risks—Mortgage Market/Sub-Prime Risk.”
 
Additionally, mortgage lenders have adjusted their loan programs and underwriting standards, which has reduced the availability of mortgage credit to prospective mortgagors.  This has resulted in reduced availability of financing alternatives for mortgagors seeking to refinance their mortgage loans.  The reduced availability of refinancing options for mortgagors has resulted in higher rates of delinquencies, defaults and losses on mortgage loans, particularly in the case of, but not limited to, mortgagors with adjustable rate mortgage loans or interest-only mortgage loans that experience significant increases in their monthly payments following the adjustment date or the end of the interest-only period (see “—Adjustable Rate Mortgages” below for further discussion of adjustable rate mortgage risks).  These events, alone or in combination with each other and with any adverse economic conditions in the general economy, may contribute to higher delinquency and default rates on mortgage loans.  The tighter underwriting guidelines for residential mortgage loans, together with lower levels of home sales and reduced refinance activity, also may have contributed to a reduction in the prepayment rate for mortgage loans generally and this may continue.
 
The Federal Housing Finance Agent (“FHFA”), as conservator or receiver of the Federal National Mortgage Corporation (“Fannie Mae”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”), has the power to repudiate any contract entered into by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac prior to its appointment if it determines that performance of the contract is burdensome and repudiation of the contract promotes the orderly administration of Fannie Mae’s or Freddie Mac’s affairs.  In the event the guaranty obligations of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac are repudiated, the payments of interest to holders of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac mortgage-backed securities would be reduced if payments on the mortgage loans represented in the mortgage loan groups related to such mortgage-backed securities are not made by the borrowers or advanced by the servicer.  Any actual direct compensatory damages for repudiating these guaranty obligations may not be sufficient to offset any shortfalls experienced by such mortgage-backed security holders.
 
Further, in its capacity as conservator or receiver, FHFA has the right to transfer or sell any asset or liability of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac without any approval, assignment or consent.  If FHFA were to transfer any such guaranty obligation to another party, holders of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac mortgage-backed securities would have to rely on that party for satisfaction of the guaranty obligation and would be exposed to the credit risk of that party.
 
· Prepayment, Extension and Redemption Risks of Mortgage-Backed Securities .   Mortgage-backed securities reflect an interest in monthly payments made by the borrowers who receive the underlying mortgage loans.  Although the underlying mortgage loans are for specified periods of time, such as 20 or 30 years, the borrowers can, and historically have paid them off sooner.  When a prepayment happens, a portion of the mortgage-backed security which represents an interest in the underlying mortgage loan will be prepaid.  A borrower is more likely to prepay a mortgage which bears a relatively high rate of interest.  This means that in times of declining interest rates, a portion of the Fund’s higher yielding securities are likely to be redeemed and the Fund will probably be unable to replace them with securities having as great a yield.  Prepayments can result in lower yields to shareholders.  The increased likelihood of prepayment when interest rates decline also limits market price appreciation of mortgage-backed securities.  This is known as prepayment risk.  Mortgage-backed securities are also subject to extension risk.  Extension risk is the possibility that rising interest rates may cause prepayments to occur at a slower than expected rate.  This particular risk may effectively change a security which was considered short or intermediate-term into a long-term security.  Long-term securities generally fluctuate more widely in response to changes in interest rates than short or intermediate-term securities.  In addition, a mortgage-backed security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer.  If a mortgage-backed security held by a Fund is called for redemption, the Fund will be required to permit the issuer to redeem or “pay-off” the security, which could have an adverse effect on the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective.
 
56

· Illiquidity Risk of Mortgage-Backed Securities .   The liquidity of mortgage-backed securities varies by type of security; at certain times the Fund may encounter difficulty in disposing of such investments.  Because mortgage-backed securities may be less liquid than other securities, the Fund may be more susceptible to liquidity risks than funds that invest in other securities.  In the past, in stressed markets, certain types of mortgage-backed securities suffered periods of illiquidity if disfavored by the market.
 
· Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities.  Commercial mortgage-backed securities include securities that reflect an interest in, or are secured by, mortgage loans on commercial real property.  Many of the risks of investing in commercial mortgage-backed securities reflect the risks of investing in the real estate securing the underlying mortgage loans.  These risks reflect the effects of local and other economic conditions on real estate markets, the ability of tenants to make loan payments and the ability of a property to attract and retain tenants.  Commercial mortgage-backed securities may be less liquid and exhibit greater price volatility than other types of mortgage- or asset-backed securities.
 
· Collateralized Mortgage Obligations .   There are certain risks associated specifically with collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”). CMOs are debt obligations collateralized by mortgage loans or mortgage pass-through securities.  The average life of CMOs is determined using mathematical models that incorporate prepayment assumptions and other factors that involve estimates of future economic and market conditions.  These estimates may vary from actual future results, particularly during periods of extreme market volatility.  Further, under certain market conditions, such as those that occurred in 1994, 2007, 2008 and 2009, the average weighted life of certain CMOs may not accurately reflect the price volatility of such securities.  For example, in periods of supply and demand imbalances in the market for such securities and/or in periods of sharp interest rate movements, the prices of CMOs may fluctuate to a greater extent than would be expected from interest rate movements alone. CMOs issued by private entities are not obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States Government, its agencies or instrumentalities and are not guaranteed by any government agency, although the securities underlying a CMO may be subject to a guarantee.  Therefore, if the collateral securing the CMO, as well as any third party credit support or guarantees, is insufficient to make payment, the holder could sustain a loss.  See “—Collateralized Debt Obligations Risk.”
 
57

· Illiquidity of Mortgage Markets .   The residential and commercial mortgage markets in the U.S. and abroad have faced economic pressures which create risks for investors in mortgage-related securities.  In many instances, because of falling housing prices, the underlying collateral has resulted in devaluation, in some instances below the amount owned on the mortgage.  This increases the possibility of foreclosure.  Additionally, banks have increased loan underwriting requirements which limits the number of qualified real estate purchasers, putting further downward price pressure on properties in the market.
 
· Residual and Equity Tranches.   A key feature of a mortgage-related security structure is the prioritization of the cash flows from a pool of collateral securities among the several tranches of the security.  Multiple tranches of securities are typically issued by trusts holding pools of mortgage-backed securities, offering investors various maturity and credit risk characteristics. Tranches are categorized as senior, mezzanine and equity, according to their degree of risk.  The most senior tranche of a mortgage-backed security has the greatest collateralization and pays the lowest interest rate.  If there are defaults or the collateral otherwise underperforms, scheduled payments to senior tranches take precedence over those of mezzanine tranches and scheduled payments to mezzanine tranches take precedence over those to residual/equity tranches.  Lower tranches represent lower degrees of credit quality and pay higher interest rates intended to compensate for the attendant risks.  The return on the lower tranches of non-agency mortgage-backed securities is especially sensitive to the rate of defaults in the collateral pool.  The lowest tranche ( i.e. the “equity” or “residual” tranche) specifically receives the residual interest payments ( i.e. , whatever money that is left over after the higher tranches have been paid) rather than a fixed interest rate.  Under normal market conditions, the Fund may invest up to 20% of the Fund’s Managed Assets allocated to the Opportunistic Income Strategy in the lower tranches of non-agency mortgage-backed securities, including equity tranches.  However, the Fund’s exposure to such lower tranches of non-agency mortgage-backed securities may be greater as a result of any investments in such securities by the Underlying Funds in which the Fund invests, which Underlying Funds may not be restricted in their ability to invest in such securities.
 
· Adjustable Rate Mortgages Adjustable rate mortgages (“ARMs”) contain maximum and minimum rates beyond which the mortgage interest rate may not vary over the lifetime of the security.  In addition, many ARMs provide for additional limitations on the maximum amount by which the mortgage interest rate may adjust for any single adjustment period.  Alternatively, certain ARMs contain limitations on changes in the required monthly payment.  In the event that a monthly payment is not sufficient to pay the interest accruing on an ARM, any excess interest is added to the principal balance of the mortgage loan, which is repaid through future monthly payments.  If the monthly payment for such an instrument exceeds the sum of the interest accrued at the applicable mortgage interest rate and the principal payment required at such point to amortize the outstanding principal balance over the remaining term of the loan, the excess is utilized to reduce the then-outstanding principal balance of the ARM.
 
In addition, certain ARMs may provide for an initial fixed, below-market or “teaser” interest rate. During this initial fixed-rate period, the payment due from the related mortgagor may be less than that of a traditional loan. However, after the “teaser” rate expires, the monthly payment required to be made by the mortgagor may increase dramatically when the interest rate on the mortgage loan adjusts. This increased burden on the mortgagor may increase the risk of delinquency or default on the mortgage loan and in turn, losses on the mortgage-backed securities.
 
· Interest and Principal Only Securities Risk.   The Fund may invest in “stripped mortgage-backed securities,” which pay to one class all of the interest from the mortgage assets (the interest-only, or “IO” class), while the other class will receive all of the principal (the principal-only, or “PO” class).  The yield to maturity on an IO class is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on the Fund’s yield to maturity from these securities.  If the assets underlying the IO class experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Fund may fail to recoup fully, or at all, its initial investment in these securities. Conversely, PO class securities tend to decline in value if prepayments are slower than anticipated.
 
58

Mortgage Market/Sub-Prime Risk
 
The residential mortgage market in the United States has experienced difficulties that, when present, may adversely affect the performance and market value of certain of the Fund’s mortgage-related investments.  Delinquencies and losses on residential mortgage loans (especially subprime loans, which refer to loans made to borrowers with weakened credit histories or with a lower capacity to make timely payments on their loans, and second-lien mortgage loans), and a decline in or flattening of housing values (as has been experienced in recent years and may continue to be experienced in many housing markets) may exacerbate such delinquencies and losses.  Borrowers with adjustable rate mortgage loans are more sensitive to changes in interest rates, which affect their monthly mortgage payments, and may be unable to secure replacement mortgages at comparably low interest rates.  Also, during such periods of market difficulties, a number of residential mortgage loan originators experienced serious financial difficulties or bankruptcy.  Owing largely to the foregoing, reduced investor demand for mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities and increased investor yield requirements have at times caused limited liquidity in the secondary market for mortgage-related securities, which can adversely affect the market value of mortgage-related securities.  It is possible that such limited liquidity in such secondary markets could continue or worsen.
 
Corporate Debt Securities Risk
 
Corporate debt securities are fully taxable debt obligations issued by corporations or other business entities.  These securities fund capital improvements, expansions, debt refinancing or acquisitions that require more capital than would ordinarily be available from a single lender.  Investors in corporate debt securities lend money to the issuer in exchange for interest payments and repayment of the principal at a set maturity date.  Rates on corporate debt securities are set according to prevailing interest rates at the time of the issue, the credit rating of the issuer, the length of the maturity and other terms of the security, such as a call feature.  Corporate debt securities are subject to the risk of an issuer’s inability to meet principal and interest payments on the obligations and may also be subject to price volatility due to such factors as market interest rates, market perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and general market liquidity.  In addition, corporate restructurings, such as mergers, leveraged buyouts, takeovers or similar corporate transactions are often financed by an increase in a corporate issuer’s debt securities.  As a result of the added debt burden, the credit quality and market value of an issuer’s existing debt securities may decline significantly.  Corporate debt securities come in many varieties and may differ in the way that interest is calculated, the amount and frequency of payments, the type of collateral, if any, and the presence of special features ( e.g., conversion rights).  The Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s investments in corporate debt securities may include, but are not limited to, senior, junior, secured and unsecured bonds, notes and other debt securities, and may be fixed rate, floating rate, zero coupon and inflation linked, among other things.
 
Prices of corporate debt securities fluctuate and, in particular, are subject to several key risks including, but not limited to, interest rate risk, credit risk, prepayment risk and spread risk.  The market value of a corporate bond may be affected by the credit rating of the issuer, the issuer’s performance, perceptions of the issuer in the market place, management performance, financial leverage and reduced demand for the issuer’s goods and services. 
 
59

Credit and Below Investment Grade Securities Risks
 
Credit risk is the risk that an issuer of a security may be unable or unwilling to make dividend, interest and principal payments when due and the related risk that the value of a security may decline because of concerns about the issuer’s ability or willingness to make such payments.  Credit risk may be heightened for the Fund because it and the Underlying Funds may invest in below investment grade securities, which are commonly referred to as “junk” and “high yield” securities; such securities, while generally offering the potential for higher yields than investment grade securities with similar maturities, involve greater risks, including the possibility of dividend or interest deferral, default or bankruptcy, and are regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay dividends or interest and repay principal.  The below investment grade securities receiving the lowest rating from an NRSRO are typically already in default.  In addition, below investment grade securities are generally susceptible to decline in market value due to adverse economic and business developments and are often unsecured and subordinated to other creditors of the issuer.  The market values for below investment grade securities tend to be very volatile, and these securities are generally less liquid than investment grade securities.   See “Investment Policies and Techniques—Below Investment Grade Securities” in the SAI for additional discussion of below investment grade securities risks.  See also “—Defaulted and Distressed Securities Risk” below.
 
Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy Risk
 
The Fund invests in closed-end funds as a principal part of the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy.  Shares of closed-end funds listed for trading on a securities exchange frequently trade at a price per share that is less than the net asset value per share, the difference representing the “market discount” of such shares.  The market price of such shares may be affected by factors such as net asset value, dividend or distribution levels and their stability (which will in turn be affected by levels of dividend and interest payments by the fund’s portfolio holdings, the timing and success of the fund’s investment strategies, regulations affecting the timing and character of fund distributions, fund expenses and other factors), supply of and demand for the shares, trading volume of the shares, general market, interest rate and economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the closed-end fund. 
 
In addition, a market discount may be due in part to the investment objective of long-term appreciation, which is sought by many closed-end funds, as well as to the fact that the shares of closed-end funds are not redeemable by the holder upon demand to the issuer at the next determined net asset value but, rather, are subject to supply and demand in the secondary market. 
 
The Fund may invest in shares of closed-end funds that are trading at a discount to net asset value or at a premium to net asset value.  There can be no assurance that the market discount on shares of any closed-end fund purchased by the Fund will ever decrease.  In fact, it is possible that this market discount may increase and the Fund may suffer realized or unrealized capital losses due to further decline in the market price of the securities of such closed-end funds, thereby adversely affecting the net asset value of the Fund’s Common Shares.   Similarly, there can be no assurance that any shares of a closed-end fund purchased by the Fund at a premium will continue to trade at a premium or that the premium will not decrease subsequent to a purchase of such shares by the Fund.
 
Closed-end funds may issue senior securities (including preferred stock and debt obligations) for the purpose of leveraging the closed-end fund’s common shares in an attempt to enhance the current return to such closed-end fund’s common shareholders.  The Fund’s investment in the common shares of closed-end funds that are financially leveraged may create an opportunity for greater total return on its investment, but at the same time may be expected to exhibit more volatility in market price and net asset value than an investment in shares of investment companies without a leveraged capital structure.  See “—Underlying Fund Risks.”
 
60

Underlying Fund Risks
 
The Fund will invest in Underlying Funds such as other closed‑end funds and ETFs.  The expenses of the Fund will generally be higher than the direct expenses of other fund shares.  The Fund will indirectly bear fees and expenses charged by the Underlying Funds in which the Fund invests in addition to the Fund’s direct fees and expenses.  See “Summary of Fund Expenses” for a further description of such fees and their impact on the expenses of the Fund.  The Fund may also incur brokerage costs when it purchases shares of Underlying Funds.  Furthermore, investments in Underlying Funds could affect the timing, amount and character of distributions to Common Shareholders and therefore may increase the amount of taxes payable by investors in the Fund.  The value of your investment in the Fund will go up and down with the prices of Underlying Fund shares (and other securities) in which the Fund invests.  Similarly, the value of the Fund’s investments in Underlying Funds will go up and down with the prices of the securities in which the Underlying Funds invest.
 
The Fund will incur higher and additional expenses when it invests in Underlying Funds.  There is also the risk that the Fund may suffer losses due to the investment practices or operations of the Underlying Funds.  To the extent that the Fund invests in one or more Underlying Funds that concentrate in a particular industry, the Fund would be vulnerable to factors affecting that industry and the concentrating Underlying Funds’ performance, and that of the Fund, may be more volatile than Underlying Funds that do not concentrate.  In addition, one Underlying Fund may purchase a security that another Underlying Fund is selling.
 
As the Fund will invest at least a portion of its Managed Assets in closed‑end funds, ETFs and BDCs, the Fund’s performance will depend to a greater extent on the overall performance of closed‑end funds, ETFs and BDCs generally, in addition to the performance of the specific Underlying Funds (and other assets) in which the Fund invests.  The use of leverage by Underlying Funds magnifies gains and losses on amounts invested and increases the risks associated with investing in Underlying Funds.  Further, the Underlying Funds are not subject to the Fund’s investment policies and restrictions.  The Fund generally receives information regarding the portfolio holdings of Underlying Funds only when that information is made available to the public.  The Fund cannot dictate how the Underlying Funds invest their assets.  The Underlying Funds may invest their assets in securities and other instruments, and may use investment techniques and strategies, that are not described in this Prospectus.  Common Shareholders will bear two layers of fees and expenses with respect to the Fund’s investments in Underlying Funds because each of the Fund and the Underlying Fund will charge fees and incur separate expenses.  See “Summary of Fund Expenses” for a further description of such fees and their impact on the expenses of the Fund.  In addition, subject to applicable 1940 Act limitations, the Underlying Funds themselves may purchase securities issued by registered and unregistered funds ( e.g. , common stock, preferred stock, auction rate preferred stock), and those investments would be subject to the risks associated with Underlying Funds and unregistered funds (including a third layer of fees and expenses, i.e. , the Underlying Fund will indirectly bear fees and expenses charged by the funds in which the Underlying Fund invests, in addition to the Underlying Fund’s own fees and expenses).  An Underlying Fund with positive performance may indirectly receive a performance fee from the Fund, even when the Fund’s overall returns are negative.  Additionally, the Fund’s investment in an Underlying Fund may result in the Fund’s receipt of cash in excess of the Underlying Fund’s earnings; if the Fund distributes these amounts, the distributions could constitute a return of capital to Fund shareholders for federal income tax purposes.  As a result of these factors, the use of the fund of funds structure by the Fund could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders.
 
The Fund may invest in BDCs as a principal part of the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy.  BDCs generally invest in less mature U.S. private companies or thinly traded U.S. public companies which involve greater risk than well‑established publicly‑traded companies.  While BDCs are expected to generate income in the form of dividends, certain BDCs during certain periods of time may not generate such income.  The Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management fees and other operating expenses incurred by the BDCs and of any performance‑based or incentive fees payable by the BDCs in which it invests, in addition to the expenses paid by the Fund.  BDCs generally charge a management fee of up to 2.0% and up to a 20% incentive fee on income and/or capital gains.  The use of leverage by BDCs magnifies gains and losses on amounts invested and increases the risks associated with investing in BDCs.  A BDC may make investments with a larger amount of risk of volatility and loss of principal than other investment options and may also be highly speculative and aggressive.
 
61

Investments in closed-end funds that elect to be treated as BDCs may be subject to a high degree of risk. BDCs typically invest in and lend to small and medium-sized private and certain public companies that may not have access to public equity markets or capital raising.  As a result, a BDC’s portfolio typically will include a substantial amount of securities purchased in private placements, and its portfolio may carry risks similar to those of a private equity or private debt fund.  Securities that are not publicly registered may be difficult to value and may be difficult to sell at a price representative of their intrinsic value.  Small and medium-sized companies also may have fewer lines of business so that changes in any one line of business may have a greater impact on the value of their stock than is the case with a larger company.  Some BDCs invest substantially, or even exclusively, in one sector or industry group and therefore carry risk of that particular sector or industry group.  To the extent a BDC focuses its investments in a specific sector, the BDC will be susceptible to adverse conditions and economic or regulatory occurrences affecting the specific sector or industry group, which tends to increase volatility and result in higher risk.  Investments in BDCs are subject to various other risks, including management’s ability to meet the BDC’s investment objective and to manage the BDC’s portfolio when the underlying securities are redeemed or sold, during periods of market turmoil and as investors’ perceptions regarding a BDC or its underlying investments change.  BDC shares are not redeemable at the option of the BDC shareholder and, as with shares of other closed-end funds, they may trade in the secondary market at a discount to their NAV.
 
The Fund invests in closed-end investment companies or funds.  The shares of many closed-end funds, after their initial public offering, frequently trade at a price per share that is less than the net asset value per share, the difference representing the "market discount" of such shares.  This market discount may be due in part to the investment objective of long-term appreciation, which is sought by many closed-end funds, as well as to the fact that the shares of closed-end funds are not redeemable by the holder upon demand to the issuer at the next determined net asset value, but rather, are subject to supply and demand in the secondary market.  A relative lack of secondary market purchasers of closed-end fund shares also may contribute to such shares trading at a discount to their net asset value.
 
The Fund may invest in shares of closed-end funds that are trading at a discount to net asset value or at a premium to net asset value.  There can be no assurance that the market discount on shares of any closed-end fund purchased by the Fund will ever decrease.  In fact, it is possible that this market discount may increase and the Fund may suffer realized or unrealized capital losses due to further decline in the market price of the securities of such closed-end funds, thereby adversely affecting the net asset value of the Fund's shares.  Similarly, there can be no assurance that any shares of a closed-end fund purchased by the Fund at a premium will continue to trade at a premium or that the premium will not decrease subsequent to a purchase of such shares by the Fund.
 
Closed-end funds may issue senior securities (including preferred stock and debt obligations) for the purpose of leveraging the closed-end fund's common shares in an attempt to enhance the current return to such closed-end fund's common shareholders. The Fund's investment in the common shares of closed-end funds that are financially leveraged may create an opportunity for greater total return on its investment, but at the same time may be expected to exhibit more volatility in market price and net asset value than an investment in shares of investment companies without a leveraged capital structure.
 
Index‑based ETFs (and other index funds) in which the Fund may invest may not be able to replicate exactly the performance of the indices they track or benchmark due to transactions costs and other expenses of the ETFs.  The Fund may also invest in actively managed ETFs that are subject to management risk as the ETF’s investment adviser will apply certain investment techniques and risk analyses in making investment decisions.  There can be no guarantee that these will produce the desired results.  The shares of closed‑end funds frequently trade at a discount to their net asset value.  There can be no assurance that the market discount on shares of any closed‑end fund purchased by the Fund will ever decrease, and it is possible that the discount may increase.  Underlying Funds may not be able to match or outperform their benchmarks.
 
62

The Fund’s investment in Underlying Funds may be limited by provisions of the 1940 Act, which generally limit the amount the Fund and its affiliates can invest in any one Underlying Fund to 3% of the Underlying Fund’s outstanding voting stock.  As a result, the Fund may hold a smaller position in an Underlying Fund than if it were not subject to this restriction.  In addition, to comply with provisions of the 1940 Act, in any matter upon which Underlying Fund shareholders are solicited to vote, the Adviser may be required to vote Underlying Fund shares in the same proportion as shares held by other shareholders of the Underlying Fund.  However, pursuant to exemptive orders issued by the SEC to various ETF fund sponsors, the Fund is permitted to invest in such Underlying Funds in excess of the limits set forth in the 1940 Act subject to certain terms and conditions set forth in such exemptive orders.
 
Defaulted and Distressed Securities Risks
 
The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in defaulted and distressed securities.  Legal difficulties and negotiations with creditors and other claimants are common when dealing with defaulted or distressed companies.  Defaulted or distressed companies may be insolvent, in bankruptcy or undergoing some other form of financial restructuring.  In the event of a default, the Fund or an Underlying Fund may incur additional expenses to seek recovery.  The repayment of defaulted bonds is subject to significant uncertainties, and in some cases, there may be no recovery of repayment.  Defaulted bonds might be repaid only after lengthy workout or bankruptcy proceedings, during which the issuer might not make any interest or other payments.  Because of the relative illiquidity of defaulted or distressed debt and equity securities, short sales are difficult, and the Fund and most Underlying Funds primarily maintain long positions.  Some relative value trades are possible, where an investor sells short one class of a defaulted or distressed company’s capital structure and purchases another.  With distressed investing, often there is a time lag between when the Fund and an Underlying Fund makes an investment and when the Fund and the Underlying Fund realizes the value of the investment.  In addition, the Fund and an Underlying Fund may incur legal and other monitoring costs in protecting the value of the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s claims.
 
Loan Risk
 
The Fund or an Underlying Fund’s investment in loans includes the risk that (i) if a fund holds a loan through another financial intermediary, or relies on a financial intermediary to administer the loan, its receipt of principal and interest on the loan may be subject to the credit risk of that financial intermediary; (ii) it is possible that any collateral securing a loan may be insufficient or unavailable to the fund, because, for example, the value of the collateral securing a loan can decline, be insufficient to meet the obligations of the borrower, or be difficult to liquidate, and that the fund’s rights to collateral may be limited by bankruptcy or insolvency laws; (iii) investments in highly leveraged loans or loans of stressed, distressed, or defaulted issuers may be subject to significant credit and liquidity risk; (iv) a bankruptcy or other court proceeding could delay or limit the ability of the fund to collect the principal and interest payments on that borrower’s loans or adversely affect the fund’s rights in collateral relating to a loan; (v) there may be limited public information available regarding the loan; (vi) the use of a particular interest rate benchmark, such as LIBOR, may limit the fund’s ability to achieve a net return to shareholders that consistently approximates the average published Prime Rate of U.S. banks; (vii) the prices of certain floating rate loans that include a feature that prevents their interest rates from adjusting if market interest rates are below a specified minimum level may be more sensitive to changes in interest rates should interest rates rise but remain below the applicable minimum level; (viii) if a borrower fails to comply with various restrictive covenants that are typically in loan agreements, the borrower may default in payment of the loan; (ix) the fund’s investments in Senior Loans (as further discussed below) may be subject to increased liquidity and valuation risks, risks associated with collateral impairment or access, and risks associated with investing in unsecured loans; (x) opportunities to invest in loans or certain types of loans, such as Senior Loans, may be limited; (xi) transactions in loans may settle on a delayed basis, and the fund may not receive the proceeds from the sale of a loan for a substantial period of time after the sale, which may result in sale proceeds related to the sale of loans not being available to make additional investments or to meet a fund’s redemption obligations until potentially a substantial period after the sale of the loans; and (xii) loans may be difficult to value and may be illiquid, which may adversely affect an investment in the fund.
 
63

· Bank Loans—Assignments and Participations Risks.    A fund may purchase “assignments” of bank loans from lenders.  The purchaser of an assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations under the loan agreement with the same rights and obligations as the assigning lender.  Assignments may, however, be arranged through private negotiations between potential assignees and potential assignors, and the rights and obligations acquired by the purchaser of an assignment may differ from, and be more limited than, those held by the assigning lender.  Additionally, a fund may invest in “participations” in bank loans.  Participations by a fund in a lender’s portion of a bank loan typically will result in the fund having a contractual relationship only with such lender, not with the borrower.  As a result, the fund may have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the lender selling the participation and only upon receipt by such lender of such payments from the borrower.
 
In connection with purchasing loan participations, a fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement relating to the loan, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower, and the fund may not directly benefit from any collateral supporting the loan in which it has purchased the loan participation.  As a result, the fund may be subject to the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender that is selling the participation.  In the event of the insolvency of the lender selling a participation, the fund may be treated as a general creditor of the lender and may not benefit from any set-off between the lender and the borrower.  Certain loan participations may be structured in a manner designed to prevent purchasers of participations from being subject to the credit risk of the lender with respect to the participation, but even under such a structure, in the event of the lender’s insolvency, the lender’s servicing of the participation may be delayed and the assignability of the participation impaired.
 
A fund may have difficulty disposing of loans and loan participations because to do so it will have to assign or sell such securities to a third party.  Because there is no liquid market for many such securities, the Fund anticipates that such securities could be sold only to a limited number of institutional investors.  The lack of a liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact on the value of such securities and a fund's ability to dispose of particular loans and loan participations when necessary to meet the fund’s liquidity needs or in response to a specific economic event such as a deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower.  The lack of a liquid secondary market for loans and loan participations also may make it more difficult for a fund to assign a value to these securities for purposes of valuing the fund’s portfolio and calculating its net asset value. 
 
· Bank Loans—Delayed Funding Loans and Revolving Credit Facilities Risk. Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities are borrowing arrangements in which the lender agrees to make loans up to a maximum amount upon demand by the borrower during a specified term.  A revolving credit facility differs from a delayed funding loan in that as the borrower repays the loan, an amount equal to the repayment may be borrowed again during the term of the revolving credit facility.  Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities usually provide for floating or variable rates of interest.  These commitments may have the effect of requiring a fund to increase its investment in a company at a time when it might not otherwise be desirable to do so (including a time when the company’s financial condition makes it unlikely that such amounts will be repaid).
 
64

Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities may be subject to restrictions on transfer, and only limited opportunities may exist to resell such instruments.  As a result, a fund may be unable to sell such investments at an opportune time or may have to resell them at less than fair market value.  Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities are subject to credit, interest rate and liquidity risk. 
 
· Senior Loan Risks.   The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in senior secured floating rate and fixed‑rate loans made to or issued by U.S. or non-U.S. banks or other corporations (“Senior Loans”).  Senior Loans typically pay interest at rates that are re-determined periodically on the basis of a floating base lending rate (such as the LIBOR Rate) plus a premium. Senior Loans are typically of below investment grade quality ( i.e., high yield securities).  Senior Loans generally (but not always) hold the most senior position in the capital structure of a borrower and are often secured with collateral.
 
There is less readily available and reliable information about most Senior Loans than is the case for many other types of instruments, including listed securities.  Senior Loans are not listed on any national securities exchange or automated quotation system and as such, many Senior Loans are illiquid, meaning that the Fund and an Underlying Fund may not be able to sell them quickly at a fair price.  To the extent that a secondary market does exist for certain Senior Loans, the market is more volatile than for liquid, listed securities and may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods.  The market for Senior Loans could be disrupted in the event of an economic downturn or a substantial increase or decrease in interest rates.  Senior Loans, like most other debt obligations, are subject to the risk of default.  Default in the payment of interest or principal on a Senior Loan will result in a reduction of income to the Fund or an Underlying Fund, a reduction in the value of the Senior Loan and a potential decrease in the Fund’s net asset value of the Common Shares.
 
The Fund or the Underlying Funds may acquire or hold Senior Loans of borrowers that are experiencing, or are more likely to experience, financial difficulty, including Senior Loans issued to highly leveraged borrowers or borrowers that have filed for bankruptcy protection.  Borrowers may have outstanding debt obligations, including Senior Loans, that are rated below investment grade.  The Fund or an Underlying Fund may invest a substantial portion of its assets in Senior Loans that are rated below investment grade or that are unrated at the time of purchase but are deemed by the Fund or an Underlying Fund’s adviser’s to be of comparable quality.  The values of Senior Loans of borrowers that have filed for bankruptcy protection or that are experiencing payment difficulty could be affected by, among other things, the assessment of the likelihood that the lenders ultimately will receive repayment of the principal amount of such Senior Loans, the likely duration, if any, of a lapse in the scheduled payment of interest and repayment of principal and prevailing interest rates.  There is no assurance that the Fund or an Underlying Fund will be able to recover any amount on Senior Loans of such borrowers or that sale of the collateral granted in connection with Senior Loans would raise enough cash to satisfy the borrower’s payment obligation or that the collateral can or will be liquidated.  In the event of bankruptcy, liquidation may not occur and the bankruptcy court may not give lenders the full benefit of their senior position in the capital structure of the borrower.
 
65

Asset-Backed Securities Risk
 
Asset-backed securities are bonds or notes backed by loan paper or accounts receivable originated by banks, credit card companies or other providers of credit.  An investment in asset-backed securities involves the risk that borrowers may default on the obligations that underlie the asset-backed security and that, during periods of falling interest rates, asset-backed securities may be called or prepaid, which may result in the Fund having to reinvest proceeds in other investments at a lower interest rate, and the risk that the impairment of the value of the collateral underlying a security in which the Fund invests (due, for example, to non-payment of loans) will result in a reduction in the value of the security.
 
Certain asset-backed securities do not have the benefit of the same security interest in the related collateral as do mortgage-backed securities; nor are they provided government guarantees of repayment.  Credit card receivables are generally unsecured, and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which give such debtors the right to set off certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due.  In addition, some issuers of automobile receivables permit the servicers to retain possession of the underlying obligations.  If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the related automobile receivables.  The impairment of the value of assets (tangible or intangible) underlying an asset-backed security, such as a result of non-payment of loans or non-performance of other collateral or underlying assets, may result in a reduction in the value of such asset-backed securities and losses to the Fund.
 
Illiquid Securities Risks
 
The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in illiquid securities.  It may not be possible to sell or otherwise dispose of illiquid securities both at the price and within the time period deemed desirable by a fund.  Illiquid securities also may be difficult to value.
 
Micro-, Small- and Medium-Sized Company Risks
 
The Fund, and the Underlying Funds in which it invests, may invest in securities without regard to market capitalization.  Investments in securities of micro-, small- and medium-sized companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than larger, more established companies, because these securities typically are traded in lower volume and issuers are typically more subject to changes in earnings and future earnings prospects.  Micro-, small- and medium-sized companies often have narrower markets for their goods and/or services and more limited managerial and financial resources than larger, more established companies.  Furthermore, these companies often have limited product lines, services, markets or financial resources, or are dependent on a small management group.  Since these stocks are not well known to the investing public, do not have significant institutional ownership and are followed by relatively few security analysts, there will normally be less publicly available information concerning these securities compared to what is available for the securities of larger companies.  Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, can decrease the value and liquidity of securities held by the Fund.  As a result, micro-, small- and medium-sized companies’ performance can be more volatile and the companies face greater risk of business failure, which could increase the volatility of the Fund’s portfolio. The risks are intensified for investments in micro-cap companies.
 
Collateralized Debt Obligations Risk
 
The risks of an investment in a collateralized debt obligation (“CDO”) depend largely on the quality and type of the collateral and the tranche of the CDO in which the Fund invests.  Normally, collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”), collateralized loan obligations ("CLOs") and other CDOs are privately offered and sold, and thus are not registered under the securities laws.  As a result, investments in CDOs may be characterized by the Fund as illiquid securities; however, an active dealer market, or other relevant measures of liquidity, may exist for CDOs allowing a CDO potentially to be deemed liquid by the Adviser or Subadviser under liquidity policies approved by the Board.  In addition to the risks associated with debt instruments ( e.g., interest rate risk and credit risk), CDOs carry additional risks including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) the possibility that the Fund may invest in CDOs that are subordinate to other classes; and (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results.
 
66

Exchange‑Traded Note Risks
 
The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in exchange-traded notes (“ETNs”), which are notes representing unsecured debt issued by an underwriting bank.  ETNs are typically linked to the performance of an index plus a specified rate of interest that could be earned on cash collateral.  The value of an ETN may be influenced by time to maturity, level of supply and demand for the ETN, volatility and lack of liquidity in underlying markets, changes in the applicable interest rates, changes in the issuer’s credit rating and economic, legal, political or geographic events that affect the referenced index.  ETNs typically mature 30 years from the date of issue.  The ETN issuer’s credit rating will be investment grade at the time of investment, however, the credit rating may be revised or withdrawn at any time and there is no assurance that a credit rating will remain in effect for any given time period.  If a rating agency lowers the issuer’s credit rating, the value of the ETN will decline and a lower credit rating reflects a greater risk that the issuer will default on its obligation.  When a fund invests in ETNs, it will bear its proportionate share of any fees and expenses associated with investment in such securities.  Such fees reduce the amount of return on investment at maturity or upon redemption.  There may be restrictions on a fund’s right to liquidate its investment in an ETN prior to maturity (for example, a fund may only be able to offer its ETN for repurchase by the issuer on a weekly basis), since ETNs are meant to be held until maturity.  A fund’s decision to sell its ETN holdings may be limited by the availability of a secondary market.
 
REIT Risks
 
The Fund, and the Underlying Funds in which it invests, may invest in equity, mortgage and hybrid REITs.  Equity REITs invest in real estate, mortgage REITs invest in loans secured by real estate and hybrid REITs hold both ownership and mortgage interests in real estate.  Investing in REITs involves certain unique risks in addition to those risks associated with investing in the real estate industry in general.  The value of equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by the REITs, while the value of mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended.  REITs are dependent upon management skills, are not diversified, and are subject to heavy cash flow dependency, default by borrowers and self‑liquidation.  REITs also are subject to the possibilities of failing to qualify for tax free pass‑through of income under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and failing to maintain their exemption from registration under the 1940 Act.  Investment in REITs involves risks similar to those associated with investing in small capitalization companies, and REITs (especially mortgage REITs) are subject to interest rate risks.  When interest rates decline, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed rate obligations can be expected to rise.  Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed rate obligations can be expected to decline.  By investing in REITs directly or indirectly through the Underlying Funds, the Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of the expenses of the REITs.  The expenses at the REIT level are not included in the Fund’s expense table as acquired fund fees and expenses.
 
Initial Public Offerings Risks
 
The Fund and the Underlying Funds may purchase securities in initial public offerings (“IPOs”).  Because securities sold in an IPO frequently are volatile in price, the Fund or an Underlying Fund may hold IPO shares for a very short period of time.  This may increase the turnover of a fund’s portfolio and may lead to increased expenses to a fund, such as commissions and transaction costs.  By selling shares, a fund may realize taxable capital gains that it will subsequently distribute to shareholders.  Investing in IPOs has added risks because the shares are frequently volatile in price.  As a result, their performance can be more volatile and they face greater risk of business failure, which could increase the volatility of a fund’s portfolio.
 
67

The Fund’s IPO investments may be in IPOs of Underlying Funds.  There is a significant risk that the shares of closed‑end funds purchased in an IPO will trade at a price below their IPO price.
 
Equity Securities Risks
 
The Underlying Funds may invest in equity securities.  While equity securities have historically generated higher average returns than fixed income securities, equity securities have also experienced significantly more volatility in those returns.  An adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of an issuer’s equity securities held by an Underlying Fund.  Equity security prices fluctuate for several reasons, including changes in investors’ perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer or the general condition of the relevant stock market, or when political or economic events affecting the issuers occur.  The value of a particular equity security may fall in value.  The prices of stocks change in response to many factors, including the historical and prospective earnings of the issuer, the value of its assets, management decisions, decreased demand for an issuer’s products or services, increased production costs, general economic conditions, interest rates, currency exchange rates, investor perceptions and market liquidity.  The value of an Underlying Fund’s shares will go up and down due to movement in the collective returns of the individual securities held by the Underlying Fund.  Common stocks are subordinate to preferred stocks and debt in a company’s capital structure, and if a company is liquidated, the claims of secured and unsecured creditors and owners of preferred stocks take precedence over the claims of those who own common stocks.  In addition, equity security prices may be particularly sensitive to rising interest rates, as the cost of capital rises and borrowing costs increase.
 
Preferred Stock Risk
 
Preferred stock represents the senior residual interest in the assets of an issuer after meeting all claims, with priority to corporate income and liquidation payments over the issuer’s common stock. As such, preferred stock is inherently riskier than the bonds and other debt instruments of the issuer, but less risky than its common stock. Certain preferred stocks contain provisions that allow an issuer under certain conditions to skip (in the case of “non-cumulative” preferred stocks) or defer (in the case of “cumulative” preferred stocks) dividend payments. Preferred stocks often contain provisions that allow for redemption in the event of certain tax or legal changes or at the issuer’s call. Preferred stocks typically do not provide any voting rights, except in cases when dividends are in arrears beyond a certain time period. There is no assurance that dividends on preferred stocks in which the Fund invests will be declared or otherwise made payable. If the Fund owns preferred stock that is deferring its distributions, the Fund may be required to report income for U.S. federal income tax purposes while it is not receiving cash payments corresponding to such income. When interest rates fall below the rate payable on an issue of preferred stock or for other reasons, the issuer may redeem the preferred stock, generally after an initial period of call protection in which the stock is not redeemable. Preferred stocks may be significantly less liquid than many other securities, such as U.S. Government securities, corporate debt and common stock.
 
Warrants Risks
 
The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in warrants.  Warrants are securities giving the holder the right, but not the obligation, to buy the stock of an issuer at a given price (generally higher than the value of the stock at the time of issuance) during a specified period or perpetually.  Warrants do not carry with them the right to dividends or voting rights with respect to the securities that they entitle their holder to purchase and they do not represent any rights in the assets of the issuer.  As a result, warrants may be considered to have more speculative characteristics than certain other types of investments.  In addition, the value of a warrant does not necessarily change with the value of the underlying securities and a warrant ceases to have value if it is not exercised prior to its expiration date.
 
68

Derivatives Risks
 
The Fund and the Underlying Funds may enter into derivatives.  Derivative transactions involve investment techniques and risks different from those associated with the Fund’s other investments.  Generally, a derivative is a financial contract the value of which depends upon, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate, or index, and may relate to individual debt or equity instruments, interest rates, currencies or currency exchange rates, commodities, related indexes and other assets.  Derivatives can be volatile and involve various types and degrees of risk, depending upon the characteristics of a particular derivative.  Derivatives may entail investment exposures that are greater than their cost would suggest, meaning that a small investment in a derivative could have a large potential impact on the performance of a fund.  The Fund or an Underlying Fund could experience a loss if derivatives do not perform as anticipated, if they are not correlated with the performance of other investments which they are used to hedge or if the fund is unable to liquidate a position because of an illiquid secondary market.  The market for many derivatives is, or can suddenly become, illiquid.  Changes in liquidity may result in significant, rapid and unpredictable changes in the prices of derivatives.  Except with respect to the Fund’s investments in total return swaps under the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy, the Fund expects its use of derivative instruments will be for hedging purposes.  When used for speculative purposes, derivatives will produce enhanced investment exposure, which will magnify gains and losses.  Certain derivatives transactions may give rise to a form of leverage.  The use of leverage may cause a fund to liquidate portfolio positions when it may not be advantageous to do so to satisfy its obligations or to meet segregation requirements.  Leverage may cause a fund to be more volatile than if it had not been leveraged.  This is because leverage tends to exaggerate the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of the fund’s portfolio securities.  Further, using derivatives may include the risk of mispricing or improper valuation of derivatives and the inability of derivatives to correlate perfectly, or at all, with the value of the assets, reference rates or indexes they are designed to closely track.  The Fund and the Underlying Funds also will be subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to the derivatives contracts purchased by such fund.  If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to financial difficulties, the Fund or an Underlying Fund may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract in a bankruptcy or other reorganization proceeding.  The Fund or an Underlying Fund may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances.  See “—Option and Futures Risks” and “—Swap Risks.”  The Adviser has claimed an exclusion from registration as a commodity pool operator with respect to the Fund pursuant to Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) Rule 4.5.  See “Investment Policies and Techniques—Derivatives—Regulation as a ‘Commodity Pool’” in the SAI.
 
Options and Futures Risks
 
The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in options and futures contracts and such contracts are expected to be utilized by the Fund for hedging purposes.  The use of futures and options transactions entails certain special risks.  In particular, the variable degree of correlation between price movements of futures contracts and price movements in the related securities position of a fund could create the possibility that losses on the hedging instrument are greater than gains in the value of a fund’s position.  In addition, futures and options markets could be illiquid in some circumstances and certain over‑the‑counter options could have no markets.  As a result, in certain markets, a fund might not be able to close out a transaction without incurring substantial losses.  Although a fund’s use of futures and options transactions for hedging should tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged position, at the same time it will tend to limit any potential gain to a fund that might result from an increase in value of the position.  There is also the risk of loss by a fund of margin deposits in the event of bankruptcy of a broker with whom the Fund or an Underlying Fund has an open position in a futures contract or option thereon.  Finally, the daily variation margin requirements for futures contracts create a greater ongoing potential financial risk than would purchases of options, in which case the exposure is limited to the cost of the initial premium.  However, because option premiums paid by the Fund or an Underlying Fund are small in relation to the market value of the investments underlying the options, buying options can result in large amounts of leverage.  This leverage offered by trading in options could cause the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s net asset value to be subject to more frequent and wider fluctuation than would be the case if the Fund or an Underlying Fund did not invest in options.
 
69

Options transactions may be effected on securities exchanges or in the over‑the‑counter market.  When options are purchased over‑the‑counter, the Fund or an Underlying Fund bears the risk that the counterparty that wrote the option will be unable or unwilling to perform its obligations under the option contract.  The counterparties to these transactions typically will be major international banks, broker‑dealers and financial institutions.  Such options may also be illiquid, and in such cases, the Fund or an Underlying Fund may have difficulty closing out its position.  Banks, broker‑dealers or other financial institutions participating in such transactions may fail to settle a transaction in accordance with the terms of the option as written.  In the event of default or insolvency of the counterparty, the Fund or an Underlying Fund may be unable to liquidate an over‑the‑counter option position.
 
The Fund may purchase put options.  An Underlying Fund may purchase and sell call and put options with respect to specific securities, and may write and sell covered or uncovered call and put options.  A call option gives the purchaser of the call option, in return for a premium paid, the right to buy the security underlying the option from the writer of the call option at a specified exercise price within a specified time frame.  A put option gives the purchaser of the put option, in return for a premium paid, the right to sell the underlying security to the writer of the put option at a specified price within a specified time frame.  A covered call option is a call option with respect to an underlying security that a fund owns.  A covered put option is a put option with respect to which a fund has segregated cash or liquid securities to fulfill the obligation of the option.  The purchaser of a put or call option runs the risk of losing the purchaser’s entire investment, paid as the premium, in a relatively short period of time if the option is not sold at a gain or cannot be exercised at a gain prior to expiration.  In selling put options, there is a risk that the Underlying Fund may be required to buy the underlying security at a disadvantageous price above the market price.  The un‑covered writer of a call option is subject to a risk of loss if the price of the underlying security should increase, and the un‑covered writer of a put option is subject to a risk of loss if the price of the underlying security should decrease.  The Fund will not treat uncovered options as “senior securities” under the 1940 Act and instead, to address senior security concerns, will segregate cash or liquid securities to fulfill its obligation under the options.
 
The Fund may invest a significant portion of its total assets in Underlying Funds that write covered call options.  To the extent that an Underlying Fund writes a covered call option, it forgoes, during the option’s life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security covering the call option above the sum of the premium and the strike price of the call, but has retained the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline.  As the writer of the option, the Underlying Fund bears the market risk of an unfavorable change in the price of the security underlying a written option.  As an Underlying Fund writes covered calls over more of its portfolio, its ability to benefit from capital appreciation becomes more limited and the risk of net asset value erosion increases.  To the extent an Underlying Fund experiences net asset value erosion (which itself may have an indirect negative effect on the market price of interests in the Underlying Fund, the Underlying Fund will have a reduced asset base over which to write covered calls, which may eventually lead to reduced distributions to shareholders such as the Fund.  The writer of an option has no control over the time when it may be required to fulfill its obligation as a writer of the option.  Once an option writer has received an exercise notice, it cannot effect a closing purchase transaction in order to terminate its obligation under the option and must deliver the underlying security at the exercise price.
 
70

To the extent that an Underlying Fund engages in selling options that trade in over‑the‑counter markets, the Underlying Fund may be subject to additional risks.  Participants in these markets are typically not subject to the same credit evaluation and regulatory oversight as members of “exchange‑based” markets.  By engaging in option transactions in these markets, an Underlying Fund may take credit risk with regard to parties with which it trades and also may bear the risk of settlement default.  These risks may differ materially from those involved in exchange‑traded transactions, which generally are characterized by clearing organization guarantees, daily marking‑to‑market and settlement, and segregation and minimum capital requirements applicable to intermediaries.  Transactions entered into directly between two counterparties generally do not benefit from these protections, which may subject an Underlying Fund to the risk that a counterparty will not settle a transaction in accordance with agreed terms and conditions because of a dispute over the terms of the contract or because of a credit or liquidity problem.  Such “counterparty risk” is increased for contracts with longer maturities when events may intervene to prevent settlement.
 
The Fund or an Underlying Fund may enter into futures contracts in U.S. domestic markets or on exchanges located outside of the United States.  Foreign markets may offer advantages, including trading opportunities or arbitrage possibilities, not available in the United States.  Foreign markets, however, may have greater risk potential than domestic markets.  For example, some foreign exchanges are principal markets, so that no common clearing facility exists and an investor may look only to the broker or counterparty for the performance of the contract.  Unlike trading on domestic commodity exchanges, trading on foreign commodity exchanges is not regulated by the CFTC.  See “—Foreign Investing Risks.”
 
There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist for any particular futures contract at any particular time.  Many futures exchanges and boards of trade limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day.  Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular contract, no trades may be made that day of a price beyond that limit or trading may be suspended for specified periods during the trading day.
 
The Fund or an Underlying Fund may purchase and sell single stock futures, stock index futures contracts, interest rate futures contracts, currency futures and other commodity futures.  A stock index future obligates a fund to pay or receive an amount of cash based upon the value of a stock index at a specified date in the future, including the Standard & Poor’s 500 Composite Stock Price Index, NASDAQ High Technology Index or similar foreign indices.  An interest rate futures contract obligates a fund to purchase or sell an amount of a specific debt security at a future date at a specified price.  A currency futures contract obligates a fund to purchase or sell an amount of a specific currency at a future date at a future price.
 
If the Fund or an Underlying Fund purchases an option and the price of the underlying stock fails to move in the expected direction, the Fund or Underlying Fund will lose most or all of the amount the fund paid for the option, plus commission costs.  If the Fund or an Underlying Fund writes (“sells”) an option and the price of the underlying stock fails to move in the expected direction, the Fund’s or Underlying Fund’s losses could easily exceed the proceeds it received when it wrote the options.
 
Swap Risks
 
The Fund and the Underlying Funds may enter into interest rate, index, total return and currency swap agreements and, other than total return swap agreements (as discussed herein), such agreements are expected to be utilized by the Fund for hedging purposes.  All of these agreements are considered derivatives.  Swap agreements are two‑party contracts under which the fund and a counterparty, such as a broker or dealer, agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on an agreed‑upon underlying asset or investment over the term of the swap.  The use of swap transactions is a highly specialized activity which involves strategies and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions.  If the Adviser, Subadviser or an Underlying Fund’s investment adviser is incorrect in its forecasts of default risks, market spreads, liquidity or other applicable factors or events, the investment performance of the Fund or Underlying Fund would diminish compared with what it would have been if these techniques were not used.  Swaps and swap options can be used for a variety of purposes, including: to manage fund exposure to changes in interest or foreign currency exchange rates and credit quality; as an efficient means of adjusting fund overall exposure to certain markets; in an effort to enhance income or total return or protect the value of portfolio securities; to serve as a cash management tool; and to adjust portfolio duration.
 
71

There are risks in the use of swaps.  Swaps could result in losses if interest or foreign currency exchange rates or credit quality changes are not correctly anticipated by the Adviser, Subadviser or Underlying Fund manager.  Total return swaps could result in losses if the reference index, security, or investments do not perform as anticipated.  Total return swaps involve an enhanced risk that the issuer or counterparty will fail to perform its contractual obligations.  Total return swaps may effectively add leverage to the Fund’s portfolio because the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the full notional amount of the swap.  To the extent the Fund or an Underlying Fund enters into a total return swap on equity securities, the Fund or the Underlying Fund will receive the positive performance of a notional amount of such securities underlying the total return swap.  In exchange, the Fund or the Underlying Fund will be obligated to pay the negative performance of such notional amount of securities.  Therefore, the Fund or the Underlying Fund assumes the risk of a substantial decrease in the market value of the equity securities.  The use of swaps may not always be successful; using them could lower fund total return, their prices can be highly volatile, and the potential loss from the use of swaps can exceed the fund’s initial investment in such instruments.  Also, the other party to a swap agreement could default on its obligations or refuse to cash out the fund’s investment at a reasonable price, which could turn an expected gain into a loss.
 
Some, but not all, swaps may be cleared, in which case a central clearing counterparty stands between each buyer and seller and effectively guarantees performance of each contract, to the extent of its available resources for such purposes.  As a result, the counterparty risk is now shifted from bilateral risk between the parties to the individual credit risk of the central clearing counterparty.  Currently, certain categories of interest rate swaps are subject to mandatory clearing, and more are expected to be mandatorily cleared in the future.  The counterparty risk for cleared derivatives is generally expected to be lower than for uncleared over‑the‑counter derivative transactions as each party to a transaction looks only to the central clearing house for performance of obligations under the transaction.  However, there can be no assurance that a clearing house, or its members, will satisfy the clearing house’s obligations to the fund or that the fund’s use of swaps will be advantageous.
 
Short Sale Risks
 
The Fund and the Underlying Funds may engage in short sales.  However, the Fund will not engage in any short sales of securities issued by closed-end funds and business development companies.  Such transactions are expected to be utilized by the Fund for hedging purposes.  A short sale is a transaction in which a fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation that the market price of that security will decline.  Positions in shorted securities are speculative and more risky than long positions (purchases) in securities because the maximum sustainable loss on a security purchased is limited to the amount paid for the security plus the transaction costs, whereas there is no maximum attainable price of the shorted security.  Therefore, in theory, securities sold short have unlimited risk.  Short selling will also result in higher transaction costs (such as interest and dividends), directly or indirectly through the investments in Underlying Funds, and may result in higher taxes, which reduce a fund’s return.
 
If a security sold short increases in price, a fund may have to cover its short position at a higher price than the short sale price, resulting in a loss.  With respect to a fund’s short positions, the Fund must borrow those securities to make delivery to the buyer.  A fund may not be able to borrow a security that it needs to deliver or it may not be able to close out a short position at an acceptable price and may have to sell related long positions before it had intended to do so.  As a result, a fund may not be able to successfully implement its short sale strategy due to the limited availability of desired securities or for other reasons.
 
72

When borrowing a security for delivery to a buyer, a fund also may be required to pay a premium and other transaction costs, which would increase the cost of the security sold short.  A fund must normally repay to the lender an amount equal to any dividends or interest earned while the loan is outstanding.  The amount of any gain will be decreased, and the amount of any loss increased, by the amount of the premium, dividends, interest or expenses a fund may be required to pay in connection with the short sale.  Also, the lender of a security may terminate the loan at a time when a fund is unable to borrow the same security for delivery.  In that case, a fund would need to purchase a replacement security at the then current market price or “buy in” by paying the lender an amount equal to the costs of purchasing the security.
 
Until a fund replaces a borrowed security, it is required to maintain a segregated account of cash or liquid assets to cover the fund’s short position.  Securities held in a segregated account cannot be sold while the position they are covering is outstanding, unless they are replaced with similar securities.  Additionally, a fund must maintain sufficient liquid assets (less any additional collateral held by the broker), marked‑to‑market daily, to cover its short sale obligations.  This may limit a fund’s investment flexibility, as well as its ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.
 
Because a fund’s loss on a short sale arises from increases in the value of the security sold short, the loss is theoretically unlimited.  In certain cases, purchasing a security to cover a short position can itself cause the price of the security to rise further, which would exacerbate the loss.  Conversely, gains on short sales, after transaction and related costs, are generally the difference between the price at which a fund sold the borrowed security and the price it paid to purchase the security for delivery to the buyer.  By contrast, a fund’s loss on a long position arises from decreases in the value of the security and is limited by the fact that a security’s value cannot drop below zero.
 
By investing the proceeds received from selling securities short, the Fund or the Underlying Fund is using a form of leverage, which creates special risks.  The use of leverage may increase the fund’s exposure to long equity positions and make any change in the fund’s net asset value greater than it would be without the use of leverage.  This could result in increased volatility of returns.  There is no guarantee that the fund will leverage its portfolio, or if it does, that the fund’s leveraging strategy will be successful.  The fund also cannot guarantee that the use of leverage by the Fund or an Underlying Fund will produce a higher return on an investment.
 
Reverse Repurchase Agreements Risks
 
The use by the Fund of reverse repurchase agreements involves many of the same risks associated with the Fund’s use of bank borrowings since the proceeds derived from such reverse repurchase agreements may be invested in additional securities.  See “—Leverage Risks.”  Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities acquired in connection with the reverse repurchase agreement may decline below the price of the securities the Fund has sold but is obligated to repurchase, and that the securities may not be returned to the Fund.  Also, reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities retained in lieu of sale by the Fund in connection with the reverse repurchase   agreement may decline in price.
 
If the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, such buyer or its trustee or receiver may receive an extension of time to determine whether to enforce the Fund’s obligation to repurchase the securities and the Fund’s use of the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement may effectively be restricted pending such decision.  Also, the Fund would bear the risk of loss to the extent that the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement are less than the value of the securities subject to such agreement.
 
73

Foreign Investing Risks
 
The Fund, and the Underlying Funds in which the Fund invests, may invest in foreign securities.  Because the Fund and the Underlying Funds may hold foreign debt and equity securities, including the debt of foreign governments and supranational organizations, and American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), the Fund is subject to foreign investing risk.
 
Investments in foreign securities may be affected by currency controls and exchange rates; different accounting, auditing, financial reporting, and legal standards and practices; expropriation; changes in tax policy; social, political and economic instability; greater market volatility; differing securities market structures; higher transaction costs; and various administrative difficulties, such as delays in clearing and settling portfolio transactions or in receiving payment of dividends.  In addition, changes in government administrations or economic or monetary policies in the United States or abroad could result in appreciation or depreciation of the Fund’s securities.  These risks may be heightened in connection with investments in emerging or developing countries.  An investment in depositary receipts will be subject to many of the same risks as when investing directly in foreign securities.   The effect of worldwide or regional economic and political instability on specific foreign markets or issuers may be difficult to predict or evaluate, and some national economies continue to show profound instability, which may in turn affect their international trading partners.  In addition, the Underlying Funds owned by the Fund may purchase loans from obligors located in non-U.S. jurisdictions.  It may be more difficult and costly for the Fund to enforce the terms of loans against foreign obligors than obligors of loans in U.S. jurisdictions.  Adverse economic conditions in such jurisdictions, as well as foreign exchange rate fluctuations may affect the ability and incentive of foreign obligors to make timely payments of principal and interest on their loans.  Collection on purchased loans may also be affected by economic and political conditions in the country or region in which the obligor is located.  Rights and remedies available to enforce loan obligations and any security interest relating thereto will depend on the relevant country’s laws, including insolvency laws and laws specifying the priority of payments to creditors, all of which may be significantly different from U.S. law.  Accordingly, the actual rates of delinquencies, defaults and losses on foreign loans could be higher than those experienced with loans located in the U.S.  See “—Currency Risk” and “—Emerging Markets Risk.”
 
Investing in emerging market securities imposes risks different from, or greater than, risks of investing in foreign developed countries.  These risks include (i) the smaller market capitalization of securities markets, which may suffer periods of relative illiquidity, (ii) significant price volatility, (iii) restrictions on foreign investment, and (iv) possible repatriation of investment income and capital.  In addition, foreign investors may be required to register the proceeds of sales, and future economic or political crises could lead to price controls, forced mergers, expropriation or confiscatory taxation, seizure, nationalization, or the creation of government monopolies.  The currencies of emerging market countries may experience significant declines against the U.S. dollar, and devaluation may occur subsequent to investments in these currencies by an Underlying Fund.  Inflation and rapid fluctuations in inflation rates have had, and may continue to have, negative effects on the economies and securities markets of certain emerging market countries.  Investments in emerging markets may be considered speculative.
 
Certain foreign markets may rely heavily on particular industries or foreign capital and are more vulnerable to diplomatic developments, the imposition of economic sanctions against a particular country or countries, organizations, entities and/or individuals, changes in international trading patterns, trade barriers, and other protectionist or retaliatory measures.  Economic sanctions could, among other things, effectively restrict or eliminate the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s ability to purchase or sell securities or groups of securities for a substantial period of time, and may make the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s investments in such securities harder to value.  Investments in foreign markets may also be adversely affected by governmental actions such as the imposition of capital controls, nationalization of companies or industries, expropriation of assets, or the imposition of punitive taxes.  The governments of certain countries may prohibit or impose substantial restrictions on foreign investing in their capital markets or in certain sectors or industries.  In addition, a foreign government may limit or cause delay in the convertibility or repatriation of its currency which would adversely affect the U.S. dollar value and/or liquidity of investments denominated in that currency.  Certain foreign investments may become less liquid in response to market developments or adverse investor perceptions, or become illiquid after purchase by an Underlying Fund, particularly during periods of market turmoil.
 
74

Sponsored and unsponsored ADRs are receipts issued by an American bank or trust company evidencing ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign issuer.  ADRs, in sponsored form, are designed for use in U.S. securities markets.  A sponsoring company provides financial information to the bank and may subsidize administration of the ADR.  Unsponsored ADRs may be created by a broker‑dealer or depository bank without the participation of the foreign issuer.  Holders of these ADRs generally bear all the costs of the ADR facility, whereas foreign issuers typically bear certain costs in a sponsored ADR.  The bank or trust company depositary of an unsponsored ADR may be under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the foreign issuer or to pass through voting rights.  Unsponsored ADRs may carry more risk than sponsored ADRs because of the absence of financial information provided by the underlying company.  Many of the risks described above regarding foreign securities apply to investments in ADRs.  See “—Currency Risk” and “—Emerging Markets Risk.”
 
Currency Risk
 
To the extent that the Fund invests in securities denominated in, or whose issuers receive revenue in, foreign currencies, it will be subject to currency risk.  This is the risk that those currencies will decline in value relative to the U.S. dollar or, in the case of Hedging Positions, that the U.S. dollar will decline in value relative to the currency hedged.  In either event, the dollar value of an investment in the Fund would be adversely affected.  Currencies in non-U.S. countries may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time for a number of reasons, including changes in interest rates, intervention by U.S. or foreign governments, central banks or supranational agencies, such as the International Monetary Fund, or by the imposition of currency controls or other political developments in the United States or abroad.
 
Emerging Markets Risk
 
Investment in emerging market securities involves greater risk than that associated with investment in securities of issuers in developed foreign countries.  These risks include volatile currency exchange rates, periods of high inflation, increased risk of default, greater social, economic and political uncertainty and instability, less governmental supervision and regulation of securities markets, weaker auditing and financial reporting standards, lack of liquidity in the markets, and the significantly smaller market capitalizations of emerging market issuers.
 
Sovereign Debt Obligation Risks
 
The Fund or the Underlying Funds may invest in sovereign debt obligations, which is sovereign debt issued by foreign governments and their respective sub-divisions, agencies or instrumentalities, government sponsored enterprises and supranational government entities.  Supranational entities include international organizations that are organized or supported by one or more government entities to promote economic reconstruction or development and by international banking institutions and related governmental agencies.   Examples include the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (the “World Bank”), the European Coal and Steel Community, the Asian Development Bank and the Inter‑American Development Bank.  Each supranational entity’s lending activities are limited to a percentage of its total capital (including “callable capital” contributed by its governmental members at the entity’s call), reserves and net income.  There is no assurance that participating governments will be able or willing to honor their commitments to make capital contributions to a supranational entity.
 
75

Investment in sovereign debt obligations involves special risks not present in corporate debt obligations.  The issuer of the sovereign debt or the governmental authorities that control the repayment of the debt may be unable or unwilling to repay principal or interest when due, and the Fund and the Underlying Funds may have limited recourse in the event of a default.  During periods of economic uncertainty, the market prices of sovereign debt may be more volatile than prices of U.S. debt obligations.  In the past, certain emerging markets have encountered difficulties in servicing their debt obligations, withheld payments of principal and interest, and declared moratoria on the payment of principal and interest on their sovereign debts.
 
Certain countries have historically experienced, and may continue to experience, high rates of inflation, high interest rates, exchange rate fluctuations, large amounts of external debt, balance of payments and trade difficulties and extreme poverty and unemployment.  The issuer or governmental authority that controls the repayment of a country’s debt may not be able or willing to repay the principal and/or interest when due in accordance with the terms of such debt.  A debtor’s willingness or ability to repay principal and interest due in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow situation and, in the case of a government debtor, the extent of its foreign reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the government debtor’s policy towards the International Monetary Fund and the political constraints to which a government debtor may be subject.  Government debtors may default on their debt and also may be dependent on expected disbursements from foreign governments, multilateral agencies and others abroad to reduce principal and interest arrearages on their debt.  The commitment on the part of these governments, agencies and others to make such disbursements may be conditioned on a debtor’s implementation of economic reforms and/or economic performance and the timely service of such debtor’s obligations.
 
Failure to implement such reforms, achieve such levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of such third parties’ commitments to lend funds to the government debtor, which may further impair such debtor’s ability or willingness to service its debts on a timely basis.  Holders of government debt, including the Fund and the Underlying Funds, may be requested to participate in the rescheduling of such debt and to extend further loans to government debtors.
 
As a result of the foregoing, a government obligor may default on its obligations.  If such an event occurs, the Fund or an Underlying Fund may have limited (or no) legal recourse against the issuer and/or guarantor.  Remedies must, in some cases, be pursued in the courts of the defaulting party itself, and the ability of the holder of foreign government debt securities to obtain recourse may be subject to the political climate in the relevant country.  In addition, no assurance can be given that the holders of more senior fixed income securities, such as commercial bank debt, will not contest payments to the holders of other foreign government debt securities in the event of default under their commercial bank loan agreements.  There is no bankruptcy proceeding by which sovereign debt on which governmental entities have defaulted may be collected in whole or in part.
 
Government obligors in emerging market countries are among the world’s largest debtors to commercial banks, other governments, international financial organizations and other financial institutions.  See “Risks—Emerging Markets Risk.”  The issuers of the government debt securities in which the Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest have in the past experienced substantial difficulties in servicing their external debt obligations, which led to defaults on certain obligations and the restructuring of certain indebtedness.  Restructuring arrangements have included, among other things, reducing and rescheduling interest and principal payments by negotiating new or amended credit agreements, and obtaining new credit to finance interest payments.  Holders of certain foreign government debt securities may be requested to participate in the restructuring of such obligations and to extend further loans to their issuers.  There can be no assurance that the foreign government debt securities in which the Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest will not be subject to similar restructuring arrangements or to requests for new credit, which may adversely affect the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s holdings.  Furthermore, certain participants in the secondary market for such debt may be directly involved in negotiating the terms of these arrangements and may therefore have access to information not available to other market participants.
 
76

Continuing uncertainty as to the status of the Euro and the European Monetary Union (“EMU”) has created significant volatility in currency and financial markets generally.  Any partial or complete dissolution of the EMU could have significant adverse effects on currency and financial markets, and on the values of the Fund’s portfolio investments.  See “—Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risks.”
 
Investments in a foreign country’s government debt securities also involves currency risk.  See “—Currency Risk.”
 
U.S. Government Securities Risk
 
The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in U.S. Government securities, which are obligations of, or guaranteed by, the U.S. Government or its agencies, instrumentalities or government-sponsored enterprises. Some U.S. Government securities are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States; others are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; others are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase the agency’s obligations; and still others are supported only by the credit of the instrumentality.
 
The U.S. Government’s guarantee of ultimate payment of principal and timely payment of interest on certain U. S. Government securities owned by the Fund or an Underlying Fund does not imply that the Fund’s or the Underlying Fund’s shares are guaranteed or that the price of the Fund’s or the Underlying Fund’s shares will not fluctuate.  In addition, securities issued by Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae and Federal Home Loan Banks are not obligations of, or insured by, the U.S. Government.  If a U.S. Government agency or instrumentality in which the Fund or an Underlying Fund invests defaults, and the U.S. Government does not stand behind the obligation, the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s share price or yield could fall.  Securities of certain U.S. Government sponsored entities are neither issued nor guaranteed by the U.S. Government.  All U.S. Government obligations are subject to interest rate risk. 
 
Municipal Securities Risk
 
Municipal securities are debt obligations issued by states or by political subdivisions or authorities of states.  Municipal securities are long-term fixed rate debt obligations that generally decline in value with increases in interest rates, when an issuer’s financial condition worsens or when the rating on a bond is decreased.  Many municipal securities may be called or redeemed prior to their stated maturity.  Lower-quality revenue bonds and other credit-sensitive municipal securities carry higher risks of default than general obligation bonds.  In addition, the amount of public information available about municipal securities is generally less than that for corporate equities or bonds and municipal securities may be less liquid than such securities.  Special factors, such as legislative changes and local and business developments, may adversely affect the yield and/or value of the Fund’s or Underlying Fund’s investments in municipal securities.  Other factors include the general conditions of the municipal securities market, the size of the particular offering, the maturity of the obligation   and the rating of the issue.  The ability of municipal issuers to make timely payments of interest and principal may be diminished during general economic downturns and as governmental cost burdens are reallocated among federal, state and local governments.  Issuers of municipal securities might seek protection under bankruptcy laws.  In the event of bankruptcy of such an issuer, holders of municipal securities could experience delays in collecting principal and interest and such holders may not be able to collect all principal and interest to which they are entitled.
 
77

Structured Notes Risks
 
The Underlying Funds may invest in structured notes.  Structured notes are subject to a number of fixed income risks including general market risk, interest rate risk, and the risk that the issuer on the note may fail to make interest and/or principal payments when due, or may default on its obligations entirely.  In addition, because the performance of structured notes tracks the performance of the underlying debt obligation, structured notes generally are subject to more risk than investing in a simple note or bond issued by the same issuer.  It is impossible to predict whether the referenced factor (such as an index or interest rate) or prices of the underlying securities will rise or fall.  To the extent that an Underlying Fund invests in structured notes, the Underlying Fund may be more volatile than other funds that do not invest in structured notes.  The actual trading prices of structured notes may be significantly different from the principal amount of the notes.  If an Underlying Fund sells the structured notes prior to maturity, it may suffer a loss of principal.  At final maturity, structured notes may be redeemed in cash or in kind, which is at the discretion of the issuer.  If the notes are redeemed in kind, a fund would receive shares of stock at a depressed price.  To the extent that a structured note is not principal‑protected through an insurance feature, the note’s principal will not be protected.  In the case of a decrease in the value of the underlying asset, an Underlying Fund would receive shares at a value less than the original amount invested; while an increase in the value of an underlying asset will not increase the return on the note.
 
Rating Agency Risk
 
Ratings agencies such as S&P, Moody’s or other NRSROs provide ratings on debt securities based on their analyses of information they deem relevant.  Ratings are opinions or judgments of the credit quality of an issuer and may prove to be inaccurate.  In addition, there may be a delay between events or circumstances adversely affecting the ability of an issuer to pay interest and or repay principal and a NRSRO’s decision to downgrade a security.  Further, a rating agency may have a conflict of interest with respect to a security for which it assigns a particular rating if, for example, the issuer or sponsor of the security pays the rating agency for the analysis of its security, which could affect the reliability of the rating.
 
 
Legislation and Regulatory Risks
 
At any time after the date of this Prospectus, legislation or additional regulations may be enacted that could negatively affect the assets of the Fund or the issuers of such assets.  Changing approaches to regulation may have a negative impact on the entities and/or securities in which the Fund or an Underlying Fund invests.  Legislation or regulation may also change the way in which the Fund or an Underlying Fund is regulated.  New or amended regulations may be imposed by the CFTC, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), the Federal Reserve or other financial regulators, other governmental regulatory authorities or self‑regulatory organizations that supervise the financial markets that could adversely affect the Fund or the Underlying Funds.  In particular, these agencies are empowered to promulgate a variety of new rules pursuant to recently enacted financial reform legislation in the United States.  There can be no assurance that future legislation, regulation or deregulation will not have a material adverse effect on the Fund or will not impair the ability of the Fund to achieve its investment objective.  The Fund and the Underlying Funds also may be adversely affected by changes in the enforcement or interpretation of existing statutes and rules by these governmental regulatory authorities or self‑regulatory organizations.
 
For example, on July 21, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Dodd‑Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd‑Frank Act”).  The Dodd‑Frank Act, among other things, established a ten‑member Financial Stability Oversight Council (the “Council”), an interagency body chaired by the Secretary of the Treasury, to identify and manage systemic risk in the financial system and improve interagency cooperation.  Under the Dodd‑Frank Act, the Council has the authority to review the activities of certain nonbank financial firms engaged in financial activities that are designated as “systemically important,” meaning, among other things, that the distress of the financial firm would threaten the stability of the U.S. economy.  On July 8, 2013, September 19, 2013, and December 18, 2014, respectively, the Council made designations of four nonbank financial companies for Federal Reserve supervision.  If the Fund were designated, it would result in increased regulation of the Fund’s business, including higher standards on capital, leverage, liquidity, risk management, credit exposure reporting and concentration limits, restrictions on acquisitions and annual stress tests by the Federal Reserve.  On December 18, 2014, the Council released a notice seeking public comment on the potential risks posed by aspects of the asset management industry, including whether asset management products and activities may pose potential risks to the U.S. financial system in the areas of liquidity and redemptions, leverage, operational functions, and resolution, or in other areas.
 
78

The Dodd‑Frank Act also imposes stringent regulation on the over‑the‑counter derivatives market in an attempt to increase transparency and accountability; and provides for, among other things, new clearing, execution, margin, reporting, recordkeeping, business conduct, disclosure, position limit, minimum net capital and registration requirements.  Although the CFTC has released final rules relating to clearing, execution, reporting, risk management, compliance, position limit, anti‑fraud, consumer protection, portfolio reconciliation, documentation, recordkeeping, business conduct and registration requirements under the Dodd‑Frank Act, many of the provisions could be subject to further rulemaking, and thus the Dodd‑Frank Act’s ultimate impact on the derivatives market remains unclear.  New regulations could, among other things, restrict our ability to engage in derivative transactions (for example, by making certain types of derivative transactions no longer available to the Fund), increase the costs of using these instruments (for example, by increasing margin, capital or reporting requirements) and/or make them less effective and, as a result, the Fund may be unable to execute its investment strategy.  Limits or restrictions applicable to the counterparties with which the Fund engages in derivative transactions could also prevent the Fund from using these instruments, affect the pricing or other factors relating to these instruments or may change availability of certain investments.  It is unclear how the regulatory changes will affect counterparty risk.  For instance, in December 2012, the CFTC issued a final rule requiring certain credit default swaps and interest rate swaps to be centrally cleared, which is applicable to all swap counterparties not eligible for certain narrowly‑defined exemption or exceptions.  Such clearing requirement may affect the Fund’s ability to negotiate individualized terms and/or may increase the costs of entering into such derivative transactions (for example, by increasing margin or capital requirements).  Any additional clearing mandates with respect to other types of swaps could have additional impact on the Fund’s ability to use swap transactions as part of its investment strategy.
 
For entities designated by the CFTC or the SEC as “swap dealers,” “security‑based swaps dealers,” “major swap participants” or major “security‑based swap participants,” the Dodd‑Frank Act imposes new regulatory, reporting and compliance requirements.  On May 23, 2012, a joint final rulemaking by the CFTC and the SEC defining these key terms was published in the Federal Register.  Based on those definitions, the Fund would not be a swap dealer, security‑based swap dealer, major swap participant or security‑based major swap participant at this time.  If the Fund is later designated as a swap dealer, security‑based swap dealer, major swap participant or major security‑based swap participant, its business will be subject to increased regulation, including registration requirements, additional recordkeeping and reporting obligations, external and internal business conduct standards, position limits monitoring and capital and margin thresholds.
 
On December 11, 2015, the SEC published a proposed rule that, if adopted, would change the regulation of the use of derivative instruments and financial commitment transactions by registered investment companies.  The SEC sought public comments on numerous aspects of the proposed rule, and as a result the nature of any final regulations is uncertain at this time.  Such regulations could limit the implementation of the Fund’s use of derivatives and reverse repurchase agreement transactions and impose additional compliance costs on the Fund, which could have an adverse impact on the Fund. The Adviser and Subadviser cannot predict the effects of these regulations on the Fund’s portfolio.  The Adviser and Subadviser intend to monitor developments and seek to manage the Fund’s portfolio in a manner consistent with achieving the Fund’s investment objective, but there can be assurance that they will be successful in doing so.
 
79

In general, the imposition of any additional legal or regulatory requirements could make compliance more difficult and expensive, affect the manner in which the Fund conduct its business and adversely affect the Fund’s profitability.
 
Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risks
 
The ongoing U.S. military and related action in Iraq and Afghanistan and events in the Middle East and Ukraine, as well as the continuing threat of terrorist attacks, could have significant adverse effects on the U.S. economy, the stock market and world economies and markets generally.  A disruption of financial markets or other terrorist attacks could adversely affect the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s service providers and/or the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s operations as well as interest rates, secondary trading, credit risk, inflation and other factors relating to the Common Shares.  The Fund cannot predict the effects or likelihood of similar events in the future on the U.S. and world economies, the value of the Common Shares or the net asset value of the Fund.  Assets of companies, including those held in the Fund’s portfolio, could be direct targets, or indirect casualties, of an act of terrorism.  The U.S. government has issued warnings that assets of utility companies and energy sector companies, specifically the United States’ pipeline infrastructure, may be the future target of terrorist organizations.
 
Continuing uncertainty as to the status of the Euro and the European Monetary Union and the potential for certain countries to withdraw from the institution has created significant volatility in currency and financial markets generally.  Any partial or complete dissolution of the European Union (“EU”) could have significant adverse effects on currency and financial markets, and on the values of a Fund’s portfolio investments.  The United Kingdom’s referendum on June 23, 2016 to leave the European Union (known as “Brexit”) sparked depreciation in the value of the British pound, short-term declines in the stock markets and heightened risk of continued economic volatility worldwide.  Although the long-term effects of Brexit are difficult to gauge and cannot be fully known, they could have wide ranging implications for the United Kingdom’s economy and international markets generally, including: possible inflation or recession, continued depreciation of the pound or other currency, or disruption to Britain’s trading arrangements with the rest of Europe.  The United Kingdom is one of the EU’s largest economies; its departure also may negatively impact the EU and Europe as a whole, as well as other international markets, such as by causing volatility within the Union, triggering prolonged economic downturns in certain European or other countries or sparking additional member states to contemplate departing the EU (thereby perpetuating political instability in the region).
 
Defensive Measures
 
The Fund may invest up to 100% of its assets in cash, cash equivalents and short‑term investments as a defensive measure in response to adverse market conditions or opportunistically at the discretion of the Adviser or Subadviser.  During these periods, the Fund may not be pursuing its investment objective.
 
Structural Risks:
 
Market Discount
 
Common stock of closed‑end funds frequently trades at a discount from its net asset value.  This risk may be greater for investors selling their shares in a relatively short period of time after completion of the initial offering.  The Fund’s Common Shares may trade at a price that is less than the initial offering price.  This risk would also apply to the Fund’s investments in closed‑end funds.
 
80

No Operating History
 
The Fund is a diversified, closed‑end management investment company with no operating history.
 
Investment Style Risk
 
The Fund is managed by allocating the Fund’s assets to two different strategies as described in this Prospectus.  This may cause the Fund to underperform funds that do not limit their investments to these two strategies during periods when these strategies underperform other types of investments.
 
Not a Complete Investment Program
 
The Fund is intended for investors seeking current income and overall total return over the long‑term, and is not intended to be a short‑term trading vehicle.  An investment in the Common Shares of the Fund should not be considered a complete investment program.  Each investor should take into account the Fund’s investment objective and other characteristics as well as the investor’s other investments when considering an investment in the Common Shares.  An investment in the Fund may not be appropriate for all investors.
 
Multi-Manager Risk
 
Fund performance is dependent upon the success of the Adviser and the Subadviser in implementing the Fund’s investment strategies in pursuit of its investment objective.  To a significant extent, the Fund’s performance will depend on the success of the Adviser’s methodology in allocating the Fund’s assets between each of the principal investment strategies. The Adviser and the Subadviser’s investment styles may not always be complementary, which could adversely affect the performance of the Fund.  Because the Adviser and the Subadviser each makes investment decisions independently, it is possible that the Adviser and the Subadviser may, at any time, take positions that in effect may be opposite of positions taken by each other.  In such cases, the Fund will incur brokerage and other transaction costs without accomplishing any net investment results.  The multi-manager approach could increase the Fund’s portfolio turnover rates, which may result in higher levels of realized capital gains or losses with respect to the Fund’s portfolio securities, and higher broker commissions and other transaction costs.  The trading costs and tax consequences associated with portfolio turnover may adversely affect the Fund’s performance.  See “—Investment Style Risk.”
 
In addition, the Subadviser’s implementation of the Opportunistic Income Strategy means that, at any point in time, the Subadviser will manage 65-90% of the Fund’s Managed Assets.  To the extent the Subadvisory Agreement is terminated or not renewed, Fund performance will become dependent on the Adviser or a new subadviser successfully implementing the Opportunistic Income Strategy.  There is no assurance that a suitable replacement to the Subadviser could be found if the Subadvisory Agreement is terminated or not renewed.  Any such termination or non-renewal of the Subadvisory Agreement can have an adverse effect on an investment in the Fund.  In addition, to the extent the Adviser retains the responsibility of implementing the Opportunistic Income Strategy of the Fund following the termination or non-renewal of the Subadvisory Agreement, the approval of the Fund’s stockholders will likely not be required.
 
Asset Allocation Risk
 
To the extent that the Adviser’s asset allocation between the Fund’s principal investment strategies may fail to produce the intended result, the Fund’s return may suffer.  Additionally, the potentially active asset allocation style of the Fund may lead to changing allocations over time and represent a risk to investors who target fixed asset allocations.
 
81

Leverage Risks
 
Since the holders of common stock pay all expenses related to the issuance of debt or use of leverage, the use of leverage through borrowing of money, issuance of debt securities or the issuance of Preferred Shares for investment or other purposes creates risks for the holders of Common Shares.  Leverage is a speculative technique that exposes the Fund to greater risk and increased costs than if it were not implemented.  Increases and decreases in the value of the Fund’s portfolio will be magnified when the Fund uses leverage.  As a result, leverage may cause greater changes in the Fund’s net asset value.  The Fund will also have to pay interest on its borrowings or dividends on Preferred Shares, if any, which may reduce the Fund’s return.  The leverage costs may be greater than the Fund’s return on the underlying investment.  The Fund’s leveraging strategy may not be successful.
 
If the Fund were to utilize leverage in the form of borrowing, it anticipates that the money borrowed for investment purposes will incur interest based on shorter‑term interest rates that would be periodically reset.  So long as the Fund’s portfolio provides a higher rate of return, net of expenses, than the interest rate on borrowed money, as reset periodically, the leverage may cause the holders of Common Shares to receive a higher current rate of return than if the Fund were not leveraged.  If, however, long‑term and/or short‑term rates rise, the interest rate on borrowed money could exceed the rate of return on securities held by the Fund, reducing return to the holders of Common Shares.  Recent developments in the credit markets may adversely affect the ability of the Fund to borrow money for investment purposes and may increase the costs of such borrowings, which would reduce returns to the holders of Common Shares.
 
In addition to the foregoing, the use of leverage involves risks and special considerations for Common Shareholders, including:

the likelihood of greater volatility of net asset value, market price and dividend rate of the Common Shares than a comparable portfolio without leverage;
the risk that fluctuations in interest rates on reverse repurchase agreements, borrowings or on short‑term debt or in the interest or dividend rates on any debt securities or Preferred Shares that the Fund must pay will reduce the return to the Common Shareholders;
the effect of leverage in a declining market, which is likely to cause a greater decline in the net asset value of the Common Shares than if the Fund were not leveraged, may result in a greater decline in the market price of the Common Shares;
when the Fund uses financial leverage, the investment management fees payable to the Adviser and the subadvisory fees payable by the Adviser to the Subadviser will be higher than if the Fund did not use leverage.  This may create a conflict of interest between the Adviser and the Subadviser, on the one hand, and the holders of Common Shares, on the other; and
leverage may increase operating costs, which may reduce total return.
 
The use of leverage will require the Fund to segregate assets to cover its obligations (or, if the Fund borrows money or issues Preferred Shares, to maintain asset coverage in conformity with the requirements of the 1940 Act).  While the segregated assets will be invested in liquid securities, they may not be used for other operational purposes.  Consequently, the use of leverage may limit the Fund’s flexibility and may require that the Fund sell other portfolio investments to pay Fund expenses, to maintain assets in an amount sufficient to cover the Fund’s leveraged exposure or to meet other obligations at a time when it may be disadvantageous to sell such assets.  See also “—Reverse Repurchase Agreements Risk” and “Use of Leverage.”
 
Certain types of borrowings by the Fund may result in the Fund being subject to covenants in credit agreements relating to asset coverage and portfolio composition requirements.  The Fund may be subject to certain restrictions on investments imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies, which may issue ratings for the short‑term debt securities or Preferred Shares issued by the Fund.  These guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed by the 1940 Act.  The Adviser does not believe that these covenants or guidelines will impede it from managing the Fund’s portfolio in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies if the Fund were to utilize leverage.
 
82

Leverage risk would also apply to the Fund’s investments in Underlying Funds to the extent an Underlying Fund uses leverage.
 
Potential Conflicts of Interest Risk
 
The Adviser, the Subadviser and the portfolio managers of the Fund have interests which may conflict with the interests of the Fund.  In particular, the Adviser and the Subadviser each manages and/or advises other investment funds or accounts with the same or similar investment objective and strategies as the Fund.  As a result, the Adviser, the Subadviser and the Fund’s portfolio managers may devote unequal time and attention to the management of the Fund and those other funds and accounts, and may not be able to formulate as complete a strategy or identify equally attractive investment opportunities as might be the case if they were to devote substantially more attention to the management of the Fund.  The Adviser, the Subadviser and the Fund’s portfolio managers may identify a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for multiple funds and accounts, and the opportunity may be allocated among these several funds and accounts, which may limit the Fund’s ability to take full advantage of the investment opportunity.  Additionally, transaction orders may be aggregated for multiple accounts for purpose of execution, which may cause the price or brokerage costs to be less favorable to the Fund than if similar transactions were not being executed concurrently for other accounts.  Furthermore, it is theoretically possible that a portfolio manager could use the information obtained from managing a fund or account to the advantage of other funds or accounts under management, and also theoretically possible that actions could be taken (or not taken) to the detriment of the Fund.  At times, a portfolio manager may determine that an investment opportunity may be appropriate for only some of the funds and accounts for which he or she exercises investment responsibility, or may decide that certain of the funds and accounts should take differing positions with respect to a particular security.  In these cases, the portfolio manager may place separate transactions for one or more funds or accounts which may affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment or benefit of one or more other funds and accounts.  For example, a portfolio manager may determine that it would be in the interest of another account to sell a security that the Fund holds, potentially resulting in a decrease in the market value of the security held by the Fund.
 
Conflicts potentially limiting the Fund’s investment opportunities may also arise when the Fund and other clients of the Adviser or Subadviser invest in, or even conduct research relating to, different parts of an issuer’s capital structure, such as when the Fund owns senior debt obligations of an issuer and other clients own junior tranches of the same issuer.  In such circumstances, decisions over whether to trigger an event of default, over the terms of any workout, or how to exit an investment may result in conflicts of interest.  In order to minimize such conflicts, a portfolio manager may avoid certain investment opportunities that would potentially give rise to conflicts with other clients of the Adviser or Subadviser (as applicable) or result in the Adviser or Subadviser receiving material, non-public information, or the Adviser and Subadviser may enact internal procedures designed to minimize such conflicts, which could have the effect of limiting the Fund’s investment opportunities.  Additionally, if the Adviser or Subadviser acquires material non-public confidential information in connection with its business activities for other clients, a portfolio manager or other investment personnel may be restricted from purchasing securities or selling certain securities for the Fund or other clients.
 
The portfolio managers also may engage in cross trades between funds and accounts, may select brokers or dealers to execute securities transactions based in part on brokerage and research services provided to the Adviser or the Subadviser which may not benefit all funds and accounts equally and may receive different amounts of financial or other benefits for managing different funds and accounts.  Finally, the Adviser, the Subadviser and their affiliates may provide more services to some types of funds and accounts than others.
 
83

The Fund, Adviser and/or Subadviser (as applicable) have adopted policies and procedures that address the foregoing potential conflicts of interest, including policies and procedures to address the allocation of investment opportunities, execution of portfolio transactions, personal trading by employees and other potential conflicts of interest that are designed to ensure that all accounts of the Adviser and Subadviser are treated equitably.  There is no guarantee that the policies and procedures adopted by the Adviser, the Subadviser and the Fund will be able to identify or mitigate the conflicts of interest that arise between the Fund and any other investment funds or accounts that the Adviser and/or the Subadviser may manage or advise from time to time.  For further information on potential conflicts of interest, see “Management of the Fund—Conflicts of Interest” in the SAI.
 
In addition, while the Fund is using leverage, the amount of the fees paid to the Adviser (and by the Adviser to the Subadviser) for investment advisory and management services are higher than if the Fund did not use leverage because the fees paid are calculated based on the Fund’s Managed Assets, which include assets purchased with leverage.  Therefore, the Adviser and the Subadviser have a financial incentive to leverage the Fund, which creates a conflict of interest between the Adviser and the Subadviser on the one hand and the Common Shareholders of the Fund on the other.
 
Contingent Conversion Risk
 
The Fund will bear the costs associated with calling a shareholder meeting for the purpose of voting to determine whether the Fund should convert to an open‑end management investment company.  In the event of conversion to an open‑end management investment company, the shares would cease to be listed on the NYSE or other national securities exchange, and such shares would thereafter be redeemable at the Fund’s net asset value at the option of the shareholder, rather than traded in the secondary market at market price, which, for closed‑end fund shares, may at times be at a premium to the Fund’s net asset value.  Any borrowings (other than borrowings from a bank) or preferred stock of the Fund would need to be repaid or redeemed upon conversion and, accordingly, a portion of the Fund’s portfolio may need to be liquidated, potentially resulting in, among other things, lower current income.  In addition, open‑end management investment companies may be subject to continuous asset in‑flows and out‑flows that can complicate portfolio management and limit the Fund’s ability to make certain types of investments.  As a result, the Fund may incur increased expenses and may be required to sell portfolio securities at inopportune times in order to accommodate such flows.  See “Contingent Conversion Feature.”
 
Cyber Security Risk
 
With the increased use of the Internet and because information technology (“IT”) systems and digital data underlie most of the Fund’s operations, the Fund and the Adviser, Subadviser, transfer agent, and other service providers and the vendors of each (collectively “Service Providers”) are exposed to the risk that their operations and data may be compromised as a result of internal and external cyber-failures, breaches or attacks (“Cyber Risk”).  This could occur as a result of malicious or criminal cyber-attacks.  Cyber-attacks include actions taken to: (i) steal or corrupt data maintained online or digitally, (ii) gain unauthorized access to or release confidential information, (iii) shut down the Fund or Service Provider website through denial-of-service attacks, or (iv) otherwise disrupt normal business operations.  However, events arising from human error, faulty or inadequately implemented policies and procedures or other systems failures unrelated to any external cyber-threat may have effects similar to those caused by deliberate cyber-attacks.
 
Successful cyber-attacks or other cyber-failures or events affecting the Fund or its Service Providers may adversely impact the Fund or its shareholders or cause an investment in the Fund to lose value.  For instance, such attacks, failures or other events may interfere with the processing of shareholder transactions, impact the Fund’s ability to calculate its net asset value, cause the release of private shareholder information or confidential Fund information, impede trading, or cause reputational damage.  Such attacks, failures or other events could also subject the Fund or its Service Providers to regulatory fines, penalties or financial losses, reimbursement or other compensation costs, and/or additional compliance costs.  Insurance protection and contractual indemnification provisions may be insufficient to cover these losses.  The Fund or its Service Providers may also incur significant costs to manage and control Cyber Risk.  While the Fund and its Service Providers have established IT and data security programs and have in place business continuity plans and other systems designed to prevent losses and mitigate Cyber Risk, there are inherent limitations in such plans and systems, including the possibility that certain risks have not been identified or that cyber-attacks may be highly sophisticated.
 
84

Cyber Risk is also present for issuers of securities or other instruments in which the Fund invests, which could result in material adverse consequences for such issuers, and may cause a Fund’s investment in such issuers to lose value.
 
Confidential Information Access Risk
 
The Fund is subject to the risk that the intentional or unintentional receipt of material, non-public information (“Confidential Information”) by the Adviser or Subadviser could limit the Fund’s ability to sell certain investments held by the Fund or pursue certain investment opportunities on behalf of the Fund, potentially for a substantial period of time.  Also, certain issuers of floating rate loans or other investments may not have any publicly traded securities and may offer private information pursuant to confidentiality agreements or similar arrangements.  The Subadviser may access such private information, while recognizing that the receipt of that information could potentially limit the Fund’s ability to trade in certain securities, including if the issuer of such floating rate loans or other investments later issues publicly traded securities.  In addition, in circumstances when the Subadviser declines to receive Confidential Information from issuers of floating rate loans or other investments, the Fund may be disadvantaged in comparison to other investors, including with respect to evaluating the issuer and the price the Fund would pay or receive when it buys or sells those investments, and the Fund may not take advantage of investment opportunities that it otherwise might have if it had received such Confidential Information.  In managing the Fund, the Subadviser may seek to avoid the receipt of Confidential Information about the issuers of floating rate loans or other investments being considered for acquisition by the Fund or held in the Fund’s portfolio if the receipt of the Confidential Information would restrict one or more of the Subadviser’s clients, including, potentially, the Fund, from trading in securities they hold or in which they may invest.
 
Anti‑Takeover Provisions
 
Maryland law and the Fund’s Charter and Bylaws include provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or to convert the Fund to open‑end status, including the adoption of a staggered Board of Directors and the supermajority voting requirements discussed herein.  These provisions could deprive the holders of Common Shares of opportunities to sell their Common Shares at a premium over the then current market price of the Common Shares or at net asset value.  See “Certain Provisions of the Fund’s Charter and Bylaws and of Maryland Law.”  This risk would also apply to many of the Fund’s investments in Underlying Funds.
 
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
 
Board of Directors
 
The Fund’s Board of Directors has overall responsibility for management of the Fund.  The Board of Directors decides upon matters of general policy and generally oversees the actions of the Adviser, the Subadviser and the other service providers of the Fund.  The name and business address of the Board of Directors and officers of the Fund, and their principal occupations and other affiliations during the past five years, are set forth under “Board Members and Officers” in the SAI.
 
85

Investment Adviser
 
RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC (“RiverNorth” or the “Adviser”), a registered investment adviser, is the Fund’s investment adviser and will be responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s Managed Assets allocated to the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy, managing the Fund’s business affairs and providing certain administrative services.  The Adviser will also be responsible for determining the Fund’s overall investment strategy and overseeing its implementation.  Subject to the ranges noted above, the Adviser will determine the portion of the Fund’s Managed Assets to allocate to each strategy and may, from time to time, adjust the allocations.  RiverNorth, founded in 2000, is a wholly-owned subsidiary of RiverNorth Financial Holdings LLC and is located at 325 N. LaSalle Street, Suite 645, Chicago, Illinois 60654.  As of June 30, 2016, RiverNorth managed approximately $3.34 billion for four series of a registered open-end management investment company, one registered closed-end management investment company and four private investment vehicles.  See “Management of the Fund” in the SAI.
 
Subadviser
 
DoubleLine Capital LP is the Fund’s subadviser and will be responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s Managed Assets allocated to the Opportunistic Income Strategy.  Founded in 2009, the Subadviser is located at 333 South Grand Avenue, 18th Floor, Los Angeles, California  90071.  The Subadviser is registered with the SEC and as of June 30, 2016, manages approximately $103 billion for individuals and institutions.  The Subadviser was founded by Jeffrey E. Gundlach in December 2009.
 
Portfolio Management
 
Patrick W. Galley, CFA is a co-portfolio manager of the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy for the Fund.  Mr. Galley is the Chief Investment Officer for the Adviser.  Mr. Galley heads the Adviser’s research and investment team and oversees all portfolio management activities at the Adviser.  Mr. Galley also serves as the President and Chairman of the RiverNorth Funds, a mutual fund complex for which RiverNorth serves as the investment adviser.  Prior to joining the Adviser in 2004, he was most recently a Vice President at Bank of America in the Global Investment Bank’s Portfolio Management group, where he specialized in analyzing and structuring corporate transactions for investment management firms in addition to closed-end and open-end funds, hedge funds, funds of funds, structured investment vehicles and insurance/reinsurance companies.  Mr. Galley graduated with honors from Rochester Institute of Technology with a B.S. in Finance.  He has received the Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA) designation, is a member of the CFA Institute and is a member of the CFA Society of Chicago.
 
Stephen O’Neill, CFA is a co-portfolio manager of the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy for the Fund.  Mr. O’Neill conducts qualitative and quantitative analysis of closed-end funds and their respective asset classes at RiverNorth. Prior to joining RiverNorth Capital in 2007, Mr. O’Neill was most recently an Assistant Vice President at Bank of America in the Global Investment Bank’s Portfolio Management group. At Bank of America, he specialized in the corporate real estate, asset management, and structured finance industries. Mr. O’Neill graduated magna cum laude from Miami University in Oxford, Ohio with a B.S. in Finance. Mr. O’Neill has received the Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA) designation, is a member of the CFA Institute, and is a member of the CFA Society of Chicago.
 
Jeffrey E. Gundlach is a co-portfolio manager of the Opportunistic Income Strategy for the Fund.  Mr. Gundlach is the founder, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of the Subadviser.  He is also the Chairman of the Subadviser’s Fixed Income Asset Allocation Committee.  Mr. Gundlach is a graduate of Dartmouth College, summa cum laude, with degrees in Mathematics and Philosophy.  He attended Yale University as a Ph.D. candidate in Mathematics.
 
86

Jeffrey J. Sherman is a co-portfolio manager of the Opportunistic Income Strategy for the Fund. Mr. Sherman joined the Subadviser in December 2009.  He is the Deputy Chief Investment Officer, participates on the Fixed Income Asset Allocation Committee and is a portfolio manager for derivative-based and multi-asset strategies.  Mr. Sherman holds a B.S. in Applied Mathematics from the University of the Pacific and an M.S. in Financial Engineering from the Claremont Graduate University.  He is a CFA charterholder.
 
The Fund’s SAI provides information about the compensation received by the portfolio managers of the Fund, other accounts that they manage and their ownership of the Fund’s equity securities.
 
Investment Advisory and Subadvisory Agreements
 
Pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreement, the Adviser is responsible for managing the Fund’s affairs, subject at all times to the general oversight of the Fund’s Board of Directors.  The Fund has agreed to pay the Adviser a management fee payable on a monthly basis at the annual rate of 1.00% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets for the services it provides.
 
In addition to the fees of the Adviser, the Fund pays all other costs and expenses of its operations, including, but not limited to, compensation of its directors (other than those affiliated with the Adviser or the Subadviser), custodial expenses, transfer agency and dividend disbursing expenses, legal fees, expenses of independent auditors, expenses of repurchasing shares, expenses of any leverage, expenses of preparing, printing and distributing prospectuses, shareholder reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to governmental agencies, and taxes, if any.
 
Pursuant to a Subadvisory Agreement, the Adviser has delegated daily management of the Fund’s Managed Assets allocated to the Opportunistic Income Strategy to the Subadviser, who is paid by the Adviser and not the Fund.  The Adviser (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay the Subadviser a subadvisory fee payable on a monthly basis at the annual rate of 0.50% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets for the service it provides.
 
Because the fees received by the Adviser and the Subadviser are based on the Managed Assets of the Fund, the Adviser and the Subadviser have a financial incentive for the Fund to use leverage, which may create a conflict of interest between the Adviser and the Subadviser, on the one hand, and the holders of Common Shares, on the other.  Because leverage costs will be borne by the Fund at a specified interest rate, the Fund’s investment management fees and other expenses, including expenses incurred as a result of any leverage, are paid only by the holders of Common Shares and not by holders of Preferred Shares or through borrowings.  See “Use of Leverage.”
 
A discussion of the basis for the Board of Directors’ approval of the Fund’s Investment Advisory and Subadvisory Agreements will be provided in the Fund’s initial shareholder report.  The basis for subsequent continuations of these agreements will be provided in annual or semi‑annual reports to shareholders for the periods during which such continuations occur.
 
In addition, under a License Agreement, the Subadviser has consented to the use by the Fund of the identifying word or name “DoubleLine” in the name of the Fund, and to the use of certain associated trademarks in accordance with the terms of the License Agreement. Such consent is conditioned upon the employment of the Subadviser or a designated affiliate or related party thereof as investment subadviser to the Fund under the Subadvisory Agreement. The license will continue until the expiration or termination of the Subadvisory Agreement, or until earlier terminated pursuant to the License Agreement.  If at any time the Fund ceases to employ the Subadviser or a designated affiliate or related party as investment subadviser of the Fund under the Subadvisory Agreement, the Fund will be required to cease using the word or name “DoubleLine” in the name of the Fund, and cease making use of the associated trademarks, as set forth in the License Agreement.
 
NET ASSET VALUE
 
Net asset value per share (“NAV”) is determined daily as of the close of the regular trading session on the NYSE (usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern time).  Net asset value is calculated by dividing the value of all of the securities and other assets of the Fund, less the liabilities (including accrued expenses and indebtedness) and the aggregate liquidation value of any outstanding Preferred Shares, by the total number of Common Shares outstanding.
 
87

The Fund’s assets, including its investments in Underlying Funds, are generally valued at their market value using market quotations.  The Fund may use independent pricing services to provide market quotations.  Prices obtained from independent pricing services use various observable inputs, including, but not limited to, information provided by broker-dealers, pricing formulas, such as dividend discount models, option valuation formulas, estimates of market values obtained from yield data relating to investments or securities with similar characteristics and discounted cash flow models that might be applicable. If a market valuation for a security is unavailable or deemed to be an unreliable indicator of current market value, the Fund will seek to obtain a broker quote from an external data vendor or directly from broker-dealers. Certain fixed income securities purchased on a delayed delivery basis are marked-to-market daily until settlement at the forward settlement date. Short-term investments having a maturity of 60 days or less are generally valued at amortized cost; however, securities with a demand feature exercisable within seven days are generally valued at par. Exchange-traded options, futures and options on futures are valued at the settlement price determined by the relevant exchange.  If market quotations are not available or, in the Adviser or Subadviser’s opinion, market quotations do not reflect market value, or if an event occurs after the close of trading on the domestic or foreign exchange or market on which the security is principally traded (but prior to the time the NAV is calculated) that materially affects market value, the security will be valued at fair value according to policies approved by the Fund’s Board of Directors.  For example, if trading in a portfolio security is halted and does not resume before the Fund calculates its NAV, the security may need to be fair valued using the Fund’s fair value pricing policies.  Fair valuation involves subjective judgments and it is possible that the fair value determined for a security may differ materially from the value that could be realized upon the sale of the security.  The Fund will invest in Underlying Funds.  The Fund’s NAV is calculated based, in part, upon the market prices of the Underlying Funds in its portfolio, and the prospectuses of those companies explain the circumstances under which they will use fair value pricing and the effects of doing so.
 
DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
 
Commencing with the first dividend, the Fund intends to implement a level distribution policy, pursuant to which the Fund will make regular monthly cash distributions of its net investment income to holders of Common Shares at a level rate based on the projected performance of the Fund, which rate is a fixed dollar amount which may be adjusted from time to time.  The Fund expects to declare its initial monthly dividend within 30 to 45 days and pay its initial monthly dividend within approximately 45 to 60 days after the completion of this offering, depending on market conditions.  There is no assurance the Fund will make this initial monthly distribution or continue to pay regular monthly distributions or that it will do so at a particular rate.
 
Dividends and distributions may be payable in cash or Common Shares, with shareholders having the option to receive additional Common Shares in lieu of cash.  The Fund may at times, in its discretion, pay out less than the entire amount of net investment income earned in any particular period and may at times pay out such accumulated undistributed income in addition to net investment income earned in other periods in order to permit the Fund to maintain a more stable level of distributions.  As a result, the dividend paid by the Fund to Common Shareholders for any particular period may be more or less than the amount of net investment income earned by the Fund during such period.  The Fund’s ability to maintain a stable level of distributions to shareholders will depend on a number of factors, including the stability of income received from its investments.  The amount of monthly distributions may vary depending on a number of factors, including the costs of any leverage.  As portfolio and market conditions change, the amount of dividends on the Fund’s Common Shares could change.  For federal income tax purposes, the Fund is required to distribute substantially all of its net investment income each year to both reduce its federal income tax liability and to avoid a potential federal excise tax.  The Fund intends to distribute all realized net capital gains, if any, at least annually.
 
The Adviser intends to seek an order granting an exemption from Section 19(b) of the 1940 Act and Rule 19b‑1 thereunder to permit the Fund, subject to certain terms and conditions, to include realized long‑term capital gains as a part of its regular distributions to Common Shareholders more frequently than would otherwise be permitted by the 1940 Act (generally once per taxable year).  To the extent that the Adviser is granted and relies on the exemptive order, the Fund will be required to comply with the terms and conditions therein, which, among other things, requires the Fund to make certain disclosures to shareholders and prospective shareholders regarding distributions, and would require the Fund’s Board of Directors to make determinations regarding the appropriateness of use of the distribution policy.  Under such a distribution policy, it is possible that the Fund might distribute more than its income and net realized capital gains; therefore, distributions to shareholders may result in a return of capital.  There is no assurance that the Fund will be granted and will rely on the exemptive order in the future.
 
88

Under the 1940 Act, the Fund is not permitted to incur indebtedness unless immediately after such incurrence the Fund has an asset coverage of at least 300% of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of indebtedness.  Additionally, under the 1940 Act, the Fund may not declare any dividend or other distribution upon any class of its capital shares, or purchase any such capital shares, unless the aggregate indebtedness of the Fund has, at the time of the declaration of any such dividend or distribution or at the time of any such purchase, an asset coverage of at least 300% after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution, or purchase price, as the case may be.
 
While any Preferred Shares are outstanding, the Fund may not declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its Common Shares, unless at the time of such declaration, (i) all accumulated preferred dividends have been paid and (ii) the net asset value of the Fund’s portfolio (determined after deducting the amount of such dividend or other distribution) is at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding Preferred Shares (expected to be equal to the original purchase price per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon).
 
In addition to the limitations imposed by the 1940 Act described above, certain lenders may impose additional restrictions on the payment of dividends or distributions on the Common Shares in the event of a default on the Fund’s borrowings.  If the Fund’s ability to make distributions on its Common Shares is limited, such limitations could, under certain circumstances, impair the ability of the Fund to maintain its qualification for federal income tax purposes as a regulated investment company, which would have adverse tax consequences for shareholders.  See “Use of Leverage” and “U.S. Federal Income Tax Matters.”
 
DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN
 
The Fund has a dividend reinvestment plan commonly referred to as an “opt‑out” plan.  Unless the registered owner of Common Shares elects to receive cash by contacting U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (the “Plan Administrator”), all dividends declared on Common Shares will be automatically reinvested by the Plan Administrator for shareholders in the Fund’s Automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”), in additional Common Shares.  Common Shareholders who elect not to participate in the Plan will receive all dividends and other distributions in cash paid by check mailed directly to the shareholder of record (or, if the Common Shares are held in street or other nominee name, then to such nominee) by the Plan Administrator as dividend disbursing agent.  Participation in the Plan is completely voluntary and may be terminated or resumed at any time without penalty by notice if received and processed by the Plan Administrator prior to the dividend record date; otherwise such termination or resumption will be effective with respect to any subsequently declared dividend or other distribution.  Such notice will be effective with respect to a particular dividend or other distribution (together, a “Dividend”).  Some brokers may automatically elect to receive cash on behalf of Common Shareholders and may re‑invest that cash in additional Common Shares.  Reinvested Dividends will increase the Fund’s Managed Assets on which the management fee is payable to the Adviser (and by the Adviser to the Subadviser).
 
89

Whenever the Fund declares a Dividend payable in cash, non‑participants in the Plan will receive cash and participants in the Plan will receive the equivalent in Common Shares.  The Common Shares will be acquired by the Plan Administrator for the participants’ accounts, depending upon the circumstances described below, either (i) through receipt of additional unissued but authorized Common Shares from the Fund (“Newly Issued Common Shares”) or (ii) by purchase of outstanding Common Shares on the open market (“Open‑Market Purchases”) on the NYSE or elsewhere.  If, on the payment date for any Dividend, the closing market price plus estimated brokerage commissions per Common Share is equal to or greater than the net asset value per Common Share, the Plan Administrator will invest the Dividend amount in Newly Issued Common Shares on behalf of the participants.  The number of Newly Issued Common Shares to be credited to each participant’s account will be determined by dividing the dollar amount of the Dividend by the Fund’s net asset value per Common Share on the payment date.  If, on the payment date for any Dividend, the net asset value per Common Share is greater than the closing market value plus estimated brokerage commissions ( i.e. , the Fund’s Common Shares are trading at a discount), the Plan Administrator will invest the Dividend amount in Common Shares acquired on behalf of the participants in Open‑Market Purchases.
 
In the event of a market discount on the payment date for any Dividend, the Plan Administrator will have until the last business day before the next date on which the Common Shares trade on an “ex‑dividend” basis or 30 days after the payment date for such Dividend, whichever is sooner (the “Last Purchase Date”), to invest the Dividend amount in Common Shares acquired in Open‑Market Purchases.  It is contemplated that the Fund will pay monthly income Dividends.  If, before the Plan Administrator has completed its Open‑Market Purchases, the market price per Common Share exceeds the net asset value per Common Share, the average per Common Share purchase price paid by the Plan Administrator may exceed the net asset value of the Common Shares, resulting in the acquisition of fewer Common Shares than if the Dividend had been paid in Newly Issued Common Shares on the Dividend payment date.  Because of the foregoing difficulty with respect to Open‑Market Purchases, the Plan provides that if the Plan Administrator is unable to invest the full Dividend amount in Open‑Market Purchases during the purchase period or if the market discount shifts to a market premium during the purchase period, the Plan Administrator may cease making Open‑Market Purchases and may invest the uninvested portion of the Dividend amount in Newly Issued Common Shares at the net asset value per Common Share at the close of business on the Last Purchase Date.
 
The Plan Administrator maintains all shareholders’ accounts in the Plan and furnishes written confirmation of all transactions in the accounts, including information needed by shareholders for tax records.  Common Shares in the account of each Plan participant will be held by the Plan Administrator on behalf of the Plan participant, and each shareholder proxy will include those shares purchased or received pursuant to the Plan.  The Plan Administrator will forward all proxy solicitation materials to participants and vote proxies for shares held under the Plan in accordance with the instructions of the participants.
 
Beneficial owners of Common Shares who hold their Common Shares in the name of a broker or nominee should contact the broker or nominee to determine whether and how they may participate in the Plan.  In the case of Common Shareholders such as banks, brokers or nominees which hold shares for others who are the beneficial owners, the Plan Administrator will administer the Plan on the basis of the number of Common Shares certified from time to time by the record shareholder’s name and held for the account of beneficial owners who participate in the Plan.
 
There will be no brokerage charges with respect to Common Shares issued directly by the Fund.  However, each participant will pay a pro rata share of brokerage commissions incurred in connection with Open‑Market Purchases.  The automatic reinvestment of Dividends will not relieve participants of any federal, state or local income tax that may be payable (or required to be withheld) on such Dividends, even though such participants have not received any cash with which to pay the resulting tax.  See “U.S. Federal Income Tax Matters” below.  Participants that request a sale of Common Shares through the Plan Administrator are subject to brokerage commissions.
 
90

The Fund reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan.  There is no direct service charge to participants with regard to purchases in the Plan; however, the Fund reserves the right to amend the Plan to include a service charge payable by the participants.
 
All correspondence or questions concerning the Plan should be directed to the Plan Administrator at U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202.
 
DESCRIPTION OF THE COMMON SHARES
 
The following summary of the terms of the Common Shares of the Fund does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to the Maryland General Corporation Law, and to the Fund’s Charter and the Fund’s Bylaws, copies of which are filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement.
 
The Fund’s authorized capital stock consists of 50,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, all of which is initially classified as Common Shares.  As of the date of this Prospectus, the Adviser owned of record and beneficially 5,102 of the Fund’s Common Shares, constituting 100% of the outstanding shares of the Fund, and thus, until the public offering of the Common Shares is completed, will control the Fund.
 
In general, shareholders or subscribers for the Fund’s stock have no personal liability for the debts and obligations of the Fund because of their status as shareholders or subscribers, except to the extent that the subscription price or other agreed consideration for the stock has not been paid.
 
Under the Fund’s Charter, the Board of Directors is authorized to classify and reclassify any unissued shares of stock into other classes or series of stock and authorize the issuance of shares of stock without obtaining shareholder approval.  Also, the Fund’s Board of Directors, with the approval of a majority of the entire Board, but without any action by the shareholders of the Fund, may amend the Fund’s Charter from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock of the Fund or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Fund has authority to issue.
 
Common Stock
 
The Common Shares to be issued in the offering will be, upon payment as described in this Prospectus, fully paid and non‑assessable.  The Common Shares have no preemptive, conversion, exchange, appraisal or redemption rights, and each share has equal voting, dividend, distribution and liquidation rights.
 
Common Shareholders are entitled to receive dividends if and when the Board of Directors declares dividends from funds legally available.  Whenever Fund Preferred Shares or borrowings are outstanding, Common Shareholders will not be entitled to receive any distributions from the Fund unless all accrued dividends on the Preferred Shares and interest and principal payments on borrowings have been paid, and unless the applicable asset coverage requirements under the 1940 Act would be satisfied after giving effect to the distribution as described above.
 
In the event of the Fund’s liquidation, dissolution or winding up, Common Shares would be entitled to share ratably in all of the Fund’s assets that are legally available for distribution after the Fund pays all debts and other liabilities and subject to any preferential rights of holders of Preferred Shares, if any Preferred Shares are outstanding at such time.
 
Common Shareholders are entitled to one vote per share.  All voting rights for the election of directors are noncumulative, which means that, assuming there are no Preferred Shares are outstanding, the holders of more than 50% of the Common Shares will elect 100% of the directors then nominated for election if they choose to do so and, in such event, the holders of the remaining Common Shares will not be able to elect any Directors.
 
91

The Fund’s Charter authorizes the Board of Directors to classify and reclassify any unissued shares of common stock into other classes or series of stock.  Prior to issuance of shares of each class or series, the Board of Directors is required by Maryland law and by the Fund’s Charter to set the terms, preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption for each class or series.  Thus, the Board of Directors could authorize the issuance of shares of common stock with terms and conditions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for holders of the Fund’s Common Shares or otherwise be in their best interest.  As of the date of this Prospectus, the Fund has no plans to classify or reclassify any unissued shares of common stock.
 
It is expected that the Fund’s Common Shares will be approved for listing on the NYSE, upon notice of issuance, under the symbol “OPP.”  Under the rules of the NYSE applicable to listed companies, the Fund will be required to hold an annual meeting of shareholders in each year.
 
Preferred Shares
 
The Fund’s Charter authorizes the Board of Directors to classify and reclassify any unissued shares of stock into other classes or series of stock, including Preferred Shares, without the approval of the holders of the common stock.  Prior to issuance of any shares of Preferred Shares, the Board of Directors is required by Maryland law and by the Fund’s Charter to set the terms, preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption for such shares.  Thus, the Board of Directors could authorize the issuance of Preferred Shares with terms and conditions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for holders of the Fund’s Common Shares or otherwise be in their best interest.  No Preferred Shares are currently outstanding.
 
Any issuance of Preferred Shares must comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act.  Specifically, the Fund is not permitted under the 1940 Act to issue Preferred Shares unless immediately after such issuance the total asset value of the Fund’s portfolio is at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding Preferred Shares.  Among other requirements, including other voting rights, the 1940 Act requires that the holders of any Preferred Shares, voting separately as a single class, have the right to elect at least two directors at all times.  In addition, subject to the prior rights, if any, of the holders of any other class of senior securities outstanding, the holders of any Preferred Shares would have the right to elect a majority of the Fund’s directors at any time two years’ dividends on any Preferred Shares are unpaid.
 
CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE FUND’S CHARTER AND BYLAWS AND OF MARYLAND LAW
 
The following summary of certain provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”) and of the Charter and Bylaws of the Fund does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to the Maryland General Corporation Law, and to the Fund’s Charter and the Fund’s Bylaws, copies of which are exhibits to the Registration Statement.
 
General
 
The MGCL and the Fund’s Charter and Bylaws contain provisions that could have the effect of limiting the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund, to cause it to engage in certain transactions or to modify its structure.
 
92

These provisions could have the effect of depriving Common Shareholders of an opportunity to sell their Common Shares by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control of the Fund in a tender offer or similar transaction.  On the other hand, these provisions may require persons seeking control of the Fund to negotiate with the Fund’s management regarding the price to be paid for the Common Shares required to obtain such control, promote continuity and stability and enhance the Fund’s ability to pursue long-term strategies that are consistent with its investment objective.
 
The Board of Directors has concluded that the potential benefits of these provisions outweigh their possible disadvantages.
 
Classified Board of Directors
 
The Board of Directors is divided into three classes of directors serving staggered three-year terms.  The initial terms of the first, second and third classes will expire at the first, second and third annual meetings of shareholders, respectively, and, in each case, until their successors are duly elected and qualify.  Upon expiration of their terms, directors of each class will be elected to serve for three-year terms and until their successors are duly elected and qualify and at each annual meeting one class of directors will be elected by the shareholders.  A classified Board of Directors promotes continuity and stability of management but makes it more difficult for shareholders to change a majority of the directors because it generally takes at least two annual elections of directors for this to occur.  The Fund believes that classification of the Board of Directors will help to assure the continuity and stability of the Fund’s strategies and policies as determined by the Board of Directors.
 
Election of Directors
 
The MGCL provides that, unless the charter or bylaws of a corporation provide otherwise, which the Fund’s Charter and the Fund’s Bylaws do not, a plurality of all the votes cast at a meeting at which a quorum is present is sufficient to elect a director. 
 
Number of Directors; Vacancies
 
The Fund’s Charter provides that the number of directors will be set only by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Bylaws.  The Bylaws provide that a majority of the Fund’s entire Board of Directors may at any time increase or decrease the number of directors, provided that there may be no fewer than three directors and no more than 12 directors.
 
The Fund’s Charter provides that the Fund elects, at such time as the Fund becomes eligible to make such an election ( i.e., when the Fund has at least three independent directors and the Common Shares are registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), to be subject to the provision of Subtitle 8 of Title 3 of the MGCL regarding the filling of vacancies on the Board of Directors.  Accordingly, at such time, except as may be provided by the Board of Directors in setting the terms of any class or series of Preferred Shares, any and all vacancies on the Board of Directors may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors in office, and any director elected to fill a vacancy will serve for the remainder of the full term of the directorship in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies, subject to any applicable requirements of the 1940 Act.
 
Removal of Directors
 
The Fund’s Charter provides that, subject to the rights of the holders of one or more class or series of Preferred Shares to elect or remove directors, a director may be removed from office only for cause (as defined in the Charter) and then only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors.
 
93

Absence of Cumulative Voting
 
There is no cumulative voting in the election of the Fund’s directors.  Cumulative voting means that holders of stock of a corporation are entitled, in the election of directors, to cast a number of votes equal to the number of shares that they own multiplied by the number of directors to be elected.  Because a shareholder entitled to cumulative voting may cast all of his or her votes for one nominee or disperse his or her votes among nominees as he or she chooses, cumulative voting is generally considered to increase the ability of minority shareholders to elect nominees to a corporation’s Board of Directors.  In general, the absence of cumulative voting means that the holders of a majority of the Fund’s shares can elect all of the directors then standing for election and the holders of the remaining shares will not be able to elect any directors.
 
Approval of Extraordinary Corporate Actions
 
The Fund’s Charter requires the favorable vote of two-thirds of the entire Board of Directors and the favorable vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the Common Shares and Preferred Shares (if any) entitled to be voted on the matter, voting together as a single class, to advise, approve, adopt or authorize the following:
 
a “Business Combination,” which includes the following:
 
a merger, consolidation or statutory share exchange of the Fund with or into another person;
 
an issuance or transfer by the Fund (in one or a series of transactions in any 12-month period) of any securities of the Fund to any person or entity for cash, securities or other property (or combination thereof) having an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more, excluding issuances or transfers of debt securities of the Fund, sales of securities of the Fund in connection with a public offering, issuances of securities of the Fund pursuant to a dividend reinvestment plan adopted by the Fund, issuances of securities of the Fund upon the exercise of any stock subscription rights distributed by the Fund and portfolio transactions effected by the Fund in the ordinary course of business; or
 
a sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition by the Fund (in one or a series of transactions in any 12-month period) to or with any person or entity of any assets of the Fund having an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more except for portfolio transactions (including pledges of portfolio securities in connection with borrowings) effected by the Fund in the ordinary course of its business;
 
the voluntary liquidation or dissolution of the Fund or charter amendment to terminate the Fund’s existence;
 
the conversion of the Fund from a closed-end company to an open-end company (except pursuant to the contingent conversion feature described above), and any amendments necessary to effect the conversion; or
 
unless the 1940 Act or federal law requires a lesser vote, any shareholder proposal as to specific investment decisions made or to be made with respect to the Fund’s assets as to which shareholder approval is required under federal or Maryland law.
 
However, the Common Shareholder vote described above will not be required with respect to the foregoing transactions (other than those as to which Common Shareholder approval is required under federal or Maryland law) if they are approved by a vote of two-thirds of the Continuing Directors (as defined below).  In that case, if Maryland law requires Common Shareholder approval, the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast thereon by Common Shareholders of the Fund will be required.  In addition, if the Fund has any Preferred Shares outstanding, the holders of a majority of the outstanding Preferred Shares voting separately as a class, would be required under the 1940 Act to adopt any plan of reorganization that would adversely affect the holders of the Preferred Shares, to convert the Fund to an open-end investment company or to deviate from any of the Fund’s fundamental investment policies.
 
94

“Continuing Director” means any member of the Board of Directors who is not an Interested Party (as defined below) or an affiliate of an Interested Party and has been a member of the Board of Directors for a period of at least 12 months, or has been a member of the Board of Directors since August 17, 2016, or is a successor of a Continuing Director who is unaffiliated with an Interested Party and is recommended to succeed a Continuing Director by a majority of the Continuing Directors then on the Board of Directors.
 
“Interested Party” means any person, other than an investment company advised by the Adviser or any of its affiliates, which enters, or proposes to enter, into a Business Combination with the Fund.
 
In addition, the Fund’s Charter requires the favorable vote of two-thirds of the entire Board of Directors to advise, approve, adopt or authorize any of the following:
 
the election and removal of officers;
 
the nomination of candidates to the Board of Directors (including the election of directors to fill vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from the increase in size of the Board of Directors or the death, resignation or removal of a director, in which case the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the remaining directors in office shall be required);
 
the creation of and delegation of authority and appointment of members to committees of the Board of Directors;
 
amendments to the Fund’s Bylaws (which may only be effected by the Board of Directors, not the Common Shareholders);
 
Charter amendments (except for the provisions relating to the contingent conversion feature described above) and any other action requiring Common Shareholder approval; and
 
entering into, terminating or amending an investment advisory agreement.
 
The Board of Directors has determined that the foregoing supermajority requirements applicable to certain votes of the directors and the Common Shareholders, which are greater than the minimum requirements permitted under Maryland law or the 1940 Act, are in the best interests of the Fund.  Reference should be made to the Charter on file with the SEC for the full text of these provisions. See also “Conversion to Open-End Fund.”
 
Action by Shareholders
 
Under the MGCL, Common Shareholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of Common Shareholders or, unless the charter provides for Common Shareholder action by less than unanimous written consent (which is not the case in the Fund’s Charter), by unanimous written consent in lieu of a meeting.  These provisions, combined with the requirements of the Fund’s Bylaws regarding the calling of a Common Shareholder-requested special meeting, as discussed below, may have the effect of delaying consideration of a Common Shareholder proposal until the next annual meeting.
 
95

Procedures for Shareholder Nominations and Proposals
 
The Fund’s Bylaws provide that any Common Shareholder desiring to make a nomination for the election of directors or a proposal for new business at a meeting of Common Shareholders must comply with the advance notice provisions of the Bylaws.  Nominations and proposals that fail to follow the prescribed procedures will not be considered.  The Board of Directors believes that it is in the Fund’s best interests to provide sufficient time to enable management to disclose to Common Shareholders information about a slate of nominations for directors or proposals for new business.  This advance notice requirement also may give management time to solicit its own proxies in an attempt to defeat any slate of nominations should management determine that doing so is in the best interest of Common Shareholders generally.  Similarly, adequate advance notice of Common Shareholder proposals will give management time to study such proposals and to determine whether to recommend to the Common Shareholders that such proposals be adopted.  For Common Shareholder proposals to be included in the Fund’s proxy materials, the Common Shareholder must comply with all timing and information requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).
 
Calling of Special Meetings of Shareholders
 
The Fund’s Bylaws provide that special meetings of Common Shareholders may be called by the Board of Directors or by certain of its officers. Additionally, the Fund’s Bylaws provide that, subject to the satisfaction of certain procedural and informational requirements by the Common Shareholders requesting the meeting, a special meeting of Common Shareholders will be called by the Fund’s Secretary upon the written request of Common Shareholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting.
 
No Appraisal Rights
 
As permitted by the MGCL, the Fund’s Charter provides that Common Shareholders will not be entitled to exercise appraisal rights, unless the Fund’s Board of Directors determines that such rights apply.
 
Limitations on Liabilities
 
The Fund’s Charter provides that the personal liability of the Fund’s directors and officers for monetary damages is eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by Maryland law.  Maryland law currently provides that directors and officers of corporations that have adopted such a provision will generally not be so liable, except to the extent that (i) it is proven that the person actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property, or services for the amount of the benefit or profit in money, property, or services actually received; and (ii) a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the person is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the person’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding.
 
The Fund’s Charter delegates the Fund, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, to indemnify and advance expenses to the Fund’s directors and officers.  The Fund’s Bylaws provide that the Fund will indemnify its officers and directors against liabilities to the fullest extent permitted by Maryland law and the 1940 Act, and that it shall advance expenses to such persons prior to a final disposition of an action.  The rights of indemnification provided in the Fund’s Charter and Bylaws are not exclusive of any other rights which may be available under any insurance or other agreement, by resolution of Common Shareholders or directors or otherwise.
 
96

Authorized Shares
 
The Fund’s Charter authorizes the issuance of 50,000,000   Common Shares, and authorizes a majority of the Fund’s Board of Directors, without Common Shareholder approval, to increase the number of authorized Common Shares and to classify and reclassify any unissued shares into one or more classes or series of stock and set the terms thereof.  The issuance of capital stock or any class or series thereof without Common Shareholder approval may be used by the Fund’s Board of Directors consistent with its duties to deter attempts to gain control of the Fund.  Further, the Board of Directors could authorize the issuance Preferred Shares with terms and conditions that could have the effect of discouraging a takeover or other transaction that some of the Fund’s shareholders might believe to be in their best interests.
 
Anti-Takeover Provisions of Maryland Law
 
Maryland Unsolicited Takeovers Act
 
Subtitle 8 of Title 3 of the Maryland General Corporation Law permits a Maryland corporation with a class of equity securities registered under the Exchange Act and at least three independent directors to elect to be subject, by provision in its charter or bylaws or a resolution of its board of directors and notwithstanding any contrary provision in the charter or bylaws, to any or all of five provisions:
 
a classified board;
 
a two-thirds vote requirement for removing a director;
 
a requirement that the number of directors be fixed only by vote of directors;
 
a requirement that a vacancy on the board be filled only by the remaining directors and for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred; and
 
a majority requirement for the calling of a special meeting of shareholders.
 
The Fund has elected to be subject to a requirement that a vacancy on the Board of Directors be filled only by the remaining directors and for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred and, otherwise, retains its right to opt into any of the other provisions.  The charter of a corporation may contain a provision or the board of directors may adopt a provision that prohibits the corporation from electing to be subject to any or all of the provisions of Subtitle 8.
 
Maryland Business Combination Act
 
The provisions of the Maryland Business Combination Act (the “MBCA”) do not apply to a closed-end investment company, such as the Fund, unless the Board of Directors has affirmatively elected to be subject to the MBCA by a resolution.  To date, the Fund has not made such an election but may make such an election under Maryland law at any time.  Any such election, however, could be subject to certain of the 1940 Act limitations discussed below under “Maryland Control Share Acquisition Act” and would not apply to any person who had become an interested shareholder (as defined below) before the time that the resolution was adopted.
 
Under the MBCA, “business combinations” between a Maryland corporation and an interested shareholder or an affiliate of an interested shareholder are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested shareholder becomes an interested shareholder.  These business combinations include a merger, consolidation, share exchange, or, in circumstances specified in the MBCA, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities.  An interested shareholder is defined as:
 
97

any person who beneficially owns ten percent or more of the voting power of the corporation’s shares; or
 
an affiliate or associate of the corporation who, at any time within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of ten percent or more of the voting power of the then outstanding voting stock of the corporation
 
A person is not an interested shareholder under the MBCA if the board of directors approved in advance the transaction by which he otherwise would have become an interested shareholder.  However, in approving a transaction, the board of directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by the board.
 
After the five-year prohibition, any business combination between the Maryland corporation and an interested shareholder generally must be recommended by the board of directors of the corporation and approved by the affirmative vote of at least:
 
80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation; and
 
two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation other than shares held by the interested shareholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested shareholder.
 
These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if the corporation’s common shareholders receive a minimum price, as defined in the MBCA, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested shareholder for its shares.
 
The MBCA permits various exemptions from its provisions, including business combinations that are exempted by the board of directors before the time that the interested shareholder becomes an interested shareholder.
 
Maryland Control Share Acquisition Act
 
The Fund, in its Charter, has exempted all of its shares from the application of the Maryland Control Share Acquisition Act (the “MCSAA”).  In order to avail itself of the provisions of this Act, the Charter would have to be amended (which would require the approval of the holders of at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast) and the Board of Directors would have to affirmatively elect to be subject to the MCSAA by a resolution.  Any such election, however, would be subject to the 1940 Act limitations discussed below and would not apply to any person who had become a holder of control shares (as defined below) before the time that the resolution was adopted.
 
The MCSAA provides that control shares of a Maryland corporation acquired in a control share acquisition have no voting rights except to the extent approved by a vote of two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.  Shares owned by the acquirer, by officers of the acquirer or by an employee of the acquirer who is also a director of the acquirer are excluded from shares entitled to vote on the matter.  Control shares are voting shares of stock which, if aggregated with all other shares of stock owned by the acquirer or in respect of which the acquirer is able to exercise or direct the exercise of voting power (except solely by virtue of a revocable proxy), would entitle the acquirer to exercise voting power in electing directors within one of the following ranges of voting power:
 
one-tenth or more but less than one-third,
 
one-third or more but less than a majority, or
 
98

a majority or more of all voting power.
 
Control shares do not include shares the acquiring person is then entitled to vote as a result of having previously obtained shareholder approval.  A control share acquisition means the acquisition of control shares, subject to certain exceptions.
 
A person who has made or proposes to make a control share acquisition may compel the board of directors of the corporation to call a special meeting of shareholders to be held within 50 days of demand to consider the voting rights of the shares.  The right to compel the calling of a special meeting is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including an undertaking to pay the expenses of the meeting.  If no request for a meeting is made, the corporation may itself present the question at any shareholders meeting.
 
If voting rights are not approved at the meeting or if the acquiring person does not deliver an acquiring person statement as required by the MCSAA, then the corporation may redeem for fair value any or all of the control shares, except those for which voting rights have previously been approved.  The right of the corporation to redeem control shares is subject to certain conditions and limitations.  Fair value is determined, without regard to the absence of voting rights for the control shares, as of the date of the last control share acquisition by the acquirer or of any meeting of shareholders at which the voting rights of the shares are considered and not approved.  If voting rights for control shares are approved at a shareholders meeting and the acquirer becomes entitled to vote a majority of the shares entitled to vote, all other shareholders may exercise appraisal rights.  The fair value of the shares as determined for purposes of appraisal rights may not be less than the highest price per share paid by the acquirer in the control share acquisition.
 
Inhibiting a closed-end investment company’s ability to utilize the MCSAA is Section 18(i) of the 1940 Act which provides that “every share of stock . . . issued by a registered management company . . . shall be a voting stock and have equal voting rights with every other outstanding voting stock,” thereby preventing the Fund from issuing a class of shares with voting rights that vary within that class.  There are currently different views, however, on whether or not the MCSAA conflicts with Section 18(i) of the 1940 Act.  One view is that implementation of the MCSAA would conflict with the 1940 Act because it would deprive certain shares of their voting rights.  Another view is that implementation of the MCSAA would not conflict with the 1940 Act because it would limit the voting rights of shareholders who choose to acquire shares of stock that put them within the specified percentages of ownership rather than limiting the voting rights of the shares themselves.  In a November 15, 2010 letter, the staff of the SEC’s Division of Investment Management expressed the view that, based on the wording of, and purposes underlying, the 1940 Act generally, and Section 18(i) specifically, a closed-end fund, by opting in to the MCSAA, would be acting in a manner inconsistent with Section 18(i) of the 1940 Act.  In light of the foregoing, the Fund has exempted its Shares from the MCSAA, thereby disabling the Fund from electing to be subject to the MCSAA.  In the absence of a judgment of a federal court of competent jurisdiction or the issuance of a rule or regulation of the SEC or a published interpretation by the SEC or its staff that the provisions of the MCSAA are not inconsistent with the provisions of the 1940 Act, or a change to the provisions of the 1940 Act having the same effect, the Fund does not intend to amend its Charter to remove the exemption or to make any such election.
 
Additionally, if the Fund were to amend its Charter and subsequently elect to be subject to the MCSAA, it would not apply (a) to shares acquired in a merger, consolidation or share exchange if the Fund is a party to the transaction or (b) to acquisitions approved or exempted by the Fund’s Charter or the Fund’s Bylaws.
 
Contingent Conversion Feature
 
The Charter provides that, during calendar year 2021, the Fund will call a shareholder meeting for the purpose of voting to determine whether the Fund should convert to an open-end management investment company.  Such provision in the Charter may be amended only by a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities.  If approved by shareholders on the Conversion Vote Date, the Fund will seek to convert to an open-end management investment company within 12 months of   such approval.  See “Contingent Conversion Feature.”
 
99

REPURCHASE OF SHARES
 
Shares of closed‑end funds often trade at a discount to net asset value, and the Fund’s shares may also trade at a discount to their net asset value, although it is possible that they may trade at a premium above net asset value.  The market price of the Common Shares will be determined by such factors as relative demand for and supply of shares in the market, the Fund’s net asset value, general market and economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the Fund.
 
Although Common Shareholders will not have the right to redeem their shares, the Fund may (but is not obligated to) take action to repurchase shares in the open market or make tender offers for its shares at net asset value.  During the pendency of any tender offer, the Fund will publish how Common Shareholders may readily ascertain the net asset value. Repurchase of the Common Shares may have the effect of reducing any market discount to net asset value.
 
There is no assurance that, if action is undertaken to repurchase or tender for shares, such action will result in the shares trading at a price which approximates their net asset value.  Although share repurchases and tenders could have a favorable effect on the market price of the shares, you should be aware that the acquisition of shares by the Fund will decrease the total assets of the Fund and, therefore, have the effect of increasing the Fund’s expense ratio and may adversely affect the ability of the Fund to pursue its investment objective.  To the extent the Fund may need to liquidate investments to fund repurchases of shares, this may result in portfolio turnover which will result in additional expenses being borne by the Fund and its shareholders.  The Board of Directors currently considers the following factors to be relevant to a potential decision to repurchase shares: the extent and duration of the discount, the liquidity of the Fund’s portfolio, and the impact of any action on the Fund and market considerations.  Any share repurchases or tender offers will be made in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the 1940 Act.
 
CONVERSION TO OPEN‑END FUND
 
Pursuant to the Fund’s Charter, the Fund will call a shareholder meeting during calendar year 2021 for the purpose of voting to determine whether the Fund should convert to an open-end management investment company, even if the Board of Directors fails to recommend the proposal or declare the proposal advisable or recommends that the stockholders reject it.  If the conversion is approved by shareholders, the Fund will seek to convert to an open-end investment company within 12 months of such approval.  See “Contingent Conversion Feature.”
 
The Fund may be converted to an open‑end investment company at any time if approved by the Board of Directors and the shareholders.  See “Certain Provisions of the Fund’s Charter and Bylaws and of Maryland Law” for a discussion of the voting requirements applicable to conversion of the Fund to an open‑end investment company and any related Charter amendments.  If the Fund converted to an open‑end investment company, it would be required to redeem all Preferred Shares then outstanding (possibly requiring in turn that it liquidate a portion of its investment portfolio).  Conversion to open‑end status could also require the Fund to modify certain investment restrictions and policies.  Shareholders of an open‑end investment company may require the company to redeem their shares at any time (except in certain circumstances as authorized by or permitted under the 1940 Act) at their net asset value, less such redemption charge, if any, as might be in effect at the time of redemption.  In order to avoid maintaining large cash positions or liquidating favorable investments to meet redemptions, open‑end investment companies typically engage in a continuous offering of their shares.  Open‑end investment companies are thus subject to periodic asset in‑flows and out‑flows that can complicate portfolio management.  The Board of Directors may at any time (but is not required to) propose conversion of the Fund to open‑end status, depending upon its judgment regarding the advisability of such action in light of circumstances then prevailing.
 
100

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX MATTERS
 
The following is a summary discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a shareholder that acquires, holds and/or disposes of common shares of the Fund.  This discussion only addresses U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. shareholders who hold their shares as capital assets and does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to particular shareholders in light of their individual circumstances.  This discussion also does not address the tax consequences to shareholders who are subject to special rules, including, without limitation, banks and other financial institutions, insurance companies, dealers in securities or foreign currencies, traders in securities that have elected to mark‑to‑market their securities holdings, foreign holders, persons who hold their shares as or in a hedge against currency risk, or as part of a constructive sale, straddle or conversion transaction, or tax‑exempt or tax‑deferred plans, accounts, or entities.  In addition, the discussion does not address any state, local, or foreign tax consequences.  The discussion reflects applicable income tax laws of the United States as of the date hereof, which tax laws may be changed or subject to new interpretations by the courts or the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) retroactively or prospectively, which could affect the continued validity of this summary.  No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all U.S. federal income tax concerns affecting the Fund and its shareholders, and the discussion set forth herein does not constitute tax advice.  Investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors before making an investment in the Fund to determine the specific tax consequences to them of investing in the Fund, including the applicable federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences as well as the effect of possible changes in tax laws.
 
The Fund intends to elect to be treated, and to qualify each year, as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of the Code, so that it will generally not pay U.S. federal income tax on income and capital gains timely distributed (or treated as being distributed, as described below) to shareholders.  If the Fund qualifies as a regulated investment company and distributes to its shareholders at least 90% of the sum of (i) its “investment company taxable income” as that term is defined in the Code (which includes, among other things, dividends, taxable interest, the excess of any net short‑term capital gains over net long‑term capital losses and certain net foreign exchange gains as reduced by certain deductible expenses) without regard to the deduction for dividends paid, and (ii) the excess of its gross tax‑exempt interest, if any, over certain disallowed deductions, the Fund will be relieved of U.S. federal income tax on any income of the Fund, including long‑term capital gains, distributed to shareholders.  However, if the Fund retains any investment company taxable income or “net capital gain” ( i.e. , the excess of net long‑term capital gain over net short‑term capital loss), it will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at regular corporate federal income tax rates (currently at a maximum rate of 35%) on the amount retained.  The Fund intends to distribute at least annually all or substantially all of its investment company taxable income (determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid), net tax‑exempt interest, if any, and net capital gain.  Under the Code, the Fund will generally be subject to a nondeductible 4% federal excise tax on the portion of its undistributed ordinary income and capital gains if it fails to meet certain distribution requirements with respect to each calendar year.  In order to avoid the 4% federal excise tax, the required minimum distribution is generally equal to the sum of 98% of the Fund’s ordinary income (computed on a calendar year basis, and taking into account certain deferrals and elections), plus 98.2% of the Fund’s capital gain net income (generally computed for the one‑year period ending on October 31) plus undistributed amounts from prior years on which the Fund paid no federal income tax.  The Fund generally intends to make distributions in a timely manner in an amount at least equal to the required minimum distribution and therefore, under normal circumstances, does not expect to be subject to this excise tax.  However, the Fund may also decide to distribute less and pay the federal excise taxes.
 
101

If, for any taxable year, the Fund did not qualify as a regulated investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes, it would be treated as a U.S. corporation subject to U.S. federal income tax, and possibly state and local income tax, and distributions to its shareholders would not be deductible by the Fund in computing its taxable income.  In such event, the Fund’s distributions, to the extent derived from the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits, would generally constitute ordinary dividends, which would generally be eligible for the dividends received deduction available to corporate shareholders, and non‑corporate shareholders would generally be able to treat such distributions as “qualified dividend income” eligible for reduced rates of U.S. federal income taxation, provided in each case that certain holding period and other requirements are satisfied.
 
A Common Shareholder will have all dividends and distributions automatically reinvested in shares of common stock of the Fund (unless the shareholder “opts out” of the Plan).  For shareholders subject to U.S. federal income tax, all dividends will generally be taxable regardless of whether the shareholder takes them in cash or they are reinvested in additional shares of the Fund.  Distributions of the Fund’s investment company taxable income (determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) will generally be taxable as ordinary income to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits.  However, a portion of such distributions derived from certain corporate dividends, if any, may qualify for either the dividends received deduction available to corporate shareholders under Section 243 of the Code or the reduced rates of U.S. federal income taxation for “qualified dividend income” available to non‑corporate shareholders under Section 1(h)(11) of the Code, provided in each case certain holding period and other requirements are met.  Distributions of net capital gain, if any, that are properly reported by the Fund are generally taxable as long‑term capital gain for U.S. federal income tax purposes without regard to the length of time a shareholder has held shares of the Fund.  If the Fund received dividends from an Underlying Fund that qualifies as a regulated investment company, and the Underlying Fund designates such dividends as qualified dividend income or as eligible for the dividends received deduction, then the Fund is permitted in turn to designate a portion of its distributions as qualified dividend income and/or as eligible for the dividends received deduction, provided the Fund meets holding period and other requirements with respect to shares of the Underlying Fund.
 
A distribution of an amount in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, if any, will be treated by a shareholder as a tax‑free return of capital, which is applied against and reduces the shareholder’s basis in his, her or its shares.  To the extent that the amount of any such distribution exceeds the shareholder’s basis in his, her, or its shares, the excess will be treated by the shareholder as gain from the sale or exchange of such shares.  The U.S. federal income tax status of all dividends and distributions will be designated by the Fund and reported to shareholders annually.  The Fund can provide no assurance regarding the portion of its dividends that will qualify for the dividends received deduction or for qualified dividend income treatment.
 
The Fund intends to distribute all realized net capital gains, if any, at least annually.  If, however, the Fund were to retain any net capital gain, the Fund may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gains in a notice to shareholders who, if subject to U.S. federal income tax on long‑term capital gains, (i) will be required to include in income as long‑term capital gain, their proportionate share of such undistributed amount, and (ii) will be entitled to credit their proportionate share of the federal income tax paid by the Fund on the undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent the credit exceeds such liabilities.  If such an event occurs, the tax basis of shares owned by a shareholder of the Fund will, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, generally be increased by the difference between the amount of undistributed net capital gain included in the shareholder’s gross income and the tax deemed paid by the shareholder.
 
Any dividend declared by the Fund in October, November or December with a record date in such a month and paid during the following January will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as paid by the Fund and received by shareholders on December 31 of the calendar year in which it is declared.
 
102

If a shareholder’s distributions are automatically reinvested in additional Common Shares, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the shareholder will be treated as having received a taxable distribution in the amount of the cash dividend that the shareholder would have received if the shareholder had elected to receive cash, unless the distribution is in newly issued shares of the Fund that are trading at or above net asset value, in which case the shareholder will be treated as receiving a taxable distribution equal to the fair market value of the stock the shareholder receives.
 
Certain of the investment practices of the Fund or an Underlying Fund are subject to special and complex federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (ii) convert tax‑advantaged, long‑term capital gains and qualified dividend income into higher taxed short‑term capital gain or ordinary income, (iii) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (iv) cause the Fund or an Underlying Fund to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (v) adversely affect the timing as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (vi) produce income that will not be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% income test and (vii) adversely alter the intended characterization of certain complex financial transactions.  These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders.  The Fund will monitor its investments and transactions and may make certain federal income tax elections where applicable in order to mitigate the effect of these provisions, if possible.
 
The Fund will not be able to offset gains distributed by one Underlying Fund in which it invests against losses realized by another Underlying Fund in which the Fund invests.  Redemptions of shares in an Underlying Fund, including those resulting from changes in the allocation among Underlying Funds, could also cause additional distributable gains to shareholders of the Fund.  A portion of any such gains may be short‑term capital gains that would be distributable as ordinary income to shareholders of the Fund.  Further, a portion of losses on redemptions of shares in the Underlying Funds may be deferred under the wash sale rules.  Additionally, the Fund’s investment in an Underlying Fund may result in the Fund’s receipt of cash in excess of the Underlying Fund’s earnings; if the Fund distributes these amounts, the distributions could constitute a return of capital to Fund shareholders for federal income tax purposes.  As a result of these factors, the use of the fund of funds structure by the Fund could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders.
 
Investments in distressed debt obligations that are at risk of or in default may present special federal income tax issues for the Fund.  The federal income tax consequences to a holder of such securities are not entirely certain.  If the Fund’s characterization of such investments were successfully challenged by the IRS or the IRS issues guidance regarding investments in such securities, it may affect whether the Fund has made sufficient distributions or otherwise satisfied the requirements to maintain its qualification as a regulated investment company and avoid federal income and excise taxes.
 
The Fund or an Underlying Fund may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign countries, including taxes on interest, dividends and capital gains with respect to its investments in those countries, which would, if imposed, reduce the yield on or return from those investments.  Tax treaties between certain countries and the U.S. may reduce or eliminate such taxes in some cases.  If more than 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of stock or securities of foreign corporations, or if at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets at the close of each quarter of its taxable year is represented by interests in other regulated investment companies, the Fund may elect to “pass through” to its shareholders the amount of foreign taxes paid or deemed paid by the Fund.  If the Fund so elects, each of its shareholders would be required to include in gross income, even though not actually received, its pro rata share of the foreign taxes paid or deemed paid by the Fund, but would be treated as having paid its pro rata share of such foreign taxes and would therefore be allowed to either deduct such amount in computing taxable income or use such amount (subject to various limitations) as a foreign tax credit against federal income tax (but not both).
 
103

Sales, exchanges and other dispositions of the Fund’s shares generally are taxable events for shareholders that are subject to U.S. federal income tax.  Shareholders should consult their own tax advisors with reference to their individual circumstances to determine whether any particular transaction in the Fund’s shares is properly treated as a sale or exchange for federal income tax purposes, as the following discussion assumes, and the tax treatment of any gains or losses recognized in such transactions.  Gain or loss will generally be equal to the difference between the amount of cash and the fair market value of other property received and the shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in the shares sold or exchanged.  Such gain or loss will generally be characterized as capital gain or loss and will be long‑term if the shareholder’s holding period for the shares is more than one year and short‑term if it is one year or less.  However, any loss realized by a shareholder upon the sale or other disposition of shares with a tax holding period of six months or less will be treated as a long‑term capital loss to the extent of any amounts treated as distributions of long‑term capital gain with respect to such shares.  For the purposes of calculating the six‑month period, the holding period is suspended for any periods during which the shareholder’s risk of loss is diminished as a result of holding one or more other positions in substantially similar or related property or through certain options, short sales or contractual obligations to sell.  The ability to deduct capital losses may be limited.  In addition, losses on sales or other dispositions of shares may be disallowed under the “wash sale” rules in the event that substantially identical stock or securities are acquired (including those made pursuant to reinvestment of dividends) within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after a sale or other disposition of shares.  In such a case, the disallowed portion of any loss generally would be included in the U.S. federal income tax basis of the shares acquired.
 
An additional 3.8% Medicare tax is imposed on certain net investment income (including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from the Fund and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of Fund shares) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s “modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceeds certain threshold amounts.  Because the Fund does not expect to distribute dividends that would give rise to an adjustment to an individual’s alternative minimum taxable income, an investment in the Common Shares should not, by itself, cause the holders of Common Shares to become subject to alternative minimum tax.
 
The Fund is required in certain circumstances to backup withhold at a current rate of 28% on reportable payments including dividends, capital gain distributions, and proceeds of sales or other dispositions of the Fund’s shares paid to certain holders of the Fund’s shares who do not furnish the Fund with their correct social security number or other taxpayer identification number and certain certifications, or who are otherwise subject to backup withholding.  Backup withholding is not an additional tax.  Any amounts withheld from payments made to a shareholder may be refunded or credited against such shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
 
This Prospectus does not address the U.S. federal income tax consequences to a non‑U.S. shareholder of an investment in common stock.  Non‑U.S. shareholders should consult their tax advisors concerning the tax consequences of ownership of shares of the Fund, including the possibility that distributions may be subject to a 30% U.S. withholding tax (or a reduced rate of withholding provided by an applicable treaty if the investor provides proper certification of its non‑U.S. status).
 
The foregoing is a general and abbreviated summary of the provisions of the Code and the Treasury regulations thereunder currently in effect as they directly govern the taxation of the Fund and its shareholders.  These provisions are subject to change by legislative or administrative action, and any such change may be retroactive.  A more complete discussion of the federal income tax rules applicable to the Fund can be found in the SAI, which is incorporated by reference into this Prospectus.  Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding specific questions as to U.S. federal, foreign, state, and local income or other taxes before making an investment in the Fund.
 
104

UNDERWRITERS
 
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and UBS Securities LLC are acting as the representatives of the underwriters named below.  Subject to the terms and conditions stated in the underwriting agreement dated the date of this Prospectus, each underwriter named below has agreed to purchase, and the Fund has agreed to sell to that underwriter, the number of Common Shares set forth opposite the underwriter’s name.
 
Name
Number of
Common Shares
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
 
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated  
UBS Securities LLC
 
Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.
 
RBC Capital Markets, LLC
 
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated
 
D.A. Davidson & Co.
 
Henley & Company LLC
 
Hilltop Securities Inc.
 
J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, LLC
 
Janney Montgomergy Scott LLC
 
Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.
 
Maxim Group LLC
 
National Securities Corporation
 
Newbridge Securities Corporation
 
Pershing LLC  
Wedbush Securities Inc.
 
Wunderlich Securities, Inc.
 
Total:
 
 
The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to purchase the Common Shares included in this offering are subject to approval of legal matters by counsel and to other conditions.  The underwriters are obligated to purchase all the Common Shares (other than those covered by the over‑allotment option described below) shown above if any of the Common Shares are purchased.
 
The underwriters propose to offer some of the Common Shares directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus and some of the Common Shares to dealers at the public offering price less a concession not to exceed $    per share. The sales load the investors in the Fund will pay of $0.40 per share is equal to 2.0% of the initial offering price. If all of the Common Shares are not sold at the initial offering price, the representative may change the public offering price and other selling terms.  Investors must pay for any Common Shares purchased on or before              , 2016.  The representative has advised the Fund that the underwriters do not intend to confirm any sales to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.
 
Additional Underwriter Compensation
 
The Adviser (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay from its own assets (1) additional compensation of $0.15   per share to the underwriters in connection with this offering, and separately (2) to Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, UBS Securities LLC, Oppenheimer & Co. Inc., RBC Capital Markets, LLC, and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated a structuring fee for advice relating to the structure, design and organization of the Fund as well as services related to the sale and distribution of the Fund’s Common Shares in the amount of $     , $      , $      , $      , $       and $      .  If the over‑allotment option is not exercised, the structuring fee paid to Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, UBS Securities LLC, Oppenheimer & Co. Inc., RBC Capital Markets, LLC and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will not exceed      %,        %,        %,        %,        % and        % of the total public offering price.  The Adviser (and not the Fund) may pay certain other qualifying underwriters a structuring fee, sales incentive fee or additional compensation in connection with the offering.
 
The Adviser and TSC Distributors, LLC (“TSC”) have entered into a distribution agreement under which TSC provides certain distribution and marketing services in connection with the offering of the Fund’s Common Shares contemplated by this Prospectus.  Under such distribution agreement, the Adviser (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay TSC an amount equal to 0.10% of the total price to the public of the Common Shares sold in such offering (including Common Shares offered pursuant to the underwriters’ overallotment option). TSC is a registered broker‑dealer and a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. and may be deemed an “underwriter” for purposes of this offering under the Securities Act, although TSC will not purchase or resell any of the Common Shares in connection with the offering.
 
All additional compensation payments to the underwriters by the Adviser will be a one‑time fee.
 
105

In addition, the Fund has agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses in connection with this offering in the aggregate amount not exceeding $25,000, which is deemed underwriting compensation by FINRA.  The sum total of all compensation to the underwriters in connection with this public offering of Common Shares, including sales load and all forms of additional compensation or structuring or sales incentive fee payments, if any, to the underwriters and other expenses (including reimbursed expenses), will be limited to not more than        % of the total public offering price of the Common Shares sold in this offering.
 
The Fund has granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 45 days from the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to         additional Common Shares at the public offering price less the sales load.  The underwriters may exercise the option solely for the purpose of covering over‑allotments, if any, in connection with this offering.  To the extent such option is exercised, each underwriter must purchase a number of additional Common Shares approximately proportionate to that underwriter’s initial purchase commitment.
 
The Fund, the Adviser and the Subadviser have agreed, for a period of 180 days from the date of this Prospectus, that they will not, without the prior written consent of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and UBS Securities LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, with certain exceptions, dispose of or hedge any Common Shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Shares, provided that the Fund may issue and sell Common Shares pursuant to the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan.
 
To meet the NYSE distribution requirements for trading, the underwriters have undertaken to sell Common Shares in a manner such that shares are held by a minimum of 400 beneficial owners in lots of 100 or more, the minimum stock price will be at least $4.00 at the time of listing on the NYSE, at least 1,100,000 Common Shares will be publicly held in the United States and the aggregate market value of publicly held shares in the United States will be at least $60 million.  The Fund intends that its Common Shares will be approved for listing on the NYSE, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “OPP.”
 
The following table shows the sales load that investors in the Fund will pay to the underwriters in connection with this offering.  These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional Common Shares.
 
 
No Exercise
Full Exercise
Per Share
$
$
Total
$
$
 
The Fund, the Adviser and the Subadviser have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the 1933 Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make because of any of those liabilities.
 
Certain underwriters may make a market in Common Shares after trading in Common Shares has commenced on the NYSE.  No underwriter is, however, obligated to conduct market‑making activities and any such activities may be discontinued at any time without notice, at the sole discretion of the underwriters.  No assurance can be given as to the liquidity of, or the trading market for, the Common Shares as a result of any market‑making activities undertaken by any underwriter.  This prospectus is to be used by any underwriter in connection with the offering and, during the period in which a prospectus must be delivered, with offers and sales of the Common Shares in market‑making transactions in the over‑the‑counter market at negotiated prices related to prevailing market prices at the time of the sale.
 
In connection with the offering, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, on behalf of itself and the other underwriters, may purchase and sell the Common Shares in the open market.  These transactions may include short sales, syndicate covering transactions and stabilizing transactions.  Short sales involve syndicate sales of Common Shares in excess of the number of Common Shares to be purchased by the underwriters in the offering, which creates a syndicate short position.  “Covered” short sales are sales of Common Shares made in an amount up to the number of Common Shares represented by the underwriters’ over‑allotment option.  In determining the source of Common Shares to close out the covered syndicate short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of Common Shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase Common Shares through the over‑allotment option.
 
106

Transactions to close out the covered syndicate short position involve either purchases of Common Shares in the open market after the distribution has been completed or the exercise of the over‑allotment option.  The underwriters may also make “naked” short sales of Common Shares in excess of the over‑allotment option.  The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing Common Shares in the open market.  A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of Common Shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.  Stabilizing transactions consist of bids for or purchases of Common Shares in the open market while the offering is in progress.
 
The underwriters may impose a penalty bid.  Penalty bids allow the underwriting syndicate to reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing Common Shares in this offering if the syndicate repurchases Common Shares to cover syndicate short positions or to stabilize the purchase price of the Common Shares.
 
Any of these activities may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of Common Shares.  They may also cause the price of Common Shares to be higher than the price that would otherwise exist in the open market in the absence of these transactions.  The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the NYSE or in the over‑the‑counter market, or otherwise.  If the underwriters commence any of these transactions, they may discontinue them at any time.
 
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters.  Other than this Prospectus in electronic format, the information on any such underwriter’s website is not part of this Prospectus.  The representative may agree to allocate a number of Common Shares to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders.  The representative will allocate Common Shares to underwriters that may make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.  In addition, Common Shares may be sold by the underwriters to securities dealers who resell Common Shares to online brokerage account holders.
 
The Fund anticipates that, from time to time, certain underwriters may act as brokers or dealers in connection with the execution of the Fund’s portfolio transactions after they have ceased to be underwriters and, subject to certain restrictions, may act as brokers while they are underwriters.
 
Certain underwriters may, from time to time, engage in transactions with or perform investment banking and advisory services for the Adviser and the Subadviser and its affiliates in the ordinary course of business, for which such underwriters have received, and may expect to receive, customary fees and expenses.
 
Prior to the public offering of Common Shares, the Adviser purchased Common Shares from the Fund in an amount satisfying the net worth requirements of Section 14(a) of the 1940 Act.
 
The principal business address of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC is 550 South Tryon Street, Charlotte, North Carolina 28202. The principal business address of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated is One Bryant Park, New York, New York 10036. The principal business address of UBS Securities LLC is 1285 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10019.
107

ADMINISTRATOR, FUND ACCOUNTANT, TRANSFER AGENT, DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT AND CUSTODIAN
 
The Fund’s administrator, fund accountant, transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent is U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (“USBFS”). USBFS is a service company and SEC registered transfer agent. Under the Master Services Agreement, USBFS is responsible for calculating net asset values, providing additional fund accounting and tax services, and, together with Centric Fund Services, LLC (“CFS”), providing fund administration and compliance related services. The address of USBFS is 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202. The address of CFS is 26 Butler Place, #46, Brooklyn, New York 11328. Under the Master Services Agreement, the Fund will pay a monthly fee at the annual rate of 0.20% of the Fund’s average Managed Assets, with a minimum annual fee requirement of $200,000.
 
US Bank, NA, located at 1555 North Rivercenter Drive, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53212, will serve as the Fund’s custodian and will maintain custody of the securities and cash of the Fund.  For its services, the custodian will receive a monthly fee based upon, among other things, the average daily market value of the total assets of the Fund, plus certain charges for securities transactions.
 
LEGAL MATTERS
 
Certain legal matters in connection with the Common Shares will be passed upon for the Fund by Chapman and Cutler LLP, and for the Underwriters by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP.  Chapman and Cutler LLP and Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP may rely as to certain matters of Maryland law on the opinion of Shapiro Sher Guinot & Sandler, P.A.
 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
The Fund will be subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the 1940 Act and in accordance therewith files reports and other information with the SEC.  Reports, proxy statements and other information filed by the Fund with the SEC pursuant to the informational requirements of such Acts can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C.  20549.  The SEC maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov containing reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants, including the Fund (when available), that file electronically with the SEC.
 
This Prospectus constitutes part of a Registration Statement filed by the Fund with the SEC under the Securities Act and the 1940 Act.  This Prospectus omits certain of the information contained in the Registration Statement, and reference is hereby made to the Registration Statement and related exhibits for further information with respect to the Fund and the Common Shares offered hereby.  Any statements contained herein concerning the provisions of any document are not necessarily complete, and, in each instance, reference is made to the copy of such document field as an exhibit to the Registration Statement or otherwise filed with the SEC.  Each such statement is qualified in its entirety by such reference.  The complete Registration Statement may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the fee prescribed by its rules and regulations or free of charge through the SEC’s website (http://www.sec.gov).
 
THE FUND’S PRIVACY POLICY
 
The Fund is committed to ensuring your financial privacy.  This notice is being sent to comply with privacy regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.  The Fund has in effect the following policy with respect to nonpublic personal information about its customers:

Only such information received from you, through application forms or otherwise, and information about your Fund transactions will be collected.
 
108

None of such information about you (or former customers) will be disclosed to anyone, except as permitted by law (which includes disclosure to employees necessary to service your account).
Policies and procedures (including physical, electronic and procedural safeguards) are in place that are designed to protect the confidentiality of such information.
The Fund does not currently obtain consumer information.  If the Fund were to obtain consumer information at any time in the future, it would employ appropriate procedural safeguards that comply with federal standards to protect against unauthorized access to and properly dispose of consumer information.
 
For more information about the Fund’s privacy policies call (855) 830‑1222 (toll‑free).
 
109

TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
Page
 
Investment Restrictions
 1
Investment Policies and Techniques
 2
Management Of The Fund
 25
Investment Adviser
 25
Investment Subadviser
 25
Investment Advisory Agreement and Subadvisory Agreement
 25
Portfolio Managers
 26
Compensation Of Portfolio Managers
 26
Portfolio Manager Ownership Of Fund Shares
 27
Conflicts Of Interest
 27
Other Accounts Managed
 28
Administrator
 29
Codes Of Ethics
 29
Fund Service Providers
 29
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 29
Legal Counsel
 30
Custodian and Transfer Agent
 30
Portfolio Transactions
 30
U.S. Federal Income Tax Matters
 31
Fund Taxation
 31
Shareholder Taxation
 33
Other Taxes
 36
Board Members and Officers
 36
Director Ownership In the Fund
 41
Securities Beneficially Owned 41
Proxy Voting Guidelines
 41
Additional Information
 42
Financial Statements and Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 43
Appendix A - Proxy Voting Guidelines of the Adviser
 A-1
Appendix B - Proxy Voting Guidelines of the Subadviser
B-1
 
110

                        Shares
 
RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc.
 
Common Stock
$20.00 per Share
 
__________
 
PROSPECTUS

 

 
                  , 2016
__________

 
 
Wells Fargo Securities
BofA Merrill Lynch
UBS Investment Bank
Oppenheimer & Co.
RBC Capital Markets
Stifel
D.A. Davidson & Co.
Henley & Company LLC
HilltopSecurities
J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, LLC
Janney Montgomergy Scott
Ladenburg Thalmann
Maxim Group LLC
National Securities Corporation
Newbridge Securities Corporation
Pershing LLC
Wedbush Securities Inc.
Wunderlich
 
 
Until                  (25 days after the date of this Prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade the shares of common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus.  This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.     


The information in this Statement of Additional Information is not complete and may be changed.  We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective.  This Statement of Additional Information is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or other jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
Subject to Completion, dated September 27, 2016
 
RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc.
 
Statement of Additional Information
 
RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc.   (the “Fund”) is a Maryland corporation that is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), as a diversified, closed-end management investment company.  The investment objective of the Fund is current income and overall total return.  RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC, the investment adviser of the Fund (“RiverNorth” or the “Adviser”), and DoubleLine Capital LP, the subadviser of the Fund (“DoubleLine” or the “Subadviser”), will attempt to achieve the Fund’s investment objective by allocating the Fund’s assets among two principal investment strategies:  Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy and Opportunistic Income Strategy.  See “Investment Objective, Strategies and Policies—Principal Investment Strategies” in the Fund’s Prospectus (as defined below).  There is no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective.
 
This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) relating to the shares of common stock of the Fund (the “Common Shares”) is not a prospectus, but should be read in conjunction with the prospectus for the Fund dated                           , 2016 (the “Prospectus”).  This SAI does not include all information that a prospective investor should consider before purchasing Common Shares.  Investors should obtain and read the Prospectus prior to purchasing such Common Shares.  A copy of the Prospectus may be obtained without charge by calling the Fund at (855) 862-6092.
 
The Prospectus and this SAI omit certain of the information contained in the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), Washington, D.C.  The registration statement may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the fee prescribed, or inspected at the SEC’s office or via its website (www.sec.gov) at no charge.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.
 
This Statement of Additional Information is dated                        , 2016.
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Page
 
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
1
INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES
2
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
25
Investment Adviser
25
Investment Subadviser
25
Investment Advisory Agreement and Subadvisory Agreement
25
Portfolio Managers
26
Compensation of Portfolio Managers
26
Portfolio Manager Ownership of Fund Shares
27
Conflicts of Interest
27
Other Accounts Managed
28
Administrator
29
Codes of Ethics
29
FUND SERVICE PROVIDERS
29
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
29
Legal Counsel
30
Custodian and Transfer Agent
30
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS
30
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX MATTERS
31
Fund Taxation
31
Shareholder Taxation
33
Other Taxes
36
BOARD MEMBERS AND OFFICERS
36
Director Ownership in the Fund
41
Securities Beneficially Owned
41
PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES
41
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
42
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
43
APPENDIX A - PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES OF THE ADVISER
A-1
APPENDIX B - PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES OF THE SUBADVISER
B-1
 
-i-

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
 
Except as otherwise indicated, the Fund’s investment policies are not fundamental and may be changed without a vote of shareholders.  There can be no assurance the Fund’s investment objective will be met.
 
Any investment restrictions herein that involve a maximum percentage of securities or assets shall not be considered to be violated unless an excess over the percentage occurs immediately after and is caused by an acquisition or encumbrance of securities or assets of, or borrowings by, the Fund.
 
As a matter of fundamental policy, the Fund will not:
 
(1)              with respect to 75% of its total assets, purchase any securities if, as a result, more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets would then be invested in securities of any single issuer or if, as a result, the Fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any single issuer; provided, that Government securities (as defined in the 1940 Act), securities issued by other investment companies and cash items (including receivables) shall not be counted for purposes of this limitation;
 
(2)              borrow money, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, and as interpreted or modified by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time;
 
(3)              issue senior securities, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, and as interpreted or modified by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time;
 
(4)              purchase any security if, as a result, 25% or more of the Fund’s total assets (taken at current value) would be invested in a single industry or group of industries, except that the Fund’s investments in Underlying Funds shall not be deemed to be investments in a single industry or group of industries, and except that the Fund, under normal circumstances, will invest at least 25% of its total assets in mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities (including such securities issued or guaranteed as to principal or interest by the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities) and other investments that the Adviser or the Subadviser considers to have the same primary economic characteristics, and such securities will be considered, solely for the purpose of this restriction, to be issued by issuers in a single industry;
 
(5)              engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by others, except to the extent that the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities;
 
(6)              purchase or sell real estate. The Fund may, for clarity, (i) purchase interests in issuers which deal or invest in real estate, including limited partnership interests of limited partnerships that invest or deal in real estate, (ii) purchase securities which are secured by real estate or interests in real estate, including real estate mortgage loans, (iii) invest in loans collateralized by real estate and (iv) hold and dispose of real estate or interests in real estate acquired through the exercise of its rights as a holder of investments which are secured by real estate or interests therein. (For purposes of this restriction, investments by the Fund in mortgage-backed securities and other securities representing interests in mortgage pools shall not constitute the purchase or sale of real estate.);
 
(7)              purchase or sell commodities, unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments; provided that this restriction shall not prohibit the Fund from purchasing or selling options, future contracts and related options thereon, forward contracts, swaps, caps, floors, collars and any other financial instruments or from investing in securities or other instruments backed by physical commodities or as otherwise permitted by the 1940 Act and as interpreted or modified by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time, or an exemption or other relief applicable to the Fund from the provisions of the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time; or
 
(8)              make loans, except by purchase of debt obligations or other financial instruments in which a Fund may invest consistent with its investment policies, by entering into repurchase agreements, or through the lending of its portfolio securities.  A Fund may purchase loan participations or otherwise invest in loans or similar obligations, and may make loans directly to issuers, itself or as part of a lending syndicate.
 
A fundamental policy may not be changed without the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund which, under the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder and as used in this SAI, means the lesser of (1) 67% or more of the voting securities present at such meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund are present or represented by proxy, or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund.
 
Fundamental Investment Restriction (2)
 
The 1940 Act permits the Fund to borrow money in an amount up to one‑third of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) less its liabilities (not including any borrowings but including the fair market value at the time of computation of any other senior securities then outstanding).  The Fund may also borrow an additional 5% of its total assets without regard to the foregoing limitation for temporary purposes such as clearance of portfolio transactions.
 

Practices and investments that may involve leverage but are not considered to be borrowings are not subject to the policy.  For more information on leverage and the risks relating thereto, see “Risks—Leverage Risks” in the Prospectus.
 
Fundamental Investment Restriction (3)
 
The ability of a closed‑end fund to issue senior securities is severely circumscribed by complex regulatory constraints under the 1940 Act that restrict, for instance, the amount, timing, and form of senior securities that may be issued.  Certain portfolio management techniques, such as reverse repurchase agreements, credit default swaps, futures contracts, the purchase of securities on margin, short sales, or the writing of puts on portfolio securities, may be considered senior securities unless appropriate steps are taken to segregate assets or otherwise cover obligations.  To the extent the Fund covers its commitment under these transactions, including by the segregation of liquid assets, such instrument will not be considered a “senior security” by the Fund and therefore will not be subject to the 300% asset coverage requirement otherwise applicable to borrowings by the Fund (or, as the case may be, the 200% asset coverage requirement applicable to preferred stock).
 
The Fund does not anticipate issuing any class of equity senior securities within 12 months of the date of this SAI.  Under the 1940 Act, the issuance of any other type of senior security by the Fund is subject to a requirement that provision is made that, (i) if on the last business day of each of 12 consecutive calendar months the asset coverage with respect to the senior security is less than 100%, the holders of such securities voting as a class shall be entitled to elect at least a majority of the Board with such voting right to continue until the asset coverage for such class of senior security is at least 110% on the last business day of each of 3 consecutive calendar months or, (ii) if on the last business day of each of 24 consecutive calendar months the asset coverage for such class of senior security is less than 100%, an event of default shall be deemed to have occurred.
 
Fundamental Investment Restriction (4)
 
Although the Fund’s investments in Underlying Funds are not deemed to be investments in a particular industry or group of industries, to the extent that the Fund is aware of the investments held by the Underlying Funds, the Fund will consider such information when determining compliance with fundamental investment restriction (4).
 
Fundamental Investment Restriction (7)
 
The ability of the Fund to invest directly in commodities, and in certain commodity‑related securities and other instruments, is subject to significant limitations in order to enable the Fund to maintain its status as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).
 
Fundamental Investment Restriction (8)
 
The 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from making loans; however, SEC staff interpretations currently prohibit funds from lending more than one-third of their total assets, except through the purchase of debt obligations or the use of repurchase agreements.  A repurchase agreement is an agreement to purchase a security, coupled with an agreement to sell that security back to the original seller on an agreed‑upon date at a price that reflects current interest rates.  The SEC frequently treats repurchase agreements as loans.
 
INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES
 
The following describes certain investment practices and techniques in which the Fund may engage, and certain of the risks associated with such practices and techniques, and includes a discussion of the spectrum of investments that the Adviser and the Subadviser in their discretion may, but are not required to, use in managing the Fund’s assets.  Certain risks may only apply to a particular investment strategy of the Fund, or may apply to both investment strategies.  The following descriptions supplement the descriptions of the investment objective, policies, strategies and risks as set forth in the Fund’s Prospectus.
 
These same investment practices or techniques may be used by the Underlying Funds in which the Fund invests (as described in the Prospectus) and, therefore, the risks described below may apply to the Underlying Funds as well.  Furthermore, it is possible that certain types of financial instruments or investment techniques described herein may not be available, permissible, economically feasible or effective for their intended purposes in all markets.  Certain practices, techniques or instruments may not be principal activities of the Fund but, to the extent employed, could from time to time have a material impact on the Fund’s performance.
 
Asset-Backed Securities.   Asset-backed securities represent direct or indirect participations in, or are secured by and payable from, pools of assets such as, among other things, motor vehicle installment sales contracts, installment loan contracts, leases of various types of real and personal property, and receivables from revolving credit (credit card) agreements or a combination of the foregoing.  These assets are securitized through the use of trusts and special purpose entities.  Credit enhancements, such as various forms of cash collateral accounts or letters of credit, may support payments of principal and interest on asset-backed securities.  Although these securities may be supported by letters of credit or other credit enhancements, payment of interest and principal ultimately depends upon individuals paying the underlying loans or accounts, which payment may be adversely affected by general downturns in the economy.  Asset-backed securities are subject to prepayment risk.  There is risk that recovery on repossessed collateral might be unavailable or inadequate to support payments on the underlying investments.
 
-2-

Below Investment Grade Securities .  The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in below investment grade securities, which are commonly referred to as “junk” or “high yield” securities.  These securities are considered to be high-risk investments.  The risks include the following:
 
Greater Risk of Loss .  These securities are regarded as predominately speculative.  There is a greater risk that issuers of lower-rated securities will default than issuers of higher-rated securities.  Issuers of lower-rated securities generally are less creditworthy and may be highly indebted, financially distressed or bankrupt.  These issuers are more vulnerable to real or perceived economic changes, political changes or adverse industry developments.  In addition, below investment grade securities are frequently subordinated to the prior payment of senior indebtedness.  If an issuer fails to pay principal or interest, the fund would experience a decrease in income and a decline in the market value of its investments.  The fund also may incur additional expenses in seeking recovery from the issuer.
 
Sensitivity to Interest Rate and Economic Changes .  The income and market value of lower-rated securities may fluctuate more than higher-rated securities.  Although certain below investment grade securities may be less sensitive to interest rate changes than investment grade securities, below investment grade securities generally are more sensitive to short-term corporate, economic and market developments.  During periods of economic uncertainty and change, the market price of the investments in lower-rated securities may be volatile.  The default rate for high yield bonds tends to be cyclical, with defaults rising in periods of economic downturn.
 
Valuation Difficulties .  It is often more difficult to value lower-rated securities than higher-rated securities.  If an issuer’s financial condition deteriorates, accurate financial and business information may be limited or unavailable.  In addition, the lower-rated investments may be thinly traded and there may be no established secondary market.  Because of the lack of market pricing and current information for investments in lower-rated securities, valuation of such investments is much more dependent on judgment than is the case with higher-rated securities.
 
Liquidity .  There may be no established secondary or public market for investments in lower-rated securities.  Such securities are frequently traded in markets that may be relatively less liquid than the market for higher-rated securities.  In addition, relatively few institutional purchasers may hold a major portion of an issue of lower-rated securities at times.  As a result, lower-rated securities may be required to be sold at substantial losses or retained indefinitely even where an issuer’s financial condition is deteriorating.
 
Credit Quality .  Credit quality of below investment grade securities can change suddenly and unexpectedly, and even recently-issued credit ratings may not fully reflect the actual risks posed by a particular below investment grade security.
 
New Legislation .  Future legislation may have a possible negative impact on the market for below investment grade securities.
 
Borrowing.  The Fund may borrow funds and/or issue preferred stock, notes or other debt securities to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act for investment and other purposes, such as for satisfying Common Share repurchase requests (if any) or to otherwise provide the Fund with liquidity.  The Fund’s use of leverage may include borrowing through a line of credit with a bank or other financial institution.  Under the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Fund, immediately after any borrowing, must have an “asset coverage” of at least 300% ( i.e., such indebtedness may not exceed 33-1/3% of the value of the Fund’s total assets including the amount borrowed).  With respect to such borrowing, asset coverage means the ratio which the value of the total assets of the Fund, less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities (as defined in the 1940 Act), bears to the aggregate amount of such borrowing represented by senior securities issued by the Fund.  Under the 1940 Act, the Fund is also not permitted to issue preferred stock unless immediately after such issuance the total asset value of the Fund’s portfolio is at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding preferred stock ( i.e., such liquidation value may not exceed 50% of the Fund’s total assets).
 
The use of borrowing by the Fund involves special risk considerations that may not be associated with other funds having similar policies.  Because substantially all of the Fund’s assets fluctuate in value, whereas the interest obligation resulting from a borrowing may be fixed by the terms of the Fund’s agreement with its lender, the net asset value (“NAV”) per Common Share of the Fund will tend to increase more when its portfolio securities increase in value and decrease more when its portfolio securities decrease in value than would otherwise be the case if the Fund did not borrow funds.  In addition, interest costs on borrowings may fluctuate with changing market rates of interest and may partially offset or exceed the return earned on borrowed funds.  Under adverse market conditions, the Fund might have to sell portfolio securities to meet interest or principal payments at a time when fundamental investment considerations would not favor such sales.  The interest that the Fund must pay on borrowed money, together with any additional fees to establish and maintain a borrowing facility, are additional costs that will reduce or eliminate any net investment income and may also offset any potential capital gains.  Unless appreciation and income, if any, on assets acquired with borrowed funds exceed the costs of borrowing, the use of leverage will diminish the investment performance of the Fund compared with what it would have been without leverage.  See “Use of Leverage” and “Risks—Leverage Risks” in the Fund’s Prospectus.
 
-3-

Closed-End Funds .  The Fund may invest in shares of closed-end funds offered in initial or secondary offerings or through purchasing shares in the secondary market.  An initial public offering of closed-end fund shares is typically distributed by a group of underwriters who retain a spread or underwriting commission based on the initial public offering price.  Such shares are then listed for trading on an exchange and, in some cases, may be traded in other over-the-counter markets.  Because the shares of closed-end funds cannot be redeemed upon demand to the issuer like the shares of an open-end fund, investors seek to buy and sell shares of closed-end funds in the secondary market.  The Fund will incur normal brokerage costs on its secondary purchases similar to the expenses the Fund would incur for the purchase of securities of any other type of issuer in the secondary market.
 
The shares of many closed-end funds, after their initial public offering, frequently trade at a price per share that is less than the NAV per share, the difference representing the “market discount” of such shares.  This market discount may be due in part to the investment objective of long-term appreciation, which is sought by many closed-end funds, as well as to the fact that the shares of closed-end funds are not redeemable by the holder upon demand to the issuer at the next determined NAV but, rather, are subject to supply and demand in the secondary market.  A relative lack of secondary market purchasers of closed-end fund shares also may contribute to such shares trading at a discount to their NAV.
 
The Fund may invest in shares of closed-end funds that are trading at a discount to NAV or at a premium to NAV.  There can be no assurance that the market discount on shares of any closed-end fund purchased by the Fund will ever decrease.  In fact, it is possible that this market discount may increase and the Fund may suffer realized or unrealized capital losses due to further decline in the market price of the securities of such closed-end funds, thereby adversely affecting the NAV of the Common Shares.  Similarly, there can be no assurance that any shares of a closed-end fund purchased by the Fund at a premium will continue to trade at a premium or that the premium will not decrease subsequent to a purchase of such shares by the Fund.
 
Closed-end funds may issue senior securities (including preferred stock and debt obligations) for the purpose of leveraging the closed-end fund’s common shares in an attempt to enhance the current return to such closed-end fund’s common shareholders.  The Fund’s investment in the common shares of closed-end funds that are financially leveraged may create an opportunity for greater total return on its investment, but at the same time may be expected to exhibit more volatility in market price and NAV than an investment in shares of investment companies without a leveraged capital structure.
 
Convertible Securities .  The Underlying Funds may invest in convertible securities pursuant to the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy.  Convertible securities are generally bonds, debentures, notes, preferred securities or other securities or investments that may be converted or exchanged into equity securities (and/or cash or cash equivalents) which may be at a stated exchange ratio or predetermined price (the “conversion price”).  A convertible security is designed to provide current income and also the potential for capital appreciation through the conversion feature, which enables the holder to benefit from increases in the market price of the underlying common stock.  Accordingly, these equity-linked instruments offer the potential for equity market participation with potential mitigated downside risk in periods of equity market declines.
 
A convertible security generally entitles the holder to receive interest paid or accrued until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged.  Before conversion, convertible securities have characteristics similar to non-convertible debt obligations and are designed to provide for a stable stream of income with generally higher yields than common stocks.  However, there can be no assurance of current income because the issuers of the convertible securities may default on their obligations.  In addition, the Fund may invest in zero coupon convertible securities.  Zero coupon securities are debt securities which are issued at a discount to their value at maturity and do not entitle the holder to any periodic payments of interest prior to maturity.  Rather, when a zero coupon security is held to maturity, its entire income return, which consists of accretion of discount, comes from the difference between its purchase price and its maturity value.  Zero coupon convertible securities are convertible into a specific number of shares of the issuer’s common stock and may have put features that provide the holder with the opportunity to sell the securities back to the issuer at a stated price before maturity.  Generally, the prices of zero coupon convertible securities may be more sensitive to market interest rate fluctuations than conventional convertible securities.
 
Convertible securities rank senior to common stock in a corporation’s capital structure and, therefore, generally entail less risk than the corporation’s common stock.  Convertible debt securities may be subordinate in rank to any senior debt obligations of the issuer and, therefore, such subordinated convertible debt securities entail more risk than its senior debt obligations.  Convertible preferred securities also may be subordinated to debt instruments and non-convertible series of preferred securities in a company’s capital structure in terms of having priority to corporate income, claims to corporate assets and liquidation payments, and therefore convertible preferred securities may be subject to greater credit risk than more senior debt instruments.  As such, convertible securities are often rated below investment grade or not rated because they fall below debt obligations and just above common stock in order of preference or priority on an issuer’s balance sheet.  Below investment grade securities are commonly referred to as “junk bonds.”  To the extent that the Fund invests in convertible securities with credit ratings below investment grade, such securities may have a higher likelihood of default.
 
-4-

A convertible security may contain features that limit an investor’s ability to convert the security into common stock unless certain conditions are met.  A typical feature may require that a security be convertible only when the sale price of the underlying common stock exceeds the conversion price by a specified percentage ( e.g., the sale price of the common stock is greater than or equal to 130% of the conversion price) for a certain specified period of time ( e.g., for at least 20 days during a span of 30 consecutive days in a month), or upon the occurrence of certain other specified conditions.  In addition, a convertible security may be called for redemption or conversion by the issuer after a particular date and under certain circumstances (including a specified price) established upon issue.  If a convertible security held by the Fund is called for redemption or conversion, the Fund could be required to tender it for redemption, convert it into the underlying common stock or sell it to a third party, which may have an adverse effect on the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective.
 
Convertible securities have valuation characteristics similar to both debt and equity securities.  Convertible securities generally offer lower interest or dividend yields than non-convertible debt securities of similar credit quality because of the potential for capital appreciation.  The value of convertible securities is influenced by both the yield of non-convertible securities of comparable issuers and by the value of the underlying common stock.  The value of a convertible security viewed without regard to its conversion feature ( i.e., strictly on the basis of its yield) is sometimes referred to as its “investment value.”  The investment value of the convertible security typically will fluctuate based on the credit quality of the issuer and will fluctuate inversely with changes in prevailing interest rates.  However, at the same time, the value of a convertible security will be influenced by its “conversion value,” which is the market value of the underlying common stock that would be obtained if the convertible security were converted.  Conversion value fluctuates directly with the price of the underlying common stock, and will therefore be subject to risks relating to the activities of the issuer of the underlying common stock and general market and economic conditions.  Depending upon the relationship of the conversion price to the market value of the underlying security, a convertible security may trade more like an equity security than a debt instrument.
 
If, because of a low price of the common stock, the conversion value is substantially below the investment value of the convertible security, the price of the convertible security is governed principally by its investment value.  Generally, if the conversion value of a convertible security increases to a point that approximates or exceeds its investment value, the value of the security will be principally influenced by its conversion value.  A convertible security will sell at a premium over its conversion value to the extent investors place value on the right to acquire the underlying common stock while holding an income-producing security.
 
Debt and preferred securities with warrants attached to purchase equity securities have economic characteristics similar to convertible securities and their prices may, to some degree, reflect the performance of the underlying stock.  A warrant is a right to purchase common stock at a specific price (usually at a premium above the market value of the underlying common stock at the time of issuance) during a specified period of time.
 
Mandatory Convertible Securities.   Mandatory convertible securities are distinguished as a subset of convertible securities because the conversion is not optional and the conversion price at maturity (or redemption) is based solely upon the market price of the underlying common stock, which may be significantly less than par or the price (above or below par) paid.  Mandatory convertible securities automatically convert to equity securities at maturity.  For these reasons, the risks associated with investing in mandatory convertible securities most closely resemble the risks inherent in equity securities.  Mandatory convertible securities customarily pay a higher coupon yield to compensate for the potential risk of additional price volatility and loss upon redemption.  Since the correlation of common stock risk increases as the security approaches its redemption date, there can be no assurance that the higher coupon will compensate for the potential loss.
 
Contingent Convertible Securities.   Similar to mandatory convertible securities (and unlike traditional convertible securities), contingent convertible securities generally provide for mandatory conversion into common stock of the issuer under certain circumstances.  The mandatory conversion might be automatically triggered, for instance, if a company fails to meet the minimum amount of capital described in the security, the company’s regulator makes a determination that the security should convert or the company receives specified levels of extraordinary public support.  Since the common stock of the issuer may not pay a dividend, investors in these instruments could experience a reduced income rate, potentially to zero; and conversion would deepen the subordination of the investor, hence worsening standing in a bankruptcy.  In addition, some contingent convertible securities have a set stock conversion rate that would cause a reduction in value of the security if the price of the stock is below the conversion price on the conversion date.
 
Exchangeable Debt Securities. Exchangeable debt securities are convertible debt securities in which the underlying common stock is issued by an entity that is different than the issuer of the convertible securities, often a subsidiary of the issuer.  The valuation of an exchangeable debt security is similar to that of a convertible debt security, with the conversion value influenced by the underlying common stock issuer.
 
Synthetic Convertible Securities. A synthetic convertible security is a derivative position composed of two or more distinct securities whose economic characteristics, when taken together, resemble those of traditional convertible securities, i.e., an income-producing security (“income-producing component”) and the right to acquire an equity security (“convertible component”).  For example, the income-producing component may be achieved by purchasing non-convertible income-producing securities such as bonds, preferred securities or money market instruments and the convertible component may be achieved through warrants or options to buy common stock at a certain exercise price, or options on a stock index.
 
-5-

Synthetic convertible securities are typically offered by financial institutions in private placement transactions and are typically sold back to the offering institution.  Upon conversion, the holder generally receives from the offering institution an amount in cash equal to the difference between the conversion price and the then-current value of the underlying security.  Synthetic convertible securities created by other parties generally have the same attributes of a traditional convertible security; however, the issuer of the synthetic convertible security assumes the credit risk associated with the investment, rather than the issuer of the underlying equity security into which the instrument is convertible.  Therefore, the Fund is subject to the credit risk associated with the counterparty creating the synthetic convertible instrument.  The Fund may also create synthetic convertible securities itself by purchasing the separate component securities.
 
Synthetic convertible securities may differ from traditional convertible securities in several respects.  The value of a synthetic convertible is the sum of the values of its income-producing component and its convertible component.  Thus, the values of a synthetic convertible and a traditional convertible security will respond differently to market fluctuations.  If the value of the underlying common stock or the level of the index involved in the convertible component falls below the exercise price of the warrant or option, the warrant or option may lose all value.
 
Purchasing a synthetic convertible security may provide greater flexibility than purchasing a traditional convertible security, including the ability to combine components representing distinct issuers or to combine a fixed income security with a call option on a stock index.  In addition, synthetic convertible securities may alter the characteristics common to traditional convertible securities such as by offering enhanced yields in exchange for reduced capital appreciation or less downside protection.  The component parts of a synthetic convertible security may be purchased simultaneously or separately.
 
The holder of a synthetic convertible faces the risk that the price of the stock, or the level of the market index underlying the convertible component, will decline.  In addition, in purchasing a synthetic convertible security, a Fund may have counterparty risk with respect to the financial institution that offers the instrument or with respect to the institution that issued the income-producing component of the convertible security when such an institution is not the financial institution creating the synthetic convertible security.  Synthetic convertible securities are also subject to the risks associated with derivatives.  See “—Derivatives.”
 
Corporate Debt Securities.     Corporate debt securities are debt obligations issued by U.S. and foreign corporations and other business entities to borrow money from investors.  Corporate debt securities may be either secured or unsecured.  Collateral used for secured debt includes, but is not limited to, real property, machinery, equipment, accounts receivable, stocks, bonds, or notes.  If a bond is unsecured, it is known as a debenture.  Holders of corporate debt securities, as creditors, have a prior legal claim over common and preferred stockholders as to both income and assets of the corporation for the principal and interest due them and may have a prior claim over other creditors if liens or mortgages are involved.  Interest on corporate debt securities may be fixed rate, floating rate, adjustable rate, zero coupon, contingent, deferred, or have payment-in-kind features.  Interest on corporate debt securities is typically paid semi-annually and is fully taxable to the holder of such securities.  Corporate debt securities contain elements of both interest rate risk and credit risk.  The market value of a corporate debt security generally may be expected to rise and fall inversely with interest rates and may also be affected by the credit rating of the corporation, the corporation’s performance, and perceptions of the corporation in the marketplace.  Corporate debt securities usually yield more than government or agency securities due to the presence of credit risk.  See “Additional Risks of Investing in the Fund—Fixed Income Securities Risk.”
 
Depositary Receipts .  The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in sponsored and unsponsored American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”).  ADRs are receipts issued by an American bank or trust company evidencing ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign issuer.  ADRs, in sponsored form, are designed for use in U.S. securities markets.  A sponsoring company provides financial information to the bank and may subsidize administration of the ADR.  Unsponsored ADRs may be created by a broker-dealer or depository bank without the participation of the foreign issuer.  Holders of these ADRs generally bear all the costs of the ADR facility, whereas foreign issuers typically bear certain costs in a sponsored ADR.  The bank or trust company depositary of an unsponsored ADR may be under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the foreign issuer or to pass through voting rights.  Unsponsored ADRs may carry more risk than sponsored ADRs because of the absence of financial information provided by the underlying company.  Many of the risks described below regarding foreign securities apply to investments in ADRs.
 
Derivatives .  The Fund intends to utilize various other investment strategies as described below for a variety of purposes, such as hedging various market risks or enhancing return.  These strategies may be executed through the use of derivative contracts.  The Underlying Funds may also utilize derivative contracts and are thus subject to the same risks described below.
 
-6-

In the course of pursuing these investment strategies, the Fund may purchase and sell exchange-listed and over-the-counter put and call options on securities, equity and fixed-income indices and other instruments, purchase and sell futures contracts and options thereon, enter into various transactions such as swaps, caps, floors, collars, currency forward contracts, currency futures contracts, currency swaps or options on currencies, or currency futures and various other currency transactions (collectively, all the above are called “Derivative Transactions”).  In addition, Derivative Transactions may also include new techniques, instruments or strategies that are permitted as regulatory changes occur.  Derivative Transactions may be used without limit (subject to certain limits imposed by the 1940 Act) to attempt to protect against possible changes in the market value of securities held in or to be purchased for the Fund’s portfolio resulting from securities markets or currency exchange rate fluctuations, to protect the Fund’s unrealized gains in the value of its portfolio securities, to facilitate the sale of such securities for investment purposes, to manage the effective maturity or duration of the Fund’s portfolio, or to establish a position in the derivatives markets as a substitute for purchasing or selling particular securities.  Some Derivative Transactions may also be used to enhance potential gain.  Any or all of these investment techniques may be used at any time and in any combination, and there is no particular strategy that dictates the use of one technique rather than another, as use of any Derivative Transaction is a function of numerous variables including, but not limited to, market conditions.  The ability of the Fund to utilize these Derivative Transactions successfully will depend on the Adviser’s or Subadviser’s ability to predict pertinent market movements, which cannot be assured.  The Fund’s use of Derivative Transactions may also be limited by the requirements of the Code for qualification as a regulated investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes.  The Fund will comply with applicable regulatory requirements when implementing these strategies, techniques and instruments.  Derivative Transactions will not be used to alter fundamental investment purposes and characteristics of the Fund, and the Fund will segregate assets (or as provided by applicable regulations, enter into certain offsetting positions) to cover its obligations under options, futures and swaps to limit leveraging of the Fund.
 
Derivative Transactions, including derivative contracts, have risks associated with them including, but not limited to, possible default by the other party to the transaction, illiquidity and, to the extent the Adviser’s or Subadviser’s view as to certain market movements is incorrect, the risk that the use of such Derivative Transactions could result in losses greater than if they had not been used.  Use of Derivative Transactions may result in losses to the Fund, force the sale or purchase of portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices higher than or lower than current market values, limit the amount of appreciation the Fund can realize on its investments or cause the Fund to hold a security it might otherwise sell.  The use of currency transactions can result in the Fund incurring losses as a result of a number of factors including the imposition of exchange controls, suspension of settlements or the inability to deliver or receive a specified currency.
 
The use of options and futures transactions entails certain other risks.  In particular, the variable degree of correlation between price movements of futures contracts and price movements in the related portfolio position of the Fund creates the possibility that losses on the hedging instrument may be greater than gains in the value of the Fund’s position.  In addition, futures and options markets may not be liquid in all circumstances and certain over-the-counter options may have no markets.  As a result, in certain markets, the Fund might not be able to close out a transaction without incurring substantial losses, if at all.  Although the use of futures and options transactions for hedging should tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged position, at the same time they tend to limit any potential gain which might result from an increase in value of such position.  Finally, the daily variation margin requirements for futures contracts would create a greater ongoing potential financial risk than would purchases of options, where the exposure is limited to the cost of the initial premium.  Losses resulting from the use of Derivative Transactions would reduce NAV, and possibly income, and such losses can be greater than if the Derivative Transactions had not been utilized.
 
General Characteristics of Options .  Put options and call options typically have similar structural characteristics and operational mechanics regardless of the underlying instrument on which they are purchased or sold.  Thus, the following general discussion relates to each of the particular types of options discussed in greater detail below.  In addition, many Derivative Transactions involving options require segregation of Fund assets in special accounts, as described below under “—Segregation and Cover Requirements.”
 
A put option gives the purchaser of the option, upon payment of a premium, the right to sell, and the writer the obligation to buy, the underlying security, commodity, index, currency or other instrument at the exercise price.  For instance, the Fund’s purchase of a put option on a security might be designed to protect its holdings in the underlying instrument (or, in some cases, a similar instrument) against a substantial decline in the market value by giving the Fund the right to sell such instrument at the option exercise price.  A call option, upon payment of a premium, gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and the seller the obligation to sell, the underlying instrument at the exercise price.  The Fund’s purchase of a call option on a security, financial future, index, currency or other instrument might be intended to protect the Fund against an increase in the price of the underlying instrument that it intends to purchase in the future by fixing the price at which it may purchase such instrument.  An American style put or call option may be exercised at any time during the option period while a European style put or call option may be exercised only upon expiration or during a fixed period prior thereto.  The Fund is authorized to purchase and sell exchange listed options and over-the-counter options (“OTC options”).  Exchange listed options are issued by a regulated intermediary such as the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”), which guarantees the performance of the obligations of the parties to such options.  The discussion below uses the OCC as an example, but is also applicable to other financial intermediaries.
 
-7-

With certain exceptions, OCC issued and exchange listed options generally settle by physical delivery of the underlying security or currency, although in the future cash settlement may become available.  Index options and Eurodollar instruments are cash settled for the net amount, if any, by which the option is “in-the-money” ( i.e., where the value of the underlying instrument exceeds, in the case of a call option, or is less than, in the case of a put option, the exercise price of the option) at the time the option is exercised.  Frequently, rather than taking or making delivery of the underlying instrument through the process of exercising the option, listed options are closed by entering into offsetting purchase or sale transactions that do not result in ownership of the new option.
 
The Fund’s ability to close out its position as a purchaser or seller of an OCC or exchange listed put or call option is dependent, in part, upon the liquidity of the option market.  Among the possible reasons for the absence of a liquid option market on an exchange are:  (i) insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions on transactions imposed by an exchange; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options or underlying securities including reaching daily price limits; (iv) interruption of the normal operations of the OCC or an exchange; (v) inadequacy of the facilities of an exchange or OCC to handle current trading volume; or (vi) a decision by one or more exchanges to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the relevant market for that option on that exchange would cease to exist, although outstanding options on that exchange would generally continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.
 
The hours of trading for listed options may not coincide with the hours during which the underlying financial instruments are traded.  To the extent that the option markets close before the markets for the underlying financial instruments, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the option markets.
 
OTC options are purchased from or sold to securities dealers, financial institutions or other parties (“Counterparties”) through direct bilateral agreement with the Counterparty.  In contrast to exchange listed options, which generally have standardized terms and performance mechanics, all the terms of an OTC option, including such terms as method of settlement, term, exercise price, premium, guarantees and security, are set by negotiation of the parties.  The Fund will only sell OTC options (other than OTC currency options) that are subject to a buy-back provision permitting the Fund to require the Counterparty to sell the option back to the Fund at a formula price within seven days.  The Fund expects generally to enter into OTC options that have cash settlement provisions, although it is not required to do so.
 
Unless the parties provide for it, there is no central clearing or guaranty function in an OTC option.  As a result, if the Counterparty fails to make or take delivery of the security, currency or other instrument underlying an OTC option it has entered into with the Fund or fails to make a cash settlement payment due in accordance with the terms of that option, the Fund will lose any premium it paid for the option as well as any anticipated benefit of the transaction.  Accordingly, the Adviser or Subadviser, as applicable, must assess the creditworthiness of each such Counterparty or any guarantor or credit enhancement of the Counterparty’s credit to determine the likelihood that the terms of the OTC option will be satisfied.  The Fund will engage in OTC option transactions only with U.S. government securities dealers recognized by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as “primary dealers” or broker/dealers, domestic or foreign banks or other financial institutions which have received (or the guarantors of the obligation of which have received) a short-term credit rating of “A-1” from Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business (“S&P”) or “P-1” from Moody’s Investor Services, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or an equivalent rating from any nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”) or, in the case of OTC currency options, are determined to be of equivalent credit quality by the Adviser or Subadviser, as applicable.  The staff of the SEC currently takes the position that OTC options purchased by the Fund, and portfolio securities “covering” the amount of the Fund’s obligation pursuant to an OTC option sold by it (the cost of the sell-back plus the in-the-money amount, if any) are illiquid.
 
If the Fund sells a call option, the premium that it receives may serve as a partial hedge, to the extent of the option premium, against a decrease in the value of the underlying securities or instruments in its portfolio or will increase the Fund’s income.  The sale of put options can also provide income.
 
The Fund may purchase and sell call options on securities including U.S. Treasury and agency securities, mortgage-backed securities, foreign sovereign debt, corporate debt securities, equity securities (including convertible securities) and Eurodollar instruments that are traded on U.S. and foreign securities exchanges and in the over-the-counter markets, and on securities indices, currencies and futures contracts.  All calls sold by the Fund must be “covered” ( i.e., the Fund must own the securities or futures contract subject to the call) or must meet the asset segregation requirements described below as long as the call is outstanding.  Even though the Fund will receive the option premium to help protect it against loss, a call sold by the Fund exposes the Fund during the term of the option to possible loss of opportunity to realize appreciation in the market price of the underlying security or instrument and may require the Fund to hold a security or instrument which it might otherwise have sold.
 
-8-

The Fund may purchase and sell put options on securities including U.S. Treasury and agency securities, mortgage-backed securities, foreign sovereign debt, corporate debt securities, equity securities (including convertible securities) and Eurodollar instruments (whether or not it holds the above securities in its portfolio), and on securities indices, currencies and futures contracts other than futures on individual corporate debt and individual equity securities.  In selling put options, there is a risk that the Fund may be required to buy the underlying security at a disadvantageous price above the market price.
 
General Characteristics of Futures .  The Fund may enter into futures contracts or purchase or sell put and call options on such futures as a hedge against anticipated interest rate, currency or equity market changes or to enhance returns.  Futures are generally bought and sold on the commodities exchanges where they are listed with payment of initial and variation margin as described below.  The sale of a futures contract creates a firm obligation by the Fund, as seller, to deliver to the buyer the specific type of financial instrument called for in the contract at a specific future time for a specified price (or, with respect to index futures and Eurodollar instruments, the net cash amount).  Options on futures contracts are similar to options on securities except that an option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right in return for the premium paid to assume a position in a futures contract and obligates the seller to deliver such position.
 
Typically, maintaining a futures contract or selling an option thereon requires the Fund to deposit with a financial intermediary as security for its obligations an amount of cash or other specified assets (initial margin), which initially is typically 1% to 10% of the face amount of the contract (but may be higher in some circumstances).  Additional cash or assets (variation margin) may be required to be deposited thereafter on a daily basis as the mark-to-market value of the contract fluctuates.  The purchase of an option on financial futures involves payment of a premium for the option without any further obligation on the part of the Fund.  If the Fund exercises an option on a futures contract it will be obligated to post initial margin (and potential subsequent variation margin) for the resulting futures position just as it would for any position.  Futures contracts and options thereon are generally settled by entering into an offsetting transaction but there can be no assurance that the position can be offset prior to settlement at an advantageous price, nor that delivery will occur.
 
Options on Securities Indices and Other Financial Indices .  The Fund also may purchase and sell call and put options on securities indices and other financial indices and in so doing can achieve many of the same objectives it would achieve through the sale or purchase of options on individual securities or other instruments.  Options on securities indices and other financial indices are similar to options on a security or other instrument except that, rather than settling by physical delivery of the underlying instrument, they settle by cash settlement, i.e., an option on an index gives the holder the right to receive, upon exercise of the option, an amount of cash if the closing level of the index upon which the option is based exceeds, in the case of a call, or is less than, in the case of a put, the exercise price of the option (except if, in the case of an OTC option, physical delivery is specified).  This amount of cash is equal to the excess of the closing price of the index over the exercise price of the option, which also may be multiplied by a formula value.  The seller of the option is obligated, in return for the premium received, to make delivery of this amount.  The gain or loss on an option on an index depends on price movements in the instruments making up the market, market segment, industry or other composite on which the underlying index is based, rather than price movements in individual securities, as is the case with respect to options on securities.
 
Eurodollar Instruments. Eurodollar instruments are U.S. dollar-denominated futures contracts or options thereon that are linked to the LIBOR, although foreign currency-denominated instruments are available from time to time.  Eurodollar futures contracts enable purchasers to obtain a fixed rate for the lending of funds and sellers to obtain a fixed rate for borrowings.  The Fund might use Eurodollar futures contracts and options thereon to hedge against changes in LIBOR, to which many interest rate swaps and fixed income instruments are linked.
 
Foreign Currencies.   Because investments in foreign securities usually will involve currencies of foreign countries, and because the Fund may hold foreign currencies and forward contracts, futures contracts and options on foreign currencies and foreign currency futures contracts, the value of the assets of the Fund as measured in U.S. dollars may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in foreign currency exchange rates and exchange control regulations, and the Fund may incur costs and experience conversion difficulties and uncertainties in connection with conversions between various currencies.  Fluctuations in exchange rates may also affect the earning power and asset value of the foreign entity issuing the security.
 
The strength or weakness of the U.S. dollar against these currencies is responsible for part of the Fund’s investment performance.  If the dollar falls in value relative to the Japanese yen, for example, the dollar value of a Japanese stock held in the portfolio will rise even though the price of the stock remains unchanged.  Conversely, if the dollar rises in value relative to the yen, the dollar value of the Japanese stock will fall.  Many foreign currencies have experienced significant devaluation relative to the dollar.
 
Although the Fund values its assets daily in terms of U.S. dollars, it may not convert its holdings of foreign currencies into U.S. dollars on a daily basis.  Investors should be aware of the costs of currency conversion.  Although foreign exchange dealers do not charge a fee for conversion, they do realize a profit based on the difference (the “spread”) between the prices at which they are buying and selling various currencies.  Thus, a dealer may offer to sell a foreign currency to the Fund at one rate, while offering a lesser rate of exchange should the Fund desire to resell that currency to the dealer.  The Fund will conduct its foreign currency exchange transactions either on a spot ( i.e., cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market, or through entering into options or forward or futures contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies.
 
-9-

Currency Transactions .  The Fund may engage in currency transactions with Counterparties primarily in order to hedge, or manage the risk of the value of portfolio holdings denominated in particular currencies against fluctuations in relative value, or to enhance return.  Currency transactions include forward currency contracts, exchange listed currency futures, exchange listed and OTC options on currencies, and currency swaps.  A forward currency contract involves a privately negotiated obligation to purchase or sell (with delivery generally required) a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract.  A currency swap is an agreement to exchange cash flows based on the notional difference among two or more currencies and operates similarly to an interest rate swap, which is described below.
 
Transaction hedging is entering into a currency transaction with respect to specific assets or liabilities of the Fund, which will generally arise in connection with the purchase or sale of its portfolio securities or the receipt of income therefrom.  Position hedging is entering into a currency transaction with respect to portfolio security positions denominated or generally quoted in that currency.
 
The Fund may also cross-hedge currencies by entering into transactions to purchase or sell one or more currencies that are expected to decline in value relative to other currencies to which the Fund has or in which the Fund expects to have portfolio exposure.
 
To reduce the effect of currency fluctuations on the value of existing or anticipated holdings of portfolio securities, the Fund may also engage in proxy hedging.  Proxy hedging is often used when the currency to which the Fund’s portfolio is exposed is difficult to hedge or to hedge against the dollar.  Proxy hedging entails entering into a commitment or option to sell a currency whose changes in value are generally considered to be correlated to a currency or currencies in which some or all of the Fund’s portfolio securities are or are expected to be denominated, in exchange for U.S. dollars.  The amount of the commitment or option would not exceed the value of the Fund’s securities denominated in correlated currencies.  For example, if the Adviser considers that the Austrian schilling is correlated to the German deutschemark (the “D-mark”), the Fund holds securities denominated in schillings and the Adviser believes that the value of schillings will decline against the U.S. dollar, the Adviser may enter into a commitment or option to sell D-marks and buy dollars.  Currency hedging involves some of the same risks and considerations as other transactions with similar instruments.  Currency transactions can result in losses to the Fund if the currency being hedged fluctuates in value to a degree or in a direction that is not anticipated.  Further, there is the risk that the perceived correlation between various currencies may not be present or may not be present during the particular time that the Fund is engaging in proxy hedging.  If the Fund enters into a currency hedging transaction, the Fund will comply with the asset segregation requirements described below.
 
Risks of Currency Transactions .  Currency transactions are subject to risks different from those of other portfolio transactions.  Because currency control is of great importance to the issuing governments and influences economic planning and policy, purchases and sales of currency and related instruments can be negatively affected by government exchange controls, blockages, and manipulations or exchange restrictions imposed by governments.  These can result in losses to the Fund if it is unable to deliver or receive currency or funds in settlement of obligations and could also cause hedges it has entered into to be rendered useless, resulting in full currency exposure as well as incurring transaction costs.  Buyers and sellers of currency futures are subject to the same risks that apply to the use of futures generally.  Further, settlement of a currency futures contract for the purchase of most currencies must occur at a bank based in the issuing nation.  Trading options on currency futures is relatively new, and the ability to establish and close out positions on such options is subject to the maintenance of a liquid market which may not always be available.  Currency exchange rates may fluctuate based on factors extrinsic to that country’s economy.
 
Risks of Derivative Transactions Outside the United States .  When conducted outside the United States, Derivative Transactions may not be regulated as rigorously as in the United States, may not involve a clearing mechanism and related guarantees, and are subject to the risk of governmental actions affecting trading in, or the prices of, foreign securities, currencies and other instruments.  The value of such positions also could be adversely affected by:  (i) other complex foreign political, legal and economic factors; (ii) lesser availability than in the United States of data on which to make trading decisions; (iii) delays in the Fund’s ability to act upon economic events occurring in foreign markets during non-business hours in the United States; (iv) the imposition of different exercise and settlement terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the United States; and (v) lower trading volume and liquidity.
 
Swaps, Caps, Floors and Collars .  Among the Derivative Transactions into which the Fund may enter are interest rate, currency, index and other swaps and the purchase or sale of related caps, floors and collars.  The Fund expects to enter into these transactions primarily to preserve a return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio, to protect against currency fluctuations, as a duration management technique or to protect against any increase in the price of securities the Fund anticipates purchasing at a later date.  The Fund will not sell interest rate caps or floors where it does not own securities or other instruments providing the income stream the Fund may be obligated to pay.  Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by the Fund with another party of their respective commitments to pay or receive interest, e.g., an exchange of floating rate payments for fixed rate payments with respect to a notional amount of principal.  A currency swap is an agreement to exchange cash flows on a notional amount of two or more currencies based on the relative value differential among them and an index swap is an agreement to swap cash flows on a notional amount based on changes in the values of the reference indices.  The purchase of a cap entitles the purchaser to receive payments on a notional principal amount from the party selling such cap to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined interest rate or amount.  The purchase of a floor entitles the purchaser to receive payments on a notional principal amount from the party selling such floor to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined interest rate or amount.  A collar is a combination of a cap and a floor that preserves a certain return within a predetermined range of interest rates or values.
 
-10-

The Fund will usually enter into swaps on a net basis, i.e., the two payment streams are netted out in a cash settlement on the payment date or dates specified in the instrument, with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments.  Inasmuch as the Fund will segregate assets (or enter into offsetting positions) to cover its obligations under swaps, the Fund believes such obligations do not constitute senior securities under the 1940 Act and, accordingly, will not treat them as being subject to its borrowing restrictions.  If there is a default by the Counterparty, the Fund may have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction.
 
Credit Default Swap Agreements .  The Fund may enter into credit default swap agreements.  The “buyer” in a credit default contract is obligated to pay the “seller” a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default on an underlying reference obligation has occurred.  If an event of default occurs, the seller must pay the buyer the full notional value, or “par value,” of the reference obligation.  Credit default swap transactions are either “physical delivery” settled or “cash” settled.  Physical delivery entails the actual delivery of the reference asset to the seller in exchange for the payment of the full par value of the reference asset.  Cash settled entails a net cash payment from the seller to the buyer based on the difference of the par value of the reference asset and the current value of the reference asset that may have, through default, lost some, most or all of its value.  The Fund may be either the buyer or seller in a credit default swap transaction.  If the Fund is a buyer and no event of default occurs, the Fund will have made a series of periodic payments and recover nothing of monetary value.  However, if an event of default occurs, the Fund (if the buyer) will receive the full notional value of the reference obligation either through a cash payment in exchange for the asset or a cash payment in addition to owning the reference assets.  As a seller, the Fund receives a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the contract, which typically is between six months and five years, provided that there is no event of default.  If an event of default occurs, the seller must pay the buyer the full notional value of the reference obligation.
 
Credit default swap transactions involve greater risks than if the Fund had invested in the reference obligation directly.  In addition to general market risks, credit default swaps are subject to liquidity risk, counterparty risk and credit risks, each as further described below.  Moreover, if the Fund is a buyer, it will lose its investment and recover nothing should no event of default occur.  If an event of default were to occur, the value of the reference obligation received by the seller, coupled with the periodic payments previously received, may be less than the full notional value it pays to the buyer, resulting in a loss of value to the Fund.  When the Fund acts as a seller of a credit default swap agreement it is exposed to the risks of leverage since if an event of default occurs the seller must pay the buyer the full notional value of the reference obligation.  Accordingly, when the Fund acts as a seller of a credit default swap agreement, it will segregate assets equal to the full notional amount of the reference obligation.
 
A credit default index swap is a swap on an index of credit default swaps.  Credit default index swaps allow an investor to manage credit risk or to take a position on a basket of credit default swaps (or other instruments) in a more efficient manner than transacting in single name credit default swaps.  If a credit event occurs in one of the underlying companies, the protection is paid out via the delivery of the defaulted bond by the buyer of protection in return for payment of the notional value of the defaulted bond by the seller of protection or it may be settled through a cash settlement between the two parties.  The underlying company is then removed from the index.
 
Structured Notes .  Structured notes are derivative debt securities, the interest rate or principal of which is determined by reference to changes in value of a specific security, reference rate, or index.  Indexed securities, similar to structured notes, are typically, but not always, debt securities whose value at maturity or coupon rate is determined by reference to other securities.  The performance of a structured note or indexed security is based upon the performance of the underlying instrument.
 
The terms of a structured note may provide that, in certain circumstances, no principal is due on maturity and, therefore, may result in loss of investment.  Structured notes may be indexed positively or negatively to the performance of the underlying instrument such that the appreciation or deprecation of the underlying instrument will have a similar effect to the value of the structured note at maturity or of any coupon payment.  In addition, changes in the interest rate and value of the principal at maturity may be fixed at a specific multiple of the change in value of the underlying instrument, making the value of the structured note more volatile than the underlying instrument.  In addition, structured notes may be less liquid and more difficult to price accurately than less complex securities or traditional debt securities.
 
-11-

Commodity-Linked Derivatives .  The Fund may invest in instruments with principal and/or coupon payments linked to the value of commodities, commodity futures contracts, or the performance of commodity indices such as “commodity-linked” or “index-linked” notes.  These instruments are sometimes referred to as “structured notes” because the terms of the instrument may be structured by the issuer of the note and the purchaser of the note, such as the Fund.
 
The values of these notes will rise and fall in response to changes in the underlying commodity or related index or investment.  These notes expose the Fund economically to movements in commodity prices, but a particular note has many features of a debt obligation.  These notes also are subject to credit and interest rate risks that in general affect the value of debt securities.  Therefore, at the maturity of the note, the Fund may receive more or less principal than it originally invested.  The Fund might receive interest payments on the note that are more or less than the stated coupon interest rate payments.
 
Structured notes may involve leverage, meaning that the value of the instrument will be calculated as a multiple of the upward or downward price movement of the underlying commodity future or index.  The prices of commodity-linked instruments may move in different directions than investments in traditional equity and debt securities in periods of rising inflation.  Of course, there can be no guarantee that the Fund’s commodity-linked investments would not be correlated with traditional financial assets under any particular market conditions.
 
Commodity-linked notes may be issued by U.S. and foreign banks, brokerage firms, insurance companies and other corporations.  These notes, in addition to fluctuating in response to changes in the underlying commodity assets, will be subject to credit and interest rate risks that typically affect debt securities.
 
The commodity-linked instruments may be wholly principal protected, partially principal protected or offer no principal protection.  With a wholly principal protected instrument, the Fund will receive at maturity the greater of the par value of the note or the increase in value of the underlying index.  Partially protected instruments may suffer some loss of principal up to a specified limit if the underlying index declines in value during the term of the instrument.  For instruments without principal protection, there is a risk that the instrument could lose all of its value if the index declines sufficiently.  The Adviser’s or Subadviser’s decision on whether and to what extent to use principal protection depends in part on the cost of the protection.  In addition, the ability of the Fund to take advantage of any protection feature depends on the creditworthiness of the issuer of the instrument.
 
Commodity-linked derivatives are generally hybrid instruments which are excluded from regulation under the Commodity Exchange Act (the “CEA”) and the rules thereunder.  Additionally, from time to time the Fund may invest in other hybrid instruments that do not qualify for exemption from regulation under the CEA.
 
Segregation and Cover Requirements .  As an investment company registered with the SEC, the Fund must segregate liquid assets, or engage in other measures to “cover” open positions with respect to certain kinds of derivatives and other transactions.  The Fund or the Underlying Funds may incur losses on derivatives and other leveraged investments (including the entire amount of a fund’s investment in such investments) even if they are covered.  To the extent that a fund does not segregate liquid assets or otherwise cover its obligations under any such transactions ( e.g. , through offsetting positions), certain types of these transactions will be treated as senior securities representing leverage for purposes of the requirements under the 1940 Act; and, therefore, a fund may not enter into any such transactions if the fund’s leverage would thereby exceed the limits of the 1940 Act.
 
The Fund’s derivative transactions are generally subject to earmarking and coverage requirements of either the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”) or the SEC, with the result that, if the Fund does not hold the security or futures contract underlying the instrument, the Fund intends to designate on its books and records on an ongoing basis, cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to the Fund’s obligations with respect to such instruments.  Such amounts may fluctuate as the obligations increase or decrease.  The earmarking requirement can result in the Fund maintaining securities positions it would otherwise liquidate, segregating assets at a time when it might be disadvantageous to do so and otherwise restrict portfolio management.
 
In general, either the full amount of any obligation by the Fund to pay or deliver securities or assets must be covered at all times by the securities or instruments required to be delivered, or, subject to any regulatory restrictions, an amount of liquid assets at least equal to the current amount of the obligation must be segregated with the custodian or sub-custodian of the Fund in accordance with established procedures.  The segregated assets cannot be sold or transferred unless equivalent assets are substituted in their place or it is no longer necessary to segregate them.  A call option on securities written by the Fund, for example, will require the Fund to hold the securities subject to the call (or securities convertible into the needed securities without additional consideration) or to segregate liquid high grade debt obligations sufficient to purchase and deliver the securities if the call is exercised.  A call option sold by the Fund on an index will require the Fund to own portfolio securities that correlate with the index or to segregate liquid high grade debt obligations equal to the excess of the index value over the exercise price on a current basis.  A put option on securities written by the Fund will require the Fund to segregate liquid high grade debt obligations equal to the exercise price.
 
-12-

Over-the-counter options entered into by the Fund, including those on securities, financial instruments or indexes, and OCC-issued and exchange-listed index options will generally provide for cash settlement, although the Fund will not be required to do so.  As a result, when the Fund sells these instruments it will segregate an amount of assets equal to its obligations under the options.  OCC-issued and exchange-listed options sold by the Fund other than those described above generally settle with physical delivery, and the Fund will segregate an amount of assets equal to the full value of the option.  OTC options settling with physical delivery or with an election of either physical delivery or cash settlement will be treated the same as other options settling with physical delivery.
 
In the case of a futures contract or an option on a futures contract, the Fund must deposit the initial margin and, in some instances, the daily variation margin in addition to segregating liquid assets sufficient to meet its obligations to purchase or provide securities or currencies, or to pay the amount owed at the expiration of an index-based futures contract.  The Fund will accrue the net amount of the excess, if any, of its obligations relating to swaps over its entitlements with respect to each swap on a daily basis and will segregate with its custodian, or designated sub-custodian, an amount of liquid assets having an aggregate value equal to at least the accrued excess.  Caps, floors and collars require segregation of liquid assets with a value equal to the Fund’s net obligation, if any.
 
In the case of forward currency contracts that are not contractually required to cash settle, the Fund must set aside liquid assets equal to such contracts’ full notional value while the positions are open.  With respect to forward currency contracts that are contractually required to cash settle, however, the Fund is permitted to set aside liquid assets in an amount equal to the Fund’s daily marked-to-market net obligations ( i.e. , the Fund’s daily net liability) under the contracts, if any, rather than such contracts’ full notional value.
 
In the case of swaps that do not cash settle, for example, the Fund must set aside liquid assets equal to the full notional amount of the swaps while the positions are open.  With respect to swaps that cash settle, however, the Fund may set aside liquid assets in an amount equal to the Fund’s daily marked-to-market net obligations ( i.e. , the Fund’s daily net liability) under the swaps, if any, rather than their full notional amount.
 
Derivatives may be covered by means other than those described above when consistent with applicable regulatory policies.  The Fund may also enter into offsetting transactions so that its combined position, coupled with any segregated assets, equals its net outstanding obligation in related derivatives.  Other derivatives may also be offset in combinations.  If the offsetting transaction terminates at the time of or after the primary transaction, no segregation is required, but if it terminates prior to that time, assets equal to any remaining obligation would need to be segregated.  The Fund reserves the right to modify its asset segregation policies in the future to comply with any changes in the positions from time to time articulated by the SEC or its staff regarding asset segregation.
 
Combined Transactions .  The Fund may enter into multiple transactions, including multiple options transactions, multiple futures transactions, multiple currency transactions (including forward currency contracts) and multiple interest rate transactions and any combination of futures, options, currency and interest rate transactions (“component” transactions), instead of a single Derivative Transaction, as part of a single or combined strategy when, in the opinion of the Adviser or Subadviser, it is in the best interests of the Fund to do so.  A combined transaction will usually contain elements of risk that are present in each of its component transactions.  Although combined transactions are normally entered into based on the Adviser’s or Subadviser’s judgment that the combined strategies will reduce risk or otherwise more effectively achieve the desired portfolio management goal, it is possible that the combination will instead increase such risks or hinder achievement of the portfolio management objectives.
 
Regulation as a “Commodity Pool.”   The CFTC has adopted amendments to CFTC Rule 4.5 which requires operators of registered investment companies to either limit such investment companies’ use of futures, options on futures and swaps or register as a commodity pool operator (“CPO”) and submit to dual regulation by the CFTC and the SEC.  In order to be able to comply with the exclusion from the CPO definition pursuant to CFTC Rule 4.5 with respect to the Fund, the Adviser must limit the Fund’s transactions in commodity futures, commodity option contracts and swaps for non-hedging purposes by either (a) limiting the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish non-hedging commodities positions to not more than 5% of the liquidation value of the Fund’s portfolio after taking into account unrealized profits and losses on any such contract or (b) limiting the aggregate net notional value of non-hedging commodities positions to not more than 100% of the liquidation value of the Fund’s portfolio after taking into account unrealized profits and losses on such positions.  In the event that the Fund’s investments in such instruments exceed one of these thresholds, the Adviser would no longer be excluded from the CPO definition and may be required to register as a CPO, and the Subadviser may be required to register as a commodity trading advisor (“CTA”).  In the event the Adviser or the Subadviser is required to register as a CPO or CTA, as applicable, it will become subject to additional recordkeeping and reporting requirements with respect to the Fund.  The Adviser has claimed an exclusion from the definition of a CPO with respect to the Fund under the amended rules.   The Fund reserves the right to engage in transactions involving futures, options thereon and swaps in accordance with the Fund’s policies.  The Fund does not anticipate that it will invest in commodity futures, commodity options contracts and swaps to an extent or in a manner that would require the Adviser and the Subadviser to register as a CPO or CTA (as applicable) in connection with their management of the Fund.
 
-13-

Exchange-Traded Funds.   The Fund may invest in a range of exchange‑traded funds (“ETFs”).  When the Fund invests in sector ETFs, there is a risk that securities within the same group of industries will decline in price due to sector‑specific market or economic developments.  If the Fund invests more heavily in a particular sector, the value of its Common Shares may be especially sensitive to factors and economic risks that specifically affect that sector.  As a result, the Fund’s Common Share price may fluctuate more widely than the value of shares of a mutual fund that invests in a broader range of industries.  Additionally, some sectors could be subject to greater government regulation than other sectors.  Therefore, changes in regulatory policies for those sectors may have a material effect on the value of securities issued by companies in those sectors.  The sectors in which the Fund may be more heavily invested will vary.
 
The shares of an ETF may be assembled in a block (typically 25,000 or 50,000 shares) known as a creation unit and redeemed in‑kind for a portfolio of the underlying securities (based on the ETF’s net asset value) together with a cash payment generally equal to accumulated dividends as of the date of redemption.  Conversely, a creation unit may be purchased from the ETF by depositing a specified portfolio of the ETF’s underlying securities, as well as a cash payment generally equal to accumulated dividends of the securities (net of expenses) up to the time of deposit.  The Fund may redeem creation units for the underlying securities (and any applicable cash), and may assemble a portfolio of the underlying securities and use it (and any required cash) to purchase creation units, if the Adviser or Subadviser believes it is in the Fund’s interest to do so.  The Fund’s ability to redeem creation units may be limited by the 1940 Act, which provides that the ETFs will not be obligated to redeem shares held by the Fund in an amount exceeding one percent of their total outstanding securities during any period of less than 30 days.
 
There is a risk that the underlying ETFs in which the Fund invests may terminate due to extraordinary events that may cause any of the service providers to the ETFs, such as the trustee or sponsor, to close or otherwise fail to perform their obligations to the ETF.  Also, because the ETFs in which the Fund intends to invest may be granted licenses by agreement to use the indices as a basis for determining their compositions and/or otherwise to use certain trade names, the ETFs may terminate if such license agreements are terminated.  In addition, an ETF may terminate if its entire net asset value falls below a certain amount.  Although the Fund believes that, in the event of the termination of an underlying ETF they will be able to invest instead in shares of an alternate ETF tracking the same market index or another market index with the same general market, there is no guarantee that shares of an alternate ETF would be available for investment at that time.  To the extent the Fund invests in a sector product, the Fund will be subject to the risks associated with that sector.  See “Additional Risks of Investing in the Fund—ETFs Risk.”
 
Exchange-Traded Notes.   The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in exchange-traded notes (“ETNs”), which are a type of unsecured, unsubordinated debt security.  ETNs combine certain aspects of bonds and ETFs.  Similar to ETFs, ETNs are traded on a major exchange ( e.g., the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”)) during normal trading hours, although trading volume can be limited.  However, investors can also hold the ETN until maturity.  At maturity, the issuer pays to the investor a cash amount equal to the principal amount, subject to the day’s index factor.  ETN returns are based upon the performance of a market index minus applicable fees.  ETNs do not make periodic coupon payments and provide no principal protection.  The value of an ETN may be influenced by time to maturity, level of supply and demand for the ETN, volatility and lack of liquidity in underlying markets, changes in the applicable interest rates, changes in the issuer’s credit rating and economic, legal, political or geographic events that affect the referenced index.  The value of the ETN may drop due to a downgrade in the issuer’s credit rating, despite the underlying index remaining unchanged.  See “Additional Risks of Investing in the Fund—ETNs Risk.”
 
Foreign Investments .  The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in foreign securities.  When foreign securities are denominated and traded in foreign currencies, the value of the Fund’s foreign investments and the value of its Common Shares may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in currency exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar.  There may be less information publicly available about a foreign issuer than about a U.S. issuer, and foreign issuers may not be subject to accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards and practices comparable to those in the U.S.  The securities of some foreign issuers are less liquid and at times more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. issuers.  Foreign brokerage commissions and other fees are also generally higher than in the U.S.  Foreign settlement procedures and trade regulations may involve certain risks (such as delay in payment or delivery of securities or in the recovery of the Fund’s assets held abroad) and expenses not present in the settlement of investments in U.S. markets.  Payment for securities without delivery may be required in certain foreign markets.
 
In addition, foreign securities may be subject to the risk of nationalization or expropriation of assets, imposition of currency exchange controls or restrictions on the repatriation of foreign currency, confiscatory taxation, political or financial instability and diplomatic developments which could affect the value of the Fund’s investments in certain foreign countries.  Governments of many countries have exercised and continue to exercise substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector through the ownership or control of many companies, including some of the largest in these countries.  As a result, government actions in the future could have a significant effect on economic conditions which may adversely affect prices of certain portfolio securities.  There is also generally less government supervision and regulation of stock exchanges, brokers and listed companies than in the U.S.  Dividends or interest on, or proceeds from the sale of, foreign securities may be subject to foreign withholding taxes, and special U.S. tax considerations may apply.  Moreover, foreign economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross national product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payments position.
 
-14-

Legal remedies available to investors in certain foreign countries may be more limited than those available with respect to investments in the U.S. or in other foreign countries.  The laws of some foreign countries may limit the Fund’s ability to invest in securities of certain issuers organized under the laws of those foreign countries.
 
Many foreign countries are heavily dependent upon exports, particularly to developed countries, and, accordingly, have been and may continue to be adversely affected by trade barriers, managed adjustments in relative currency values and other protectionist measures imposed or negotiated by the U.S. and other countries with which they trade.  These economies also have been and may continue to be negatively impacted by economic conditions in the U.S. and other trading partners, which can lower the demand for goods produced in those countries.
 
Certain of the foregoing risks may also apply to some extent to securities of U.S. issuers that are denominated in foreign currencies or that are traded in foreign markets, or securities of U.S. issuers having significant foreign operations.
 
High Yield Securities.  The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in high yield securities.  High yield, high risk bonds are securities that are generally rated below investment grade by the primary rating agencies (BB+ or lower by S&P and Ba1 or lower by Moody’s).  Other terms used to describe such securities include “lower rated bonds,” “non‑investment grade bonds,” “below investment grade bonds,” and “junk bonds.” These securities are considered to be high‑risk investments.
 
Illiquid Securities and Restricted Securities .  Certain securities may be subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale (“restricted securities”).  Generally speaking, restricted securities may be sold: (i) only to qualified institutional buyers; (ii) in a privately negotiated transaction to a limited number of purchasers; (iii) in limited quantities after they have been held for a specified period of time and other conditions are met pursuant to an exemption from registration; or (iv) in a public offering for which a registration statement is in effect under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“1933 Act”).  Issuers of restricted securities may not be subject to the disclosure and other investor protection requirements that would be applicable if their securities were publicly traded.
 
Restricted securities are often illiquid, but they may also be liquid.  For example, restricted securities that are eligible for resale under Rule 144A are often deemed to be liquid.  The Fund and Underlying Funds may also purchase securities that are not subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale, but that are deemed illiquid.  Such securities may be illiquid, for example, because there is a limited trading market for them.
 
The Fund or an Underlying Fund may be unable to sell a restricted or illiquid security.  In addition, it may be more difficult to determine a market value for restricted or illiquid securities.  Moreover, if adverse market conditions were to develop during the period between the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s decision to sell a restricted or illiquid security and the point at which the Fund or an Underlying Fund is permitted or able to sell such security, the Fund or an Underlying Fund might obtain a price less favorable than the price that prevailed when it decided to sell.
 
Initial Public Offerings .  The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in securities issued as part of initial public offerings (“IPOs”).  Shares purchased in IPOs frequently are volatile in price and the fund may hold IPO shares for a very short period of time.  This may increase the turnover of the fund’s portfolio and may lead to increased expenses to the fund, such as commissions and transaction costs.  By selling shares, the fund may realize taxable capital gains that they will subsequently distribute to shareholders.  Investing in IPOs has added risks because their shares are frequently volatile in price.  As a result, their performance can be more volatile and they face greater risk of business failure, which could increase the volatility of the fund’s portfolio.
 
Investment Company Securities .  The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in the securities of other investment companies, including closed-end funds, open-end funds, ETFs, unit investment trusts and BDCs registered under the 1940 Act (collectively, the “Investment Companies”), to the extent permitted under applicable law and subject to certain restrictions.
 
Under sections 12(d)(1)(A) and 12(d)(1)(B) of the 1940 Act, the Fund and the Underlying Funds may hold securities of Investment Companies in amounts which (i) do not exceed 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of an Investment Company, (ii) do not exceed 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and (iii) when added to all other Investment Company securities held by the Fund or an Underlying Fund, do not exceed 10% of the value of the Fund’s or Underlying Fund’s total assets.  These limits may be exceeded when permitted by SEC order or other applicable law or regulatory guidance.
 
In addition, to comply with provisions of the 1940 Act, in any matter upon which Investment Company stockholders are solicited to vote, the Adviser or Subadviser, as applicable, may be required to vote Investment Company shares in the same proportion as shares held by other stockholders of the Investment Company.
 
-15-

Acquired funds typically incur fees that are separate from those fees incurred directly by the Fund or an Underlying Fund.  The Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s purchase of Investment Company securities results in the layering of expenses as shareholders would indirectly bear a proportionate share of the operating expenses of such Investment Companies, including advisory fees, in addition to paying Fund or Underlying Fund expenses.  In addition, the securities of Investment Companies may also be leveraged and will therefore will be subject to certain leverage risks.  The NAV and market value of leveraged securities will be more volatile and the yield to shareholders will tend to fluctuate more than the yield generated by unleveraged securities.  Investment Companies may also have investment policies that differ from those of the Fund or an Underlying Fund.
 
Under certain circumstances an open-end investment company in which the Fund or an Underlying Fund invests may determine to make a payment of a redemption by the Fund or an Underlying Fund wholly or in part by a distribution in kind of securities from its portfolio, instead of in cash.  As a result, the Fund or an Underlying Fund may hold such securities until the Adviser, Subadviser or manager of the Underlying Fund, as applicable, determines it is appropriate to dispose of them.  Such disposition will impose additional costs on the Fund or an Underlying Fund.
 
Investment decisions by the investment advisers to the registered investment companies in which the Fund invests are made independently of the Fund.  At any particular time, an Underlying Fund may be purchasing shares of an issuer whose shares are being sold by another Underlying Fund.  As a result, under these circumstances the Fund indirectly would incur certain transactional costs without accomplishing any investment purpose.  See also “—Exchange Traded Funds” and “—Business Development Companies.”
 
Investment Grade Debt Securities .  Investment grade securities are those rated “Baa” or higher by Moody’s or “BBB” or higher by S&P or rated similarly by another NRSRO or, if unrated, judged to be of equivalent quality as determined by the Adviser or Subadviser, as applicable.  Moody’s considers bonds it rates “Baa” to have speculative elements as well as investment-grade characteristics.  To the extent that the Fund invests in higher-grade securities, the Fund will not be able to avail itself of opportunities for higher income which may be available at lower grades.
 
Master Limited Partnerships.   The Underlying Funds may invest in master limited partnerships (“MLPs”).  Investments in publicly traded MLPs, which are limited partnerships or limited liability companies taxable as partnerships, involve some risks that differ from an investment in the common stock of a corporation, including risks related to limited control and limited rights to vote on matters affecting MLPs, risks related to potential conflicts of interest between an MLP and the MLP’s general partner, cash flow risks, dilution risks and risks related to the general partner’s right to require unit‑holders to sell their common units at an undesirable time or price.  MLPs may derive income and gains from the exploration, development, mining or production, processing, refining, transportation (including pipelines transporting gas, oil, or products thereof), or the marketing of any mineral or natural resources.  MLPs may be subject to legal and other restrictions on resale or will otherwise be less liquid than publicly traded securities.  Certain MLP securities may trade in lower volumes due to their smaller capitalizations.  Accordingly, those MLPs may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements and may lack sufficient market liquidity to enable an Underlying Fund to effect sales at an advantageous time or without a substantial drop in price.  As a result, these investments may be difficult to dispose of at a fair price at the times when an Underlying Fund believes it is desirable to do so.  MLPs are generally considered interest‑rate sensitive investments.  During periods of interest rate volatility, these investments may not provide attractive returns, which may adversely impact the overall performance of the Fund or an Underlying Fund.  The benefit an Underlying Fund will derive from its investment in MLPs will be largely dependent on the MLPs being treated as partnerships and not as corporations for federal income tax purposes.  Therefore, treatment of an MLP as a corporation for federal income tax purposes would result in a reduction in the after‑tax return to an Underlying Fund, likely causing a reduction in the value of the Common Shares.
 
Mortgage-Backed Securities.  The Fund may invest in mortgage‑backed securities.  Mortgage‑backed securities represent participation interests in pools of one‑to‑four family residential mortgage loans originated by private mortgage originators.  Traditionally, residential mortgage‑backed securities have been issued by governmental agencies such as the Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.  The Fund may invest in commercial mortgage‑backed securities.  Non‑governmental entities that have issued or sponsored residential mortgage‑backed securities offerings include savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, insurance companies, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing.  While residential loans do not typically have prepayment penalties or restrictions, they are often structured so that subordinated classes may be locked out of prepayments for a period of time.  However, in a period of extremely rapid prepayments, during which senior classes may be retired faster than expected, the subordinated classes may receive unscheduled payments of principal and would have average lives that, while longer than the average lives of the senior classes, would be shorter than originally expected.  The types of residential mortgage‑backed securities in which the Fund may invest may include the following:
 
Guaranteed Mortgage Pass‑Through Securities .  The Fund may invest in mortgage pass‑through securities representing participation interests in pools of residential mortgage loans originated by the U.S. government and guaranteed, to the extent provided in such securities, by the U.S. government or one of its agencies or instrumentalities.  Such securities, which are ownership interests in the underlying mortgage loans, differ from conventional debt securities, which provide for periodic payment of interest in fixed amounts (usually semi‑annually) and principal payments at maturity or on specified call dates.  Mortgage pass‑through securities provide for monthly payments that are a “pass‑through” of the monthly interest and principal payments (including any prepayments) made by the individual borrowers on the pooled mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the guarantor of such securities and the servicer of the underlying mortgage loans.  The guaranteed mortgage pass‑through securities in which the Fund will invest are those issued or guaranteed by Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.
 
-16-

Private Mortgage Pass‑Through Securities .  Private mortgage pass‑through securities (“Private Pass‑Throughs”) are structured similarly to the Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac mortgage pass‑through securities described above and are issued by originators of and investors in mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing.  Private Pass‑Throughs are usually backed by a pool of conventional fixed rate or adjustable rate mortgage loans.
 
Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”).   CMOs are debt obligations collateralized by mortgage loans or mortgage pass‑through securities.  Typically, CMOs are collateralized by Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac Certificates, but also may be collateralized by whole loans or Private Pass‑Throughs (such collateral collectively hereinafter referred to as “Mortgage Assets”).
 
Multi‑class pass‑through securities are equity interests in a pool of Mortgage Assets.  Unless the context indicates otherwise, all references herein to CMOs include multi‑class pass‑through securities.  Payments of principal of and interest on the Mortgage Assets, and any reinvestment income thereon, allow the Fund to pay debt service on the CMOs or make scheduled distributions on the multi‑class pass‑through securities.  CMOs may be sponsored by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing.  Under current law, every newly created CMO issuer must elect to be treated for federal income tax purposes as a Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduit (a “REMIC”).
 
In a CMO, a series of bonds or certificates is issued in multiple classes.  Each class of CMOs, often referred to as a “tranche,” is issued at a specific fixed or floating coupon rate and has a stated maturity or final distribution date.  Principal prepayments on the Mortgage Assets may cause the CMOs to be retired substantially earlier than their stated maturities or final distribution dates.  Interest is paid or accrues on all classes of the CMOs on a monthly, quarterly or semi‑annual basis.  The principal of and interest on the Mortgage Assets may be allocated among the several classes of a series of a CMO in innumerable ways.  In one structure, payments of principal, including any principal prepayments, on the Mortgage Assets are applied to the classes of a CMO in the order of their respective stated maturities or final distribution dates, so that no payment of principal will be made on any class of CMOs until all other classes having an earlier stated maturity or final distribution date have been paid in full.
 
The Fund may also invest in, among others, parallel pay CMOs and Planned Amortization Class CMOs (PAC Bonds).  Parallel pay CMOs are structured to provide payments of principal on each payment date to more than one class.  These simultaneous payments are taken into account in calculating the stated maturity date or final distribution date of each class, which, as with other CMO structures, must be retired by its payments of a specified amount of principal on each payment date.
 
Ginnie Mae Certificates .  Ginnie Mae is a wholly‑owned corporate instrumentality of the U.S. government within the Department of Housing and Urban Development.  The National Housing Act of 1934, as amended (the “Housing Act”), authorizes Ginnie Mae to guarantee the timely payment of the principal of and interest on certificates that are based on and backed by a pool of mortgage loans insured by the Federal Housing Administration under the Housing Act, or Title V of the Housing Act of 1949 (“FHA Loans”), or guaranteed by the Veterans Administration under the Servicemen’s Readjustment Act of 1944, as amended (“VA Loans”), or by pools of other eligible mortgage loans.  The Housing Act provides that the full faith and credit of the U.S. government is pledged to the payment of all amounts that may be required to be paid under any guarantee.
 
The Ginnie Mae Certificates will represent a pro rata interest in one or more pools of the following types of mortgage loans: (i) fixed rate level payment mortgage loans; (ii) fixed rate graduated payment mortgage loans; (iii) fixed rate growing equity mortgage loans; (iv) fixed rate mortgage loans secured by manufactured (mobile) homes; (v) mortgage loans on multifamily residential properties under construction; (vi) mortgage loans on completed multifamily projects; (vii) fixed rate mortgage loans as to which escrowed funds are used to reduce the borrower’s monthly payments during the early years of the mortgage loans (“buydown” mortgage loans); (viii) mortgage loans that provide for adjustments in payments based on periodic changes in interest rates or in other payment terms of the mortgage loans; and (ix) mortgage‑backed serial notes.  All of these mortgage loans will be FHA Loans or VA Loans and, except as otherwise specified above, will be fully‑amortizing loans secured by first liens on one‑to‑four family housing units.
 
-17-

Fannie Mae Certificates .  Fannie Mae is a federally chartered and privately owned corporation organized and existing under the Federal National Mortgage Association Charter Act.  Fannie Mae was originally established in 1938 as a U.S. government agency to provide supplemental liquidity to the mortgage market and was transformed into a stockholder owned and privately-managed corporation by legislation enacted in 1968.  Fannie Mae provides funds to the mortgage market primarily by purchasing home mortgage loans from local lenders, thereby replenishing their funds for additional lending.  Fannie Mae acquires funds to purchase home mortgage loans from many capital market investors that may not ordinarily invest in mortgage loans directly, thereby expanding the total amount of funds available for housing.
 
Each Fannie Mae Certificate entitles the registered holder thereof to receive amounts representing such holder’s pro rata interest in scheduled principal payments and interest payments (at such Fannie Mae Certificate’s pass‑through rate, which is net of any servicing and guarantee fees on the underlying mortgage loans), and any principal prepayments on the mortgage loans in the pool represented by such Fannie Mae Certificate and such holder’s proportionate interest in the full principal amount of any foreclosed or otherwise finally liquidated mortgage loan.  The full and timely payment of principal of and interest on each Fannie Mae Certificate will be guaranteed by Fannie Mae, which guarantee is not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.  In order to meet its obligations under such guarantee, Ginnie Mae is authorized to borrow from the U.S. Treasury with no limitations as to amount.
 
Each Fannie Mae Certificate will represent a pro rata interest in one or more pools of FHA Loans, VA Loans or conventional mortgage loans ( i.e. , mortgage loans that are not insured or guaranteed by any governmental agency) of the following types: (i) fixed rate level payment mortgage loans; (ii) fixed rate growing equity mortgage loans; (iii) fixed rate graduated payment mortgage loans; (iv) variable rate California mortgage loans; (v) other adjustable rate mortgage loans; and (vi) fixed rate mortgage loans secured by multifamily projects.
 
Freddie Mac Certificates .  Freddie Mac is a corporate instrumentality of the U.S. government created pursuant to the Emergency Home Finance Act of 1970, as amended (the “FHLMC Act”).  Freddie Mac was established primarily for the purpose of increasing the availability of mortgage credit for the financing of needed housing.  The principal activity of Freddie Mac currently consists of the purchase of first lien, conventional, residential mortgage loans and participation interests in such mortgage loans and the resale of the mortgage loans so purchased in the form of mortgage securities, primarily Freddie Mac Certificates.
 
Freddie Mac guarantees to each registered holder of a Freddie Mac Certificate the timely payment of interest at the rate provided for by such Freddie Mac Certificate, whether or not received.  Freddie Mac also guarantees to each registered holder of a Freddie Mac Certificate ultimate collection of all principal of the related mortgage loans, without any offset or deduction, but does not generally guarantee the timely payment of scheduled principal.  Freddie Mac may remit the amount due on account of its guarantee of collection of principal at any time after default on an underlying mortgage loan, but not later than 30 days following (i) foreclosure sale, (ii) payment of a claim by any mortgage insurer, or (iii) the expiration of any right of redemption, whichever occurs later, but in any event no later than one year after demand has been made upon the mortgagor for acceleration of payment of principal.  The obligations of Freddie Mac under its guarantee are obligations solely of Freddie Mac and are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.
 
Freddie Mac Certificates represent a pro rata interest in a group of mortgage loans (a “Freddie Mac Certificate group”) purchased by Freddie Mac.  The mortgage loans underlying the Freddie Mac Certificates will consist of fixed rate or adjustable rate mortgage loans with original terms to maturity of between ten and thirty years, substantially all of which are secured by first liens on one‑to‑four family residential properties or multifamily projects.  Each mortgage loan must meet the applicable standards set forth in the FHLMC Act.  A Freddie Mac Certificate group may include whole loans, participation interests in whole loans and undivided interests in whole loans and participations comprising another Freddie Mac Certificate group.
 
Federal Home Loan Bank Securities.   The Federal Home Loan Bank system (“FHLB”) was created in 1932 pursuant to the Federal Home Loan Bank Act (the “FHLB Act”).  The FHLB was created to support residential mortgage lending and community investment.  The FHLB consists of 12 member banks which are owned by over 8,000 member community financial institutions.  The FHLB provides liquidity for housing finance and community development by making direct loans to these community financial institutions, and through two FHLB mortgage programs, which help expand home ownership by giving lenders an alternative option for mortgage funding.  Each member financial institution (typically a bank or savings and loan) is a shareholder in one or more of 12 regional FHLB banks, which are privately capitalized, separate corporate entities.
 
Federal oversight, in conjunction with normal bank regulation and shareholder vigilance, assures that the 12 regional FHLB banks will remain conservatively managed and well capitalized.  The FHLB banks are among the largest providers of mortgage credit in the U.S.
 
The FHLB is also one of the world’s largest private issuers of fixed‑income debt securities, and the Office of Finance serves as the FHLB’s central debt issuance facility.  Debt is issued in the global capital markets and the Fund is channeled to member financial institutions to fund mortgages, community development, and affordable housing.
 
-18-

Securities issued by the FHLB are not obligations of the U.S. government and are not guaranteed by the U.S. government.  The FHLB may issue either bonds or discount notes.  The securities, issued pursuant to the FHLB Act, are joint and several unsecured general obligations of the FHLB banks.  The bonds or discount notes will not limit other indebtedness that the FHLB banks may incur and they will not contain any financial or similar restrictions on the FHLB banks or any restrictions on their ability to secure other indebtedness.  Under the FHLB Act, the FHLB banks may incur other indebtedness such as secured joint and several obligations of the FHLB banks and unsecured joint and several obligations of the FHLB banks, as well as obligations of individual FHLB banks (although current Federal Housing Finance Board rules prohibit their issuance).
 
Municipal Securities .  The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in municipal securities, which are securities that share the attributes of fixed income securities in general but are issued by states, municipalities and other political subdivisions, agencies, authorities and instrumentalities of states and multi-state agencies or authorities.  Although the interest earned on many municipal securities is exempt from federal income tax, the Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in taxable municipal securities as well.
 
The municipal securities in which the Fund and the Underlying Funds may purchase include general obligation bonds and limited obligation bonds (or revenue bonds), including industrial development bonds issued pursuant to former federal tax law.  General obligation bonds are obligations involving the credit of an issuer possessing taxing power and are payable from such issuer’s general revenues and not from any particular source.  Limited obligation bonds are payable only from the revenues derived from a particular facility or class of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise or other specific revenue source.  Tax-exempt private activity bonds and industrial development bonds generally are also revenue bonds and thus are not payable from the issuer’s general revenues.  The credit and quality of private activity bonds and industrial development bonds are usually related to the credit of the corporate user of the facilities.  Payment of interest on and repayment of principal of such bonds is the responsibility of the corporate user (and/or any guarantor).
 
Under the Code, certain limited obligation bonds are considered “private activity bonds” and interest paid on such bonds is treated as an item of tax preference for purposes of calculating federal alternative minimum tax liability.
 
Preferred Securities .  Preferred securities represent an equity ownership interest in the issuer and has a preference over common stock in liquidation (and generally as to dividends as well), but is subordinated to the liabilities of the issuer in all respects.  Some preferred securities also entitle their holders to receive additional liquidation proceeds on the same basis as holders of a company’s common stock.  As a general rule, the market value of preferred securities with a fixed dividend rate and no conversion element varies inversely with interest rates and perceived credit risk, while the market price of convertible preferred securities generally also reflects some element of conversion value.  Because preferred securities are junior to debt securities and other obligations of the issuer, deterioration in the credit quality of the issuer will cause greater changes in the value of preferred securities than in a more senior debt security with similarly stated yield characteristics.  The market value of preferred securities will also generally reflect whether (and, if so, when) the issuer may force holders to sell their preferred securities back to the issuer and whether (and, if so, when) the holders may force the issuer to buy back their preferred securities.  Generally, the right of the issuer to repurchase the preferred securities tends to reduce any premium that the preferred securities might otherwise trade at due to interest rate or credit factors, while the right of the holders to require the issuer to repurchase the preferred securities tends to reduce any discount that the preferred securities might otherwise trade at due to interest rate or credit factors.  In addition, some preferred securities are non-cumulative, meaning that the dividends do not accumulate and need not ever be paid.  A portion of the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s portfolio may include investments in non-cumulative preferred securities, whereby the issuer does not have an obligation to make up any arrearages to its shareholders.  There is no assurance that dividends or distributions on non-cumulative preferred securities in which the Fund or an Underlying Fund invests will be declared or otherwise paid.  Preferred securities of certain companies offer the opportunity for capital appreciation as well as periodic income.  This may be particularly true in the case of companies that have performed below expectations.  If a company’s performance has been poor enough, its preferred securities may trade more like common stock than like other fixed income securities, which may result in above average appreciation if the company’s performance improves.
 
Real Estate Investment Trusts .  Real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) are typically publicly-traded corporations or trusts that invest in residential or commercial real estate.  REITs generally can be divided into the following three types: (i) equity REITs, which invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive their income primarily from rents and capital gains or real estate appreciation; (ii) mortgage REITs, which invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgage loans and derive their income primarily from interest payments; and (iii) hybrid REITs which combine the characteristics of equity REITs and mortgage REITs.  Generally, dividends received by the Fund from REIT shares and distributed to the Fund’s shareholders are not likely to constitute “qualified dividend income” eligible for the reduced tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income; therefore, the portion of the dividend income attributable to REIT shares held by the Fund that shareholders of the Fund receive will likely be treated as ordinary income and taxed at a higher rate than dividends eligible for the reduced tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income.  The Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management and other expenses paid by REITs in which it invests in addition to expenses paid by the Fund.
 
-19-

Investment in REITs may subject the Fund to risks associated with the direct ownership of real estate, such as decreases in real estate values, overbuilding, increased competition and other risks related to local or general economic conditions, increases in operating costs and property taxes, changes in zoning laws, casualty or condemnation losses, possible environmental liabilities, regulatory limitations on rent and fluctuations in rental income.  Equity REITs generally experience these risks directly through fee or leasehold interests, whereas mortgage REITs generally experience these risks indirectly through mortgage interests, unless the mortgage REIT forecloses on the underlying real estate.  Changes in interest rates may also affect the value of the Fund’s investment in REITs.  For instance, during periods of declining interest rates, certain mortgage REITs may hold mortgages that the mortgagors elect to prepay, which prepayment may diminish the yield on securities issued by those REITs.
 
Certain REITs have relatively small market capitalizations, which may tend to increase the volatility of the market price of their securities.  Furthermore, REITs are dependent upon specialized management skills and have limited diversification and are, therefore, subject to risks inherent in operating and financing a limited number of projects.  REITs are also subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers and the possibility of failing to qualify for tax-free pass-through of income under the Code and to maintain exemption from the registration requirements of the 1940 Act.  By investing in REITs indirectly through the Fund, a shareholder will bear not only his or her proportionate share of the expenses of the Fund, but also, indirectly, similar expenses of the REITs.  In addition, REITs depend generally on their ability to generate cash flow to make distributions to shareholders.
 
Senior Loans. Senior floating rate loans (“Senior Loans”) may be made to or issued by U.S. or non-U.S. banks or other corporations.  Senior Loans include senior floating rate loans and institutionally-traded senior floating rate debt obligations issued by asset-backed pools and other issues, and interests therein.  Senior Loan interests may be acquired from U.S. or foreign commercial banks, insurance companies, finance companies or other financial institutions that have made loans or are members of a lending syndicate or from other holders of loan interests. Senior Loans typically pay interest at rates which are re-determined periodically on the basis of a floating base lending rate (such as the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate, “LIBOR”) plus a premium.  Senior Loans are typically of below investment grade quality.  Senior Loans generally (but not always) hold the most senior position in the capital structure of a borrower and are often secured with collateral.
 
Such banks may also act as agents for Senior Loans held by the Fund.  To the extent that the collateral, if any, securing a Senior Loan consists of the stock of the borrower’s subsidiaries or other affiliates, the Fund will be subject to the risk that this stock will decline in value. Such a decline, whether as a result of bankruptcy proceedings or otherwise, could cause the Senior Loan to be undercollateralized or unsecured. In most credit agreements there is no formal requirement to pledge additional collateral.  In addition, a Senior Loan may be guaranteed by, or fully secured by assets of, shareholders or owners, even if the Senior Loans are not otherwise collateralized by assets of the borrower.  There may be temporary periods when the principal asset held by a borrower is the stock of a related company, which may not legally be pledged to secure a secured Senior Loan.  On occasions when such stock cannot be pledged, the secured Senior Loan will be temporarily unsecured until the stock can be pledged or is exchanged for or replaced by other assets, which will be pledged as security for such Senior Loan.
 
If a borrower becomes involved in bankruptcy proceedings, a court potentially could invalidate the Fund’s security interest in any loan collateral or subordinate the Fund’s rights under a secured Senior Loan to the interests of the borrower’s unsecured creditors. Such action by a court could be based, for example, on a “fraudulent conveyance” claim to the effect that the borrower did not receive fair consideration for granting the security interest in the loan collateral to the Fund.  For secured Senior Loans made in connection with a highly leveraged transaction, consideration for granting a security interest may be deemed inadequate if the proceeds of such loan were not received or retained by the borrower, but were instead paid to other persons, such as shareholders of the borrower, in an amount which left the borrower insolvent or without sufficient working capital.  There are also other events, such as the failure to perfect a security interest due to faulty documentation or faulty official filings, which could lead to the invalidation of the Fund’s security interest in any loan collateral.  If the Fund’s security interest in loan collateral is invalidated or a secured Senior Loan is subordinated to other debt of a borrower in bankruptcy or other proceedings, it is unlikely that the Fund would be able to recover the full amount of the principal and interest due on the secured Senior Loan.
 
Temporary Investments and Defensive Position .   During the period where the net proceeds of this offering of Common Shares are being invested or during periods in which the Adviser or Subadviser determines that it is temporarily unable to follow the Fund’s investment strategy or that it is impractical to do so, the Fund may deviate from its investment strategy and invest all or any portion of its net assets in cash, cash equivalents or other securities.  The Adviser’s or Subadviser’s determination that it is temporarily unable to follow the Fund’s investment strategy or that it is impracticable to do so generally will occur only in situations in which a market disruption event has occurred and where trading in the securities selected through application of the Fund’s investment strategy is extremely limited or absent.  In such a case, the Fund may not pursue or achieve its investment objective.
 
-20-

Cash and cash equivalents are defined to include, without limitation, the following:
 
  ( 1) U.S. Government securities, including bills, notes and bonds differing as to maturity and rates of interest that are either issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury or by U.S. Government agencies or instrumentalities.  U.S. Government agency securities include securities issued by:  (a) the Federal Housing Administration, Farmers Home Administration, Export‑Import Bank of the United States, Small Business Administration, and the Government National Mortgage Association, whose securities are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States; (b) the Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, and the Tennessee Valley Authority, whose securities are supported by the right of the agency to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; (c) the Federal National Mortgage Association; and (d) the Student Loan Marketing Association, whose securities are supported only by its credit.  While the U.S. Government provides financial support to such U.S. Government‑sponsored agencies or instrumentalities, no assurance can be given that it always will do so since it is not so obligated by law.  The U.S. Government, its agencies, and instrumentalities do not guarantee the market value of their securities.  Consequently, the value of such securities may fluctuate.
 
  (2)   Certificates of deposit issued against funds deposited in a bank or a savings and loan association.  Such certificates are for a definite period of time, earn a specified rate of return, and are normally negotiable.  The issuer of a certificate of deposit agrees to pay the amount deposited plus interest to the bearer of the certificate on the date specified thereon.  Under current Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) regulations, the maximum insurance payable as to any one certificate of deposit is $250,000, therefore, certificates of deposit purchased by the Fund may not be fully insured.
 
          (3)  Repurchase agreements, which involve purchases of debt securities.  At the time the Fund purchases securities pursuant to a repurchase agreement, it simultaneously agrees to resell and redeliver such securities to the seller, who also simultaneously agrees to buy back the securities at a fixed price and time.  This assures a predetermined yield for the Fund during its holding period, since the resale price is always greater than the purchase price and reflects an agreed‑upon market rate.  Such actions afford an opportunity for the Fund to invest temporarily available cash.  Pursuant to the Fund’s policies and procedures, the Fund may enter into repurchase agreements only with respect to obligations of the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities; certificates of deposit; or bankers’ acceptances in which the Fund may invest.   Repurchase agreements may be considered loans to the seller, collateralized by the underlying securities.  The risk to the Fund is limited to the ability of the seller to pay the agreed‑upon sum on the repurchase date; in the event of default, the repurchase agreement provides that the Fund is entitled to sell the underlying collateral.  If the seller defaults under a repurchase agreement when the value of the underlying collateral is less than the repurchase price, the Fund could incur a loss of both principal and interest.  The Adviser or Subadviser, as applicable, monitors the value of the collateral at the time the action is entered into and at all times during the term of the repurchase agreement.  The Adviser or Subadviser does so in an effort to determine that the value of the collateral always equals or exceeds the agreed‑upon repurchase price to be paid to the Fund.  If the seller were to be subject to a federal bankruptcy proceeding, the ability of the Fund to liquidate the collateral could be delayed or impaired because of certain provisions of the bankruptcy laws.
 
           (4)   Commercial paper, which consists of short‑term unsecured promissory notes, including variable rate master demand notes issued by corporations to finance their current operations.  Master demand notes are direct lending arrangements between the Fund and a corporation.  There is no secondary market for such notes.  However, they are redeemable by the Fund at any time.  The Adviser or Subadviser, as applicable, will consider the financial condition of the corporation ( e.g., earning power, cash flow, and other liquidity measures) and will continuously monitor the corporation’s ability to meet all its financial obligations, because the Fund’s liquidity might be impaired if the corporation were unable to pay principal and interest on demand.  Investments in commercial paper will be limited to commercial paper rated in the highest categories by a NRSRO and which mature within one year of the date of purchase or carry a variable or floating rate of interest.
 
           (5) The Fund may invest in bankers’ acceptances which are short‑term credit instruments used to finance commercial transactions.  Generally, an acceptance is a time draft drawn on a bank by an exporter or an importer to obtain a stated amount of funds to pay for specific merchandise.  The draft is then “accepted” by a bank that, in effect, unconditionally guarantees to pay the face value of the instrument on its maturity date.  The acceptance may then be held by the accepting bank as an asset or it may be sold in the secondary market at the going rate of interest for a specific maturity.
 
           (6) The Fund may invest in bank time deposits, which are monies kept on deposit with banks or savings and loan associations for a stated period of time at a fixed rate of interest.  There may be penalties for the early withdrawal of such time deposits, in which case the yields of these investments will be reduced.
 
-21-

           (7)   The Fund may invest in shares of money market funds in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act.
 
Additional Risks of Investing in the Fund
 
Below Investment Grade Securities Risk. The Fund or the Underlying Funds may invest in below investment grade securities, which are commonly referred to as “junk” or “high yield” securities.  These securities are considered to be high-risk investments.  The risks include the following:
 
These securities are regarded as predominately speculative.  There is a greater risk that issuers of lower-rated securities will default than issuers of higher-rated securities.  Issuers of lower-rated securities generally are less creditworthy and may be highly indebted, financially distressed or bankrupt.  These issuers are more vulnerable to real or perceived economic changes, political changes or adverse industry developments.  In addition, below investment grade securities are frequently subordinated to the prior payment of senior indebtedness.  If an issuer fails to pay principal or interest, the Fund would experience a decrease in income and a decline in the market value of its investments.  The Fund or the Underlying Funds also may incur additional expenses in seeking recovery from the issuer.
 
The income and market value of lower-rated securities may fluctuate more than higher-rated securities.  Although certain below investment grade securities may be less sensitive to interest rate changes than investment grade securities, below investment grade securities generally are more sensitive to short-term corporate, economic and market developments.  During periods of economic uncertainty and change, the market price of the investments in lower-rated securities may be volatile.  The default rate for high yield bonds tends to be cyclical, with defaults rising in periods of economic downturn.
 
It is often more difficult to value lower-rated securities than higher-rated securities.  If an issuer’s financial condition deteriorates, accurate financial and business information may be limited or unavailable.  In addition, the lower-rated investments may be thinly traded and there may be no established secondary market.  Because of the lack of market pricing and current information for investments in lower-rated securities, valuation of such investments is much more dependent on judgment than is the case with higher-rated securities.
 
There may be no established secondary or public market for investments in lower-rated securities.  Such securities are frequently traded in markets that may be relatively less liquid than the market for higher-rated securities.  In addition, relatively few institutional purchasers may hold a major portion of an issue of lower-rated securities at times.  As a result, lower-rated securities may be required to be sold at substantial losses or retained indefinitely even where an issuer’s financial condition is deteriorating.
 
Credit quality of below investment grade securities can change suddenly and unexpectedly, and even recently-issued credit ratings may not fully reflect the actual risks posed by a particular below investment grade security.
 
Future legislation may have a possible negative impact on the market for below investment grade securities.
 
Currency Risk.   The value of securities denominated or quoted in foreign currencies may be adversely affected by fluctuations in the relative currency exchange rates and by exchange control regulations.  The Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s investment performance may be negatively affected by a devaluation of a currency in which the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s investments are denominated or quoted.  Further, the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund’s investment performance may be significantly affected, either positively or negatively, by currency exchange rates because the U.S. dollar value of securities denominated or quoted in another currency will increase or decrease in response to changes in the value of such currency in relation to the U.S. dollar.
 
Deflation Risk.  Deflation risk is the risk that prices throughout the economy decline over time, which may have an adverse effect on the market valuation of companies, their assets and revenues.  In addition, deflation may have an adverse effect on the creditworthiness of issuers and may make issuer default more likely, which may result in a decline in the value of the Fund’s portfolio.
 
ETFs Risk. To the extent the Fund invests a portion of its Managed Assets in ETFs, those assets will be subject to the risks of the purchased funds’ portfolio securities, and a shareholder in the Fund will bear not only his or her proportionate share of the Fund’s expenses, but also indirectly the expenses of the purchased funds.  Shareholders would therefore be subject to duplicative expenses to the extent the Fund invests in other funds.  The Fund’s investments in other funds also are subject to the ability of the managers of those funds to achieve the funds’ investment objective(s).
 
Risks associated with investments in ETFs may generally include the risks described in the Prospectus associated with the Fund’s structure as a closed-end fund, including market risk.  Most ETFs are investment companies that aim to track or replicate a desired index, such as a sector, market or global segment.  Most ETFs are passively managed and their shares are traded on a national exchange.  ETFs do not sell individual shares directly to investors and only issue their shares in large blocks known as “creation units.”  The investor purchasing a creation unit may sell the individual shares on a secondary market.  Therefore, the liquidity of ETFs depends on the adequacy of the secondary market.  There can be no assurance that an ETF’s investment objective(s) will be achieved, as ETFs based on an index may not replicate and maintain exactly the composition and relative weightings of securities in the index.  ETFs are subject to the risks of investing in the underlying securities.  ETF shares may trade at a premium or discount to their NAV.  As ETFs trade on an exchange, they are subject to the risks of any exchange-traded instrument, including: (i) an active trading market for its shares may not develop or be maintained, (ii) trading of its shares may be halted by the exchange, and (iii) its shares may be delisted from the exchange.  Some ETFs are highly leveraged and therefore will expose the Fund to risks posed by leverage, including the risk that the use of leverage by an ETF can magnify the effect of any of its losses.
 
-22-

ETNs Risk.  The Fund may invest in ETNs, which are notes representing unsecured debt of the issuer.  ETNs are typically linked to the performance of an index plus a specified rate of interest that could be earned on cash collateral.  The value of an ETN may be influenced by time to maturity, level of supply and demand for the ETN, volatility and lack of liquidity in underlying markets, changes in the applicable interest rates, changes in the issuer’s credit rating and economic, legal, political or geographic events that affect the referenced index.  ETNs typically mature 30 years from the date of issue.  There may be restrictions on the Fund’s right to liquidate its investment in an ETN prior to maturity (for example, the Fund may only be able to offer its ETN for repurchase by the issuer on a weekly basis), and there may be limited availability of a secondary market.
 
Fixed Income Securities Risk.  In addition to the risks described elsewhere in this SAI, such as below investment grade securities risk, fixed income securities in which the Fund may invest are subject to certain other risks, including the following.  These risks may also pertain to the loans in which the Fund may invest.
 
· Issuer Risk.  The value of fixed income securities may decline for a number of reasons which directly relate to the issuer, such as management performance, leverage and reduced demand for the issuer’s goods and services, historical and projected earnings, and the value of its assets.  Changes in an issuer’s credit rating or the market’s perception of an issuer’s creditworthiness may also affect the value of the Fund’s investment in that issuer.
 
· Interest Rate Risk.  Interest rate risk is the risk that fixed income securities will decline in value because of changes in market interest rates.  When market interest rates rise, the market value of fixed income securities generally will fall.  These risks may be greater in the current market environment because interest rates are near historically low levels.  Market value generally falls further for fixed rate securities with longer duration.  During periods of rising interest rates, the average life of certain types of securities may be extended because of slower than expected prepayments.  This may lock in a below-market yield, increase the security’s duration and further reduce the value of the security.  Investments in fixed income securities with long-term maturities may experience significant price declines if long-term interest rates increase.  Fluctuations in the value of portfolio securities will not affect interest income on existing portfolio securities but will be reflected in the Fund’s NAV.  Since the magnitude of these fluctuations will generally be greater at times when the Fund’s average maturity is longer, under certain market conditions the Fund may, for temporary defensive purposes, accept lower current income from short-term investments rather than investing in higher yielding long-term securities.
 
· Liquidity Risk.   Certain fixed income securities may be substantially less liquid than many other securities, such as common stocks traded on an exchange.  Illiquid securities involve the risk that the securities will not be able to be sold at the time desired by the Fund or at prices approximating the value at which the Fund is carrying the securities on its books.
 
· Prepayment Risk.  During periods of declining interest rates, the issuer of a security may exercise its option to prepay principal earlier than scheduled, forcing the Fund to reinvest the proceeds from such prepayment in lower yielding securities, which may result in a decline in the Fund’s income and distributions to shareholders.  This is known as call or prepayment risk.  Certain fixed income securities frequently have call features that allow the issuer to redeem the security prior to its stated maturity.  An issuer may redeem an obligation if the issuer can refinance the debt at a lower cost due to declining interest rates or an improvement in the credit standing of the issuer.  If the Fund bought a security at a premium, the premium could be lost in the event of a prepayment.
 
· Reinvestment Risk.  Reinvestment risk is the risk that income from the Fund’s portfolio will decline if the Fund invests the proceeds from matured, traded or called securities at market interest rates that are below the Fund portfolio’s current earnings rate.  A decline in income could affect the Common Shares’ market price or the overall return of the Fund.
 
Inflation Risk.   Inflation risk is the risk that the value of assets or income from investments will be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of money.  As inflation increases, the real value of the Common Shares and distributions can decline.
 
-23-

Interest Rate Risk.   Interest rate risk is the risk that the value of the debt securities held by the Fund will decline because of rising market interest rates.  Interest rate risk is generally lower for shorter-term investments and higher for longer-term investments.  Duration is a common measure of interest rate risk, which measures a bond’s expected life on a present value basis, taking into account the bond’s yield, interest payments and final maturity.  Duration is a reasonably accurate measure of a bond’s price sensitivity to changes in interest rates.  The longer the duration of a bond, the greater the bond’s price sensitivity is to changes in interest rates.
 
Non-U.S. Securities Risk. The Fund may invest a portion of its assets in securities of non-U.S. issuers.  Investing in such instruments, which are generally denominated in non-U.S. currencies, may involve certain risks not typically associated with investing in securities of U.S. issuers.  These risks include: (i) there may be less publicly available information about non-U.S. issuers or markets due to less rigorous disclosure or accounting standards or regulatory practices; (ii) non-U.S. markets may be smaller, less liquid and more volatile than the U.S. market; (iii) potential adverse effects of fluctuations in currency exchange rates or controls on the value of the Fund’s investments; (iv) the economies of non-U.S. countries may grow at slower rates than expected or may experience a downturn or recession; (v) the impact of economic, political, social or diplomatic events; (vi) certain non-U.S. countries may impose restrictions on the ability of non-U.S. issuers to make payments of principal and interest to investors located in the United States due to blockage of non-U.S. currency exchanges or otherwise; and (vii) withholding and other non-U.S. taxes may decrease the Fund’s return.  Foreign companies are generally not subject to the same accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards as are U.S. companies.  In addition, there may be difficulty in obtaining or enforcing a court judgment abroad.  These risks may be more pronounced to the extent that the Fund invests a significant amount of its assets in companies or borrowers located in one region or in emerging markets.
 
Payment-In-Kind Securities Risk .  As part of a non-principal portfolio emphasis of the Fund, the Fund may invest in payment-in-kind (“PIK”) securities.  A PIK security generally is able pay any scheduled interest payment in additional securities, rather than cash.  The higher yield and interest rates on PIK securities reflects a payment deferral and increased credit risk associated with such instruments and that such investments may represent a significantly higher credit risk than coupon loans.  PIK securities may have unreliable valuations because their continuing accruals require continuing judgments about the collectability of the deferred payments and the value of any associated collateral.
 
Preferred Stock Risk.  Preferred stocks are unique securities that combine some of the characteristics of both common stocks and bonds.  See “Investment Policies and Techniques—Preferred Securities” and “—Fixed Income Securities Risk” above.  In addition to the risks described elsewhere in this section, such as those described for common stock and fixed income securities, including interest rate risk, preferred stocks are subject to certain other risks, including:
 
· Deferral and Omission Risk.   Preferred stocks may include provisions that permit the issuer, at its discretion, to defer or omit distributions for a stated period without any adverse consequences to the issuer.
 
· Subordination Risk. Preferred stocks are generally subordinated to bonds and other debt instruments in a company’s capital structure in terms of having priority to corporate income, claims to corporate assets and liquidation payments, and therefore will be subject to greater credit risk than more senior debt instruments.
 
· Floating Rate and Fixed-to-Floating Rate Securities Risk.  The market value of floating rate securities is a reflection of discounted expected cash flows based on expectations for future interest rate resets.  The market value of such securities may fall in a declining interest rate environment and may also fall in a rising interest rate environment if there is a lag between the rise in interest rates and the reset.  This risk may also be present with respect to fixed-to-floating rate securities in which the Fund may invest.  A secondary risk associated with declining interest rates is the risk that income earned by the Fund on floating rate and fixed-to-floating rate securities may decline due to lower coupon payments on floating-rate securities.
 
· Call and Reinvestment Risk.  During periods of declining interest rates or certain varying circumstances, an issuer may be able to exercise an option to redeem its issue at par earlier than scheduled, which is generally known as call risk.  If this occurs, the Fund may be forced to reinvest in lower yielding securities.
 
· Limited Voting Rights Risk.  Generally, traditional preferred stock offers no voting rights with respect to the issuer unless preferred dividends have been in arrears for a specified number of periods, at which time the preferred stockholders may have the ability to elect a director or directors to the issuer’s board.  Generally, once all the arrearages have been paid, the preferred stockholders no longer have voting rights.
 
-24-

· S pecial Redemption Rights. In certain varying circumstances, an issuer of preferred stock may redeem the securities prior to their scheduled call or maturity date.  As with call provisions, a redemption by the issuer may negatively impact the return of the security held by the Fund.
 
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
 
Investment Adviser
 
RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC is the investment adviser for the Fund pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreement.  RiverNorth is headquartered at 325 North LaSalle Street, Suite 645, Chicago, Illinois 60654.  Under the oversight of the Board of Directors, the Adviser will be responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio, managing the Fund’s business affairs   and providing certain clerical, bookkeeping and other administrative services.  The Adviser will also be responsible for determining the Fund’s overall investment strategy and overseeing its implementation.  Subject to the ranges noted above, the Adviser will determine the portion of the Fund’s Managed Assets to allocate to each strategy and may, from time to time, adjust the allocations.  Founded in 2000, RiverNorth is registered with the SEC and as of June 30, 2016 managed approximately $3.34 billion for four series of a registered open-end management investment company, one registered closed-end management investment company and four private investment vehicles.  Patrick W. Galley, a portfolio manager of the Fund,   and Brian H. Schmucker, each own, directly or indirectly, more than 25% of RiverNorth Holding Co., the indirect parent company of the Adviser and is deemed to control the Adviser.
 
Investment Subadviser
 
DoubleLine Capital LP is the Fund’s subadviser and will be responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s Managed Assets allocated to the Opportunistic Income Strategy.  Founded in 2009, the Subadviser is located at 333 South Grand Avenue, 18th Floor, Los Angeles, California  90071.  The Subadviser is registered with the SEC and as of June 30, 2016, manages approximately $103 billion for individuals and institutions.
 
Investment Advisory Agreement and Subadvisory Agreement
 
For its services under the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Fund pays the Adviser a monthly management fee computed at the annual rate of 1.00% of the average daily Managed Assets.  Pursuant to a Subadvisory Agreement, the Adviser has delegated daily management of the Fund’s Opportunistic Income Strategy to the Subadviser, who is paid by the Adviser and not the Fund.  The Adviser (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay the Subadviser a subadvisory fee payable on a monthly basis at the annual rate of 0.50% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets for the service it provides.  “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Fund, including assets attributable to leverage, minus liabilities (other than debt representing leverage and any preferred stock that may be outstanding).   In addition to the monthly advisory fee, the Fund pays all other costs and expenses of its operations, including, but not limited to, compensation of its directors (other than those affiliated with the Adviser, who are not compensated), custodial expenses, transfer agency and dividend disbursing expenses, legal fees, expenses of independent auditors, expenses of repurchasing shares, expenses of any leverage, expenses of preparing, printing and distributing prospectuses, shareholder reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to governmental agencies, and taxes, if any.
 
If the Fund determines to use leverage, the fees paid to the Adviser and Subadviser for investment management services will be higher than if the Fund did not use leverage because the fees paid will be calculated based on Managed Assets, which would include assets attributable to leverage.  Because the fees paid to the Adviser and Subadviser are determined on the basis of Managed Assets, this creates a conflict of interest for the Adviser and Subadviser.  The Board of Directors monitors the Fund’s use of leverage and in doing so monitors this potential conflict.
 
The Investment Advisory Agreement provides that the Adviser shall not be liable for any act or omission connected with or arising out of any services to be rendered under such agreement, except by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of the Adviser in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by the Adviser of its obligations and duties under such agreement.
 
The Adviser will make available, without additional expense to the Fund, the services of such of its officers, directors and employees as may be duly elected as officers or directors of the Fund, subject to the individual consent of such persons to serve and to any limitations imposed by law. The Adviser will pay all expenses incurred in performing its services under the Investment Advisory Agreement, including compensation of and office space for directors, officers and employees of the Adviser connected with management of the Fund.  The Fund will be required to pay brokerage and other expenses of executing the Fund’s portfolio transactions; taxes or governmental fees; interest charges and other costs of borrowing funds; litigation and indemnification expenses and other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of the Fund’s business.
 
The Investment Advisory Agreement and the Subadvisory Agreement will remain in effect for an initial term ending two years from the effective date of that agreement (unless sooner terminated).  The Investment Advisory Agreement shall remain in effect from year to year thereafter if approved annually (i) by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund or by a vote of the Fund’s Board of Directors, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, and (ii) by vote of a majority of the Board of Directors who are not parties to the Investment Advisory Agreement, or “interested persons” of any party to the Investment Advisory Agreement, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.  The Subadvisory Agreement shall remain in effect from year to year after its initial two year term if approved annually by the Fund’s Board of Directors or a vote of the lesser of (x) 67% of the shares of the Fund represented at a meeting if shareholders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund are present in person or by proxy or (y) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund; provided that in either event its continuance is also approved by a majority of the Fund’s directors who are not “interested persons” of any party to the Subadvisory Agreement, by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.  In addition, the Fund’s Charter requires the favorable vote of two-thirds of the entire Board of Directors to advise, approve, adopt or authorize entering into, terminating or amending the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Subadvisory Agreement, which supermajority voting requirement is greater than the minimum voting requirement under the 1940 Act.  Information regarding the Board of Directors’ approval of the Investment Advisory Agreement will be available in the Fund’s semi-annual report to shareholders for the period ended December 31, 2016.  The Investment Advisory Agreement will terminate upon assignment by any party and is terminable, without penalty, on 60 days’ written notice by the Board of Directors or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund or upon 60 days’ written notice by the Adviser.
 
-25-

Portfolio Managers
 
Patrick W. Galley and Stephen O’Neill are co-portfolio managers for the Fund for the Tactical Closed-End Fund Income Strategy.
 
Patrick W. Galley, CFA is a portfolio manager of the Fund.  Mr. Galley is the Chief Investment Officer for the Adviser.  Mr. Galley heads the Adviser’s research and investment team and oversees all portfolio management activities at the Adviser.  Mr. Galley also serves as the President and Chairman of the RiverNorth Funds.  Prior to joining the Adviser in 2004, he was most recently a Vice President at Bank of America in the Global Investment Bank’s Portfolio Management group, where he specialized in analyzing and structuring corporate transactions for investment management firms in addition to closed-end and open-end funds, hedge funds, funds of funds, structured investment vehicles and insurance/reinsurance companies.  Mr. Galley graduated with honors from Rochester Institute of Technology with a B.S. in Finance.  He has received the Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA) designation, is a member of the CFA Institute and is a member of the CFA Society of Chicago.
 
Stephen O’Neill, CFA is the Fund’s co-portfolio manager.  Mr. O’Neill conducts qualitative and quantitative analysis of closed-end funds and their respective asset classes. Prior to joining RiverNorth Capital, Mr. O’Neill was most recently an Assistant Vice President at Bank of America in the Global Investment Bank’s Portfolio Management group. At Bank of America, he specialized in the corporate real estate, asset management and structured finance industries. Mr. O’Neill graduated magna cum laude from Miami University in Oxford, Ohio with a B.S. in Finance. Mr. O’Neill has received the Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA ® ) designation, is a member of the CFA Institute and is a member of the CFA Society of Chicago.
 
Jeffrey E. Gundlach and Jeffrey J. Sherman are co-portfolio managers for the Fund for the Opportunistic Income Strategy.
 
Mr. Gundlach is the founder, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of the Subadviser.  He is also the Chairman of the Subadviser’s Fixed Income Asset Allocation Committee.  Mr. Gundlach is a graduate of Dartmouth College, summa cum laude, with degrees in Mathematics and Philosophy.  He attended Yale University as a Ph.D. candidate in Mathematics.
 
Mr. Sherman joined the Subadviser in December 2009.  He is the Deputy Chief Investment Officer, participates on the Fixed Income Asset Allocation Committee and is a portfolio manager for derivative-based and multi-asset strategies. Mr. Sherman was previously a statistics and mathematics instructor at both the University of the Pacific and Florida State University.  Mr. Sherman holds a B.S. in Applied Mathematics from the University of the Pacific and a M.S. in Financial Engineering from the Claremont Graduate University.  He is a CFA charterholder.
 
Compensation of Portfolio Managers
 
RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC
 
Mr. Galley’s and Mr. O’Neill’s total compensation includes a base salary fixed from year to year and a variable performance bonus consisting of cash incentives, which may include mandatory notional investments in the Fund.  The amounts paid to Mr. Galley and Mr. O’Neill are based on a percentage of the fees earned by the Adviser from managing the Fund and other investment accounts.  The performance bonus reflects individual performance of the funds managed by the portfolio managers and the performance of the Adviser’s business as a whole.  Mr. Galley and Mr. O’Neill also participate in a 401K program on the same basis as other officers of the Adviser.
 
-26-

DoubleLine Capital LP
 
Mr. Gundlach’s and Mr. Sherman’s total compensation is determined by the Subadviser.  The overall objective of the compensation program for portfolio managers employed by the Subadviser is for the Subadviser to attract competent and expert investment professionals and to retain them over the long term.  Compensation is comprised of several components which, in the aggregate, are designed to achieve these objectives and to reward the Subadviser’s portfolio managers for their contribution to the success of their clients and the Subadviser.  The Subadviser portfolio managers are compensated through a combination of base salary, discretionary bonus and equity participation in the Subadviser.  Bonuses and equity generally represent most of the portfolio managers’ compensation.  However, in some cases, portfolio managers may have a profit sharing interest in the revenue or income related to the areas for which the portfolio managers are responsible.  Such profit sharing arrangements can comprise a significant portion of the portfolio managers’ overall compensation.
 
Salary.   Salary is agreed to with managers at time of employment and is reviewed from time to time.  It does not change significantly and often does not constitute a significant part of the portfolio managers’ compensation.
 
Discretionary Bonus/Guaranteed Minimums.   Portfolio managers receive discretionary bonuses.  However, in some cases, pursuant to contractual arrangements, some portfolio managers may be entitled to a mandatory minimum bonus if the sum of their salary and profit sharing does not reach certain levels.
 
Equity Incentives.   Portfolio managers participate in equity incentives based on overall firm performance of the Subadviser, through direct ownership interests in the Subadviser or participation in stock option or stock appreciation plans of Subadviser.  These ownership interests or participation interests provide eligible portfolio managers the opportunity to participate in the financial performance of the Subadviser as a whole.  Participation is generally determined in the discretion of the Subadviser, taking into account factors relevant to the portfolio manager’s contribution to the success of Subadviser.
 
Other Plans and Compensation Vehicles.   Portfolio managers may elect to participate in the Subadviser’s 401(k) plan, to which they may contribute a portion of their pre‑ and post‑tax compensation to the plan for investment on a tax‑deferred basis.  The Subadviser may also choose, from time to time to offer certain other compensation plans and vehicles, such as a deferred compensation plan, to portfolio managers.
 
Summary.   As described above, an investment professional’s total compensation is determined through a subjective process that evaluates numerous quantitative and qualitative factors, including the contribution made to the overall investment process.  Not all factors apply to each investment professional and there is no particular weighting or formula for considering certain factors.  Among the factors considered are: relative investment performance of portfolios (although there are no specific benchmarks or periods of time used in measuring performance); complexity of investment strategies; participation in the investment team’s dialogue; contribution to business results and overall business strategy; success of marketing/business development efforts and client servicing; seniority/length of service with the firm; management and supervisory responsibilities; and fulfillment of the Subadviser’s leadership criteria.
 
Portfolio Manager Ownership of Fund Shares
 
As of the date of the SAI, none of the portfolio managers beneficially owns any equity securities of the Fund.
 
Conflicts of Interest
 
Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to more than one fund or other accounts.  More specifically, portfolio managers who manage multiple funds are presented with the following potential conflicts, among others:
 
The management of multiple accounts may result in a portfolio manager devoting unequal time and attention to the management of each account.  The management of multiple funds and accounts also may give rise to potential conflicts of interest if the funds and accounts have different objectives, benchmarks, time horizons and fees as the portfolio manager must allocate his time and investment ideas across multiple funds and accounts.  Another potential conflict of interest may arise where another account has the same or similar investment objective as the Fund, whereby the portfolio manager could favor one account over another.
 
With respect to securities transactions for the Fund, the Adviser or Subadviser determines which broker to use to execute each order, consistent with the duty to seek best execution of the transaction.  A portfolio manager may execute transactions for another fund or account that may adversely impact the value of securities held by the Fund.  Securities selected for funds or accounts other than the Fund may outperform the securities selected for the Fund.  Further, a potential conflict could include a portfolio manager’s knowledge about the size, timing and possible market impact of Fund trades, whereby they could use this information to the advantage of other accounts and to the disadvantage of the Fund.  These potential conflicts of interest could create the appearance that a portfolio manager is favoring one investment vehicle over another.
 
-27-

The management of personal accounts also may give rise to potential conflicts of interest.  Although the portfolio manager generally does not trade securities in his or her own personal account, the Adviser, the Subadviser and the Fund have each adopted a code of ethics that, among other things, permits personal trading by employees (including trading in securities that can be purchased, sold or held by the Fund) under conditions where it has been determined that such trades would not adversely impact client accounts.  Nevertheless, the management of personal accounts may give rise to potential conflicts of interest, and there is no assurance that these codes of ethics will adequately address such conflicts.
 
Conflicts potentially limiting the Fund’s investment opportunities may also arise when the Fund and other clients of the Adviser or Subadviser invest in, or even conduct research relating to, different parts of an issuer’s capital structure, such as when the Fund owns senior debt obligations of an issuer and other clients own junior tranches of the same issuer.  In such circumstances, decisions over whether to trigger an event of default, over the terms of any workout, or how to exit an investment may result in conflicts of interest.  In order to minimize such conflicts, a portfolio manager may avoid certain investment opportunities that would potentially give rise to conflicts with other clients of the Adviser or Subadviser or result in the Adviser or Subadviser receiving material, non-public information, or the Adviser or Subadviser may enact internal procedures designed to minimize such conflicts, which could have the effect of limiting the Fund’s investment opportunities.  Additionally, if the Adviser or Subadviser acquires material non-public confidential information in connection with its business activities for other clients, a portfolio manager or other investment personnel may be restricted from purchasing securities or selling certain securities for the Fund or other clients.  When making investment decisions where a conflict of interest may arise, the Adviser and Subadviser will endeavor to act in a fair and equitable manner between the Fund and other clients; however, in certain instances the resolution of the conflict may result in the Adviser or Subadviser acting on behalf of another client in a manner that may not be in the best interest, or may be opposed to the best interest, of the Fund.
 
The Adviser and Subadviser have adopted certain compliance procedures which are designed to address these types of conflicts.  However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which a conflict arises.
 
The Underlying Funds in which the Fund invests will not include those that are advised or subadvised by the Adviser, the Subadviser or their affiliates.
 
Other Accounts Managed
 
As of July 31, 2016, the portfolio managers of the Fund were responsible for the management of the following other accounts (in addition to the Fund):

-28-

 
Number of Other Accounts Managed and Assets by Account Type
As of July 31, 2016
Portfolio Manager
Registered
Investment
Companies (other
than the Fund)
Registered Investment Companies Subject to Performance-Based Advisory Fees
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles Subject to Performance-Based Advisory Fees
Other Accounts
Other Accounts Subject to Performance-Based Advisory Fees
Patrick W. Galley
Number: 5
Assets: $3 billion
Number: 0
Assets: $0
Number: 4
Assets: $350 million
Number: 4
Assets: $350 million
Number: 1
Assets: $ 32 million
Number: 0
Assets: $0
Stephen O’Neill
Number: 5
Assets: $3 billion
Number: 0
Assets: $0
Number: 3
Assets: $349 million
Number: 3
Assets: $349 million
Number: 1
Assets: $32 million
Number: 0
Assets: $0
Jeffrey E. Gundlach
Number: 26
Assets: $84.3 billion
Number: 0
Assets: $0
Number: 19
Assets: $7.6 billion
Number: 4
Assets: $3.2 billion
Number: 53
Assets: $7.8 billion
Number: 1
Assets: $947 million
Jeffrey J. Sherman
Number: 3
Assets: $2.1 billion
Number: 0
Assets: $0
Number: 0
Assets: $0
Number: 0
Assets: $0
Number: 1
Assets: $79 million
Number: 0
Assets: $0
 
Administrator
 
Under a Master Services Agreement (the “Master Services Agreement”), subject to the supervision of the Board of Directors, U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (“USBFS”) is responsible for calculating NAVs, providing additional fund accounting and tax services, and providing fund administration and compliance-related services.  USBFS will bear all expenses in connection with the performance of its services under the Master Services Agreement, except for certain out-of-pocket expenses described therein.  USBFS will not bear any expenses incurred by the Fund, including but not limited to initial organization and offering expenses; litigation expenses; costs of preferred stock (if any); expenses of conducting repurchase offers pursuant to the Fund’s repurchase policy; transfer agency and custodial expenses; taxes; interest; Fund directors’ fees; compensation and expenses of Fund officers who are not associated with USBFS or its affiliates; brokerage fees and commissions; state and federal registration fees; advisory fees; insurance premiums; fidelity bond premiums; Fund legal and audit fees and expenses; costs of maintenance of Fund existence; printing and delivery of materials in connection with meetings of the Fund’s directors; printing and mailing shareholder reports, offering documents, and proxy materials; securities pricing and data services; and expenses in connection with electronic filings with the SEC.  Pursuant to the Master Services Agreement, USBFS also acts as dividend disbursing agent for the Fund.
 
Codes of Ethics
 
The Fund, Adviser and Subadviser have each adopted a code of ethics under Rule 17j‑1 under the 1940 Act.  These codes permit personnel subject to the code to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Fund.  These codes can be reviewed and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C.  Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at (202) 942‑8090.  The codes of ethics are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s website (http://www.sec.gov), and copies of these codes may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e‑mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549‑0102.
 
FUND SERVICE PROVIDERS
 
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
Cohen & Company, Ltd. (formerly Cohen Fund Audit Services, Ltd.)  (“Cohen”) has been appointed as the independent registered public accounting firm for the Fund.  Cohen audits the financial statements of the Fund and provides other audit, tax and related services.  The Statement of Assets and Liabilities of the Fund as of August 23, 2016 appearing in this SAI has been audited by Cohen, as set forth in its report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and is included in reliance upon such report given upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
-29-

Legal Counsel
 
Chapman and Cutler LLP serves as legal counsel to the Fund in connection with the offering of Common Shares contemplated by the Prospectus, and Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP serves as legal counsel to the independent directors of the Fund.
 
Custodian and Transfer Agent
 
US Bank, NA, located at 1555 North Rivercenter Drive, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53212, will serve as the Fund’s custodian and will maintain custody of the securities and cash of the Fund pursuant to a Custody Agreement.  Under the Custody Agreement, the custodian holds the Fund’s assets in compliance with the 1940 Act.  For its services, the custodian will receive a monthly fee based upon, among other things, the average daily market value of the total assets of the Fund, plus certain charges for securities transactions.
 
USBFS will serve as the transfer agent, dividend disbursing agent, fund accountant and administrator for the Fund.
 
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS
 
Subject to policies established by the Board of Directors of the Fund, the Adviser or Subadviser is responsible for the Fund’s portfolio decisions and the placing of the Fund’s portfolio transactions.  In placing portfolio transactions, the Adviser or Subadviser seeks the best qualitative execution for the Fund, taking into account such factors as price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), the execution capability, financial responsibility and responsiveness of the broker or dealer and the brokerage and research services provided by the broker or dealer.  The Adviser or Subadviser generally seeks favorable prices and commission rates that are reasonable in relation to the benefits received under the circumstances under which that particular trade is placed.
 
The Adviser or Subadviser is specifically authorized to select brokers or dealers who also provide brokerage and research services to the Fund and/or the other accounts over which the Adviser or Subadviser exercises investment discretion, and to pay such brokers or dealers a commission in excess of the commission another broker or dealer would charge if the Adviser or Subadviser determines in good faith that the commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided.  The determination may be viewed in terms of a particular transaction or the Adviser’s or Subadviser’s overall responsibilities with respect to the Fund and to other accounts over which it exercises investment discretion.  The Adviser or Subadviser may not give consideration to sales of Common Shares of the Fund as a factor in the selection of brokers and dealers to execute portfolio transactions.  However, the Adviser or Subadviser may place portfolio transactions with brokers or dealers that promote or sell the Fund’s Common Shares so long as such placements are made pursuant to policies approved by the Board of Directors that are designed to ensure that the selection is based on the quality of the broker’s execution and not on its sales efforts.
 
Research services include supplemental research, securities and economic analyses, statistical services and information with respect to the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities and analyses of reports concerning performance of accounts.  (Much, if not all, of this information is the usual and customary research provided to the Adviser and Subadviser irrespective of any trading activity effected with that broker).  The research services and other information furnished by brokers through whom the Fund effects securities transactions may also be used by the Adviser or Subadviser in servicing other accounts.  Similarly, research and information provided by brokers or dealers when serving other clients may be useful to the Adviser or Subadviser in connection with its services to the Fund.  Although research services and other information are useful to the Fund and the Adviser or Subadviser, it is not possible to place a dollar value on the research and other information received.  It is the opinion of the Board of Directors and the Adviser or Subadviser that the review and study of the research and other information will not increase or reduce the overall cost to the Adviser or Subadviser of performing its duties to the Fund under the Agreement.
 
Over‑the‑counter transactions will be placed either directly with principal market makers or with broker‑dealers, if the same or a better price, including commissions and executions, is available.  Fixed income securities are normally purchased directly from the issuer, an underwriter or a market maker.  Purchases include a concession paid by the issuer to the underwriter and the purchase price paid to a market maker may include the spread between the bid and asked prices.
 
When the Fund and another of the Adviser’s or Subadviser’s clients seek to purchase or sell the same security at or about the same time, the Adviser or Subadviser may execute the transaction on a combined (“blocked”) basis.  Blocked transactions can produce better execution for the Fund because of the increased volume of the transaction.  If the entire blocked order is not filled, the Fund may not be able to acquire as large a position in such security as it desires or it may have to pay a higher price for the security.  Similarly, the Fund may not be able to obtain as large an execution of an order to sell or as high a price for any particular portfolio security if the other client desires to sell the same portfolio security at the same time.  In the event that the entire blocked order is not filled, the purchase or sale will normally be allocated on a pro rata basis.  The Adviser or Subadviser may adjust the allocation when, taking into account such factors as the size of the individual orders and transaction costs, the Adviser or Subadviser believes an adjustment is reasonable.
 
-30-

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX MATTERS
 
The following is a summary discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a shareholder that acquires, holds and/or disposes of Common Shares of the Fund.   This discussion only addresses U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. shareholders who hold their Common Shares as capital assets and does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to particular shareholders in light of their individual circumstances.  This discussion also does not address the tax consequences to shareholders who are subject to special rules, including, without limitation, banks and other financial institutions, insurance companies, dealers in securities or foreign currencies, traders in securities that have elected to mark-to-market their securities holdings, foreign holders, persons who hold their Common Shares as or in a hedge against currency risk, or as part of a constructive sale, straddle or conversion transaction, or tax-exempt or tax-deferred plans, accounts, or entities.  In addition, the discussion does not address any state, local, or foreign tax consequences.  The discussion reflects applicable income tax laws of the United States as of the date hereof, which tax laws may be changed or subject to new interpretations by the courts or the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) retroactively or prospectively, which could affect the continued validity of this summary.  No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all U.S. federal income tax concerns affecting the Fund and its shareholders, and the discussion set forth herein does not constitute tax advice.  Investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors before making an investment in the Fund to determine the specific tax consequences to them of investing in the Fund, including the applicable federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences as well as the effect of possible changes in tax laws.
 
Fund Taxation
 
The Fund intends to elect to be treated, and to qualify each year, as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of the Code, so that it will generally not pay U.S. federal income tax on income and capital gains timely distributed (or treated as being distributed, as described below) to shareholders.  If the Fund qualifies as a regulated investment company and distributes to its shareholders at least 90% of the sum of (i) its “investment company taxable income” as that term is defined in the Code (which includes, among other things, dividends, taxable interest, the excess of any net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses and certain net foreign exchange gains as reduced by certain deductible expenses) without regard to the deduction for dividends paid, and (ii) the excess of its gross tax-exempt interest, if any, over certain disallowed deductions, the Fund will be relieved of U.S. federal income tax on any income of the Fund, including long-term capital gains, distributed to shareholders.  However, if the Fund retains any investment company taxable income or “net capital gain” ( i.e. , the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss), it will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at regular corporate federal income tax rates (currently at a maximum rate of 35%) on the amount retained.  The Fund intends to distribute at least annually all or substantially all of its investment company taxable income (determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid), net tax-exempt interest, if any, and net capital gain.  Under the Code, the Fund will generally be subject to a nondeductible 4% federal excise tax on the portion of its undistributed ordinary income and capital gains if it fails to meet certain distribution requirements with respect to each calendar year.  In order to avoid the 4% federal excise tax, the required minimum distribution is generally equal to the sum of 98% of the Fund’s ordinary income (computed on a calendar year basis, and taking into account certain deferrals and elections), plus 98.2% of the Fund’s capital gain net income (generally computed for the one-year period ending on October 31) plus undistributed amounts from prior years on which the Fund paid no federal income tax.  The Fund generally intends to make distributions in a timely manner in an amount at least equal to the required minimum distribution and therefore, under normal circumstances, does not expect to be subject to this excise tax.   However, the Fund may also decide to distribute less and pay the federal excise taxes.
 
If, for any taxable year, the Fund did not qualify as a regulated investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes, it would be treated as a U.S. corporation subject to U.S. federal income tax, and possibly state and local income tax, and distributions to its shareholders would not be deductible by the Fund in computing its taxable income.  In such event, the Fund’s distributions, to the extent derived from the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits, would generally constitute ordinary dividends, which would generally be eligible for the dividends received deduction available to corporate shareholders, and non-corporate shareholders would generally be able to treat such distributions as “qualified dividend income” eligible for reduced rates of U.S. federal income taxation, provided in each case that certain holding period and other requirements are satisfied.
 
If for any taxable year the Fund does not qualify as a regulated investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes, it would be treated as a U.S. corporation subject to U.S. federal income tax, and possibly state and local income tax, and distributions to its shareholders would not be deductible by the Fund in computing its taxable income.  In such event, the Fund’s distributions, to the extent derived from the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits, would generally constitute ordinary dividends, which generally would be eligible for the dividends received deduction available to corporate shareholders under Section 243 of the Code, discussed below, and non-corporate shareholders of the Fund generally would be able to treat such distributions as qualified dividend income eligible for reduced rates of U.S. federal income taxation, as discussed below, provided in each case that certain holding period and other requirements are satisfied.
 
-31-

If the Fund or an Underlying Fund invests in certain positions such as pay-in-kind securities, zero coupon securities, deferred interest securities or, in general, any other securities with original issue discount (or with market discount if the Fund or Underlying Fund elects to include market discount in income currently), the Fund or Underlying Fund must accrue income on such investments for each taxable year, which generally will be prior to the receipt of the corresponding cash payments.  However, the Fund must distribute, at least annually, all or substantially all of its net investment income, including such accrued income, to shareholders to avoid U.S. federal income and excise taxes.  Therefore, the Fund may have to dispose of its portfolio securities under disadvantageous circumstances to generate cash, or may have to leverage itself by borrowing the cash, to satisfy distribution requirements.
 
The Fund or an Underlying Fund may also acquire market discount bonds.  A market discount bond is a security acquired in the secondary market at a price below its stated redemption price at maturity (or its adjusted issue price if it is also an original issue discount bond).  If the Fund or an Underlying Fund invests in a market discount bond, it will be required for federal income tax purposes to treat any gain recognized on the disposition of such market discount bond as ordinary income (instead of capital gain) to the extent of the accrued market discount unless the Fund or Underlying Fund elects to include the market discount in income as it accrues.
 
The Fund or an Underlying Fund may invest in debt obligations that are in the lowest rating categories or are unrated, including debt obligations of issuers not currently paying interest or who are in default.  Investments in debt obligations that are at risk of or in default present special tax issues.  Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when the Fund or an Underlying Fund may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless securities, how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income and whether exchanges of debt obligations in a bankruptcy or workout context are taxable.  These and other related issues will be addressed by the Fund when, as and if it invests in such securities, in order to seek to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a regulated investment company and does not become subject to U.S. federal income or excise  taxes.
 
The Fund will not be able to offset gains distributed by one Underlying Fund in which it invests against losses realized by another Underlying Fund in which the Fund invests.  Redemptions of shares in an Underlying Fund, including those resulting from changes in the allocation among Underlying Funds, could also cause additional distributable gains to shareholders of the Fund.  A portion of any such gains may be short-term capital gains that would be distributable as ordinary income to shareholders of the Fund.  Further, a portion of losses on redemptions of shares in the Underlying Funds may be deferred under the wash sale rules.  Additionally, the Fund’s investment in an Underlying Fund may result in the Fund’s receipt of cash in excess of the Underlying Fund’s earnings; if the Fund distributes these amounts, the distributions could constitute a return of capital to Fund shareholders for federal income tax purposes.  As a result of these factors, the use of the fund of funds structure by the Fund could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders.
 
The Fund or an Underlying Fund may engage in various transactions utilizing options, futures contracts, forward contracts, hedge instruments, straddles, and other similar transactions.  Such transactions may be subject to special provisions of the Code that, among other things, affect the character of any income realized by the Fund from such investments, accelerate recognition of income to the Fund, defer Fund losses and affect the determination of whether capital gain or loss is characterized as long-term or short-term capital gain or loss.  These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders.  These provisions may also require the Fund to mark-to-market certain positions in its portfolio ( i.e. , treat them as if they were closed out), which may cause the Fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements for avoiding U.S. federal income and excise taxes.  In addition, certain Fund investments may produce income that will not be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% income test.  The Fund will monitor its investments and transactions, will make the appropriate tax elections, and will make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it acquires an option, futures contract, forward contract, hedge instrument or other similar investment in order to mitigate the effect of these rules, prevent disqualification of the Fund as a regulated investment company and minimize the imposition of U.S. federal income and excise taxes, if possible.
 
The Fund’s transactions in broad based equity index futures contracts, exchange-traded options on such indices and certain other futures contracts (if any) are generally considered “Section 1256 contracts” for federal income tax purposes.   Any unrealized gains or losses on such Section 1256 contracts are treated as though they were realized at the end of each taxable year.  The resulting gain or loss is treated as sixty percent long-term capital gain or loss and forty percent short-term capital gain or loss.  Gain or loss recognized on actual sales of Section 1256 contracts is treated in the same manner.  As noted below, distributions of net short-term capital gain are taxable to shareholders as ordinary income while distributions of net long-term capital gain are generally taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gain, regardless of how long the shareholder has held Common Shares of the Fund.
 
-32-

The Fund’s entry into a short sale transaction, an option or certain other contracts (if any) could be treated as the constructive sale of an appreciated financial position, causing the Fund to realize gain, but not loss, on the position.
 
Foreign exchange gains and losses realized by the Fund in connection with certain transactions involving foreign currency- denominated debt securities, certain options and futures contracts relating to foreign currency, foreign currency forward contracts, foreign currencies, or payables or receivables denominated in a foreign currency (if any) are subject to Section 988 of the Code, which generally causes such gain and loss to be treated as ordinary income or loss and may affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders.
 
If the Fund acquires any equity interest (generally including not only stock but also an option to acquire stock such as is inherent in a convertible bond) in certain foreign corporations that receive at least 75% of their annual gross income from passive sources (such as interest, dividends, certain rents and royalties, or capital gains) or that hold at least 50% of their assets in investments producing such passive income (“passive foreign investment companies”), the Fund could be subject to U.S. federal income tax and additional interest charges on “excess distributions” received from such companies or on gain from the sale of equity interests in such companies, even if all income or gain actually received by the Fund is timely distributed to its shareholders.  The Fund would not be able to pass through to its shareholders any credit or deduction for such tax.  Any gain on the sale of these investments will generally be treated as ordinary income.  Elections may be available that would ameliorate some or all of these adverse federal income tax consequences, but any such election could require the Fund to recognize taxable income or gain (which would be subject to the distribution requirements described above) without the concurrent receipt of cash.  The Fund may limit and/or manage its holdings in passive foreign investment companies to limit its tax liability or maximize its return from these investments.
 
The Fund or an Underlying Fund may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign countries, including taxes on interest, dividends and capital gains with respect to its investments in those countries (if any), which would, if imposed, reduce the yield on or return from those investments.  Tax treaties between certain countries and the U.S. may reduce or eliminate such taxes in some cases.  If more than 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of stock or securities of foreign corporations, or if at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets at the close of each quarter of its taxable year is represented by interests in other regulated investment companies, the Fund may elect to “pass through” to its shareholders the amount of foreign taxes paid or deemed paid by the Fund.  If the Fund so elects, each of its shareholders would be required to include in gross income, even though not actually received, its pro rata share of the foreign taxes paid or deemed paid by the Fund, but would be treated as having paid its pro rata share of such foreign taxes and would therefore be allowed to either deduct such amount in computing taxable income or use such amount (subject to various limitations) as a foreign tax credit against federal income tax (but not both).
 
If the Fund utilizes leverage through borrowing, asset coverage limitations imposed by the 1940 Act as well as additional restrictions that may be imposed by certain lenders on the payment of dividends or distributions could potentially limit or eliminate the Fund’s ability to make distributions on its common stock until the asset coverage is restored.  These limitations could prevent the Fund from distributing at least 90% of its investment company taxable income as is required under the Code and therefore might jeopardize the Fund’s qualification as a regulated investment company and/or might subject the Fund to the nondeductible 4% federal excise tax discussed above.  Upon any failure to meet the asset coverage requirements imposed by the 1940 Act, the Fund may, in its sole discretion and to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, purchase or redeem shares of preferred stock, if any, in order to maintain or restore the requisite asset coverage and avoid the adverse consequences to the Fund and its shareholders of failing to meet the distribution requirements.  There can be no assurance, however, that any such action would achieve these objectives.  The Fund generally will endeavor to avoid restrictions on its ability to distribute dividends.
 
Shareholder Taxation
 
Distributions of investment company taxable income are generally taxable as ordinary income to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits.  Distributions of net investment income designated by the Fund as derived from qualified dividend income will be taxed in the hands of individuals and other non-corporate taxpayers at the rates applicable to long-term capital gain, provided certain holding period and other requirements are met at both the shareholder and Fund levels.  A dividend will not be treated as qualified dividend income (at either the Fund or shareholder level) (i) if the dividend is received with respect to any share of stock held for fewer than 61 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date which is 60 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (or, in the case of certain preferred stock, 91 days during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date), (ii) to the extent that the recipient is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property, (iii) if the recipient elects to have the dividend income treated as investment income for purposes of the limitation on deductibility of investment interest, or (iv) if the dividend is received from a foreign corporation that is (a) not eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the U.S. which the IRS has approved for these purposes (with the exception of dividends paid on stock of such a foreign corporation that is readily tradable on an established securities market in the U.S.) or (b) treated as a passive foreign investment company.  If the Fund received dividends from an Underlying Fund that qualifies as a regulated investment company, and the Underlying Fund designates such dividends as qualified dividend income, then the Fund is permitted in turn to designate a portion of its distributions as qualified dividend income, provided the Fund meets holding period and other requirements with respect to shares of the Underlying Fund.  Qualified dividend income does not include interest from fixed income securities and generally does not include income from REITs.  If the Fund lends portfolio securities, amounts received by the Fund that is the equivalent of the dividends paid by the issuer on the securities loaned will not be eligible for qualified dividend income treatment.  The Fund can provide no assurance regarding the portion of its dividends that will qualify for qualified dividend income treatment.
 
-33-

Distributions of net capital gain, if any, that are properly reported by the Fund are taxable at long-term capital gain rates for U.S. federal income tax purposes without regard to the length of time the shareholder has held Common Shares of the Fund.  A distribution of an amount in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, if any, will be treated by a shareholder as a tax-free return of capital, which is applied against and reduces the shareholder’s basis in his, her or its Common Shares.  To the extent that the amount of any such distribution exceeds the shareholder’s basis in his, her or its Common Shares, the excess will be treated by the shareholder as gain from the sale or exchange of such Common Shares.  The U.S. federal income tax status of all distributions will be designated by the Fund and reported to shareholders annually.
 
Certain distributions by the Fund may qualify for the dividends received deduction available to corporate shareholders under  Section 243 of the Code, subject to certain holding period and other requirements, but generally only to the extent the Fund earned dividend income from stock investments in U.S. domestic corporations (but not including real estate investment trusts).  Additionally, if the Fund received dividends from an Underlying Fund that qualifies as a regulated investment company, and the Underlying Fund designates such dividends as eligible for the dividends received deduction, then the Fund is permitted in turn to designate a portion of its distributions as eligible for the dividends received deduction, provided the Fund meets holding period and other requirements with respect to shares of the Underlying Fund.  The Fund can provide no assurance regarding the portion of its dividends that will qualify for the dividends received deduction.
 
A shareholder may elect to have all dividends and distributions automatically reinvested in Common Shares of the Fund.  For U.S. federal income tax purposes, all dividends are generally taxable regardless of whether a shareholder takes them in cash or they are reinvested in additional Common Shares of the Fund.
 
If a shareholder’s distributions are automatically reinvested in additional Common Shares, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the shareholder will be treated as having received a taxable distribution in the amount of the cash dividend that the shareholder would have received if the shareholder had elected to receive cash, unless the distribution is in newly issued Common Shares of the Fund that are trading at or above net asset value, in which case the shareholder will be treated as receiving a taxable distribution equal to the fair market value of the stock the shareholder receives.
 
The Fund intends to distribute all realized net capital gains, if any, at least annually.  If, however, the Fund were to retain any net capital gain, the Fund may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gains in a notice to shareholders who, if subject  to U.S. federal income tax on long-term capital gains, (i) will be required to include in income, as long-term capital gain, their proportionate share of such undistributed amount, and (ii) will be entitled to credit their proportionate share of the federal income tax paid by the Fund on the undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent the credit exceeds such liabilities.  For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the tax basis of Common Shares owned by a shareholder of the Fund will be increased by the difference between the amount of undistributed net capital gain included in the shareholder’s gross income and the federal income tax deemed paid by the shareholder.
 
Any dividend declared by the Fund in October, November or December with a record date in such a month and paid during the following January will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as paid by the Fund and received by shareholders on December 31 of the calendar year in which it is declared.
 
At the time of an investor’s purchase of the Fund’s Common Shares, a portion of the purchase price may be attributable to realized or unrealized appreciation in the Fund’s portfolio or undistributed taxable income of the Fund.  Consequently, subsequent distributions by the Fund with respect to these Common Shares from such appreciation or income may be taxable to such investor even if the net asset value of the investor’s Common Shares is, as a result of the distributions, reduced below the investor’s cost for such Common Shares and the distributions economically represent a return of a portion of the investment.  Investors should consider the tax implications of purchasing Common Shares just prior to a distribution.
 
The IRS has taken the position that if a regulated investment company has two or more classes of shares, it must designate distributions made to each class in any year as consisting of no more than such class’ proportionate share of particular types of income ( e.g. , ordinary income and net capital gains).  Consequently, if both common stock and preferred stock are outstanding, the Fund intends to designate distributions made to each class of particular types of income in accordance with each class’ proportionate share of such income.  Thus, the Fund will designate to the extent applicable, dividends qualifying for the corporate dividends received deduction (if any), income not qualifying for the dividends received deduction, qualified dividend income, ordinary income and net capital gain in a manner that allocates such income between the holders of common stock and preferred stock in proportion to the total dividends paid to each class during or for the taxable year, or otherwise as required by applicable law.  However, for purposes of determining whether distributions are out of the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits, the Fund’s earnings and profits will be allocated first to the Fund’s preferred stock, if any, and then to the Fund’s common stock.  In such a case, since the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will first be used to pay dividends on the preferred stock, distributions in excess of such earnings and profits, if any, will be made disproportionately to holders of common stock.
 
-34-

In addition, solely for the purpose of satisfying the 90% distribution requirement and the distribution requirement for avoiding federal income taxes, certain distributions made after the close of a taxable year of the Fund may be “spilled back” and treated as paid during such taxable year.  In such case, shareholders will be treated as having received such dividends in the taxable year in which the distribution was actually made.
 
Sales, exchanges and other dispositions of the Fund’s Common Shares generally are taxable events for shareholders that are subject to federal income tax.  Shareholders should consult their own tax advisors regarding their individual circumstances to determine whether any particular transaction in the Fund’s Common Shares is properly treated as a sale or exchange for federal income tax purposes (as the following discussion assumes) and the tax treatment of any gains or losses recognized in such transactions.  Generally, gain or loss will be equal to the difference between the amount of cash and the fair market value of other property received (including securities distributed by the Fund) and the shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in the Common Shares sold or exchanged.  In general, any gain or loss realized upon a taxable disposition of Common Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the Common Shares have been held for more than one year.  Otherwise, the gain or loss on the taxable disposition of the Fund’s Common Shares will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss.  However, any loss realized by a shareholder upon the sale or other disposition of Common Shares with a tax holding period of six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any amounts treated as distributions of long-term capital gain with respect to such Common Shares.  For the purposes of calculating the six-month period, the holding period is suspended for any periods during which the shareholder’s risk of loss is diminished as a result of holding one or more other positions in substantially similar or related property or through certain options, short sales or contractual obligations to sell.  The maximum individual rate applicable to long-term capital gains is generally either 15% or 20%, depending on whether the individual’s income exceeds certain threshold amounts.  The ability to deduct capital losses may be subject to limitations.  In addition, losses on sales or other dispositions of Common Shares may be disallowed under the “wash sale” rules in the event a shareholder acquires substantially identical stock or securities (including those made pursuant to reinvestment of dividends) within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after a sale or other disposition of Common Shares.  In such a case, the disallowed portion of any loss generally would be included in the U.S. federal income tax basis of the Common Shares acquired.
 
An additional 3.8% Medicare tax is imposed on certain net investment income (including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from the Fund and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of Common Shares) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s “modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceeds certain threshold amounts.  Because the Fund does not expect to distribute dividends that would give rise to an adjustment to an individual’s alternative minimum taxable income, an investment in the Common Shares should not, by itself, cause the holders of Common Shares to become subject to alternative minimum tax.
 
From time to time, the Fund may repurchase its Common Shares.  Shareholders who tender all Common Shares held, and those considered to be held (through attribution rules contained in the Code), by them will be treated as having sold their Common Shares and generally will realize a capital gain or loss.  If a shareholder tenders fewer than all of his, her or its Common Shares (including those considered held through attribution), such shareholder may be treated as having received a taxable dividend upon the tender of its Common Shares.  If a tender offer is made, there is a risk that non-tendering shareholders will be treated as having received taxable distributions from the Fund.  To the extent that the Fund recognizes net gains on the liquidation of portfolio securities to meet such tenders of Common Shares, the Fund will be required to make additional distributions to its shareholders.  If the Board of Directors determines that a tender offer will be made by the Fund, the federal income tax consequences of such offer will be discussed in materials that will be available at such time in connection with the specific tender offer, if any.
 
The Code requires that the Fund withhold, as “backup withholding,” 28% of reportable payments, including dividends, capital gain distributions and the proceeds of sales or other dispositions of the Fund’s stock paid to shareholders who have not complied with IRS regulations.  In order to avoid this withholding requirement, shareholders must certify on their account applications, or on a separate IRS Form W-9, that the social security number or other taxpayer identification number they provide is their correct number and that they are not currently subject to backup withholding, or that they are exempt from backup withholding.  The Fund may nevertheless be required to withhold if it receives notice from the IRS or a broker that the number provided is incorrect or backup withholding is applicable.  Backup withholding is not an additional tax.  Any amount withheld may be allowed as a refund or a credit against the shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability if the appropriate information (such as the timely filing of the appropriate federal income tax return) is provided to the IRS.
 
-35-

Under Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to Common Shares of $2 million or more in a single taxable year (or $4 million or more in any combination of taxable years) for an individual shareholder, S corporation or trust or $10 million or more in a single taxable year (or $20 million or more in any combination of years) for a shareholder who is a C corporation, such shareholder will generally be required to file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886.  Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are generally excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a regulated investment company are not excepted.  Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all regulated investment companies.  The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper.  Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.
 
Other Taxes
 
The description of certain U.S. federal income tax provisions above relates only to U.S. federal income tax consequences for shareholders who are U.S. persons ( i.e. , U.S. citizens or residents or U.S. corporations, partnerships, trusts or estates).  Non-U.S. shareholders should consult their tax advisors concerning the tax consequences of ownership of Common Shares of the Fund, including the possibility that distributions may be subject to a 30% U.S. withholding tax (or a reduced rate of withholding provided by an applicable treaty if the investor provides proper certification of its non-U.S. status).
 
Shareholders should consult their own tax advisors on these matters and on any specific question of U.S. federal, state, local, foreign and other applicable tax laws before making an investment in the Fund.
 
BOARD MEMBERS AND OFFICERS
 
The following table presents certain information regarding the members of the Board of Directors (each, a “Board Member”).  Each Board Member’s year of birth is set forth in parentheses after his or her name.  The Board of Directors is divided into three classes of directors serving staggered three-year terms.  The initial terms of the first, second and third classes of directors will expire at the first, second and third annual meetings of shareholders, respectively, and, in each case, until their successors are duly elected and qualify, or until a director sooner dies, retires, resigns or is removed as provided in the governing documents of the Fund.  Upon expiration of their initial terms, directors of each class will be elected to serve for three-year terms and until their successors are duly elected and qualify, and at each annual meeting one class of directors will be elected by the shareholders.
 
Except as otherwise noted, the address for all directors and officers is 325 North LaSalle Street, Suite 645, Chicago, Illinois 60654. The “independent directors” consist of those directors who are not “interested persons” of the Fund, as that term is defined under the 1940 Act (each, an “Independent Director” and collectively, the “Independent Directors”).

Name,
Address and
Year of Birth
Position(s)
Held with
Registrant
Term of
Office and
Length of
Time Served
Principal
Occupation(s)
During Past 5
Years
Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex(1)
Overseen by
Director
Other
Directorships(2)
Held by
Director During
Past 5 Years
Independent Directors
   
      
 
John K. Carter   (1961)
Director
Initial term expires in 2017.  Has served since 2016.
Partner, Law Office of John K. Carter, P.A. (2015 to present); President, Global Recruiters of St. Petersburg (a financial services consulting and recruiting firm) (2012 to 2015); President and CEO, Transamerica Asset Management (1999 to 2012).
7
Director, Chairman of the Board of Directors, Transamerica Funds (120 funds) (2006 to 2012); and Board Member, United Way of Tampa Bay (2011 to 2012).
James G. Kelley (1948)
Director
Initial term expires in 2018.  Has served since 2016.
Executive and Business Coach, JGK & Associates (a consulting firm) (2002 to present).
6
N/A
 
-36-

Name,
Address and
Year of Birth
Position(s)
Held with
Registrant
Term of
Office and
Length of
Time Served
Principal
Occupation(s)
During Past 5
Years
Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex(1)
Overseen by
Director
Other
Directorships(2)
Held by
Director During
Past 5 Years
John S. Oakes
(1943)
Director
Initial term expires in 2017.  Has served since 2016.
Principal, Financial Search and Consulting (a recruiting and consulting firm) (2013 to present); Regional Vice President, Securities America (a broker-dealer) (2007 to 2013)
7
N/A
Fred G. Steingraber (1938)
Director
Initial term expires in 2018.  Has served since 2016.
Chairman, Board Advisors LLC (a consulting and advisory firm) (2001 to present); Chairman Emeritus, A.T. Kearney (a global business consulting firm) (2001 to present).
6
Director, Diamond Hill Financial Trends and Predecessor Funds (a closed-end fund) (1989-2013);
Director, Terrence Labs (2016-present); Director, Elkay Manufacturing (2004 to present); Director, Talent Intelligence (leadership development) (2004 to present); Chairman Emeritus, A.T. Kearney (a global business consulting firm) (2001 to present) and Chairman, Board Advisors LLC (a consulting and advisory firm) (2001 to present).
 
-37-

Name,
Address and
Year of Birth
Position(s)
Held with
Registrant
Term of
Office and
Length of
Time Served
Principal
Occupation(s)
During Past 5
Years
Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex(1)
Overseen by
Director
Other
Directorships(2)
Held by
Director During
Past 5 Years
Interested Director
       
Patrick W. Galley (3)
(1975)
Director, Chairman and President
Initial term expires in 2019.  Has served since 2016.
Chief Investment Officer, RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC (2004 to present).
7
Board of Managers of RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC (2010 to present); Board of Managers of RiverNorth Securities, LLC (2010 to 2012) and Board of Directors RiverNorth Holdings, Co. (2010 to present).
Officers
       
Jonathan M. Mohrhardt (1974)
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
Has served since 2016.
Chief Compliance Officer, RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC (2009 to 2012); Chief Operating Officer, RiverNorth Capital Management LLC (2011 to present) and President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Compliance Officer, RiverNorth Securities, LLC (2010 to 2012)
N/A
Board of Managers of RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC (2010 to present); Board of Managers of RiverNorth Securities, LLC (2010 to 2012) and Board of Directors RiverNorth Holdings, Co. (2010 to present).
Marcus L. Collins
(1968)
Chief Compliance Officer and Secretary
Has served since 2016.
General Counsel, RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC (2012 to present); Chief Compliance Officer, RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC (2012 to present); Counsel, Thompson Hine, LLP (2007 to 2012)
N/A
N/A
 
_____________________________________
(1) The term “Fund Complex” means two or more registered investment companies that:
 
(a) hold themselves out to investors as related companies for purposes of investment and investor services; or
 
(b) have a common investment adviser or that have an investment adviser that is an affiliated person of the investment adviser of any of the other registered investment companies.
 
(2) The numbers enclosed in the parentheticals represent the number of funds overseen in each respective directorship held by the director.
 
(3) Mr. Galley is deemed an “interested person” of the Fund due to his position as Chief Investment Officer of RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC, investment adviser to the Fund.
 
Board Leadership Structure .  The Board of Directors, which has overall responsibility for the oversight of the Fund’s investment programs and business affairs, believes that it has structured itself in a manner that allows it to effectively perform its oversight obligations.  Mr. Patrick W. Galley, the Chairman of the Board (“Chairman”), is not an Independent Director.  The Board believes that the use of an interested director as Chairman is the appropriate leadership structure for the Fund given (i) Mr. Patrick Galley’s role in the day to day operations of the Adviser, (ii) the extent to which the work of the Board of Directors is conducted through the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Audit Committee”) and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee”), each of whose meetings is chaired by an Independent Director, (iii) the frequency that Independent Directors meet with their independent legal counsel and auditors in the absence of members of the Board of Directors who are interested directors of the Fund and management, and (iv) the overall sophistication of the Independent Directors, both individually and collectively.  The members of the Board of Directors will also complete an annual self-assessment during which the directors review their overall structure and consider where and how its structure remains appropriate in light of the Fund’s current circumstances.  The Chairman’s role is to preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and in between meetings of the Board of Directors to generally act as the liaison between the Board of Directors and the Fund’s officers, attorneys and various other service providers, including but not limited to the Adviser and other such third parties servicing the Fund.  The Board of Directors believes that having an interested person serve as Chairman of the Board of Directors enables Mr. Patrick Galley to more effectively carry out these liaison activities.  The Board of Directors also believes that it benefits during its meetings from having a person intimately familiar with the operation of the Fund to set the agenda for meetings of the Board of Directors to ensure that important matters are brought to the attention of and considered by the Board of Directors.
 
-38-

The Fund has two standing committees, each of which enhances the leadership structure of the Board of Directors: the Audit Committee and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.  The Audit Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee are each chaired by, and composed of, members who are Independent Directors.
 
The Audit Committee is comprised of Messrs. Carter, Kelley, Oakes and Steingraber, all of whom are “independent” as defined in the listing standard of the NYSE.  Mr. Kelley is the Chair of the Audit Committee and has been determined to qualify as an “Audit Committee Financial Expert” as such term is defined in Form N-CSR.  The role of the Audit Committee is to assist the Board of Directors in its oversight of (i) the quality and integrity of the Fund’s financial statements, reporting process and the independent registered public accounting firm (the “independent accountants”) and reviews thereof, (ii) the Fund’s accounting and financial reporting policies and practices, its internal controls and, as appropriate, the internal controls of certain service providers, (iii) the Fund’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, and (iv) the independent accountants’ qualifications, independence and performance.  The Audit Committee is also required to prepare an audit committee report pursuant to the rules of the SEC for inclusion in the Fund’s annual proxy statement.  The Audit Committee operates pursuant to the Audit Committee Charter that was most recently reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors on August 17, 2016.  The Audit Committee Charter is available at the Fund’s website, www.rivernorth.com.  As set forth in the Audit Committee Charter, management is responsible for maintaining appropriate systems for accounting and internal control, and the Fund’s independent accountants are responsible for planning and carrying out proper audits and reviews.  The independent accountants are ultimately accountable to the Board of Directors and to the Audit Committee, as representatives of the shareholders.  The independent accountants for the Fund report directly to the Audit Committee.
 
The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is comprised of Messrs. Carter, Kelley, Oakes and Steingraber.  Mr. Carter is the Chair of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.  The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for identifying and recommending to the Board of Directors individuals believed to be qualified to become members of the Board of Directors in the event that a position is vacated or created.  The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will consider director candidates recommended by shareholders.  In considering candidates submitted by shareholders, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will take into consideration the needs of the Board of Directors, the qualifications of the candidate and the interests of shareholders.  Shareholders wishing to recommend candidates to the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee should submit such recommendations in accordance with the Bylaws to the Secretary of the Fund, who will forward the recommendations to the committee for consideration.  Each eligible shareholder or shareholder group may submit no more than one Independent Director nominee each calendar year.  The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee has not determined any minimum qualifications necessary to serve as a director of the Fund.
 
Director Qualifications.
 
In addition to the description of each Director’s Principal Occupation(s) and Other Directorships set forth above, the following provides further information about each Director’s specific experience, qualifications, attributes or skills that led to the conclusion that he should serve as a director for the Fund.  There are no specific required qualifications for membership on the Board of Directors.
 
Interested Director
 
Mr. Patrick Galley is the Chief Investment Officer for the Fund’s investment adviser.  He is also the President and a portfolio manager of the Fund.  His knowledge regarding the investment strategy of the Fund, more specifically the closed-end mutual fund industry, makes him uniquely qualified to serve as the Fund’s President.
 
Independent Directors
 
Mr. John K. Carter possesses extensive mutual fund industry experience.  Mr. Carter was previously President and Chief Executive Officer at Transamerica Asset Management, a subsidiary of Aegon, N.V.  Mr. Carter oversaw the mutual fund servicing, operations and advisory services for Transamerica’s approximately 120 mutual funds.  He also served as a compliance officer.  Mr. Carter brings experience managing a large mutual fund complex, including experience overseeing multiple sub-advisers.  Mr. Carter was previously an investment management attorney with experience as in-house counsel, serving with the SEC and in private practice with a large law firm.  The Board of Directors feels Mr. Carter’s industry-specific experience, including as a chairman of another fund complex, as a compliance officer and as an experienced investment management attorney will be valuable to the Board of Directors as the Fund continues to grow and deal with legally complex issues.
 
-39-

Mr. James G. Kelley is currently an Executive and Business Coach at JGK & Associates, a consulting firm, and was formerly the Vice President Finance & Operation with Paymaster Technologies, Inc. and Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of The Hedman Company, a manufacturing company.  Mr. Kelley has not only executive experience but is knowledgeable in both finance and accounting.  His experience in these areas benefits the Board of Directors in its review of the Fund’s financial statements.
 
Mr. John S. Oakes has many years of experience in the securities industry.  Additionally he had served on the board of directors of another registered investment company, including serving as its chairman.  The Board of Directors feels Mr. Oakes’ industry and board experience adds an operational perspective to the Board of Directors and his experience in marketing can assist the Fund in its efforts to expand into different distribution channels.
 
Mr. Fred G. Steingraber currently serves as Chairman of Board Advisors LLC, a consulting and advisory firm which assists organizations and corporate boards in assessing corporate governance, strategy and organization issues and executive compensation.  Prior to his experience with Board Advisors LLC, Mr. Steingraber was Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors of A.T. Kearney, a global business consulting firm.  Mr. Steingraber has extensive experience serving on advisory boards, corporate boards (of both publically-traded and privately-held companies) and not-for-profit boards, including boards of foundations, universities and hospitals.  He also currently serves as the President and Chairman of the Board of Trustees of the Village of Kenilworth, Illinois and a director at Terrence Labs.  The Board believes Mr. Steingraber’s experience and expertise as a business consultant, including his expertise in corporate governance issues, adds depth and understanding to its consideration of the Board of Directors’ obligations to the Fund and shareholders.
 
Risk Oversight .  The Fund is confronted with a multitude of risks, such as investment risk, counterparty risk, valuation risk, political risk, risk of operational failures, business continuity risk, regulatory risk, legal risk and other risks not listed here.  The Board of Directors recognizes that not all risk that may affect the Fund can be known, eliminated or even mitigated.  In addition, there are some risks that may not be cost effective or an efficient use of the Fund’s limited resources to moderate.  As a result of these realities, the Board of Directors, through its oversight and leadership, has and will continue to deem it necessary for shareholders to bear certain and undeniable risks, such as investment risk, in order for the Fund to operate in accordance with its Prospectus, SAI and other related documents.
 
However, as required under the 1940 Act, the Board of Directors has adopted on the Fund’s behalf a vigorous risk program that mandates the Fund’s various service providers, including the Adviser and Subadviser, to adopt a variety of processes, procedures and controls to identify various risks, mitigate the likelihood of adverse events from occurring and/or attempt to limit the effects of such adverse events on the Fund.  The Board of Directors fulfills its leadership role by receiving a variety of quarterly written reports prepared by the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) that (i) evaluate the operation, policies and procedures of the Fund’s service providers, (ii) make known any material changes to the policies and procedures adopted by the Fund or its service providers since the CCO’s last report, and (iii) disclose any material compliance matters that occurred since the date of the last CCO report.  In addition, the Independent Directors meet quarterly in executive sessions without the presence of any interested directors, the Adviser or Subadviser, or any of their affiliates.  This configuration permits the Independent Directors to effectively receive the information and have private discussions necessary to perform their risk oversight role, exercise independent judgment and allocate areas of responsibility between the full Board of Directors, its committees and certain officers of the Fund.  Furthermore, the Independent Directors have engaged independent legal counsel and auditors to assist the Independent Directors in performing their oversight responsibilities.  As discussed above and in consideration of other factors not referenced herein, the Board of Directors has determined its leadership role concerning risk management as one of oversight and not active management of the Fund’s day-to-day risk management operations.
 
As of the date of this SAI, the non-interested members of the boards of the funds in the Fund Complex have had one meeting, and the audit committee and nominating and corporate governance committee of such boards have each had one meeting.
 
Compensation .  The Fund pays no salaries or compensation to any of its interested directors or its officers.  For their services, the Independent Directors of the Fund receive an annual retainer in the amount of $16,500, and an additional $1,500 for attending each meeting of the Board of Directors.  In addition, the lead Independent Director receives $250 annually, the Chair of the Audit Committee receives $500 annually and the Chair of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee receives $250 annually.  The Independent Directors are also reimbursed for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at meetings of the Board of Directors.  The following tables show compensation from the Fund.  Patrick W. Galley is an interested persons of the Fund and has not received any compensation from the Fund.

-40-

Name of Board Member
Estimated Compensation
from the Fund (1)
Estimated Total Compensation from the Fund and Fund Complex (2)
Independent Directors:
   
John Carter
$22,750
$112,500
John Oakes
$22,750
$112,500
James Kelley
$23,000
$89,000
Fred Steingraber
$22,500
$87,000

(1) The compensation estimated to be paid by the Fund for the first full fiscal year for services to the Fund.
(2) The total estimated compensation estimated to be paid to the Independent Directors from the Fund and the Fund Complex for a full calendar year.
 
Director Ownership in the Fund
 
The following table shows the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by each director in the Fund and Fund Complex as of December 31, 2015.
 
Director
Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in Fund
Aggregate Dollar Range of
Ownership in all Funds
Overseen by Director in the Fund Complex (1)
Independent Director :
   
John Carter
None
None
John Oakes
None
Over $100,000
James Kelley
None
$10,001 - $50,000
Fred G. Steingraber
None
None
Interested Director :
   
Patrick W. Galley
None
Over $100,000
_________________
(1) The Fund Complex consists of (1) one closed-end management investment company: RiverNorth Opportunities Fund, Inc. and (2) four open-end management investment companies: RiverNorth Core Opportunity Fund, RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Income Fund, RiverNorth Equity Opportunity Fund, RiverNorth/Oaktree High Income Fund.
 
As of the date of this SAI, the Independent Directors of the Fund and immediate family members do not own beneficially or of record any class of securities of the investment adviser or principal underwriter of the Fund or any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with an investment adviser or principal underwriter of the Fund.
 
As of the date of this SAI, the directors and officers of the Fund owned, as a group, less than 1% of the outstanding Common Shares of the Fund.
 
Securities Beneficially Owned
 
The Adviser has provided the initial capitalization of the Fund and therefore is deemed to be a control person because it was the sole shareholder of the Fund at that time. However, it is anticipated that the Adviser will no longer be a control person of the Fund once this offering of Common Shares is completed.
 
PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES
 
The Board of Directors of the Fund has delegated responsibilities for decisions regarding proxy voting for securities held by the Fund to the Adviser or Subadviser.  The Adviser or Subadviser will vote such proxies in accordance with its proxy policies and procedures.  In some instances, the Adviser or Subadviser may be asked to cast a proxy vote that presents a conflict between the interests of the Fund’s shareholders, and those of the Adviser or Subadviser or an affiliated person of the Adviser or Subadviser.  In such a case, the Adviser or Subadviser will abstain from making a voting decision and will forward all necessary proxy voting materials to the Fund to enable the Board of Directors to make a voting decision.  The Adviser or Subadviser shall make a written recommendation of the voting decision to the Board of Directors, which shall include: (i) an explanation of why it has a conflict of interest; (ii) the reasons for its recommendation; and (iii) an explanation of why the recommendation is consistent with the Adviser’s (or Subadviser’s) proxy voting policies.  The Board of Directors shall make the proxy voting decision that in its judgment, after reviewing the recommendation of the Adviser or Subadviser, is most consistent with the Adviser’s or Subadviser’s proxy voting policies and in the best interests of Fund shareholders.  When the Board of Directors of the Fund is required to make a proxy voting decision, only the directors without a conflict of interest with regard to the security in question or the matter to be voted upon shall be permitted to participate in the decision of how the Fund’s vote will be cast.  The Adviser and Subadviser vote proxies pursuant to the proxy voting policies and guidelines set forth in Appendix A and B, respectively, to this SAI.
 
-41-

You may also obtain information about how the Fund voted proxies related to its portfolio securities during the 12-month period ended June 30 by visiting the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov or by visiting the Fund’s website at www.rivernorth.com (this reference to the Fund’s website does not incorporate the contents of the website into this SAI).
 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
A Registration Statement on Form N-2, including amendments thereto, relating to the Common Shares offered hereby, has been filed by the Fund with the SEC, Washington, D.C.  The Fund’s Prospectus and this SAI do not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement, including any exhibits and schedules thereto.  For further information with respect to the Fund and the Common Shares offered hereby, reference is made to the Fund’s Registration Statement.  Statements contained in the Fund’s Prospectus and this SAI as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference.
 
The Registration Statement may be viewed and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C.  Information about the SEC’s Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090.  The Registration Statement also may be available on the Edgar Database on the SEC’s website, http://www.sec.gov, or be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request to publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing to:  Securities and Exchange Commission’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549.
 
-42-

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Shareholder and Board of Directors of
RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc.
 
We have audited the accompanying statement of assets and liabilities of RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc. (the “Fund”) as of August 23, 2016.  This financial statement is the responsibility of the Fund’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statement is free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statement.  Our procedures included confirmation of cash as of August 23, 2016, by correspondence with the custodian.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statement referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc. as of August 23, 2016, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
/s/ COHEN FUND AUDIT SERVICES, LTD.
Cleveland, Ohio
August 25, 2016
-43-

RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc.
 
Statement of Assets and Liabilities
August 23, 2016

Assets
     
Cash
 
$
100,000
 
Deferred offering costs (Note 3)
   
164,480
 
Total Assets
   
264,480
 
Liabilities
       
Accrued offering costs (Note 3)
   
164,480
 
Total Liabilities
   
164,480
 
Net Assets
 
$
100,000
 
Components of Net Assets
       
Paid in Capital
 
$
100,000
 
Net Assets
 
$
100,000
 
Shares of common stock outstanding, at $0.0001 par value, and 50,000,000 shares authorized
   
5,102.041
 
Net Asset Value per Common Share
 
$
19.60
 
Offering Price per Share
 
$
20.00
 
 
See accompanying notes to financial statement.
 

RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc.
 
Notes to Financial Statement
August 23, 2016
 
(1) ORGANIZATION
 
RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc. (the “Fund”) is a closed‑end management investment company that was organized as a Maryland corporation on June 22, 2016.  The Fund is a diversified investment company with an investment objective to seek current income and overall total return.  The Fund has not had any operations other than the sale and issuance of 5,102.041 common shares of beneficial interest at an aggregate purchase price of $100,000 to RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC (“RiverNorth” or the “Adviser”), the Fund’s investment adviser at a net asset value of $19.60 per share.  Shares issued by the Fund are subject to a sales load of 2.00%.  The Fund’s sub adviser is DoubleLine Capital, LP (“DoubleLine”).
 
(2) SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
The following is a summary of significant accounting policies followed by the Fund in preparation of its financial statement.  The policies are in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).  The Fund is an investment company and, accordingly, follows the investment company accounting and reporting guidance of the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 946, Investment Companies.
 
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the financial statement in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statement.  The Fund believes that these estimates utilized in preparing the financial statement are reasonable and prudent; however, actual results could differ from these estimates.
 
Indemnifications
In the normal course of business, the Fund enters into contracts that contain a variety of representations which provide general indemnifications.  The Fund’s maximum exposure under these arrangements is unknown as this would involve future claims that may be made against the Fund that have not yet occurred.  However, the Fund expects the risk of loss to be remote.
 
Federal Income Taxes
The Fund intends to qualify as a regulated investment company and comply in its initial fiscal year and thereafter with the provisions available to certain investment companies as defined in Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and to make distributions from net investment income and from net realized capital gains sufficient to relieve it from all, or substantially all, federal income taxes.
 
(3) ORGANIZATIONAL AND OFFERING COSTS
 
Organizational Expenses
RiverNorth has agreed to pay all of the Fund’s organizational expenses. As a result, organizational expenses of the Fund are not reflected in the Fund’s financial statement.  Total organizational expenses incurred through August 23, 2016, are $61,441.
 
-1-

Offering Costs
Offering costs are paid directly by the Fund.  RiverNorth has agreed to pay the amount, if any, by which the Fund’s offering costs (other than the sales load) exceed $0.04/share (0.20% of the offering price).  Offering costs incurred through August 23, 2016 are $164,480 and management estimates an additional $858,890 of costs expected to be incurred resulting in total offering costs of $1,023,370 of which the Fund will incur an additional $235,520 based on a $200 million capital raise.  RiverNorth will pay the $623,370 of expenses in excess of the offering price cap based on a $200 million capital raise.  The Statement of Assets and Liabilities reflects the current costs of $164,480 as deferred offering costs.  These offering costs, as well as offering costs incurred subsequent to August 23, 2016, will be charged to paid‑in‑capital upon sale of the shares to the public or reimbursed by RiverNorth.
 
(4) INVESTMENT ADVISORY SERVICES AND OTHER AGREEMENTS
 
The Adviser serves as the investment adviser to the Fund.  Under the terms of the management agreement (the “Agreement”), the Adviser, subject to the supervision of the Board of Directors (the “Board”), provides or arranges to be provided to the Fund such investment advice as it deems advisable and will furnish or arrange to be furnished a continuous investment program for the Fund consistent with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies.  As compensation for its management services, the Fund is obligated to pay the Adviser a fee computed and accrued daily and paid monthly, at an annual rate equal to 1.00% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets (the total assets of the Fund, including assets attributable to leverage, minus liabilities (other than debt representing leverage and any preferred stock that may be outstanding)).
 
DoubleLine is the investment sub adviser to the Fund.  Under the terms of the sub advisory agreement, DoubleLine, subject to the supervision of the Adviser and the Board, provides or arranges to be provided such investment advice as deemed advisable and will furnish or arrange to be furnished a continuous investment program for the portion of assets managed in the Fund consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and policies.  As compensation for its sub advisory services, the Adviser is obligated to pay DoubleLine a fee computed and accrued daily and paid monthly, at an annual rate equal to 0.50% of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets.
 
The Fund may use leverage through borrowings or the issuance of preferred stock, in  an aggregate amount of up to 33 1/3% of the Fund’s total assets immediately after such borrowings or issuance.  Leverage, if used, is expected to take the form of bank borrowing or other similar term loans and reverse repurchase agreements.
 
The Fund’s Board of Directors approved the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Investment Sub‑Advisory Agreement at its August 17, 2016, meeting.
 
A Director and certain Officers of the Fund are also employees of the Adviser.
 
-2-

APPENDIX A

PROXY VOTING POLICY OF THE ADVISER
 
Proxy Voting
RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC
 
PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
 
Pursuant to the recent adoption by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) of Rule 206(4)-6 (17 CFR 275.206(4)-6) and amendments to Rule 204-2 (17 CFR 275.204-2) under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Act”), it is a fraudulent, deceptive, or manipulative act, practice or course of business, within the meaning of Section 206(4) of the Act, for an investment adviser to exercise voting authority with respect to client securities, unless (i) the adviser has adopted and implemented written policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure that the adviser votes proxies in the best interests of its clients, (ii) the adviser describes its proxy voting procedures to its clients and provides copies on request, and (iii) the adviser discloses to clients how they may obtain information on how the adviser voted their proxies.
 
In its standard investment advisory agreement, RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC (RiverNorth Capital)  specifically states that it does not vote proxies and the client, including clients governed by ERISA, is responsible for voting proxies.   Therefore, RiverNorth Capital will not vote proxies for these clients. However, RiverNorth Capital will vote proxies on behalf of investment company clients (“Funds”).  RiverNorth Capital has instructed all custodians, other than Fund custodians, to forward proxies directly to its clients, and if RiverNorth Capital accidentally receives a proxy for any non-Fund client, current or former, the Chief Compliance Officer will promptly forward the proxy to the client. In order to fulfill its responsibilities to Funds, RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC (hereinafter “we” or “our”) has adopted the following policies and procedures for proxy voting with regard to companies in any Fund’s investment portfolios.
 
KEY OBJECTIVES
 
The key objectives of these policies and procedures recognize that a company’s management is entrusted with the day-to-day operations and longer term strategic planning of the company, subject to the oversight of the company’s board of directors.  While “ordinary business matters” are primarily the responsibility of management and should be approved solely by the corporation’s board of directors, these objectives also recognize that the company’s shareholders must have final say over how management and directors are performing, and how shareholders’ rights and ownership interests are handled, especially when matters could have substantial economic implications to the shareholders.
 
Therefore, we will pay particular attention to the following matters in exercising our proxy voting responsibilities as a fiduciary for our clients:
 
Accountability .  Each company should have effective means in place to hold those entrusted with running a company’s business accountable for their actions.  Management of a company should be accountable to its board of directors and the board should be accountable to shareholders.
 
Alignment of Management and Shareholder Interests .  Each company should endeavor to align the interests of management and the board of directors with the interests of the company’s shareholders. For example, we generally believe that compensation should be designed to reward management for doing a good job of creating value for the shareholders of the company.
 
Transparency .  Promotion of timely disclosure of important information about a company’s business operations and financial performance enables investors to evaluate the performance of a company and to  make informed decisions about the purchase and sale of a company’s securities.
 
DECISION METHODS
 
We generally believe that the individual portfolio managers that invest in and track particular companies are the most knowledgeable and best suited to make decisions with regard to proxy votes.  Therefore, we rely on those individuals to make the final decisions on how to cast proxy votes.
 
No set of proxy voting guidelines can anticipate all situations that may arise. In special cases, we may seek insight from our managers and analysts on how a particular proxy proposal will impact the financial prospects of a company, and vote accordingly.
 
In some instances, a proxy vote may present a conflict between the interests of a client, on the one hand, and our interests or the interests of a person affiliated with us, on the other.  In such a case, we will abstain from making a voting decision and will forward all of the necessary proxy voting materials to the client to enable the client to cast the votes.
 
Notwithstanding the forgoing, the following policies will apply to investment company shares owned by a Fund.  Under Section 12(d)(1) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (the “1940 Act”), a fund may only invest up to 5% of its total assets in the securities of any one investment company, but may not own more than 3% of the outstanding voting stock of any one investment company or invest more than 10% of its total assets in the securities of other investment companies. However, Section 12(d)(1)(F) of the 1940 Act provides that the provisions of paragraph 12(d)(1) shall not apply to securities purchased or otherwise acquired by a fund if (i) immediately after such purchase or acquisition not more than 3% of the total outstanding stock of such registered investment company is owned by the fund and all affiliated persons of the fund; and (ii) the fund is not proposing to offer or sell any security issued by it through a principal underwriter or otherwise at a public or offering price which includes a sales load of more than 1½% percent.  Therefore, each Fund (or the Adviser acting on behalf of the Fund) must comply with the following voting restrictions unless it is determined that the Fund is not relying on Section 12(d)(1)(F):
 
A-1

–when the Fund exercises voting rights, by proxy or otherwise, with respect to any investment company owned by the Fund, the Fund will either
 
–seek instruction from the Fund’s shareholders with regard to the voting of all proxies and vote in accordance with such instructions, or
 
–vote the shares held by the Fund in the same proportion as the vote of all other holders of such security.
 
PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES
 
Election of the Board of Directors
 
We believe that good corporate governance generally starts with a board composed primarily of independent directors, unfettered by significant ties to management, all of whose members are elected annually.  We also believe that turnover in board composition promotes independent board action, fresh approaches to governance, and generally has a positive impact on shareholder value.  We will generally vote in favor of non-incumbent independent directors.
 
The election of a company’s board of directors is one of the most fundamental rights held by shareholders.  Because a classified board structure prevents shareholders from electing a full slate of directors annually, we will generally support efforts to declassify boards or other measures that permit shareholders to remove a majority of directors at any time, and will generally oppose efforts to adopt classified board structures.
 
Approval of Independent Auditors
 
We believe that the relationship between a company and its auditors should be limited primarily to the audit engagement, although it may include certain closely related activities that do not raise an appearance of impaired independence.
 
We will evaluate on a case-by-case basis instances in which the audit firm has a substantial non-audit relationship with a company to determine whether we believe independence has been, or could be, compromised.
 
Equity-based compensation plans
 
We believe that appropriately designed equity-based compensation plans, approved by shareholders, can be an effective way to align the interests of shareholders and the interests of directors, management, and employees by providing incentives to increase shareholder value.  Conversely, we are opposed to plans that substantially dilute ownership interests in the company, provide participants with excessive awards, or have inherently objectionable structural features.
 
We will generally support measures intended to increase stock ownership by executives and the use of employee stock purchase plans to increase company stock ownership by employees.  These may include:
 
A-2

1. Requiring senior executives to hold stock in a company.
 
2. Requiring stock acquired through option exercise to be held for a certain period of time.
 
These are guidelines, and we consider other factors, such as the nature of the industry and size of the company, when assessing a plan’s impact on ownership interests.
 
Corporate Structure
 
We view the exercise of shareholders’ rights, including the rights to act by written consent, to call special meetings and to remove directors, to be fundamental to good corporate governance.
 
Because classes of common stock with unequal voting rights limit the rights of certain shareholders, we generally believe that shareholders should have voting power equal to their equity interest in the company and should be able to approve or reject changes to a company’s by-laws by a simple majority vote.
 
We will generally support the ability of shareholders to cumulate their votes for the election of directors.
 
Shareholder Rights Plans
 
While we recognize that there are arguments both in favor of and against shareholder rights plans, also known as poison pills, such measures may tend to entrench current management, which we generally consider to have a negative impact on shareholder value.  Therefore, while we will evaluate such plans on a case by case basis, we will generally oppose such plans.
 
CLIENT INFORMATION
 
A copy of these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures is available to our clients, without charge, upon request, by calling 1-800-646-0148.  We will send a copy of these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures within three business days of receipt of a request, by first-class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery.
 
In addition, we will provide each client, without charge, upon request, information regarding the proxy votes cast by us with regard to the client’s securities.
 
A-3

APPENDIX B
 
DoubleLine Funds Trust
DoubleLine Equity Funds
DoubleLine Capital LP
DoubleLine Commodity LP
DoubleLine Equity LP
DoubleLine Private Funds
DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund
DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund

Proxy Voting, Corporate Actions and Class Actions
 
August 2015
 
I. Background
 
This Proxy Voting, Corporate Actions and Class Actions Policy (“Policy”) is adopted by DoubleLine Capital LP, DoubleLine Commodity LP and DoubleLine Equity LP (each, as applicable, “DoubleLine”, the “Adviser” or the “Firm”), DoubleLine Funds Trust and DoubleLine Equity Funds (each, as applicable, the “Trust”) and each series of the Trusts (each an “Open‑End Fund”), the DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund (“DBL”) and DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund (“DSL” and, together with DBL and all of the Open‑End Funds collectively, the “Funds”) to govern the voting of proxies related to securities held by the Funds and actions taken with respect to corporate actions and class actions affecting such securities, and to provide a method of reporting the actions taken and overseeing compliance with regulatory requirements.
 
Each private investment fund (such as, but not limited to, the DoubleLine Opportunistic Income Master Fund LP (and its related entities) and the DoubleLine Leverage Fund LP (and its related entities), each of which is a “Private Fund” and, collectively, the “Private Funds”) managed by DoubleLine also adopts this Policy.
 
DoubleLine generally will exercise voting authority on behalf of its separate account clients (“Separate Account Clients” and together with the Funds and Private Funds, the “Clients”) only where a Client has expressly delegated authority in writing to DoubleLine and DoubleLine has accepted that responsibility.  Separate Account Clients that do not provide written authorization for DoubleLine to exercise voting authority are responsible for their own proxy voting, corporate actions and class actions and this Policy does not apply to them.
 
To the extent that voting a proxy or taking action with respect to a class action or corporate action (in each case, a “proposal”) is desirable, DoubleLine (or its designee) will seek to take action on such proposal in a manner that it believes is most likely to enhance the economic value of the underlying securities held in Client accounts and, with respect to proposals not otherwise covered by the Guidelines herein, DoubleLine (or its designee) will seek to consider each proposal on a case‑by‑case basis taking into consideration any relevant contractual obligations as well as other relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the vote.  DoubleLine will not respond to proxy solicitor requests unless DoubleLine determines that it is in the best interest of a Client to do so.
 
II. Issue
 
Rule 206(4)‑6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Rule”), requires every investment adviser who exercises voting authority with respect to client securities to adopt and implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure that the adviser votes proxies in the best interest of its clients.  The procedures must address material conflicts that may arise between DoubleLine and a Client in connection with proxy voting.  The Rule further requires the adviser to provide a concise summary of the adviser’s proxy voting policies and procedures and to provide copies of the complete proxy voting policy and procedures to clients upon request.  Lastly, the Rule requires that the adviser disclose to clients how they may obtain information on how the adviser voted their proxies.
 
III. Policy – Proxies and Corporate Actions; Role of Third‑Party Proxy Agent
 
To assist DoubleLine in carrying out its proxy voting obligations, DoubleLine has retained a third‑party proxy voting service provider, currently Glass, Lewis & Co. (“Glass Lewis”), as its proxy voting agent.  Pursuant to an agreement with DoubleLine, Glass Lewis obtains proxy ballots with respect to securities held by one or more Client accounts advised by DoubleLine, evaluates the individual facts and circumstances relating to any proposal, and, except as otherwise provided below, votes on any such proposal in accordance with the Guidelines set forth in Attachment A hereto (the “Guidelines”).
 
In the event that a proposal is not adequately addressed by the Guidelines, Glass Lewis will make a recommendation to DoubleLine as to how to vote on such proposal.  The portfolio manager or other authorized person of the relevant Client will review the recommendation made by Glass Lewis and will instruct Glass Lewis to vote the Client’s securities against Glass Lewis’ recommendation when DoubleLine believes doing so is in the best interests of the Client.  The portfolio manager or authorized person shall record the reasons for any such instruction and shall provide that written record to the Chief Compliance Officer or his/her designee.  In the absence of a timely instruction from DoubleLine to the contrary, Glass Lewis will vote in accordance with its recommendation.  In the event that Glass Lewis does not provide a recommendation with respect to a proposal, DoubleLine may vote on any such proposal in its discretion and in a manner consistent with this Policy.
 
B-1

In the event that DoubleLine determines that a recommendation of Glass Lewis (or of any other third‑party proxy voting service retained by DoubleLine) was based on a material factual error, DoubleLine will investigate the error, taking into account, among other things, the nature of the error and the related recommendation, and seek to determine whether Glass Lewis (or any other third‑party proxy voting service retained by DoubleLine) is taking reasonable steps to reduce similar errors in the future.
 
The Guidelines provide a basis for making decisions in the voting of proxies and taking action with respect to class actions or corporate actions for Clients.  When voting proxies or taking action with respect to class actions or corporate actions, DoubleLine’s utmost concern in exercising its duties of loyalty and care is that all decisions be made in the best interests of the Client and with the goal of maximizing the value of the Client’s investments.  With this goal in mind, the Guidelines cover various categories of voting decisions and generally specify whether DoubleLine (or its designee) will vote (assuming it votes at all) for or against a particular type of proposal.  The applicable portfolio managers who are primarily responsible for evaluating the individual holdings of the relevant Client are responsible in the first instance for overseeing the voting of proxies and taking action with respect to class actions or corporate actions for such Client (though they are not expected to review each such vote or action).  Such portfolio managers may, in their discretion, vote proxies or take action with respect to class actions or corporate actions in a manner that is inconsistent with the Guidelines (or instruct Glass Lewis to do so) when they determine that doing so is in the best interests of the Client.  In making any such determination, the portfolio managers may, in their discretion, take into account the recommendations of appropriate members of DoubleLine’s executive and senior management, other investment personnel and, if desired, an outside service.
 
Limitations of this Policy.   This Policy applies to voting and/or consent rights of securities held by Clients.  DoubleLine (or its designee) will, on behalf of each Client (including the Funds or the Private Funds) vote in circumstances such as, but not limited to, plans of reorganization, and waivers and consents under applicable indentures.  This Policy does not apply, however, to consent rights that primarily represent decisions to buy or sell investments, such as tender or exchange offers, conversions, put options, redemption and Dutch auctions.  Such decisions, while considered not to be covered within this Policy, shall be made with the Client’s best interests in mind.  In certain limited circumstances, particularly in the area of structured finance, DoubleLine may, on behalf of Clients, enter into voting agreements or other contractual obligations that govern the voting of shares.  In the event of a conflict between any such contractual requirements and the Guidelines, DoubleLine (or its designee) will vote in accordance with its contractual obligations.
 
In addition, where DoubleLine determines that there are unusual costs and/or difficulties associated with voting on a proposal, which more typically might be the case with respect to proposals relating to non‑U.S. issuers, DoubleLine reserves the right to not vote on a proposal unless DoubleLine determines that the expected benefits of voting on such proposal exceed the expected cost to the Client, such as in situations where a jurisdiction imposes share blocking restrictions which may affect the ability of the portfolio managers to effect trades in the related security.  DoubleLine will seek to consult with its Clients in such circumstances unless the investment management agreement or other written arrangement with the applicable Client gives DoubleLine authority to act in its discretion.
 
All proxies, class actions or corporate actions received shall be retained by the Chief Risk Officer or designee.  Such records shall include whether DoubleLine voted such proxy or corporate actions and, if so, how the proxy was voted.  The records also shall be transcribed into a format such that any Client’s overall proxy and corporate actions voting record can be provided upon request.
 
DoubleLine provides no assurance to former clients that applicable proxy, class actions or corporate actions information will be delivered to them.
 
IV. Proofs of Claim
 
DoubleLine does not complete proofs‑of‑claim on behalf of Clients for current or historical holdings other than for the Funds; however, DoubleLine will provide reasonable assistance to Clients with collecting information relevant to filing proofs‑of‑claim when such information is in the possession of DoubleLine.  DoubleLine does not undertake to complete or provide proofs‑of‑claim for securities that had been held by any former client.  DoubleLine will complete proofs‑of‑claim for the Funds and Private Funds, or provide reasonable access to the applicable Fund’s or Private Fund’s administrator to file such proofs‑of‑claim when appropriate.
 
V. Class Actions Policy
 
In the event that Client securities become the subject of a class action lawsuit, the applicable portfolio manager(s) will assess the value to Clients in participating in such legal action.  If the portfolio manager decides that participating in the class action is in the Client’s best interest, DoubleLine will recommend that the Client or its custodian submit appropriate documentation on the Client’s behalf, subject to contractual or other authority.  DoubleLine may consider any relevant information in determining whether participation in a class action lawsuit is in a Client’s best interest, including the costs that would be incurred by the Client and the resources that would be expended in participating in the class action, including in comparison to the Client pursuing other legal recourse against the issuer.  DoubleLine also may choose to notify Clients (other than the Funds and the Private Funds) of the class action without making a recommendation as to participation, which would allow Clients to decide how or if to proceed.  DoubleLine provides no assurance to former clients that applicable class action information will be delivered to them.
 
B-2

VI. Procedures for Lent Securities and Issuers in Share‑blocking Countries
 
At times, DoubleLine may not be able to take action in respect of a proposal on behalf of a Client when the Client’s relevant securities are on loan in accordance with the Client’s securities lending program and/or are controlled by a securities lending agent or custodian acting independently of DoubleLine.  Notwithstanding this fact, in the event that DoubleLine becomes aware of a proposal on which a Client’s securities may be voted and with respect to which the outcome of such proposal could reasonably be expected to enhance the economic value of the Client’s position and some or a portion of that position is lent out, DoubleLine will make reasonable efforts to inform the Client that DoubleLine is not able to take action with respect to such proposal until and unless the Client recalls the lent security.  When such situations relate to the Funds or the Private Funds, DoubleLine will take reasonable measures to recall the lent security in order to take action timely.  There can be no assurance that any lent security will be returned timely.
 
In certain markets where share blocking occurs, shares must be frozen for trading purposes at the custodian or sub‑custodian in order to vote.  During the time that shares are blocked, any pending trades will not settle.  Depending on the market, this period can last from one day to three weeks.  Any sales that must be executed will settle late and potentially be subject to interest charges or other punitive fees.  For this reason, in blocking markets, DoubleLine retains the right to vote or not, based on the determination of DoubleLine’s investment personnel as to whether voting would be in the Client’s best interest.
 
VII. Proxy Voting Committee; Oversight
 
DoubleLine has established a proxy voting committee (the “Committee”) with a primary responsibility of overseeing compliance with the Policy.  The Committee, made up of non‑investment executive officers, the Chief Risk Officer, and the Chief Compliance Officer (or his/her designee), meets on an as needed basis.  The Committee will (1) monitor compliance with the Policy, including by periodically sampling proxy votes for review, (2) review, no less frequently than annually, the adequacy of this Policy to ensure that such Policy has been effectively implemented and that the Policy continues to be designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interests of Clients, and (3) review potential conflicts of interest that may arise under this Policy, including changes to the businesses of DoubleLine, Glass Lewis or other third‑ party proxy voting services retained by DoubleLine to determine whether those changes present new or additional conflicts of interest that should be addressed by this Policy.
 
The Committee shall have primary responsibility for managing DoubleLine’s relationship with Glass Lewis and/or any other third‑party proxy voting service provider, including overseeing their compliance with this Policy generally as well as reviewing periodically instances in which (i) DoubleLine overrides a recommendation made by Glass Lewis or (ii) Glass Lewis does not provide a recommendation with respect to a proposal.  The Committee shall also periodically review DoubleLine’s relationships with such entities more generally, including for potential conflicts of interest relevant to such entities and whether DoubleLine’s relationships with such entities should continue.
 
VIII. Procedures for Material Conflicts of Interest
 
The portfolio managers will seek to monitor for conflicts of interest arising between DoubleLine and a Client and shall report any such conflict identified by the portfolio managers to the Committee.  Should material conflicts of interest arise between DoubleLine and a Client as to a proposal, the proposal shall be brought to the attention of the Committee, who shall involve other executive managers, legal counsel (which may be DoubleLine’s in‑house counsel or outside counsel) or the Chief Compliance Officer as may be deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee to attempt to resolve such conflicts.  The Committee shall determine the materiality of such conflict if the conflict cannot be resolved.  (An example of a specific conflict of interest that should be brought to the Committee is a situation where a proxy contest involves securities issued by a Client.  When in doubt as to a potential conflict, portfolio managers shall bring the proxy to the attention of the Committee.)
 
If, after appropriate review, a material conflict between DoubleLine and a Client is deemed to exist, DoubleLine will seek to resolve any such conflict in the best interest of the Client whose assets it is voting by pursuing any one of the following courses of action:  (i) voting (or not voting) in accordance with the Guidelines; (ii) convening a Committee meeting to assess available measures to address the conflict and implementing those measures; (iii) voting in accordance with the recommendation of an independent third‑party service provider chosen by the Committee; (iv) voting (or not voting) in accordance with the instructions of such Client; (v) or not voting with respect to the proposal if consistent with DoubleLine’s fiduciary obligations.
 
Investments in the DoubleLine Funds .  In the event that DoubleLine has discretionary authority to vote shares of a Fund owned by all Clients (including the Funds), DoubleLine will vote the shares of such Fund in the same proportion as the votes of the other beneficial shareholders of such Fund.  Under this “echo voting” approach, DoubleLine’s voting of a Fund’s shares would merely amplify the votes already received from such Fund’s other shareholders.  DoubleLine’s potential conflict is therefore mitigated by replicating the voting preferences expressed by the Fund’s other shareholders.
 
IX. Procedures for Proxy Solicitation
 
In the event that any employee of DoubleLine receives a request to reveal or disclose DoubleLine’s voting intention on a specific proxy event to a third party, the employee must forward the solicitation request to the Chief Compliance Officer or designee.  Such requests shall be reviewed with the Committee or appropriate executive and senior management.  Any written requests shall be retained with the proxy files maintained by the Chief Operating Officer or designee.
 
B-3

X. Additional Procedures for the Funds
 
A.  Filing Form N‑PX
 
Rule 30b1‑4 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 requires mutual funds to file an annual record of proxies voted by a Fund on Form N‑PX.  Form N‑PX must be filed each year no later than August 31 and must contain the Funds’ proxy voting record for the most recent twelve‑month period ending June 30.
 
The Funds rely upon their respective fund administrator to prepare and make their filings on Form N‑PX.  DoubleLine shall assist the fund administrator by providing information (including by causing such information to be provided by any third party proxy voting service for record comparison purposes as deemed necessary) regarding any proxy votes made for the Funds within the most recent twelve‑month period ending June 30.  DoubleLine shall retain records of any such votes with sufficient information to make accurate annual Form N‑PX filings.
 
B.  Providing Policies and Procedures
 
Mutual funds (including the Funds) that invest in voting securities are required to describe in their Statements of Additional Information (“SAIs”) the policies and procedures that they use to determine how to vote proxies relating to securities held in their portfolios.  The Funds also may chose to include these policies and procedures as part of their registration statement.  Closed‑end funds (such as DBL and DSL) must disclose their proxy voting policies and procedures annually on Form N‑CSR.
 
Funds are required to disclose in shareholder reports that a description of the fund’s proxy voting policies and procedures is available (i) without charge, upon request, by calling a specified toll‑free (or collect) telephone number; (ii) on the fund’s website, if applicable; and (iii) on the Commission’s website at http://www.sec.gov.  The fund administrator shall ensure that such disclosures are included when preparing shareholder reports on the Funds’ behalf.  The Funds currently do not provide the proxy policies and procedures on their website.
 
A Fund is required to send the description of the fund’s proxy voting policies and procedures within three business days of receipt of the request, by first‑class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery.  The Funds rely upon the fund administrator to provide this service.
 
XI. Recordkeeping
 
A. DoubleLine must maintain the documentation described in this Policy for a period of not less than five (5) years from the end of the fiscal year during which the last entry was made on such record, the first two (2) years at its principal place of business.  DoubleLine will be responsible for the following procedures and for ensuring that the required documentation is retained, including with respect to class action claims or corporate actions other than proxy voting.  DoubleLine has engaged Glass Lewis to retain the aforementioned proxy voting records on behalf of DoubleLine (and its Clients).
 
B. Client request to review proxy votes :
 
Any written request from a Client related to actions taken with respect to a proposal received by any employee of DoubleLine must be retained.  Only written responses to oral requests need to be maintained.
 
The Client Service group will record the identity of the Client, the date of the request, and the disposition ( e.g., provided a written or oral response to Client’s request, referred to third party, not a proxy voting client, other dispositions, etc.).
 
In order to facilitate the management of proxy voting record keeping process, and to facilitate dissemination of such proxy voting records to Clients, the Client Service group will distribute to any Client requesting proxy voting information DoubleLine’s complete proxy voting record for the Client for the period requested.  If deemed operationally more efficient, DoubleLine may choose to release its entire proxy voting record for the requested period, with any information identifying a particular Client redacted.  The Client Service group shall furnish the information requested, free of charge, to the Client within a reasonable time period (within 10 business days) and maintain a copy of the written record provided in response to Client’s written (including e‑mail) or oral request.  A copy of the written response should be attached and maintained with the Client’s written request, if applicable, and stored in an appropriate file.
 
Clients can require the delivery of the proxy voting record relevant to their accounts for the five year period prior to their request.
 
C. Examples of proxy voting records:
 
Documents prepared or created by DoubleLine that were material to making a decision on how to vote, or that memorialized the basis for the decision.  Documentation or notes or any communications received from third parties, other industry analysts, third party service providers, company’s management discussions, etc.  that were material in the basis for the decision.
 
XII. Disclosure
 
The Chief Compliance Officer or designee will ensure that Form ADV Part 2A is updated as necessary to reflect:  (i) all material changes to this Policy; and (ii) regulatory requirements related to proxy voting disclosure.
 
B-4

Attachment A to Proxy Voting, Corporate Action and Class Action Policy
 
Guidelines
 
The proxy voting decisions set forth below refer to proposals by company management except for the categories of “Shareholder Proposals” and “Social Issue Proposals.”  The voting decisions in these latter two categories refer to proposals by outside shareholders.
 
Governance
             For trustee nominees in uncontested elections
             For management nominees in contested elections
             For ratifying auditors, except against if the previous auditor was dismissed because of a disagreement with the company or if the fees for non‑audit services exceed 51% of total fees
             For changing the company name
             For approving other business
             For adjourning the meeting
             For technical amendments to the charter and/or bylaws
             For approving financial statements
 
Capital Structure
             For increasing authorized common stock
             For decreasing authorized common stock
             For amending authorized common stock
             For the issuance of common stock, except against if the issued common stock has superior voting rights
             For approving the issuance or exercise of stock warrants
             For authorizing preferred stock, except against if the board has unlimited rights to set the terms and conditions of the shares
             For increasing authorized preferred stock, except against if the board has unlimited rights to set the terms and conditions of the shares
             For decreasing authorized preferred stock
             For canceling a class or series of preferred stock
             For amending preferred stock
             For issuing or converting preferred stock, except against if the shares have voting rights superior to those of other shareholders
             For eliminating preemptive rights
             For creating or restoring preemptive rights
             Against authorizing dual or multiple classes of common stock
             For eliminating authorized dual or multiple classes of common stock
             For amending authorized dual or multiple classes of common stock
             For increasing authorized shares of one or more classes of dual or multiple classes of common stock, except against if it will allow the company to issue additional shares with superior voting rights
             For a stock repurchase program
             For a stock split
             For a reverse stock split, except against if the company does not intend to proportionally reduce the number of authorized shares
 
Mergers and Restructuring
             For merging with or acquiring another company
             For recapitalization
             For restructuring the company
             For bankruptcy restructurings
             For liquidations
             For reincorporating in a different state
             For spinning off certain company operations or divisions
             For the sale of assets
             Against eliminating cumulative voting
             For adopting cumulative voting
 
Board of Trustees
             For limiting the liability of trustees
             For setting the board size
             For allowing the trustees to fill vacancies on the board without shareholder approval
             Against giving the board the authority to set the size of the board as needed without shareholder approval
             For a proposal regarding the removal of trustees, except against if the proposal limits the removal of trustees to cases where there is legal cause
 
B-5

             For non‑technical amendments to the company’s certificate of incorporation, except against if an amendment would have the effect of reducing shareholders’ rights
             For non‑technical amendments to the company’s bylaws, except against if an amendment would have the effect of reducing shareholder’s rights
 
Anti‑Takeover Provisions
             Against a classified board
             Against amending a classified board
             For repealing a classified board
             Against ratifying or adopting a shareholder rights plan (poison pill)
             Against redeeming a shareholder rights plan (poison pill)
             Against eliminating shareholders’ right to call a special meeting
             Against limiting shareholders’ right to call a special meeting
             For restoring shareholders’ right to call a special meeting
             Against eliminating shareholders’ right to act by written consent
             Against limiting shareholders’ right to act by written consent
             For restoring shareholders’ right to act by written consent
             Against establishing a supermajority vote provision to approve a merger or other business combination
             For amending a supermajority vote provision to approve a merger or other business combination, except against if the amendment would increase the vote required to approve the transaction
             For eliminating a supermajority vote provision to approve a merger or other business combination
             Against adopting supermajority vote requirements (lock‑ins) to change certain bylaw or charter provisions
             Against amending supermajority vote requirements (lock‑ins) to change certain bylaw or charter provisions
             For eliminating supermajority vote requirements (lock‑ins) to change certain bylaw or charter provisions
             Against expanding or clarifying the authority of the board of trustees to consider factors other than the interests of shareholders in assessing a takeover bid
             Against establishing a fair price provision
             Against amending a fair price provision
             For repealing a fair price provision
             For limiting the payment of greenmail
             Against adopting advance notice requirements
             For opting out of a state takeover statutory provision
             Against opt into a state takeover statutory provision
 
Compensation
             For adopting a stock incentive plan for employees, except decide on a case‑by‑case basis if the plan dilution is more than 5% of outstanding common stock or if the potential dilution from all company plans, including the one proposed, is more than 10% of outstanding common stock
             For amending a stock incentive plan for employees, except decide on a case‑by‑case basis if the minimum potential dilution from all company plans, including the one proposed, is more than 10% of outstanding common stock
             For adding shares to a stock incentive plan for employees, except decide on a case‑by‑case basis if the plan dilution is more than 5% of outstanding common stock or if the potential dilution from all company plans, including the one proposed, is more than 10% of outstanding common stock
             For limiting per‑employee option awards
             For extending the term of a stock incentive plan for employees
             Case‑by‑case on assuming stock incentive plans
             For adopting a stock incentive plan for non‑employee trustees, except decide on a case‑by‑case basis if the plan dilution is more than 5% of outstanding common equity or if the minimum potential dilution from all plans, including the one proposed, is more than 10% of outstanding common equity
             For amending a stock incentive plan for non‑employee trustees, except decide on a case‑by‑case basis if the minimum potential dilution from all plans, including the one proposed, is more than 10% of outstanding common equity
             For adding shares to a stock incentive plan for non‑employee trustees, except decide on a case‑by‑case basis if the plan dilution is more than 5% of outstanding common equity or if the minimum potential dilution from all plans, including the one proposed, is more than 10% of the outstanding common equity
             For adopting an employee stock purchase plan, except against if the proposed plan allows employees to purchase stock at prices of less than 85% of the stock’s fair market value
             For amending an employee stock purchase plan, except against if the proposal allows employees to purchase stock at prices of less than 85% of the stock’s fair market value
             For adding shares to an employee stock purchase plan, except against if the proposed plan allows employees to purchase stock at prices of less than 85% of the stock’s fair market value
             For adopting a stock award plan, except decide on a case‑by‑case basis if the plan dilution is more than 5% of the outstanding common equity or if the minimum potential dilution from all plans, including the one proposed, is more than 10% of the outstanding common equity
             For amending a stock award plan, except against if the amendment shortens the vesting requirements or lessens the performance requirements
 
B-6

             For adding shares to a stock award plan, except decide on a case‑by‑case basis if the plan dilution is more than 5% of the outstanding common equity or if the minimum potential dilution from all plans, including the one proposed, is more than 10% of the outstanding common equity
             For adopting a stock award plan for non‑employee trustees, except decide on a case‑by‑case basis if the plan dilution is more than 5% of the outstanding common equity or if the minimum potential dilution from all plans, including the one proposed, is more than 10% of the outstanding common equity
             For amending a stock award plan for non‑employee trustees, except decide on a case‑by‑case basis if the minimum potential dilution from all plans is more than 10% of the outstanding common equity
             For adding shares to a stock award plan for non‑employee trustees, except decide on a case‑by‑case basis if the plan dilution is more than 5% of the outstanding common equity or if the minimum potential dilution from all plans, including the one proposed, is more than 10% of the outstanding common equity
             For approving an annual bonus plan
             For adopting a savings plan
             For granting a one‑time stock option or stock award, except decide on a case‑by‑case basis if the plan dilution is more than 5% of the outstanding common equity
             For adopting a deferred compensation plan
             For approving a long‑term bonus plan
             For approving an employment agreement or contract
             For amending a deferred compensation plan
             For amending an annual bonus plan
             For reapproving a stock option plan or bonus plan for purposes of OBRA
             For amending a long‑term bonus plan
 
Shareholder Proposals
             For requiring shareholder ratification of auditors
             Against requiring the auditors to attend the annual meeting
             Against limiting consulting by auditors
             Against requiring the rotation of auditors
             Against restoring preemptive rights
             For asking the company to study sales, spin‑offs, or other strategic alternatives
             For asking the board to adopt confidential voting and independent tabulation of the proxy ballots
             Against asking the company to refrain from counting abstentions and broker non‑votes in vote tabulations
             Against eliminating the company’s discretion to vote unmarked proxy ballots
             For providing equal access to the proxy materials for shareholders
             Against requiring a majority vote to elect trustees
             Against requiring the improvement of annual meeting reports
             Against changing the annual meeting location
             Against changing the annual meeting date
             Against asking the board to include more women and minorities as trustees
             Against seeking to increase board independence
             Against limiting the period of time a trustee can serve by establishing a retirement or tenure policy
             Against requiring minimum stock ownership by trustees
             Against providing for union or employee representatives on the board of trustees
             For increasing disclosure regarding the board’s role in the development and monitoring of the company’s long‑term strategic plan
             For creating a nominating committee of the board
             Against urging the creation of a shareholder committee
             Against asking that the chairman of the board of trustees be chosen from among the ranks of the non‑employee trustees
             Against asking that a lead trustee be chosen from among the ranks of the non‑employee trustees
             For adopting cumulative voting
             Against requiring trustees to place a statement of candidacy in the proxy statement
             Against requiring the nomination of two trustee candidates for each open board seat
             Against making trustees liable for acts or omissions that constitute a breach of fiduciary care resulting from a trustee’s gross negligence and/or reckless or willful neglect
             For repealing a classified board
             Against asking the board to redeem or to allow shareholders to vote on a poison pill shareholder rights plan
             Against repealing fair price provisions
             For restoring shareholders’ right to call a special meeting
             For restoring shareholders’ right to act by written consent
             For limiting the board’s discretion to issue targeted share placements or requiring shareholder approval before such block placements can be made
             For seeking to force the company to opt out of a state takeover statutory provision
             Against reincorporating the company in another state
             For limiting greenmail payments
             Against advisory vote on compensation
 
B-7

             Against restricting executive compensation
             For enhancing the disclosure of executive compensation
             Against restricting trustee compensation
             Against capping executive pay
             Against calling for trustees to be paid with company stock
             Against calling for shareholder votes on executive pay
             Against calling for the termination of trustee retirement plans
             Against asking management to review, report on, and/or link executive compensation to non‑financial criteria, particularly social criteria
             Against seeking shareholder approval to reprice or replace underwater stock options
             For banning or calling for a shareholder vote on future golden parachutes
             Against seeking to award performance‑based stock options
             Against establishing a policy of expensing the costs of all future stock options issued by the company in the company’s annual income statement
             Against requesting that future executive compensation be determined without regard to any pension fund income
             Against approving extra benefits under Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (SERPs)
             Against requiring option shares to be held
             For creating a compensation committee
             Against requiring that the compensation committee hire its own independent compensation consultants‑separate from the compensation consultants working with corporate management‑to assist with executive compensation issues
             For increasing the independence of the compensation committee
             For increasing the independence of the audit committee
             For increasing the independence of key committees
 
Social Issue Proposals
             Against asking the company to develop or report on human rights policies
             Against asking the company to limit or end operations in Burma
             For asking management to review operations in Burma
             For asking management to certify that company operations are free of forced labor
             Against asking management to implement and/or increase activity on each of the principles of the U.S. Business Principles for Human Rights of Workers in China.
             Against asking management to develop social, economic, and ethical criteria that the company could use to determine the acceptability of military contracts and to govern the execution of the contracts
             Against asking management to create a plan of converting the company’s facilities that are dependent on defense contracts toward production for commercial markets
             Against asking management to report on the company’s government contracts for the development of ballistic missile defense technologies and related space systems
             Against asking management to report on the company’s foreign military sales or foreign offset activities
             Against asking management to limit or end nuclear weapons production
             Against asking management to review nuclear weapons production
             Against asking the company to establish shareholder‑designated contribution programs
             Against asking the company to limit or end charitable giving
             For asking the company to increase disclosure of political spending and activities
             Against asking the company to limit or end political spending
             For requesting disclosure of company executives’ prior government service
             Against requesting affirmation of political nonpartisanship
             For asking management to report on or change tobacco product marketing practices, except against if the proposal calls for action beyond reporting
             Against severing links with the tobacco industry
             Against asking the company to review or reduce tobacco harm to health
             For asking management to review or promote animal welfare, except against if the proposal calls for action beyond reporting
             For asking the company to report or take action on pharmaceutical drug pricing or distribution, except against if the proposal asks for more than a report
             Against asking the company to take action on embryo or fetal destruction
             For asking the company to review or report on nuclear facilities or nuclear waste, except against if the proposal asks for cessation of nuclear‑related activities or other action beyond reporting
             For asking the company to review its reliance on nuclear and fossil fuels, its development or use of solar and wind power, or its energy efficiency, except vote against if the proposal asks for more than a report
             Against asking management to endorse the Ceres principles
             For asking the company to control generation of pollutants, except against if the proposal asks for action beyond reporting or if the company reports its omissions and plans to limit their future growth or if the company reports its omissions and plans to reduce them from established levels
             For asking the company to report on its environmental impact or plans, except against if management has issued a written statement beyond the legal minimum
 
B-8

             For asking management to report or take action on climate change, except against if management acknowledges a global warming threat and has issued company policy or if management has issued a statement and committed to targets and timetables or if the company is not a major emitter of greenhouse gases
             For asking management to report on, label, or restrict sales of bioengineered products, except against if the proposal asks for action beyond reporting or calls for a moratorium on sales of bioengineered products
             Against asking the company to preserve natural habitat
             Against asking the company to review its developing country debt and lending criteria and to report to shareholders on its findings
             Against requesting the company to assess the environmental, public health, human rights, labor rights, or other socioeconomic impacts of its credit decisions
             For requesting reports and/or reviews of plans and/or policies on fair lending practices, except against if the proposal calls for action beyond reporting
             Against asking the company to establish committees to consider issues related to facilities closure and relocation of work
             For asking management to report on the company’s affirmative action policies and programs, including releasing its EEO‑1 forms and providing statistical data on specific positions within the company, except against if the company releases its EEO‑1 reports
             Against asking management to drop sexual orientation from EEO policy
             Against asking management to adopt a sexual orientation non‑discrimination policy
             For asking management to report on or review Mexican operations
             Against asking management to adopt standards for Mexican operations
             Against asking management to review or implement the MacBride principles
             Against asking the company to encourage its contractors and franchisees to implement the MacBride principles
             For asking management to report on or review its global labor practices or those of its contractors, except against if the company already reports publicly using a recognized standard or if the resolution asks for more than a report
             Against asking management to adopt, implement, or enforce a global workplace code of conduct based on the International Labor Organization’s core labor conventions
             For requesting reports on sustainability, except against if the company has already issued a report in GRI format
 
Adopted by the DoubleLine Funds Trust Board:  March 25, 2010
Renewed, reviewed and approved by the DoubleLine Funds Trust Board:  March 1, 2011
Renewed, reviewed and approved by the DoubleLine Funds Trust Board:  August 25, 2011
Renewed and approved by the DoubleLine Funds Trust Board of Trustees:  March 19, 2013
Renewed, reviewed and approved by the DoubleLine Funds Trust Board:  May 22, 2013
Renewed, reviewed and approved by the DoubleLine Funds Trust Board:  November 20, 2013
Renewed, reviewed and approved by the DoubleLine Funds Trust Board:  August 21, 2014
 
Adopted by the DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund Board of Trustees:  August 24, 2011
Renewed and approved by the DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund Board of Trustees:  March 19, 2013
Renewed, reviewed and approved by the DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund Board of Trustees:  May 22, 2013
Renewed, reviewed and approved by the DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund Board of Trustees:  November 20, 2013
Renewed, reviewed and approved by the DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund Board of Trustees:  August 21, 2014
 
Adopted by the DoubleLine Equity Funds Board of Trustees:  March 19, 2013
Renewed, reviewed and approved by the DoubleLine Equity Funds Board:  May 22, 2013
Renewed, reviewed and approved by the DoubleLine Equity Funds Board:  November 20, 2013
Renewed, reviewed and approved by the DoubleLine Equity Funds Board:  August 21, 2014
Adopted by the DoubleLine Income Solutions Board of Trustees:  March 19, 2013
Renewed, reviewed and approved by the DoubleLine Income Solutions Board of Trustees:  May 22, 2013
Renewed, reviewed and approved by the DoubleLine Income Solutions Board of Trustees:  November 20, 2013
Renewed, reviewed and approved by the DoubleLine Income Solutions Board of Trustees:  August 21, 2014
 
Reviewed and approved by the Boards of the DoubleLine Funds Trust, DoubleLine Equity Funds, DoubleLine
Opportunistic Credit Fund and DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund:  August 20, 2015
 
B-9


PART C - OTHER INFORMATION
 
Item 25: Financial Statements and Exhibits
 
1. Financial Statements:
 
Registrant has not conducted any business as of the date of this filing, other than in connection with its organization. Financial Statements indicating that the Registrant has met the net worth requirements of Section 14(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 are being filed in this Pre-effective Amendment to the Registration Statement on Form N-2.
 
2. Exhibits:
 
a.1 Articles of Incorporation. Filed on July 1, 2016 as Exhibit a to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333- 212400) and incorporated herein by reference.
 
a.2 Articles of Amendment and Restatement. Filed on August 29, 2016 as Exhibit a to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-212400) and incorporated herein by reference.
 
b. By-Laws of Fund.
 
c. None.
 
d. None.
 
e. Dividend Reinvestment Plan.
 
f. None.
 
g.1 Form of Management Agreement between Registrant and RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC
 
g.2 Form of Subadvisory Agreement.
 
h.1 Form of Underwriting Agreement.
 
h.2 Form of Master Agreement Among Underwriters.
 
h.3 Form of Master Selected Dealers Agreement.
 
i. None.
 
j. Form of Custody Agreement.
 
k.1 Form of Master Services Agreement.
 
k.2 Form of Amended Distribution Agreement with TSC Distributors, LLC.
 
k.3 Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with Wells Fargo Securities, LLC.
 

k.4 Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated.
 
k.5 Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with UBS Securities LLC.
 
k.6 Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.
 
k.7 Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with RBC Capital Markets, LLC.
 
k.8 Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated.
 
k.9 Form of Sales Incentive Fee Agreement.
 
l.1 Opinion and consent of Fund counsel.
 
l.2 Opinion and consent of Maryland counsel.
 
m. None.
 
n. Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
 
o. None.
 
p. Subscription Agreement.
 
q. None.
 
r.1 Code of Ethics of Registrant.
 
r.2 Code of Ethics of RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC.
 
r.3 Code of Ethics of DoubleLine Capital LP.
 
s. Powers of Attorney. Filed on August 25, 2016 as Exhibit s to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333- 212400) and incorporated herein by reference.

 
Item 26: Marketing Arrangements
 
See the Form of Underwriting Agreement, the Form of Master Agreement Among Underwriters, the Form of Master Selected Dealers Agreement, the Form of Amended Distribution Agreement with TSC Distributors, LLC, the Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, the Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, the Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with UBS Securities, LLC, the Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with Oppenheimer & Co. Inc., the Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with RBC Capital Markets, LLC, the Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, and the Form of Sales Incentive Fee Agreement, filed as Exhibit (h)(1), Exhibit (h)(2), Exhibit (h)(3), Exhibit (k)(2), Exhibit (k)(3), Exhibit (k)(4), Exhibit (k)(5), Exhibit (k)(6), Exhibit (k)(7), Exhibit (k)(8) and Exhibit (k)(9), respectively, to the Registrant's Registration Statement.


Item 27: Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

Securities and Exchange Commission Fees
$ 26,182
Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. Fees
$ 39,500
Printing and Engraving Expenses
$ 478,000
Legal Fees
$ 297,000
Listing Fees
$ 30,000
Accounting Expenses
$ 5,000
Blue Sky Filing Fees and Expenses
$ -
Miscellaneous Expenses
$ 531,061
Total
$ 1,406,743
 
Item 28: Persons Controlled by or under Common Control with Registrant
 
Not applicable.
 
Item 29: Number of Holders of Securities
 
At September 27, 2016

Title of Class
Number of Record Holders
Common Shares, $0.0001 par value
1
 

Item 30: Indemnification
 
Section 7.2 of the Articles of Amendment and Restatement of the Registrant provides as follows:
 
Any person who is made a party or is threatened to be made a party in any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is a current or former director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving while a director or officer of the Corporation as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, agent, or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise, or employee benefit plan, shall be indemnified by the Corporation against judgments, penalties, fines, excise taxes, settlements, and reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit, or proceeding to the fullest extent permissible under Maryland law, the Securities Act, and the 1940 Act, as such statutes are now or hereinafter in force. In addition, the Corporation shall advance expenses to its current and former directors and officers who are made, or are threatened to be made, parties to any action, suit, or proceeding described above to the fullest extent that advancement of expenses is permitted by Maryland law, the Securities Act and the 1940 Act. The Board of Directors, by Bylaw, resolution, or agreement, may make further provision for indemnification of directors, officers, employees, and agents to the fullest extent permitted by Maryland law. No provision of this Article VII shall be effective to protect or purport to protect any director or officer of the Corporation against any liability to the Corporation or its security holders to which she or he would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of her or his office. Upon the direction of the Board of Directors, an advancement-of-costs agreement may be required in order to require the repayment of reimbursed expenses in the event that the foregoing exclusion was later determined to apply.
 
Reference will be made to Section 6 of the Form of Underwriting Agreement to be filed as Exhibit (h)(1) in an amendment to the Registrant’s Registration Statement.
 
Item 31: Business and Other Connections of Investment Advisers
 
RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC
 
The information in the Statement of Additional Information under the captions “Board Members and Officers” is hereby incorporated by reference.
 
The principal occupation of the directors and officers of the Adviser are their services as directors and officers of the Adviser. The address of the Adviser is 325 North LaSalle Street, Suite 645, Chicago, Illinois 60654.
 
Set forth below is information as to any other business, profession, vocation and employment of a substantial nature in which each officer of the Adviser is, or at any during the last two fiscal years has been, engaged for their own account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee partner or trustee:

Name *
Positions with RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC
Other Business Connections
Type of Business
Brian H. Schmucker
President and Board of Managers
Board of Directors, RiverNorth Holdings, Co.; Board of Managers, RiverNorth Financial Holdings, LLC
Investments
Patrick W. Galley
Chief Investment Officer and Board of Managers
President and Trustee, RiverNorth Funds; Board of Directors, RiverNorth Holdings, Co.; Board of Managers, RiverNorth Financial Holdings, LLC.
Investments
Jonathan M. Mohrhardt
Chief Operating Officer and Board of Managers
Treasurer, RiverNorth Funds; Board of Directors, RiverNorth Holdings, Co.; Board of Managers, RiverNorth Financial Holdings, LLC
Investments
Marcus L. Collins
General Counsel and Chief Compliance Officer
Chief Compliance Officer, RiverNorth Funds
Investments
Stephen A. O’Neill
Portfolio Manager
Portfolio Manager, RiverNorth Funds
Investments
 
*
The address for each of the named is 325 North LaSalle Street, Suite 645, Chicago, Illinois 60654.
 
DoubleLine Capital LP
 
The Registrant’s sub-adviser, DoubleLine Capital LP (the “Subadviser”), is a Delaware limited partnership. The list required by this Item 31 of officers and trustees of the Subadviser, together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by the Subadviser and such officers and trustees during the past two years, is incorporated by reference to Form ADV (SEC File No. 801-70942) filed by the Subadviser pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.
 
Item 32: Location of Accounts and Records.
 
RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC maintains the Charter, By-Laws, minutes of directors and shareholders meetings and contracts of the Registrant, all advisory material of the investment adviser, all general and subsidiary ledgers, journals, trial balances, records of all portfolio purchases and sales, and all other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act and the Rules thereunder.
 
Item 33: Management Services
 
Not applicable.
 

Item 34: Undertakings
 
1. Registrant undertakes to suspend the offering of its shares until it amends its prospectus if (1) subsequent to the effective date of its Registration Statement, the net asset value declines more than 10 percent from its net asset value as of the effective date of the Registration Statement, or (2) the net asset value increases to an amount greater than its net proceeds as stated in the prospectus.
 
2. Not applicable .
 
3. Not applicable .
 
4. The Registrant undertakes
 
(a) to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement:
 
(1) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
 
(2) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the Registration Statement; and
 
(3) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the Registration Statement or any material change to such information in the Registration Statement;
 
(b) that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the 1933 Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of those securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;
 
(c) to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering;
 
(d) that, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, if the Registrant is subject to Rule 430C: each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 497(b), (c), (d) or (e) under the Securities Act of 1933, as part of a Registration Statement relating to an offering other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A under the Securities Act of 1933, shall be deemed to be part of and included in this Registration Statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in this Registration Statement or prospectus that is part of this Registration Statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into this Registration Statement or prospectus that is part of this Registration Statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supercede or modify any statement that was made in this Registration Statement or prospectus that was part of this Registration Statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use;
 

(e) that for the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of securities:
 
The undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this Registration Statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to the purchaser:
 
(1) any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 497 under the Securities Act of 1933;
 
(2) the portion of any advertisement pursuant to Rule 482 under the Securities Act of 1933 relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant; and
 
(3) any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.
 
5. The Registrant undertakes that:
 
a. For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of pro spectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant under Rule 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective; and
 
b. For the purpose o f determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of the securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
6. The Registrant undertakes to send by first class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery, within two business days of receipt of a written or oral request, any Statement of Additional Information.

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in this City of Chicago, and State of Illinois, on the 27th day of September, 2016.
 
 
RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic
Opportunity Fund, Inc.
 
     
 
By:
/s/ Patrick W. Galley
 
   
Patrick W. Galley, President
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date
         
By:
/s/ Patrick W. Galley  
 
President (Principal Executive Officer)
 
September 27, 2016
Patrick W. Galley
       
         
By:
/s/ Jonathan M. Mohrhardt
 
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer/Principal Accounting Officer)
 
September 27, 2016
Jonathan M. Mohrhardt
     
         
By:  
/s/ Patrick W. Galley  
 
Chairman of the Board and Director
   
Patrick W. Galley
       
         
John K. Carter (1)
 
Director )
 
By:
/s/ Patrick W. Galley
     
Patrick W. Galley
Attorney-In-Fact
September 27, 2016
James G. Kelley (1)
 
Director )
     
John S. Oakes (1)
 
Director )
     
Fred G. Steingraber (1)
 
Director )
 
 
(1)
Original powers of attorney authorizing Joshua B. Deringer, Diane E. McCarthy and Patrick W. Galley to execute Registrant’s Registration Statement, and Amendments thereto, for the trustees of the Registrant on whose behalf this Registration Statement is filed, were previously executed and were filed on August 25, 2016 as Exhibit s. to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-212400).

INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
b. By-Laws of Fund.
 
e. Dividend Reinvestment Plan.
 
g.1 Form of Management Agreement between Registrant and RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC
 
g.2 Form of Subadvisory Agreement.
 
h.1 Form of Underwriting Agreement.
 
h.2 Form of Master Agreement Among Underwriters.
 
h.3 Form of Master Selected Dealers Agreement.
 
j. Form of Custody Agreement.
 
k.1 Form of Master Services Agreement.
 
k.2 Form of Amended Distribution Agreement with TSC Distributors, LLC.
 
k.3 Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with Wells Fargo Securities, LLC.
 
k.4 Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated.
 
k.5 Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with UBS Securities LLC.
 
k.6 Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.
 
k.7 Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with RBC Capital Markets, LLC.
 
k.8 Form of Structuring Fee Agreement with Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated.
 
k.9 Form of Sales Incentive Fee Agreement.
 
l.1 Opinion and consent of Fund counsel.
 
l.2 Opinion and consent of Maryland counsel.
 
n. Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
 
p. Subscription Agreement.
 
r.1 Code of Ethics of Registrant.
 
r.2 Code of Ethics of RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC.
 
r.3 Code of Ethics of DoubleLine Capital LP.
 

 
RIVERNORTH/DOUBLELINE
STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITY FUND, INC.
 
BYLAWS
 
ARTICLE I
NAME OF COMPANY, LOCATION OF OFFICES AND SEAL
 
Section 1.1 . Name . The name of the Company is RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc.
 
Section 1.2 . Principal Offices . The principal office of the Company in the State of Maryland shall be located in Baltimore, Maryland. The Company may, in addition, establish and maintain such other offices, including a principal executive office, and places of business within or outside the State of Maryland as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.
 
Section 1.3 . Seal . The corporate seal of the Company shall be circular in form and shall bear the name of the Company, the year of its incorporation and the words “Corporate Seal, Maryland.” The form of the seal shall be subject to alteration by the Board of Directors and the seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile to be impressed or affixed or printed or otherwise reproduced. Any Officer or Director of the Company shall have authority to affix the corporate seal of the Company to any document requiring the same.
 
ARTICLE II
STOCKHOLDERS
 
Section 2.1 . Place of Meetings . All meetings of the Stockholders shall be held at such place, whether within or outside the State of Maryland, as the Board of Directors shall determine, which shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.
 
Section 2.2 . Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of the Stockholders of the Company shall be held on the date and at such time and place as the Board of Directors shall determine in its discretion, at which time the Stockholders shall elect Directors and transact such other business as may properly come before the meeting. Any business of the Company may be transacted at the annual meeting without being specially designated in the notice except as otherwise provided by statute, by the charter of the Company (the “Charter”) or by these Bylaws.
 
Section 2.3 . Special Meetings .
 
(a) General . The Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Board of Directors may call a special meeting of the Stockholders. Subject to subsection (b) of this Section 2.3, a special meeting of Stockholders shall also be called by the Secretary of the Company to act on any matter that may properly be considered at a meeting of Stockholders upon the written request of Stockholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on such matter at such meeting. Subject to subsection (b) of this Section 2.3, any special meeting shall be held at such place, date and time as may be designated by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Board of Directors, whoever shall have called the meeting. In fixing a date for any special meeting, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Board of Directors may consider such factors as he, she or it deems relevant, including, without limitation, the nature of the matters to be considered, the facts and circumstances surrounding any request for the meeting and any plan of the Board of Directors to call an annual meeting or a special meeting.
 
Page 1

(b) Stockholder Requested Special Meetings .
 
(1) Any Stockholder of record seeking to have Stockholders request a special meeting shall, by sending written notice to the Secretary (the “Record Date Request Notice”) by registered mail, return receipt requested, request the Board of Directors to fix a record date to determine the Stockholders entitled to request a special meeting (the “Request Record Date”). The Record Date Request Notice shall set forth the purpose of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on at it, shall be signed by one or more Stockholders of record as of the date of signature (or their agents duly authorized in a writing accompanying the Record Date Request Notice), shall bear the date of signature of each such Stockholder (or such agent) and shall set forth all information relating to each such Stockholder and each matter proposed to be acted on at the meeting that would be required to be disclosed in connection with the solicitation of proxies for election of Directors in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or would otherwise be required in connection with such a solicitation, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Exchange Act”). Upon receiving the Record Date Request Notice, the Board of Directors may fix a Request Record Date. The Request Record Date shall not precede and shall not be more than ten days after the close of business on the date on which the resolution fixing the Request Record Date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If the Board of Directors, within ten days after the date on which a valid Record Date Request Notice is received, fails to adopt a resolution fixing the Request Record Date, the Request Record Date shall be the close of business on the tenth day after the first date on which a Record Date Request Notice is received by the Secretary.
 
(2) In order for any Stockholder to request a special meeting to act on any matter that may properly be considered at a meeting of Stockholders, one or more written requests for a special meeting (collectively, the “Special Meeting Request”) signed by Stockholders of record (or their agents duly authorized in a writing accompanying the request) as of the Request Record Date entitled to cast not less than a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on such matter at such meeting (the “Special Meeting Percentage”) shall be delivered to the Secretary. In addition, the Special Meeting Request shall (a) set forth the purpose of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on at it (which shall be limited to those lawful matters set forth in the Record Date Request Notice received by the Secretary), (b) bear the date of signature of each such Stockholder (or such agent) signing the Special Meeting Request, (c) set forth (i) the name and address, as they appear in the Company’s books, of each Stockholder signing such request (or on whose behalf the Special Meeting Request is signed), (ii) the class, series and number of all shares of stock of the Company which are owned (beneficially or of record) by each such Stockholder and (iii) the nominee holder for, and number of, shares of stock of the Company owned beneficially but not of record by such Stockholder, (d) be sent to the Secretary by registered mail, return receipt requested, and (e) be received by the Secretary within 60 days after the Request Record Date. Any requesting Stockholder (or agent duly authorized in a writing accompanying the revocation of the Special Meeting Request) may revoke his, her or its request for a special meeting at any time by written revocation delivered to the Secretary.
 
(3) The Secretary shall inform the requesting Stockholders of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing or delivering the notice of the meeting (including the Company’s proxy materials). The Secretary shall not be required to call a special meeting upon Stockholder request and such meeting shall not be held unless, in addition to the documents required by paragraph (2) of this Section 2.3(b), the Secretary receives payment of such reasonably estimated cost prior to the preparation and mailing or delivery of such notice of the meeting.
 
Page 2

(4) In the case of any special meeting called by the Secretary upon the request of Stockholders (a “Stockholder-Requested Meeting”), such meeting shall be held at such place, date and time as may be designated by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that the date of any Stockholder-Requested Meeting shall be not more than 90 days after the record date for such meeting (the “Meeting Record Date”); and provided further that if the Board of Directors fails to designate, within ten days after the date that a valid Special Meeting Request is actually received by the Secretary (the “Delivery Date”), a date and time for a Stockholder-Requested Meeting, then such meeting shall be held at 2:00 p.m. local time on the 90th day after the Meeting Record Date or, if such 90th day is not a Business Day (as defined below), on the first preceding Business Day; and provided further that in the event that the Board of Directors fails to designate a place for a Stockholder-Requested Meeting within ten days after the Delivery Date, then such meeting shall be held at the principal executive office of the Company. In the case of any Stockholder-Requested Meeting, if the Board of Directors fails to fix a Meeting Record Date that is a date within 30 days after the Delivery Date, then the close of business on the 30th day after the Delivery Date shall be the Meeting Record Date. The Board of Directors may revoke the notice for any Stockholder-Requested Meeting in the event that the requesting Stockholders fail to comply with the provisions of paragraph (3) of this Section 2.3(b).
 
(5) If written revocations of the Special Meeting Request have been delivered to the Secretary and the result is that Stockholders of record (or their agents duly authorized in writing), as of the Request Record Date, entitled to cast less than the Special Meeting Percentage have delivered, and not revoked, requests for a special meeting on the matter to the Secretary: (i) if the notice of meeting has not already been delivered, the Secretary shall refrain from delivering the notice of the meeting and send to all requesting Stockholders who have not revoked such requests written notice of any revocation of a request for a special meeting on the matter, or (ii) if the notice of meeting has been delivered and if the Secretary first sends to all requesting Stockholders who have not revoked requests for a special meeting on the matter written notice of any revocation of a request for the special meeting and written notice of the Company’s intention to revoke the notice of the meeting or for the chairman of the meeting to adjourn the meeting without action on the matter, (A) the Secretary may revoke the notice of the meeting at any time before ten days before the commencement of the meeting or (B) the chairman of the meeting may call the meeting to order and adjourn the meeting without acting on the matter. Any request for a special meeting received after a revocation by the Secretary of a notice of a meeting shall be considered a request for a new special meeting.
 
(6) The Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President may appoint regionally or nationally recognized independent inspectors of elections to act as the agent of the Company for the purpose of promptly performing a ministerial review of the validity of any purported Special Meeting Request received by the Secretary. For the purpose of permitting the inspectors to perform such review, no such purported Special Meeting Request shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Secretary until the earlier of (i) five Business Days after receipt by the Secretary of such purported request and (ii) such date as the independent inspectors certify to the Company that the valid requests received by the Secretary represent, as of the Request Record Date, Stockholders of record entitled to cast not less than the Special Meeting Percentage. Nothing contained in this paragraph (6) shall in any way be construed to suggest or imply that the Company or any Stockholder shall not be entitled to contest the validity of any request, whether during or after such five Business Day period, or to take any other action (including, without limitation, the commencement, prosecution or defense of any litigation with respect thereto, and the seeking of injunctive relief in such litigation).
Page 3

(7) For purposes of these Bylaws, “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
 
Section 2.4 . Notice . Not less than ten nor more than 90 days before each meeting of Stockholders, the Secretary shall give to each Stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting and to each Stockholder not entitled to vote who is entitled to notice of the meeting notice in writing or by electronic transmission stating the time and place of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting or as otherwise may be required by any statute, the purpose for which the meeting is called. Notice may be delivered by mail, by presenting it to such Stockholder personally, by leaving it at the Stockholder’s residence or usual place of business, by electronic means, or by any other means permitted by Maryland law. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail addressed to the Stockholder at the Stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Company, with postage thereon prepaid. If transmitted electronically, such notice shall be deemed to be given when transmitted to the Stockholder by an electronic transmission to any address or number of the Stockholder at which the Stockholder receives electronic transmissions. The Company may give a single notice to all Stockholders who share an address, which single notice shall be effective as to any Stockholder at such address, unless a Stockholder objects to receiving such single notice or revokes a prior consent to receiving such single notice. Failure to give notice of any meeting to one or more Stockholders, or any irregularity in such notice, shall not affect the validity of any meeting fixed in accordance with this Article II or the validity of any proceedings at any such meeting.
 
Subject to Section 2.5(a) of this Article II, any business of the Company may be transacted at an annual meeting of Stockholders without being specifically designated in the notice, except such business as is required by any statute to be stated in such notice. No business shall be transacted at a special meeting of Stockholders except as specifically designated in the notice. The Company may postpone or cancel a meeting of Stockholders by making a public announcement (as defined in Section 2.5(c)(3) of this Article II) of such postponement or cancellation prior to the meeting. Notice of the date, time and place to which the meeting is postponed shall be given not less than ten days prior to such date and otherwise in the manner set forth in this section.
 
Section 2.5 . Advance Notice of Stockholder Nominees for Director and Other   Stockholder Proposals .
 
(a) Annual Meetings of Stockholders .
 
(1) Nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of other business to be considered by the Stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of Stockholders (i) pursuant to the Company’s notice of meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (iii) by any Stockholder of the Company who was a Stockholder of record both at the time of giving of notice by the Stockholder as provided for in this Section 2.5(a) and at the time of the annual meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated or on any such other business and who has complied with this Section 2.5(a).
 
(2) For any nomination or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a Stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of paragraph (a)(1) of this Section 2.5, the Stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Company and, in the case of any such other business, such other business must otherwise be a proper matter for action by the Stockholders. To be timely, a Stockholder’s notice shall set forth all information required under this Section 2.5 and shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Company not earlier than 9:00 a.m. on the 150 th day nor later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the 120 th day prior to the first anniversary of the date of the proxy statement (as defined in Section 2.5(c)(3)) for the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced or delayed by more than 30 days from the first anniversary of the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting (or in the case of the first annual meeting of stockholders), notice by the Stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the 150 th day prior to the date of such annual meeting and not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the later of the 120 th day prior to the date of such annual meeting, as originally convened, or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. The public announcement of a postponement or adjournment of an annual meeting shall not commence a new time period for the giving of a Stockholder’s notice as described above.
Page 4

(3) Such Stockholder’s notice shall set forth:
 
(i) as to each individual whom the Stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a Director (each, a “Proposed Nominee”),
 
(A) all information relating to the Proposed Nominee that would be required to be disclosed in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the election of the Proposed Nominee as a Director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or would otherwise be required in connection with such solicitation, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act and the rules thereunder; and
 
(B) whether such Stockholder believes any such Proposed Nominee is, or is not, an “interested person” of the Company, as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules promulgated thereunder (the “Investment Company Act”) and information regarding such individual that is sufficient, in the discretion of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof or any authorized Officer of the Company, to make such determination;
 
(ii) as to any business that the Stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a description of such business, the Stockholder’s reasons for proposing such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such Stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below), individually or in the aggregate, including any anticipated benefit to the Stockholder or the Stockholder Associated Person therefrom;
 
(iii) as to the Stockholder giving the notice, any Proposed Nominee and any Stockholder Associated Person,
 
(A) the class, series and number of all shares of stock or other securities of the Company or any affiliate thereof (collectively, the “Company Securities”), if any, which are owned (beneficially or of record) by such Stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person, the date on which each such Company Security was acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition, and any short interest (including any opportunity to profit or share in any benefit from any decrease in the price of such stock or other security) in any Company Securities of any such person;
 
(B) the nominee holder for, and number of, any Company Securities owned beneficially but not of record by such Stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person;
 
(C) whether and the extent to which such Stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person, directly or indirectly (through brokers, nominees or otherwise), is subject to or during the last twelve months has engaged in any hedging, derivative or other transaction or series of transactions or entered into any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short interest, any borrowing or lending of securities or any proxy or voting agreement), the effect or intent of which is to (I) manage risk or benefit of changes in the price of (x) Company Securities or (y) any security of any other closed-end investment company (a “Peer Group Company”) for such Stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person or (II) increase or decrease the voting power of such Stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person in the Company or any affiliate thereof (or, as applicable, in any Peer Group Company) disproportionately to such person’s economic interest in the Company Securities (or, as applicable, in any Peer Group Company); and
Page 5

(D) any substantial interest, direct or indirect (including, without limitation, any existing or prospective commercial, business or contractual relationship with the Company), by security holdings or otherwise, of such Stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person, in the Company or any affiliate thereof, other than an interest arising from the ownership of Company Securities where such Stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person receives no extra or special benefit not shared on a pro rata basis by all other holders of the same class or series;
 
(iv) as to the Stockholder giving the notice, any Stockholder Associated Person with an interest or ownership referred to in clauses (ii) or (iii) of this paragraph (3) of this Section 2.5(a) and any Proposed Nominee,
 
(A) the name and address of such Stockholder, as they appear on the Company’s stock ledger, and the current name and business address, if different, of each such Stockholder Associated Person and any Proposed Nominee and
 
(B) the investment strategy or objective, if any, of such Stockholder and each such Stockholder Associated Person who is not an individual and a copy of the prospectus, offering memorandum or similar document, if any, provided to investors or potential investors in such Stockholder and each such Stockholder Associated Person; and
 
(v) to the extent known by the Stockholder giving the notice, the name and address of any other Stockholder supporting the Proposed Nominee for election or reelection as a Director or the proposal of other business on the date of such Stockholder’s notice.
 
(4) Such Stockholder’s notice shall, with respect to any Proposed Nominee, be accompanied by a certificate executed by the Proposed Nominee (i) certifying that such Proposed Nominee (a) is not, and will not become a party to, any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Company in connection with service or action as a Director that has not been disclosed to the Company and (b) will serve as a Director of the Company if elected; and (ii) attaching a completed Proposed Nominee questionnaire (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Company, upon request, to the Stockholder providing the notice and shall include all information relating to the Proposed Nominee that would be required to be disclosed in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the election of the Proposed Nominee as a Director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or would otherwise be required in connection with such solicitation, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act and the rules thereunder, or would be required pursuant to the rules of any national securities exchange or over-the-counter market).
Page 6

(5) Notwithstanding anything in this subsection (a) of this Section 2.5 to the contrary, in the event that the number of Directors to be elected to the Board of Directors is increased, and there is no public announcement of such action at least 130 days prior to the first anniversary of the date of the proxy statement (as defined in Section 2.5(c)(3)) for the preceding year’s annual meeting, a Stockholder’s notice required by this Section 2.5(a) shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Company not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the tenth day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Company.
 
(6) For purposes of this Section 2.5, “Stockholder Associated Person” of any stockholder means (i) any person acting in concert with such Stockholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Company owned of record or beneficially by such Stockholder (other than a Stockholder that is a depositary) and (iii) any person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Stockholder or such Stockholder Associated Person or is an officer, Director, partner, member, employee or agent of such Stockholder or such Stockholder Associated Person.
 
 (b) Special Meetings of Stockholders . Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of Stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Company’s notice of meeting. Nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of Stockholders at which Directors are to be elected only (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) provided that the special meeting has been called in accordance with Section 2.3 of this Article II for the purpose of electing Directors, by any Stockholder of the Company who is a Stockholder of record both at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 2.5 and at the time of the special meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated and who has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.5. In the event the Company calls a special meeting of Stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more individuals to the Board of Directors, any such Stockholder may nominate an individual or individuals (as the case may be) for election as a Director as specified in the Company’s notice of meeting, if the Stockholder’s notice, containing the information required by paragraph (a)(3) of this Section 2 5 shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Company not earlier than the 120 th day prior to such special meeting and not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the later of the 90 th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. The public announcement of a postponement or adjournment of a special meeting shall not commence a new time period for the giving of a Stockholder’s notice as described above.
 
(c) General .
 
(1) If information submitted pursuant to this Section 2.5 by any Stockholder proposing a nominee for election as a Director or any proposal for other business at a meeting of Stockholders shall be inaccurate in any material respect, such information may be deemed not to have been provided in accordance with this Section 2.5. Any such Stockholder shall notify the Company of any inaccuracy or change (within two Business Days of becoming aware of such inaccuracy or change) in any such information. Upon written request by the Secretary of the Company or the Board of Directors, any such Stockholder shall provide, within five Business Days of delivery of such request (or such other period as may be specified in such request), (A) written verification, satisfactory, in the discretion of the Board of Directors or any authorized Officer of the Company, to demonstrate the accuracy of any information submitted by the Stockholder pursuant to this Section 2.5, and (B) a written update of any information (including, if requested by the Company, written confirmation by such Stockholder that it continues to intend to bring such nomination or other business proposal before the meeting) submitted by the Stockholder pursuant to this Section 2.5 as of an earlier date. If a Stockholder fails to provide such written verification or written update within such period, the information as to which written verification or a written update was requested may be deemed not to have been provided in accordance with this Section 2.5.
Page 7

(2) Only such individuals who are nominated in accordance with this Section 2.5 shall be eligible for election by Stockholders as Directors, and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of Stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with this Section 2.5. The chairman of the meeting shall have the power to determine whether a nomination or any other business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with this Section 2.5.
 
(3) For purposes of this Section 2.5, “the date of the proxy statement” shall have the same meaning as “the date of the company’s proxy statement released to shareholders” as used in Rule 14a-8(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act, as interpreted by the Securities and Exchange Commission from time to time. “Public announcement” shall mean disclosure (i) in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press, Business Wire, PR Newswire or other widely circulated news or wire service or (ii) in a document publicly filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act or the Investment Company Act.
 
(4) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.5, a Stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.5. Nothing in this Section 2.5 shall be deemed to affect any right of a Stockholder to request inclusion of a proposal in, or the right of the Company to omit a proposal from, the Company’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act. Nothing in this Section 2.5 shall require disclosure of revocable proxies received by the Stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person pursuant to a solicitation of proxies after the filing of an effective Schedule 14A by such Stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person under Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act.
 
Section 2.6 . Quorum . At any meeting of Stockholders, the presence in person or by proxy of Stockholders entitled to cast one-third (33 1/3%) of all the votes entitled to be cast (without regard to class) at such meeting on any matter shall constitute a quorum; but this section shall not affect any requirement under any statute or the charter of the Company for the vote necessary for the approval of any matter. If such quorum is not established at any meeting of the Stockholders, the chairman of the meeting may adjourn the meeting sine die or from time to time to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date without notice other than announcement at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.
 
The Stockholders present either in person or by proxy, at a meeting which has been duly called and at which a quorum has been established, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal from the meeting of enough Stockholders to leave fewer than would be required to establish a quorum.
 
Section 2.7 . Voting . A plurality of all the votes cast at a meeting of Stockholders duly called and at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to elect a Director. Each share may be voted for as many individuals as there are Directors to be elected and for whose election the share is entitled to be voted. A majority of the votes cast at a meeting of Stockholders duly called and at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to approve any other matter which may properly come before the meeting, unless a different vote is required by statute or by the Charter. For clarity, there shall be no cumulative voting.
Page 8

Section 2.8 . Voting Rights of Stockholders . Unless otherwise provided by statute or in the Charter, each Stockholder of record having the right to vote shall be entitled at every meeting of the Stockholders of the Company to one vote for each share of stock having voting power standing in the name of such Stockholder on the books of the Company on the record date fixed in accordance with Section 6.5 of these Bylaws, with pro rata voting rights for any fractional shares, and such votes may be cast either in person or by proxy, by any means permitted by law.
 
Section 2.9 . Organization and Conduct . Every meeting of Stockholders shall be conducted by an individual appointed by the Board of Directors to be chairman of the meeting or, in the absence of such appointment or appointed individual, by the Chairman of the Board, if any, or, in the case of a vacancy in the office or absence of the Chairman of the Board, by one of the following Officers present at the meeting in the following order: the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice Presidents in order of their rank and seniority, the Secretary, the Treasurer or, in the absence of such Officers, a chairman chosen by the Stockholders by the vote of a majority of the votes cast by Stockholders present in person or by proxy. The Secretary, or, in the Secretary’s absence, an Assistant Secretary, or, in the absence of both the Secretary and Assistant Secretaries, an individual appointed by the Board of Directors or, in the absence of such appointment, an individual appointed by the chairman of the meeting shall act as secretary. In the event that the Secretary presides at a meeting of the Stockholders, an Assistant Secretary, or, in the absence of Assistant Secretaries, an individual appointed by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, shall record the minutes of the meeting. The order of business and all other matters of procedure at any meeting of Stockholders shall be determined by the chairman of the meeting. The chairman of the meeting may prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and take such action as, in the discretion of such chairman and without any action by the Stockholders, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, (a) restricting admission to the time set for the commencement of the meeting; (b) limiting attendance at the meeting to Stockholders of record of the Company, their duly authorized proxies and other such individuals as the chairman of the meeting may determine; (c) limiting participation at the meeting on any matter to Stockholders of record of the Company entitled to vote on such matter, their duly authorized proxies and other such individuals as the chairman of the meeting may determine; (d) limiting the time allotted to questions or comments; (e) determining when and for how long the polls should be open and when the polls should be closed; (f) maintaining order and security at the meeting; (g) removing any Stockholder or any other individual who refuses to comply with meeting procedures, rules or guidelines as set forth by the chairman of the meeting; (h) concluding a meeting or recessing or adjourning the meeting to a later date and time and at a place announced at the meeting; and (i) complying with any state and local laws and regulations concerning safety and security. Unless otherwise determined by the chairman of the meeting, meetings of Stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.
 
Section 2.10 . Proxies . Each Stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of Stockholders may authorize another person to act as proxy for the Stockholder by (a) signing a writing authorizing another person to act as proxy, (b) transmitting an authorization for a person or persons to act as proxy to either (i) the person or persons authorized to act as proxy or (ii) any other person authorized to receive the proxy authorization on behalf of the person or persons authorized to act as proxy or (c) any other means permitted by law. Signing of a writing may be accomplished by the Stockholder or the Stockholder’s authorized agent signing the writing or causing the Stockholder’s signature to be affixed to the writing by any reasonable means, including facsimile signature. An authorization of a person or persons to serve as proxy may be transmitted by any means permitted by law, including telegram, datagram, electronic mail or any other electronic or telephonic means. No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven months from its date unless it provides otherwise. Unless a proxy provides otherwise, every proxy shall be revocable prior to its exercise at the pleasure of the person authorizing it or of his or her personal representatives or assigns. Proxies shall be delivered prior to the meeting to the Secretary of the Company or to the person acting as Secretary of the meeting before being exercised. A proxy with respect to stock held in the name of two or more persons shall be valid if authorized by one of them unless, at or prior to exercise of such proxy, the Company receives a specific written notice to the contrary from any one of them. A proxy purporting to be authorized by or on behalf of a Stockholder shall be deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise.
Page 9

Section 2.11 . Action without Meeting . Any action to be taken by holders of Common Stock, or of Common Stock and Preferred Stock (and any other class of stock) voting together as a single class, may be taken without a meeting if (i) all Stockholders entitled to vote on the matter consent to the action in writing, and (ii) such consents are filed with the records of the meetings of Stockholders. Except as provided above, the holders of Preferred Stock and of any other class of stock (other than Common Stock entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors) may take action or consent to any action by the written consent of the holders of the Preferred Stock and/or such other class of stock entitled to cast not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take the action at a Stockholders’ meeting if the Company gives notice of the action to each Stockholder of the Company not later than 10 days after the effective time of the action. A consent shall be treated for all purposes as a vote at a meeting.
 
Section 2.12 . Inspectors . The Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting may appoint, before or at the meeting, one or more inspectors for the meeting and any successor to the inspector. Except as otherwise provided by the chairman of the meeting, the inspectors, if any, shall (i) determine the number of shares of stock represented at the meeting, in person or by proxy, and the validity and effect of proxies, (ii) receive and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, (iii) report such tabulation to the chairman of the meeting, (iv) hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, and (v) do such acts as are proper to fairly conduct the election or vote. Each such report shall be in writing and signed by the inspector or by a majority of them if there is more than one inspector acting at such meeting. If there is more than one inspector, the report of a majority shall be the report of the inspectors. The report of the inspector or inspectors on the number of shares represented at the meeting and the results of the voting shall be prima facie evidence thereof.
 
ARTICLE III
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
Section 3.1 . General Powers . Except as otherwise provided in the Charter, the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. All powers of the Company may be exercised by or under authority of the Board of Directors except as conferred on or reserved to the Stockholders by law, by the Charter or by these Bylaws.
 
  Section 3.2 . Board of Three to 12 Directors . At any regular meeting or at any special meeting called for that purpose, a majority of the entire Board of Directors may establish, increase or decrease the number of Directors, provided that the number thereof shall never be less than three nor more than 12, and further provided that the tenure of office of a Director shall not be affected by any decrease in the number of Directors. The Board of Directors shall be classified at the time and in the manner provided in the Charter.
Page 10

Section 3.3 . Vacancies . If for any reason any or all the Directors cease to be Directors, such event shall not terminate the Company or affect these Bylaws or the powers of the remaining Directors hereunder, if any. Subject to the provisions of the Investment Company Act and except as may be provided by the Board of Directors in setting the terms of any class or series of Preferred Stock, effective upon the Company being eligible under Section 3-802 of the Maryland General Corporation Law to make the election provided for under Section 3-804(c) of the Maryland General Corporation Law and subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, (a) any vacancy on the Board of Directors may be filled only by a majority of the remaining Directors, even if the remaining Directors do not constitute a quorum and (b) any Director elected to fill a vacancy shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the class in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies.
 
Section 3.4 . Removal . As provided in the Charter, at any meeting of Stockholders duly called and at which a quorum is present, a Director may be removed only with cause, and then only by the affirmative vote of the stockholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds ( 2 / 3 ) of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of Directors.
 
Section 3.5 . Resignation . A Director may resign at any time by giving written notice of his or her resignation to the Board of Directors or the Chairman or the Vice Chairman, if any, of the Board or the Secretary of the Company. Any resignation shall take effect immediately upon its receipt or at such later time specified in the resignation. Acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective, unless the resignation states otherwise.
 
Section 3.6 . Place of Meetings . The Directors may hold their meetings at the principal office of the Company or at such other places, either within or outside the State of Maryland, as they may from time to time determine.
 
Section 3.7 . Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board may be held at such date and time as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board.
 
Section 3.8 . Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board may be called by order of the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board on one day’s notice given to each Director either in person or by mail, telephone, telegram, cable or wireless to each Director at his or her residence or regular place of business. Special meetings will be called by the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board or Secretary in a like manner on the written request of a majority of the Directors.
 
Section 3.9 . Quorum and Voting . At all meetings of the Board, the presence of a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall be necessary to constitute a quorum and sufficient for the transaction of business; provided, however, that if there are only two or three Directors, not less than two may constitute a quorum and provided, further, that if there is only one Director, the presence of such Director will constitute a quorum. The act of a majority of the Directors present at a meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, by the Charter or by these Bylaws. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of Directors, the Directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.
 
The Directors present at a meeting which has been duly called and at which a quorum has been established may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal from the meeting of enough Directors to leave fewer than required to establish a quorum. If enough Directors have withdrawn from a meeting to leave fewer than required to establish a quorum, but the meeting is not adjourned, the action of the majority of that number of Directors necessary to constitute a quorum at such meeting shall be the action of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, by the Charter or by these Bylaws.
 
Page 11

Section 3.10 . Organization . The Board of Directors shall designate one of its members to serve as Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board shall preside at each meeting of the Board. In the absence or inability of the Chairman of the Board to act, another Director chosen by a majority of the Directors present, shall act as chairman of the meeting and preside at the meeting. The Secretary (or, in his or her absence or inability to act, any person appointed by the Chairman) shall act as secretary of the meeting and keep the minutes of the meeting.
 
Section 3.11 . Informal Action by Directors and Committees . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may, except as otherwise required by statute, be taken without a meeting if a consent to such action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by all members of the Board, or of such committee, as the case may be, and filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board or committee. Subject to the Investment Company Act, members of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time.
 
Section 3.12 . Executive Committee . There may be an Executive Committee of two or more Directors appointed by the Board who may meet at stated times or on notice to all by any of their own number. The Executive Committee shall consult with and advise the Officers of the Company in the management of its business and exercise such powers of the Board of Directors as may be lawfully delegated by the Board of Directors. Vacancies shall be filled by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting. The Executive Committee shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the Board when required.
 
Section 3.13 . Audit Committee . There shall be an Audit Committee of two or more Directors who are not “interested persons” of the Company (as defined in the Investment Company Act) appointed by the Board who may meet at stated times or on notice to all by any of their own number. The Committee’s duties shall include reviewing both the audit and other work of the Company’s independent accountants, recommending to the Board of Directors the independent accountants to be retained, and reviewing generally the maintenance and safekeeping of the Company’s records and documents.
 
Section 3.14 . Other Committees . The Board of Directors may appoint other committees which shall in each case consist of such number of members (which may be one) and shall have and may exercise, to the extent permitted by law, such powers as the Board may determine in the resolution appointing them. A majority of all members of any such committee may determine its action, and fix the time and place of its meetings, unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide. The Board of Directors shall have power at any time to change the members and, to the extent permitted by law, to change the powers of any such committee, to fill vacancies and to discharge any such committee.
 
Section 3.15 . Compensation of Directors . The Board may, by resolution, determine what compensation and reimbursement of expenses of attendance at meetings, if any, shall be paid to Directors in connection with their service on the Board or on various committees of the Board. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any Director from serving the Company in any other capacity or from receiving compensation therefor.
 
Section 3.16 . Authority to Retain Experts and Advisers . The Directors who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Company may hire employees and retain experts and advisers, including independent legal counsel, at the expense of the Company, to the extent such Directors deem necessary to carry out their duties as Directors.
 
Page 12

Section 3.17 . Reliance . Each Director and Officer of the Company shall, in the performance of his or her duties with respect to the Company, be entitled to rely on any information, opinion, report or statement, including any financial statement or other financial data, prepared or presented by an Officer or employee of the Company whom the Director or Officer reasonably believes to be reliable and competent in the matters presented, by a lawyer, certified public accountant or other person, as to a matter which the Director or Officer reasonably believes to be within the person’s professional or expert competence, or, with respect to a Director, by a committee of the Board of Directors on which the Director does not serve, as to a matter within its designated authority, if the Director reasonably believes the committee to merit confidence.
 
Section 3.18 . Ratification . The Board of Directors or the Stockholders may ratify and make binding on the Company any action or inaction by the Company or its Officers to the extent that the Board of Directors or the Stockholders could have originally authorized the matter. Moreover, any action or inaction questioned in any Stockholders’ derivative proceeding or any other proceeding on the ground of lack of authority, defective or irregular execution, adverse interest of a Director, Officer or Stockholder, non-disclosure, miscomputation, the application of improper principles or practices of accounting or otherwise, may be ratified, before or after judgment, by the Board of Directors or by the Stockholders, and if so ratified, shall have the same force and effect as if the questioned action or inaction had been originally duly authorized, and such ratification shall be binding upon the Company and its Stockholders and shall constitute a bar to any claim or execution of any judgment in respect of such questioned action or inaction.
 
Section 3.19 . Emergency Provisions . Notwithstanding any other provision in the Charter or these Bylaws, this Section 3.19 shall apply during the existence of any catastrophe, or other similar emergency condition, as a result of which a quorum of the Board of Directors under this Article III cannot readily be obtained (an “Emergency”). During any Emergency, unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, (i) a meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof may be called by any Director or Officer by any means feasible under the circumstances; (ii) notice of any meeting of the Board of Directors during such an Emergency may be given less than 24 hours prior to the meeting to as many Directors and by such means as may be feasible at the time, including publication, television or radio; and (iii) the number of Directors necessary to constitute a quorum shall be one-third of the entire Board of Directors.
 
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
 
Section 4.1 . Officers . The Officers of the Company shall be fixed by the Board of Directors and shall include a President, Secretary and Treasurer. Any two offices may be held by the same person except the offices of President and Vice President. A person who holds more than one office in the Company may not act in more than one capacity to execute, acknowledge or verify an instrument required by law to be executed, acknowledged or verified by more than one Officer.
 
Section 4.2 . Election of Officers . The Directors shall elect the Officers, who need not be members of the Board.
 
Section 4.3 . Additional Officers . The Board may appoint such other Officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board.
 
Page 13

Section 4.4 . Salaries of Officers . The salaries of all Officers of the Company shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.
 
Section 4.5 . Term, Removal, Resignation and Vacancies . The Officers of the Company shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and hold office for one year and until their successors are elected and qualify. Any officer of the Company may be removed, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors if in its judgment the best interests of the Company would be served thereby. Any officer of the Company may resign at any time by delivering his or her resignation to the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary. Any resignation shall take effect immediately upon its receipt or at such later time specified in the resignation. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise stated in the resignation. Such resignation shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the Company. If the office of any Officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy shall be filled by the Board of Directors.
 
Section 4.6 . Chief Executive Officer; President . The Chief Executive Officer shall be the highest ranking Officer of the Company and shall, subject to the supervision of the Board of Directors, have general oversight responsibility for the management of the business of the Company. The Chief Executive Officer shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect. If the Board has not selected a Chief Executive Officer, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chief Executive Officer and shall perform such other duties as the Board of Directors shall prescribe. The Company may select a President in addition to the Chief Executive Officer, to have such duties as the Board of Directors shall prescribe.
 
Section 4.7 . Vice President . Any Vice President shall, in the absence or disability of the President, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President and shall perform such other duties as the Board of Directors shall prescribe.
 
Section 4.8 . Treasurer or Chief Financial Officer . The Treasurer or Chief Financial Officer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Company and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. He or she shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Board, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Chairman of the Board and Directors at the regular meetings of the Board, or whenever they may require it, an account of the financial condition of the Company.
 
Any Assistant Treasurer may perform such duties of the Treasurer or Chief Financial Officer as the Treasurer or Chief Financial Officer or the Board of Directors may assign, and, in the absence of the Treasurer or Chief Financial Officer, may perform all the duties of the Treasurer or Chief Financial Officer.
 
Section 4.9 . Secretary . The Secretary shall attend meetings of the Board and meetings of the Stockholders and record all votes and the minutes of all proceedings in a book to be kept for those purposes, and shall perform like duties for the Executive Committee, or other committees, of the Board when required. He or she shall give or cause to be given notice of all meetings of Stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors. The Secretary shall keep in safe custody the seal of the Company and affix it to any instrument when authorized by the Board of Directors.
 
Page 14

Any Assistant Secretary may perform such duties of the Secretary as the Secretary or the Board of Directors may assign, and, in the absence of the Secretary, may perform all the duties of the Secretary.
 
Section 4.10 . Subordinate Officers . The Board of Directors from time to time may appoint such other Officers or agents as it may deem advisable, each of whom shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and have such title, hold office for such period, have such authority and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may determine. The Board of Directors from time to time may delegate to one or more Officers or agents the power to appoint any such subordinate Officers or agents and to prescribe their respective rights, terms of office, authorities and duties.
 
Section 4.11 . Surety Bonds . The Board of Directors may require any Officer or agent of the Company to execute a bond (including, without limitation, any bond required by the Investment Company Act, and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission) to the Company in such sum and with such surety or sureties as the Board of Directors may determine, conditioned upon the faithful performance of his or her duties to the Company, including responsibility for negligence and for the accounting of any of the Company’s property, funds or securities that may come into his or her hands.
 
ARTICLE V
GENERAL PROVISIONS
 
Section 5.1 . Waiver of Notice . Whenever the Stockholders or the Board of Directors are authorized by statute, the provisions of the Charter or these Bylaws to take any action at any meeting after notice, such notice may be waived, in writing, before or after the holding of the meeting, by the person or persons entitled to such notice, or, in the case of a Stockholder, by his or her duly authorized attorney-in-fact.
 
Section 5.2 . Indemnification and Advance of Expenses .
 
(a) The Company shall indemnify its Directors to the fullest extent that indemnification of Directors is permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”). The Company shall indemnify its Officers to the same extent as its Directors and to such further extent as is consistent with law. The Company shall indemnify its Directors and Officers who, while serving as Directors or Officers, also serve at the request of the Company as a Director, Officer, partner, trustee, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, other enterprise or employee benefit plan to the fullest extent consistent with law. The indemnification and other rights provided by this Section shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director or Officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. This Section shall not protect any such person against any liability to the Company or any Stockholder thereof to which such person would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office (“disabling conduct”).
 
(b) Any current or former Director or Officer of the Company seeking indemnification within the scope of this Section shall be entitled to advances from the Company for payment of the reasonable expenses incurred by him or her in connection with the matter as to which he or she is seeking indemnification in the manner and to the fullest extent permissible under the MGCL without a preliminary determination of entitlement to indemnification (except as provided below). The person seeking indemnification shall provide to the Company a written affirmation of his or her good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Company has been met and a written undertaking to repay any such advance if it should ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met. In addition, at least one of the following additional conditions shall be met: (i) the person seeking indemnification shall provide a security in form and amount acceptable to the Company for his or her undertaking; (ii) the Company is insured against losses arising by reason of the advance; or (iii) a majority of a quorum of Directors of the Company who are neither “interested persons” as defined in Section 2(a)-(19) of the Investment Company Act nor parties to the proceeding (“disinterested non-party Directors”), or independent legal counsel, in a written opinion, shall have determined, based on a review of facts readily available to the Company at the time the advance is proposed to be made, that there is reason to believe that the person seeking indemnification will ultimately be found to be entitled to indemnification.
Page 15

(c) At the request of any person claiming indemnification under this Section, the Board of Directors shall determine, or cause to be determined, in a manner consistent with the MGCL, whether the standards required by this Section have been met. Indemnification shall be made only following: (i) a final decision on the merits by a court or other body before whom the proceeding was brought that the person to be indemnified was not liable by reason of disabling conduct or (ii) in the absence of such a decision, a reasonable determination, based upon a review of the facts, that the person to be indemnified was not liable by reason of disabling conduct by (A) the vote of a majority of a quorum of disinterested non-party Directors or (B) an independent legal counsel in a written opinion.
 
(d) Employees and agents who are not Officers or Directors of the Company may be indemnified, and reasonable expenses may be advanced to such employees or agents, as may be provided by action of the Board of Directors or by contract, subject to any limitations imposed by the Investment Company Act.
 
(e) The Board of Directors may make further provision consistent with law for indemnification and advance of expenses to Directors, Officers, employees and agents by resolution, agreement or otherwise. The indemnification provided by this Section shall not be deemed exclusive of any other right, with respect to indemnification or otherwise, to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any insurance or other agreement or resolution of Stockholders or disinterested Directors or otherwise.
 
(f) References in this Section are to the MGCL and to the Investment Company Act. The rights to indemnification and advance of expenses provided by the Charter and these Bylaws shall vest immediately upon the election of a Director or Officer. No amendment of these Bylaws shall affect any right of any person under this Section based on any event, omission or proceeding prior to the amendment.
 
Section 5.3 . Insurance . The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a Director, Officer, employee or agent of the Company or who, while a Director, Officer, employee or agent of the Company, is or was serving at the request of the Company as a Director, Officer, partner, trustee, employee or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, other enterprise or employee benefit plan, against any liability asserted against and incurred by such person in any such capacity or arising out of such person’s position; provided that no insurance may be purchased by the Company on behalf of any person against any liability to the Company or to its Stockholders to which he or she would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office.
Page 16

Section 5.4 . Checks . All checks or demands for money and notes of the Company shall be signed by such Officer or Officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.
 
  Section 5.5 . Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Company shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.
 
ARTICLE VI
SHARES
 
Section 6.1(a) . Certificates of Stock . The Board of Directors may authorize the Company to issue some or all of the shares of any class or series of its stock without certificates. In the event that the Company issues shares of stock represented by certificates, such certificates shall be in such form as prescribed by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized Officer, shall contain the statements and information required by the MGCL and shall be signed by the Officers of the Company in the manner permitted by the MGCL. In the event that the Company issues shares of stock without certificates, to the extent then required by the MGCL, the Company shall provide to record holders of such shares a written statement of the information required by the MGCL to be included on stock certificates. There shall be no differences in the rights and obligations of Stockholders based on whether or not their shares are represented by certificates. If shares of a class or series of stock are authorized by the Board of Directors to be issued without certificates, no Stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate or certificates representing any shares of such class or series of stock held by such Stockholder unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors and then only upon written request by such Stockholder to the Secretary of the Company.
 
Section 6.1(b) . Uncertificated Shares . For any shares issued without certificates, the Company or a Transfer Agent of the Company may either issue receipts therefor or may keep accounts upon the books of the Company for the record holders of such shares, who shall in either case be deemed, for all purposes hereunder, to be the holders of such shares as if they had received certificates therefor.
 
Section 6.2 . Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . The Board of Directors, or the President together with the Treasurer or Chief Financial Officer or Secretary, may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate for certificated shares theretofore issued by the Company, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed, or by his or her legal representative; provided, however, if such shares have ceased to be certificated, no new certificate shall be issued unless requested in writing by such stockholder and the Board of Directors has determined that such certificates may be issued. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the Board of Directors, or the President and Treasurer or Chief Financial Officer or Secretary, may, in its or their discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his or her legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it or they shall require and/or give the Company a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as it or they may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Company with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed for such newly issued certificate.
 
Section 6.3 . Transfer of Stock . Transfer of shares of the Company shall be made on the books of the Company by the registered holder thereof or by his or her duly authorized attorney or legal representative and upon surrender and cancellation of a certificate or certificates, if issued, for the same number of shares of the same class, duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, with such proof of the authenticity of the transferor’s signature as the Company or its agents may reasonably require. The shares of stock of the Company may be freely transferred, and the Board of Directors may, from time to time, adopt rules and regulations with reference to the method of transfer of the shares of stock of the Company. Upon the transfer of any uncertificated shares, to the extent then required by the MGCL, the Company shall provide to the record holders of such shares a written statement of the information required by the MGCL to be included on stock certificates.
 
Page 17

Section 6.4 . Registered Holder . The Company shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as expressly provided by statute.
 
Section 6.5 . Record Date . The Board of Directors may fix a time not less than 10 nor more than 90 days prior to the date of any meeting of Stockholders as the time as of which Stockholders are entitled to notice of, and to vote at, such a meeting; and all such persons who were holders of record of voting stock at such time, and no other, shall be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, such meeting or to express their consent or dissent, as the case may be. If no record date has been fixed, the record date for the determination of the Stockholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, a meeting of Stockholders shall be the later of the close of business on the day on which notice of the meeting is mailed or transmitted or the 30th day before the meeting, or, if notice is waived by all Stockholders, at the close of business on the tenth day immediately preceding the day on which the meeting is held.
 
When a record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting of stockholders has been set as provided in this section, such record date shall continue to apply to the meeting if adjourned or postponed, except if the meeting is adjourned or postponed to a date more than 120 days after the record date originally fixed for the meeting, in which case a new record date for such meeting may be determined as set forth herein.
 
The Board of Directors may also fix a time not exceeding 90 days preceding the date fixed for the payment of any dividend or the making of any distribution, or for the delivery of evidences of rights, or evidences of interests arising out of any change, conversion or exchange of capital stock, as a record time for the determination of the Stockholders entitled to receive any such dividend, distribution, rights or interests.
 
Section 6.6 . Stock Ledgers . The stock ledgers of the Company, containing the names and addresses of the Stockholders and the number of shares held by them respectively, shall be kept at the principal offices of the Company or at such other location as may be authorized by the Board of Directors from time to time, except that an original or duplicate stock ledger shall be maintained at the office of the Company’s Transfer Agent.
 
Section 6.7 . Transfer Agents and Registrars . The Board of Directors may from time to time appoint or remove Transfer Agents and/or Registrars of transfers (if any) of shares of stock of the Company, and it may appoint the same person as both Transfer Agent and Registrar. Upon any such appointment being made, all certificates representing shares of capital stock thereafter issued shall be countersigned by one of such Transfer Agents or by one of such Registrars of transfers (if any) or by both and shall not be valid unless so countersigned. If the same person shall be both Transfer Agent and Registrar, only one countersignature by such person shall be required.
 
Page 18

ARTICLE VII
AMENDMENTS
 
Section 7.1 . General . Except as provided in the next succeeding sentence, and except as otherwise required by the Investment Company Act, all Bylaws of the Company shall be subject to amendment, alteration or repeal, and new Bylaws may be made, exclusively by the affirmative vote of at least two‑thirds (66 2 / 3 %) of the entire Board of Directors, at any regular or special meeting, the notice or waiver of notice of which shall have specified or summarized the proposed amendment, alteration, repeal or new Bylaw. The provisions of Sections 2.5, 3.2, 3.4, 7.1 and 8.1 of these Bylaws shall be subject to amendment, alteration or repeal exclusively by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the entire Board of Directors, including at least 80% of the Continuing Directors (as such term is defined in the Charter), at any regular or special meeting, the notice or waiver of notice of which shall have specified or summarized the proposed amendment, alteration or repeal.
 
Dated: August 17, 2016
 
Page 19
 
RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc.
DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc. (the “Fund”) has a dividend reinvestment plan commonly referred to as an “opt out” plan. Unless the registered owner of the Fund’s common stock (the “Common Shares”) elects to receive cash by contacting U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, Inc. (the “Plan Administrator”), all dividends declared on Common Shares will be automatically reinvested by the Plan Administrator for shareholders in the Fund’s Automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”), in additional Common Shares. Common Shareholders who elect not to participate in the Plan will receive all dividends and other distributions in cash paid by check mailed directly to the shareholder of record (or, if the Common Shares are held in street or other nominee name, then to such nominee) by the Plan Administrator as dividend disbursing agent. Participation in the Plan is completely voluntary and may be terminated or resumed at any time without penalty by notice if received and processed by the Plan Administrator prior to the dividend record date; otherwise such termination or resumption will be effective with respect to any subsequently declared dividend or other distribution. Such notice will be effective with respect to a particular dividend or other distribution (together, a “Dividend”). Some brokers may automatically elect to receive cash on behalf of Common Shareholders and may re invest that cash in additional Common Shares.
 
Whenever the Fund declares a Dividend payable in cash, non participants in the Plan will receive cash and participants in the Plan will receive the equivalent in Common Shares. The Common Shares will be acquired by the Plan Administrator for the participants’ accounts, depending upon the circumstances described below, either (i) through receipt of additional unissued but authorized Common Shares from the Fund (“Newly Issued Common Shares”) or (ii) by purchase of outstanding Common Shares on the open market (“Open Market Purchases”) on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) or elsewhere. If, on the payment date for any Dividend, the closing market price plus estimated brokerage commissions per Common Share is equal to or greater than the net asset value per Common Share, the Plan Administrator will invest the Dividend amount in Newly Issued Common Shares on behalf of the participants. The number of Newly Issued Common Shares to be credited to each participant’s account will be determined by dividing the dollar amount of the Dividend by the Fund’s net asset value per Common Share on the payment date. If, on the payment date for any Dividend, the net asset value per Common Share is greater than the closing market value plus estimated brokerage commissions (i.e., the Fund’s Common Shares are trading at a discount), the Plan Administrator will invest the Dividend amount in Common Shares acquired on behalf of the participants in Open Market Purchases.
 
In the event of a market discount on the payment date for any Dividend, the Plan Administrator will have until the last business day before the next date on which the Common Shares trade on an “ex dividend” basis or 30 days after the payment date for such Dividend, whichever is sooner (the “Last Purchase Date”), to invest the Dividend amount in Common Shares acquired in Open Market Purchases. It is contemplated that the Fund will pay monthly income Dividends. If, before the Plan Administrator has completed its Open Market Purchases, the market price per Common Share exceeds the net asset value per Common Share, the average per Common Share purchase price paid by the Plan Administrator may exceed the net asset value of the Common Shares, resulting in the acquisition of fewer Common Shares than if the Dividend had been paid in Newly Issued Common Shares on the Dividend payment date. Because of the foregoing difficulty with respect to Open Market Purchases, the Plan provides that if the Plan Administrator is unable to invest the full Dividend amount in Open Market Purchases during the purchase period or if the market discount shifts to a market premium during the purchase period, the Plan Administrator may cease making Open Market Purchases and may invest the uninvested portion of the Dividend amount in Newly Issued Common Shares at the net asset value per Common Share at the close of business on the Last Purchase Date.

The Plan Administrator maintains all shareholders’ accounts in the Plan and furnishes written confirmation of all transactions in the accounts, including information needed by shareholders for tax records. Common Shares in the account of each Plan participant will be held by the Plan Administrator on behalf of the Plan participant, and each shareholder proxy will include those shares purchased or received pursuant to the Plan. The Plan Administrator will forward all proxy solicitation materials to participants and vote proxies for shares held under the Plan in accordance with the instructions of the participants.
 
Beneficial owners of Common Shares who hold their Common Shares in the name of a broker or nominee should contact the broker or nominee to determine whether and how they may participate in the Plan. In the case of Common Shareholders such as banks, brokers or nominees which hold shares for others who are the beneficial owners, the Plan Administrator will administer the Plan on the basis of the number of Common Shares certified from time to time by the record shareholder’s name and held for the account of beneficial owners who participate in the Plan.
 
There will be no brokerage charges with respect to Common Shares issued directly by the Fund. However, each participant will pay a pro rata share of brokerage commissions incurred in connection with Open Market Purchases. The automatic reinvestment of Dividends will not relieve participants of any federal, state or local income tax that may be payable (or required to be withheld) on such Dividends. Participants that request a sale of Common Shares through the Plan Administrator are subject to brokerage commissions.
 
The Fund reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan. There is no direct service charge to participants with regard to purchases in the Plan; however, the Fund reserves the right to amend the Plan to include a service charge payable by the participants.
 
All correspondence or questions concerning the Plan should be directed to the Plan Administrator at U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, Milwaukee, WI
 
MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
 
TO:
RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC
325 N. LaSalle Street, Suite 645
Chicago, IL 60654
 
Dear Sirs:
 
RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc. (the “Company”) herewith confirms our agreement with you.
 
The Company has been organized to engage in the business of a closed-end management investment company.
 
You have been selected to act as the sole investment manager of the series of the Company set forth on the Exhibit to this Agreement (the “Fund”) and to provide certain other services, as more fully set forth below, and you are willing to act as such investment manager and to perform such services under the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth. Accordingly, the Company agrees with you as follows effective upon the date of the execution of this Agreement.
 
1.
ADVISORY SERVICES
 
Subject to the supervision of the Board of Directors of the Company, you will provide or arrange to be provided to the Fund such investment advice as you in your discretion deem advisable and will furnish or arrange to be furnished a continuous investment program for the Fund consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and policies. You will determine or arrange for others to determine the securities to be purchased for the Fund, the portfolio securities to be held or sold by the Fund and the portion of the Fund’s assets to be held uninvested, subject always to the Fund’s investment objective, policies and restrictions, as each of the same shall be from time to time in effect, and subject further to such policies and instructions as the Board may from time to time establish. You will furnish such reports, evaluations, information or analyses to the Company as the Board of Directors of the Company may request from time to time or as you may deem to be desirable. You also will advise and assist the officers of the Company in taking such steps as are necessary or appropriate to carry out the decisions of the Board and the appropriate committees of the Board regarding the conduct of the business of the Company.
 
2.
USE OF SUB-ADVISERS
 
You may delegate any or all of the responsibilities, rights or duties described above to one or more sub-advisers who shall enter into agreements with you, provided the agreements are approved and ratified (i) by the Board including a majority of the Directors who are not interested persons of you or of the Company, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, and (ii) if required under interpretations of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Act”) by the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff, by vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the applicable Fund (unless the Company has obtained an exemption from the provisions of Section 15(a) of the Act). Any such delegation shall not relieve you from any liability hereunder.
-1-

3.
ALLOCATION OF CHARGES AND EXPENSES
 
You will pay the compensation of any sub-adviser retained pursuant to paragraph 2 above and the compensation and expenses of any persons rendering portfolio management services to the Company who are directors, officers, employees, members or stockholders of your corporation or limited liability company. You will make available to the Board of Directors, without expense to the Fund, such of your employees as the Board may request to participate in Board meetings and provide such reports and other assistance as the Directors may reasonably request.
 
The Fund will be responsible for the payment of all operating expenses of the Fund, including the compensation and expenses of any employees and officers of the Company and of any other persons rendering any services to the Fund; clerical and shareholder service staff salaries; office space and other office expenses; fees and expenses incurred by the Fund in connection with membership in investment company organizations; legal, auditing and accounting expenses; expenses of registering shares under federal and state securities laws, including expenses incurred by the Fund in connection with the organization and initial registration of shares of the Fund; insurance expenses; fees and expenses of the custodian, transfer agent, dividend disbursing agent, shareholder service agent, plan agent, administrator, accounting and pricing services agent and underwriter of the Fund; expenses, including clerical expenses, of issue, sale, redemption or repurchase of shares of the Fund; the cost of preparing and distributing reports and notices to shareholders, the cost of printing or preparing prospectuses and statements of additional information for delivery to shareholders; the cost of printing or preparing stock certificates or any other documents, statements or reports to shareholders; expenses of shareholders’ meetings and proxy solicitations; advertising, promotion and other expenses incurred directly or indirectly in connection with the sale or distribution of the Fund’s shares that the Fund is authorized to pay pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the Act; and all other operating expenses not specifically assumed by you. The Fund will also pay all brokerage fees and commissions, taxes, borrowing costs (such as (a) interest and (b) dividend expenses on securities sold short), fees and expenses of the non-interested person Directors and such extraordinary or non‑recurring expenses as may arise, including litigation to which the Fund may be a party and indemnification of the Company’s Directors and officers with respect thereto.
 
You may obtain reimbursement from the Fund, at such time or times as you may determine in your sole discretion, for any of the expenses advanced by you, which the Fund is obligated to pay, and such reimbursement shall not be considered to be part of your compensation pursuant to this Agreement.
 
4.
COMPENSATION OF THE MANAGER
 
For all of the services to be rendered as provided in this Agreement, as of the last business day of each month, the Fund will pay you a fee based on the average value of the daily net assets of the Fund and paid at an annual rate as set forth on the Exhibit executed with respect to the Fund and attached hereto.
 
The average value of the daily net assets of a Fund shall be determined pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Articles of Incorporation or a resolution of the Board of Directors, if required. If, pursuant to such provisions, the determination of net asset value of a Fund is suspended for any particular business day, then for the purposes of this paragraph, the value of the net assets of the Fund as last determined shall be deemed to be the value of the net assets as of the close of the business day, or as of such other time as the value of the Fund’s net assets may lawfully be determined, on that day. If the determination of the net asset value of a Fund has been suspended for a period including such month, your compensation payable at the end of such month shall be computed on the basis of the value of the net assets of the Fund as last determined (whether during or prior to such month).
-2-

5.
EXECUTION OF PURCHASE AND SALE ORDERS
 
In connection with purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the account of a Fund, it is understood that you (or the applicable sub-adviser retained pursuant to paragraph 2 above) will arrange for the placing of all orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio securities for the account with brokers or dealers selected by you (or the sub-adviser), subject to review of this selection by the Board of Directors from time to time. You (or the sub-adviser) will be responsible for the negotiation and the allocation of principal business and portfolio brokerage. In the selection of such brokers or dealers and the placing of such orders, you (or the sub-adviser) are directed at all times to seek for the Fund the best qualitative execution, taking into account such factors as price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), the execution capability, financial responsibility and responsiveness of the broker or dealer and the brokerage and research services provided by the broker or dealer.
 
You (or the sub-adviser) should generally seek favorable prices and commission rates that are reasonable in relation to the benefits received. In seeking best qualitative execution, you (or the sub-adviser) are authorized to select brokers or dealers who also provide brokerage and research services to the Fund and/or the other accounts over which you exercise investment discretion. You (or the sub-adviser) are authorized to pay a broker or dealer who provides such brokerage and research services a commission for executing a Fund portfolio transaction which is in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction if you (or the sub-adviser) determine in good faith that the amount of the commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by the executing broker or dealer. The determination may be viewed in terms of either a particular transaction or your (or the sub-adviser’s) overall responsibilities with respect to the Fund and to accounts over which you (or the sub-adviser) exercise investment discretion. The Fund and you (and the sub-adviser) understand and acknowledge that, although the information may be useful to the Fund and you (and the sub-adviser), it is not possible to place a dollar value on such information. The Board of Directors shall periodically review the commissions paid by the Fund to determine if the commissions paid over representative periods of time were reasonable in relation to the benefits to the Fund.
 
A broker’s or dealer's sale or promotion of Fund shares shall not be a factor considered by your personnel responsible for selecting brokers to effect securities transactions on behalf of the Fund. You and your personnel shall not enter into any written or oral agreement or arrangement to compensate a broker or dealer for any promotion or sale of Fund shares by directing to such broker or dealer (i) the Fund's portfolio securities transactions or (ii) any remuneration, including but not limited to, any commission, mark-up, mark down or other fee received or to be received from the Fund's portfolio transactions through such broker or dealer. However, you may place Fund portfolio transactions with brokers or dealers that sell or promote shares of the Fund provided the Board of Directors has adopted policies and procedures under Rule 12b-1(h) under the Act and such transactions are conducted in compliance with those policies and procedures.
 
Subject to the provisions of the Act, and other applicable law, you (or the sub-adviser), any of your (and the sub-adviser’s) affiliates or any affiliates of your (or the sub-adviser’s) affiliates may retain compensation in connection with effecting a Fund’s portfolio transactions, including transactions effected through others. If any occasion should arise in which you (or the sub-adviser) give any advice to your clients (or clients of the sub-adviser) concerning the shares of a Fund, you (or the sub-adviser) will act solely as investment counsel for such client and not in any way on behalf of the Fund.
 
6.
PROXY VOTING
 
You will vote, or make arrangements to have voted, all proxies solicited by or with respect to the issuers of securities in which assets of the Fund may be invested from time to time. Such proxies will be voted in a manner that you deem, in good faith, to be in the best interest of the Fund and in accordance with your proxy voting policy. You agree to provide a copy of your proxy voting policy, and any amendments thereto, to the Company prior to the execution of this Agreement
-3-

7 .
CODE OF ETHICS
 
You have adopted a written code of ethics complying with the requirements of Rule 17j-1 under the Act and will provide the Company with a copy of the code and evidence of its adoption. Within 45 days of the last calendar quarter of each year while this Agreement is in effect, you will provide to the Board of Directors of the Company a written report that describes any issues arising under the code of ethics since the last report to the Board of Directors, including, but not limited to, information about material violations of the code and sanctions imposed in response to the material violations; and which certifies that you have adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent access persons (as that term is defined in Rule 17j-1) from violating the code.
 
8.
SERVICES NOT EXCLUSIVE/USE OF NAME
 
Your services to the Fund pursuant to this Agreement are not to be deemed to be exclusive, and it is understood that you may render investment advice, management and other services to others, including other registered investment companies, provided, however, that such other services and activities do not, during the term of this Agreement, interfere in a material manner, with your ability to meet all of your obligations with respect to rendering services to the Fund.
 
The Company and you acknowledge that all rights to the name “RiverNorth” or any variation thereof belong to you, and that the Company is being granted a limited license to use such words in its Fund name or in any class name. In the event you cease to be the adviser to the Fund, the Company’s right to the use of the name “RiverNorth” shall automatically cease on the ninetieth day following the termination of this Agreement. The right to the name may also be withdrawn by you during the term of this Agreement upon ninety (90) days’ written notice by you to the Company. Nothing contained herein shall impair or diminish in any respect, your right to use the name “RiverNorth” in the name of, or in connection with, any other business enterprises with which you are or may become associated. There is no charge to the Company for the right to use this name.

9.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF MANAGER
 
You may rely on information reasonably believed by you to be accurate and reliable. Except as may otherwise be required by the Act or the rules thereunder, neither you nor your directors, officers, employees, shareholders, members, agents, control persons or affiliates of any thereof shall be subject to any liability for, or any damages, expenses or losses incurred by the Company in connection with, any error of judgment, mistake of law, any act or omission connected with or arising out of any services rendered under, or payments made pursuant to, this Agreement or any other matter to which this Agreement relates, except by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of any such persons in the performance of your duties under this Agreement, or by reason of reckless disregard by any of such persons of your obligations and duties under this Agreement.
 
Any person, even though also a director, officer, employee, shareholder, member or agent of you, who may be or become a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, shall be deemed, when rendering services to the Company or acting on any business of the Company (other than services or business in connection with your duties hereunder), to be rendering such services to or acting solely for the Company and not as a director, officer, employee, shareholder, member, or agent of you, or one under your control or direction, even though paid by you.
-4-

10.
DURATION AND TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT
 
The term of this Agreement shall begin on the date of this Agreement for the Fund that has executed an Exhibit hereto as of the date of this Agreement and shall continue in effect with respect to the Fund (and any subsequent Fund added pursuant to an Exhibit executed during the initial two-year term of this Agreement) for a period of two years. This Agreement shall continue in effect from year to year thereafter, subject to termination as hereinafter provided, if such continuance is approved at least annually by (a) a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund or by vote of the Company’s Board of Directors, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, and (b) by vote of a majority of the Directors of the Company who are not parties to this Agreement or “interested persons” of any party to this Agreement, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. If a Fund is added pursuant to an Exhibit executed after the date of this Agreement as described above, this Agreement shall become effective with respect to that Fund upon execution of the applicable Exhibit and shall continue in effect for a period of two years from the date thereof and from year to year thereafter, subject to approval as described above.
 
This Agreement may, on sixty (60) days written notice, be terminated with respect to the Fund, at any time without the payment of any penalty, by the Board of Directors, by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, or by you. This Agreement shall automatically terminate in the event of its assignment.
 
11.
AMENDMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT
 
No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, and no amendment of this Agreement shall be effective until approved by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Directors who are not interested persons of you or of the Company, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, and (if required under interpretations of the Act by the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff) by vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund to which the amendment relates.
 
12.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY TO COMPANY PROPERTY
 
The term “RiverNorth Funds” means and refers to the Directors from time to time serving under the Company’s Articles of Incorporation as the same may subsequently thereto have been, or subsequently hereto be, amended. It is expressly agreed that the obligations of the Company hereunder shall not be binding upon any of Directors, officers, employees, agents or nominees of the Company, or any shareholders of any series of the Company, personally, but bind only the property of the Company (and only the property of the applicable Fund), as provided in the Articles of Incorporation. The execution and delivery of this Agreement have been authorized by the Directors and shareholders of the applicable Fund and signed by officers of the Company, acting as such, and neither such authorization by such Directors and shareholders nor such execution and delivery by such officers shall be deemed to have been made by any of them individually or to impose any liability on any of them personally, but shall bind only the property of the Company (and only the property of applicable Fund) as provided in its Articles of Incorporation. A copy of the Articles of Incorporation is on file with the Secretary of State of Maryland.
-5-

13.
SEVERABILITY
 
In the event any provision of this Agreement is determined to be void or unenforceable, such determination shall not affect the remainder of this Agreement, which shall continue to be in force.
 
14.
BOOKS AND RECORDS
 
In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the Act, you agree that all record which you maintain for the Company are the property of the Company and you agree to surrender promptly to the Company such records upon the Company’s request. You further agree to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the Act all records which you maintain for the Company that are required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 under the Act.
 
15.
QUESTIONS OF INTERPRETATION
 
(a)   This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Maryland.
 
(b)   For the purpose of this Agreement, the terms “assignment,” “majority of the outstanding voting securities,” “control” and “interested person” shall have their respective meanings as defined in the Act and rules and regulations thereunder, subject, however, to such exemptions as may be granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Act; and the term “brokerage and research services” shall have the meaning given in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
(c)   Any question of interpretation of any term or provision of this Agreement having a counterpart in or otherwise derived from a term or provision of the Act shall be resolved by reference to such term or provision of the Act and to interpretation thereof, if any, by the United States courts or in the absence of any controlling decision of any such court, by the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff. In addition, where the effect of a requirement of the Act, reflected in any provision of this Agreement, is revised by rule, regulation, order or interpretation of the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff, such provision shall be deemed to incorporate the effect of such rule, regulation, order or interpretation.
 
16.
NOTICES
 
Any notices under this Agreement shall be in writing, addressed and delivered or mailed postage paid to the other party at such address as such other party may designate for the receipt of such notice. Until further notice to the other party, it is agreed that the address of the Company is 325 N. LaSalle Street, Suite 645 Chicago, IL 60610.

17.
CONFIDENTIALITY
 
You agree to treat all records and other information relating to the Company and the securities holdings of the Fund as confidential and shall not disclose any such records or information to any other person unless (i) the Board of Directors of the Company has approved the disclosure or (ii) such disclosure is compelled by law. In addition, you, and your officers, directors and employees are prohibited from receiving compensation or other consideration, for themselves or on behalf of the Fund, as a result of disclosing the Fund’s portfolio holdings. You agree that, consistent with your Code of Ethics, neither your nor your officers, directors or employees may engage in personal securities transactions based on nonpublic information about the Fund's portfolio holdings.
-6-

18.
COUNTERPARTS
 
This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
 
19.
BINDING EFFECT
 
Each of the undersigned expressly warrants and represents that he has the full power and authority to sign this Agreement on behalf of the party indicated, and that his signature will operate to bind the party indicated to the foregoing terms.
 
20.
CAPTIONS
 
The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.
 
If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please sign the form of acceptance on the accompanying counterpart of this letter and return such counterpart to the Company, whereupon this letter shall become a binding contract upon the date thereof.
 
 
Yours very truly, 
 
       
 
RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc. 
 
       
Dated: as of _________
By:
   
Print Name:
Patrick Galley
 
\
Title:
President
 

ACCEPTANCE:

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted.
  RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC   
       
Dated: as of __________
By:
   
Print Name:
Brian Schmucker
 
Title:
Chief Executive Officer
 
-7-

Exhibit 1
 
Percentage of Average
Fund
Daily Managed Assets
RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc.
1.00%
 
-8-

SUBADVISORY AGREEMENT

THIS SUBADVISORY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this ___ day of _________, 20__, by and between RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC (the “Adviser”), a Delaware limited liability company registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”) located at 325 North LaSalle Street, Suite 645, Chicago, Illinois 60654, and DoubleLine Capital LP (the “Subadviser”), a Delaware limited partnership registered under the Advisers Act, located at 333 South Grand Avenue, 18 th Floor, Los Angeles California 90071, with respect to the RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Fund” or “Company”). The effective date of this Agreement (the “ Effective Date ”) shall be the inception date of the Fund.

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Company is registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) as an closed-end management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”);

WHEREAS, the Adviser has, pursuant to a Management Agreement with the Company dated as of the 17 th day of August, 2016, (the “Management Agreement”), been retained to act as investment adviser for the Fund;

WHEREAS, the Adviser represents that the Management Agreement permits the Adviser to delegate certain of its duties under the Management Agreement to other investment advisers, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act; and

WHEREAS, the Adviser desires to retain the Subadviser to assist it in the provision of a continuous investment program for that discrete portion of the Fund’s assets that the Adviser will assign to the Subadviser, and Subadviser is willing to render such services subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement,

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties do mutually agree and promise as follows with respect to the Fund:

1.           Appointment as Subadviser . The Adviser hereby appoints the Subadviser to act as investment adviser for and to manage a discrete portion of the assets of the Fund (the “Subadviser Assets”) subject to the supervision of the Adviser and the Board of Directors of the Company and subject to the terms of this Agreement; and the Subadviser hereby accepts such appointment. In such capacity, the Subadviser shall be responsible for the investment management of the Subadviser Assets, including, subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, the authority (i) to make all investment decisions with respect to the Subadviser Assets, including without limitation the discretion to acquire (by purchase, exchange, subscription or otherwise), hold and dispose of (by sale, exchange or otherwise) investments, (ii) to enter into such agreements and make such representations (including representations regarding the purchase of securities for investment) as may be necessary or proper in connection with the performance by the Subadviser of its duties hereunder, and (iii) to grant on behalf of the Fund any consents or waivers relating to the Subadviser Assets. Subadviser is prohibited from consulting with any other subadviser to the Fund concerning transactions for the Fund in securities or other assets. It is recognized that the Subadviser and certain of its affiliates may act as investment adviser to one or more other investment companies and other managed accounts, including investment companies and managed accounts with similar or overlapping investment programs to those of the Subadviser Assets, and that the Adviser and the Company do not object to such activities.


 
2.
Duties of Subadviser .

(a) Investments . The Subadviser is hereby authorized and directed and hereby agrees, subject to the stated investment policies and restrictions of the Fund as set forth in the Fund’s prospectus (“Prospectus”) and statement of additional information (“SAI”) as currently in effect and, as soon as practical after the Fund or the Adviser notifies the Subadviser thereof, as supplemented or amended from time to time and subject to the directions of the Adviser and the Company’s Board of Directors, to monitor on a continuous basis the performance of the Subadviser Assets and to conduct a continuous program of investment, evaluation and, if deemed appropriate in the Subadviser’s judgment, sale and reinvestment of the Subadviser Assets. The Adviser agrees to provide the Subadviser with such assistance as may be reasonably requested by the Subadviser in connection with the Subadviser’s activities under this Agreement, including, without limitation, providing information concerning the Fund, its cash flow and cash available for investment and generally as to the conditions of the Fund’s affairs.

(b) Compliance with Applicable Laws and Governing Documents . In the performance of its services under this Agreement, the Subadviser shall act in conformity with the Prospectus, SAI and the Company’s Agreement and Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws as currently in effect and, as soon as practicable after the Fund or the Adviser notifies the Subadviser thereof, as supplemented, amended and/or restated from time to time (referred to hereinafter as the “Articles of Incorporation” and “By-Laws,” respectively) and with the instructions and directions received in writing from the Adviser or the Directors of the Company and will conform to, and comply with, the requirements of the 1940 Act, Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (subject to the obligations of the Adviser set forth below), and all other applicable federal and state laws and regulations. Without limiting the preceding sentence, the Adviser promptly shall notify the Subadviser as to any act or omission of the Subadviser hereunder that the Adviser reasonably deems to constitute or to be the basis of any noncompliance or nonconformance with any of the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws, the Prospectus and the SAI, the instructions and directions received in writing from the Adviser or the Directors of the Company, the 1940 Act, the Code, or any other applicable federal and state laws and regulations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Adviser shall remain responsible for ensuring the Fund’s overall compliance with the 1940 Act, the Code and all other applicable federal and state laws and regulations and the Subadviser is only obligated to comply with this subsection (b) with respect to the Subadviser Assets. The Adviser timely will provide the Subadviser with a copy of the minutes of the meetings of the Board of Directors of the Company to the extent they may affect the Fund or the services of the Subadviser, copies of any financial statements or reports made by the Fund to its shareholders, copies of the Prospectus, SAI and the Company’s Agreement and Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws and any further materials or information which the Subadviser may reasonably request to enable it to perform its functions under this Agreement.

- 2 -

The Adviser shall perform quarterly and annual tax compliance tests to ensure that the Fund is in compliance with Subchapter M of the Code. In this regard, the Adviser acknowledges that the Subadviser shall rely completely upon the Adviser’s determination of whether and to what extent the Fund is in compliance with Subchapter M of the Code and that the Subadviser has no separate and independent responsibility to test the Fund (or the Subadviser Assets) for such compliance. In connection with such compliance tests, the Adviser shall inform the Subadviser at least ten (10) business days prior to a calendar quarter end if the Subadviser Assets are out of compliance with the diversification requirements under Subchapter M. If the Adviser notifies the Subadviser that the Subadviser Assets are not in compliance with such requirements noted above, the Subadviser will use commercially reasonable efforts to bring the Subadviser Assets back into compliance within the time permitted under the Code.

The Adviser shall perform quarterly compliance tests to ensure that the Fund is in compliance with the diversification provisions of Section 817 of the Code and the regulations thereunder. In this regard, the Adviser acknowledges that the Subadviser shall rely completely upon the Adviser’s determination of whether and to what extent the Fund is in compliance with the diversification provisions of Section 817 and the regulations thereunder and that the Subadviser has no separate and independent responsibility to test the Fund (or the Subadviser Assets) for such compliance. In connection with such compliance tests, the Adviser shall inform the Subadviser no more than five (5) business days after the end of a calendar quarter if the Subadviser Assets are out of compliance with these diversification requirements. If the Adviser notifies the Subadviser that the Subadviser Assets are not in compliance with such requirements noted above, the Subadviser will use commercially reasonable efforts to bring the Subadviser Assets back into compliance within the time permitted under the Code.

The Adviser will provide the Subadviser with reasonable advance notice of any change in the Fund’s investment objective, policies and restrictions as stated in the Prospectus and SAI, and the Subadviser shall, in the performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement, manage the Subadviser Assets consistent with such changes, provided that the Subadviser has received prompt notice of the effectiveness of such changes from the Company or the Adviser. In addition to such notice, the Adviser shall provide to the Subadviser a copy of any modified Prospectus and SAI reflecting such changes. The Adviser acknowledges and will ensure that the Prospectus and SAI will at all times be in compliance with all disclosure requirements under all applicable federal and state laws and regulations relating to the Fund, including, without limitation, the 1940 Act, and the rules and regulations thereunder, and that the Subadviser shall have no liability in connection therewith, except as to the accuracy of material information furnished in writing by the Subadviser to the Company or to the Adviser specifically for inclusion in the Prospectus and SAI. The Subadviser hereby agrees to provide to the Adviser in a timely manner following a request from the Adviser such information relating to the Subadviser and its relationship to, and actions for, the Company as may be required to be contained in the Prospectus, SAI or in the Company’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 and any amendments thereto.
- 3 -

(c) Voting of Proxies . The Adviser hereby delegates to the Subadviser the Adviser’s discretionary authority to exercise voting rights with respect to the securities and other investments in the Subadviser Assets and authorizes the Subadviser to delegate further such discretionary authority to a designee identified in a notice given to the Company and the Adviser. The Subadviser, including without limitation its designee, shall have the power to vote, either in person or by proxy, all securities and other investments in which the Subadviser Assets may be invested from time to time, and shall not be required to seek or take instructions from, the Adviser or the Company or take any action with respect thereto. Such authorization shall include the ability to exercise authority with regard to corporate actions affecting investments in the Subadviser Assets.

The Subadviser has established a written procedure for proxy voting in compliance with current applicable rules and regulations, including but not limited to Rule 30b1-4 under the 1940 Act. The Subadviser will provide the Adviser, or its designee, a copy of such procedure and establish a process for the timely distribution of the Subadviser’s voting record with respect to the Fund’s securities and other information necessary for the Fund to complete information required by Form N-2 under the 1940 Act and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), Form N-PX under the 1940 Act, and Form N-CSR under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, respectively.

(d) Power of Attorney . The Subadviser is hereby appointed the Adviser’s and the Company’s agent and attorney-in-fact with full power and authority for the Adviser and the Company and on their respective behalf to buy, sell and otherwise deal in securities, investment instruments and contracts relating to the same with respect to the Subadviser Assets. The Adviser and the Company further grant to the Subadviser as their agent and attorney-in-fact the power and authority to do and perform every act necessary and proper to be done in the exercise of the foregoing powers as fully as the Adviser or the Company might or could do if personally present. This power of attorney is coupled with an interest and shall terminate only on termination of this Agreement. The Subadviser agrees to provide the Adviser and the Company, upon request, with copies of any such agreements executed on behalf of the Adviser or the Company.

(e) Brokerage . The Subadviser is authorized, subject to the supervision of the Adviser and the plenary authority of the Company’s Board of Directors, to establish and maintain accounts on behalf of the Fund with, and place orders for the investment and reinvestment, including without limitation purchase and sale, of the Subadviser Assets with or through such persons, brokers (including, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any broker affiliated with the Subadviser) or dealers (collectively “Brokers”) as the Subadviser may elect and negotiate commissions to be paid on such transactions. The Subadviser, however, is not required to obtain the consent of the Adviser or the Company’s Board of Directors prior to establishing any such brokerage account. The Subadviser shall place all orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio investments for the Fund’s account with Brokers selected by the Subadviser. In the selection of such Brokers and the placing of such orders, the Subadviser shall seek to obtain for the Fund the most favorable price and execution available under the circumstances, except to the extent it may be permitted to pay higher brokerage commissions for brokerage and research services, as provided below. It is expressly acknowledged that the Subadviser will not be obligated to solicit competitive bids for each transaction or to seek the lowest available commission cost. In using its reasonable efforts to obtain for the Fund the most favorable price and execution available under the circumstances, the Subadviser, bearing in mind the best interests of the Fund at all times, shall consider all factors it deems relevant, including price, the size of the transaction, the breadth and nature of the market for the security, the difficulty of the execution, the amount of the commission, if any, the timing of the transaction, market prices and trends, the reputation, experience and financial stability of the Broker involved, and the quality of service rendered by the Broker in other transactions. The Subadviser shall not consider a Broker’s sale of Fund shares when selecting the Broker to execute trades. Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the Company nor the Adviser shall instruct the Subadviser to place orders with any particular Broker(s) with respect to the Subadviser Assets. Subject to such policies as the Directors may determine, or as may be mutually agreed to by the Adviser and the Subadviser, the Subadviser is authorized but not obligated to cause, and shall not be deemed to have acted unlawfully or to have breached any duty created by this Agreement or otherwise solely by reason of its having caused, the Fund to pay a Broker that provides brokerage and research services (within the meaning of Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) to the Subadviser an amount of commission for effecting a Subadviser Assets investment transaction that is in excess of the amount of commission that another Broker would have charged for effecting that transaction if, but only if, the Subadviser determines in good faith that such commission was reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such Broker viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the overall responsibility of the Subadviser with respect to the accounts as to which it exercises investment discretion. It is recognized that the services provided by such Brokers may be useful to the Subadviser in connection with the Subadviser’s services to other clients.

- 4 -

On occasions when the Subadviser determines to purchase or sell a security or other investment for the Fund with respect to the Subadviser Assets as well as other clients of the Subadviser, the Subadviser, to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, may, but shall be under no obligation to, aggregate the securities or other investments to be sold or purchased if in the Subadviser’s reasonable judgment such aggregation would result in an overall economic benefit to the Subadviser Assets, taking into consideration the advantageous selling or purchase price, brokerage commissions and other expenses. The Adviser acknowledges that the determination of such economic benefit to the Fund by the Subadviser represents the Subadviser’s evaluation that the Fund is benefited by relatively better purchase or sales prices, lower commission expenses and beneficial timing of transactions or a combination of these and other factors. In any single transaction in which purchases and or sales of securities of any issuer for the account of the Fund are aggregated with other accounts managed by the Subadviser, deeterminations will be made in accordance with the Subadviser’s then-current procedures governing trade allocations. In such event, allocation of securities so sold or purchased, as well as the expenses incurred in the transaction, will be made by the Subadviser in the manner the Subadviser considers to be the most equitable and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to the Fund and to such other clients. It is recognized that in some cases, this procedure may adversely affect the price paid or received by the Fund or the size of the position obtainable for, or disposed of by, the Fund with respect to the Subadviser Assets.
- 5 -

(f) Securities Transactions . The Subadviser and any affiliated person of the Subadviser may purchase securities or other instruments from or sell securities or other instruments to the Fund only if such transaction is permissible under applicable laws and regulations, including, without limitation, the 1940 Act and the Advisers Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

The Subadviser, on its own behalf and with respect to its Access Persons (as defined in subsection (e) of Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act), agrees to observe and comply with Rule 17j-1 and its Code of Ethics (which shall comply in all material respects with Rule 17j-1), as the same may be amended from time to time. On at least an annual basis, the Subadviser will comply with the reporting requirements of Rule 17j-1, which include (i) certifying to the Adviser and the Company that the Subadviser and its Access Persons have complied with the Subadviser’s Code of Ethics with respect to the Subadviser Assets and (ii) identifying any violations which have occurred with respect to the Subadviser Assets. The Subadviser will have also submitted its Code of Ethics for its initial approval by the Company’s Board of Directors no later than the date of execution of this Agreement and subsequently within six months of any material change thereto.

(g) Books and Records . The Subadviser shall maintain such separate detailed records as are required by applicable laws and regulations of all matters hereunder pertaining to the Subadviser Assets (the “Fund’s Records”), including, without limitation, brokerage and other records of all securities transactions. The Subadviser acknowledges that the Fund’s Records are property of the Company, except to the extent that the Subadviser is required to maintain the Fund’s Records under the Advisers Act or other applicable law and except that the Subadviser, at its own expense, is entitled to make and keep a copy of the Fund’s Records for its internal files. The Fund’s Records shall be available to the Adviser or the Company at any time upon reasonable request during normal business hours and shall be available for telecopying promptly to the Adviser during any day that the Fund is open for business as set forth in the Prospectus.

(h) Information Concerning Subadviser Assets and Subadviser . From time to time as the Adviser or the Company reasonably may request in good faith, the Subadviser will furnish the Adviser or the Company with reports on portfolio transactions and reports on the Subadviser Assets, all in such reasonable detail as the parties may reasonably agree in good faith. The Subadviser will also inform the Adviser in a timely manner of material changes in portfolio managers responsible for Subadviser Assets or any material changes in the control or management of the Subadviser. Upon the Company’s or the Adviser’s reasonable request, the Subadviser will make available its officers and employees to meet with the Company’s Board of Directors to review the Subadviser Assets via telephone on a quarterly basis and on a less frequent basis in person as agreed upon by the parties. The Subadviser will upon reasonable request provide the Adviser with information regarding the pricing of particular securities or obligations identified by the Adviser that are included among the Subadviser Assets (based on the Subadviser’s own pricing policies), it being understood and agreed that (i) the responsibility for pricing any such securities or obligations to calculate the Fund’s net asset value or for any other purpose remains the sole responsibility of the Adviser and (ii) the Subadviser will have no liability to the Adviser or the Fund or any of the Fund’s shareholders for any assistance provided in connection with the pricing of securities or obligations.
- 6 -

Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, the Subadviser will also provide such information or perform such additional acts as may reasonably be requested by the Adviser with respect to the Subadviser Assets for the Company or the Adviser to comply with their respective obligations under applicable laws, including without limitation, the Code, the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act, and the Securities Act, and any rule or regulation thereunder.

(i) Custody Arrangements . The Company or the Adviser shall notify the Subadviser of the identities of the Company’s custodian banks and the custody arrangements therewith with respect to the Subadviser Assets and shall give the Subadviser sixty (60) days’ advance written notice of any changes in such custodian banks or custody arrangements. The Subadviser shall, on each business day, provide the Adviser and the Company’s custodian such information as the Adviser and the Company’s custodian may reasonably request in good faith relating to all transactions on such business day concerning the Subadviser Assets. The Company shall instruct its custodian banks to (i) carry out all investment instructions as may be directed by the Subadviser with respect to the Subadviser Assets (which instructions may be orally given if confirmed in writing); and (ii) provide the Subadviser with all operational information necessary for the Subadviser to purchase, sell, trade or otherwise act with respect to the Subadviser Assets on behalf of the Fund. The Subadviser shall have no liability for the acts or omissions of the authorized custodian(s), unless such act or omission is required by and taken in reliance upon instructions given to the authorized custodian(s) by a representative of the Subadviser properly authorized (pursuant to written instruction by the Adviser) to give such instructions.

3.           Independent Contractor . In the performance of its services hereunder, the Subadviser is and shall be an independent contractor and unless otherwise expressly provided herein or otherwise authorized in writing, shall have no authority to act for or represent the Fund or the Adviser in any way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Fund or the Adviser.

4.           Expenses . During the term of this Agreement, the Subadviser will provide, at its own expense, the office space, furnishings and equipment and personnel required by it to perform the services on the terms and for the compensation provided herein, but shall not bear any expenses in connection with its activities under this Agreement that are not customarily regarded as overhead costs for an investment manager. The Subadviser shall not be responsible for the Fund’s or Adviser’s expenses, which shall include, but not be limited to, the cost of securities, commodities and other investments (including brokerage commissions and other transaction charges, if any) purchased for the Fund and any losses incurred in connection therewith, expenses of holding or carrying Subadviser Assets, including, without limitation, expenses of dividends on stock borrowed to cover a short sale and interest, fees or other charges incurred in connection with leverage and related borrowings with respect to the Subadviser Assets, organizational and offering expenses (which include, but are not limited to, out-of- pocket expenses, but not overhead or employee costs of the Subadviser); expenses for legal, accounting and auditing services (which include, but are not limited to, services provided in connection with the workout of securities or obligations held by the Fund); taxes and governmental fees; dues and expenses incurred in connection with membership in investment company organizations; costs of printing and distributing shareholder reports, proxy materials, prospectuses, stock certificates and distribution of dividends; charges of the Fund’s custodians and sub-custodians, administrators and sub-administrators, registrars, transfer agents, dividend disbursing agents and dividend reinvestment plan agents; payment for portfolio pricing services to a pricing agent, if any; registration and filing fees of the SEC; expenses of registering or qualifying securities of the Fund for sale in the various states; freight and other charges in connection with the shipment or movement of the Fund’s portfolio securities; fees and expenses of Directors; salaries of shareholder relations personnel; costs of shareholders meetings; insurance; interest; brokerage costs; and litigation and other extraordinary or non- recurring expenses. The Company or the Adviser, as the case may be, shall reimburse the Subadviser for any expenses of the Fund or the Adviser as may be reasonably incurred by such Subadviser on behalf of the Fund or the Adviser. The Subadviser shall keep and supply to the Company and the Adviser reasonable records of all such expenses.

- 7 -

5.          Investment Analysis and Commentary . The Subadviser will provide quarterly performance analysis and market commentary (the “Investment Report”) during the term of this Agreement. The Investment Reports are due within fifteen (15) business days after the end of each quarter. In addition, interim Investment Reports may be issued at such times as may be mutually agreed upon by the Adviser and Subadviser. The subject of each Investment Report shall be mutually agreed upon, which agreement shall not prohibit the Adviser from publicly distributing the same or similar information as is contained within the Investment Report. Each Investment Report will remain the property of the Subadviser and shall not be distributed or reproduced without the Subadviser’s prior written consent. For the avoidance of doubt, no Investment Report shall be deemed a “work for hire” and no rights in any such report shall attach to the Adviser or the Company.

6.            Compensation . For the services provided pursuant to this Agreement, the Subadviser is entitled to an annual fee equal to the amounts described in Schedule A attached hereto. Such fee will be computed daily and paid no later than the seventh (7 th ) business day following the end of each month by the Adviser. If this Agreement shall be effective for only a portion of a month with respect to the Fund, the aforesaid fee shall be prorated for the portion of such month during which this Agreement is in effect for the Fund.

7.          Representations and Warranties of Subadviser . The Subadviser represents and warrants to the Adviser and the Company as follows:

(a) The Subadviser is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act;

(b) The Subadviser is a limited partnership duly organized and properly registered and operating under the laws of the State of Delaware with the power to own and possess its assets and carry on its business as it is now being conducted and as proposed to be conducted hereunder; and
 
- 8 -

(c) The execution, delivery and performance by the Subadviser of this Agreement are within the Subadviser’s powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary actions of its partners, and no action by, or in respect of, or filing with, any governmental body, agency or official is required on the part of the Subadviser for execution, delivery and performance by the Subadviser of this Agreement, and the execution, delivery and performance by the Subadviser of this Agreement do not contravene or constitute a violation of, or a material default under, (i) any provision of applicable law, rule or regulation, (ii) the Subadviser’s governing instruments, or (iii) any agreement, judgment, injunction, order, decree or other instrument binding upon the Subadviser.
 
8.            Representations and Warranties of Adviser . The Adviser represents and warrants to the Subadviser as follows:

(a) The Adviser is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act;

(b) The Adviser is a limited liability company duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware with the power to own and possess its assets and carry on its business as it is now being conducted and as proposed to be conducted hereunder;

(c) The execution, delivery and performance by the Adviser of this Agreement are within the Adviser’s powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of its members or shareholders, and no action by, or in respect of, or filing with, any governmental body, agency or official is required on the part of the Adviser for the execution, delivery and performance by the Adviser of this Agreement, and the execution, delivery and performance by the Adviser of this Agreement do not contravene or constitute a violation of, or a material default under, (i) any provision of applicable law, rule or regulation,
(ii) the Adviser’s governing instruments, or (iii) any agreement, judgment, injunction, order, decree or other instrument binding upon the Adviser;

(d) It received a copy of the Subadviser’s Form ADV prior to the execution of this Agreement;

(e) The Adviser and the Company have duly entered into the Management Agreement pursuant to which the Company authorized the Adviser to delegate certain of its duties under the Management Agreement to other investment advisers, including without limitation, the appointment of a subadviser with respect to assets of the Fund and the Adviser’s entering into and performing this Agreement; and

(f) The Fund is a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act by virtue of being a member of a “family of funds” as defined in Rule 144A.

9.        Survival of Representations and Warranties; Duty to Update Information . All representations and warranties made by the Subadviser and the Adviser pursuant to the recitals above and Sections 7 and 8, respectively, shall survive for the duration of this Agreement and the parties hereto shall promptly notify each other in writing upon becoming aware that any of the foregoing representations and warranties are no longer true or accurate in all material aspects.

- 9 -

10. Liability and Indemnification .

(a) Liability . The Subadviser shall exercise that level of judgment required of others in a similar position in rendering its services in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, but otherwise, in the absence of willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of the Subadviser, each of its affiliates and all respective partners, officers, directors and employees (“Affiliates”) and each person, if any, who within the meaning of the Securities Act controls the Subadviser (“Controlling Persons”), if any, shall not be subject to any expenses or liability to the Adviser or the Fund or any of the Fund’s shareholders, in connection with the matters to which this Agreement relates, including without limitation for any losses that may be sustained in the purchase, holding or sale of Subadviser Assets. The Adviser shall exercise that level of judgment required of others in a similar position in rendering its obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, but otherwise (except as set forth in Section 11(c) below), in the absence of willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of the Adviser, any of its Affiliates and each of the Adviser’s Controlling Persons, if any, shall not be subject to any liability to the Subadviser, for any act or omission in the case of, or connected with, rendering services hereunder or for any losses that may be sustained in the purchase, holding or sale of Subadviser Assets. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall relieve the Adviser and the Subadviser from any of their obligations under applicable law, including, without limitation, the federal and state securities laws.

(b) Indemnification . The Subadviser shall indemnify the Adviser and the Fund, and their respective Affiliates and Controlling Persons for any liability and expenses, including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, which the Adviser and/or the Fund and their respective Affiliates and Controlling Persons sustain as a result of the Subadviser’s willful misconduct, bad faith, gross negligence, or violation of applicable law, including, without limitation, the federal and state securities laws. Unless otherwise obligated under applicable law, the Subadviser shall not be liable for indirect, punitive, special or consequential damages arising out of this Agreement.

The Adviser shall indemnify the Subadviser, its Affiliates and its Controlling Persons, for any liability and expenses, including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, sustained as a result of the Adviser’s willful misconduct, bad faith, gross negligence or violation of applicable law, including, without limitation, the federal and state securities laws.

The Company shall indemnify the Subadviser, its Affiliates and its Controlling Persons to the fullest extent permitted by law (taking into account any exemptive relief granted to the Company) against any liability and expenses, including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, sustained as a result of any (i) willful misconduct, bad faith, gross negligence or violation of applicable law, including, without limitation, the federal and state securities laws, by the Company, (ii) untrue statement of a material fact in the Fund’s registration statement relating to shares of the Fund or any other sales materials relating to the Fund or (iii) omission of a material fact required to have been included in such registration statement or sales material, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, unless in the case of clause (ii) or (iii) the statement or omission was made in reliance upon written information provided by the Subadviser to the Adviser or the Fund.

- 10 -

(c) Acts of the Adviser . The Subadviser shall not be liable to the Adviser, the Fund or their respective shareholders or Controlling Persons for acts of the Subadviser which result from acts of the Adviser, including, but not limited to, a failure of the Adviser to provide accurate and current information with respect to any records maintained by the Adviser, which records are not also maintained by or otherwise available to the Subadviser upon reasonable request. Without limiting the indemnity set forth in subsection (b) above, the Adviser shall indemnify the Subadviser, its Affiliates and its Controlling Persons, for any liability and expenses, including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, sustained as a result of the Adviser’s failure to provide accurate and current information with respect to any records maintained by the Adviser, which records are not also maintained by or otherwise available to the Subadviser upon reasonable request.

11. Duration and Termination .

(a) Duration . Unless sooner terminated, this Agreement shall continue for an initial period of no more than two years following the Effective Date of this Agreement, and thereafter shall continue automatically for successive annual periods with respect to the Fund, provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the Company’s Board of Directors or vote of the lesser of (a) 67% of the shares of the Fund represented at a meeting if holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund are present in person or by proxy or (b) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund; provided that in either event its continuance also is approved by a majority of the Company’s Directors who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any party to this Agreement, by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.

(b) Termination . Notwithstanding whatever may be provided herein to the contrary, this Agreement may be terminated at any time with respect to the Fund, without payment of any penalty:

(i) By vote of a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors, or by “vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” of the Fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), or by the Adviser, in each case, upon not more than 60 days’ written notice to the Subadviser;

(ii) By any party hereto upon written notice to the other party in the event of a material breach of any provision of this Agreement by the other party if the material breach is not cured within 15 days of notice of the material breach; or

(iii) By the Subadviser upon not more than 60 days’ written notice to the Adviser and the Company.
 
- 11 -

This Agreement shall not be assigned (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) and shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment or upon the termination of the Management Agreement.

12.       Duties of the Adviser . The Adviser shall continue to have responsibility for all services to be provided to the Fund pursuant to the Management Agreement and shall oversee and review the Subadviser’s performance of its duties under this Agreement. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall obligate the Adviser to provide any funding or other support for the purpose of directly or indirectly promoting investments in a Fund.

13. Reference to Adviser and Subadviser .

(a) The Subadviser grants, subject to the conditions below, the Adviser non- exclusive rights to use, display and promote trademarks of the Subadviser in conjunction with any activity associated with the Fund. In addition, the Adviser may promote the identity of and services provided by the Subadviser to the Adviser, which references shall not differ in substance from those included in the Prospectus, SAI and this Agreement, in any advertising or promotional materials. The Adviser shall protect the goodwill and reputation of the Subadviser in connection with marketing and promotion of the Fund. The Adviser shall submit to the Subadviser for its review and approval all such public informational or sales materials relating to the Fund (including, without limitation, prospectuses, proxy statements and reports to shareholders) that refer in any way to the Subadviser or refer to or contain any recognizable variant or any registered mark or logo or other proprietary designation of the Subadviser. Approval shall not be unreasonably withheld by the Subadviser and notice of approval or disapproval will be provided promptly. Subsequent advertising or promotional materials having very substantially the same form as previously approved by the Subadviser may be used by the Adviser without obtaining the Subadviser’s consent unless such consent is withdrawn in writing by the Subadviser.

(b) Neither the Subadviser nor any Affiliate or agent of the Subadviser shall make reference to or use the name of the Adviser or any of its Affiliates, or any of their clients, except references concerning the identity of and services provided by the Adviser to the Fund or to the Subadviser, which references shall not differ in substance from those included in the Prospectus, SAI and this Agreement, in any advertising or promotional materials without the prior approval of Adviser, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed and notice of approval or disapproval will be provided promptly. Subsequent advertising or promotional materials having very substantially the same form as previously approved by the Adviser may be used by the Subadviser without obtaining the Adviser’s consent unless such consent is withdrawn in writing by the Adviser. The Subadviser hereby agrees to make all reasonable efforts to cause any Affiliate of the Subadviser to satisfy the foregoing obligation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Adviser acknowledges and agrees that the Subadviser may identify the Adviser as a client of the Subadviser, which identification may include a statement describing the Subadviser’s role with respect to the Adviser and the Fund.

14.        Amendment; Waiver . This Agreement may be amended by mutual written consent of the parties, provided that the terms of any material amendment shall be approved by: (a) to the extent required by the 1940 Act, the Company’s Board of Directors or by a vote
of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund (as required by the 1940 Act), and (b) the vote of a majority of those Directors of the Company who are not “interested persons” of any party to this Agreement cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, if such approval is required by applicable law. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising on the part of any party hereto, of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder, shall operate as a waiver thereof.

- 12 -

15.         Confidentiality . Each party hereto shall keep confidential and shall not disclose any and all information obtained in connection with the services rendered hereunder and relating to the other party (and in the case of the Adviser, the Fund) without the consent of such party, except to the extent that such disclosure meets one of the following conditions:

(a) Law or Regulation . The disclosure is necessary to comply with applicable law or regulation or the rules or regulations of any self-regulatory organization or governmental body having jurisdiction over the Subadviser, the Adviser or the Fund;

(b) Court or Regulatory Authority . Disclosure of such information is expressly required or requested by a court or other tribunal of competent jurisdiction or applicable federal or state regulatory authorities;

(c) Publicly Known Without Breach . Such information becomes known to the general public without a breach of this Agreement or a similar confidential disclosure agreement regarding such information;

(d) Already Known . Such information already was known by the party prior to the date of this Agreement or becomes known to it from a source other than the other party (which source is not known to the recipient to be violating an obligation of confidentiality);

(e) Received From Third Party . Such information was or is hereafter rightfully received by the party from a third party (expressly excluding the Fund’s custodian, prime broker and administrator) without restriction on its disclosure and without breach of this Agreement or of a similar confidential disclosure agreement regarding them;

(f) Independently Developed . The party independently developed such information; or

(g) Disclosure to Representatives . The disclosure is made to the party’s attorneys, accountants, service providers, officers, employees, advisory personnel, directors, trustees, partners or affiliates (“Representatives”), provided that such Representatives shall protect the confidentiality of such information pursuant to this paragraph 15 and each party shall remain liable for any breaches by its Representatives who are provided with confidential information.

In addition, the Subadviser and its officers, directors and employees are prohibited from receiving compensation or other consideration, for themselves or on behalf of the Fund, in exchange for disclosing the Fund’s portfolio holdings.

16.        Non-Exclusive Services . The Subadviser is free to act for its own account and to provide to others services similar to those to be provided hereunder. The Adviser acknowledges that the Subadviser and its partners, principals, officers, employees and agents, and the Subadviser’s other clients, may at any time have, acquire, increase, decrease or dispose of positions in the same investments which are at the time being held, acquired for or disposed of under this Agreement for the Fund. The Adviser agrees that the Subadviser may give advice and take action in the performances of its duties with respect to any of its other clients which may differ from advice given or the timing or nature of action taken with respect to the Subadviser Assets.

- 13 -

17.         Miscellanous . No person other than the Fund, the Adviser, and the Subadviser is a party to this Agreement or shall be entitled to any right or benefit arising under or in respect of this Agreement; there are no third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement is intended to, or shall be read to, (i) create in any person other than the Fund (including without limitation any shareholder in the Fund) any direct, indirect, derivative, or other rights against the Adviser or Subadviser, or (ii) create or give rise to any duty or obligation on the part of the Adviser or Subadviser (including without limitation any fiduciary duty) to any person other than the Fund, all of which rights, benefits, duties, and obligations are hereby expressly excluded.

18.        Additional Information . Without limiting any other provision of this Agreement, the Adviser and the Fund shall furnish such other information with regard to their affairs as the Subadviser may reasonably request.
 
19.         Notice . Any notice that is required to be given by the parties to each other under the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing, delivered, or mailed postpaid to the other parties, to the parties at the following addresses, which may from time to time be changed by the parties by notice to the other party:
 
If to the Subadviser:
 
DoubleLine Capital
Attention: General Counsel
333 South Grand Avenue
18 th Floor
Los Angeles, California 90071
Phone: 213-633-8200
 
If to the Adviser:
 
Marcus L. Collins General Counsel
RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC
325 N. LaSalle Street, Suite 645
Chicago, Illinois 60654
Phone: 312-445-2251

20.       Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

21.       Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

- 14 -

22.        Certain Definitions . For the purposes of this Agreement and except as otherwise provided herein, “interested person,” “affiliated person,” and assignment shall have their respective meanings as set forth in the 1940 Act, subject, however, to such exemptions as may be granted by the SEC.

23.        Captions . The captions herein are included for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the construction or interpretation hereof.

24.        Severability . If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision or applicable law, the remainder of the Agreement shall not be affected adversely and shall remain in full force and effect.

25.        Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with all exhibits, attachments and appendices, contains the entire understanding and agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

[remainder of page intentionally left blank]

- 15 -

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the day and year first written above.

ADVISER
 
RIVERNORTH CAPITAL MANAGEMENT LLC
     
BY:
  
 
     
Name:
  
 
     
Title:
  
 
     
SUBADVISER
 
DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP
     
BY:
  
 
     
Name:
  
 
     
Title:
  
 
     
FUND
 
RIVERNORTH/DOUBLELINE STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITY FUND, INC.
     
BY:
  
 
     
Name:
  
 
     
Title:
  
 
- 16 -

SUBADVISORY AGREEMENT
between RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC (the “Adviser”), and DoubleLine Capital LP (the “Subadviser”)

SCHEDULE A
 
FUNDS TO BE SERVICED
ANNUAL FEE
   
RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc.
50 basis points of the average daily Managed Assets (as defined in the Fund’s prospectus)

 
- 17 -
 

 
 
RIVERNORTH/DOUBLELINE STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITY FUND, INC.
 
 
[●] Shares of Common Stock
$20.00 per Share
 
 
UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
 
Dated: [●], 2016




Table of Contents
Page
 
SECTION 1. Representations and Warranties
3
SECTION 2. Sale and Delivery to Underwriters; Closing
17
SECTION 3. Covenants of the Fund and the Advisers
19
SECTION 4. Payment of Expenses
21
SECTION 5. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations
22
SECTION 6. Indemnification
27
SECTION 7. Contribution
29
SECTION 8. Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive Delivery
31
SECTION 9. Termination of Agreement
31
SECTION 10. Default by One or More of the Underwriters
31
SECTION 11. Notices
32
SECTION 12. Parties
32
SECTION 13. GOVERNING LAW
33
SECTION 14. Effect of Headings
33
SECTION 15. Definitions
33
SECTION 16. Absence of Fiduciary Relationship
35

EXHIBITS
 
Exhibit A    Initial Securities to be Sold
Exhibit B    Form of Opinion of Fund Counsel
Exhibit C   Form of Opinion of Adviser Counsel
Exhibit D   Form of Opinion of Subadviser Counsel
Exhibit E Form of Opinion of Maryland Counsel
Exhibit F    Price-Related Information

i

RIVERNORTH/DOUBLELINE STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITY FUND, INC.
 
[●] Shares of Common Stock
 
UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
[●], 2016
 
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
[UNDERWRITERS]
As Representatives of the several Underwriters
listed on Exhibit A hereto

c/o Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
550 South Tryon Street
Charlotte, North Carolina 28202

Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Fund ”), RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Adviser ”) and DoubleLine Capital LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Subadviser ” and together with the Adviser, the “ Advisers ”) confirm their respective agreements with Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (“ Wells Fargo ”) and each of the other Underwriters named in Exhibit A hereto (collectively, the “ Underwriters ,” which term shall also include any underwriter substituted as hereinafter provided in Section 10 hereof), for whom Wells Fargo, [REPRESENTATIVES] are acting as representatives (in such capacity, the “ Representatives ”), with respect to the issue and sale by the Fund of a total of [●] shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “ Initial Securities ”), and the purchase by the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the respective numbers of Initial Securities set forth in said Exhibit A hereto, and with respect to the grant by the Fund to the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the option described in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any part of [●] additional shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “ Option Securities ”), to cover over‑allotments, if any. The Initial Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters and all or any part of the Option Securities are hereinafter called, collectively, the “ Securities .” Certain terms used in this Agreement are defined in Section 15 hereof.
 
The Fund understands that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of the Securities as soon as the Representatives deem advisable after this Agreement has been executed and delivered.
 
The Fund has entered into (i) an Investment Management Agreement with the Adviser dated as of [●], 2016, (ii) a Subadvisory Agreement with the Adviser and Subadviser dated as of [●], 2016, (iii) a Custody Agreement with US Bank, N.A. dated as of [●], 2016, (iv) a Master Services Agreement with Centric Fund Services, LLC and U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC dated as of [●], 2016, and (v) a License Agreement with the Subadviser dated as of [●], 2016, and such agreements are herein referred to as the “ Investment Management Agreement ,” the “ Sub-Advisory Agreement ,” the “ Custody Agreement ,” the “ Master Services Agreement ” and the “ License Agreement ” respectively. Collectively, the Investment Management Agreement, the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Custody Agreement, the Master Services Agreement and the License Agreement are herein referred to as the “ Fund Agreements .”
 
1

The Adviser has entered into the Sub-advisory Agreement and an Amended Distribution Agreement with TSC Distributors, LLC (the “ Distribution Agreement ”). In addition, the Adviser has entered into a Structuring Fee Agreement (including the Indemnification Agreement) with Wells Fargo dated as of [●], 2016 (the “ Wells Fee Agreement ”), [Additional Compensation Agreements to be inserted] (such agreements, together with the Investment Management Agreement, the Sub-advisory Agreement and the Distribution Agreement, are herein referred to as the “ Adviser Agreements ”). The Subadviser has entered into the Sub-advisory Agreement and the License Agreement (together, the “ Sub-advisory Agreements ”). Furthermore, the Fund has adopted a dividend reinvestment plan pursuant to which holders of common stock shall have their dividends automatically reinvested in additional common stock of the Fund unless they elect to receive such dividends in cash, and such plan is herein referred to as the “ Dividend Reinvestment Plan .”
 
The Fund has prepared and filed with the Commission a registration statement (File Nos. 333-212400 and 811-23166) on Form N-2, including a related preliminary prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein), for registration under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act of the offering and sale of the Securities. The Fund may have filed one or more amendments thereto, including a related preliminary prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein), each of which has previously been furnished to you.
 
The Fund will next file with the Commission one of the following: either (1) prior to the effective date of the registration statement, a further amendment to the registration statement (including the form of final prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein)) or (2) after the effective date of the registration statement, a final prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein) in accordance with Rules 430A and 497. In the case of clause (2), the Fund has included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, as amended at the effective date, all information (other than Rule 430A Information) required by the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations to be included in the registration statement and the Prospectus. As filed, such amendment and form of final prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein), or such final prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein), shall contain all Rule 430A Information, together with all other such required information, and, except to the extent the Representatives shall agree in writing to a modification, shall be in all substantive respects in the form furnished to you prior to the Applicable Time or, to the extent not completed at the Applicable Time, shall contain only such specific additional information and other changes (beyond that contained in the latest preliminary prospectus) as the Fund has advised you, prior to the Applicable Time, will be included or made therein.
 
2

SECTION 1. Representations and Warranties .
 
(a)         Representations and Warranties by the Fund and the Advisers. The Fund and the Advisers, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, as of the Applicable Time, as of the Closing Date referred to in Section 2(c) hereof, and as of each Option Closing Date (if any) referred to in Section 2(b) hereof, and agree with each Underwriter, as follows:
 
(1)         Compliance with Registration Requirements . The Securities have been duly registered under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act, pursuant to the Registration Statement. Each of the Initial Registration Statement and any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement has become effective under the 1933 Act and has been filed under the 1940 Act, and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Initial Registration Statement or any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement has been issued under the 1933 Act or the 1940 Act, and no proceedings for any such purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to the knowledge of the Fund or the Advisers, are contemplated by the Commission, and any request on the part of the Commission for additional information has been complied with. The Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus complied when filed with the Commission in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations. The Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with the offering of the Securities each was identical to the electronically transmitted copy thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S‑T.
 
At the respective times the Initial Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement and any post-effective amendments thereto became or become effective and at the Closing Date (and, if any Option Securities are purchased, at the applicable Option Closing Date), the Initial Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement will, and the 1940 Act Notification when originally filed with the Commission and any amendments and supplements thereto did or will, comply in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations and did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. Neither the Prospectus nor any amendments or supplements thereto, as of its date, at the Closing Date (and, if any Option Securities are purchased, at the applicable Option Closing Date), and at any time when a prospectus is required by applicable law to be delivered in connection with sales of Securities, included or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The Preliminary Prospectus and the information included on Exhibit F hereto, all considered together (collectively, the “ General Disclosure Package ”) did not or will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided , however , that the Fund makes no representations or warranties as to the information contained in or omitted from the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Fund by or on behalf of any Underwriter specifically for inclusion therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 6(b) hereof.
 
3

The Fund’s registration statement on Form 8‑A under the 1934 Act is effective.
 
(2)         Independent Accountants . Cohen Fund Audit Services, Ltd. who certified and audited the financial statements and supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, is an independent public accountant as required by the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations.
 
(3)         Financial Statements . The financial statements of the Fund included in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules (if any) and notes, present fairly the financial position of the Fund at the dates indicated and the results of operations and cash flows of the Fund for the periods specified; and all such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved and comply with all applicable accounting requirements under the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations. The supporting schedules, if any, included in the Registration Statement present fairly, in accordance with GAAP, the information required to be stated therein, and the other financial and statistical information and data included in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus are accurately derived from such financial statements and the books and records of the Fund.
 
(4)         No Material Adverse Change in Business . Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, except as otherwise stated therein, (A) there has been no Fund Material Adverse Effect, (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Fund which are material with respect to the Fund other than those in the ordinary course of its business as described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and (C) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Fund on any class of its Common Stock.
 
(5)         Good Standing of the Fund . The Fund has been duly formed and is validly existing in good standing as a corporation under the laws of Maryland and has the full power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Fund Agreements; and the Fund is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction which requires qualification.
 
(6)         No Subsidiaries . The Fund has no subsidiaries.
 
(7)         Investment Company Status. The Fund is duly registered as a closed-end, diversified management investment company under the 1940 Act, the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations, and the 1940 Act Notification has been duly filed with the Commission. The Fund has not received any notice from the Commission pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1940 Act with respect to the 1940 Act Notification or the Registration Statement.
 
4

(8)         Officers and Directors . No person is serving or acting as an officer, director or investment adviser of the Fund except in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations and the Advisers Act. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, no directors of the Fund is (A) an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund or (B) an “affiliated person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any Underwriter. For purposes of this Section 1(a)(8), the Fund and the Advisers shall be entitled to rely on representations from such officers and directors.
 
(9)         Capitalization . The authorized, issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Fund are as set forth in the Preliminary Prospectus and in the Prospectus. All issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Fund have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable and have been offered and sold or exchanged by the Fund in compliance with all applicable laws (including, without limitation, federal and state securities laws); none of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Fund was issued in violation of the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Fund; the Securities have been duly and validly authorized and, when issued and delivered to and paid for by the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement, will be fully paid and nonassessable; and the certificates for the Securities, if any, are in valid and sufficient form.
 
(10)         Power and Authority . The Fund has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the Fund Agreements; the execution and delivery of, and the performance by the Fund of its obligations under this Agreement and the Fund Agreements have been duly and validly authorized by the Fund; and this Agreement and the Fund Agreements have been duly executed and delivered by the Fund and constitute the valid and legally binding agreements of the Fund, enforceable against the Fund in accordance with their terms, except as rights to indemnity and contribution may be limited by federal or state securities laws and subject to the qualification that the enforceability of the Fund’s obligations hereunder and thereunder may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles.
 
(11)         Approval of Advisory Agreement and the Sub-advisory Agreement . The Fund’s Board of Directors and the Fund’s sole shareholder have approved the Investment Management Agreement and the Sub-advisory Agreement in accordance with Section 15 of the 1940 Act.
 
(12)         Agreements’ Compliance with Law . This Agreement, each of the Fund Agreements and the Sub-advisory Agreement comply in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations, the Advisers Act and the Advisers Act Rules and Regulations.
 
5

(13)         Absence of Defaults and Conflicts . The Fund is not (i) in violation of its Organizational Documents, (ii) in breach or default in the performance of the terms of any indenture, contract, lease, mortgage, declaration of trust, note agreement, loan agreement or other agreement, obligation, condition, covenant or instrument to which it is a party or bound or to which its property is subject or (iii) in violation of any law, ordinance, administrative or governmental rule or regulation applicable to the Fund or of any decree of the Commission, FINRA, any state securities commission, any foreign securities commission, any national securities exchange, any arbitrator, any court or any other governmental, regulatory, self‑regulatory or administrative agency or any official having jurisdiction over the Fund.
 
(14)         Absence of Proceedings . There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or, to the knowledge of the Fund, threatened, against or affecting the Fund which is required to be disclosed in the Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus (other than as disclosed therein), or that could reasonably be expected to result in a Fund Material Adverse Effect, or that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the properties or assets of the Fund or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by the Fund of its obligations under this Agreement or the Fund Agreements; the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Fund is a party or of which any of its property or assets is the subject which are not described in the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement that are not described or filed as required by the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act or the Rules and Regulations, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Fund Material Adverse Effect.
 
(15)         Accuracy of Descriptions and Exhibits . The statements set forth under the headings “Description Of The Common Shares,” “Certain Provisions Of The Fund’s Charter And Bylaws And Of Maryland Law” and “U.S. Federal Income Tax Matters” in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and “U.S. Federal Income Tax Matters” in the Statement of Additional Information, insofar as such statements purport to summarize certain provisions of the 1940 Act, Maryland law, the Fund’s Organizational Documents, U.S. federal income tax law and regulations or legal conclusions with respect thereto, fairly and accurately summarize such provisions in all material respects; all descriptions in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus of any Fund documents are accurate in all material respects; and there are no franchises, contracts, indentures, mortgages, deeds of trust, loan or credit agreements, bonds, notes, debentures, evidences of indebtedness, leases or other instruments or agreements required to be described or referred to in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not described or filed as required by the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act or the Rules and Regulations which have not been so described and filed as required.
 
(16)         Absence of Further Requirements . (A) No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any court or governmental authority or agency, domestic or foreign, and (B) no authorization, approval, vote or other consent of any other person or entity, is necessary or required for the performance by the Fund of its obligations under this Agreement or the Fund Agreements, for the offering, issuance, sale or delivery of the Securities hereunder, or for the consummation of any of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Fund Agreements, in each case on the terms contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, except such as have been already obtained and under the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, the Rules and Regulations, the rules and regulations of FINRA and the NYSE and such as may be required under state securities laws.
 
6

(17)         Non-Contravention . Neither the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement, the Fund Agreements nor the consummation by the Fund of the transactions herein or therein contemplated (i) conflicts or will conflict with or constitutes or will constitute a breach of the Organizational Documents of the Fund, (ii) conflicts or will conflict with or constitutes or will constitute a breach of or a default under, any agreement, indenture, lease or other instrument to which the Fund is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound or (iii) violates or will violate any statute, law, regulation or filing or judgment, injunction, order or decree applicable to the Fund or any of its properties or will result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Fund pursuant to the terms of any agreement or instrument to which the Fund is a party or by which the Fund may be bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Fund is subject.
 
(18)         Possession of Licenses and Permits . The Fund has such licenses, permits and authorizations of governmental or regulatory authorities (“Permits”) as are necessary to own its property and to conduct its business in the manner described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus; the Fund has fulfilled and performed all its material obligations with respect to such Permits and no event has occurred which allows or, after notice or lapse of time, would allow, revocation or termination thereof or results in any other material impairment of the rights of the Fund under any such Permit, subject in each case to such qualification as may be set forth in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus; and, except as described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, none of such Permits contains any restriction that is materially burdensome to the Fund.
 
(19)         Distribution of Offering Material . The Fund has not distributed and, prior to the later to occur of (i) the Closing Date and (ii) completion of the distribution of the Securities, will not distribute any offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities other than the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, the Sales Material (as defined below) or other materials permitted by the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act or the Rules and Regulations.
 
(20)         Absence of Registration Rights . There are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any securities (debt or equity) (A) registered pursuant to the Registration Statement or included in the offering contemplated by this Agreement or (B) otherwise registered by the Fund under the 1933 Act or the 1940 Act. There are no persons with tag-along rights or other similar rights to have any securities (debt or equity) included in the offering contemplated by this Agreement or sold in connection with the sale of Securities by the Fund pursuant to this Agreement.
 
7

(21)         NYSE . The Securities are duly listed and admitted and authorized for trading, subject to official notice of issuance and evidence of satisfactory distribution, on the NYSE.
 
(22)         FINRA Matters . All of the information provided to the Underwriters or to counsel for the Underwriters by the Fund, its officers and directors in connection with letters, filings or other supplemental information provided to FINRA pursuant to FINRA’s conduct rules is true, complete and correct.
 
(23)         Tax Returns . The Fund has filed all tax returns that are required to be filed and has paid all taxes required to be paid by it and any other assessment, fine or penalty levied against it, to the extent that any of the foregoing is due and payable, except for any such tax, assessment, fine or penalty that is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate actions and except for such taxes, assessments, fines or penalties the nonpayment of which would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Fund Material Adverse Effect.
 
(24)         Subchapter M . The Fund is currently in compliance with the requirements of Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code and intends to direct the investment of the net proceeds of the offering of the Securities in such a manner as to comply with the requirements of Subchapter M of the Code.
 
(25)         Insurance . The Fund is insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which it is engaged and which the Fund deems adequate; all policies of insurance insuring the Fund or its business, assets, employees, officers and directors, including its fidelity bond required by Rule 17g-1 of the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations and the Fund’s directors and officers errors and omissions insurance policy, are in full force and effect; the Fund is in compliance with the terms of such fidelity bond and policy in all material respects; and there are no claims by the Fund under any such fidelity bond or policy as to which any insurance company is denying liability or defending under a reservation of rights clause; the Fund has not been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and the Fund has no reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not have a Fund Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto).
 
(26)         Accounting Controls and Disclosure Controls . The Fund maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations and with the investment objectives, policies and restrictions of the Fund and the applicable requirements of the 1940 Act, the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations and the Code; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP, to calculate net asset value, to maintain accountability for assets and to maintain material compliance with the books and records requirements under the 1940 Act and the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations; (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. The Fund employs “internal control over financial reporting” (as such term is defined in Rule 30a-3 under the 1940 Act) and such internal control over financial reporting is and shall be effective as required by the 1940 Act and the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations. The Fund is not aware of any material weakness in its internal control over financial reporting. The Fund employs “disclosure controls and procedures” (as such term is defined in Rule 30a‑3 under the 1940 Act); such disclosure controls and procedures are effective.
 
8

(27)         Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. There is and has been no failure on the part of the Fund or any of the Fund’s directors or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply with any provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith, including Sections 302 and 906 related to certifications.
 
(28)         Fund Compliance with Policies and Procedures . The Fund has adopted and implemented written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of the Federal Securities Laws (as that term is defined in Rule 38a‑1 under the 1940 Act) by the Fund, including policies and procedures that provide oversight of compliance for each investment adviser, administrator and transfer agent of the Fund.
 
(29)         Absence of Manipulation . The Fund has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities, and the Fund is not aware of any such action taken or to be taken by any affiliates of the Fund, other than such actions as taken by the Underwriters that are affiliates of the Fund, so long as such actions are in compliance with all applicable law.
 
(30)         Statistical, Demographic or Market-Related Data . Any statistical, demographic or market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus is based on or derived from sources that the Fund believes to be reliable and accurate and all such data included in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus accurately reflects the materials upon which it is based or from which it was derived.
 
(31)         Advertisements . All advertising, sales literature or other promotional material (including “prospectus wrappers”, “broker kits”, “road show slides” and “road show scripts”), whether in printed or electronic form, authorized in writing by or prepared by or at the direction of the Fund or the Advisers for use in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities (collectively, “Sales Material”) complied and comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, the Rules and Regulations and the rules and interpretations of FINRA and if required to be filed with FINRA under FINRA’s conduct rules were so filed. No Sales Material contained or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
 
9

(32)         Foreign Corrupt Practices Act . Neither the Fund nor, to the knowledge of the Fund, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Fund is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that has resulted or would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “FCPA”), including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA, and the Fund and, to the knowledge of the Fund, its other affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.
 
(33)         Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Fund are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar applicable rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Fund with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Fund, threatened.
 
(34)         OFAC . Neither the Fund nor, to the knowledge of the Fund, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or person acting on behalf of the Fund is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”); and the Fund will not directly or indirectly use any of the proceeds received by the Fund from the sale of Securities contemplated by this Agreement, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available any such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.
 
(b)         Representations and Warranties by the Adviser . The Adviser represents and warrants to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, as of the Applicable Time, as of the Closing Date and as of each Option Closing Date (if any), and agrees with each Underwriter, as follows:
 
10

(1)         Adviser Status . The Adviser is duly registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act and is not prohibited by the Advisers Act, the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act Rules and Regulations or the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations from acting under the Adviser Agreements as contemplated by the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus.
 
(2)         Capitalization . The Adviser has the financial resources available to it necessary for the performance of its services and obligations as contemplated in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and under this Agreement and the Adviser Agreements.
 
(3)         No Material Adverse Change in Business . Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, except as otherwise stated therein, (A) there has been no Adviser Material Adverse Effect and (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Adviser which are material with respect to the Adviser other than those in the ordinary course of its business as described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus.
 
(4)         Good Standing . The Adviser has been duly formed and is validly existing in good standing as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware and has the full power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Adviser Agreements; and the Adviser is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction which requires qualification.
 
(5)         Power and Authority . The Adviser has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the Adviser Agreements; the execution and delivery of, and the performance by the Adviser of its obligations under this Agreement and the Adviser Agreements have been duly and validly authorized by the Adviser; and this Agreement and the Adviser Agreements have been duly executed and delivered by the Adviser and constitute the valid and legally binding agreements of the Adviser, enforceable against the Adviser in accordance with their terms, except as rights to indemnity and contribution may be limited by federal or state securities laws and subject to the qualification that the enforceability of the Adviser’s obligations hereunder and thereunder may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles.
 
(6)         Description of the Adviser . The description of the Adviser and its business and the statements attributable to the Adviser in the Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus complied and comply in all material respects with the provisions of the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act, the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations and the Advisers Act Rules and Regulations and did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
 
11

(7)         Non-Contravention . Neither the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or the Adviser Agreements nor the consummation by the Fund or the Adviser of the transactions herein or therein contemplated (i) conflicts or will conflict with or constitutes or will constitute a breach of the Organizational Documents of the Adviser, (ii) conflicts or will conflict with or constitutes or will constitute a breach of or a default under, any agreement, indenture, lease or other instrument to which the Adviser is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound or (iii) violates or will violate any statute, law, regulation or filing or judgment, injunction, order or decree applicable to the Adviser or any of its properties or will result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Adviser pursuant to the terms of any agreement or instrument to which the Adviser is a party or by which the Adviser may be bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Adviser is subject.
 
(8)         Agreements’ Compliance with Laws . This Agreement and the Adviser Agreements comply in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations, the Advisers Act and the Advisers Act Rules and Regulations.
 
(9)         Absence of Proceedings . There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or, to the knowledge of the Adviser, threatened, against or affecting the Adviser which is required to be disclosed in the Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus (other than as disclosed therein), or that could reasonably be expected to result in an Adviser Material Adverse Effect, or that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the properties or assets thereof or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by the Adviser of its obligations under this Agreement or the Adviser Agreements; the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Adviser is a party or of which any of its property or assets is the subject which are not described in the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, could not reasonably be expected to result in an Adviser Material Adverse Effect.
 
(10)         Absence of Further Requirements . (A) No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any court or governmental authority or agency, domestic or foreign, and (B) no authorization, approval, vote or other consent of any other person or entity, is necessary or required for the performance by the Adviser of its obligations under this Agreement, the Investment Management Agreement or the Fee Agreements, except such as have been already obtained under the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, the Rules and Regulations, the rules and regulations of FINRA and the NYSE and such as may be required under state securities laws.
 
(11)         Possession of Permits . The Adviser has such Permits as are necessary to own its property and to conduct its business in the manner described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus; the Adviser has fulfilled and performed all its material obligations with respect to such Permits and no event has occurred which allows, or after notice or lapse of time would allow, revocation or termination thereof or results in any other material impairment of the rights of the Adviser under any such Permit.
 
12

(12)         Adviser Compliance with Policies and Procedures . The Adviser has adopted and implemented written policies and procedures under Rule 206(4)‑7 of the Advisers Act reasonably designed to prevent violation of the Advisers Act and the Advisers Act Rules by the Adviser and its supervised persons.
 
(13)         Absence of Manipulation . The Adviser has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities, and the Adviser is not aware of any such action taken or to be taken by any affiliates of the Adviser, other than such actions as taken by the Underwriters that are affiliates of the Adviser, so long as such actions are in compliance with all applicable law.
 
(14)         Promotional Materials . In the event that the Fund or the Adviser makes available any promotional materials related to the Securities or the transactions contemplated hereby intended for use only by registered broker-dealers and registered representatives thereof by means of an Internet web site or similar electronic means, the Adviser will install and maintain, or will cause to be installed and maintained, pre-qualification and password-protection or similar procedures which are reasonably designed to effectively prohibit access to such promotional materials by persons other than registered broker-dealers and registered representatives thereof.
 
(15)         Internal Controls . The Adviser maintains a system of internal controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions effectuated by it under the Investment Management Agreement or the Sub-advisory Agreement are executed in accordance with its management’s general or specific authorization; and (ii) access to the Fund’s assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization.
 
(16)         Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Adviser and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable Money Laundering Laws and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Adviser or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Adviser, threatened.
 
(17)         Foreign Corrupt Practices Act . Neither the Adviser nor, to the knowledge of the Adviser, any trustee, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Adviser is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that has resulted or would result in a violation by such persons of the FCPA, including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA, and the Adviser and, to the knowledge of the Adviser, its affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.
 
13

(18)         OFAC . Neither the Adviser nor, to the knowledge of the Adviser, any trustee, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Adviser is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC; and the Adviser will not cause the Fund, directly or indirectly, to use any of the proceeds received by the Fund from the sale of Securities contemplated by this Agreement, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available any such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.
 
(c)         Representations and Warranties by the Subadviser . The Subadviser represents and warrants to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, as of the Applicable Time, as of the Closing Date and as of each Option Closing Date (if any), and agrees with each Underwriter, as follows:
 
(1)         Subadviser Status . The Subadviser is duly registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act and is not prohibited by the Advisers Act, the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act Rules and Regulations or the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations from acting under the Sub-advisory Agreement or the License Agreement as contemplated by the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus.
 
(2)         Capitalization . The Subadviser has the financial resources available to it necessary for the performance of its services and obligations as contemplated in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and under this Agreement, the Sub-advisory Agreement and the License Agreement.
 
(3)         No Material Adverse Change in Business . Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, except as otherwise stated therein, (A) there has been no Subadviser Material Adverse Effect and (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Subadviser which are material with respect to the Subadviser other than those in the ordinary course of its business as described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus.
 
(4)         Good Standing . The Subadviser has been duly formed and is validly existing in good standing as a limited partnership under the laws of the State of Delaware and has the full power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Sub-advisory Agreement and the License Agreement; and the Subadviser is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction which requires qualification.
 
14

(5)         Power and Authority . The Subadviser has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement, the Sub-advisory Agreement and the License Agreement; the execution and delivery of, and the performance by the Subadviser of its obligations under this Agreement, the Sub-advisory Agreement and the License Agreement have been duly and validly authorized by the Subadviser; and this Agreement, the Sub-advisory Agreement and the License Agreement have been duly executed and delivered by the Subadviser and, constitute the valid and legally binding agreements of the Subadviser, enforceable against the Subadviser in accordance with their terms, except as rights to indemnity and contribution may be limited by federal or state securities laws or other applicable laws and subject to the qualification that the enforceability of the Subadviser’s obligations hereunder and thereunder may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles.
 
(6)         Description of the Subadviser . The description of the Subadviser and its business and the statements attributable to the Subadviser in the Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus complied and comply in all material respects with the provisions of the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act, the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations and the Advisers Act Rules and Regulations and did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
 
(7)         Non-Contravention . Neither the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement, the Sub-advisory Agreement and the License Agreement nor the consummation by the Fund or the Subadviser of the transactions herein or therein contemplated (i) conflicts or will conflict with or constitutes or will constitute a breach of the Organizational Documents of the Subadviser, (ii) conflicts or will conflict with or constitutes or will constitute a breach of or a default under, any agreement, indenture, lease or other instrument to which the Subadviser is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound or (iii) violates or will violate any statute, law, regulation or filing or judgment, injunction, order or decree applicable to the Subadviser or any of its properties or will result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Subadviser pursuant to the terms of any agreement or instrument to which the Subadviser is a party or by which the Subadviser may be bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Subadviser is subject.
 
(8)         Agreements’ Compliance with Laws . This Agreement, the Sub-advisory Agreement and the License Agreement comply in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations, the Advisers Act and the Advisers Act Rules and Regulations.
 
(9)         Absence of Proceedings . There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or, to the knowledge of the Subadviser, threatened, against or affecting the Subadviser which is required to be disclosed in the Preliminary Prospectus and Prospectus (other than as disclosed therein), or that could reasonably be expected to result in a Subadviser Material Adverse Effect, or that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the properties or assets thereof or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by the Subadviser of its obligations under this Agreement, the Sub-advisory Agreement or the License Agreement; the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Subadviser is a party or of which any of its property or assets is the subject which are not described in the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Subadviser Material Adverse Effect.
 
15

(10)         Absence of Further Requirements . (A) No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any court or governmental authority or agency, domestic or foreign, and (B) no authorization, approval, vote or other consent of any other person or entity, is necessary or required for the performance by the Subadviser of its obligations under this Agreement, the Sub-advisory Agreement or the License Agreement, except such as have been already obtained under the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, the Rules and Regulations, the rules and regulations of FINRA and the NYSE and such as may be required under state securities laws.
 
(11)         Possession of Permits . The Subadviser has such Permits as are necessary to own its property and to conduct its business in the manner described in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus; the Subadviser has fulfilled and performed all its material obligations with respect to such Permits and no event has occurred which allows, or after notice or lapse of time would allow, revocation or termination thereof or results in any other material impairment of the rights of the Subadviser under any such Permit.
 
(12)         Subadviser Compliance with Policies and Procedures . The Subadviser has adopted and implemented written policies and procedures under Rule 206(4)‑7 of the Advisers Act reasonably designed to prevent violation of the Advisers Act and the Advisers Act Rules by the Subadviser and its supervised persons.
 
(13)         Absence of Manipulation . The Subadviser has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities and to the knowledge of the Subadviser, no such action has been taken or will be taken by any affiliates of the Subadviser, other than such actions as taken by the Underwriters that are affiliates of the Subadviser, so long as such actions are in compliance with all applicable law.
 
(14)         Promotional Materials . In the event that the Fund or the Subadviser makes available any promotional materials related to the Securities or the transactions contemplated hereby intended for use only by registered broker-dealers and registered representatives thereof by means of an Internet web site or similar electronic means, the Subadviser will install and maintain, or will cause to be installed and maintained, pre-qualification and password-protection or similar procedures which are reasonably designed to effectively prohibit access to such promotional materials by persons other than registered broker-dealers and registered representatives thereof.
 
16

(15)         Internal Controls . The Subadviser maintains a system of internal controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions effectuated by it under the Sub-advisory Agreement are executed in accordance with its management’s general or specific authorization; and (ii) access to the Fund’s assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization.
 
(16)         Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Subadviser and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable Money Laundering Laws and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Subadviser or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Subadviser, threatened.
 
(17)         Foreign Corrupt Practices Act . Neither the Subadviser nor, to the knowledge of the Subadviser, any trustee, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Subadviser is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that has resulted or would result in a violation by such persons of the FCPA, including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA, and the Subadviser and, to the knowledge of the Subadviser, its affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.
 
(18)         OFAC . Neither the Subadviser nor, to the knowledge of the Subadviser, any trustee, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Subadviser is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC; and the Subadviser will not cause the Fund, directly or indirectly, to use any of the proceeds received by the Fund from the sale of Securities contemplated by this Agreement, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available any such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.
 
(d)         Certificates. Any certificate signed by any officer of the Fund or the Adviser and delivered to the Representatives or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Fund or the Adviser, as the case may be, to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.
 
SECTION 2. Sale and Delivery to Underwriters; Closing .
 
(a)         Initial Securities. On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Fund agrees to sell to each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, and each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Fund, at a purchase price of $[●] per share, the amount of the Initial Securities set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name in Exhibit A hereto. The Fund is advised that the Underwriters intend to (i) make a public offering of their respective portions of the Securities as soon after the Applicable Time as is advisable and (ii) initially to offer the Securities upon the terms set forth in the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus.
 
17

(b)         Option Securities. Subject to the terms and conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, the Fund hereby grants an option to the several Underwriters to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to _____ Option Securities at the same purchase price per share as the Underwriters shall pay for the Initial Securities less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Fund payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities. Said option may be exercised only to cover over-allotments in the sale of the Initial Securities by the Underwriters. Said option may be exercised in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before the 45th day after the date of the Prospectus upon written or telegraphic notice by the Representatives to the Fund setting forth the number of shares of the Option Securities as to which the several Underwriters are exercising the option and the settlement date. The number of Option Securities to be purchased by each Underwriter shall be the same percentage of the total number of shares of the Option Securities to be purchased by the several Underwriters as such Underwriter is purchasing of the Initial Securities, subject to such adjustments as you in your absolute discretion shall make to eliminate any fractional shares.   Any such time and date of delivery (an “ Option Closing Date ”) shall be determined by the Representatives, but shall not be later than seven full business days after the exercise of said option, nor in any event prior to the Closing Date, as hereinafter defined.
 
(c)         Payment. Payment of the purchase price for the Initial Securities, and delivery of the related closing certificates therefor, shall be made at the offices of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, 425 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Fund, at 9:00 A.M. (Eastern time) on [●], 2016 (unless postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10), or such other time not later than ten business days after such date as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Fund (such time and date of payment and delivery being herein called “ Closing Date ”).
 
In addition, in the event that any or all of the Option Securities are purchased by the Underwriters, payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates for, such Option Securities shall be made at the above‑mentioned offices, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Fund, on each Option Closing Date as specified in the notice from the Representatives to the Fund.
 
Delivery of the Securities shall be made to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters against payment by the several Underwriters through the Representatives of the purchase price thereof to or upon the order of the Fund by Federal Funds wire transfer payable in same-day funds to an account specified by the Fund. Delivery of the Initial Securities and the Option Securities shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct. Wells Fargo, individually and not as Representative of the Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment of the purchase price for the Initial Securities or the Option Securities, if any, to be purchased by any Underwriter whose funds have not been received by the Closing Date or the relevant Option Closing Date, as the case may be, but such payment shall not relieve such Underwriter from its obligations hereunder.
 
18

(d)         Denominations; Registration. Certificates for the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, shall be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Representatives may request in writing at least one full business day before the Closing Date or the relevant Option Closing Date, as the case may be. The certificates for the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, will be made available for examination and packaging by the Representatives in The City of New York not later than noon (Eastern time) on the business day prior to the Closing Date or the relevant Option Closing Date, as the case may be.
 
SECTION 3. Covenants of the Fund and the Advisers . The Fund and the Advisers, jointly and severally, covenant with each Underwriter as follows:
 
(a)         Compliance with Securities Regulations and Commission Requests. The Fund, subject to Section 3(a)(ii), will comply with the requirements of Rule 430A and will notify the Representatives immediately, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall become effective, or any supplement to the Prospectus or any amended Prospectus shall have been filed, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission, (iii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for additional information, (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes, or of any examination pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1940 Act concerning the Registration Statement and (v) if the Fund becomes the subject of a proceeding under Section 8A of the 1933 Act in connection with the offering of the Securities. The Fund will use its best efforts in connection with the offering of the Securities to prevent the issuance of any stop order or the suspension of any such qualification and, if issued, to obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof.
 
(b)         Filing of Amendments. The Fund will give the Representatives notice of its intention to file or prepare any amendment to the Registration Statement (including any filing under Rule 462(b)) or any amendment, supplement or revision to either the prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time it became effective or to the Prospectus, whether pursuant to the 1933 Act or otherwise, or will furnish the Representatives with copies of any such documents within a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing or use, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall object.
 
(c)         Delivery of Registration Statements. The Fund has furnished or will deliver to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters, without charge, signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and of each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith) and signed copies of all consents and certificates of experts. The copies of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S‑T.
 
19

(d)         Delivery of Prospectuses. The Fund has delivered to each Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of each preliminary prospectus prepared prior to the date of this Agreement as such Underwriter reasonably requested, and the Fund hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the 1933 Act. The Fund will furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, such number of copies of the documents constituting the General Disclosure Package prepared on or after the date of this Agreement and the Prospectus (and any amendments or supplements thereto) as such Underwriter may reasonably request. The Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the Underwriters is or will be, as the case may be, identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S‑T.
 
(e)         Continued Compliance with Securities Laws. The Fund will comply with the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Securities as contemplated in this Agreement and in the Prospectus. If at any time when a prospectus is required by the 1933 Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Securities (including, without limitation, pursuant to Rule 172), any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters or for the Fund, to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Prospectus in order that the Prospectus will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser, or if it shall be necessary, in the opinion of such counsel, at any such time to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act or the Rules and Regulations, the Fund will promptly prepare and file with the Commission, subject to Section 3(b) hereof, such amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such statement or omission or to make the Registration Statement or the Prospectus comply with such requirements, and the Fund will furnish to the Underwriters such number of copies of such amendment or supplement as the Underwriters may reasonably request.
 
(f)         Blue Sky Qualifications. The Fund will use its best efforts, in cooperation with the Underwriters, to qualify, if necessary, the Securities for offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of states of the United States, the District of Columbia, Guam, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands as the Representatives may designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect for a period of not less than one year from the date of this Agreement; provided , however , that the Fund shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.
 
20

(g)         Earnings Statements. The Fund will timely file such reports pursuant to the 1934 Act as are necessary in order to make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable an earnings statement for the purposes of, and to provide to the Underwriters the benefits contemplated by, the last paragraph of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act.
 
(h)         Use of Proceeds . The Fund will use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Securities in the manner specified in the Prospectus under “Use of Proceeds.”
 
(i)         Reporting Requirements. The Fund, during the period when the Prospectus is required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act or the Rules and Regulations, will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act or the Rules and Regulations within the time periods required by the 1934 Act, the 1940 Act or the Rules and Regulations.
 
(j)         Subchapter M. The Fund will comply with the requirements of Subchapter M of the Code to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code.
 
(k)         Absence of Manipulation . The Fund and the Advisers have not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities, and the Fund and the Advisers are not aware of any such action taken or to be taken by any affiliates of the Fund or the Advisers, other than such actions as taken by the Underwriters that are affiliates of the Fund or the Advisers, so long as such actions are in compliance with all applicable law.
 
(l)         Restriction on Sale of Securities. The Fund and the Advisers will not, without the prior written consent of Wells Fargo, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of, or enter into any transaction which is designed to, or might reasonably be expected to, result in the disposition (whether by actual disposition or effective economic disposition due to cash settlement or otherwise) by the Fund or any affiliate of the Fund or any person in privity with the Fund, directly or indirectly, including the filing (or participation in the filing) of a registration statement with the Commission in respect of, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, any other Securities or any securities convertible into, or exercisable, or exchangeable for, Securities; or publicly announce an intention to effect any such transaction for a period of 180 days following the Applicable Time, provided , however , that the Fund may issue and sell Securities pursuant to any dividend reinvestment plan of the Fund in effect at the Applicable Time.
 
SECTION 4. Payment of Expenses .
 
(a)         Expenses. The Fund will pay all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including (i) the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement (including financial statements and exhibits) as originally filed and of each amendment thereto, (ii) the word processing, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of this Agreement, any Agreement among Underwriters and such other documents as may be required in connection with the offering, purchase, sale, issuance or delivery of the Securities, (iii) the preparation, issuance and delivery of the certificates or evidence of book-entry notation for the Securities to the Underwriters, including any stock or other transfer taxes and any stamp or other duties payable upon the sale, issuance or delivery of the Securities to the Underwriters, (iv) the fees and disbursements of the counsel, accountants and other advisors to the Fund, (v) the qualification of the Securities under securities laws in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(f) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection therewith and in connection with the preparation of the Blue Sky Survey and any supplements thereto, (vi) the printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of each preliminary prospectus, the documents constituting the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus and the 1940 Act Notification, any Sales Material and any amendments or supplements thereto, (vii) the preparation, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of the Blue Sky Survey and any supplements thereto, (viii) the fees and expenses of the custodian and the transfer agent and registrar for the Securities, (ix) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters in connection with, the review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Securities, (x) the transportation and other expenses incurred in connection with presentations to prospective purchasers of the Securities, (xi) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Securities on the NYSE and (xii) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance by the Fund of its obligations hereunder. To the extent that the foregoing costs and expenses incidental to the performance of the obligations of the Fund under this Agreement exceed $[●] per share, the Adviser will pay all such costs and expenses.
 
21

(b)         Termination of Agreement. If this Agreement is terminated by the Representatives in accordance with the provisions of Section 5 or Section 9(a)(i) hereof, the Fund and the Advisers, jointly and severally, agree that they shall reimburse the Underwriters for all of their out‑of‑pocket expenses, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters.
 
SECTION 5. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations . The obligations of the Underwriters to purchase the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, as the case may be, shall be subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties on the part of the Fund and the Advisers contained herein as of the Applicable Time, the Closing Date and any Option Closing Date pursuant to Section 2 hereof, to the accuracy of the statements of the Fund and the Advisers made in any certificates pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Fund and the Advisers of their respective covenants and other obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:
 
(a)         Effectiveness of Registration Statement. The Registration Statement, including any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, has become effective and at the Closing Date (or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued under the 1933 Act or any notice objecting to its use or order pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1940 Act shall have been issued and proceedings therefor initiated or, to the knowledge of the Fund or the Advisers, threatened by the Commission, and any request on the part of the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of counsel to the Underwriters. A prospectus containing the Rule 430A Information shall have been filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule 497 or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been filed and declared effective in accordance with the requirements of Rule 430A.
 
22

(b)         (i) Opinion of Counsel for Fund. At the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing Date, of Chapman & Cutler LLP, counsel for the Fund (“ Fund Counsel ”), in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters, to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto and to such further effect as counsel to the Underwriters may reasonably request.
 
(ii) Opinion of Maryland Counsel. At the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing Date, of Shapiro Sher Guinot & Sandler, P.A. (“Maryland Counsel”) in the form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, to the effect set forth in Exhibit E hereto and to such further effect as counsel to the Underwriters may reasonably request.
 
(c)         Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters. At the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing Date, of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives. Insofar as the opinion expressed above relates to or is dependent upon matters governed by Maryland law, Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP will be permitted to rely on the opinion of Maryland Counsel set forth in Exhibit E hereto.
 
(d)         Certificate of the Fund. At the Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package (exclusive of any amendments or supplements thereto subsequent to the date of this Agreement), any Fund Material Adverse Effect, and, at the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the Chairman, the President, the Chief Executive Officer or an Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President of the Fund and of the Chief Financial Officer or Chief Accounting Officer of the Fund (in each of their respective capacity as an officer of the Fund), dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that (i) there has been no such Fund Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the representations and warranties of the Fund in this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Date, (iii) the Fund has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Date under or pursuant to this Agreement, and (iv) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or order of suspension or revocation of registration pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1940 Act has been issued, and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to their knowledge, have been threatened by the Commission.
 
23

(e)         Opinion of Counsel for the Adviser. At the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing Date, of the General Counsel for the Adviser, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters, to the effect set forth in Exhibit C hereto and to such further effect as counsel to the Underwriters may reasonably request.
 
(f)         Certificate of the Adviser . At the Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package (exclusive of any amendments or supplements thereto subsequent to the date of this Agreement), any Adviser Material Adverse Effect, and, at the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the Chairman, the President, the Chief Executive Officer or an Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President of the Adviser and of the Chief Financial Officer or Chief Accounting Officer of the Adviser, dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that (i) there has been no such Adviser Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the representations and warranties of the Adviser in this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Date, (iii) the Adviser has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Date under or pursuant to this Agreement, and (iv) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or order of suspension or revocation of registration pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1940 Act has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to their knowledge, have been threatened by the Commission .
 
(g)         Opinion of Counsel for the Subadviser. At the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing Date, of [●], counsel for the Subadviser, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters, to the effect set forth in Exhibit D hereto and to such further effect as counsel to the Underwriters may reasonably request.
 
(h)         Certificate of the Subadviser . At the Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package (exclusive of any amendments or supplements thereto subsequent to the date of this Agreement), any Subadviser Material Adverse Effect, and, at the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the Chairman, the President, the Chief Executive Officer or an Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President of the Subadviser and of the Chief Financial Officer or Chief Accounting Officer of the Subadviser, dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that (i) there has been no such Subadviser Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the representations and warranties of the Subadviser in this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Date, (iii) the Subadviser has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Date under or pursuant to this Agreement, and (iv) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or order of suspension or revocation of registration pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1940 Act has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to their knowledge, have been threatened by the Commission .
 
24

(i)         Accountant’s Comfort Letter. At the time of the execution of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received from Cohen Fund Audit Services, Ltd. a letter, dated the date of this Agreement and in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information of the Fund contained in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus.
 
(j)         Bring-down Comfort Letter. At the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received from Cohen Fund Audit Services, Ltd. a letter, dated as of the Closing Date and in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished pursuant to subsection (i) of this Section, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three business days prior to the Closing Date.
 
(k)         Fee Agreements. At the Applicable Time, the Adviser shall deliver to each of the other parties to the Fee Agreements copies of the Fee Agreements, executed by the Adviser and dated the date of this Agreement, together with reproduced copies of such agreements executed by the Adviser for each of the other parties thereto.
 
(l)         No Objection. Prior to the date of this Agreement, FINRA shall have confirmed that it has no objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements.
 
(m)         Conditions to Purchase of Option Securities. In the event that the Underwriters exercise their option provided in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any portion of the Option Securities on any Option Closing Date that is after the Closing Date, the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase the applicable Option Securities shall be subject to the conditions specified in the introductory paragraph of this Section 5 and to the further condition that, at the applicable Option Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received:
 
(1)         Officers’ Certificate of the Fund . A certificate, dated such Option Closing Date, to the effect set forth in, and signed by two of the officers specified in, Section 5(d) hereof, except that the references in such certificate to the Closing Date shall be changed to refer to such Option Closing Date.
 
(2)        (i) Opinion of Counsel for Fund . The favorable opinion of Fund Counsel in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Option Closing Date, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(b)(i) hereof.
 
25

(ii) Opinion of Maryland Counsel . The favorable opinion of Maryland Counsel in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Option Closing Date, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(b)(ii) hereof.
 
(3)         Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters . The favorable opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Option Closing Date, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(c) hereof.
 
(4)         Opinion of Counsel for the Adviser . The favorable opinion of the General Counsel for the Adviser, dated such Option Closing Date, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(e) hereof.
 
(5)         Certificate of the Adviser . A certificate, dated such Option Closing Date, to the effect set forth in, and signed by two of the officers specified in, Section 5(f) hereof, except that the references in such certificate to the Closing Date shall be changed to refer to such Option Closing Date.
 
(6)         Opinion of Counsel for the Subadviser . The favorable opinion of [●], counsel for the Subadviser, dated such Option Closing Date, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(g) hereof.
 
(7)         Certificate of the Subadviser . A certificate, dated such Option Closing Date, to the effect set forth in, and signed by two of the officers specified in, Section 5(h) hereof, except that the references in such certificate to the Closing Date shall be changed to refer to such Option Closing Date.
 
(8)         Bring-down Comfort Letter . A letter from Cohen Fund Audit Services, Ltd., in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives and dated such Option Closing Date, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter furnished to the Representatives pursuant to Section 5(j) hereof, except that the “specified date” in the letter furnished pursuant to this paragraph shall be a date not more than five days prior to such Option Closing Date.
 
(n)         Additional Documents. At the Closing Date and at each Option Closing Date, counsel for the Underwriters shall have been furnished with such documents and opinions as they may require for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, contained in this Agreement; and all proceedings taken by the Fund and the Adviser in connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated and in connection with the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters.
 
26

(o)         Delivery of Documents . The documents required to be delivered by this Section 5 shall be delivered at the office of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, at 425 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017, on the Closing Date and at each Option Closing Date.
 
(p)         Termination of Agreement. If any condition specified in this Section 5 shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this Agreement, or, in the case of any condition to the purchase of Option Securities on an Option Closing Date which is after the Closing Date, the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase the relevant Option Securities, may be terminated by the Representatives by notice to the Fund.
 
SECTION 6. Indemnification .
 
(a)           Indemnification by the Fund and the Advisers. The Fund and the Advisers, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriters, affiliates of each Underwriter, directors, officers, employees and agents of each Underwriter, and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act as follows:
 
(i)         against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included in any preliminary prospectus, any Sales Material, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
 
(ii)         against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that (subject to Section 6(d) below) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Fund and the Advisers; and
 
(iii)         against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by Wells Fargo), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under (i) or (ii) above, provided , however , that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Fund or the Advisers by any Underwriter through Wells Fargo expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), or in any preliminary prospectus, any Sales Material, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto).
 
27

(b)         Indemnification by the Underwriters .   Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each of the Fund and the Advisers, each of their directors, trustees, members, each of their officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Fund or the Advisers within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in subsection (a) of this Section 6, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), or any preliminary prospectus, any Sales Material, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Fund or the Advisers by such Underwriter through Wells Fargo expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or such preliminary prospectus, any Sales Material, the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto). The Fund and the Advisers acknowledge that (i) the statements set forth in the last paragraph of the cover page regarding the expected delivery of the Securities and, under the heading “Underwriting”, (ii) the list of Underwriters and their respective participation in the sale of the Securities, (iii) the sentences related to concessions and reallowances and (iv) the paragraphs related to stabilization, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in any Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus constitute the only information furnished in writing by or on behalf of the several Underwriters for inclusion in any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus.
 
(c)         Actions against Parties; Notification. Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. Counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected as follows: counsel to the Underwriters and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall be selected by Wells Fargo; counsel to the Fund, its directors, trustees, members, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Fund within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall be selected by the Fund; and counsel to the Adviser and each person, if any, who controls such Adviser within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall be selected by the Adviser. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided , however , that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for the Underwriters and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for the Fund, each of their directors, trustees, members, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Fund within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for the Adviser and the fees and expenses of more than one counsel, in each case in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 6 or Section 7 hereof (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.
 
28

(d)         Settlement Without Consent if Failure to Reimburse. If at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 6(a)(ii) effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.
 
(e)         Other Agreements with Respect to Indemnification and Contribution . The provisions of this Section 6 and in Section 7 hereof shall not affect any agreements among the Fund and the Advisers with respect to indemnification of each other or contribution between themselves.
 
SECTION 7. Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in Section 6 hereof is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Fund and the Advisers on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Fund and the Advisers on the one hand and of the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.
 
29

The relative benefits received by the Fund and the Advisers on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Fund and the Advisers and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate initial public offering price of the Securities as set forth on such cover.
 
The relative fault of the Fund and the Advisers on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Fund, by the Advisers or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.
 
The Fund, the Advisers and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 7. The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 7 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.
 
Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.
 
No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
 
For purposes of this Section 7, each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act and each trustee, officer, employee and agent of an Underwriter shall have the same rights to contributions as such Underwriters, and each person who controls the Fund or the Advisers within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, each officer of the Fund and the Advisers and each trustee, director or member of the Fund and the Advisers shall have the same rights to contribution as the Fund and the Advisers. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 7 are several in proportion to the number of Initial Securities set forth opposite their respective names in Exhibit A hereto and not joint.
 
30

SECTION 8. Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive Delivery . All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or in certificates of officers of the Fund or signed by or on behalf of the Advisers submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or controlling person, or by or on behalf of the Fund, or by or on behalf of the Adviser, and shall survive delivery of the Securities to the Underwriters.
 
SECTION 9. Termination of Agreement.
 
(a)         Termination; General. The Representatives may terminate this Agreement, by notice to the Fund or the Advisers, at any time on or prior to the Closing Date (and, if any Option Securities are to be purchased on an Option Closing Date which occurs after the Closing Date, the Representatives may terminate the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase such Option Securities, by notice to the Fund at any time on or prior to such Option Closing Date) (i) if there has been, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package, any Fund Material Adverse Effect or Adviser Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) if there has occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or the international financial markets, any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis or any change or development involving a prospective change in national or international political, financial or economic conditions, in each case the effect of which is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to market the Securities or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Securities, or (iii) if trading in any securities of the Fund has been suspended or materially limited by the Commission or the NYSE, or if trading generally on the NYSE or in the Nasdaq National Market has been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices have been required, by any of said exchanges or by such system or by order of the Commission, FINRA or any other governmental authority, or a material disruption has occurred in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States or (iv) if a banking moratorium has been declared by either Federal or New York authorities.
 
(b)         Liabilities. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section 9, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 hereof, and provided further that Sections 1, 6, 7 and 8 hereof shall survive such termination and remain in full force and effect.
 
   SECTION 10. Default by One or More of the Underwriters . If one or more of the Underwriters shall fail at the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date to purchase the Securities which it or they are obligated to purchase under this Agreement (the “ Defaulted Securities ”), the Representatives shall have the right, within 24 hours thereafter, to make arrangements for one or more of the non‑defaulting Underwriters, or any other underwriters, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Defaulted Securities in such amounts as may be agreed upon and upon the terms herein set forth; if, however, the Representatives shall not have completed such arrangements within such 24‑hour period, then:
 
31

(a)         if the number of Defaulted Securities does not exceed 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, each of the non‑defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated, severally and not jointly, to purchase the full amount thereof in the proportions that their respective underwriting obligations hereunder bear to the underwriting obligations of all non‑defaulting Underwriters; or
 
(b)         if the number of Defaulted Securities exceeds 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, this Agreement or, with respect to any Option Closing Date which occurs after the Closing Date, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and of the Fund to sell the Option Securities that were to have been purchased and sold on such Option Closing Date, shall terminate without liability on the part of any non‑defaulting Underwriter.
 
No action taken pursuant to this Section 10 shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of its default.
 
In the event of any such default which does not result in a termination of this Agreement or, in the case of an Option Closing Date which is after the Closing Date, which does not result in a termination of the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and the Fund to sell the relevant Option Securities, as the case may be, the Representatives shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date or the relevant Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any required changes in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements. As used herein, the term “Underwriter” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section 10.
 
SECTION 11. Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be directed to the Representatives at Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, 375 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10152, Attention: Equity Syndicate; notices to the Fund shall be directed to them at RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc., 325 N. LaSalle Street, Suite 645, Chicago, Illinois 60654, Attention: Marc L. Collins; notices to the Adviser shall be directed to them at RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC, 325 N. LaSalle Street, Suite 645, Chicago, Illinois 60654, Attention: Marc L. Collins; and notices to the Subadviser shall be directed to them at DoubleLine Capital LP, 333 South Grand Avenue, 18th Floor, Los Angeles, California 90071, Attention: General Counsel.
 
SECTION 12. Parties . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Underwriters, the Fund and the Advisers and their respective successors. Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, firm or corporation, other than the Underwriters, the Fund and the Advisers and their respective successors and the controlling persons and directors, officers, members and trustees referred to in Sections 6 and 7 and their heirs and legal representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. This Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Underwriters, the Fund and the Advisers and their respective successors, and said controlling persons and officers and directors and trustees and their heirs and legal representatives, and for the benefit of no other person, firm or corporation. No purchaser of Securities from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor by reason merely of such purchase.
 
32

SECTION 13. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
 
SECTION 14. Effect of Headings . The Section and Exhibit headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
 
SECTION 15. Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below:
 
Advisers Act ” means the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.
 
Advisers Act Rules and Regulations ” means the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Advisers Act.
 
Adviser Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Adviser, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business.
 
Applicable Time ” means the date and time that this Agreement is executed and delivered by the parties hereto.
 
Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
EDGAR ” means the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System.
 
FINRA ” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.
 
Fund Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Fund, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business.
 
GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles.
 
Initial Registration Statement ” means the Fund’s registration statement (File Nos. 333-212400 and 811-23166) on Form N-2 (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein), as amended (if applicable), at the time it became effective, including the Rule 430A Information.
 
NYSE ” means the New York Stock Exchange.
 
33

Organizational Documents ” means (a) in the case of a corporation, its charter and by‑laws; (b) in the case of a limited or general partnership, its partnership certificate, certificate of formation or similar organizational document and its partnership agreement; (c) in the case of a limited liability company, its articles of organization, certificate of formation or similar organizational documents and its operating agreement, limited liability company agreement, membership agreement or other similar agreement; (d) in the case of a trust, its declaration of trust, certificate of formation or similar organizational document and its trust agreement or other similar agreement; and (e) in the case of any other entity, the organizational and governing documents of such entity.
 
preliminary prospectus ” means any prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein) used in connection with the offering of the Securities that was so used before the Initial Registration Statement became effective, or that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, or that omitted the Rule 430A Information or that was captioned “Subject to Completion”.
 
Preliminary Prospectus ” shall mean the preliminary prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein) dated [●], 2016 and any preliminary prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein) included in the Registration Statement at the Applicable Time that omits Rule 430A Information.
 
Prospectus ” shall mean the prospectus (including the statement of additional information incorporated by reference therein) relating to the Securities that is first filed pursuant to Rule 497 after the Applicable Time.
 
Registration Statement ” means the Initial Registration Statement; provided that, if a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement is filed with the Commission, then the term “Registration Statement” shall also include such Rule 462(b) Registration Statement.
 
Rule 172 ,” “ Rule 497 ,” “ Rule 430A ,” “ Rule 433 ” and “ Rule 462(b) ” refer to such rules under the 1933 Act.
 
Rule 430A Information ” means the information included in the Prospectus that was omitted from the Initial Registration Statement at the time it became effective but that is deemed to be a part of the Initial Registration Statement at the time it became effective pursuant to Rule 430A.
 
Rule 462(b) Registration Statement ” means a registration statement filed by the Fund pursuant to Rule 462(b) for the purpose of registering any of the Securities under the 1933 Act, including the Rule 430A Information .
 
Rules and Regulations ” means, collectively, the 1933 Act Rules and Regulations and the 1940 Act Rules and Regulations.
 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act ” means the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or implementing the provisions thereof.
 
34

Subadviser Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Subadviser, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business.
 
1933 Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
1933 Act Rules and Regulations ” means the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1933 Act.
 
1934 Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
1934 Act Rules and Regulations ” means the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1934 Act.
 
 “ 1940 Act ” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
 
1940 Act Notification ” means a notification of registration of the Fund as an investment company under the 1940 Act on Form N-8A, as the 1940 Act Notification may be amended from time to time.
 
1940 Act Rules and Regulations ” means the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1940 Act.
 
All references in this Agreement to the Registration Statement, the Initial Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to include the copy filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR.
 
SECTION 16. Absence of Fiduciary Relationship . Each of the Fund and the Advisers acknowledges and agrees that:
 
(a)         Each of the Underwriters is acting solely as an underwriter in connection with the public offering of the Securities and no fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship between the Fund or the Advisers, on the one hand, and any of the Underwriters, on the other hand, has been or will be created in respect of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, irrespective of whether or not any of the Underwriters have advised or is advising the Fund or the Advisers on other matters and none of the Underwriters has any obligation to the Fund or the Advisers with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement;
 
(b)         the public offering price of the Securities and the price to be paid by the Underwriters for the Securities set forth in this Agreement were established by the Fund following discussions and arms-length negotiations with the Representatives;
 
(c)         it is capable of evaluating and understanding, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;
 
35

(d)         in connection with each transaction contemplated by this Agreement and the process leading to such transactions, each Underwriter is and has been acting solely as principal and not as fiduciary, advisor or agent of the Fund or the Advisers or any of their respective affiliates; provided , however , that in its capacity as an independent contractor, an Underwriter may be providing advice to the Advisers as to the structure, design and organization of the Fund pursuant to the Fee Agreements;
 
(e)         none of the Underwriters has provided any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice to the Fund or the Advisers with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and it has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisers to the extent it has deemed appropriate;
 
(f)         it is aware that the Underwriters and their respective affiliates are engaged in a broad range of transactions which may involve interests that differ from those of the Fund and the Advisers, and that none of the Underwriters has any obligation to disclose such interests and transactions to the Fund or the Advisers by virtue of any fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship; and
 
(g)         it waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims it may have against any of the Underwriters for breach of fiduciary duty or alleged breach of fiduciary duty and agrees that none of the Underwriters shall have any liability (whether direct or indirect, in contract, tort or otherwise) to it in respect of such a fiduciary duty claim or to any person asserting a fiduciary duty claim on its behalf or on behalf of the Fund or the Advisers.
 
[Signature Page Follows]
 
36

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the Fund and the Advisers a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement among the Underwriters, the Fund and the Advisers in accordance with its terms.
 
 
Very truly yours,
 
     
 
RIVERNORTH/DOUBLELINE STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITY FUND, INC.
       
 
By
   
 
Name:
   
 
Title:
   
     
 
RIVERNORTH CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC
       
 
By
   
 
Name:
   
 
Title:
   
     
 
DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP
       
 
By
   
 
Name:
   
 
Title:
   
 
CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED, as of the date first above written:
 
WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC
[REPRESENTATIVES]

By: WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC
 
By:
   
 
Authorized Signatory
 
 
For themselves and as Representatives of the Underwriters named in Exhibit A hereto.

37

EXHIBIT A
 
Name of Underwriter
Number of Initial Securities
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
[ ]
TOTAL UNDERWRITERS
[ ]

A-1

EXHIBIT B
 
FORM OF OPINION OF FUND COUNSEL
 

B-1

EXHIBIT C
 
FORM OF OPINION OF ADVISER’S COUNSEL
 

C-1

EXHIBIT D
 
FORM OF OPINION OF SUBADVISER’S COUNSEL
 
D-1

EXHIBIT E
 
FORM OF OPINION OF MARYLAND COUNSEL
 
 
E-1

EXHIBIT F
 
PRICE-RELATED INFORMATION
 
RIVERNORTH/DOUBLELINE STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITY FUND, INC.
 
Shares offered: _____
 
Over-allotment option: _____
 
 
F-1
 
WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC
 
MASTER AGREEMENT AMONG UNDERWRITERS

 
REGISTERED SEC OFFERINGS

( INCLUDING MULTIPLE SYNDICATE OFFERINGS )

AND

EXEMPT OFFERINGS

( OTHER THAN OFFERINGS OF MUNICIPAL SECURITIES )
 
June 5, 2014
 

This Master Agreement Among Underwriters (this “ Master AAU ”), dated as of June 5, 2014, is by and between Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (“Wells Fargo Securities,” “we” or “us”) and the party named on the signature page hereof (an “ Underwriter ,” as defined in Section 1.1 hereof, or “ you ”). From time to time we or one or more of our affiliates may invite you (and others) to participate on the terms set forth herein as an underwriter or an initial purchaser, or in a similar capacity, in connection with certain offerings of securities that are managed solely by us or with one or more other co-managers. If we invite you to participate in a specific offering and sale of securities (an   Offering ”) to which this Master AAU will apply, we will send the information set forth in Section 1.1 hereof to you by one or more wires, telexes, telecopy or electronic data transmissions, or other written communications (each, a   Wire ,” and collectively, an   AAU ”), unless you are otherwise deemed to have accepted an AAU with respect to such Offering pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof. Each Wire will indicate that it is a Wire pursuant to this Master AAU. The Wire inviting you to participate in an Offering is referred to herein as an “ Invitation Wire .” You and we hereby agree that by the terms hereof the provisions of this Master AAU automatically will be incorporated by reference in each AAU, except that any such AAU may also exclude or revise such provisions of this Master AAU in respect of the Offering to which such AAU relates, and may contain such additional provisions as may be specified in any Wire relating to such AAU. You and we further agree as follows:

I. GENERAL
 
1.1. Terms of AAU; Certain Definitions; Construction. Each AAU will relate to an Offering, and will identify: (i) the securities to be offered in the Offering (the “ Securities ”), their principal terms, the issuer or issuers (each, an “ Issuer ”) and any guarantor (each, a “ Guarantor ”) thereof, and, if different from the Issuer, the seller or sellers (each, a “ Seller ”) of the Securities, (ii) the underwriting agreement, purchase agreement, standby underwriting agreement, distribution agreement, or similar agreement (as identified in such AAU and as amended or supplemented, including a terms agreement or pricing agreement pursuant to any of the foregoing, collectively, the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) providing for the purchase, on a several and not joint basis, of the Securities by the several underwriters, initial purchasers, or others acting in a similar capacity (the “ Underwriters ”) on whose behalf the Manager (as defined below) executes the Underwriting Agreement, and whether such agreement provides for: (x) an option to purchase Additional Securities (as defined below) to cover sales of Securities in excess of the number of Firm Securities (as defined below), or (y) an offering in multiple jurisdictions or markets involving two or more syndicates (an “ International Offering ”), each of which will offer and sell Securities subject to such restrictions as may be specified in any Intersyndicate Agreement (as defined below) referred to in such AAU, (iii) the price at which the Securities are to be purchased by the several Underwriters from any Issuer or Seller thereof (the “ Purchase Price ”), (iv) the offering terms, including, if applicable, the price or prices at which the Securities initially will be offered by the Underwriters (the “ Offering Price ”), any selling concession to dealers (the “ Selling Concession ”), reallowance (the “ Reallowance ”), management fee, global coordinators’ fee, praecipium, or other similar fees, discounts, or commissions (collectively, the “ Fees and Commissions ”) with respect to the Securities, and (v) other principal terms of the Offering, which may include, without limitation: (A) the proposed or actual pricing date (“ Pricing Date ”) and settlement date (the “ Settlement Date ”), (B) any contractual restrictions on the offer and sale of the Securities pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, Intersyndicate Agreement, or otherwise, (C) any co-managers for such Offering (the “ Co-Managers ”), (D) your proposed participation in the Offering, and (E) any trustee, fiscal agent, or similar agent (the “ Trustee ”) for the indenture, trust agreement, fiscal agency agreement, or similar agreement (the “ Indenture ”) under which such Securities will be issued.

2

Manager ” means Wells Fargo Securities, except as set forth in Section 9.9 hereof. “ Representative ” means the Manager and any Co-Manager that signs the applicable Underwriting Agreement on behalf of the Underwriters or is identified as a Representative in the applicable Underwriting Agreement. “ Underwriters ” includes the Representative(s), the Manager, and the Co-Managers. “ Firm Securities ” means the number or amount of Securities that the several Underwriters are initially committed to purchase under the Underwriting Agreement (which may be expressed as a percentage of an aggregate number or amount of Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters, as in the case of a standby Underwriting Agreement). “ Additional Securities ” means the Securities, if any, that the several Underwriters have an option to purchase under the Underwriting Agreement to cover sales of Securities in excess of the number of Firm Securities. The number, amount, or percentage of Firm Securities set forth opposite each Underwriter’s name in the Underwriting Agreement plus any additional Firm Securities which such Underwriter has made a commitment to purchase, irrespective of whether such Underwriter actually purchases or sells such number, amount, or percentage of Securities under the Underwriting Agreement or Article XI hereof, is hereinafter referred to as the   Original Underwriting Obligation ” of such Underwriter, and the ratio which such Original Underwriting Obligation bears to the total of all Firm Securities set forth in the Underwriting Agreement (or, in the case of a standby Underwriting Agreement, to 100%) is hereinafter referred to as the   Underwriting Percentage ” of such Underwriter. For the avoidance of doubt, each Underwriter acknowledges and agrees that, for all purposes under this Agreement and otherwise (including, to the extent applicable, for purposes of Section 11(e) under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (the   1933 Act ”)), each Underwriter’s Underwriting Percentage of the total number, amount, or percentage of Securities offered and sold in the Offering (including any Additional Securities), and only such number, amount, or percentage, constitutes the securities underwritten by such Underwriter and distributed to investors. 1

References herein to laws, statutory and regulatory sections, rules, regulations, forms, and interpretive materials will be deemed to include any successor provisions.

1.2. Acceptance of AAU.   You will have accepted an AAU for an Offering if: (a) we receive your acceptance, prior to the time specified in the Invitation Wire for such Offering, by wire, telex, telecopy or electronic data transmission, or other written communication (any such communication being deemed   In Writing ”) or orally (if promptly confirmed In Writing), in the manner specified in the Invitation Wire, of our invitation to participate in the Offering, or (b) notwithstanding that we did not send you an Invitation Wire or you have not otherwise responded In Writing to any such Wire, you: (i) agree (orally or by a Wire) to be named as an Underwriter in the relevant Underwriting Agreement executed by us as Manager, or (ii) receive and retain an economic benefit for participating in the Offering as an Underwriter. Your acceptance of the invitation to participate will cause such AAU to constitute a valid and binding contract between us. Your acceptance of the AAU as provided above or an Invitation Wire will also constitute acceptance by you of the terms of subsequent Wires to you relating to the Offering unless we receive In Writing, within the time and in the manner specified in such subsequent Wire, a notice from you to the effect that you do not accept the terms of such subsequent Wire, in which case you will be deemed to have elected not to participate in the Offering.
 

1
Meant to clarify mechanics of underwriting for purposes of Section 11(e), and rebut footnote 8 of the WorldCom decision. See In re: Worldcom, Inc. Securities Litigation , U.S. Dist. Ct. (SDNY), slip-op 02 Civ 3288, March 14, 2005 (unpublished).
3

1.3. Underwriters’ Questionnaire.   Your acceptance of the Invitation Wire for an Offering or your participation in an Offering as an Underwriter will confirm that you have no exceptions to the Underwriters’ Questionnaire attached as Exhibit A hereto (or to any other questions addressed to you in any Wires relating to the Offering previously sent to you), other than exceptions noted by you In Writing in connection with the Offering and received from you by us before the time specified in the Invitation Wire or any subsequent Wire.

II. OFFERING MATERIALS; OFFERING AGREEMENTS

2.1. Registered Offerings. In the case of an Offering that will be registered in whole or in part (a   Registered Offering ”) under the 1933 Act, you acknowledge that the Issuer has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the   Commission ”) a registration statement, including a prospectus relating to the Securities. “ Registration Statement ” means such registration statement as amended to the effective date of the Underwriting Agreement and, in the event that the Issuer files an abbreviated registration statement to register additional Securities pursuant to Rule 462(b) or 462(e) under the 1933 Act, such abbreviated registration statement. “ Prospectus ” means the prospectus, together with the final prospectus supplement, if any, containing the final terms of the Securities and, in the case of a Registered Offering that is an International Offering, “ Prospectus ” means, collectively, each prospectus or offering circular, together with each final prospectus supplement or final offering circular supplement, if any, relating to the Offering, in the respective forms containing the final terms of the Securities. “ Preliminary Prospectus ” means any preliminary prospectus relating to the Offering or any preliminary prospectus supplement together with a prospectus relating to the Offering and, in the case of a Registered Offering that is an International Offering, “ Preliminary Prospectus ” means, collectively, each preliminary prospectus or preliminary offering circular relating to the Offering or each preliminary prospectus supplement or preliminary offering circular supplement, together with a prospectus or offering circular, respectively, relating to the Offering. “ Free Writing Prospectus ” means, in the case of a Registered Offering, a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act. As used herein the terms   Registration Statement ,”   Prospectus ,” “ Preliminary Prospectus ,” and “ Free Writing Prospectus ” will include in each case the material, if any, incorporated by reference therein, and as used herein, the term “ Registration Statement ” includes information deemed to be part thereof pursuant to, and as of the date and time specified in, Rules 430A, 430B, or 430C under the 1933 Act, while the terms “ Prospectus ” and “ Preliminary Prospectus ” include information deemed to be a part thereof pursuant to the rules and regulations under the 1933 Act, but only as of the actual time that information is first used or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the 1933 Act. The Manager will furnish, make available to you, or make arrangements for you to obtain copies (which may, to the extent permitted by law, be in electronic form) of each Prospectus and Preliminary Prospectus (as amended or supplemented, if applicable, but excluding, for this purpose, unless otherwise required pursuant to rules or regulations under the 1933 Act, documents incorporated therein by reference) as soon as practicable after sufficient quantities thereof have been made available by the Issuer.

4

As used herein, in the case of an Offering that is an offering of asset-backed securities, the term “ ABS Underwriter Derived Information ” means any analytical or computational materials as described in clause (5) of footnote 271 of Commission Release No. 33-8591, issued July 19, 2005 (Securities Offering Reform) (the “ Securities Offering Reform Release ”).

2.2. Non-Registered Offerings. In the case of an Offering other than a Registered Offering, you acknowledge that no registration statement has been filed with the Commission. “ Offering Circular ” means the final offering circular or memorandum, if any, or any other final written materials authorized by the Issuer to be used in connection with an Offering that is not a Registered Offering. “ Preliminary Offering Circular ” means any preliminary offering circular or memorandum, if any, or any other written preliminary materials authorized by the Issuer to be used in connection with such an Offering. As used herein, the terms   Offering Circular ” and   Preliminary Offering Circular ” include the material, if any, incorporated by reference therein. We will either, as soon as practicable after the later of the date of the Invitation Wire or the date made available to us by the Issuer, furnish to you (or make available for your review) a copy of any Preliminary Offering Circular or any proof or draft of the Offering Circular. In any event, in any Offering involving an Offering Circular, the Manager will furnish, make available to you, or make arrangements for you to obtain, as soon as practicable after sufficient quantities thereof are made available by the Issuer, copies (which may, to the extent permitted by law, be in electronic form) of the Preliminary Offering Circular and Offering Circular, as amended or supplemented, if applicable (but excluding, for this purpose, documents incorporated therein by reference).

2.3. Authority to Execute Underwriting and Intersyndicate Agreements. You authorize the Manager, on your behalf: (a) to determine the form of the Underwriting Agreement and to execute and deliver to the Issuer, Guarantor, or Seller the Underwriting Agreement to purchase: (i) up to the number, amount, or percentage of Firm Securities set forth in the applicable AAU, and (ii) if the Manager elects on behalf of the several Underwriters to exercise any option to purchase Additional Securities, up to the number, amount, or percentage of Additional Securities set forth in the applicable AAU, subject, in each case, to reduction pursuant to Article IV; and (b) to determine the form of any agreement or agreements, including, but not limited to, underwriting agreements, between or among the syndicates participating in the Offering or International Offering, respectively (each, an   Intersyndicate Agreement ”), and to execute and deliver any such Intersyndicate Agreement.

III. MANAGER’S AUTHORITY
 
3.1. Terms of Offering. You authorize the Manager to act as manager of the Offering of the Securities by the Underwriters (the   Underwriters’ Securities ”) or by the Issuer or Seller pursuant to delayed delivery contracts (the   Contract Securities ”), if any, contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement. You authorize the Manager: (i) to purchase any or all of the Additional Securities for the accounts of the several Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, (ii) to agree, on your behalf and on behalf of the Co-Managers, to any addition to, change in, or waiver of any provision of, or the termination of, the Underwriting Agreement or any Intersyndicate Agreement (other than an increase in the Purchase Price or in your Original Underwriting Obligation to purchase Securities, in either case from that contemplated by the applicable AAU), (iii) to add prospective or remove existing Underwriters from the syndicate, (iv) to exercise, in the Manager’s discretion, all of the authority vested in the Manager in the Underwriting Agreement, (v) except as described below in this Section 3.1, to take any other action as may seem advisable to the Manager in respect of the Offering (including, in the case of an Offering of asset-backed securities, the preparation and delivery of ABS Underwriter Derived Information), including actions and communications with the Commission, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“ FINRA ”), state   blue   sky   or   securities   commissions , stock   exchanges,   and   other   regulatory   bodies   or   organizations.   Furthermore, the Manager will have exclusive authority, on your behalf and on behalf of the Co-Managers, to exercise powers and pursue enforcement of the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement and any Intersyndicate Agreement, whether or not actually exercised, except as otherwise specified herein or therein. If, in accordance with the terms of the applicable AAU, the Offering of the Securities is at varying prices based on prevailing market prices, or prices related to prevailing market prices, or at negotiated prices, you authorize the Manager to determine, on your behalf in the Manager’s discretion, any Offering Price and the Fees and Commissions applicable to the Offering from time to time. You authorize the Manager on your behalf to arrange for any currency transactions (including forward and hedging currency transactions) as the Manager may deem necessary to facilitate settlement of the purchase of the Securities, but you do not authorize the Manager on your behalf to engage in any other forward or hedging transactions (including interest rate hedging transactions) in connection with the Offering unless such transactions are specified in an applicable AAU or are otherwise consented to by you. You further authorize the Manager, subject to the provisions of Section 1.2 hereof: (i) to vary the offering terms of the Securities in effect at any time, including, if applicable, the Offering Price, Fees, and Commissions set forth in the applicable AAU, (ii) to determine, on your behalf, the Purchase Price, and (iii) to increase or decrease the number, amount, or percentage of Securities being offered. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.1, the Manager will notify the Underwriters, prior to the signing of the Underwriting Agreement, of any provision in the Underwriting Agreement that could result in an increase in the number, amount, or percentage of Firm Securities set forth opposite each Underwriter’s name in the Underwriting Agreement by more than 25% (or such other percentage as will have been specified in the applicable Invitation Wire or otherwise consented to by you) as a result of the failure or refusal of another Underwriter or Underwriters to perform its or their obligations thereunder.   The Manager may, at its discretion, delegate to any Underwriter any and all authority vested in the applicable AAU, including, but not limited to, the powers set forth in Sections 5.1 and 5.2 hereof.

5

3.2. Offering Date.   The Offering is to be made on or about the time the Underwriting Agreement is entered into by the Issuer, Guarantor, or Seller and the Manager as in the Manager’s judgment is advisable, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus or the Offering Circular, as the case may be, and the applicable AAU. You will not sell any Securities prior to the time the Manager releases such Securities for sale to purchasers. The date on which such Securities are released for sale is referred to herein as the “ Offering   Date .”

6

3.3. Communications.   Any public announcement or advertisement of the Offering will be made by the Manager on behalf of the Underwriters on such date as the Manager may determine. You will not announce or advertise the Offering prior to the date of the Manager’s announcement or advertisement thereof without the Manager’s consent. You will abide by any restrictions in the Underwriting Agreement relating to any general solicitation, announcement, advertising, or publicity in addition to the restrictions in this Section 3.3. Further, if the Offering is made in whole or in part in reliance on any applicable exemption from registration under the 1933 Act, you will not engage in any general solicitation, announcement, or advertising in connection with the Offering that would be inconsistent with such exemption. Any announcement or advertisement you may make of the Offering after such date will be your own responsibility, and at your own expense and risk. In addition to your compliance with restrictions on the Offering pursuant to Sections 10.9, 10.10, and 10.11 hereof, you represent that you have not, and you agree that you will not, in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities in the Offering, give, send, or otherwise convey to any prospective purchaser or any purchaser of the Securities or other person not in your employ any written communication (as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act) other than:
 
(i) any Preliminary Prospectus, Prospectus, Preliminary Offering Circular, or Offering Circular,

(ii) (A) written confirmations and notices of allocation delivered to your customers in accordance with Rules 172 or 173 under the 1933 Act, and written communications based on the exemption provided by Rule 134 under the 1933 Act, and (B) in the case of Offerings not registered under the 1933 Act, such written communications (1) as would be permitted by Section 3.3(v)(D)(1) below were such Offering registered under the 1933 Act, or (2) that the Manager or Underwriting Agreement may permit; provided, however , that such written communication under this clause (B) would not have otherwise constituted “ Issuer Information ” as defined below, or would have qualified for the exemption provided by Rule 134 under the 1933 Act, in each case, if such communication had been furnished in the context of a Registered Offering (“ Supplemental Materials ”),

(iii) any “issuer free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 433(h) under the 1933 Act, an “ Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ”), the issuance or use of which has been permitted or consented to by the Issuer and the Manager,

(iv) information contained in any computational materials, or in the case of an Offering of asset backed securities, the ABS Underwriter Derived Information, or any other offering materials not constituting a Free Writing Prospectus concerning the Offering, the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller, in each case, prepared by or with the permission of the Manager for use by the Underwriters in connection with the Offering, and, in the case of a Registered Offering, filed (if required) with the Commission or FINRA, as applicable,

(v) a Free Writing Prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, or used or referred to by, an Underwriter in connection with the Offering, so long as: (A) such Free Writing Prospectus is not required to be filed with the Commission, (B) the proposed use of such Free Writing Prospectus is permitted by the Underwriting Agreement, (C) such Free Writing Prospectus complies with the legending condition of Rule 433 under the 1933 Act, and you comply with the record-keeping condition of Rule 433, and (D) (1) such Free Writing Prospectus contains only information describing the preliminary terms of the Securities and other pricing data 2 that is not “ Issuer Information ” (as defined in Rule 433(h) under the 1933 Act, including footnote 271 of the Securities Offering Reform Release), or (2) the Issuer has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to file a final term sheet under Rule 433 within the time period necessary to avoid a requirement for any Underwriter to file the Free Writing Prospectus to be used by such Underwriter, and the Free Writing Prospectus used by such Underwriter contains only information describing the terms of the Securities or their offering that is included in such final term sheet of the Issuer and other pricing data that is not Issuer Information (a Free Writing Prospectus meeting the requirements of (A) through (D) above is referred to herein as an “ Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus ”). Without limiting the foregoing, any Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus that you use or refer to will not be distributed by you or on your behalf in a manner reasonably designed to lead to its broad unrestricted dissemination. You will comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the 1933 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder in connection with your use of any Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus,

7

(vi) any written communication prepared by or on behalf of, or used or referred to by, the Issuer, the conveyance of which by you in reliance on Section 5(d) of the 1933 Act has been permitted or consented to by the Issuer and the Manager (a “ Written Testing-the-Waters Communication ”) , so long as (A) you convey any such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication solely to entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the 1933 Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the 1933 Act, and (B) you otherwise comply with the requirements of Section 5(d) of the 1933 Act, and

(vii) any written communication not otherwise permitted under clauses (i) through (vi) above, the conveyance of which by you has been permitted or consented to by the Manager (a “ Manager-Approved Communication”).
 
3.4. Institutional and Retail Sales. You authorize the Manager to sell to institutions and retail purchasers such Securities purchased by you pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement as the Manager will determine. The Selling Concession on any such sales will be credited to the accounts of the Underwriters as the Manager will determine.
 

2
Meant to permit disclosure of non-Issuer related information, such as benchmark Treasury rate, in preliminary term sheets or price talk.
8

3.5. Sales to Dealers. You authorize the Manager to sell to Dealers (as defined below) such Securities purchased by you pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement as the Manager will determine. A   Dealer   will be a person who is: (a) a broker or dealer (as defined by FINRA) actually engaged in the investment banking or securities business, and (i) a member in good standing of FINRA, or (ii) a non-U.S. bank, broker, dealer, or other institution not eligible for membership in FINRA that, in the case of either clause (a)(i) or (a)(ii), makes the representations and agreements applicable to such institutions contained in Section 10.5 hereof, or (b) in the case of Offerings of Securities that are exempt securities under Section 3(a)(12) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the   1934 Act ”), and such other Securities as from time to time may be sold by a “bank” (as defined in Section 3(a)(6) of the 1934 Act (a   Bank ”)), a Bank that is not a member of FINRA and that makes the representations and agreements applicable to such institutions contained in Section 10.5 hereof. If the price for any such sales by the Manager to Dealers exceeds an amount equal to the Offering Price less the Selling Concession set forth in the applicable AAU, the amount of such excess, if any, will be credited to the accounts of the Underwriters as the Manager will determine.

3.6. Direct Sales. The Manager will advise you promptly, on the Offering Date, as to the Securities purchased by you pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement that you will retain for direct sale. At any time prior to the termination of the applicable AAU, any such Securities that are held by the Manager for sale but not sold may, on your request and at the Manager’s discretion, be released to you for direct sale, and Securities so released to you will no longer be deemed held for sale by the Manager. You may allow, and Dealers may reallow, a discount on sales to Dealers in an amount not in excess of the Reallowance set forth in the applicable AAU. You may not purchase Securities from, or sell Securities to, any other Underwriter or Dealer at any discount or concession other than the Reallowance, except with the prior consent of the Manager.

3.7. Release of Unsold Securities. From time to time prior to the termination of the applicable AAU, at the request of the Manager, you will advise the Manager of the number or amount of Securities remaining unsold which were retained by or released to you for direct sale, and of the number or amount of Securities and Other Securities (as defined below) purchased for your account remaining unsold which were delivered to you pursuant to Article V hereof or pursuant to any Intersyndicate Agreement, and, on the request of the Manager, you will release to the Manager any such Securities and Other Securities remaining unsold: (a) for sale by the Manager to institutions, Dealers, or retail purchasers, (b) for sale by the Issuer or Seller pursuant to delayed delivery contracts, or (c) if, in the Manager’s opinion, such Securities or Other Securities are needed to make delivery against sales made pursuant to Article V hereof or any Intersyndicate Agreement.

3.8. International Offerings. In the case of an International Offering, you authorize the Manager: (i) to make representations on your behalf as set forth in any Intersyndicate Agreement, and (ii) to purchase or sell for your account pursuant to the Intersyndicate Agreement: (a) Securities, (b) any other securities of the same class and series, or any securities into which the Securities may be converted or for which the Securities may be exchanged or exercised, and (c) any other securities designated in the applicable AAU or applicable Intersyndicate Agreement (the securities referred to in clauses (b) and (c) above being referred to collectively as the   Other Securities ”).

9

IV. DELAYED DELIVERY CONTRACTS

4.1. Arrangements for Sales. Arrangements for sales of Contract Securities will be made only through the Manager acting either directly or through Dealers (including Underwriters acting as Dealers), and you authorize the Manager to act on your behalf in making such arrangements. The aggregate number or amount of Securities to be purchased by the several Underwriters will be reduced by the respective number or amounts of Contract Securities attributed to such Underwriters as hereinafter provided. Subject to the provisions of Section 4.2 hereof, the aggregate number or amount of Contract Securities will be attributed to the Underwriters as nearly as practicable in proportion to their respective Underwriting Percentages, except that, as determined by the Manager in its discretion: (a) Contract Securities directed and allocated by a purchaser to specific Underwriters will be attributed to such Underwriters, and (b) Contract Securities for which arrangements have been made for sale through Dealers will be attributed to each Underwriter approximately in the proportion that Securities of such Underwriter held by the Manager for sales to Dealers bear to all Securities so held. The fee with respect to Contract Securities payable to the Manager for the accounts of the Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement will be credited to the accounts of the respective Underwriters in proportion to the Contract Securities attributed to such Underwriters pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4.1, less, in the case of each Underwriter, the concession to Dealers on Contract Securities sold through Dealers and attributed to such Underwriter.

4.2. Excess Sales. If the number or amount of Contract Securities attributable to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof would exceed such Underwriter’s Original Underwriting Obligation reduced by the number or amount of Underwriters’ Securities sold by or on behalf of such Underwriter, such excess will not be attributed to such Underwriter, and such Underwriter will be regarded as having acted only as a Dealer with respect to, and will receive only the concession to Dealers on, such excess.

V. PURCHASE AND SALE OF SECURITIES

5.1. Facilitation of Distribution. In order to facilitate the distribution and sale of the Securities, you authorize the Manager to buy and sell Securities and any Other Securities, in addition to Securities sold pursuant to Article III hereof, in the open market or otherwise (including, without limitation, pursuant to any Intersyndicate Agreement), for long or short account, on such terms as it may deem advisable, and to over-allot in arranging sales. Such purchases and sales and over-allotments will be made for the accounts of the several Underwriters as nearly as practicable to their respective Underwriting Percentages or, in the case of an International Offering, such purchases and sales will be for such accounts as set forth in the applicable Intersyndicate Agreement. Any Securities or Other Securities which may have been purchased by the Manager for stabilizing purposes in connection with the Offering prior to the acceptance of the applicable AAU will be treated as having been purchased pursuant to this Section 5.1 for the accounts of the several Underwriters or, in the case of an International Offering, for such accounts as are set forth in the applicable Intersyndicate Agreement. Your net commitment pursuant to the foregoing authorization will not exceed at the close of business on any day an amount equal to 20% of your Underwriting Percentage of the aggregate initial Offering Price of the Firm Securities, it being understood that, in calculating such net commitment, the initial Offering Price will be used with respect to the Securities so purchased or sold and, in the case of all Other Securities, will be the purchase price thereof. For purposes of determining your net commitment for short account ( i.e. , “naked short”), any short position that can be covered with: (a) Securities that may be purchased upon exercise of any option to purchase Additional Securities, (b) in the case of an International Offering, any Securities or Other Securities that the Manager has agreed to purchase for your account pursuant to any applicable Intersyndicate Agreement, and (c) Securities that may be purchased pursuant to a forward sale contract or similar arrangement with the Issuer or any selling security holder in the Offering, will be disregarded. On demand you will take up and pay for any Securities or Other Securities so purchased for your account and any Securities released to you pursuant to Section 3.7 hereof, and will deliver to the Manager against payment any Securities or Other Securities so sold or over-allotted for your account or released to you. The Manager will notify you if it engages in any stabilization transaction in accordance with Rule 17a-2 under the 1934 Act, and will notify you of the date of termination of stabilization. You will not stabilize or engage in any syndicate covering transaction (as defined in Rule 100 of Regulation M under the 1934 Act (“ Regulation M ”)) in connection with the Offering without the prior consent of the Manager. You will provide to the Manager any reports required of you pursuant to Rule 17a-2 under the 1934 Act not later than the date specified therein.

10

5.2. Penalty with Respect to Securities Repurchased by the Manager. If pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.1 hereof and prior to the termination of the Manager’s authority to cover any short position incurred under the applicable AAU or such other date as the Manager may specify in a Wire, either: (a) the Manager purchases or contracts to purchase for the account of any Underwriter in the open market or otherwise any Securities which were retained by, or released to, you for direct sale or any Securities sold pursuant to Section 3.4 hereof for which you received a portion of the Selling Concession set forth in the applicable AAU, or any Securities which may have been issued on transfer or in exchange for such Securities, and which Securities were therefore not effectively placed for investment, or (b) if the Manager has advised you by Wire that trading in the Securities will be reported to the Manager pursuant to the “Initial Public Offering Tracking System” of The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) and the Manager determines, based on notices from DTC, that your customers sold a number or amount of Securities during any day that exceeds the number or amount previously notified to you by Wire, then you authorize the Manager either to charge your account with an amount equal to such portion of the Selling Concession set forth in the applicable AAU received by you with respect to such Securities or, in the case of clause (b), such Securities as exceed the number or amount specified in such Wire, or to require you to repurchase such Securities or, in the case of clause (b), such Securities as exceed the number or amount specified in such Wire, at a price equal to the total cost of such purchase, including transfer taxes, accrued interest, dividends, and commissions, if any.

5.3. Compliance with Regulation M. You represent that, at all times since you were invited to participate in the Offering, you have complied with the provisions of Regulation M applicable to the Offering, in each case as interpreted by the Commission and after giving effect to any applicable exemptions. If you have been notified in a Wire that the Underwriters may conduct passive market making in compliance with Rule 103 of Regulation M in connection with the Offering, you represent that, at all times since your receipt of such Wire, you have complied with the provisions of such Rule applicable to such Offering, as interpreted by the Commission and after giving effect to any applicable exemptions.   You will comply with any additional provisions of Regulation M if and to the extent set forth in the Invitation Wire or other Wire.

11

5.4. Standby   Underwritings . You authorize the Manager in its discretion, at any time on, or from time to time prior to, the expiration of the conversion right of convertible securities identified in the applicable AAU in the case of securities called for redemption, or the expiration of rights to acquire securities in the case of rights offerings, for which, in either case, standby underwriting arrangements have been made: (i) to purchase convertible securities or rights to acquire Securities for your account, in the open market or otherwise, on such terms as the Manager determines, and to convert convertible securities or exercise rights so purchased; and (ii) to offer and sell the underlying common stock or depositary shares for your account, in the open market or otherwise, for long or short account (for purposes of such commitment, such common stock or depositary shares being considered the equivalent of convertible securities or rights), on such terms consistent with the terms of the Offering set forth in the Prospectus or Offering Circular as the Manager determines. On demand, you will take up and pay for any securities so purchased for your account or you will deliver to the Manager against payment any securities so sold, as the case may be. During such period, you may offer and sell the underlying common stock or depositary shares, but only at prices set by the Manager from time to time, and any such sales will be subject to the Manager’s right to sell to you the underlying common stock or depositary shares as above provided and to the Manager’s right to reserve your securities purchased, received, or to be received upon conversion. You agree not to otherwise bid for, purchase, or attempt to induce others to purchase or sell, directly or indirectly, any convertible securities or rights or underlying common stock or depositary shares, provided , however , that no Underwriter will be prohibited from: (a) selling underlying common stock owned beneficially by such Underwriter on the day the convertible securities were first called for redemption, (b) converting convertible securities owned beneficially by such Underwriter on such date or selling underlying common stock issued upon conversion of convertible securities so owned, (c) exercising rights owned beneficially by such Underwriter on the record date for a rights offering, or selling the underlying common stock or depositary shares issued upon exercise of rights so owned, or (d) purchasing or selling convertible securities or rights or underlying common stock or depositary shares as a broker pursuant to unsolicited orders.

VI. PAYMENT AND SETTLEMENT

You will deliver to the Manager on the date and at the place and time specified in the applicable AAU (or on such later date and at such place and time as may be specified by the Manager in a subsequent Wire) the funds specified in the applicable AAU, payable to the order of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, for: (a) an amount equal to the Offering Price plus (if not included in the Offering Price) accrued interest, amortization of original issue discount or dividends, if any, specified in the Prospectus or Offering Circular, less the applicable Selling Concession in respect of the Firm Securities to be purchased by you, (b) an amount equal to the Offering Price plus (if not included in the Offering Price) accrued interest, amortization of original issue discount or dividends, if any, specified in the Prospectus or Offering Circular, less the applicable Selling Concession in respect of such of the Firm Securities to be purchased by you as will have been retained by or released to you for direct sale as contemplated by Section 3.6 hereof, or (c) the amount set forth or indicated in the applicable AAU, as the Manager will advise. You will make similar payment as the Manager may direct for Additional Securities, if any, to be purchased by you on the date specified by the Manager for such payment. The Manager will make payment to the Issuer or Seller against delivery to the Manager for your account of the Securities to be purchased by you, and the Manager will deliver to you the Securities paid for by you which will have been retained by or released to you for direct sale. If the Manager determines that transactions in the Securities are to be settled through DTC or another clearinghouse facility and payment in the settlement currency is supported by such facility, payment for and delivery of Securities purchased by you will be made through such facilities, if you are a participant, or, if you are not a participant, settlement will be made through your ordinary correspondent who is a participant.

12

VII. EXPENSES

7.1. Management Fee .   You authorize the Manager to charge your account as compensation for the Manager’s and Co-Managers’ services in connection with the Offering, including the purchase from the Issuer or Seller of the Securities, as the case may be, and the management of the Offering, the amount, if any, set forth as the management fee, global coordinators’ fee, praecipium, or other similar fee in the applicable AAU. Such amount will be divided among the Manager and any Co-Managers named in the applicable AAU as they may determine. Each Underwriter acknowledges that such fees are being paid by the Underwriters, and are not a benefit received directly or indirectly from the Issuer of the type referred to in Section 11(e) of the 1933 Act.

7.2. Offering Expenses. You authorize the Manager to charge your account with your Underwriting Percentage of all expenses agreed to be paid by the Underwriters in the Underwriting Agreement and all expenses of a general nature incurred by the Manager and Co-Managers under the applicable AAU in connection with the Offering, including the negotiation and preparation thereof, or in connection with the purchase, carrying, marketing, sale and distribution of any securities under the applicable AAU and any Intersyndicate Agreement, including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses, transfer taxes, costs associated with approval of the Offering by FINRA, and the costs of currency transactions (including forward and hedging currency transactions) or, if permitted pursuant to Section 3.1 hereof, any other forward or hedging transactions (including interest rate swaps) entered into to facilitate settlement of the purchase of Securities permitted hereunder.

VIII. MANAGEMENT OF SECURITIES AND FUNDS

8.1. Advances; Loans; Pledges. You authorize the Manager to advance the Manager’s own funds for your account, charging current interest rates, and to arrange loans for your account for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of the applicable AAU and any Intersyndicate Agreement, and in connection therewith, to hold or pledge as security therefor all or any securities which the Manager may be holding for your account under the applicable AAU and any Intersyndicate Agreement, to execute and deliver any notes or other instruments evidencing such advances or loans, and to give all instructions to the lenders with respect to any such loans and the proceeds thereof. The obligations of the Underwriters under loans arranged on their behalf will be several in proportion to their respective Original Underwriting Obligations, and not joint. Any lender is authorized to accept the Manager’s instructions as to the disposition of the proceeds of any such loans. In the event of any such advance or loan, repayment thereof will, in the discretion of the Manager, be effected prior to making any remittance or delivery pursuant to Section 8.2, 8.3, or 9.2 hereof.

13

8.2. Return of Amount Paid for Securities. Out of payment received by the Manager for Securities sold for your account which have been paid for by you, the Manager will remit to you promptly an amount equal to the price paid by you for such Securities.

8.3. Delivery and Redelivery of Securities for Carrying Purposes. The Manager may deliver to you from time to time prior to the termination of the applicable AAU pursuant to Section 9.1 hereof against payment, for carrying purposes only, any Securities or Other Securities purchased by you under the applicable AAU or any Intersyndicate Agreement which the Manager is holding for sale for your account but which are not sold and paid for. You will redeliver to the Manager against payment any Securities or Other Securities delivered to you for carrying purposes at such times as the Manager may demand.

IX. TERMINATION; INDEMNIFICATION; CONTRIBUTION; SETTLEMENT

9.1. Termination. Each AAU will terminate at the close of business on the later of: (a) the date on which the Underwriters pay the Issuer or Seller for the Securities, and (b) 45 calendar days after the applicable Offering Date, unless sooner terminated by the Manager. The Manager may at its discretion by notice to you prior to the termination of such AAU alter any of the terms or conditions of the Offering to the extent permitted by Articles III and IV hereof, or terminate or suspend the effectiveness of Article V hereof, or any part thereof. No termination or suspension pursuant to this paragraph will affect the Manager’s authority under Section 3.1 hereof to take actions in respect of the Offering or under Article V hereof to cover any short position incurred under such AAU or in connection with covering any such short position to require you to repurchase Securities as specified in Section 5.2 hereof.   For the avoidance of doubt, unless otherwise agreed in a Wire or an Intersyndicate Agreement, the Manager’s authority to purchase Securities or Other Securities, for long account, pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof, will terminate or be suspended upon the termination or suspension, as the case may be, of the applicable AAU (or any provision and or term thereof in respect of trading, price or offering restrictions as set forth in a Wire that is sent by the Manager following the time the Securities are released for sale to purchasers) or Article V or Section 5.1 hereof pursuant to this paragraph.

9.2. Delivery or Sale of Securities; Settlement of Accounts. Upon termination of each AAU, or prior thereto at the Manager’s discretion, the Manager will deliver to you any Securities paid for by you pursuant to Article VI hereof and held by the Manager for sale pursuant to Section 3.4 or 3.5 hereof but not sold and paid for and any Securities or Other Securities that are held by the Manager for your account pursuant to the provisions of Article V hereof or any Intersyndicate Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the termination of such AAU, if the aggregate initial Offering Price of any such Securities and the aggregate purchase price of any Other Securities so held and not sold and paid for does not exceed an amount equal to 20% of the aggregate initial Offering Price of the Securities, the Manager may, in its discretion, sell such Securities and Other Securities for the accounts of the several Underwriters, at such prices, on such terms, at such times, and in such manner as it may determine. Within the period specified by applicable FINRA Rules or, if no period is so specified, as soon as practicable after termination of such AAU, your account will be settled and paid. The Manager may reserve from distribution such amount as the Manager deems advisable to cover possible additional expenses. The determination by the Manager of the amount so to be paid to or by you will be final and conclusive. Any of your funds under the Manager’s control may be held with the Manager’s general funds without accountability for interest.

14

Notwithstanding any provision of this Master AAU other than Section 10.11 hereof, upon termination of each AAU, or prior thereto at the Manager’s discretion, the Manager may: (i) allocate to the accounts of the Underwriters the expenses described in Section 7.2 hereof and any losses incurred upon the sale of Securities or Other Securities pursuant to the applicable AAU or any Intersyndicate Agreement (including any losses incurred upon the sale of securities referred to in Section 5.4(ii) hereof), (ii) deliver to the Underwriters any unsold Securities or Other Securities purchased pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof or any Intersyndicate Agreement, and (iii) deliver to the Underwriters any unsold Securities purchased pursuant to the applicable Underwriting Agreement, in each case in the Manager’s discretion. The only limitations on such discretion will be as follows: (a) no Underwriter that is not the Manager or a Co-Manager will bear more than its share of such expenses, losses, or Securities (such share will not exceed such Underwriter’s Underwriting Percentage and will be determined pro rata among all such Underwriters based on their Underwriting Percentages), (b) no such Underwriter will receive Securities that, together with any Securities purchased by such Underwriter pursuant to Article VI (but excluding any Securities that such Underwriter is required to repurchase pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof) exceed such Underwriter’s Original Underwriting Obligation, and (c) no Co-Manager will bear more than its share of such expenses, losses, or Securities (such share to be determined pro rata among the Manager and all Co-Managers based on their Underwriting Percentages). If any Securities or Other Securities returned to you pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii) above were not paid for by you pursuant to Article VI hereof, you will pay to the Manager an amount per security equal to the amount set forth in clause (i) of Article VI, in the case of Securities returned to you pursuant to clause (iii) above, or the purchase price of such securities, in the case of Securities or Other Securities returned to you pursuant to clause (ii) above.

9.3. Certain Other Expenses. You will pay your Underwriting Percentage of: (i) all expenses incurred by the Manager in investigating, preparing to defend, and defending against any action, claim, or proceeding which is asserted, threatened, or instituted by any party, including any governmental or regulatory body (each, an " Action "), relating to: (A) the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus (and any amendment or supplement thereto), any Preliminary Offering Circular or Offering Circular (and any amendment or supplement thereto), any Supplemental Materials, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, and any ABS Underwriter Derived Information used by any Underwriter other than the Manager, (B) the violation of any applicable restrictions on the offer, sale, resale, or purchase of Securities or Other Securities imposed by U.S. Federal or state laws or non-U.S. laws and the rules and regulations of any regulatory body promulgated thereunder or pursuant to the terms of the applicable AAU, the Underwriting Agreement, or any Intersyndicate Agreement, and (C) any claim that the Underwriters constitute a partnership, an association, or an unincorporated business or other separate entity, and (ii) any Losses (as defined in Section 9.4 hereof) incurred by the Manager in respect of any such Action, whether such Loss will be the result of a judgment or arbitrator’s determination or as a result of any settlement agreed to by the Manager. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you will not be required to pay your Underwriting Percentage of any such expense or liability: (1) to the extent that such expense or liability was caused by the Manager’s gross negligence   or   willful misconduct as determined in a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction; (2) as to which, and to the extent, the Manager actually receives (a)   indemnity pursuant to Section 9.4 hereof, (b) contribution pursuant to Section 9.5 hereof, (c) indemnity or contribution pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, or (d) damages from an Underwriter for breach of its representations, warranties, agreements, or covenants contained in the applicable AAU; or (3) of the Manager (other than fees of Syndicate Counsel) that relates to a settlement entered into by the Manager on a basis that results in a settlement of such Action against it and fewer than all the Underwriters . None of the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.3 will relieve any defaulting or breaching Underwriter from liability for its defaults or breach.   Failure of any party to give notice under Section 9.10 hereof will not relieve any Underwriter of an obligation to pay expenses pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9.3.

15

9.4. Indemnification. Notwithstanding any settlement or the termination of the applicable AAU, you agree to indemnify and hold harmless each other Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any such Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act (each, an “ Indemnified Party ”), to the extent and upon the terms which you agree to indemnify and hold harmless any of the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Seller, any person controlling the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Seller, its directors, and, in the case of a Registered Offering, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and, in the case of an Offering other than a Registered Offering, its officers, in each case as set forth in the Underwriting Agreement. You further agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Party from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, and expenses not reimbursed pursuant to Section 9.3 hereof (collectively, “ Losses ”) related to, arising out of, or in connection with the breach or violation by you of the terms of Section 3.3 hereof, including any and all Losses under Section 5 of the 1933 Act, and any litigation, investigation, and proceeding (collectively, “ Litigation ”) relating to any of the foregoing. You will also reimburse each such Indemnified Party upon demand for all expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, in connection with investigating, preparing for, or defending any of the foregoing. You will indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Party from and against any and all Losses related to, arising out of, or in connection with, any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus, Manager-Approved Communication or Supplemental Material used by you, or any research report in the form of a written communication (as defined in Rule 405 under the 1933 Act) used by you in reliance upon the penultimate sentence of Section 2(a)(3) of the 1933 Act prior to completion of the distribution of an initial public offering (a “ Written Research Report ”), or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and any Litigation relating to any of the foregoing, and to reimburse each such Indemnified Party upon demand for all expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, in connection with investigating, preparing for, or defending any of the foregoing. In addition, you will indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Party from and against any and all Losses related to, arising out of, or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any ABS Underwriter Derived Information used by you, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and any Litigation relating to any of the foregoing, and to reimburse each such Indemnified Party upon demand for all expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, in connection with investigating, preparing for, or defending any of the foregoing; provided , however , that any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Underwriter, arising out of or based upon any ABS Underwriter Derived Information which was used only by such Underwriter, or in connection with the preparation of which an Underwriter is found to have acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, will be paid solely by such Underwriter.

16

Each Underwriter will further indemnify and hold harmless any investment banking firm identified in a Wire as the qualified independent underwriter as defined in FINRA Rule 5121 or any successor rule thereto (in such capacity, a “ QIU ”) for an Offering and each person, if any, who controls such QIU within the meaning of either Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, from and against any and all Losses related to, arising out of, or in connection with such investment banking firm’s activities as QIU for the Offering. Each Underwriter will reimburse such QIU for all expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, in connection with investigating, preparing for, and defending any Action related to, arising out of, or in connection with such QIU’s activities as a QIU for the Offering. Each Underwriter will be responsible for its Underwriting Percentage of any amount due to such QIU on account of the foregoing indemnity and reimbursement. Such QIU will have no additional liability to any Underwriter or otherwise as a result of its serving as QIU in connection with the Offering. To the extent the indemnification provided to a QIU under this Section 9.4 is unavailable to such QIU or is insufficient in respect of any Losses related thereto, whether as a matter of law or public policy or as a result of the default of any Underwriter in performing its obligations under this Section 9.4, each other Underwriter will contribute to the amount paid or payable by such QIU as a result of such Losses related thereto in proportion to its Underwriting Percentage.

For the avoidance of doubt, references to an “Underwriter” or “you” in this Section 9.4 shall include the Manager in its role as an Underwriter.

9.5. Contribution. Notwithstanding any settlement or the termination of the applicable AAU, you will pay upon request of the Manager, as contribution, your Underwriting Percentage of any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Indemnified Party to any person other than an Indemnified Party, arising out of or in connection with the breach or violation of the terms of Section 3.3 hereof, including any and all Losses under Section 5 of the 1933 Act, and any Litigation relating to the foregoing. Further, you will pay upon request of the Manager, as contribution, your Underwriting Percentage of any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Indemnified Party to any person other than an Indemnified Party, arising out of or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus (and any amendment or supplement thereto), any Preliminary Offering Circular or Offering Circular (and any amendment or supplement thereto), any Supplemental Materials, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any, Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any other materials prepared or used by an Underwriter in accordance with Section 3.3 hereof, or any Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus, Manager-Approved Communication or Written Research Report, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (other than an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company In Writing by the Underwriter on whose behalf the request for contribution is being made expressly for use therein), or any act or omission to act or any alleged act or omission to act by the Manager or, if applicable, a Representative, as the Manager or a Representative, in connection with any transaction contemplated by this Agreement or undertaken in preparing for the purchase, sale, and delivery of the Securities (provided, that you will not be required to pay in any such case to the extent that any such Loss resulted from the Manager’s or such Representative’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction), and your Underwriting Percentage of any legal or other expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, reasonably incurred by the Indemnified Party (with the approval of the Manager) on whose behalf the request for contribution is being made in connection with investigating or defending any such Loss or any action in respect thereof; provided , however , that no request will be made on behalf of any Indemnified Party guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) from any Indemnified Party who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act); provided , further , that any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Indemnified Party, arising out of or based upon an Underwriter’s Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus, Manager-Approved Communication, Written Research Report or Supplemental Material, will be paid by only the Underwriters that used such Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus, Manager-Approved Communication, Written Research Report or Supplemental Material, as the case may be (the “ Contributing Underwriters ”), and the amount to be paid by each Contributing Underwriter will be determined pro rata among the Contributing Underwriters based on their Underwriting Percentages. None of the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.5 will relieve any defaulting or breaching Underwriter from liability for its defaults or breach.

17

In addition, you will pay upon request of the Manager, as contribution, your Underwriting Percentage of any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Indemnified Party to any person other than an Indemnified Party, arising out of or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any ABS Underwriter Derived Information, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (other than an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company In Writing by the Underwriter on whose behalf the request for contribution is being made expressly for use therein) and your Underwriting Percentage of any expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel, as they are incurred, reasonably incurred by the Indemnified Party (with the approval of the Manager) on whose behalf the request for contribution is being made in connection with investigating, preparing for, or defending any such Loss or any action in respect thereof; provided , however , that any Losses, joint or several, paid or incurred by any Underwriter, arising out of or based upon any ABS Underwriter Derived Information which was used only by such Underwriter, or in connection with the preparation of which the Underwriter is found to have acted with gross negligence   or   willful misconduct in a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, will be paid solely by the Underwriter.

For the avoidance of doubt, references to an “Underwriter” or “you” in this Section 9.5 shall include the Manager in its role as an Underwriter.

18

9.6. Separate Counsel. If any Action is asserted or commenced pursuant to which the indemnity provided in Section 9.4 hereof or the right of contribution provided in Section 9.5 hereof may apply, the Manager may take such action in connection therewith as it deems necessary or desirable, including retention of counsel for the Underwriters (“ Syndicate Counsel ”), and in its discretion separate counsel for any particular Underwriter or group of Underwriters, and the fees and disbursements of any counsel so retained will be allocated among the several Underwriters as determined by the Manager. Any such Syndicate Counsel retained by the Manager will be counsel to the Underwriters as a group and, in the event that: (a) the Manager settles any Action on a basis that results in the settlement of such Action against it and fewer than all the Underwriters, or (b)(i) a conflict develops between the Manager and the other Underwriters, or (ii) differing defenses are available to the other Underwriters and not available to the Manager, and as a result of either (b)(i) or (b)(ii) such Syndicate Counsel concludes that it is unable to continue to represent the Manager and the other Underwriters, then in each such case, after notification to the Manager and the other Underwriters, Syndicate Counsel will remain counsel to the other Underwriters and will withdraw as counsel to the Manager. The Manager hereby consents to such arrangement and undertakes to take steps to: (i) ensure that any engagement letters with Syndicate Counsel are consistent with such arrangement; (ii) issue a notice to all other Underwriters promptly following receipt of any advice (whether oral or written) from Syndicate Counsel regarding its inability to represent the Manager and the other Underwriters jointly; and (iii) facilitate Syndicate Counsel’s continued representation of the other Underwriters. Any Underwriter may elect to retain at its own expense its own counsel and, on advice of such counsel, may settle or consent to the settlement of any such Action, but only in compliance with Section 9.7 hereof, and in each case, only after notification to every other Underwriter. The Manager may settle or consent to the settlement of any such Action, but only in compliance with Section 9.7 hereof.

9.7. Settlement of Actions. Neither the Manager nor any other Underwriter party to this Master AAU may settle or agree to settle any Action related to or arising out of the Offering, nor may any other Underwriter settle or agree to settle any such Action without the consent of the Manager, nor may any other Underwriter seek the Manager’s consent to any such settlement agreement, nor may the Manager consent to any such settlement agreement, unless: (A) the Manager, together with such other Underwriters as constitute a majority in aggregate interest based on the Underwriting Percentage of the Underwriters as a whole (including the Manager’s interest), approve the settlement of such Action, in which case the Manager is authorized to settle for all Underwriters, provided , however , that the settlement agreement results in the settlement of the Action against all Underwriters raised by the plaintiffs party thereto; or (B) (i) such settlement agreement expressly provides that the non-settling Underwriters will be given a judgment credit (or credit in settlement) with respect to all such Actions for which the non-settling Underwriters may be found liable (or will pay in subsequent settlement), in an amount that is the greatest of: (x) the dollar amount paid in such initial settlement to settle such Actions, (y) the proportionate share of the settling Underwriter’s fault in respect of common damages arising in connection with such Actions as proven at trial, if applicable, or (z) the amount by which the settling Underwriter would have been required to make contribution had it not settled, under Sections 9.5 and 11.2 hereof in respect of the final non-appealable judgment (or settlement) subsequently entered into by the non-settling Underwriters (such greatest amount of either (x), (y), or (z), the “ Judgment Credit ”); 3 (ii) such settlement agreement expressly provides that in the event that the applicable court does not approve the Judgment Credit as part of the settlement, the settlement agreement will automatically terminate; and (iii) the final judgment entered with respect to the settlement agreement contains the Judgment Credit.
 

3
Seeks to ensure that there is no harm to non-settling Underwriter due to settlement.  For example, assume that plaintiffs have suffered $1,000 in damage in a case in which the Underwriters are 50% at fault and other defendants, all of whom are insolvent, are 50% at fault.  Further assume that there were two Underwriters, each which underwrote 50% of the offering, and they were equally at fault.  If neither Underwriter settles, then each would be required to pay $500 to satisfy the $1,000 verdict for which they are jointly and severally liable (or, if one paid $1,000, Section 9.5 would obligate the other to contribute $500 towards such payment).  If the first Underwriter settles for $100, then the second Underwriter will obtain a judgment credit of $500, being equal to the greater of: (a) settlement amount ($100), (b) the first Underwriter’s fault ($250), and (c) the amount which the settling Underwriters would have been required to contribute under the contribution provisions ($500).  This formula ensures that the second Underwriter is not harmed by the settlement.  By contrast, the judgment credit applied in WorldCom ignored clause (c), resulting in a credit of only $250 and leading the non-settling Underwriter to pay $750, or $250 more than had the first Underwriter not settled.

19

9.8. Survival. Except as set forth in the last sentence of Section 9.1, your agreements contained in Article V and Sections 3.1, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 9.10, and 11.2 hereof will remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any termination of an AAU and: (a) any termination of the Underwriting Agreement, (b) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any person controlling any Underwriter or by or on behalf of the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Seller, its directors or officers, or any person controlling the Issuer, the Guarantor or the Seller, and (c) acceptance of any payment for any Securities.

9.9. Replacement of Manager. If at any time after any Action is brought the Manager settles the Action on a basis that results in the settlement of such Action against it and fewer than all the Underwriters (whether or not such settlement complies with Section 9.7 hereof), the Manager will, at such time, for purposes of Sections 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, and 9.7 hereof, cease to be the Manager. The non-settling Underwriters will, by vote of holders of a majority of the Underwriting Percentage of such non-settling Underwriters, select a new Manager, which will become the new “ Manager ” for all purposes of Sections 9.3, 9.4., 9.5, 9.6, and 9.7 hereof as well as this section; provided that the non-settling Underwriter(s) with the largest Underwriting Percentage will act as Manager until such vote occurs and a new Manager is selected. 4

Notwithstanding such a settlement, the Manager and the other settling Underwriters will remain obligated to the non-settling Underwriters to assist and cooperate fully, in good faith, and at their own expense, in the defense of any Actions, including, without limitation, by providing, upon reasonable request of any non-settling Underwriter, and without the necessity of court process, access to or copies of all relevant records, and reasonable access to all witnesses under control of the Manager or the other settling Underwriters, for the purpose of interviews, depositions, and testimony at trial, subject in each case to the applicable legal and procedural obligations of such Manager and such other settling Underwriter.
 

4 Permits new Manager to replace settling Manager and manage the litigation–related provisions of this Agreement..
20

In addition, if at any time, the Manager is unwilling or unable for any reason to assume or discharge its duties as Manager under the applicable AAU, whether resulting from its insolvency (voluntary or involuntary), resignation or otherwise, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the remaining Underwriters will, by vote of holders of a majority of the Underwriting Percentage of such Underwriters, be entitled to select a new Manager, which will become the new Manager for all purposes under this Agreement. 5

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Manager replaced pursuant to this Section 9.9 shall continue to benefit from and be subject to all other terms and conditions of this Agreement applicable to an Underwriter.

9.10. Notice. When the Manager receives notice of the assertion of any Action to which the provisions of Sections 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, or 9.7 hereof would apply, it will give prompt notice thereof to each Underwriter, and whenever an Underwriter receives notice of the assertion of any claim or commencement of any Action to which the provisions of Sections 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, or 9.7   hereof   would apply, such Underwriter will give prompt notice thereof to the Manager. The Manager also will furnish each Underwriter with periodic reports, at such times as it deems appropriate, as to the status of such Action, and the actions taken by it in connection therewith. If the Manager or any other Underwriter engages in any settlement discussion that involves or contemplates settlement on any basis other than settlement of all Actions against all Underwriters on a pro rata basis according to their Underwriting Percentages, the Manager (or other Underwriter engaging in such discussions) will notify all other Underwriters promptly and provide reasonable details about such discussions.

X. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF UNDERWRITERS

10.1. Knowledge of Offering. You acknowledge that it is your responsibility to examine the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, or the Offering Circular, as the case may be, any amendment or supplement thereto relating to the Offering, any Preliminary Prospectus or Preliminary Offering Circular, and the material, if any, incorporated by reference therein, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Supplemental Materials, and any ABS Underwriter Derived Information, and you will familiarize yourself with the terms of the Securities, any applicable Indenture, and the other terms of the Offering thereof which are to be reflected in the Prospectus or the Offering Circular, as the case may be, and the applicable AAU and Underwriting Agreement. The Manager is authorized, with the advice of counsel for the Underwriters, to approve on your behalf any amendments or supplements to the documents described in the preceding sentence.

10.2. Accuracy of Underwriters’ Information. You confirm that the information that you have given and are deemed to have given in response to the Underwriters’ Questionnaire attached as Exhibit A hereto (and to any other questions addressed to you in the Invitation Wire or other Wires), which information has been furnished to the Issuer for use in the Registration Statement, Prospectus, or Offering Circular, as the case may be, or has otherwise been relied upon in connection with the Offering, is complete and accurate. You will notify the Manager immediately of any development before the termination of the applicable AAU which makes untrue or incomplete any information that you have given or are deemed to have given in response to the Underwriters’ Questionnaire (or such other questions).
 

5 Permits new Manager to replace insolvent Manager and manage all aspects of this Master AAU.
21

10.3. Name; Address. Unless you have promptly notified the Manager In Writing otherwise, your name as it should appear in the Registration Statement, Prospectus or Offering Circular and any advertisement, if different, and your address, are as set forth on the signature pages hereof.

10.4. Compliance with Capital Requirements. You represent that your commitment to purchase the Securities will not result in a violation of the financial responsibility requirements of Rule 15c3-1 under the 1934 Act or of any similar provision of any applicable rules of any securities exchange to which you are subject or, if you are a financial institution subject to regulation by the Board of Governors of the U.S. Federal Reserve System, the U.S. Comptroller of the Currency, or the U.S. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, will not place you in violation of any applicable capital requirements or restrictions of such regulator or any other regulator to which you are subject.

10.5. FINRA Requirements. (A) You represent that you are a member in good standing of FINRA, or a non-U.S. bank, broker, dealer, or institution not eligible for membership in FINRA or a Bank.

(i) If you are a member of FINRA, you will comply with all applicable rules of FINRA in respect of any Offering of Securities, including, without limitation, the requirements of FINRA Rules 5110, 5121, 5130, 5131 and 5141 (to the extent any or all such rules are applicable to the particular Offering).

(ii) If you are a non-U.S. bank, broker, dealer, or other non-U.S. institution not eligible for membership in FINRA, you represent that you are not required to be registered as a broker or dealer under the 1934 Act and you will not make any offers or sales of the Securities in, or to nationals or residents of, the United States, its territories, or its possessions, except to the extent permitted by Rule 15a-6 under the 1934 Act (or any successor rule thereto adopted by the SEC). In making any offers or sales of the Securities you also agree to comply with the requirements of the following FINRA rules (including any successor rules thereto adopted by FINRA): (a) to the extent that you are acting, in respect of offers or sales of the Securities, as a “conduit” for, or are receiving in connection with such offers and sales any selling commissions, discounts, allowances or other compensation from, or are otherwise being directed with respect to allocations or disposition of the Securities by, a FINRA member, FINRA Rule 5130 and FINRA Rule 5141 as though you are a member of FINRA, and (b) NASD Conduct Rule 2420(c), as that Rule applies to a non-member broker/dealer in a non-U.S. country.

(iii) If you are a Bank, you agree that (a) to the extent you are acting, in respect of offers or sales of the Securities, as a “conduit” for, or are receiving in connection with such offers and sales any selling commissions, discounts, allowances or other compensation from, or are otherwise being directed with respect to allocations or disposition of the Securities by, a FINRA member, you will comply with FINRA Rules 5130 and 5141 as though you are a member of FINRA, and (b) you will not accept any portion of the management fee paid by the Underwriters with respect to any Offering or, in connection with any Offering of Securities that do not constitute “exempted securities” within the meaning of Section 3(a)(12) of the 1934 Act, or purchase any Securities at a discount from the offering price from any Underwriter or Dealer or otherwise accept any Fees and Commissions from any Underwriter or Dealer, which in any such case is not permitted under FINRA rules (including, without limitation, NASD Conduct Rule 2420 or any successor rule thereto adopted by FINRA) or would subject you to registration and regulation as a “broker” or “dealer” under Section 3(a)(4) or 3(a)(5) of the 1934 Act.

22

(B) With respect to any Offering of Securities that constitutes a “new issue” under FINRA Rule 5131, you agree that, with respect to any Securities trading at a premium to the public offering price that are returned by a purchaser (the “Returned Securities”) to you after secondary market trading commences, you will promptly consult with the Manager or Co-Manager that has been appointed to manage the syndicate short position for that Offering (the “Designated Syndicate Agent”) to determine the appropriate treatment of the Returned Securities under FINRA Rule 5131(d)(3), and agree to (i) return the Returned Securities to the Designated Syndicate Agent if directed to do so by that entity, or (ii) if no such direction has been provided by the Designated Syndicate Agent, to comply with the provisions of FINRA Rule 5131(d)(3)(B) with respect to the disposition of the Returned Securities.
 
10.6. FATCA Certification. If you are a Foreign Financial Institution (“ FFI ”) as that term is defined pursuant to FATCA (as defined below) (including a U.S. branch of a non-U.S. bank), you represent that you are not, and have not been identified by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“ IRS ”) as, a nonparticipating FFI as that term is defined pursuant to FATCA. Unless otherwise agreed, promptly following your acceptance of an AAU for an Offering, but not later than such Offering’s Pricing Date, you will provide us such documents (including an IRS Form W-8BEN-E or an IRS Form W-8BEN if the instructions to the IRS Form W-8BEN-E have not been released) as may be necessary to confirm that no tax is required to be withheld under FATCA in respect of payments to you that we make or are deemed to make for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If we are required to make any deduction or withholding pursuant to or on account of FATCA in respect of payments to you that we make or are deemed to make for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and we do not so deduct or withhold and a liability resulting from such failure to withhold or deduct is assessed directly against us, then you will indemnify us therefor (without duplication of any applicable indemnification obligation, and without triggering any contribution obligation of any other Underwriter, with respect thereto under Article IX hereof) and promptly pay us the amount of such liability (including any related liability for interest and penalties). “ FATCA ” means sections 1471 through 1474 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “ Code ”), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreement entered into thereunder, or any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or practices adopted pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation thereof.
 
10.7. Further State Notice. The Manager will file a Further State Notice with the Department of State of New York, if required.

10.8. Compliance with Rule 15c2-8. In the case of a Registered Offering and any other Offering to which the provisions of Rule 15c2-8 under the 1934 Act are made applicable pursuant to the AAU or otherwise, you will comply with such Rule in connection with the Offering. In the case of an Offering other than a Registered Offering, you will comply with applicable Federal and state laws and the applicable rules and regulations of any regulatory body promulgated thereunder governing the use and distribution of offering circulars by underwriters.

10.9. Discretionary Accounts. In the case of a Registered Offering of Securities issued by an Issuer that was not, immediately prior to the filing of the Registration Statement, subject to the requirements of Section 13(d) or 15(d) of the 1934 Act, you will not make sales to any account over which you exercise discretionary authority in connection with such sale, except as otherwise permitted by the applicable AAU for such Offering.

10.10. Offering Restrictions. You will not make any offers or sales of Securities or any Other Securities in jurisdictions outside the United States except under circumstances that will result in compliance with (i) applicable laws, including private placement requirements, in each such jurisdiction and (ii) the restrictions on offers or sales set forth in any AAU or the Prospectus, Preliminary Prospectus, Offering Circular, or Preliminary Offering Circular, as the case may be.

It is understood that, except as specified in the Prospectus or Offering Circular or applicable AAU, no action has been taken by the Manager, the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller to permit you to offer Securities in any jurisdiction other than the United States, in the case of a Registered Offering, where action would be required for such purpose.
 
10.11. Representations, Warranties, and Agreements. You will make to each other Underwriter participating in an Offering the same representations, warranties, and agreements, if any, made by the Underwriters to the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller in the applicable Underwriting Agreement or any Intersyndicate Agreement, and you authorize the Manager to make such representations, warranties, and agreements to the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller on your behalf.

10.12. Limitation on the Authority of the Manager to Purchase and Sell Securities for the Account of Certain Underwriters. Notwithstanding any provision of this AAU authorizing the Manager to purchase or sell any Securities or Other Securities (including arranging for the sale of Contract Securities) or over-allot in arranging sales of Securities for the accounts of the several Underwriters, the Manager may not, in connection with the Offering of any Securities, make any such purchases, sales, and/or over-allotments for the account of any Underwriter that, not later than its acceptance of the Invitation Wire relating to such Offering, has advised the Manager that, due to its status as, or relationship to, a bank or bank holding company such purchases, sales, and/or over-allotments are prohibited by applicable law. If any Underwriter so advises the Manager, the Manager may allocate any such purchases, sales, and over-allotments (and the related expenses) which otherwise would have been allocated to your account based on your respective Underwriting Percentage to your account based on the ratio of your Original Underwriting Obligation to the Original Underwriting Obligations of all Underwriters other than the advising Underwriter or Underwriters, or in such other manner as the Manager will determine.


10.13. Agreement Regarding Oral Due Diligence . By participating in an Offering, each Underwriter agrees that it, each of its affiliates participating in an Offering as Underwriter or financial intermediary and each controlling person of it and each such participating affiliate are bound by the Agreement Regarding Oral Due Diligence currently in effect between Wells Fargo Securities and the accounting firm or firms that participate in oral due diligence in such offering.

XI. DEFAULTING UNDERWRITERS

11.1. Effect of Termination. If the Underwriting Agreement is terminated as permitted by the terms thereof, your obligations hereunder with respect to the Offering of the Securities will immediately terminate except: (a) as set forth in Section 9.8 hereof, (b) that you will remain liable for your Underwriting Percentage (or such other percentage as may be specified pursuant to Section 9.2 hereof) of all expenses, and for any purchases or sales which may have been made for your account pursuant to the provisions of Article V hereof or any Intersyndicate Agreement, and (c) that such termination will not affect any obligations of any defaulting or breaching Underwriter.

11.2. Sharing of Liability. If any Underwriter defaults in its obligations: (a) pursuant to Section 5.1, 5.2 or 5.4 hereof, (b) to pay amounts charged to its account pursuant to Section 7.1, 7.2, or 8.1 hereof, or (c) pursuant to Section 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, or 11.1 hereof, you will assume your proportionate share (determined on the basis of the respective Underwriting Percentages of the non-defaulting Underwriters) of such obligations, but no such assumption will relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability to the non-defaulting Underwriters, the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller for its default.
 
11.3. Arrangements for Purchases. The Manager is authorized to arrange for the purchase by others (including the Manager or any other Underwriter) of any Securities not purchased by any defaulting Underwriter in accordance with the terms of the applicable Underwriting Agreement or, if the applicable Underwriting Agreement does not provide arrangements for defaulting Underwriters, in the discretion of the Manager. If such arrangements are made, the respective amounts of Securities to be purchased by the remaining Underwriters and such other person or persons, if any, will be taken as the basis for all rights and obligations hereunder, but this will not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

XII. MISCELLANEOUS

12.1. Obligations Several. Nothing contained in this Master AAU or any AAU constitutes you partners with the Manager or with the other Underwriters, and the obligations of you and each of the other Underwriters are several and not joint. Each Underwriter elects to be excluded from the application of Subchapter K, Chapter 1, Subtitle A, of the Code. Each Underwriter authorizes the Manager, on behalf of such Underwriter, to execute such evidence of such election as may be required by the IRS.

12.2. Liability of Manager. The Manager will not be liable to you for any act or omission, except for obligations expressly assumed by the Manager in the applicable AAU.


12.3. Termination of Master AAU. This Master AAU may be terminated by either party hereto upon five business days’ written notice to the other party; provided , however , that with respect to any Offering for which an AAU was sent prior to such notice, this Master AAU as it applies to such Offering will remain in full force and effect and will terminate with respect to such Offering in accordance with Section 9.1 hereof.
 
12.4. Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial. This Master AAU and each AAU will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the State, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law. You hereby irrevocably: (a) submit to the jurisdiction of any court of the State of New York located in the City of New York or the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of the State of New York for the purpose of any suit, action, or other proceeding arising out of this Master AAU, or any of the agreements or transactions contemplated hereby (each, a “ Proceeding ”), (b) agree that all claims in respect of any Proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court, (c) waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any immunity from jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process therein, (d) agree not to commence any Proceeding other than in such courts, and (e) waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claim that such Proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives any right that it may have to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim arising out of or relating to this Master AAU and each AAU or the transactions contemplated thereby.
 
12.5. Amendments. This Master AAU may be amended from time to time by consent of the parties hereto. Your consent will be deemed to have been given to an amendment to this Master AAU, and such amendment will be effective, five business days following written notice to you of such amendment if you do not notify us In Writing prior to the close of business on such fifth business day that you do not consent to such amendment. Upon effectiveness, the provisions of this Master AAU as so amended will apply to each AAU thereafter entered into, except as otherwise specifically provided in any such AAU.

12.6. Notices. Any notice to any Underwriter will be deemed to have been duly given if mailed, sent by wire, telecopy or electronic transmission or other written communication, or delivered in person to such Underwriter at the address set forth in its Underwriters’ Questionnaire, or if no address is provided in an Underwriters’ Questionnaire, then at the address set forth in reports filed by such Underwriter with FINRA. Any such notice will take effect upon receipt thereof.

12.7. Severability . In case any provision in this Master AAU is deemed invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

12.8. Counterparts . This Master AAU may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, and all of which taken together constitute one and the same instrument. Transmission by telecopy of an executed counterpart of this Master AAU will constitute due and sufficient delivery of such counterpart.
26

Please confirm your acceptance of this Master AAU by signing and returning to us the enclosed duplicate copy hereof.

 
WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ David Herman
 
 
Name:
David Herman
 
    Title:
Director
 
     
(Authorized Officer)
 
 
Confirmed and accepted
as of November 3, 2014
RCS Capital, the investment banking
capital markets division of Realty
Capital Securities, LLC                          
(Legal Name of Underwriter)
 
405 Park Avenue, Floor 12
New York, NY 10022                            
(Address)

By: RCS Capital Corporation, its managing member
 
Name: Brian D. Jones
 
Title: CFO
        (Authorized Officer)
 
( If person signing is not an officer
or a partner, please attach instrument
of authorization )

27

GUIDE TO DEFINED TERMS
 
Term
Section Reference
1933 Act
1.1
1934 Act
3.5
AAU
Foreword
ABS Underwriter Derived Information
2.1
Action
9.3
Additional Securities
1.1
Bank
3.5
Code 10.6
Co-Managers
1.1
Commission
2.1
Contract Securities
3.1
Contributing   Underwriters
9.5
Dealer
3.5
Designated Syndicate Agent
10.5
DTC
5.2
FATCA  10.6
Fees and Commissions
1.1
FFI 10.6
FINRA
3.1
Firm Securities
1.1
Free Writing Prospectus
2.1
Guarantor
1.1
In Writing
1.2
Indemnified Party
9.4
Indenture
1.1
International Offering
1.1
Intersyndicate   Agreement
2.3
Invitation Wire
Foreword
IRS  10.6
Issuer
1.1
Issuer Free Writing Prospectus
3.3
Issuer Information
3.3
Judgment Credit
9.7
Litigation
9.4
Losses
9.4
Manager
1.1
Manager-Approved Communication
3.3
Master AAU
Foreword
Offering
Foreword
Offering Circular
2.2
Offering Date
3.2
Offering Price
1.1
Original Underwriting Obligation
1.1
Preliminary Offering Circular
2.2
 

Preliminary Prospectus
2.1
Pricing Date
1.1
Proceeding
12.4
Prospectus
2.1
Purchase Price
1.1
QIU
9.4
Reallowance
1.1
Registered Offering
2.1
Registration Statement
2.1
Regulation M
5.1
Representative
1.1
Returned Securities
10.5
Securities
1.1
Securities Offering Reform Release
2.1
Seller
1.1
Selling Concession
1.1
Settlement   Date
1.1
Supplemental   Materials
3.3
Syndicate Counsel
9.6
Trustee
1.1
Unauthorized   Material
3.3
Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus
3.3
Underwriters
1.1
Underwriters’ Securities
3.1
Underwriting Agreement
1.1
Underwriting Percentage
1.1
Wells Fargo Securities
Foreword
Wire
Foreword
Written Research Report
9.4
Written Testing-the-Waters Communication
3.3
 
 
29

EXHIBIT A

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC

UNDERWRITERS’ QUESTIONNAIRE

In connection with each Offering governed by the Wells Fargo Securities, LLC Master Agreement Among Underwriters dated June 5, 2014 except as otherwise indicated in a timely acceptance of the Invitation Wire pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Master Agreement Among Underwriters (“ Master AAU ”), or already expressly disclosed in the Preliminary Prospectus or Preliminary Offering Circular, as the case may be, each Underwriter participating in such Offering severally advises the Issuer and the other participating Underwriters (all capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein will have the meanings given to them in the Master AAU) as follows:

(i) (neither such Underwriter nor any of its directors, officers, or partners have a material relationship, as “material” is defined in Regulation C under the 1933 Act, with the Issuer, the Guarantor, or the Seller;

(ii) if the Registration Statement is on Form S-1, neither such Underwriter nor any “group” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of which such Underwriter is aware is the beneficial (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) owner of more than 5% of any class of voting securities of the Issuer or Guarantor, nor does such Underwriter have any knowledge that more than 5% of any class of voting securities of the Issuer or the Guarantor is held or to be held subject to any voting trust or other similar agreement, nor does such Underwriter have any knowledge that more than 5% of any class of voting securities of the Issuer or the Guarantor is held or to be held subject to any voting trust or other similar agreement;

(iii) other than as may be stated in the Wells Fargo Securities, LLC Master Agreement Among Underwriters dated August 31, 2012, the applicable AAU, the Intersyndicate Agreement or dealer agreement, if any, the Prospectus, the Registration Statement, or the Offering Circular, such Underwriter does not know and has no reason to believe that there is an intention to over-allot or that the price of any security may be stabilized to facilitate the offering of the Securities;

(iv) other than as stated in the Invitation Wire, such Underwriter does not know of (i) any other discounts or commissions to be allowed or paid to the Underwriters or of any other items that would be deemed by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) to constitute underwriting compensation for purposes of FINRA Rule 5110, or (ii) any discounts or commissions to be allowed or paid to dealers, including all cash, securities, contracts, or other consideration to be received by any dealer in connection with the sale of the Securities;

(v) such Underwriter has not prepared any report or memorandum for external use in connection with the Offering;

30

(vi) if the offer and sale of the Securities are to be registered under the 1933 Act pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1 or Form F-1, such Underwriter has not within the past 12 months prepared or had prepared for such Underwriter any engineering, management, or similar report or memorandum relating to broad aspects of the business, operations, or products of the Issuer or the Guarantor. The immediately preceding sentence does not apply to reports solely comprised of recommendations to buy, sell, or hold the Issuer’s or the Guarantor’s securities, unless such recommendations have changed within the past six months, or to information already contained in documents filed with the Commission;

(vii) in the case of Registered Offerings and Offerings of Securities exempt under Section 3 of the 1933 Act, such Underwriter does not have a “conflict of interest” with the Issuer or the Guarantor under FINRA Rule 5121. In that regard, such Underwriter specifically confirms that, at the time of such Underwriter’s participation in the subject Offering, (A) such Underwriter is not issuing the Securities in such Offering; (B) neither the Issuer nor the Guarantor controls, is controlled by or is under common control (as the term “control” is defined in FINRA Rule 5121(f)(6)) with such Underwriter or such Underwriter’s “associated persons” (as such term is defined by FINRA); (C) less than five percent of the net proceeds of the Offering, not including Fees and Commissions, are intended to be: (i) used to reduce or retire the balance of a loan or credit facility extended by such Underwriter, its “affiliates” and its “associated persons” (as such terms are defined by FINRA), in the aggregate; or (ii) otherwise directed to such Underwriter, its affiliates and associated persons, in the aggregate, and (D) as a result of such Offering and any transactions contemplated at the time of such Offering: (i) such Underwriter will not become an affiliate of the Issuer or Guarantor; (ii) such Underwriter will not become publicly owned; and (iii) the Issuer or Guarantor will not become a FINRA member or form a broker-dealer subsidiary. Furthermore, such Underwriter specifically confirms that such Underwriter does not, (a) beneficially own 10% or more of the Issuer’s or Guarantor’s outstanding “common equity,” “preferred equity” or “subordinated debt” (as each such term is defined in FINRA Rule 5121), including the right to receive such securities or subordinated debt within 60 days of such Underwriter’s participation in the Offering; (b) in the case of an Issuer or Guarantor which is a partnership, beneficially own a general, limited or special partnership interest in 10% or more of the Issuer’s or Guarantor’s distributable profits or losses, or a right to receive an interest in such distributable profits or losses within 60 days of such Underwriter’s participation in the Offering; or (c) have the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of the Issuer or the Guarantor;

(viii) other than as stated in the Invitation Wire, in the case of Registered Offerings and Offerings of Securities exempt under Section 3 of the 1933 Act, neither such Underwriter nor any of its directors, officers, partners, or “persons associated with” such Underwriter (as defined by FINRA) nor, to such Underwriter’s knowledge, any “related person” (defined by FINRA to include counsel, financial consultants and advisors, finders, members of the selling or distribution group, any FINRA member participating in the offering, and any other persons associated with or related to and members of the immediate family of any of the foregoing) or any other broker-dealer: (A) within the last six months have purchased in private transactions, or intend before, at, or within six months after the commencement of the public offering of the Securities to purchase in private transactions, any securities of the Issuer, the Guarantor, or any Issuer Related Party (as hereinafter defined), (B) within the last 6 months have had any dealings with the Issuer, the Guarantor, any Seller, or any subsidiary or controlling person thereof (other than relating to the proposed Underwriting Agreement) as to which documents or information are required to be filed with FINRA, or (C) during the 6 months immediately preceding the filing of the Registration Statement (or, if there is none, the Offering Circular), have entered into any arrangement which provided or provides for the receipt of any item of value (including, but not limited to, cash payments, expense reimbursements and rights of first refusal to participate in a future public offering, private placement or other financing transaction) and/or the transfer of any warrants, options, or other securities from the Issuer, the Guarantor, or any Issuer Related Party to you or any related person;

31

(ix) in the case of Registered Offerings and Offerings of Securities exempt under Section 3 of the 1933 Act, there is no association or affiliation between such Underwriter and; (A) any officer or director of the Issuer, the Guarantor or, any Issuer Related Party, or (B) any securityholder of 5% or more (or, in the case of an initial public offering of equity securities, any securityholder) of any class of securities of the Issuer, the Guarantor, or an Issuer Related Party; it being understood that for purposes of paragraph (i) above and this paragraph (j), the term “Issuer Related Party” includes any Seller, any affiliate of the Issuer, the Guarantor, or a Seller, and the officers or general partners, directors, employees, and securityholders thereof;

(x) in the case of Registered Offerings and Offerings of Securities exempt under Section 3 of the 1933 Act, and if the Securities are not issued by a real estate investment trust, no portion of the net offering proceeds from the sale of the Securities will be paid to such Underwriter or any of its affiliates or “persons associated with” such Underwriter (as defined by FINRA) or members of the immediate family of any such person; and

(xi) in the case of Securities which are debt securities whose offer and sale is to be registered under the 1933 Act, such Underwriter is not an affiliate (as defined in Rule 0-2 under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939) of the Trustee for the Securities or of its parent, if any. Neither the Trustee nor its parent, if any, nor any of their directors or executive officers is a “director, officer, partner, employee, appointee, or representative” of such Underwriter (as those terms are defined in the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 or in the relevant instructions to Form T-1). Such Underwriter and its directors, partners, and executive officers, taken as a group, did not on the date specified in the Invitation, and do not, own beneficially 1% or more of the shares of any class of voting securities of the Trustee or of its parent, if any. If such Underwriter is a corporation, it does not have outstanding and has not assumed or guaranteed any securities issued otherwise than in its present corporate name.

If an Underwriter notes an exception with respect to material of the type referred to in clauses (e) and (f), such underwriter will send three copies of each item of such material, together with a statement as to distribution, identifying classes of recipients and the number of copies distributed to each such class, and, if relevant, the number of equity securities or the face value of debt securities owned by such person, the date such securities were acquired, and the price paid for such securities to Wells Fargo Securities, LLC; Attention: Syndicate Department, at the address noted in the Invitation Wire.

 
32

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC

MASTER SELECTED DEALERS AGREEMENT

REGISTERED SEC OFFERINGS

AND

EXEMPT OFFERINGS

(OTHER THAN OFFERINGS OF MUNICIPAL SECURITIES)

June 10, 2011


This Master Selected Dealers Agreement (this “ Master SDA ”), dated as of , , is by and between Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (including its successors and assigns) (“ we ,” “ our ,” “ us ” or the “ Manager ”) and the party named on the signature page hereof (a “ Dealer ,” “ you ” or “ your ”). From time to time, in connection with an offering and sale (an “ Offering ”) of securities (the “ Securities ”), managed solely by us or with one or more other managers or co- managers, we or one or more of our affiliates may offer you (and others) the opportunity to purchase as principal a portion of such securities on the terms set forth herein as a Selected Dealer (as defined below).

References herein to laws, statutory and regulatory sections, rules, regulations, forms and interpretive materials are deemed to include successor provisions. The following provisions of this Master SDA shall apply separately to each individual Offering of Securities. You and we further agree as follows:

1. Applicability of this Master SDA . The terms and conditions of this Master SDA will be applicable to any Offering in which you accept an offer to participate as a Selected Dealer (including through the receipt by you of Securities), whether pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”), or exempt from registration thereunder, in respect of which we (acting for our own account or for the account of any underwriting or similar group or syndicate) are responsible for managing or otherwise implementing the sale of Securities to Selected Dealers. A Dealer is a person who meets the requirements of Section 10 hereof. The parties who agree to participate (including by the receipt by such parties of Securities) or are designated a selling concession to Dealers (the “ Selling Concession ”), and reallowance, if any (the “ Reallowance ”), in such Offering as selected Dealers are hereinafter referred to as “ Selected Dealers ”. In the case of any Offering where we are acting for the account of the several underwriters, initial purchasers or others acting in a similar capacity (the “ Underwriters ”), the terms and conditions of this Master SDA will be for the benefit of such Underwriters, including, in the case of any Offering where we are acting with others as representatives of Underwriters, such other representatives.

2. Terms of the Offering . We may advise you orally or by one or more wires, telexes, telecopy or electronic data transmissions, or other written communications (each, a “ Wire ”) of the particular method and supplementary terms and conditions of any Offering (including the price or prices at which the Securities initially will be offered by the several Underwriters, or if the price is to be determined by a formula based on market price, the terms of the formula, (the “ Offering Price ”) and any Selling Concession or, if applicable, Reallowance) in which you are invited to participate. Any such Wire may also amend or modify such provisions of this Master SDA in respect of the Offering to which such Wire relates, and may contain such supplementary provisions as may be specified in any Wire relating to an Offering. To the extent such supplementary terms and conditions are inconsistent with any provision herein, such supplementary terms and conditions shall supersede any provision of this Master SDA. Unless otherwise indicated in any such Wire, acceptances and other communications by you with respect to an Offering should be sent pursuant to the terms of Section 19 hereof. Notwithstanding that we may not have sent you a Wire or other form of invitation to participate in such Offering or that you may not otherwise have responded by wire or other written communication (any such communication being deemed “ In Writing ”) to any such Wire or   other form of invitation, you will be deemed to have accepted the terms of our offer to participate as a Selected Dealer and of this Master SDA (as amended, modified or supplemented by any Wire) by your purchase of Securities or otherwise receiving and retaining an economic benefit for participating in the Offering as a Selected Dealer. We reserve the right to reject any acceptance in whole or in part.


Any Offering will be subject to delivery of the Securities and their acceptance by us and any other Underwriters may be subject to the approval of all legal matters by counsel and may be subject to the satisfaction of other conditions. Any application for additional Securities will be subject to rejection in whole or in part.

3. Offering Documents . Upon your request, we will furnish, make available to you or make arrangements for you to obtain copies (which may, to the extent permitted by law, be in electronic form) of each prospectus, prospectus supplement, offering memorandum, offering circular or similar offering document, and any preliminary version thereof, as soon as reasonably practicable after sufficient quantities thereof have been made available by the issuer of the Securities (each, an “ Issuer ”) and any guarantor (each, a “ Guarantor ”) thereof, and, if different from the Issuer, the seller or sellers (each, a “ Seller ”) of the Securities. You agree that you will comply with the applicable United States federal and state laws, and the applicable rules and regulations of any regulatory body promulgated thereunder, and the applicable laws, rules and regulations of any non-United States jurisdiction, governing the use and distribution of offering materials by brokers and dealers. You represent and warrant that you are familiar with Rule l5c2-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ 1934 Act ”), relating to the distribution of preliminary and final prospectuses and agree that your purchase of Securities shall constitute your confirmation that you have delivered and will deliver all preliminary prospectuses and final prospectuses required for compliance therewith. You agree to make a record of your distribution of each preliminary prospectus and, when furnished with copies of any revised preliminary prospectus or final prospectus, you will, upon our request, promptly forward copies thereof to each person to whom you have theretofore distributed a preliminary prospectus. You agree that, in purchasing Securities, you will rely upon no statement whatsoever, written or oral, other than the statements in the final prospectus, offering memorandum, offering circular or similar offering document delivered to you by us. You are not authorized by the Issuer or other Seller of Securities offered pursuant to a final prospectus, offering memorandum, offering circular or similar offering document or by any Underwriters to give any information or to make any representation not contained therein in connection with the sale of such Securities.

4. Offering of Securities .

(a) In respect of any Offering, we will inform you of any Selling Concession and Reallowance, if any. The Offering of Securities is made subject to the conditions referred to in the prospectus, offering memorandum, or offering circular or similar offering document related to the Offering and to the terms and conditions set forth in any Wire. After the initial Offering has commenced, we may change the Offering Price, the Selling Concession and the Reallowance (if any) to Selected Dealers. If a Reallowance is in effect, a reallowance from the Offering Price not in excess of such Reallowance may be allowed (i) in the case of Offerings of Securities that are not exempted securities (as defined in Section 3(a)(12) of the 1934 Act), as consideration for services rendered in distribution to Dealers who are either members in good standing of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”) who agree to abide by the applicable rules of FINRA or non-U.S. banks, brokers, dealers or other non-U.S. institutions not eligible for membership in FINRA who represent to you that they will promptly reoffer such Securities at   the Offering Price and will abide by the conditions with respect to non-U.S. banks, dealers and other non-U.S. institutions set forth in Section 10 hereof, or (ii) in the case of Offerings of Securities that are exempted securities (as defined in Section 3(a)(12) of the 1934 Act), as consideration for services rendered in distribution not only to Dealers identified in the immediately preceding clause but also to Dealers that are Banks (as defined in Section 10 hereof) and represent to you that they will promptly reoffer such Securities at the Offering Price and will abide by the conditions with respect to Banks set forth in Section 10 hereof.

2

(b) No expenses will be charged to Selected Dealers. A single transfer tax upon the sale of the Securities by the respective Underwriters to you will be paid by such Underwriters when such Securities are delivered to you. However, you shall pay any transfer tax on sales of Securities by you and you shall pay your proportionate share of any transfer tax or other tax (other than the single transfer tax described above) in the event that any such tax shall from time to time be assessed against you and other Selected Dealers as a group or otherwise.

5. Payment and Delivery . You will deliver to us, on the date and at the place and time specified by us orally or In Writing, payment in the manner and type of currency specified by us orally or In Writing, payable to the order of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (or as we may subsequently inform you), for an amount equal to the Offering Price plus (if not included in the Offering Price) accrued interest, amortization of original issue discount or dividends, if any, specified in the prospectus or offering circular or other similar offering document furnished in connection with the Offering of the Securities. We may, in our sole discretion, retain the applicable Selling Concession in respect of the Securities to be purchased by you for release at a date specified by us. We will make payment to the Issuer or Seller against delivery to us for your account of the Securities to be purchased by you, and we will deliver to you the Securities paid for by you which will have been retained by or released to you for direct sale. If we determine that transactions in the Securities are to be settled through The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) or another clearinghouse facility and payment in the settlement currency is supported by such facility, payment for and delivery of Securities purchased by you will be made through such facility, if you are a participant, or, if you are not a participant, settlement will be made through your ordinary correspondent who is a participant.

6. Over-allotment; Stabilization; Unsold Allotments; Penalty Bids . We may, with respect to any Offering, be authorized to over-allot in arranging sales to Selected Dealers, to purchase and sell Securities for long or short account and to stabilize or maintain the market price of the Securities. You agree that upon our request at any time and from time to time prior to the termination of the provisions of Section 4 hereof with respect to any Offering, you will report to us the amount of Securities purchased by you pursuant to such Offering which then remain unsold by you and will, upon our request at any such time, sell to us for our account or the account of one or more Underwriters such amount of such unsold Securities as we may designate at the Offering Price less an amount to be determined by us not in excess of the Selling Concession. Prior to the termination of the Manager’s authority to cover any short position in connection with the Offering or such other date as the Manager may specify by Wire, if the Manager determines pursuant to the “Initial Public Offering Tracking System” of DTC that the Manager has purchased, or any of your customers have sold, a number or amount of Securities retained by, or released to, you for direct sale or any Securities sold pursuant to Section 4 hereof for which you received a portion of the Selling Concession, or any Securities which may have been issued on transfer or in exchange for such Securities, which Securities were therefore not effectively placed for investment, then you authorize the Manager to charge your account with   an amount equal to such portion of the Selling Concession received by you with respect to such Securities at a price equal to the total cost of such purchase, including transfer taxes, accrued interest, dividends, and commissions, if any.

3

7. Termination .

(a) The terms and conditions set forth in (i) Section 4, (ii) the second sentence of Section 6, (iii) Section 15 and (iv) Section 16 of this Master SDA (collectively, the “ offering provisions ”) will terminate with respect to each Offering pursuant to this Master SDA at the close of business on the later of (a) the date on which the Underwriters pay the Issuer or Seller for the Securities, and (b) 45 calendar days after the applicable Offering date, unless in either such case the effectiveness of such offering provisions is extended or sooner terminated as hereinafter provided. We may terminate such offering provisions other than Section 6 at any time by notice to you to the effect that the offering provisions are terminated and we may terminate the provisions of Section 6 at any time at or subsequent to the termination of the other offering provisions by notice to you to the effect that the penalty bid provisions are terminated. All other provisions of the Master SDA shall remain operative and in full force and effect with respect to such Offering.

(b) This Master SDA may be terminated by either party hereto upon five business days’ written notice to the other party; provided, however, that with respect to any particular Offering, if we receive any such notice from you after we have advised you of the amount of Securities allotted to you, this Master SDA shall remain in full force and effect as to such Offering and shall terminate with respect to such Offering and all previous Offerings only in accordance with and to the extent provided in subsection (a) of this Section 7.

8. Amendments . This Master SDA may be amended from time to time by consent of the parties hereto. Your consent will be deemed to have been given to an amendment to this Master SDA, and such amendment will be effective, five business days following written notice to you of such amendment if you do not notify us In Writing prior to the close of business on such fifth business day that you do not consent to such amendment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you agree that any amendment, supplement or modification of the terms of this Master SDA by Wire or otherwise In Writing will be effective immediately and your consent will be deemed to have been given to any such amendment, supplement or modification by your purchase of Securities or otherwise receiving and retaining an economic benefit for participating in the Offering as a Selected Dealer; provided that such amendment, supplement or modification of the terms of this Master SDA shall only be effective with respect to the related Offering.

9. Relationship Among Underwriters and Selected Dealers . We shall have full authority to take such actions as we deem advisable in all matters pertaining to any Offering under this Master SDA. You are not authorized to act as an agent for us, any Underwriter or the Issuer or other Seller of any Securities in offering Securities to the public or otherwise. Neither we nor any Underwriter will be under any obligation to you except for obligations assumed hereby or in any Wire from us in connection with any Offering, and no obligations on our part as the Manager will be implied hereby or inferred herefrom. Nothing contained in this Master SDA or any Wire shall constitute the Selected Dealers an association or partners with us or any Underwriter or with one another, and the obligations of you and each of the other Selected Dealers or any of the Underwriters are several and not joint. If the Selected Dealers, among themselves, with us or with the Underwriters, should be deemed to constitute a partnership for federal income tax purposes, then you elect to be excluded from the application of Subchapter K, Chapter 1, Subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and agree not to take any position inconsistent with such election. You authorize the Manager, in its discretion, to execute on your behalf such evidence of such election as may be required by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service. In connection with any Offering, you will be liable for your proportionate share of the amount of any tax, claim, demand or liability that may be asserted against you alone or against one or more Selected Dealers participating in such Offering, or against us or the Underwriters, based upon the claim that the Selected Dealers, or any of them, constitute an association, an unincorporated business or other entity, including, in each case, your proportionate share of the amount of any expense (including attorneys' fees and expenses) incurred in defending against any such tax, claim, demand or liability.

4

10. FINRA Compliance . You represent and warrant that you are (a) a broker or dealer (as defined in Section 3(a)(4) or 3(a)(5) of the 1934 Act) that is a member in good standing of FINRA, (b) a non-U.S. bank, broker, dealer or other non-U.S. institution that is not eligible for membership in FINRA and is not required to be registered as a broker or dealer under the 1934 Act (a “ non-member non-U.S. dealer ”), or (c) only in the case of Offerings of Securities that are exempted securities (as defined in Section 3(a)(12) of the 1934 Act), and such other Securities as from time to time may be sold by a “bank” (as defined in Section 3(a)(6) of the 1934 Act (a “ Bank ”)), that you are a Bank that is acting in connection with the Offering in accordance with an applicable exception or exemption from the definitions of broker and dealer under Sections 3(a)(4) and 3(a)(5) of the 1934 Act.

You further represent, warrant and agree that, in connection with any purchase or sale of the Securities wherein a selling concession, discount or other allowance is received or granted by or to you:

(i) if you are a member of FINRA, you will comply with all applicable rules of FINRA, including, without limitation, the requirements of FINRA Rules 5110, 5121, 5130, 5131 and 5141 (to the extent any or all such rules are applicable to the particular Offering);

(ii) if you are a non-member non-U.S. dealer, (x) you will not make any offers or sales of the Securities in, or to nationals or residents of, the United States, its territories, or its possessions, except to the extent permitted by Rule 15a-6 under the 1934 Act (or any successor rule thereto adopted by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”)), (y) in making any offers or sales of the Securities, you will comply with the requirements of the following FINRA rules (including any successor rules thereto adopted by FINRA): (A) to the extent that you are acting, in respect of offers or sales of the Securities, as a “conduit” for, or are receiving in connection with such offers and sales any selling commissions, discounts, allowances or other compensation from, or are otherwise being directed with respect to allocations or disposition of the Securities by, a FINRA member, FINRA Rule 5130 and FINRA Rule 5141 as though you are a member of FINRA, and (B) NASD Conduct Rule 2420(c), as that Rule applies to a non-member broker or dealer in a non-U.S. country, and (z) you are, and will remain at all relevant times, an appropriately registered or licensed broker or dealer (to the extent required) in your home jurisdiction and in any non-U.S. jurisdiction in which you engage in activities in connection with an Offering;

5

(iii) if you are a Bank, (x) to the extent you are acting, in respect of offers or sales of the Securities, as a “conduit” for, or are receiving in connection with such offers and sales any selling commissions, discounts, allowances or other compensation from, or are otherwise being directed with respect to allocations or disposition of the Securities by, a FINRA member, you will comply with FINRA Rules 5130 and 5141 as though you are a member of FINRA, and (y) you will not accept any fee or other compensation, or purchase any Securities at a discount from the offering price from any Underwriter or Dealer, which would not be permitted under applicable FINRA rules (including, without limitation, NASD Conduct Rule 2420 or any successor rule thereto adopted by FINRA) or would subject you to registration and regulation as a “broker” or “dealer” under Section 3(a)(4) or 3(a)(5) of the 1934 Act;

(iv) in respect of each Offering in which you participate (as indicated by your participation therein), you have provided to us all documents and other information required to be filed with respect to you, any related person or any person associated with you or any such related person pursuant to FINRA’s requirements and related interpretations with respect to review of corporate financing transactions as such requirements and interpretations relate to such Offering; and

(v) you are fully familiar with the 1933 Act, 1934 Act and FINRA provisions referenced in this Section 10 and elsewhere in this Master SDA.

11. Blue Sky Matters . Upon application to us, we shall inform you as to any advice we have received from counsel concerning the jurisdictions in which Securities have been qualified for sale or are exempt under the securities or “Blue Sky” laws of such jurisdictions, but we do not assume any obligation or responsibility as to your right to sell Securities in any such jurisdiction, notwithstanding any information we may furnish to you in that connection.

12. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction . This Master SDA (as it may be modified or supplemented by any Wire) will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the State. You hereby irrevocably: (a) submit to the jurisdiction of any court of the State of New York located in the City of New York or the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of the State of New York for the purpose of any suit, action, or other proceeding arising out of this Master SDA, or any of the agreements or transactions contemplated hereby (each, a “ Proceeding ”), (b) agree that all claims in respect of any Proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court, (c) waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any immunity from jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process therein, (d) agree not to commence any Proceeding other than in such courts, and (e) waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claim that such Proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum.

6

13. Successors and Assigns . This Master SDA will be binding on, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and other persons specified in Section 1 hereof, and the respective successors and assigns of each of them; provided, however, that you may not assign your rights or delegate any of your duties under this Master SDA without our prior written consent.

14. Compliance with Law . You agree that in selling Securities pursuant to any Offering (which agreement shall also be for the benefit of the Issuer or other Seller of such Securities) you will comply with all applicable rules and regulations, including the applicable provisions of the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act, the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder, the applicable rules and regulations of FINRA, the applicable rules and regulations of any securities exchange or other regulatory or self-regulatory organization having jurisdiction over the Offering and the applicable laws, rules and regulations specified in Section 16(a) and 16(b) hereof.

15. Discretionary Accounts . In the case of an Offering of Securities registered under the 1933 Act by an Issuer that was not, immediately prior to the filing of the related registration statement, subject to the requirements of Section 13(d) or 15(d) of the 1934 Act, you will not make sales to any account over which you exercise discretionary authority in connection with such sale, except as otherwise permitted by us for such Offering In Writing.

16. Offering Restrictions . You will not make any offers or sales of Securities or any other securities in jurisdictions outside the United States except under circumstances that will result in compliance with (a) applicable laws, including private placement requirements, in each such jurisdiction and (b) the restrictions on offers or sales set forth in this Master SDA, any Wire or the prospectus, preliminary prospectus, offering memorandum, offering circular, or preliminary offering memorandum or preliminary offering circular or other similar offering document, as the case may be. It is understood that, except as specified in this Master SDA, the prospectus, offering memorandum or offering circular or other similar offering document, or applicable Wire, no action has been taken by us, the Issuer, the Guarantor, the Seller or any other party to permit you to offer Securities in any jurisdiction other than the United States, in the case of a Registered Offering, where action would be required for such purpose.

17. Prohibition on Money Laundering . The operations of your business and your subsidiaries are and, to your knowledge, have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Money Laundering Laws ”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving you or any of your subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to your knowledge, threatened.

7

18. Liability of Manager . The Manager will not be liable to you for any act or omission, except for obligations expressly assumed by the Manager In Writing.

19. Notices . Any notice to you will be deemed to have been duly given if mailed, sent by Wire, or delivered in person to you at the address set forth on the signature page hereto (or to such other address, telephone, telecopy or telex as you will be notified by us), or if such address is no longer valid, then at the address set forth in reports filed by you with FINRA. Any such notice will take effect upon receipt thereof. Communications by Wire will be deemed to be “written” communications and made In Writing.

20. Severability . In case any provision in this Master SDA or any Wire is deemed invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

21. Counterparts . This Master SDA may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, and all of which taken together constitute one and the same instrument. Transmission by telecopy of an executed counterpart of this Master SDA will constitute due and sufficient delivery of such counterpart.

Please confirm by signing and returning to us the enclosed copy of this Master SDA that your subscription to, or your acceptance of any reservation of, any Securities pursuant to an Offering shall constitute (a) acceptance of and agreement to the terms and conditions of this Master SDA (as supplemented and amended pursuant to Section 8 hereof) together with and subject to any supplementary terms and conditions contained in any Wire from us in connection with such Offering, all of which shall constitute a binding agreement between you and us individually or as representative of any Underwriters, (b) confirmation that your representations and warranties set forth herein are true and correct at that time, (c) confirmation that your agreements herein have been and will be fully performed by you to the extent and at the times required thereby and (d) in the case of any Offering described in Section 3 hereof, acknowledgment that you have requested and received from us sufficient copies of the final prospectus, offering memorandum or offering circular, as the case may be, with respect to such Offering in order to comply with your undertakings in Section 16(a) or 16(b) hereof.

( Remainder of page intentionally left blank )
 
( Signature page follows )

8

This Master SDA is dated as of October 31, 2014 and executed by and between Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and Realty Capital Securities LLC.

 
 
 
Very truly yours,
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ David Herman
 
 
 
 
 
Name:
David Herman
 
        Title: Director  
 
Confirmed as of (date):
 
CONFIRMED: October 31, 2014

Realty Capital Securities LLC
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Brian D. Jones
 
 
 
 
 
Name:
 
 
 
 
 
  Title:          
 
Address:
 
Telephone:
Facsimile:
Email:
9

Master Selected Dealers Agreement
GUIDE TO DEFINED TERMS
 
Term
Section Reference
   
1933 Act
1
1934 Act
3
Bank
10
Dealer
Foreword
DTC
5
FINRA
4(a)
Guarantor
3
In Writing
2
Issuer
3
Manager
Foreword
Master SDA
Foreword
Money Laundering Laws
17
non-member non-U.S. dealer
10
Offering
Foreword
Offering Price
2
offering provisions
7(a)
Proceeding
12
Reallowance
1
SEC
6
Securities
1
Selected Dealers
1
Seller
3
Selling Concession
1
Underwriters
1
Wire
2
 
 
10
 
CUSTODY AGREEMENT
 
THIS AGREEMENT is made and effective as of September ___, 2016, by and between THE   RIVERNORTH / DOUBLELINE STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITY FUND, INC., a Maryland corporation (the “Fund”), and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America with its principal place of business at Minneapolis, Minnesota (the “Custodian”).
 
WHEREAS, the Fund is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), as a closed-end management investment company; and
 
WHEREAS, the Custodian is a bank having the qualifications prescribed in Section 26(a)(1) of the 1940 Act; and
 
WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Fund desires to retain the Custodian to act as custodian of its cash and securities; and
 
WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Fund has delegated to the Custodian the responsibilities set forth in Rule 17f-5(c) under the 1940 Act and the Custodian is willing to undertake the responsibilities and serve as the foreign custody manager for the Fund.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual covenants herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, do hereby agree as follows:
 
ARTICLE I
 
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
 
Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings set forth below unless the context otherwise requires:
 
1.01   Authorized Person ” means any Officer or person (including an investment advisor or other agent and is named in Exhibit A attached hereto. Such officer or person shall continue to be an Authorized Person until such time as the Custodian receives Written Instructions from the Fund or the Fund’s investment advisor or other agent that any such person is no longer an Authorized Person.
 
1.02   Board of Directors ” means the directors from time to time serving under the Fund’s articles of incorporation, as amended from time to time.
 
1.03   Book-Entry System ” means a federal book-entry system as provided in Subpart O of Treasury Circular No. 300, 31 CFR 306, in Subpart B of 31 CFR Part 350, or in such book-entry regulations of federal agencies as are substantially in the form of such Subpart O.
1

1.04   Business Day ” means any day recognized as a settlement day by The New York Stock Exchange Inc., and any other day for which the Fund computes the net asset value of Shares.
 
1.05   Document Custodian ” means the Custodian when acting in the role of a document custodian hereunder.
 
1.06   Eligible Foreign Custodian ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 17f-5(a)(1) under the 1940 Act; the term does not include any Eligible Securities Depository.
 
1.07   Eligible Securities Depository ” has the meaning set forth in Rules 17f-4 and 17f-7(b)(1) under the 1940 Act.
 
1.08   Foreign Assets ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 17f-5(a)(2) under the Investment Company Act.
 
1.09   Fund Assets ” means with respect to the Fund, the Securities, cash and other assets (including Foreign Assets) of the Fund held by the Custodian, any Sub-Custodian, Book-Entry System, Securities Depositary or any nominee thereof pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
 
1.10   Fund Custody Account ” means any of the accounts in the name of the Fund provided for in Section 3.02 below.
 
1.11   IRS ” means the Internal Revenue Service.
 
1.12   FINRA ” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.
 
1.13   Officer ” means the Chairman, President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer, or any Assistant Treasurer of the Fund or any other officers as the Board of Directors may designate.
 
1.14   Proper Instructions ” means Written Instructions.
 
1.15   SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
1.16   Securities ” means, without limitation, common and preferred stocks, bonds, call options, put options, debentures, notes, bank certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, mortgage-backed securities or other obligations, and any certificates, receipts, warrants or other instruments or documents representing rights to receive, purchase or subscribe for the same, or evidencing or representing any other rights or interests therein, or any similar property or assets that the Custodian or its agents have the facilities to clear and service.
 
1.17   Securities Depository ” has the meaning specified in Rule 17f-4(c)(6) under the 1940 Act.
 
1.18   Shares ” means, with respect to the Fund, the units of beneficial interest issued by the Fund.
2

1.19   Sub-Custodian ” means (i) a branch of a “U.S. bank,” as that term is defined in Rule 17f-5 under the 1940 Act, (ii) an “intermediary custodian” as that term is defined in Rule 17f-4 under the 1940 Act, and (iii) an Eligible Foreign Custodian.
 
1.20   Written Instructions ” means (i) written communications actually received by the Custodian and signed by an Authorized Person or (ii) communications by facsimile or Internet e-mail communications or any other such system from one or more persons reasonably believed by the Custodian to be Authorized Persons.
 
ARTICLE II.
 
APPOINTMENT OF CUSTODIAN
 
2.01   Appointment . The Fund hereby appoints the Custodian as custodian of all assets of the Fund delivered to the Custodian by or on behalf of, or for the account of, the Fund at any time during the period of this Agreement, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, and the Custodian hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to perform the services and duties set forth in this Agreement. The Fund hereby delegates to the Custodian in accordance with Rule 17f-5(b) the responsibilities with respect to the Foreign Assets of the Fund, and the Custodian hereby accepts such delegation as Foreign Custody Manager (as such term is defined in Rule 17f-5 under the 1940 Act, the “Foreign Custody Manager”) for the Fund on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. The services and duties of the Custodian shall be confined to those matters expressly set forth herein, and no implied duties are assumed by or may be asserted against the Custodian hereunder.
 
2.02   Documents to be Furnished . The following documents, including any amendments thereto, will be provided contemporaneously with the execution of the Agreement to the Custodian by the Fund:
 
(a)
A copy of the Fund’s Articles of Incorporation, certified by the Secretary;
 
(b)
A copy of the Fund’s bylaws, certified by the Secretary;
 
(c)
A copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Fund appointing the Custodian, certified by the Secretary;
 
(d)
A copy of the current prospectus of the Fund (the “Prospectus”);
 
(e)
A certification of the Chairman or the President and the Secretary of the Fund setting forth the names and signatures of the current Officers of the Fund and other Authorized Persons; and
 
(f)
An executed authorization required by the Shareholder Communications Act of 1985, attached hereto as Exhibit C .
3

2.03   Notice of Appointment of Transfer Agent . The Fund agrees to notify the Custodian in writing of the appointment, termination or change in appointment of any transfer agent of the Fund.
 
ARTICLE III.
 
CUSTODY OF CASH AND SECURITIES
 
3.01   Segregation . All Securities and non-cash property held by the Custodian for the account of the Fund (other than Securities maintained in a Securities Depository, Eligible Securities Depository or Book-Entry System) shall be physically segregated from other Securities and non-cash property in the possession of the Custodian (including the Securities and non-cash property of the Fund) and shall be identified as subject to this Agreement.
 
3.02   Fund Custody and Cash Accounts . The Custodian shall open and maintain in its trust department: (x) a custody account in the name of the Fund, subject only to draft or order of the Custodian, in which the Custodian shall enter and carry all Fund Assets of the Fund which are delivered to it and (y) cash accounts, including any subaccounts, in the name of the Fund.
 
3.03   Appointment of Agents .
 
(a)
In its discretion, the Custodian may appoint one or more Sub-Custodians to establish and maintain arrangements with (i) Eligible Securities Depositories or (ii) Eligible Foreign Custodians who are members of the Sub-Custodian’s network to hold Fund Assets and to carry out such other provisions of this Agreement as it may determine. The appointment of any such Sub-Custodians and maintenance of any Fund Assets therewith shall be at the Custodian’s expense and shall not relieve the Custodian of any of its obligations or liabilities under this Agreement. The Custodian shall be liable for the acts or omissions of any Sub-Custodians (regardless of whether Fund Assets are maintained in the custody of a Sub-Custodian, a member of its network or an Eligible Securities Depository) appointed by it as if such acts or omissions had been done by the Custodian. An initial list of Sub-Custodians and other agents has been provided by the Custodian to the Fund on or prior to the date hereof, and the Custodian will notify the Fund of any changes in such list as soon as reasonably practicable.
 
(b)
In performing its delegated responsibilities as Foreign Custody Manager to place or maintain the Foreign Assets of the Fund with a Sub-Custodian, the Custodian will determine that the Foreign Assets will be subject to reasonable care, based on the standards applicable to custodians in the country in which the Foreign Assets will be held by that Sub-Custodian, after considering all factors relevant to safekeeping of such Foreign Assets, including, without limitation the factors specified in Rule 17f-5(c)(1) under the 1940 Act.
 
(c)
Each agreement between the Custodian and each Sub-Custodian acting hereunder shall be in writing and shall contain the required provisions set forth in Rule 17f-5(c)(2) under the 1940 Act.
4

(d)
The Custodian shall provide written reports notifying the Board of Directors of the withdrawal or placement of Fund Assets with a Sub-Custodian, and of any material changes with respect to the sub-custody arrangements for the Fund. Such reports will be provided to the Board of Directors quarterly, and at such other times as the Board of Directors deems reasonable and appropriate based on the circumstances of the arrangements for the Fund. Such reports shall include an analysis of the custody risks associated with maintaining assets with any Eligible Securities Depositories. The Custodian shall withdraw on behalf of the Fund as soon as reasonably practicable Fund Assets from any Sub-Custodian arrangement that has ceased to meet the requirements of Rule 17f-5 or Rule 17f-7 under the 1940 Act, as applicable.
 
(e)
With respect to its responsibilities under this Section 3.03, the Custodian hereby agrees to exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence such as a person having responsibility for the safekeeping of Fund Assets would exercise, or to adhere to a higher standard of care, in the performance its duties hereunder. The Custodian further represents and warrants that the Fund Assets will be subject to reasonable care if maintained with a Sub-Custodian, taking into consideration all factors relevant to the safekeeping of such assets, including, without limitation: (i) the Sub-Custodian’s practices, procedures, and internal controls, including, but not limited to, the physical protections available for certificated securities (if applicable), its method of keeping custodial records, and its security and data protection practices; (ii) whether the Sub-Custodian has the requisite financial strength to provide reasonable care for Fund Assets; (iii) the Sub-Custodian’s general reputation and standing and, in the case of a Securities Depository, the Securities Depository’s operating history and number of participants; and (iv) whether the Fund will have jurisdiction over and be able to enforce judgments against the Sub-Custodian, such as by virtue of the existence of any offices of the Sub-Custodian in the United States or the Sub-Custodian’s consent to service of process in the United States.
 
(f)
The Custodian has, and will insure that each Sub-Custodian has, established a system to monitor on a continuing basis (i) the appropriateness of maintaining Fund Assets with a particular Sub-Custodian; (ii) the performance of the contract governing the Custodian’s arrangements with such Sub-Custodian; and (iii) the custody risks of maintaining assets with an Eligible Securities Depository. The Custodian shall promptly notify the Fund or its investment adviser of any material change in these risks.
 
(g)
The Custodian shall use reasonable commercial efforts to collect all income and other payments with respect to Foreign Securities to which the Fund shall be entitled and shall credit such income, as collected, to the Fund Custody Account. In the event that extraordinary measures are required to collect such income, the Fund and the Custodian shall consult as to the measures to be taken and as to the compensation and expenses of the Custodian relating to such measures.
 
3.04   Delivery of Fund Assets to the Custodian . The Fund shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Custodian from time to time all of its assets, including (i) all payments of income, payments of principal and capital distributions received by the Fund with respect to its Fund Assets at any time during the period of this Agreement, and (ii) all cash received by the Fund for the issuance of its Shares. Except to the extent otherwise expressly provided herein, delivery of Securities to the Custodian shall be in Street Name or other good delivery form. The Custodian shall not be responsible for such Securities, cash or other assets until actually delivered to, and received by it.
5

3.05   Securities Depositories and Book-Entry Systems . The Custodian may deposit and/or maintain Securities of the Fund in a Securities Depository or in a Book-Entry System, subject to the following provisions:
 
(a)
The Custodian, on an on-going basis, shall deposit in a Securities Depository or Book-Entry System all Securities eligible for deposit therein and shall make use of such Securities Depository or Book-Entry System to the extent possible and practical in connection with its performance hereunder, including, without limitation, in connection with settlements of purchases and sales of Securities, loans of Securities, and deliveries and returns of collateral consisting of Securities.
 
(b)
Securities of the Fund kept in a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository shall be kept in an account (“Depository Account”) of the Custodian in such Book-Entry System or Securities Depository which includes only assets held by the Custodian as a fiduciary or custodian for its customers.
 
(c)
The records of the Custodian with respect to Securities of the Fund maintained in a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository shall, by book-entry, identify such Securities as belonging to the Fund.
 
(d)
If Securities purchased by the Fund are to be held in a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository, the Custodian shall pay for such Securities upon (i) receipt of advice from the Book-Entry System or Securities Depository that such Securities have been transferred to the Depository Account, and (ii) the making of an entry on the records of the Custodian to reflect such payment and transfer for the account of the Fund. If Securities sold by the Fund are held in a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository, the Custodian shall transfer such Securities upon (i) receipt of advice from the Book-Entry System or Securities Depository that payment for such Securities has been transferred to the Depository Account, and (ii) the making of an entry on the records of the Custodian to reflect such transfer and payment for the account of the Fund.
 
(e)
The Custodian shall provide the Fund, promptly upon request by the Fund, with copies of any report obtained by the Custodian from a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository in which Securities of the Fund are kept on the internal accounting controls and procedures for safeguarding Securities deposited in such Book-Entry System or Securities Depository.
 
(f)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Custodian shall be liable to the Fund for any loss or damage to the Fund resulting from (i) the use of a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository by reason of any bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Custodian or any Sub-Custodian, or (ii) failure of the Custodian or any Sub-Custodian to enforce effectively such rights as it may have against a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository. At its election, the Fund shall be subrogated to the rights of the Custodian with respect to any claim against a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository or any other person from any loss or damage to the Fund arising from the use of such Book-Entry System or Securities Depository, if and to the extent that the Fund has not been made whole for any such loss or damage.
6

(g)
With respect to its responsibilities under this Section 3.05 and pursuant to Rule 17f‑4 under the 1940 Act, the Custodian hereby agrees to (i) exercise due care in accordance with reasonable commercial standards in discharging its duties as a securities intermediary to obtain and thereafter maintain such financial assets, (ii) provide, promptly upon request by the Fund, such reports as are available concerning the Custodian’s internal accounting controls and financial strength, and (iii) require any Sub-Custodian at a minimum to exercise due care in accordance with reasonable commercial standards in discharging its duty as a securities intermediary to obtain and thereafter maintain assets corresponding to the security entitlements of its entitlement holders.
 
3.06   Disbursement of Moneys from Fund Custody Account . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall disburse moneys from the Fund Custody Account but only in the following cases:
 
(a)
For the purchase of Securities for the Fund but only in accordance with Section 4.01 of this Agreement and only (i) in the case of Securities (other than options on Securities, futures contracts and options on futures contracts), against the delivery to the Custodian (or any Sub-Custodian) of such Securities registered as provided in Section 3.09 below or in proper form for transfer, or if the purchase of such Securities is effected through a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository, in accordance with the conditions set forth in Section 3.05 above; (ii) in the case of options on Securities, against delivery to the Custodian (or any Sub-Custodian) of such receipts as are required by the customs prevailing among dealers in such options; (iii) in the case of futures contracts and options on futures contracts, against delivery to the Custodian (or any Sub-Custodian) of evidence of title thereto in favor of the Fund or any nominee referred to in Section 3.09 below; and (iv) in the case of repurchase or reverse repurchase agreements entered into between the Fund and (x) a bank which is a member of the Federal Reserve System or (y) a primary dealer in U.S. Government securities, against delivery of the purchased Securities either in certificate form or through an entry crediting the Custodian’s account at a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository with such Securities;
 
(b)
In connection with the conversion, exchange or surrender, as set forth in Section 3.07(f) below, of Securities owned by the Fund;
 
(c)
For the payment of any dividends or capital gain distributions declared by the Fund;
 
(d)
In payment of the price of Shares repurchased in open-market purchases or through tender offers, as provided in Section 5.01 below;
 
(e)
For the payment of any expense or liability incurred by the Fund, including, but not limited to, the following payments for the account of the Fund: interest; taxes; administration, investment advisory, accounting, auditing, transfer agent, custodian, director and legal fees; and other operating expenses of the Fund; in all cases, whether or not such expenses are to be in whole or in part capitalized or treated as deferred expenses;
7

(f)
For transfer in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Fund, the Custodian and a broker-dealer registered under the 1934 Act and a member of FINRA, relating to compliance with rules of the Options Clearing Corporation and of any registered national securities exchange (or of any similar organization or organizations) regarding escrow or other arrangements in connection with transactions by the Fund;
 
(g)
For transfer in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Fund, the Custodian and a futures commission merchant registered under the Commodity Exchange Act, relating to compliance with the rules of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and/or any contract market (or any similar organization or organizations) regarding account deposits in connection with transactions by the Fund;
 
(h)
For the funding of any uncertificated time deposit or other interest-bearing account with any banking institution (including the Custodian), which deposit or account has a term of one year or less; and
 
(i)
For any other proper purpose, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions, specifying the amount and purpose of such payment, declaring such purpose to be a proper corporate purpose, and naming the person or persons to whom such payment is to be made.
 
3.07   Delivery of Securities from Fund Custody Account . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall release and deliver, or cause the Sub-Custodian to release and deliver, Securities from the Fund Custody Account for the Fund but only in the following cases:
 
(a)
Upon the sale of Securities for the account of the Fund but only against receipt of payment therefor in cash, by certified or cashiers check or bank credit (a practice conventionally known as “DVP/RVP”);
 
(b)
In the case of a sale effected through a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository, in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.05 above;
 
(c)
To an offeror’s depository agent in connection with tender or other similar offers for Securities of the Fund; provided that, in any such case, the cash or other consideration is to be delivered to the Custodian;
 
(d)
To the issuer thereof or its agent (i) for transfer into the name of the Fund, the Custodian or any Sub-Custodian, or any nominee or nominees of any of the foregoing, or (ii) for exchange for a different number of certificates or other evidence representing the same aggregate face amount or number of units; provided that, in any such case, the new Securities are to be delivered to the Custodian;
 
(e)
To the broker selling the Securities, for examination in accordance with the “street delivery” custom;
8

(f)
For exchange or conversion pursuant to any plan of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or readjustment of the issuer of such Securities, or pursuant to provisions for conversion contained in such Securities, or pursuant to any deposit agreement, including surrender or receipt of underlying Securities in connection with the issuance or cancellation of depository receipts; provided that, in any such case, the new Securities and cash, if any, are to be delivered to the Custodian;
 
(g)
Upon receipt of payment therefor pursuant to any repurchase or reverse repurchase agreement entered into by the Fund;
 
(h)
In the case of warrants, rights or similar Securities, upon the exercise thereof, provided that, in any such case, the new Securities and cash, if any, are to be delivered to the Custodian;
 
(i)
For delivery as security in connection with any borrowings by the Fund requiring a pledge of assets by the Fund, but only against receipt by the Custodian of the amounts borrowed;
 
(j)
Pursuant to any authorized plan of liquidation, reorganization, merger, consolidation or recapitalization of the Fund;
 
(k)
For delivery in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Fund, the Custodian and a broker-dealer registered under the 1934 Act and a member of FINRA, relating to compliance with the rules of the Options Clearing Corporation and of any registered national securities exchange (or of any similar organization or organizations) regarding escrow or other arrangements in connection with transactions by the Fund;
 
(l)
For delivery in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Fund, the Custodian and a futures commission merchant registered under the Commodity Exchange Act, relating to compliance with the rules of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and/or any contract market (or any similar organization or organizations) regarding account deposits in connection with transactions by the Fund;
 
(m)
For any other proper corporate purpose, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions, specifying the Securities to be delivered, setting forth the purpose for which such delivery is to be made, declaring such purpose to be a proper corporate purpose, and naming the person or persons to whom delivery of such Securities shall be made; or
 
(n)
To brokers, clearing banks or other clearing agents for examination or trade execution in accordance with market custom for registered investment companies; provided that in any such case the Custodian shall have no responsibility or liability for any loss arising from the delivery of such Securities prior to receiving payment for such Securities except as may arise from the Custodian’s own negligence or willful misconduct.
 
3.08   Actions Not Requiring Proper Instructions . Unless otherwise instructed by Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall with respect to all Securities held for the Fund:
 
(a)
Subject to Section 9.04 below, collect on a timely basis all income and other payments to which the Fund is entitled either by law or pursuant to custom in the securities business;
9

(b)
Present for payment and, subject to Section 9.04 below, collect on a timely basis the amount payable upon all Securities which may mature or be called, redeemed, or retired, or otherwise become payable;
 
(c)
Endorse for collection, in the name of the Fund, checks, drafts and other negotiable instruments;
 
(d)
Surrender interim receipts or Securities in temporary form for Securities in definitive form;
 
(e)
Execute, as custodian, any necessary declarations or certificates of ownership under the federal income tax laws or the laws or regulations of any other taxing authority now or hereafter in effect, and prepare and submit reports to the IRS and the Fund at such time, in such manner and containing such information as is prescribed by the IRS;
 
(f)
Hold for the Fund, either directly or, with respect to Securities held therein, through a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository, all rights and similar Securities issued with respect to Securities of the Fund; and
 
(g)
Attend to all non-discretionary details in connection with the sale, exchange, substitution, purchase, transfer and other dealings with Securities and other assets of the Fund.
 
3.09   Registration and Transfer of Securities . All Securities (other than Loans) held for the Fund that are issued or issuable only in bearer form shall be held by the Custodian in that form, provided that any such Securities shall be held in a Book-Entry System if eligible therefor. All other Securities held for the Fund may be registered in the name of the Fund, the Custodian, a Sub-Custodian or any nominee thereof, or in the name of a Book-Entry System, Securities Depository or any nominee of either thereof. The records of the Custodian with respect to foreign Securities maintained with a Sub-Custodian in an account that is identified as belonging to the Custodian for the benefit of its customers shall identify those foreign Securities as belonging to the Fund. The Fund shall furnish to the Custodian appropriate instruments to enable the Custodian to hold or deliver in proper form for transfer, or to register in the name of any of the nominees referred to above or in the name of a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository, any Securities registered in the name of the Fund.
 
3.10   Records .
 
(a)
The Custodian shall maintain complete and accurate records with respect to Fund Assets for the Fund, including (i) journals or other records of original entry containing an itemized daily record in detail of all receipts and deliveries of Securities and all receipts and disbursements of cash; (ii) ledgers (or other records) reflecting (A) Securities in transfer, (B) Securities in physical possession, (C) monies and Securities borrowed and monies and Securities loaned (together with a record of the collateral therefor and substitutions of such collateral), (D) dividends and interest received, and (E) dividends receivable and interest receivable; (iii) canceled checks and bank records related thereto; and (iv) all records relating to its activities and obligations under this Agreement. The Custodian shall keep such other books and records of the Fund as the Fund shall reasonably request, or as may be required by all applicable law, rules and regulations, including, but not limited to, Section 31 of the 1940 Act and Rule 31a-2 promulgated thereunder, and including records reflecting the activities of the Fund under Section 18 of the 1940 Act.
10

(b)
If requested by the Fund, the Custodian shall render to the Fund a monthly report of (i) an itemized statement of the Securities held pursuant to this Agreement as of the end of each month, as well as a list of all Securities transactions that remain unsettled at that time, and (ii) such other matters as the parties may agree from time to time.
 
(c)
All such books and records maintained by the Custodian shall (i) be maintained in a form acceptable to the Fund and in compliance with applicable laws, (ii) be the property of the Fund and at all times during the regular business hours of the Custodian be made available upon request for inspection by duly authorized officers, employees or agents of the Fund and employees or agents of the SEC, and (iii) if required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act, be preserved for the periods prescribed in Rules 31a‑1 and 31a-2 under the 1940 Act.
 
3.11   Fund Reports by Custodian . The Custodian shall furnish the Fund with a daily activity statement and a summary of all transfers to or from the Fund Custody Account on the day following such transfers. At least monthly, the Custodian shall furnish the Fund with a detailed statement of the Securities and moneys held by the Custodian and the Sub-Custodians for the Fund under this Agreement.
 
3.12   Other Reports by Custodian . As the Fund may reasonably request from time to time, the Custodian shall provide the Fund with reports on the internal accounting controls and procedures for safeguarding Fund Assets which are employed by the Custodian or any Sub-Custodian.
 
3.13   Proxies and Other Materials . The Custodian shall cause all proxies relating to Securities which are not registered in the name of the Fund to be promptly executed by the registered holder of such Securities, without indication of the manner in which such proxies are to be voted, and shall promptly deliver to the Fund such proxies, all proxy soliciting materials and all notices relating to such Securities. With respect to foreign Securities, the Custodian will use reasonable commercial efforts to facilitate the exercise of voting and other shareholder rights, subject to the laws, regulations and practical constraints that may exist in the country where such securities are issued. The Fund acknowledges that local conditions, including lack of regulation, onerous procedural obligations, lack of notice and other factors may have the effect of severely limiting the ability of the Fund to exercise shareholder rights.
 
3.14   Information on Corporate Actions . The Custodian shall promptly deliver to the Fund all information received by the Custodian and pertaining to Securities being held by the Fund with respect to optional tender or exchange offers, calls for redemption or purchase, or expiration of rights. If the Fund desires to take action with respect to any tender offer, exchange offer or other similar transaction, the Fund shall, if reasonably practicable, notify the Custodian at least three Business Days prior to the date on which the Custodian is to take such action. The Fund will, if reasonably practicable, provide or cause to be provided to the Custodian all relevant information for any Security which has unique put/option provisions at least three Business Days prior to the beginning date of the tender period.
11

ARTICLE IV.
 
PURCHASE AND SALE OF INVESTMENTS OF THE FUND
 
4.01   Purchase of Securities . Promptly upon each purchase of Securities by the Fund, Written Instructions shall be delivered to the Custodian specifying (as applicable) (i) the name of the issuer or writer of such Securities, and the title or other description thereof, (ii) the number of shares, principal amount (and accrued interest, if any) or other units purchased, (iii) the date of purchase and settlement, (iv) the purchase price per unit, (v) the total amount payable upon such purchase, and (vi) the name of the person to whom such amount is payable. The Custodian shall upon receipt of such Securities purchased by the Fund pay out of the moneys in the Fund Custody Account the total amount specified in such Written Instructions to the person named therein. The Custodian shall be under no obligation to pay out of its own funds the cost of a purchase of Securities for the Fund, if in the Fund Custody Account for the Fund there is insufficient cash available to the Fund for which such purchase was made.
 
4.02   Liability for Payment in Advance of Receipt of Securities Purchased . In any and every case where payment for the purchase of Securities for the Fund is made by the Custodian in advance of receipt of the Securities purchased and in the absence of specified Proper Instructions to so pay in advance, the Custodian shall be liable to the Fund for such payment.
 
4.03   Sale of Securities . Promptly upon each sale of Securities by the Fund, Written Instructions shall be delivered to the Custodian, specifying (as applicable) (i) the name of the issuer or writer of such Securities, and the title or other description thereof, (ii) the number of shares, principal amount (and accrued interest, if any), or other units sold, (iii) the date of sale and settlement, (iv) the sale price per unit, (v) the total amount payable upon such sale, and (vi) the person to whom such Securities are to be delivered. Upon receipt of the total amount payable to the Fund as specified in such Written Instructions, the Custodian shall deliver such Securities to the person specified in such Written Instructions. Subject to the foregoing, the Custodian may accept payment in such form as shall be satisfactory to it, and may deliver Securities and arrange for payment in accordance with the customs prevailing among dealers in Securities.
 
4.04   Delivery of Securities Sold . Notwithstanding Section 4.03 above or any other provision of this Agreement, the Custodian, when instructed to deliver Securities or Loan Documents against payment, shall be entitled, if in accordance with generally accepted market practice for registered investment companies, to deliver or ship for delivery such Securities prior to actual receipt of final payment therefor. In any such case, the Fund shall bear the risk that final payment for such Securities may not be made or that such Securities may be returned or otherwise held or disposed of by or through the person to whom they were delivered, and the Custodian shall have no liability for any for the foregoing.
12

4.05   Payment for Securities Sold . In its sole discretion and from time to time, the Custodian may credit the Fund Custody Account, prior to actual receipt of final payment thereof, with (i) proceeds from the sale of Securities which it has been instructed to deliver against payment, (ii) proceeds from the redemption of Securities or other assets of the Fund, and (iii) income from Fund Assets of the Fund. Any such credit shall be conditional upon actual receipt by the Custodian of final payment and may be reversed to the extent final payment is not actually received in full. The Custodian may, in its sole discretion and from time to time, permit the Fund to use funds so credited to the Fund Custody Account in anticipation of actual receipt of final payment. Any such funds shall be repayable immediately upon written demand made by the Custodian at any time prior to the actual receipt of all final payments in anticipation of which funds were credited to the Fund Custody Account.
 
4.06   Advances by Custodian for Settlement . The Custodian may, in its sole discretion and from time to time, advance funds to the Fund to facilitate the settlement of the Fund’s transactions in the Fund Custody Account. Any such advance shall be repayable immediately upon written demand made by the Custodian.
 
ARTICLE V.
 
[RESERVE]
 
ARTICLE VI.
 
SEGREGATED ACCOUNTS
 
Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall establish and maintain a segregated account or accounts for and on behalf of the Fund, into which account or accounts may be transferred Fund Assets, including Securities maintained in a Depository Account:
 
(a)
in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Fund, the Custodian and a broker-dealer registered under the 1934 Act and a member of FINRA (or any futures commission merchant registered under the Commodity Exchange Act), relating to compliance with the rules of the Options Clearing Corporation and of any registered national securities exchange (or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission or any registered contract market), or of any similar organization or organizations, regarding escrow or other arrangements in connection with transactions by the Fund;
 
(b)
for purposes of segregating cash or Securities in connection with securities options purchased or written by the Fund or in connection with financial futures contracts (or options thereon) purchased or sold by the Fund;
 
(c)
which constitute collateral for loans of Securities made by the Fund;
13

(d)
for purposes of compliance by the Fund with requirements under the 1940 Act for the maintenance of segregated accounts by registered investment companies in connection with reverse repurchase agreements and when-issued, delayed delivery, firm commitment transactions or other transactions deemed (by rule, interpretation or practice) to create “Senior Securities” under Section 18 of the 1940 Act; and
 
(e)
for other proper corporate purposes, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions setting forth the purpose or purposes of such segregated account and declaring such purposes to be proper corporate purposes.
 
Each segregated account established under this Article VI shall be established and maintained for the Fund only.
 
ARTICLE VII.
 
COMPENSATION OF CUSTODIAN
 
7.01   Compensation . The Custodian shall be compensated for providing the services set forth in this Agreement in accordance with the fee schedule set forth on Exhibit B hereto (as amended from time to time). The Custodian shall also be reimbursed for such customary miscellaneous expenses (e.g., telecommunication charges, postage and delivery charges, and reproduction charges) as are reasonably incurred by the Custodian in performing its duties hereunder. The Fund shall pay all such fees and reimbursable expenses within 30 calendar days following receipt of the billing notice, except for any fee or expense subject to a good faith dispute. The Fund shall notify the Custodian in writing within 30 calendar days following receipt of each invoice if the Fund is disputing any amounts in good faith. The Fund shall pay such disputed amounts within 10 calendar days of the day on which the parties agree to the amount to be paid. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, amounts owed by the Fund to the Custodian shall only be paid out of the assets and property of the Fund.
 
7.02   Overdrafts . The Fund is responsible for maintaining an appropriate level of short term cash investments to accommodate cash outflows. The Fund may obtain a formal line of credit for potential overdrafts of its custody account. In the event of an overdraft or in the event the line of credit is insufficient to cover an overdraft, the overdraft amount or the overdraft amount that exceeds the line of credit will be charged in accordance with the fee schedule set forth on Exhibit B hereto (as amended from time to time)
 
ARTICLE VIII.
 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
 
8.01   Representations and Warranties of the Fund . The Fund hereby represents and warrants to the Custodian, which representations and warranties shall be deemed to be continuing throughout the term of this Agreement, that:
14

(a)
It is duly organized and existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, with full power to carry on its business as now conducted, to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder;
 
(b)
This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Fund in accordance with all requisite action and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Fund, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and secured parties; and
 
(c)
It is conducting its business in compliance in all material respects with all applicable laws and regulations, both state and federal, and has obtained all regulatory approvals necessary to carry on its business as now conducted; there is no statute, rule, regulation, order or judgment binding on it and no provision of its charter, bylaws or any contract binding it or affecting its property which would prohibit its execution or performance of this Agreement.
 
8.02   Representations and Warranties of the Custodian . The Custodian hereby represents and warrants to the Fund, which representations and warranties shall be deemed to be continuing throughout the term of this Agreement, that:
 
(a)
It is duly organized and existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, with full power to carry on its business as now conducted, to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder;
 
(b)
It is a “U.S. Bank” as defined in Rule 17f-5(a)(7) of the 1940 Act, and it has a capital, surplus and undivided profits of at least two million dollars ($2,000,000);
 
(c)
This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Custodian in accordance with all requisite action and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Custodian, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and secured parties; and
 
(d)
It is conducting its business in compliance in all material respects with all applicable laws and regulations, both state and federal, and has obtained all regulatory approvals necessary to carry on its business as now conducted; there is no statute, rule, regulation, order or judgment binding on it and no provision of its charter, bylaws or any contract binding it or affecting its property which would prohibit its execution or performance of this Agreement.
 
ARTICLE IX.
 
CONCERNING THE CUSTODIAN
 
9.01   Standard of Care . The Custodian shall exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence in the performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement. The Custodian shall be liable for any loss suffered by the Fund in connection with its duties under this Agreement arising out of or relating to the Custodian’s (or a Sub-Custodian’s) refusal or failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement (or any sub-custody agreement) or from its (or a Sub-Custodian’s) bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of its duties under this Agreement (or any sub-custody agreement). The Custodian shall be entitled to reasonably rely on and may act upon advice of outside counsel on all matters, and shall be without liability for any action reasonably taken or omitted pursuant to such advice so long as such action or omission is not in breach of this Agreement. The Custodian shall promptly notify the Fund of any action taken or omitted by the Custodian pursuant to advice of counsel. Nothing herein shall obligate the Custodian to commence, prosecute or defend legal proceedings in any instance, whether on behalf of the Fund or on its own behalf or otherwise, with respect to any matter arising hereunder, or relating to this Agreement or the services contemplated hereby.
15

9.02   Actual Collection Required . Except as otherwise provided herein, the Custodian shall not be liable for, or considered to be the custodian of, any cash belonging to the Fund or any money represented by a check, draft or other instrument for the payment of money, until the Custodian or its agents actually receives such cash or collect on such instrument.
 
9.03   No Responsibility for Title, etc. So long as and to the extent that it is in the exercise of at least the standard of care as set forth in with Section 9.01 hereof, the Custodian shall not be responsible for the title, validity or genuineness of any property or evidence of title thereto received or delivered by it pursuant to this Agreement.
 
9.04   Limitation on Duty to Collect . The Custodian shall not be required to enforce collection, by legal means or otherwise, of any money or property due and payable with respect to Securities held for the Fund if such Securities are in default or payment is not made after due demand or presentation.
 
9.05   Reliance Upon Documents and Instructions . The Custodian shall be entitled to rely upon any certificate, notice or other instrument in writing received by it and reasonably believed by it to be genuine. The Custodian shall be entitled to rely upon any Written Instructions actually received by it pursuant to this Agreement and reasonably believed by it to be genuine.
 
9.06   Cooperation . The Custodian shall cooperate with and supply necessary information to the entity or entities appointed by the Fund to keep the books of account of the Fund and/or compute the value of the assets of the Fund. The Custodian shall take all such reasonable actions as the Fund may from time to time request to enable the Fund to obtain, from year to year, favorable opinions from the Fund’s independent accountants with respect to the Custodian’s activities hereunder in connection with (i) the preparation of the Fund’s reports on Form N‑2 and Form N‑SAR and any other reports required by the SEC, and (ii) the fulfillment by the Fund of any other requirements of the SEC.
16

ARTICLE X.
 
INDEMNIFICATION
 
10.01   Indemnification by the Fund . The Fund shall indemnify and hold harmless the Custodian, any Sub-Custodian and any nominee thereof (each, an “Indemnified Party” and collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”) from and against any and all claims, demands, losses, expenses and liabilities of any and every nature (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) that an Indemnified Party may sustain or incur or that may be asserted against an Indemnified Party by any person arising directly or indirectly (i) from the fact that Securities are registered in the name of any such nominee, (ii) from any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Custodian or such Sub-Custodian (a) at the request or direction of or in reliance on the advice of the Fund, or (b) in compliance with Proper Instructions, or (iii) from the performance of its obligations under this Agreement or any sub-custody agreement in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof; provided that the Fund shall have no obligation to indemnify or hold harmless the Custodian, any Sub-Custodian or any nominee thereof from and against any such claim, demand, loss, expense or liability arising out of or relating to its refusal or failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement (or any sub-custody agreement), or from its bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of its duties under this Agreement (or any sub-custody agreement). This indemnity shall be a continuing obligation of the Fund, its successors and assigns, notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement. As used in this paragraph, the terms “Custodian” and “Sub-Custodian” shall include their respective directors, officers and employees.
 
10.02   Indemnification by Custodian . The Custodian shall indemnify and hold harmless the Fund from and against any and all claims, demands, losses, expenses, and liabilities of any and every nature (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) that the Fund may sustain or incur or that may be asserted against the Fund by any person arising directly or indirectly out of any action taken or omitted to be taken by an Indemnified Party as a result of the Indemnified Party’s refusal or failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement or any sub-custody agreement, or from its bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of its duties under this Agreement or any sub-custody agreement. This indemnity shall be a continuing obligation of the Custodian, its successors and assigns, notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement. As used in this paragraph, the term “Fund” shall include the Fund’s directors, officers and employees.
 
10.03   Security . If the Custodian advances cash or Securities to the Fund for any purpose, either at the Fund’s request or as otherwise contemplated in this Agreement, or in the event that the Custodian or its nominee incurs, in connection with its performance under this Agreement, any claim, demand, loss, expense or liability (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) that is required to be indemnified by the Fund pursuant to Section 10.01, then, in any such event, any property at any time held for the account of the Fund shall be security therefor, and should the Fund fail promptly to repay or indemnify the Custodian, the Custodian shall be entitled to utilize available cash of the Fund and to dispose of other assets of the Fund to the extent necessary to obtain reimbursement or indemnification.
 
10.04   Miscellaneous.
17

(a)
Neither party to this Agreement shall be liable to the other party for consequential, special or punitive damages under any provision of this Agreement.
 
(b)
The indemnity provisions of this Article shall indefinitely survive the termination and/or assignment of this Agreement.
 
(c)
In order that the indemnification provisions contained in this Article X shall apply, it is understood that if in any case the indemnitor may be asked to indemnify or hold the indemnitee harmless, the indemnitor shall be fully and promptly advised of all pertinent facts concerning the situation in question, and it is further understood that the indemnitee will use all reasonable care to notify the indemnitor promptly concerning any situation that presents or appears likely to present the probability of a claim for indemnification. The indemnitor shall have the option to defend the indemnitee against any claim that may be the subject of this indemnification. In the event that the indemnitor so elects, it will so notify the indemnitee and thereupon the indemnitor shall take over complete defense of the claim, and the indemnitee shall in such situation initiate no further legal or other expenses for which it shall seek indemnification under this Article X. The indemnitee shall in no case confess any claim or make any compromise in any case in which the indemnitor will be asked to indemnify the indemnitee except with the indemnitor’s prior written consent.
 
ARTICLE XI.
 
  FORCE MAJEURE
 
Neither the Custodian nor the Fund shall be liable for any failure or delay in performance of its obligations under this Agreement arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, acts of God; earthquakes; fires; floods; wars; civil or military disturbances; acts of terrorism; sabotage; strikes; epidemics; riots; power failures; computer failure and any such circumstances beyond its reasonable control as may cause interruption, loss or malfunction of utility, transportation, computer (hardware or software) or telephone communication service; accidents; labor disputes; acts of civil or military authority; governmental actions; or inability to obtain labor, material, equipment or transportation; provided, however, that in the event of a failure or delay, the Custodian (i) shall not discriminate against the Fund in favor of any other customer of the Custodian, and (ii) shall use its best efforts to ameliorate the effects of any such failure or delay.
 
ARTICLE XII.
 
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
 
12.01   The Custodian agrees on behalf of itself and its directors, officers, and employees to treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Fund, all records and other information relative to the Fund and prior, present, or potential shareholders of the Fund (and clients of said shareholders), and not to use such records and information for any purpose other than the performance of its responsibilities and duties hereunder, except (i) after prior notification to and approval in writing by the Fund, which approval may not be withheld where the Custodian may be exposed to civil or criminal contempt proceedings for failure to comply, (ii) when required to divulge such information by duly constituted governmental authorities, provided that the Custodian will promptly report such disclosure to the Fund if disclosure is permitted by applicable law and regulation, or (iii) when so requested by the Fund. Records and other information which have become known to the public through no wrongful act of the Custodian or any of its employees, agents or representatives, and information that was already in the possession of the Custodian prior to receipt thereof from the Fund or its agent, shall not be subject to this paragraph.
18

12.02   Further, the Custodian will adhere to the privacy policies adopted by the Fund and comply with Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act or other applicable laws, rules or regulations, as such may be modified from time to time. In this regard, the Custodian shall have in place and maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards reasonably designed to protect the security, confidentiality and integrity of, and to prevent unauthorized access to or use of, records and information relating to the Fund and its shareholders.
 
ARTICLE XIII.
 
EFFECTIVE PERIOD; TERMINATION
 
13.01   Effective Period . This Agreement shall become effective as of the date first written above and will continue in effect for a period of seven (7) years.
 
13.02   Termination . This Agreement may be terminated by either party upon giving 90 days prior written notice to the other party or such shorter notice period as is mutually agreed upon the parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be terminated by either party upon the breach of the other party of any material term of this Agreement if such breach is not cured within 15 days of notice of such breach to the breaching party. Subsequent to the end of the seven (7) year period, this Agreement continues until one party gives 90 days prior written notice to the other party or such shorter notice period as is mutually agreed upon by the parties. In addition, the Fund may, at any time, immediately terminate this Agreement in the event of the appointment of a conservator or receiver for the Custodian by regulatory authorities or upon the happening of a like event at the direction of an appropriate regulatory agency or court of competent jurisdiction.
 
13.03   Appointment of Successor Custodian . If a successor custodian shall have been appointed by the Board of Directors of the Fund, the Custodian shall, upon receipt of a notice of acceptance by the successor custodian, on such specified date of termination (i) deliver directly to the successor custodian all Fund Assets (other than Securities held in a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository) then owned by the Fund and held by the Custodian and (ii) transfer any Securities held in a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository to an account of or for the benefit of the Fund at the successor custodian. In such instance, the Fund shall pay to the Custodian all unpaid fees and unreimbursed expenses and other amounts to the payment or reimbursement of which it shall then be entitled. The Fund shall pay (a) all fees associated with converting services to a successor service provider and (b) all fees associated with any record retention and/or tax reporting obligations that may not be eliminated due to the conversion to a successor service provider, as well as all reasonable miscellaneous costs associated with (a) and (b) above. In addition, the Custodian shall transfer to such successor custodian all relevant books, records, correspondence, and other data established or maintained by the Custodian under this Agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to the Fund (if such form differs from the form in which the Custodian has maintained the same, the Fund shall pay any expenses associated with transferring the data to such form), and will cooperate in the transfer of such duties and responsibilities, including provision for assistance from the Custodian’s personnel in the establishment of books, records, and other data by such successor. Upon such delivery and transfer, the Custodian shall be relieved of all obligations under this Agreement, except as otherwise specified herein.
19

13.04   Failure to Appoint Successor Custodian . If a successor custodian is not designated by the Fund on or before the date of termination of this Agreement, then the Custodian shall have the right to deliver to a bank or trust company of its own selection, which bank or trust company (i) is a “bank” as defined in Section 2(a)(5) of the 1940 Act, (ii) has aggregate capital, surplus and undivided profits as shown on its most recent published report of not less than $25 million and (iii) in all other respects meets the requirements of a custodian under the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, all Fund Assets held by the Custodian under this Agreement and to transfer to an account of or for the Fund at such bank or trust company all Securities of the Fund held in a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository. Upon such delivery and transfer, such bank or trust company shall be the successor custodian under this Agreement and the Custodian shall be relieved of all obligations under this Agreement, except as otherwise specified herein. In addition, under these circumstances, all books, records and other data of the Fund shall be returned to the Fund.
 
ARTICLE XIV.

CLASS ACTIONS

The Custodian shall use its best efforts to identify and file claims for the Fund involving any class action litigation that impacts any security the Fund may have held during the class period. The Fund agrees that the Custodian may file such claims on its behalf and understands that it may be waiving and/or releasing certain rights to make claims or otherwise pursue class action defendants who settle their claims. Further, the Fund acknowledges that there is no guarantee these claims will result in any payment or partial payment of potential class action proceeds and that the timing of such payment, if any, is uncertain.

However, the Fund may instruct the Custodian to distribute class action notices and other relevant documentation to the Fund or its designee and, if it so elects, will relieve the Custodian from any and all liability and responsibility for filing class action claims on behalf of the Fund.

20

ARTICLE XV.
 
MISCELLANEOUS
 
15.01   Compliance with Laws . The Fund has and retains primary responsibility for all compliance matters relating to the Fund, including but not limited to compliance with the 1940 Act, the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the USA Patriot Act of 2001 and the policies and limitations of the Fund relating to its portfolio investments as set forth in its Prospectus and statement of additional information. The Custodian’s services hereunder shall not relieve the Fund of its responsibilities for assuring such compliance or the Board of Director’s oversight responsibility with respect thereto.
 
15.02   Amendment . This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any manner except by written agreement executed by the Custodian and the Fund, and authorized or approved by the Board of Directors.
 
15.03   Assignment . This Agreement shall extend to and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not be assignable by the Fund without the written consent of the Custodian, or by the Custodian without the written consent of the Fund accompanied by the authorization or approval of the Board of Directors.
 
15.04   Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota, without regard to conflicts of law principles. To the extent that the applicable laws of the State of Minnesota, or any of the provisions herein, conflict with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the latter shall control, and nothing herein shall be construed in a manner inconsistent with the 1940 Act or any rule or order of the SEC thereunder.
 
15.05   No Agency Relationship . Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize or empower either party to act as agent for the other party to this Agreement, or to conduct business in the name, or for the account, of the other party to this Agreement. The Custodian shall be an independent contractor of the Fund and neither the Custodian nor any of its managers, officers, employees, representatives or agents as such, is or shall be an employee of the Fund. The Custodian is responsible for its own conduct and the employment, control and conduct of its managers, officers, employees, representatives and agents.
 
15.06   Services Not Exclusive . Nothing in this Agreement shall limit or restrict the Custodian from providing services to other parties that are similar or identical to some or all of the services provided hereunder.
 
15.07   Invalidity.   Any provision of this Agreement which may be determined by competent authority to be prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. In such case, the parties shall in good faith modify or substitute such provision consistent with the original intent of the parties.
21

15.08   Notices . Any notice required or permitted to be given by either party to the other shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given on the date delivered personally or by courier service, or three days after sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or on the date sent and confirmed received by facsimile transmission to the other party’s address set forth below:
 
Notice to the Custodian shall be sent to:
U.S Bank, N.A.
1555 N. Rivercenter Dr., MK-WI-S302
Milwaukee, WI 53212

Attn: Tom Fuller
Phone: 414-905-6118
Fax: 866-350-5066

and notice to the Fund shall be sent to:

 RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund
c/o RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC
325 North LaSalle Street, Suite 645
Chicago, Ill 60654

Attn: General Counsel
Phone: 312-445-2251
Fax: 312-832-1461

15.09   Multiple Originals . This Agreement may be executed on two or more counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.
 
15.10   No Waiver . No failure by either party hereto to exercise, and no delay by such party in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof. The exercise by either party hereto of any right hereunder shall not preclude the exercise of any other right, and the remedies provided herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided at law or in equity.
 
15.11   References to the Custodian . The Fund shall not circulate any printed matter which contains any reference to the Custodian without the prior written approval of the Custodian, excepting printed matter contained in the Prospectus or statement of additional information for the Fund and such other printed matter as merely identifies the Custodian as custodian for the Fund. The Fund shall submit printed matter requiring approval to the Custodian in draft form, allowing sufficient time for review by the Custodian and its counsel prior to any deadline for printing.
22

15.12   Limited Recourse . The Custodian agrees that the obligations assumed by the Fund pursuant to this Agreement shall be limited in all cases to the assets of the Fund. The Custodian further agrees that it will not seek satisfaction of any obligation of the Fund from any shareholders of the Fund, from the Board of Directors of the Fund or any individual Director, or from any officer, employee or agent of the Fund.
 
[Signature page follows]
23

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by a duly authorized officer on one or more counterparts as of the date first above written.

THE RIVERNORTH/DOUBLELINE STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITY FUND, INC.  
 
By:
   
     
Name:
   
     
Title:
   
 
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 
 
     
By:
   
   
Name: Michael R. McVoy 
 
   
Title: Senior Vice President 
 
 
24
 
MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into as of the ____ day of September, 2016, by and among THE RIVERNORTH/DOUBLELINE STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITY FUND, INC., a Maryland corporation (the “Fund”), CENTRIC FUND SERVICES , LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“CFS”) and U.S. BANCORP FUND SERVICES, LLC , a Wisconsin limited liability company (“USBFS”).

WHEREAS, the Fund is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Acts”), as a closed-end, non-diversified management investment company; and

WHEREAS, the Fund desires to retain USBFS to furnish administrative, fund accounting and transfer agent services; and

WHEREAS, the Fund desires to retain CFS to perform certain services for the Fund;
 
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained, it is agreed among the parties hereto as follows:
 
1. Appointment, Acceptance and Services.

The Fund appoints USBFS as “Administrative Manager”. As Administrative Manager, USBFS will provide administrative, fund accounting, transfer and dividend disbursing agent services, as described below, on behalf of the Fund. When providing these services, USBFS will act in conformity with the Fund’s prospectus and statement of additional information and requirements of the Acts and all other applicable federal and state laws and regulations (“Applicable Law”).

A. Administrative Services . The Fund appoints USBFS to provide administrative services for the Fund, and USBFS accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services, hereby set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated by reference, for the compensation herein provided.

B. Fund Accounting Services . The Fund appoints USBFS to provide fund accounting services for the Fund, and USBFS accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services, hereby set forth in Exhibit B attached hereto and incorporated by reference, for the compensation herein provided.
1

C. Transfer and Dividend Disbursing Agent Services . The Fund appoints USBFS to provide transfer and dividend disbursing agent services for the Fund, and USBFS accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services, hereby set forth in Exhibit C attached hereto and incorporated by reference, for the compensation herein provided.

D. Other Services . The Fund appoints CFS to be a service provider for the Fund, and CFS accepts such appointment and agrees to render certain services, hereby set forth in Exhibit D (“CFS Services”) attached hereto and incorporated by reference, for the compensation herein provided. Service will be provided in accordance with Applicable Law and the Fund’s prospectus and statement of additional information.

2. Compensation.

USBFS shall be compensated for providing the services set forth in this Agreement in accordance with the fee schedule set forth on Exhibit E hereto (as amended from time to time). USBFS shall also be reimbursed for such miscellaneous expenses (e.g., telecommunication charges, postage and delivery charges, and reproduction charges) as are reasonably incurred by USBFS in performing their duties hereunder. The Fund shall pay all such fees and reimbursable expenses to USBFS within 30 calendar days following receipt of the billing notice from USBFS, except for any fee or expense subject to a good faith dispute. The Fund shall notify USBFS in writing within 30 calendar days following receipt of each invoice if the Fund is disputing any amounts in good faith. The Fund shall pay such disputed amounts within 10 calendar days of the day on which the parties agree to the amount to be paid. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Fund’s obligation to pay fees hereunder is limited to paying those amounts to USBFS.

3. Representations and Warranties.

A. The Fund hereby represents and warrants to USBFS and CFS, which representations and warranties shall be deemed to be continuing throughout the term of this Agreement, that:

(1) It is duly organized and existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, with full power to carry on its business as now conducted, to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder;

(2) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Fund in accordance with all requisite action and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Fund, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and secured parties; and

 
2

(3) It is conducting its business in compliance in all material respects with all applicable laws and regulations, both state and federal, and has obtained all regulatory approvals necessary to carry on its business as now conducted; there is no statute, rule, regulation, order or judgment binding on it and no provision of its charter, bylaws or any contract binding it or affecting its property which would prohibit its execution or performance of this Agreement.

B. USBFS and CFS hereby represent and warrant to the Fund, which representations and warranties shall be deemed to be continuing throughout the term of this Agreement, that:

(1) Each is duly organized and existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, with full power to carry on its business as now conducted, to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder;

(2) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of USBFS and CFS in accordance with all requisite action and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of each of USBFS and CFS, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and secured parties; and

(3) Each is conducting its business in compliance in all material respects with all applicable laws and regulations, both state and federal, and has obtained all regulatory approvals necessary to carry on its business as now conducted; there is no statute, rule, regulation, order or judgment binding on it and no provision of its charter, bylaws or any contract binding it or affecting its property which would prohibit the execution or performance of this Agreement.

4. Indemnification; Limitation of Liability.

A. Each of USBFS and CFS shall exercise reasonable care in the performance of its duties under this Agreement. Neither USBFS nor CFS shall be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Fund or any third party in connection with the duties under this Agreement, including losses resulting from mechanical breakdowns or the failure of communication or power supplies beyond USBFS’s or CFS’ control, except a loss arising out of or relating to USBFS’s or CFS’ refusal or failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement or from its bad faith, negligence, or willful misconduct in the performance of its duties under this Agreement. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if USBFS or CFS has exercised reasonable care in the performance of its duties under this Agreement, the Fund shall indemnify and hold harmless USBFS and CFS from and against any and all claims, demands, losses, expenses, and liabilities of any and every nature, including reasonable attorneys’ fees (collectively, “Losses”), that USBFS or CFS may sustain or incur or that may be asserted against USBFS or CFS by any person arising out of or related to any action taken or omitted to be taken by them in performing the services hereunder (i) in accordance with the foregoing standards, or (ii) in reliance upon any written instruction provided to USBFS and CFS by any duly authorized officer of the Fund, as approved by the Board of Directors of the Fund, except for any and all Losses arising out of or relating to USBFS’s or CFS’ refusal or failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement or from its bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of its duties under this Agreement. This indemnity shall be a continuing obligation of the Fund, its successors and assigns, notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement. As used in this paragraph, the term “USBFS” and “CFS” shall include USBFS’s and CFS’ members, directors, officers and employees.

3

USBFS and CFS shall indemnify and hold the Fund harmless from and against any and all Losses that the Fund may sustain or incur or that may be asserted against the Fund by any person arising out of or relating to USBFS’s or CFS’ refusal or failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement, or from its bad faith, negligence, or willful misconduct in the performance of its duties under this Agreement. This indemnity shall be a continuing obligation of USBFS and CFS, their successors and assigns, notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement. As used in this paragraph, the term “Fund” shall include the Fund’s directors, officers and employees.

In the event of a mechanical breakdown or failure of communication or power supplies beyond its control, USBFS and CFS shall take all reasonable steps to minimize service interruptions for any period that such interruption continues. USBFS and CFS will make every reasonable effort to restore any lost or damaged data and correct any errors resulting from such a breakdown at the expense of USBFS and CFS. USBFS and CFS agree that they shall, at all times, have reasonable contingency plans with appropriate parties, making reasonable provision for emergency use of electrical data processing equipment to the extent appropriate equipment is available. Representatives of the Fund shall be entitled to inspect USBFS’s and CFS’ premises and operating capabilities at any time during regular business hours of USBFS and CFS, upon reasonable notice to USBFS and CFS. Moreover, USBFS and CFS shall provide the Fund, at such times as the Fund may reasonably require, copies of reports rendered by independent accountants on the internal controls and procedures of USBFS and CFS relating to the services provided by USBFS and CFS under this Agreement.

4

Notwithstanding the above, USBFS and CFS reserve the right to reprocess and correct administrative errors at their own expense.

In no case shall any party be liable to the other for (i) any special, indirect or consequential damages, loss of profits or goodwill (even if advised of the possibility of such); (ii) any delay by reason of circumstances beyond its control, including acts of civil or military authority, national emergencies, labor difficulties, fire, mechanical breakdown, flood or catastrophe, acts of God, insurrection, war, riots, or failure beyond its control of transportation or power supply.

B. In order that the indemnification provisions contained in this section shall apply, it is understood that if in any case the indemnitor may be asked to indemnify or hold the indemnitee harmless, the indemnitor shall be fully and promptly advised of all pertinent facts concerning the situation in question, and it is further understood that the indemnitee will use all reasonable care to notify the indemnitor promptly concerning any situation that presents or appears likely to present the probability of a claim for indemnification. The indemnitor shall have the option to defend the indemnitee against any claim that may be the subject of this indemnification. In the event that the indemnitor so elects, it will so notify the indemnitee and thereupon the indemnitor shall take over complete defense of the claim, and the indemnitee shall in such situation initiate no further legal or other expenses for which it shall seek indemnification under this section. The indemnitee shall in no case confess any claim or make any compromise in any case in which the indemnitor will be asked to indemnify the indemnitee except with the indemnitor’s prior written consent.

C. The indemnity and defense provisions set forth in this Section 4 shall survive the termination and/or assignment of this Agreement.

D. If USBFS and CFS are acting in another capacity for the Fund pursuant to a separate agreement, nothing herein shall be deemed to relieve USBFS and CFS of any of its obligations in such other capacity.

5. Data Necessary to Perform Services.
 
The Fund or its agent shall furnish to USBFS the data necessary to perform the services described herein at such times and in such form as mutually agreed upon.
 
6. Proprietary and Confidential Information.

USBFS and CFS each agree on behalf of themselves and their members, directors, officers, and employees to treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Fund, all records and other information relating to the Fund and prior, present, or potential shareholders of the Fund (and clients of said shareholders), and not to use such records and information for any purpose other than the performance of their responsibilities and duties hereunder, except (i) after prior notification to and approval in writing by the Fund, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld and may not be withheld where USBFS or CFS will be exposed to civil or criminal contempt proceedings for failure to comply, (ii) when requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities of competent jurisdiction, or (iii) when so requested in writing by the Fund. Records and other information which have become known to the public through no wrongful act of USBFS or CFS or any of their employees, agents or representatives, and information that was already in the possession of USBFS and CFS prior to receipt thereof from the Fund or its agent, shall not be subject to this paragraph.

5

Further, USBFS and CFS will adhere to the privacy policies adopted by the Fund pursuant to Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, as may be modified from time to time. In this regard, USBFS and CFS shall have in place and maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards reasonably designed to protect the security, confidentiality and integrity of, and to prevent unauthorized access to or use of, records and information relating to the Fund and its shareholders.

The Fund, on behalf of itself and its directors, officers, and employees, will maintain the confidential and proprietary nature of the Data and agrees to protect it using the same efforts, but in no case less than reasonable efforts, that it uses to protect its own proprietary and confidential information.

7. Records.

USBFS and CFS shall keep records relating to the services to be performed hereunder in the form and manner, and for such period, as it may deem advisable and is agreeable to the Fund, but not less than the periods required by Applicable Law, including, in particular, Section 31 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules thereunder. USBFS and CFS agree that all such records prepared or maintained by USBFS and CFS relating to the services to be performed by USBFS and CFS hereunder are the property of the Fund and will be preserved, maintained, and made available in accordance with such applicable sections and rules of the Acts and will be promptly surrendered to the Fund or its designee on and in accordance with its request.

8. Compliance with Laws.

Except with respect to the services provided by USBFS and CFS hereunder, the Fund has primary responsibility for all compliance matters relating to the Fund, including but not limited to compliance with the Acts, the Code, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the USA Patriot Act of 2001 and the policies and limitations of the Fund relating to its portfolio investments as set forth in its current prospectus and statement of additional information. USBFS’s or CFS’ services hereunder shall not relieve the Fund of its responsibilities for the Board of Director’s oversight responsibility with respect thereto.
6

9. Term of Agreement; Amendment.

This Agreement shall become effective as of the date first written above and will continue in effect for a period of seven (7) years. This Agreement may be terminated by any of the parties upon giving 90 days prior written notice or such shorter notice period as is mutually agreed upon by the parties. Subsequent to the end of the seven (7) year period, this Agreement continues until one party gives 90 days prior written notice to the other party or such shorter period as is mutually agreed upon by the parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be terminated by any of the parties upon the breach of the other party of any material term of this Agreement if such breach is not cured within 15 days of notice of such breach to the breaching party. This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any manner except by written agreement executed by USBFS, CFS and the Fund, and authorized or approved by the Board of Directors of the Fund.

10. Duties in the Event of Termination.

In the event that, in connection with termination, a successor to any of USBFS’s or CFS’ duties or responsibilities hereunder are designated by the Fund by written notice to USBFS and CFS, USBFS and CFS will promptly, upon such termination and, in the absence of material breach by USBFS and CFS, at the expense of the Fund, transfer to such successor all relevant books, records, correspondence and other data established or maintained by USBFS and CFS under this Agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to the Fund (if such form differs from the form in which USBFS and CFS has maintained the same, the Fund shall pay any expenses associated with transferring the data to such form), and will cooperate in the transfer of such duties and responsibilities, including provision for assistance from USBFS’s and CFS’ personnel in the establishment of books, records and other data by such successor. If no such successor is designated, then such books, records and other data shall be returned to the Fund.
 
11. Assignment.

This Agreement shall extend to and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not be assignable by the Fund without the written consent of USBFS and CFS, or by USBFS or CFS without the written consent of the Fund accompanied by the authorization or approval of the Fund’s Board of Directors.

12. Governing Law.

This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Wisconsin, without regard to conflicts of law principles. To the extent that the applicable laws of the State of Wisconsin, or any of the provisions herein, conflict with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, the latter shall control, and nothing herein shall be construed in a manner inconsistent with the 1940 Act or any rule or order of the SEC thereunder.

7

13. No Agency Relationship.

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize or empower either party to act as agent for the other party to this Agreement, or to conduct business in the name, or for the account, of the other party to this Agreement.
 
14. Services not Exclusive.

Nothing in this Agreement shall limit or restrict USBFS or CFS from providing services to other parties that are similar or identical to some or all of the services provided hereunder.

15. Invalidity.

Any provision of this Agreement which may be determined by competent authority to be prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. In such case, the parties shall in good faith modify or substitute such provision consistent with the original intent of the parties.

16. Notices.

Any notice required or permitted to be given by either party to the other shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given on the date delivered personally or by courier service, or three days after sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or on the date sent and confirmed received by facsimile transmission to the other party’s address set forth below:

Notice to USBFS shall be sent to:

U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC
615 East Michigan Street
Milwaukee, WI 53202
Attn: President
 
Notice to CFS shall be sent to

Centric Fund Services, LLC

(insert address)
Attn: _______________

8

  (insert information)

and notice to the Fund shall be sent to:

RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund
c/o RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC
325 North LaSalle Street, Suite 645
Chicago, Ill 60654

17.
Multiple Originals.
 
This Agreement may be executed on multiple counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.
 
[SIGNATURES ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE]
9

U.S. BANCORP FUND SERVICES, LLC
 
By:
   
     
Name: Michael R. McVoy 
 
     
Title: Executive Vice President 
 
 
THE RIVERNORTH/DOUBLELINE STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITY FUND, INC.
     
By:
   
     
Name:
   
     
Title:
   
 
CENTRIC FUND SERIVCES, LLC

By:
   
     
Name:
   
     
Title:
   
 
10

Exhibit A

FUND ADMINISTRATION SERVICES
 
Services and Duties of USBFS

USBFS shall provide the following fund administration services for the Fund, including but not limited to:
 
A. General Fund Management:
(1) Act as liaison among the Fund’s service providers.

(2) Supply:
a. Office facilities (which may be in USBFS’ or an affiliate’s own office).
b. Non-investment-related statistical and research data as requested.

(3) Coordinate the Fund’s board of directors (the “Board of Directors” or the “Directors”) communications, such as:
a. Prepare meeting agendas and resolutions, with the assistance of Fund counsel.
b. Prepare reports for the Board of Directors based on financial and administrative data.
c. Assist with the selection of the independent registered public accounting firm.
d. Secure and monitor fidelity bond and director and officer liability coverage, and make the necessary Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) filings relating thereto.
e. Prepare minutes of meetings of the Board of Directors and the Fund’s shareholders.
f. Recommend dividend declarations to the Board of Directors and prepare and distribute to appropriate parties notices announcing declaration of dividends and other distributions to shareholders.
g. Attend Board of Directors meetings and present materials for the Directors’ review at such meetings including preparation and distribution of the Board of Director’s books for such meetings.

(4) Audits:
a. For the annual Fund audit, prepare appropriate materials, provide requested information to the independent auditor and facilitate the audit process.
b. For the SEC or other regulatory audits, provide requested information to the SEC or other regulatory agencies and facilitate the audit process.
11

c. For all audits, provide office facilities as needed.

(5) Assist with overall operations of the Fund.
(6) Pay Fund expenses upon written authorization from the Fund.
(7) Keep the Fund’s governing documents, including its charter, bylaws and minute books, but only to the extent such documents are provided to USBFS by the Fund or its representatives for safe keeping.

B. Compliance:
(1) Regulatory Compliance:
a. Monitor the Fund’s compliance with Applicable Law including:
(i) Asset and diversification tests.
(ii) Total return and SEC yield calculations.
(iii) Maintenance of books and records under Rules 31a-1, 31a-2 and 31a-3.
(iv) Code of ethics requirements under Rule 17j-1 for the disinterested Directors.
 
b. Monitor Fund’s compliance with the policies and investment limitations as set forth in its prospectus (the “Prospectus”) and statement of additional information (the “SAI”) and such other policies and limitations as the Fund provides in writing from time to time.

c. Perform its duties hereunder in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and provide any sub-certifications reasonably requested by the Fund in connection with: (i) any certification required of the Fund pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “SOX Act”) or any rules or regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder, and (ii) the operation of USBFS’s compliance program as it relates to the Fund, provided the same shall not be deemed to change USBFS’ standard of care as set forth herein.

d. Monitor applicable regulatory and operational service issues, and update Board of Directors periodically.

e. Monitor the Fund’s compliance with any credit facilities, indentures or similar arrangements to which the Fund is a party.

f. Provide standard quarterly compliance testing and reports regarding restrictions and requirements applicable to the Fund and closed-end funds generally.

12

(2) SEC Registration and Reporting:
a. Assist Fund counsel in annual update and other amendments of the Registration Statement.
b. Prepare and file annual and semiannual shareholder reports, Form N-SAR, Form N-CSR, Form N-Q filings and Rule 24f-2 notices. As requested by the Fund, file Section 16 required forms and prepare and file Form N-PX filings.
c. Coordinate the printing, filing and mailing of Prospectuses, statements of additional information and shareholder reports, and amendments and supplements thereto.
d. File fidelity bond under Rule 17g-1.
e. Monitor sales of Fund shares and ensure that such shares are properly registered or qualified, as applicable, with the SEC and the appropriate state authorities.
f. Assist Fund counsel in preparation of proxy statements, information statements, tender offer materials and related materials as requested by the Fund.
g. Transmit and/or file other notices or reports required by Applicable Law, including the conditions of any exemptive orders received by the Fund.

(3) IRS Compliance:
a. Monitor the Fund’s status as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), including without limitation, review of the following:
(i) Diversification requirements.
(ii) Qualifying income requirements.
(iii) Distribution requirements.

b. Calculate required distributions (including distributions necessary to avoid excise taxes).

C. Financial Reporting:
(1) Provide financial data required by the Prospectus and SAI.
(2) Prepare financial reports for officers, shareholders, tax authorities, performance reporting companies, the Board of Directors, the SEC, and the independent auditor.
(3) Supervise the Fund’s custodian and fund accountants in the maintenance of the Fund’s general ledger and in the preparation of the Fund’s financial statements, including oversight of expense accruals and payments, the determination of net asset value and the declaration and payment of dividends and other distributions to shareholders.
13

(4) Compute the yield, total return, expense ratio and portfolio turnover rate of each class of the Fund.
(5) Monitor expense accruals and make adjustments as necessary; notify the Fund’s management of adjustments expected to materially affect the Fund’s expense ratio.
(6) Prepare financial statements, which include, without limitation, the following items:
a. Schedule of Investments
b. Schedule of Assets and Liabilities.
c. Statement of Operations.
d. Statement of Changes in Net Assets.
e. Statement of Cash Flows (if applicable).
f. Financial Highlights
(7) Pursuant to Rule 31a-1(b)(9) of the 1940 Act, prepare quarterly broker security transaction summaries.

D. Tax Reporting:

(1) If applicable, prepare and file on a timely basis appropriate federal and state tax returns including any necessary schedules.
(2) Prepare state income breakdowns where relevant.
(3) File Form 1099 for payments to disinterested Directors and other service providers.
(4) Monitor wash sale losses.
(5) Calculate eligible dividend income for corporate shareholders.

E. Repurchase Offers
Provide the coordination and processing of all repurchase offers as stipulated in the prospectus. This will include:
(1) the tabulation and calculation of requested shares for repurchase;
(2) calculation of total shares available for repurchase;
(3) calculation of actual percentage of requested shares to be redeemed.

F. Upon direction from the Fund’s adviser, assist with periodic and other filings or reports with the NYSE, as required by NYSE rules and regulations.

G. As requested by the Fund, such other administrative services as are reasonably necessary to the operation of the Fund or registered closed-end investment companies.

License of Data; Warranty; Termination of Rights
 
A . USBFS has entered into agreements with MSCI index data services (“MSCI”), Standard & Poor Financial Services LLC (“S&P”), and FactSet Research Systems Inc. (“FACTSET”) which obligates USBFS to include a list of required provisions in this Agreement. The index data services being provided to the Fund by USBFS pursuant hereto (collectively, the “Data”) are being licensed, not sold, to the Fund. The required provisions below shall not have any affect upon the standard of care and liability USBFS has set forth in Section 4 of this Agreement.
14

B. The Fund agrees to indemnify and hold harmless USBFS, its information providers, and any other third party involved in or related to the making or compiling of the Data, their affiliates and subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents from and against any claims, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, as incurred, arising in and any manner out of the Fund’s or any third party’s use of, or inability to use, the Data or any breach by the Fund of any provision contained in this Agreement. The immediately preceding sentence shall not have any effect upon the standard of care and liability of USBFS as set forth in Section 4 of this Agreement.
 
REQUIRED PROVISIONS OF MSCI, S&P and FACTSET

· The Fund shall represent that it will use the Data solely for internal purposes and will not redistribute the Data in any form or manner to any third party.
 
· The Fund shall represent that it will not use or permit anyone else to use the Data in connection with creating, managing, advising, writing, trading, marketing or promoting any securities or financial instruments or products, including, but not limited to, funds, synthetic or derivative securities (e.g., options, warrants, swaps, and futures), whether listed on an exchange or traded over the counter or on a private-placement basis or otherwise or to create any indices (custom or otherwise).
 
· The Fund shall represent that it will treat the Data as proprietary to MSCI, S&P and FACTSET. Further, the Fund shall acknowledge that MSCI, S&P and FACTSET are the sole and exclusive owners of the Data and all trade secrets, copyrights, trademarks and other intellectual property rights in or to the Data.
 
· The Fund shall represent that it will not (i) copy any component of the Data, (ii) alter, modify or adapt any component of the Data, including, but not limited to, translating, decompiling, disassembling, reverse engineering or creating derivative works, or (iii) make any component of the Data available to any other person or organization (including, without limitation, the Fund’s present and future parents, subsidiaries or affiliates) directly or indirectly, for any of the foregoing or for any other use, including, without limitation, by loan, rental, service bureau, external time sharing or similar arrangement.
 
· The Fund shall be obligated to reproduce on all permitted copies of the Data all copyright, proprietary rights and restrictive legends appearing on the Data.
15

· The Fund shall acknowledge that it assumes the entire risk of using the Data and shall agree to hold MSCI, S&P and FACTSET harmless from any claims that may arise in connection with any use of the Data by the Fund.
 
· The Fund shall acknowledge that MSCI, S&P or FACTSET may, in its sole and absolute discretion and at any time, terminate USBFS’ right to receive and/or use the Data.
 
· The Fund shall acknowledge that MSCI, S&P and FACTSET are third party beneficiaries of the Customer Agreement among S&P, MSCI, FACTSET and USBFS, entitled to enforce all provisions of such agreement relating to the Data.
 
THE DATA IS PROVIDED TO THE FUND ON AN "AS IS" BASIS. USBFS, ITS INFORMATION PROVIDERS, AND ANY OTHER THIRD PARTY INVOLVED IN OR RELATED TO THE MAKING OR COMPILING OF THE DATA MAKE NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE DATA (OR THE RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED BY THE USE THEREOF). USBFS, ITS INFORMATION PROVIDERS AND ANY OTHER THIRD PARTY INVOLVED IN OR RELATED TO THE MAKING OR COMPILING OF THE DATA EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY AND ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF ORIGINALITY, ACCURACY, COMPLETENESS, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
THE FUND ASSUMES THE ENTIRE RISK OF ANY USE THE FUND MAY MAKE OF THE DATA. IN NO EVENT SHALL USBFS, ITS INFORMATION PROVIDERS OR ANY THIRD PARTY INVOLVED IN OR RELATED TO THE MAKING OR COMPILING OF THE DATA, BE LIABLE TO THE FUND, OR ANY OTHER THIRD PARTY, FOR ANY DIRECT OR INDIRECT DAMAGES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY LOST PROFITS, LOST SAVINGS OR OTHER INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE INABILITY OF THE FUND TO USE THE DATA, REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF ACTION, EVEN IF USBFS, ANY OF ITS INFORMATION PROVIDERS, OR ANY OTHER THIRD PARTY INVOLVED IN OR RELATED TO THE MAKING OR COMPILING OF THE DATA HAS BEEN ADVISED OF OR OTHERWISE MIGHT HAVE ANTICIPATED THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
16

EXHIBIT B

FUND ACCOUNTING SERVICES
 
Services and Duties of USBFS

USBFS shall provide the following fund accounting services for the Fund, including but not limited to:
 
A. Portfolio Accounting Services:

(1) Maintain portfolio records on a trade date+1 basis using security trade information communicated from the Fund’s investment adviser.

(2) For each valuation date, obtain prices from a pricing source approved by the Board of Directors of the Fund and apply those prices to the portfolio positions in accordance with the Fund’s valuation procedures, as approved by the Board of Directors and provided to USBFS in writing (the “Procedures”). For those securities where market quotations are unreliable or not readily available as determined solely by the Fund, the Fund shall price those securities in accordance with the Procedures.

(3) Identify interest and dividend accrual balances as of each valuation date and calculate gross earnings on investments for each accounting period.

(4) Determine gain/loss on security sales and identify them as short-term or long-term; account for periodic distributions of gains or losses to shareholders and maintain undistributed gain or loss balances as of each valuation date.

(5) On a daily basis, reconcile cash of the Fund with the Fund’s custodian.

(6) Transmit a copy of the portfolio valuation to the Fund’s investment adviser daily.

(7) Review the impact of current day’s activity on a per share basis, and review changes in market value.
 
B. Expense Accrual and Payment Services:
17

(1) For each valuation date, calculate the expense accrual amounts as directed by the Fund as to methodology, rate or dollar amount.

(2) Process and record payments for Fund expenses upon receipt of written authorization from the Fund.

(3) Account for Fund expenditures and maintain expense accrual balances at the level of accounting detail, as agreed upon by USBFS and the Fund.

(4) Provide expense accrual and payment reporting.
 
C. Fund Valuation and Financial Reporting Services:

(1) Account for Fund share purchases, sales, exchanges, transfers, dividend reinvestments, and other Fund share activity as reported by the Fund’s transfer agent on a timely basis.

(2) Determine net investment income (earnings) for the Fund as of each valuation date. Account for periodic distributions of earnings to shareholders and maintain undistributed net investment income balances as of each valuation date.

(3) Maintain a general ledger and other accounts, books, and financial records for the Fund in the form as agreed upon.

(4) Determine the net asset value of the Fund according to the Procedures.

(5) Calculate per share net asset value, per share net earnings, and other per share amounts reflective of Fund operations at such time as required by the nature and characteristics of the Fund.

(6) Communicate to the Fund, at an agreed upon time, the per share net asset value for each valuation date.

(7) Prepare monthly reports that document the adequacy of accounting detail to support month-end ledger balances.

(8) Prepare monthly security transactions listings.

D. Tax Accounting Services:

(1) Maintain accounting records for the investment portfolio of the Fund to support the tax reporting required for “regulated investment companies” under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

18

(2) Maintain tax lot detail for the Fund’s investment portfolio.

(3) Calculate taxable gain/loss on security sales using the tax lot relief method designated by the Fund.

(4) Provide the necessary financial information to calculate the taxable components of income and capital gains distributions to support tax reporting to the shareholders.
 
E. Compliance Control Services:

(1) Support reporting to regulatory bodies and support financial statement preparation by making the Fund's accounting records available to the Fund, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), and the independent accountants.

(2) Maintain accounting records according to the Acts and regulations provided thereunder.

(3) Perform its duties hereunder in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and provide any sub-certifications reasonably requested by the Fund in connection with any certification required of the Fund pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “SOX Act”) or any rules or regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder, provided the same shall not be deemed to change USBFS’s standard of care as set forth herein.

(4) Cooperate with the Fund’s independent accountants and take all reasonable action in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement to ensure that the necessary information is made available to such accountants for the expression of their opinion on the Fund’s financial statements without any qualification as to the scope of their examination.

License of Data; Warranty; Termination of Rights
 
A. The valuation information and evaluations being provided to the Fund by USBFS pursuant hereto (collectively, the “Data”) are being licensed, not sold, to the Fund. The Fund has a limited license to use the Data only for purposes necessary to valuing the Fund’s assets and reporting to regulatory bodies (the “License”). The Fund does not have any license nor right to use the Data for purposes beyond the intentions of this Agreement including, but not limited to, resale to other users or use to create any type of historical database. The License is non-transferable and not sub-licensable. The Fund’s right to use the Data cannot be passed to or shared with any other entity.

19

The Fund acknowledges the proprietary rights that USBFS and its suppliers have in the Data.

B. THE FUND HEREBY ACCEPTS THE DATA AS IS, WHERE IS, WITH NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE OR ANY OTHER MATTER

C. USBFS may stop supplying some or all Data to the Fund if USBFS’s suppliers terminate any agreement to provide Data to USBFS. Also, USBFS may stop supplying some or all Data to the Fund if USBFS reasonably believes that the Fund is using the Data in violation of the License, or breaching its duties of confidentiality provided for hereunder, or if any of USBFS’s suppliers demand that the Data be withheld from the Fund. USBFS will provide notice to the Fund of any termination of provision of Data as soon as reasonably possible.

Pricing of Securities
 
A. For each valuation date, USBFS shall obtain prices from a pricing source recommended by USBFS and approved by the Board of Directors and apply those prices to the portfolio positions of the Fund. For those securities where market quotations are not readily available, the Board of Directors shall approve, in good faith, procedures for determining the fair value for such securities.

All securities of the Fund shall be priced in accordance with procedures regarding the valuation of the Fund’s investments, as adopted by the Fund’s Board of Directors from time to time and as provided to USBFS in writing. If the Fund desires to provide a price that varies from the price provided by the pricing source, the Fund shall promptly notify and supply USBFS with the price of any such security on each valuation date. All pricing changes made by the Fund will be in writing and must specifically identify the securities to be changed by CUSIP, name of security, new price or rate to be applied, and, if applicable, the time period for which the new price(s) is/are effective.

B. In the event that the Fund at any time receives Data containing evaluations, rather than market quotations, for certain securities or certain other data related to such securities, the following provisions will apply: (i) evaluated securities are typically complicated financial instruments. There are many methodologies (including computer-based analytical modeling and individual security evaluations) available to generate approximations of the market value of such securities, and there is significant professional disagreement about which method is best. No evaluation method, including those used by USBFS and its suppliers, may consistently generate approximations that correspond to actual “traded” prices of the securities; (ii) methodologies used to provide the pricing portion of certain Data may rely on evaluations; however, the Fund acknowledges that there may be errors or defects in the software, databases, or methodologies generating the evaluations that may cause resultant evaluations to be inappropriate for use in certain applications; and (iii) the Fund assumes all responsibility for edit checking, external verification of evaluations, and ultimately the appropriateness of using Data containing evaluations, regardless of any efforts made by USBFS and its suppliers in this respect.

20

C. Other

As requested by the Fund, such other fund accounting and tax services as are reasonably necessary to the operation of the Fund or registered closed-end investment companies generally.
21

EXHIBIT C

TRANSFER AND DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT SERVICES
  
Services and Duties of USBFS

USBFS shall provide the following transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent services to the Fund:
 
A. Receive and process all orders for the purchase and/or repurchase of shares in accordance with applicable rules under the Acts.

B. Process purchase orders with prompt delivery, where appropriate, of payment and supporting documentation to the Fund’s custodian, and issue the appropriate number of uncertificated shares with such uncertificated shares being held in the appropriate shareholder account.

C. Process repurchase requests received in good order and, where relevant, deliver appropriate documentation to the Fund's custodian.

D. Pay monies upon receipt from the Fund's custodian, where relevant, in accordance with the instructions of shareholders participating in a repurchase offer.

E. If applicable, process transfers of shares in accordance with the shareholder's instructions, after receipt of appropriate documentation from the shareholder as specified in the Fund’s prospectus and statement of additional information (“Prospectus”).

F. Prepare and transmit payments for dividends and distributions declared by the Fund with respect to the Fund, after deducting any amount required to be withheld by any applicable laws, rules and regulations and in accordance with shareholder instructions.

G. Serve as the Fund’s agent in connection with accumulation, open account or similar plans (e.g., periodic investment plans).

H. Make changes to shareholder records, including, but not limited to, address changes in plans (e.g., automatic investment, dividend reinvestment).
 
I. Handle load and preferred share processing.

J. Record the issuance of shares of the Fund and maintain, pursuant to Rule 17Ad-10(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), a record of the total number of shares of the Fund which are authorized, issued and outstanding.

22

K. Prepare shareholder name and address lists, if necessary.

L. Mail shareholder reports and Prospectuses to current shareholders.

M. Prepare and file U.S. Treasury Department Forms 1099 and other appropriate information returns required with respect to dividends, distributions and repurchases for all shareholders.

N. Provide shareholder account information upon request and prepare and mail confirmations and statements of account to shareholders for all purchases, repurchases and other confirmable transactions as agreed upon with the Fund.

O. Mail requests for shareholders’ certifications under penalties of perjury and pay on a timely basis to the appropriate federal authorities any taxes to be withheld on dividends and distributions paid by the Fund, all as required by applicable federal tax laws and regulations.

P. Answer correspondence from shareholders, securities brokers and others relating to USBFS’s duties hereunder.
 
Q. Reimburse the Fund each month for all material losses resulting from “as of” processing errors for which USBFS is responsible in accordance with the “as of” processing guidelines set forth below.
 
R. Administer the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan and process the related transactions.
 
S. As requested by the Fund, such other transfer and dividend disbursing agent services as are reasonably necessary to the operation of the Fund or registered closed-end investment companies.
 
As of Processing Policy

USBFS will reimburse each Fund for any Net Material Loss that may exist on the Fund’s books and for which USBFS is responsible, at the end of each calendar month. “Net Material Loss” shall be defined as any remaining loss, after netting losses against any gains, which impacts a Fund’s net asset value per share by at least ½ cent. Gains and losses will be reflected on the Fund’s daily share sheet, and the Fund will be reimbursed for any Net Material Loss on a monthly basis. USBFS will reset the as of ledger each calendar month so that any losses which do not exceed the materiality threshold of ½ cent will not be carried forward to the next succeeding month. USBFS will notify the advisor to the Fund on the daily share sheet of any losses for which the advisor may be held accountable.
23

EXHIBIT D
 
CFS SERVICES
 
 CFS will:
 

A. Assist the Fund, as the Fund may request from time to time, in replying to requests for information concerning the Fund from brokers-dealers, financial advisors, and other relevant financial professionals.

B. Aid the Fund, as the Fund may request from time to time, in the secondary market support of the Fund through written and oral communications with the Fund's New York Stock Exchange specialist, the closed-end fund analyst community and various information providers specializing in the dissemination of closed-end fund information.

C. Assist the Fund, as the Fund may request from time to time, in the preparation of reports including performance updates to be sent to broker-dealers and the closed-end fund analyst community.

D. Assist the Fund, as the Fund may request from time to time, in the preparation of all reports required to be filed by the Fund with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the " SEC "), each with the assistance of the Fund and its legal counsel.

E. Assist the Fund, as the Fund may request from time to time, in the preparation and dissemination to Shareholders of the Fund's proxy materials, each with the assistance of the Fund and its proxy agent.

F. Assist the Fund, as the Fund may request from time to time, in the analysis of amounts available for distribution as dividends and distributions to be paid by the Fund to its Shareholders, with the assistance of the Fund and USBFS.

G. Assist the Fund, as the Fund may request from time to time, in the production of marketing and road-show materials for the offering(s) of the Fund's Common Shares and Preferred Shares (if any).

H. At the request of the Fund from time to time, communicate to the investment community any changes made to the Fund's trading strategies.

24

I. At the request of the Fund, assist in the review of materials and provide materials regarding the Fund to broker-dealers and the closed-end fund analyst community (excluding prospective investors).

J. Assist the Fund, as the Fund may request from time to time, in the dissemination of the Fund's daily, weekly and month-end net asset value, market price and discount (with the assistance of the Fund and its outside service providers not party to this Agreement).

K. Host analyst meetings as appropriate.

L. Assist in the identification of persons to serve as officers and trustees of the Fund, as the Fund may request.

M. At the request of the Fund, assist in the drafting of press releases to the public.

N. At the request of the Fund, make such reports and recommendations to the Board of Directors as the Directors and/or the Fund may reasonably request or deem appropriate.

O. Consult with the Fund regarding leverage strategies and other structural matters relating to the Fund.

P. Provide such other services as the parties may mutually agree from time to time.
25
 
AMENDED DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
 
THIS AMENDED DISTSRIBUTION AGREEMENT is made, as of August __, 2016 and supplements the Distribution Agreement dated June 27, 2016 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and among TSC Distributors, LLC (“ TSC Distributors ”) and RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC (the “ Adviser ”), relating to certain services to be provided by TSC Distributors to the Adviser with respect to a proposed closed-end investment company with a tactical closed-end fund income and opportunistic income strategy (or similar strategies) (the “ Fund ”).
 
WHEREAS, the Adviser is the investment adviser to the Fund;
 
WHEREAS, the Fund will be operated as a closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “ 1940 Act ”);
 
WHEREAS, the Fund will offer for sale shares of its common stock (the “ Shares ” and the holders of the Shares being referred to herein as the “ Shareholders ”);
 
WHEREAS, the Adviser wishes to retain TSC Distributors to provide the distribution and marketing services set forth herein to the Adviser under the terms and conditions stated below, and TSC Distributors is willing to provide such services for the compensation set forth below;
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereby agree as follows:
 
1.
APPOINTMENT. The Adviser hereby retains TSC Distributors to furnish, and TSC Distributors hereby agrees to furnish, the services set forth in paragraph 2 below.
 
2.
SERVICES AND DUTIES OF TSC DISTRIBUTORS. At such times and to the extent that the Adviser may reasonably request, TSC Distributors will assist the Adviser with the distribution of the Shares in a public offering by:
 
(a)
making its sales force available to the Adviser and the Fund to aid in the distribution of the Shares and to generally provide sales services with respect to the Shares;
 
(b)
developing and coordinating a targeted “road show” with respect to the offering of the Shares;
 
(c)
assisting in the customization of marketing materials for use by, and presentations to the sales networks at, broker-dealers that distribute the Shares;
 
(d)
organizing and hosting meetings with key financial advisers, closed-end fund wholesalers, analysts, service providers and ratings and information organizations that cover closed-end funds;
-1-

(e)
making such reports and recommendations to the board of directors of the Fund as the board and/or the Adviser may reasonably request or deem appropriate;
 
(f)
reply to requests for information from broker-dealers or prospective shareholders concerning the Shares or the Fund;
 
(g)
assist in the review of materials made available to prospective shareholders and broker-dealers to assure compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations;
 
(h)
assist in the review of the Fund’s sales materials for compliance in all respects with the rules and regulations of the U. S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“ FINRA ”) and any states having such rules and regulations and the filing with FINRA or the SEC and the relevant states as required by the rules and regulations of FINRA, the SEC and such states, respectively;
 
(i)
assist in the drafting of press releases in connection with the offering of shares; provide the sales support and marketing services typical for an offering of the Shares; and
 
(j)
providing such other services as the parties may mutually agree from time to time.
 
For the avoidance of doubt, TSC Distributors acknowledges and agrees that it is not authorized to provide any information or make any representation regarding the Fund or its Shares other than as contained in the Fund’s prospectus and statement of additional information or any sales literature and advertising materials specifically approved by the Adviser for use by TSC Distributors in connection with the performance of the services provided by such party hereunder.
 
3.
COMPLIANCE WITH LAW. In all matters pertaining to the performance of this Agreement, TSC Distributors will act in conformity with the reasonable directions of the Adviser and the board of directors, officers and employees of the Fund and will conform to and comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder and all other applicable federal and state laws and regulations, including, without limitation rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC and FINRA.
 
4.
SERVICES NOT EXCLUSIVE. The services to be provided hereunder by TSC Distributors are not deemed to be exclusive, and TSC Distributors and each of its respective members, officers, employees and affiliates are free to render such services to other funds or clients as long as TSC Distributors’ services under this Agreement are not impaired thereby.
 
5.
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF TSC DISTRIBUTORS.
 
(a)
TSC Distributors represents and warrants that it has obtained all necessary registrations, licenses and approvals in order to perform the services provided in this Agreement. TSC Distributors covenants to maintain all necessary registrations, licenses and approvals in effect during the term of this Agreement.
-2-

(b)
TSC Distributors agrees that it shall promptly notify the Adviser (i) in the event that the SEC, FINRA or any other regulatory authority has censured its activities, functions or operations, suspended or revoked any registration, license or approval, or has commenced proceedings or an investigation that may result in any of these actions, (ii) in the event that there is a change of control of TSC Distributors or a change in its senior management or (iii) of any change to TSC Distributors that materially and adversely affects its ability to perform services under this Agreement.
 
(c)
TSC Distributors represents and warrants that (i) it is a validly existing entity and has full corporate power and authority to perform its obligations under this Agreement, (ii) this Agreement has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered on its behalf and constitutes its binding and enforceable obligation in accordance with its terms and (iii) the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the incurrence of its obligations herein set forth and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein will not constitute a breach of, or default under, its constituent documents or under any order, rule or regulation applicable to it of any court or any governmental body or administrative agency having jurisdiction over it, except for those breaches or defaults that would not materially and adversely affect TSC Distributors’ ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement.
 
(d)
TSC Distributors hereby further represents, warrants and agrees that it has reviewed and understands Rule 206(4)-5 (the “ Rule ”) promulgated by the SEC under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, and that TSC Distributors shall not, and shall cause each of its members, managers, employees and affiliates (each of the foregoing, together with TSC Distributors, “ TSC Distributors Representatives ”) not to engage in conduct that would reasonably be expected to (i) cause paragraphs (a)(1) or (a)(2) of the Rule to apply to the Adviser or any of its affiliates (taking into account the exceptions provided by paragraph (b) of the Rule, to the extent applicable) or (ii) constitute a violation of paragraph (a)(2) of the Rule with respect to the Adviser or its affiliates, in either case, as though each TSC Distributors Representative was a covered associate of the Adviser or its affiliates. TSC Distributors hereby further represents and warrants that (except to the extent disclosed in writing to the Adviser as of the date hereof) no TSC Distributors Representative has, in the two year period prior to the date of this Agreement, engaged in conduct that would reasonably be expected to cause paragraph (a)(1) of the Rule to apply to the Adviser or its affiliates (taking into account the exceptions provided by paragraph (b) of the Rule, to the extent applicable) as though each TSC Distributors Representative was a covered associate of the Adviser or its affiliates. Each of the representations, warranties and agreements in this Section 5(d) shall be subject to and interpreted in accordance with the other paragraphs of the Rule, including, without limitation, paragraphs (c) and (d) thereof. Terms used in this subsection shall have the same meanings ascribed to them as set forth in paragraph (f) of the Rule.
-3-

6.
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF THE ADVISER.
 
(a)
The Adviser agrees that it shall promptly notify TSC Distributors (i) in the event that the SEC or any other regulatory authority has censured its or the Fund’s activities, functions or operations, suspended or revoked any registration, license or approval, or has commenced proceedings that may result in any of these actions, (ii) in the event that there is a change of control of the Adviser or (iii) of any change to the Adviser that materially and adversely affects TSC Distributors’ ability to provide its services under this Agreement and/or the Adviser’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement.
 
(b)
The Adviser represents and warrants that (i) it is a validly existing entity and has full corporate power and authority to perform its obligations under this Agreement, (ii) this Agreement has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered on its behalf and constitutes its binding and enforceable obligation in accordance with its terms, (iii) the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the incurrence of its obligations herein set forth and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein will not constitute a breach of, or default under, its constituent documents or under any order, rule or regulation applicable to it of any court or any governmental body or administrative agency having jurisdiction over it, (iv) the Fund has filed a Registration Statement relating to its Shares under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “ 1933 Act ”) on Form N-2 (and the Registration Statement (including the prospectus and any statement of additional information) conforms in all material respects to the requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder), and made such filing with the SEC, FINRA and other regulators related thereto, as required by all applicable laws and regulations, and the Fund has disclosed in its Registration Statement on Form N-2 such information about this Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein as required by all applicable laws and regulations, (v) to the extent required by all applicable laws and regulations, the Fund is registered and its Shares are qualified for sale in all states and other jurisdictions in the United States where registration or qualification is required, (vi) the Adviser is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and in any state where registration is required, and (vii) the Registration Statement (including the prospectus and any statement of additional information) and any sales materials relating to the Fund do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading.
 
7.
COMPENSATION. As compensation for the services to be provided by TSC Distributors to the Adviser under this Agreement, the Adviser shall pay TSC Distributors a sales commission, due and payable within 10 business days of the closing date of the initial offering of the Fund’s Shares, in an amount equal to 0.10% (10 bps) of the total price to the public of the Shares sold in this offering (including any Shares offered pursuant to an underwriter’s overallotment option). As compensation for the services under this Agreement, TSC Distributors may pay compensation to those persons who are registered representatives of TSC Distributors pursuant to the terms of the contract between TSC Distributors and the registered representative.
-4-

8.
REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES. The Adviser will promptly reimburse TSC Distributors for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by it and its registered representatives providing services in connection with this Agreement, including expenses associated with hosting events and meetings as contemplated under this Agreement and expenses associated with travel, lodging, meals, printing, shipping, mailing expenses and other similar expenses. Such out-of-pocket expenses shall not exceed $400,000 without further approval of the Adviser. In addition, the Adviser will also contribute up to $20,000 for an in-person training session prior to the launch date of the Fund. TSC Distributors shall invoice the Adviser and provide reasonable evidence of such expenses.
 
9.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF TSC DISTRIBUTORS. TSC Distributors will not be liable for any act or omission or for any error of judgment or for any loss suffered by the Adviser, the Fund or its Shareholders in connection with the performance of its duties under this Agreement, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence on its part in the performance of its duties or from the reckless disregard by it of its duties under this Agreement (“ TSC Distributors Disabling Conduct ”).
 
The Adviser agrees to indemnify, defend and hold TSC Distributors, its members and officers, and any person who controls TSC Distributors within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (collectively, “ TSC Distributors Indemnified Persons ”), free and harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities and expenses (including the costs of investigating or defending such claims, demands or liabilities and any reasonable counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) that any TSC Distributors Indemnified Persons may incur arising out of or relating to (i) the Adviser’s breach of any of its obligations, representations, warranties or covenants contained in this Agreement or (ii) the Adviser’s failure to comply with any applicable laws or regulations (including, without limitation, any misstatement of a material fact or the failure to state a material fact required to be stated or necessary in order to make the statements made not misleading, in the Fund’s Registration Statement or prospectus (including its statement of additional information, if any) or marketing materials), but only to the extent that such liability or expense incurred by the TSC Distributors Indemnified Persons or resulting from such claims or demands shall not arise out of or be based upon TSC Distributors Disabling Conduct with respect to the provision of services under this Agreement.
 
10.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF THE ADVISER. The Adviser will not be liable for any act or omission or for any error of judgment or for any loss suffered by TSC Distributors in connection with the performance of its duties under this Agreement, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence on its part in the performance of its duties or from the reckless disregard by it of its duties under this Agreement (“ Adviser Disabling Conduct ”).
 
-5-

TSC Distributors agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the Fund, the Adviser, their several officers and directors, and any person who controls the Adviser within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act of 1933 (collectively, “ Adviser Indemnified Persons ”), free and harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities and expenses (including the costs of investigating or defending such claims, demands or liabilities and any reasonable counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) that any Adviser Indemnified Persons may incur arising out of or relating to (i) TSC Distributors’ breach of any of its obligations, representations, warranties or covenants contained in this Agreement or (ii) TSC Distributors’ failure to comply with any applicable laws or regulations, but only to the extent that such liability or expense incurred by the Adviser Indemnified Persons or resulting from such claims or demands shall not arise out of or be based upon Adviser Disabling Conduct.
 
11.
TERMINATION. This Agreement will terminate after the closing of the initial public offering of the Fund’s shares. TSC Distributors or the Adviser may terminate this Agreement upon 10 days’ prior written notice to the other party in the event of a material breach of this Agreement by any other party. This Agreement may also be terminated upon mutual agreement of the. Upon termination of the Agreement, the Adviser shall pay any amounts due to TSC Distributors pursuant to paragraph 8 above.
 
12.
AMENDMENT OF THIS AGREEMENT. No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived, discharged, amended or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by both TSC Distributors and the Adviser.
 
13.
CONFIDENTIALITY. TSC Distributors and the Adviser each acknowledge that it may obtain certain confidential information of the other party to this Agreement or, in the case of TSC Distributors, of the Fund or its Shareholders, during the performance of its duties under this Agreement and each party hereto agrees to treat all such confidential information as proprietary information of the applicable party and to keep such information confidential by using the same care and discretion it uses with respect to its own confidential information, property and trade secrets, provided that a party may disclose confidential information if (i) such disclosure is approved in writing by the applicable party to which the confidential information relates or originates or (ii) such disclosure is required by applicable laws, rules, and regulations, or such disclosure is made in response to a valid request by a regulatory authority. If a party is required or requested to disclose confidential information of another party pursuant to (ii) above, such party shall immediately notify the other parties to this Agreement in order to provide such parties the opportunity to pursue such legal or other action as such parties may desire to prevent the release of such confidential information, and such party agrees to provide reasonable assistance to any party seeking to prevent the release of such confidential information, at the expense of the requesting party.
 
14.
GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement and all questions relating to its validity, interpretation, performance and enforcement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of ___, notwithstanding any conflict of laws doctrines of any jurisdiction to the contrary.
-6-

15.
BOOKS AND RECORDS.
 
(a)
In compliance with the requirements of the 1940 Act, TSC Distributors hereby agrees that all records which it may maintain for the Fund or the Adviser are the property of the Adviser and the Fund and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Adviser or the Fund any of such records upon request.
 
(b)
TSC Distributors hereby agrees to furnish to regulatory authorities having the requisite authority any information or reports in connection with services that TSC Distributors renders pursuant to this Agreement which may be requested in order to ascertain whether the operations of the Adviser and/or the Fund are being conducted in a manner consistent with applicable laws and regulations. If TSC Distributors is required or requested to provide any information or reports to regulatory authorities, TSC Distributors shall immediately notify the Adviser in order to provide the Adviser the opportunity to pursue such legal or other action as it may desire to prevent the release of the information or reports, and TSC Distributors agrees to provide reasonable assistance to the Adviser in seeking to prevent the release of the information.
 
16.
BENEFIT TO OTHERS. The understandings contained in this Agreement are for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns and, except as otherwise provided herein, they shall not be construed as conferring, and are not intended to confer, any rights on any other persons except as specifically provided herein.
 
17.
BINDING NATURE OF AGREEMENT; NO ASSIGNMENT. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, except that no party may assign or transfer its rights nor delegate its obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of TSC Distributors and the Adviser.
 
18.
EXECUTION IN COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original as against the any party whose signature appears thereon, and all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement shall become binding when one or more counterparts hereof, individually or taken together, shall bear the signatures of all of the parties reflected hereon as signatories.
 
19.
ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement contains the entire understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements and understandings, inducements or conditions, express or implied, oral or written, except as herein contained. The express terms hereof control and supersede any course of performance and/or usage of the trade inconsistent with any of the terms hereof. This Agreement may not be modified or amended other than by an agreement in writing.
 
20.
WAIVERS. Neither the failure nor any delay on the part of any party to this Agreement to exercise any right, remedy, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise of the same or of any other right, remedy, power or privilege, nor shall any waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any occurrence be construed as a waiver of such right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any other occurrence. No waiver shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed by the party asserted to have granted such waiver.
-7-

21.
MISCELLANEOUS. The captions of this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.
 
22.
NOTICES.
 
All notices required or permitted to be sent under this Agreement shall be sent, if to the Adviser, to:
 
RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC
c/o General Counsel
325 North LaSalle Street
Suite 645
Chicago, IL 60654
Email: mcollins@rivernorth.com
 
Or if to TSC Distributors, to:
 
TSC Distributors, LLC
c/o Jerry Vainisi
10 High Street
Suite 701
Boston, MA 02110
e-mail: jerry.vainisi@tscapitalllc.com
-8-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused the instrument to be executed by their officers designated below as of the day and year first above written.
 
  TSC DISTRIBUTORS, LLC   
       
 
By:
   
   
Name: Jerry Vainisi
 
 
Title: Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
RIVERNORTH CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC 
 
     
By:
   
   
Name:
 
   
Title:
 
 
-9-
 
STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT
 
 [●], 2016
 
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
550 South Tryon Street
Charlotte, North Carolina 28202
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
Reference is made to the Underwriting Agreement dated [●], 2016 (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”), by and among RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc. (the “ Fund ”), RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC (the “ Adviser ”), DoubleLine Capital LP (the “ Subadviser ”) and each of the Underwriters named therein (the “ Underwriters ”), severally, with respect to the issue and sale of the Fund’s shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “ Common Shares ”), as described therein (the “ Offering ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Underwriting Agreement.
 
1. Fee .
 
In consideration of your services assisting the Adviser with respect to the structure and design of the Fund and the organization of the Fund as well as services related to the sale and distribution of the Fund’s Common Shares, the Adviser shall pay a fee to you in the aggregate amount of $[●] (the “ Fee ”). The Fee shall be paid on or before the Closing Date (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement). The Fee shall be paid by wire transfer to the order of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC. In the event the Offering does not proceed, you will not receive any fees under this Agreement; however, for the avoidance of doubt, you may be reimbursed for accountable out-of-pocket expenses actually incurred by you pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement and in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(D).

2. Term .This Agreement shall terminate upon the payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Section 1 hereof.
 
3. Indemnification .
 
The Adviser agrees to the indemnification and other agreements set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.
 
4. Not an Adviser; No Fiduciary Duty .The Adviser acknowledges that you are not providing any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the   Fund’s portfolio. No provision of this Agreement shall be considered as creating, nor shall any provision create, any obligation on the part of you, and you are not agreeing hereby, to: (i) furnish any advice or make any recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of portfolio securities; or (ii) render any opinions, valuations or recommendations of any kind or to perform any such similar services. The Adviser hereby acknowledges that your engagement under this Agreement is as an independent contractor and not in any other capacity, including as a fiduciary. Furthermore, the Adviser agrees that it is solely responsible for making its own judgment in connection with the matters covered by this Agreement (irrespective of whether you have advised or are currently advising the Adviser on related or other matters).
1

5. Not Exclusive .Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting you or your affiliates from acting as an underwriter or financial adviser or in any other capacity for any other persons (including other registered investment companies or other investment advisers).
 
6. Assignment .This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without prior written consent of the other party.
 
7. Amendment; Waiver .No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.
 
8. Governing Law .This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
 
9. Counterparts .This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.
2

This Agreement shall be effective as of the date first written above.
     
RIVERNORTH CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC 
 
       
 
By:
   
 
 
Name:
 
 
 
Title:
 
 
Agreed and Accepted:
 
WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC
 
By:
   
 
Name: Jerry Raio
 
 
Title: Managing Director
 
 
[Structuring Fee Agreement]

Indemnification Agreement
 
September [●], 2016
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
550 South Tryon Street
Charlotte, North Carolina 28202
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
In connection with the engagement of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (the “ Bank ”) to assist the undersigned, RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC, together with its affiliates and subsidiaries (the “ Company ”) with respect to the matters set forth in the Structuring Fee Agreement dated [●], 2016   between the Company and the Bank (the “ Agreement ”), in the event that the Bank, any of its affiliates, each other person, if any, controlling the Bank or any of its affiliates, their respective officers, current and former directors, employees and agents, or the successors or assigns of any of the foregoing   persons (the Bank and each such other person or entity being referred to as an “ Indemnified Party ”) becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, litigation, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a “ Proceeding ”) with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, the Company agrees to indemnify, defend   and hold each Indemnified Party harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses, including the fees and expenses of counsel to the Indemnified Parties, with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Party. In addition, in the event that an Indemnified Party becomes involved in any capacity in any Proceeding with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, the Company will reimburse such Indemnified Party for its legal and other expenses (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) as such expenses are incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection therewith. Promptly as reasonably practicable after receipt by an Indemnified Party of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, such Indemnified Party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made under this paragraph, notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the Company (i) will not relieve the Company from liability under this paragraph to the extent each is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and (ii) in any event shall not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this Indemnification Agreement. Counsel to the Indemnified Parties shall be selected by the Bank. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided , however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the Indemnified Parties) also be counsel to the Indemnified Party. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any Proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought hereunder (whether or not the Indemnified Parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such Proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party.
1

If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Company agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Company and its owners and affiliates, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Parties, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by the Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and its owners and affiliates, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The Company agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Company and its owners and affiliates, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, of a transaction as contemplated shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received or paid or contemplated to be received or paid by the Company or its owners or affiliates, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the transaction (whether or not consummated) for which the Bank has been retained to perform services bears to the fees paid to the Bank under the Agreement; provided , that in no event shall the Company contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that the Indemnified Parties are not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by the Bank pursuant to the Agreement. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Company or other conduct by the Company (or its employees or other agents), on the one hand, or by the Bank, on the other hand. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, an Indemnified Party shall not be entitled to contribution from the Company if it is determined that such Indemnified Party was guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and the Company were not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Company will not settle any Proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, whether or not an Indemnified Party is an actual or potential party to such Proceeding, without the Bank’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The foregoing indemnity and contribution agreement shall be in addition to any rights that any Indemnified Party may have at common law or otherwise.
 
The Company agrees that no Indemnified Party shall have any liability to the Company or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Company with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Company resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Bank in performing the services that are the subject of the Agreement.
2

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR DISPUTE OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES PERFORMED PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AGREEMENT (“ CLAIM ”), DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, NO CLAIM MAY BE COMMENCED, PROSECUTED OR CONTINUED IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WHICH COURTS SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER THE ADJUDICATION OF SUCH MATTERS, AND THE COMPANY AND THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND PERSONAL SERVICE WITH RESPECT THERETO. THE COMPANY HEREBY CONSENT TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION, SERVICE AND VENUE IN ANY COURT IN WHICH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IS BROUGHT BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST THE BANK OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY. EACH INDEMNIFIED PARTY AND THE COMPANY WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON THE COMPANY AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH THE COMPANY IS OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.
3
The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any termination of the Bank’s engagement under the Agreement. This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.
 
Very truly yours, 
 
     
RIVERNORTH CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC 
 
       
 
By:
   
 
 
Name:
 
 
 
Title:
 
 
Agreed and Accepted:
 
WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC
 
By:
   
 
Name: Jerry Raio
 
 
Title: Managing Director
 
 
[Indemnification Agreement]
 
STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT
 
STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), dated as of [ ], 2016, by and between Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated ("Merrill Lynch"), and RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC (the "Adviser”).

WHEREAS, RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc. (the "Fund") is a newly organized, diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act"), and its common shares are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended;

WHEREAS, the Fund, the Adviser and DoubleLine Capital LP have entered into an underwriting agreement (the "Underwriting Agreement"), dated [ ], 2016 with Merrill Lynch and the other underwriters named therein (the "Underwriters");
 
WHEREAS, RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC is the investment adviser of the Fund;
 
WHEREAS, Merrill Lynch is acting as an underwriter in an offering of the Fund's common shares, made under the terms of the Fund's prospectus dated [ ], 2016 (the "Prospectus"); and
 
WHEREAS, the Adviser desires to provide a structuring fee to Merrill Lynch for providing the advice and services described below;
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual terms and conditions set forth below, the parties hereto agree as follows:
 
1.
In consideration of Merrill Lynch’s providing advice relating to the structure and design and the organization of the Fund as well as services related to the sale and distribution of the Fund's common shares, the Adviser shall pay Merrill Lynch an aggregate fee equal to [ ]% of the total price to the public of the Fund's common shares issued by the Fund sold by Merrill Lynch pursuant to the Prospectus (including all Initial Securities and Option Securities as such terms are described in the Underwriting Agreement) (the "Fee"). The Fee shall be paid on the Closing Date (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement). The sum total of all compensation to or reimbursement of underwriters in connection with the offering, including sales load and all forms of additional compensation, shall not exceed [ ]% of the total price of the Fund's common shares sold in the offering.
 
2.
Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting Merrill Lynch or its affiliates from providing similar or other services to any other clients (including other registered investment companies or other investment advisers).
 
3.
The Adviser acknowledges that Merrill Lynch did not provide and is not providing any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Fund's portfolio. No provision of this Agreement shall be considered as creating, nor shall any provision create, any obligation on the part of Merrill Lynch, and Merrill Lynch is not hereby agreeing, to: (i) furnish any advice or make any recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of portfolio securities or (ii) render any opinions, valuations or recommendations of any kind or to perform any such similar services in connection with acting as lead underwriter in an offering of the Fund's common shares.
1

4.
This Agreement shall terminate upon the payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Paragraph 1 hereof.
 
5.
The Adviser will furnish Merrill Lynch with such information as Merrill Lynch believes appropriate to its assignment hereunder (all such information so furnished being the "Information"). The Adviser recognizes and confirms that Merrill Lynch (a) has used and relied primarily on the Information and on information available from generally recognized public sources in performing the services contemplated by this Agreement without having independently verified the same and (b) does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the Information and such other information. To the best of the Adviser's knowledge, the Information furnished by the Adviser, when delivered, was true and correct in all material respects and did not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading. The Adviser will promptly notify Merrill Lynch if they learn of any material inaccuracy or misstatement in, or material omission from, any Information delivered to Merrill Lynch.
 
6.
The Adviser agrees that Merrill Lynch shall have no liability to the Adviser or the Fund for any act or omission to act by Merrill Lynch in the course of its performance under this Agreement, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of Merrill Lynch. The Adviser agrees to the terms set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.
 
7.
This Agreement and any claim, counterclaim or dispute of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement ("Claim") shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
 
8.
No Claim may be commenced, prosecuted or continued in any court other than the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction over the adjudication of such matters, and the Fund, the Adviser and Merrill Lynch consent to the jurisdiction of such courts and personal service with respect thereto. Each of Merrill Lynch and the Adviser waives all right to trial by jury in any proceeding (whether based upon contract, tort or otherwise) in any way arising out of or relating to this Agreement. The Adviser agrees that a final judgment in any proceeding or counterclaim brought in any such court shall be conclusive and binding upon that Adviser and may be enforced in any other courts to the jurisdiction of which the Adviser is or may be subject, by suit upon such judgment.
 
9.
This Agreement may not be assigned by any parties without the prior written consent of the other parties.
 
10.
This Agreement (including the attached Indemnification Agreement) embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof. If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such determination will not affect such provision in any other respect or any other provision of this Agreement, which will remain in full force and effect. This Agreement may not be amended or otherwise modified or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by Merrill Lynch and the Adviser.
 
11.
All notices required or permitted to be sent under this Agreement shall be sent, if to RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC:
2

RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC
325 North LaSalle Street, Suite 645
Chicago, Illinois 60654
Attention: [Marcus L. Collins]

or if to Merrill Lynch:
 
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
One Bryant Park
New York, New York 10036
Attention: Angela Fannon

or such other name or address as may be given in writing to the other parties. Any notice shall be deemed to be given or received on the third day after deposit in the U.S. mail with certified postage prepaid or when actually received, whether by hand, express delivery service or facsimile electronic transmission, whichever is earlier.
 
12.
This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same agreement.
 
[ signatures on following page ]
3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Structuring Fee Agreement as of the date first above written.
 
RIVERNORTH CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER &  SMITH INCORPORATED

By:
  By:     
 
Name:
   
Name:
 
 
Title:
   
Title:
 
 
 

Indemnification Agreement
 
 [ ], 2016
 
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
One Bryant Park
New York, New York 10036
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
In connection with the engagement of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated ("Merrill Lynch") to advise and assist the undersigned (together with its affiliates and subsidiaries, the "Company") with the matters set forth in the Structuring Fee Agreement dated [ ], 2016 between the Company and Merrill Lynch (the "Agreement"), in the event that Merrill Lynch becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a "Proceeding") in connection with any matter in any way relating to or referred to in the Agreement or arising out of the matters contemplated by the Agreement, the Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Merrill Lynch harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in connection with any matter in any way relating to or referred to in the Agreement or arising out of the matters contemplated by the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulted solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Merrill Lynch. In addition, in the event that Merrill Lynch becomes involved in any capacity in any Proceeding in connection with any matter in any way relating to or referred to in the Agreement or arising out of the matters contemplated by the Agreement, the Company shall reimburse Merrill Lynch for its legal and other expenses (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) as such expenses are incurred by Merrill Lynch in connection therewith, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such legal and other expenses resulted solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Merrill Lynch. Promptly as reasonably practicable after receipt by Merrill Lynch of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, Merrill Lynch will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made under this paragraph, notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure to so notify the Company (i) will not relieve the Company from liability under this paragraph to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and (ii) in any event shall not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this Indemnification Agreement. Counsel to Merrill Lynch shall be selected by Merrill Lynch. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however , that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of Merrill Lynch) also be counsel to Merrill Lynch. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought hereunder (whether or not Merrill Lynch is an actual or potential party thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of Merrill Lynch from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation or Proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of Merrill Lynch.
 
If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Company agrees to, jointly and severally with the other Company, contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by that Company and its stockholders and affiliates and other constituencies, on the one hand, and Merrill Lynch, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by the Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of that Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and Merrill Lynch, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The Company agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by that Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and Merrill Lynch, on the other hand, of a transaction as contemplated shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received or paid or contemplated to be received or paid by the Company or its stockholders or affiliates, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the transaction (whether or not consummated) for which Merrill Lynch has been retained to perform services bears to the fees paid to Merrill Lynch under the Agreement; provided , that in no event shall the Company contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that Merrill Lynch is not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by Merrill Lynch pursuant to the Agreement. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by a Company or other conduct by that Company (or its employees or other agents), on the one hand, or by Merrill Lynch, on the other hand.
1

Neither Company shall settle any Proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, whether or not Merrill Lynch is an actual or potential party to such Proceeding, without Merrill Lynch’s prior written consent [(which consent will not be unreasonably withheld)]. For purposes of this Indemnification Agreement, Merrill Lynch shall include Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, any of its affiliates, each other person, if any, controlling Merrill Lynch Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated or any of its affiliates, their respective officers, current and former officers, directors, employees and agents, and the successors and assigns of all of the foregoing persons. The foregoing indemnity and contribution agreement shall be in addition to any rights that any indemnified party may have at common law or otherwise.
 
The Company agrees that neither Merrill Lynch nor any of its affiliates, officers, directors, agents, employees or controlling persons shall have any liability to the Company or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Company in connection with or as a result of either Merrill Lynch’s engagement under the Agreement or any matter referred to in the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities prior to the date of the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Company resulted solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Merrill Lynch in performing the services that are the subject of the Agreement.
 
For clarification, the parties to this Indemnification Agreement agree that the term "affiliate" as used in the definition of "Company" herein does not include any registered investment company, except for the Fund, for which such Company or any of its affiliates serves as investment adviser.
 
THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR DISPUTE OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT ("CLAIM"), DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, NO CLAIM MAY BE COMMENCED, PROSECUTED OR CONTINUED IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WHICH COURTS SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER THE ADJUDICATION OF SUCH MATTERS, AND THE COMPANY AND MERRILL LYNCH CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND PERSONAL SERVICE WITH RESPECT THERETO. THE COMPANY HEREBY CONSENT TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION, SERVICE AND VENUE IN ANY COURT IN WHICH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IS BROUGHT BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST MERRILL LYNCH OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY. EACH OF MERRILL LYNCH AND THE COMPANY WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON THAT COMPANY AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH THAT COMPANY IS OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.
2

The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any termination of Merrill Lynch’s engagement. This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.
 
 
Very truly yours, 
 
     
 
RIVERNORTH CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC 
 
       
 
By:
   
   
Name:
 
   
Title:
 
 
Accepted and agreed to as of
the date first above written:
 
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
INCORPORATED
 
By
 
Name:
 
Title:
 
 
 
STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT
 
[●], 2016
 
UBS Securities LLC
299 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10171
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
This agreement (the “Agreement”) is between RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC   (including any successor or assign by merger or otherwise, the “Company”) and UBS Securities LLC (“UBS”) with respect to RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc.   (the “Fund”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Underwriting Agreement (as defined below).
 
1.   Fee. In consideration of certain financial advisory services that UBS has provided to the Company in assisting the Company in structuring, designing and organizing the Fund as well as services related to the sale and distribution of the shares of Common Stock of the Fund, it being understood that the ultimate decision with respect to the structure, design and organization of the Fund shall rest with the Company, the Company shall pay a fee to UBS in the aggregate amount of $[●] (the “Fee”). The Fee shall be paid on or before [●], 2016 or as otherwise agreed to by the parties. In the event the Offering does not proceed, UBS will not receive any fees under this Agreement; however, for the avoidance of doubt, accountable expenses actually incurred may be payable to UBS pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, dated [●], 2016, by and among the Fund, the Company, DoubleLine Capital LP and each of the underwriters named in Exhibit A thereto.
 
2.   Term. This Agreement shall terminate upon the payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Section 1 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sections 4, 5, 8, 9 and 10 of this Agreement and the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
 
3.   Indemnification. The Company agrees to the indemnification and other agreements set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.
 
4.   Confidential Advice. Except (a) to the extent legally required (after consultation with, and approval as to form and substance by, UBS and its counsel), none of (i) the name of UBS, (ii) any advice rendered by UBS to the Company, or (iii) the terms of this Agreement or any communication from UBS, each in connection with the services performed by UBS pursuant to this Agreement, will be quoted or referred to orally or in writing, or in the case of (ii) and (iii), reproduced or disseminated, by the Company or any of its affiliates or any of its agents, without UBS’ prior written consent.
- 1 -

5.   Information. The Company recognizes and confirms that UBS (a) has used and relied primarily on the information provided by the Company and on information available from generally recognized public sources in performing the services contemplated by this Agreement without having assumed responsibility for independently verifying the same, (b) has not assumed responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or reasonableness of such information and (c) has not made an appraisal of any assets or liabilities (contingent or otherwise) of the Fund. The information provided by the Company contained in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and each Rule 482 Statement, was true and correct in all material respects and did not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading. The Company will promptly notify UBS if it learns of any material inaccuracy or misstatement in, or material omission from, any information provided by the Company to UBS pursuant to this Section 5.
 
6.   Not an Investment Adviser. The Company acknowledges that UBS has not provided any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Fund’s portfolio. The Company acknowledges and agrees that UBS has been retained to act solely as an adviser to the Company, and the Company’s engagement of UBS is not intended to confer rights upon any person (including the Fund or any shareholders, employees or creditors of the Company or the Fund) not a party hereto as against UBS or its affiliates, or their respective directors, officers, employees or agents, successors, or assigns. UBS has acted as an independent contractor under this Agreement, and not in any other capacity including as a fiduciary, and any duties arising out of its engagement shall be owed solely to the Company.
 
7.   Not Exclusive. Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting you or your affiliates from acting as an underwriter or financial adviser or in any other capacity for any other persons (including other registered investment companies or other investment managers).
 
8.   Amendment; Waiver. No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.
 
9.   Governing Law. This Agreement and any claim, counterclaim or dispute of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement (“Claim”), directly or indirectly, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. No Claim may be commenced, prosecuted or continued in any court other than the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction over the adjudication of such matters, and the Company and UBS consent to the jurisdiction of such courts and personal service with respect thereto. EACH OF UBS AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.
 
10.   Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and UBS and their respective successors and assigns and any successor or assign of any substantial portion of the Company’s or UBS’ respective businesses and/or assets.
- 2 -

11.   Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.
 
[Signature Page Follows]
- 3 -

This Agreement shall be effective as of the date first written above.
     
RIVERNORTH CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC 
 
       
 
By:
   
 
 
Name:
 
 
 
Title:
 
 
Agreed and Accepted:
 
UBS SECURITIES LLC
 
By:
   
 
Name:
 
 
Title:
 
 
By:
   
 
Name:
 
 
Title:
 
 
[ Signature Page to Structuring Fee Agreement ]

Indemnification Agreement
 
[●], 2016
 
UBS Securities LLC|
299 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10171
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
In connection with the engagement of UBS Securities LLC (“UBS”) to advise and assist the undersigned (including any successor or assign by merger or otherwise, the “Company”) with the matters set forth in the Structuring Fee Agreement, dated [●], 2016, between the Company and UBS (the “Agreement”), in the event that UBS becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a “Proceeding”) in connection with any matter in any way relating to or referred to in the Agreement or arising out of the matters contemplated by the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities provided prior to the date of the Agreement, the Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold UBS harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in connection with any matter in any way relating to or referred to in the Agreement or arising out of the matters contemplated by the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities provided prior to the date of the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulted solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of UBS. In addition, in the event that UBS becomes involved in any capacity in any Proceeding in connection with any matter in any way relating to or referred to in the Agreement or arising out of the matters contemplated by the Agreement, the Company will reimburse UBS for its legal and other expenses (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) as such expenses are incurred by UBS in connection therewith. If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Company agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates and other constituencies, on the one hand, and UBS, on the other hand, in connection with the matters contemplated by the Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and its stockholders and affiliates and other constituencies, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The Company agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates and other constituencies, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, in connection with the matters contemplated by the Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received or paid or contemplated to be received or paid by the Company or its stockholders or affiliates and other constituencies, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the matters (whether or not consummated) for which UBS has been retained to perform financial services bears to the fees paid to UBS under the Agreement; provided that, in no event shall the Company contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that UBS is not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by UBS pursuant to the Agreement. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Company or other conduct by the Company (or its employees or other agents), on the one hand, or by UBS, on the other hand. The Company will not settle any Proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, whether or not UBS is an actual or potential party to such Proceeding, without UBS’ prior written consent. For purposes of this Indemnification Agreement, UBS shall include UBS Securities LLC, any of its affiliates, each other person, if any, controlling UBS or any of its affiliates, their respective officers, current and former directors, employees and agents, and the successors and assigns of all of the foregoing persons. The foregoing indemnity and contribution agreement shall be in addition to any rights that any indemnified party may have at common law or otherwise.
- 1 -

The Company agrees that neither UBS nor any of its affiliates, directors, agents, employees or controlling persons shall have any liability to the Company or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Company in connection with or as a result of either UBS’ engagement under the Agreement or any matter referred to in the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities provided prior to the date of the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Company resulted solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of UBS in performing the services that are the subject of the Agreement.
 
THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR DISPUTE OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT (“CLAIM”), DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, NO CLAIM MAY BE COMMENCED, PROSECUTED OR CONTINUED IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WHICH COURTS SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER THE ADJUDICATION OF SUCH MATTERS, AND THE COMPANY AND UBS CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND PERSONAL SERVICE WITH RESPECT THERETO. THE COMPANY HEREBY CONSENTS TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION, SERVICE AND VENUE IN ANY COURT IN WHICH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IS BROUGHT BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST UBS OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY. EACH OF UBS AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON THE COMPANY AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH THE COMPANY IS OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.
- 2 -

The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any termination of UBS’ engagement. This Indemnification Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and UBS and their respective successors and assigns and any successor or assign of any substantial portion of the Company’s or UBS’ respective businesses and/or assets. This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.
 
[Signature Page Follows]
- 3 -

Very truly yours, 
 
     
RIVERNORTH CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC 
 
       
 
By:
   
 
 
Name:
 
 
 
Title:
 
 
Agreed and Accepted:
 
UBS SECURITIES LLC
 
By:
   
 
Name:
 
 
Title:
 
 
By:
   
 
Name:
 
 
Title:
 
 
[ Signature page to Indemnification Agreement ]
 
STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT
 
Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.
 
85 Broad Street
 
New York, New York 10004
 
STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), dated as of [●], 2016, between Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. ("Oppenheimer") and RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC (the "Investment Adviser").
 
WHEREAS, RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc. (the "Fund") is a recently organized, diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act"), and its shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the "Common Shares"), are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended;
 
WHEREAS, the Fund, the Investment Adviser and DoubleLine Capital LP (the "Subadviser") have entered into an underwriting agreement (the "Underwriting Agreement"), dated [●], 2016 with each of the underwriters named in Schedule A thereto (the "Underwriters"), severally, with respect to the issue and sale of the Fund's Common Shares (the "Offering"), as described therein;
 
WHEREAS, the Investment Adviser is the investment adviser of the Fund;
 
WHEREAS, Oppenheimer is acting as one of the Underwriters in the offering; and
 
WHEREAS, the Investment Adviser desires to provide additional compensation to Oppenheimer for providing the advice and services described below;
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual terms and conditions set forth below, the parties hereto agree as follows:
 
1.
In consideration of Oppenheimer’s services providing advice relating to the structure, design and organization of the Fund, as well as the sale and distribution of the Common Shares, the Investment Adviser shall pay Oppenheimer a fee in the aggregate amount of $[●] (the "Fee"). The Fee shall be paid on or before the Closing Date (as defined within the Underwriting Agreement) by wire transfer to the order of Oppenheimer in accordance with the wire instructions set forth in Schedule I hereto. The Fee paid shall not exceed [●]% of the total price to the public of the Firm Shares sold by the Fund in the Offering. The Investment Adviser acknowledges that the Fee is in addition to any compensation Oppenheimer earns in connection with its role as an underwriter to the Fund in the Offering, which services are distinct from and in addition to the services described above.
 
2.
The Investment Adviser acknowledges that Oppenheimer did not provide and is not providing any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Fund’s portfolio. No provision of this Agreement shall be considered as creating, nor shall any provision create, any obligation on the part of Oppenheimer, and Oppenheimer is not hereby agreeing, to: (i) furnish any advice or make any recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of portfolio securities or (ii) render any opinions, valuations or recommendations of any kind or to perform any such similar services in connection with the transactions contemplated herein.
1

3.
Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting Oppenheimer or its affiliates from providing similar or other services to any other clients (including other registered investment companies or other investment advisers). For the avoidance of doubt, it is acknowledged and agreed that the Investment Adviser may pay compensation of any kind to any other person for services the same as, or similar to, the services provided by Oppenheimer hereunder.
 
4.
Except as otherwise set forth herein, this Agreement shall terminate upon the payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Section 1 hereof.
 
5.
The Investment Adviser has furnished Oppenheimer with such information as Oppenheimer believes appropriate to its assignment hereunder (all such information so furnished being the "Information"). The Investment Adviser recognizes and confirms that Oppenheimer (a) has used and relied primarily on the Information and on information available from generally recognized public sources in performing the services contemplated by this Agreement without having independently verified the same and (b) does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the Information and such other information. The Information furnished by the Investment Adviser, when delivered, was true and correct in all material respects and did not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading. The Investment Adviser will promptly notify Oppenheimer if it learns of any material inaccuracy or misstatement in, or material omission from, any Information delivered to Oppenheimer pursuant to this Section 5.
 
6.
It is understood that Oppenheimer is being engaged hereunder solely to provide the services described above to the Investment Adviser and that Oppenheimer is not acting as an agent or fiduciary of, and shall have no duties or liability to the current or future shareholders of the Fund or any other third party in connection with its engagement hereunder, all of which are hereby expressly waived to the extent permitted under applicable law. Furthermore, the Investment Adviser agrees that it is solely responsible for making its own judgments in connection with the matters covered by this Agreement (irrespective of whether you have advised or are currently advising the Investment Adviser on related or other matters). The Investment Adviser’s engagement of you is not intended to confer rights upon any person (including the Fund or any holders of the Common Shares, employees or creditors of the Investment Adviser or the Fund).
 
7.
The Investment Adviser agrees to the terms set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.
 
8.
This Agreement and any claim, counterclaim or dispute of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement ("Claim") shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
 
9.
No Claim may be commenced, prosecuted or continued in any court other than the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction over the adjudication of such matters, and the Investment Adviser and Oppenheimer consent to the jurisdiction of such courts and personal service with respect thereto. Each of Oppenheimer and the Investment Adviser irrevocably waives all right to trial by jury in any proceeding (whether based upon contract, tort or otherwise) in any way arising out of or relating to this Agreement. The Investment Adviser agrees that a final judgment in any proceeding or counterclaim brought in any such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Investment Adviser and may be enforced in any other courts to the jurisdiction of which the Investment Adviser is or may be subject, by suit upon such judgment.
2

10.
This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other party.
 
11.
This Agreement (including the attached Indemnification Agreement) embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof. If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such determination will not affect such provision in any other respect or any other provision of this Agreement, which will remain in full force and effect. This Agreement may not be amended or otherwise modified or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by both Oppenheimer and the Investment Adviser.
 
12.
All notices required or permitted to be sent under this Agreement shall be sent, if to the Investment Adviser:

RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC
325 North LaSalle Street, Suite 645
Chicago, Illinois 60654
Attention: [Marcus L. Collins]
 
or if to Oppenheimer:
 
Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.
 
85 Broad Street
 
New York, New York 10004
Attn: Douglas Cameron – Equity Capital Markets
 
or such other name or address as may be given in writing to the other party. Any notice shall be deemed to be given or received on the third day after deposit in the U.S. mail with certified postage prepaid or when actually received, whether by hand, express delivery service or facsimile electronic transmission, whichever is earlier.
 
13.
This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.
 
[ signatures on following page ]
3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
 
RIVERNORTH CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC OPPENHEIMER & CO. INC.

By:
  
 
By:
    
 
Name:
   
Name: [Doug Cameron]
 
 
Title:
 
Title: Managing Director
 
 

Schedule I
 
[●]

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
 
 [●], 2016
 
Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.
 
85 Broad Street
New York, New York 10004
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
In connection with the engagement of Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. ("Oppenheimer") to advise and assist the undersigned. together with its affiliates and subsidiaries (the "Company") with the matters set forth in the Structuring Fee Agreement, dated [●], 2016 between the Company and Oppenheimer (the "Agreement"), in the event that Oppenheimer becomes involved in any capacity in any litigation, claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a "Proceeding") in connection with any matter in any way relating to or referred to in the Agreement or arising out of the matters contemplated by the Agreement, including without limitation, related services and activities prior to the date of the Agreement, the Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Oppenheimer harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in connection with any matter in any way relating to or referred to in the Agreement or arising out of the matters contemplated by the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities prior to the date of the Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, the indemnification provided hereunder does not extend to matters arising solely out of the Underwriting Agreement, dated [●], 2016, by and among RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc., RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC and each of the underwriters named therein, and indemnified thereunder. In addition, in the event that Oppenheimer becomes involved in any capacity in any Proceeding in connection with any matter in any way relating to or referred to in the Agreement or arising out of the matters contemplated by the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities prior to the date of the Agreement, the Company will reimburse Oppenheimer for its legal and other expenses (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) as such expenses are incurred by Oppenheimer in connection therewith. Promptly as reasonably practicable after receipt by Oppenheimer of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, Oppenheimer will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made under this paragraph, notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure to so notify the Company (i) will not relieve the Company from liability under this paragraph to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and (ii) in any event shall not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this Indemnification Agreement. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of Oppenheimer, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any Proceeding, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought hereunder (whether or not Oppenheimer is an actual or potential party thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of Oppenheimer from all liability arising out of such Proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of Oppenheimer.
 
If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Company agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and Oppenheimer, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by the Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and Oppenheimer, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The Company agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and Oppenheimer, on the other hand, of a transaction as contemplated shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received or paid or contemplated to be received or paid by the Company or its stockholders or affiliates, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the transaction (whether or not consummated) for which Oppenheimer has been retained to perform services bears to the fees paid to Oppenheimer under the Agreement; provided , that in no event shall the Company contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that Oppenheimer is not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by Oppenheimer pursuant to the Agreement. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Company or other conduct by the Company (or its employees or other agents), on the one hand, or by Oppenheimer, on the other hand. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, an Indemnified Party shall not be entitled to contribution from the Company if it is determined that such Indemnified Party was guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and the Company was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation or that any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or expenses relating thereto) are determined to have resulted solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of an Indemnified Party.
1

For purposes of this Indemnification Agreement, Oppenheimer shall include (i) Oppenheimer & Co. Inc., any of its affiliates, each other person, if any, controlling Oppenheimer Capital Inc. or any of its affiliates, their respective officers, current and former officers, directors, employees and agents, and the successors and assigns of all of the foregoing persons and (ii) the term "Company" shall not include any registered investment company, or other client for which the Company or any of its affiliates serves as the investment adviser other than RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc.. The foregoing indemnity and contribution agreement shall be in addition to any rights that any indemnified party may have at common law or otherwise.
 
The Company agrees that Oppenheimer shall not have any liability to the Company or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Company in connection with or as a result of either Oppenheimer’s engagement under the Agreement or any matter referred to in the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities prior to the date of the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Company resulted solely from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of Oppenheimer in performing the services that are the subject of the Agreement.
2

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR DISPUTE OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT ("CLAIM"), DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, NO CLAIM MAY BE COMMENCED, PROSECUTED OR CONTINUED IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WHICH COURTS SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER THE ADJUDICATION OF SUCH MATTERS, AND THE COMPANY AND OPPENHEIMER IRREVOCABLY CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND PERSONAL SERVICE WITH RESPECT THERETO. THE COMPANY HEREBY CONSENTS TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION, SERVICE AND VENUE IN ANY COURT IN WHICH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT IS BROUGHT BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST OPPENHEIMER OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY. EACH OF OPPENHEIMER AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT. EACH OF OPPENHEIMER AND THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON OPPENHEIMER AND THE COMPANY AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH OPPENHEIMER OR THE COMPANY IS OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.
 
[ signatures on following page ]
3

The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any termination of the Agreement. This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.
 
 
Very truly yours, 
 
       
 
RIVERNORTH CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC 
 
       
 
By:
   
 
Name:
 
 
Title
 
 
Accepted and agreed to as of
the date first above written:
 
OPPENHEIMER & CO. INC.
 
By:
   
Name:
   
Title :
   
 
[Signature Page to Oppenheimer Indemnification Agreement]
 
STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT
 
[●], 2016
 
RBC Capital Markets, LLC
Three World Financial Center, 8th Floor 200 Vesey Street,
New York, New York 10281-8098
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
Reference is made to the Underwriting Agreement dated [●], 2016 (the “ Underwriting   Agreement ”), by and among RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc. (the “ Fund ”), RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC (the “ Adviser ”), DoubleLine Capital LP (the Subadviser ) and each of the Underwriters named therein (the “ Underwriters ”), severally, with respect to the issue and sale of the Fund’s shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “ Common Shares ”), as described therein (the “ Offering ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Underwriting Agreement.

1. Fee.
 
In consideration of your services in offering advice relating to the distribution of the Fund’s Common Shares, the Adviser shall pay a fee to you in the aggregate amount of $[●] (the “ Fee ”). The Fee shall be paid on or before the Closing Date (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement). The payment shall be made by wire transfer to the order of RBC Capital Markets, LLC. The Adviser acknowledges that the Fee is in addition to any compensation you earn in connection with your role as an underwriter to the Fund in the Offering, which services are distinct from and in addition to the marketing services rendered in connection with the advice described above. The Fee paid to you shall not exceed [●]% of the total price to the public of the Firm Shares sold by the Fund in the Offering. In the event the Offering does not proceed, you will not receive any fees under this Agreement; however, for the avoidance of doubt, accountable expenses actually incurred may be payable to you pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement and in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(D).
 
2. Term.
 
This Agreement shall terminate upon the payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Section 1 hereof, or upon the termination of the Underwriting Agreement without the Common Shares having been delivered and paid for, except as provided in Section 3.
 
3. Indemnification.
 
The Adviser agrees to the indemnification and other agreements set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.
1

4. Not an Investment Adviser; No Fiduciary Duty.
 
The Adviser acknowledges that you are not providing any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Fund’s portfolio. No provision of this Agreement shall be considered as creating, nor shall any provision create, any obligation on the part of you, and you are not agreeing hereby, to: (i) furnish any advice or make any recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of portfolio securities; or (ii) render any opinions, valuations or recommendations of any kind or to perform any such similar services. Neither this Agreement nor the performance of the services contemplated hereunder shall be considered to constitute a partnership, association or joint venture between you and the Adviser. In addition, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to constitute you as the agent or employee of the Adviser or the Adviser as your agent or employee, and neither party shall make any representation to the contrary. It is understood that you are engaged hereunder as an independent contractor solely to provide the services described above to the Adviser and that you are not acting as an agent or fiduciary of, and you shall not have any duties or liability to, the current or future partners, members or equity owners of the Adviser or any other third party in connection with its engagement hereunder, all of which are hereby expressly waived to the extent the Adviser has the authority to waive such duties and liabilities. Furthermore, the Adviser agrees that it is solely responsible for making its own judgments in connection with the matters covered by this Agreement (irrespective of whether you have advised or are currently advising the Adviser on related or other matters).
 
5. Not Exclusive.
 
Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting you or your affiliates from acting as an underwriter or financial adviser or in any other capacity for any other persons (including other registered investment companies or other investment managers).
 
6. Assignment.
 
This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without prior written consent of the other party.
 
7. Amendment; Waiver.
 
No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.
 
8. Governing Law.
 
This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
 
9. Counterparts.
2

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission that accurately depicts a manual signature shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.
 
[END OF TEXT]
3

This Agreement shall be effective as of the date first written above.
 
RIVERNORTH CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC 
 
       
By:
   
 
Name:
 
  Title:  

Agreed and Accepted:

RBC CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC 
 
   
By:
   
 
Name:  
Title:
 
 

Indemnification Agreement
 
[●], 2016
 
RBC Capital Markets, LLC
 
Three World Financial Center, 8th Floor 200 Vesey Street,
 
New York, New York 10281-8098
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
In connection with the engagement of RBC Capital Markets, LLC ( “ RBCCM ”) to advise and assist the undersigned, RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC, together with its affiliates and subsidiaries (the “ Adviser ”), with respect to the matters set forth in the Structuring Fee Agreement dated [●], 2016 between the Adviser and RBCCM (the “ Agreement ”), in the event that RBCCM, any of its affiliates, each other person, if any, controlling RBCCM or any of its affiliates, their respective officers, current or former directors, employees and agents, or the successors or assigns of any of the foregoing persons (RBCCM and each such other person or entity being referred to as an “ Indemnified   Party ”) becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, litigation, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a “ Proceeding ”) with respect to the services performed under the Agreement, the Adviser agrees to indemnify, defend and hold each Indemnified Party harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses, including fees and expenses of counsel to the Indemnified Parties, with respect to the services performed under the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulted solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Party. In addition, in the event that an Indemnified Party becomes involved in any capacity in any Proceeding with respect to the Agreement, the Adviser will reimburse such Indemnified Party for legal and other expenses (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) as such expenses are incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection therewith, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulted solely and directly from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Party. Counsel shall be selected by RBCCM. In no event shall the Adviser be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel reasonably required) separate from their own counsel for the Indemnified Parties. An Indemnifying Party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however, that counsel to the Indemnifying Party shall not (except with the consent of the Indemnified Parties) also be counsel to the Indemnified Party. Promptly as reasonably practicable after receipt by an Indemnified Party of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, such Indemnified Party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made under this paragraph, notify the Adviser in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the Adviser (i) will not relieve the Adviser from liability under this paragraph to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and (ii) in any event shall not relieve the Adviser from any liability which it may have otherwise on account of this Indemnification Agreement. The Adviser may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however, that counsel to the Adviser shall not (except with the consent of the Indemnified Parties) also be counsel to the Indemnified Parties. Neither the Adviser nor any member of the Adviser’s Board of Directors shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Parties (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought hereunder (whether or not the Indemnified Parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party. No Indemnified Party shall, without the prior written consent of the Adviser (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought hereunder when the Adviser is an actual named party thereto, unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of the Adviser from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of the Adviser.
1

If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Adviser agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Adviser and its members and affiliates, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Parties, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by the Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Adviser and its members and affiliates, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Parties, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The Adviser agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Adviser and its members and affiliates, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Parties, on the other hand, of a transaction as contemplated shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received by or paid to or contemplated to be received by or paid to the Adviser or its members or affiliates, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the transaction (whether or not consummated) for which RBCCM has been retained to perform services bears to the fees paid to RBCCM under the Agreement; provided, that in no event shall the Adviser contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that the Indemnified Parties are not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by RBCCM pursuant to the Agreement. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Adviser or other conduct by the Adviser (or its employees or other agents), on the one hand, or by RBCCM (or its employees or other agents), on the other hand. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, an Indemnified Party shall not be entitled to contribution from the Adviser if it is determined that such Indemnified Party was guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and the Adviser was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Adviser will not settle any Proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, whether or not an Indemnified Party is an actual or potential party to such Proceeding, without the RBCCM’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall be in addition to any rights that any Indemnified Party may have at common law or otherwise.
2

The Adviser agrees that no Indemnified Party shall have any liability to the Adviser or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Adviser with respect to the matters contemplated by the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses reasonably incurred by the Adviser resulted solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of RBCCM in performing the services that are the subject of the Agreement.
 
THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR DISPUTE OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE MATTERS CONTEMPLATED BY THE AGREEMENT (“CLAIM”), DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, NO CLAIM MAY BE COMMENCED, PROSECUTED OR CONTINUED IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WHICH COURTS SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER THE ADJUDICATION OF SUCH MATTERS, AND THE ADVISER AND THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND PERSONAL SERVICE WITH RESPECT THERETO. THE ADVISER HEREBY CONSENTS TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION, SERVICE AND VENUE IN ANY COURT IN WHICH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT IS BROUGHT BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST RBCCM OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY. EACH INDEMNIFIED PARTY AND THE ADVISER WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT. EACH OF THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES AND THE ADVISER AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES AND THE ADVISER AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES AND THE ADVISER, AS THE CASE MAY BE, ARE OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT OR OTHER AVAILABLE JUDICIAL PROCESS.
 
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Agreement.
3

The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any termination of RBCCM’s engagement under the Agreement. This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.
 
 
Very truly yours, 
 
       
 
RIVERNORTH CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC 
 
       
 
By:
   
   
Name:
 
   
Title:
 

Agreed and Accepted:

RBC CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC

By:
        
Name:  
Title:
 
 
 
STRUCTURING FEE AGREEMENT
 

 
[ · ], 2016

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated
237 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10017
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
Reference is made to the Underwriting Agreement dated [ · ], 2016 (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”), by and among RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc. (the “ Fund ”), RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC (the “ Adviser ”), DoubleLine Capital LP (the Subadviser ) , Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated (“ Stifel ”) and the several other Underwriters named therein, severally, with respect to the issue and sale of the Fund’s shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “ Common Shares ”), as described therein (the “ Offering ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Underwriting Agreement.
 
1.   Services; Fee . Stifel has provided services to the Adviser to assist the Adviser in the structure and design of the Fund and the organization of the Fund as well as services related to the sale and distribution of the Fund’s Common Shares (the “Services”). In consideration of the Services to the Adviser, subject to and conditioned upon the completion of the Offering, the Adviser shall pay a fee to Stifel in the aggregate amount of $[ · ] (the “ Fee ”) on the Closing Date, by wire transfer to the order of Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated. The Fee paid to Stifel shall not exceed [●]% of the total price to the public of the Firm Shares sold by the Fund in the Offering. In the event the Offering does not proceed, Stifel will not receive any fees under this Agreement; however, for the avoidance of doubt, you may be reimbursed for accountable out-of-pocket expenses actually incurred by Stifel pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement and in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(D).
 
2.   Indemnification. The Adviser agrees to the indemnification and other agreements set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.
 
3.   Confidential Advice . Except to the extent legally required (after consultation with, and, in the case of Stifel’s advice, approval (not to be unreasonably withheld) as to form and substance by Stifel and its counsel), none of (i) the name of Stifel, (ii) any advice rendered by Stifel to the Adviser, or (iii) the terms of this Agreement or any communication from Stifel in connection with the services performed by Stifel pursuant to this Agreement will be quoted or referred to orally or in writing, or in the case of (ii) and (iii), reproduced or disseminated, by the Adviser or any of its affiliates or any of their agents, without Stifel’s prior written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld in the case of clause (i) and (iii) (but not (ii)).
1

4.   Information . The Adviser recognizes and confirms that Stifel (a) has used and relied primarily on the information provided by the Adviser and on information available from generally recognized public sources in performing the services contemplated by this Agreement without having assumed responsibility for independently verifying the same, (b) has not assumed responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or reasonableness of such information and (c) has not made an appraisal of any assets or liabilities (contingent or otherwise) of the Fund.
 
5.   Not an Investment Adviser; No Fiduciary Duty. The Adviser acknowledges that Stifel is not providing any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Fund’s portfolio. No provision of this Agreement shall be considered as creating, nor shall any provision create, any obligation on the part of Stifel, and Stifel is not agreeing hereby, to: (i) furnish any advice or make any recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of portfolio securities; or (ii) render any opinions, valuations or recommendations of any kind or to perform any such similar services. The Adviser hereby acknowledges that Stifel’s engagement under this Agreement is as an independent contractor and not in any other capacity, including as a fiduciary. Furthermore, the Adviser agrees that it is solely responsible for making its own judgments in connection with the matters covered by this Agreement (irrespective of whether Stifel has advised or are currently advising the Adviser on related or other matters).
 
6.   Not Exclusive. Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting Stifel or its affiliates from acting as an underwriter or financial adviser or in any other capacity for any other persons (including other registered investment companies or other investment advisers).
 
7.   Assignment. This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without prior written consent of the other party.
 
8.   Amendment; Waiver. No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.
 
        9.   Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. This Agreement together with the Indemnification Agreement constitutes the final and entire agreement and understanding between the parties to this Agreement relative to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between such parties concerning the subject matter of this Agreement.
 
10.              Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

[Signature Page Follows]
2

This Agreement shall be effective as of the date first written above.

Very truly yours, 
 
     
RIVERNORTH CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC 
 
       
 
By:
   
 
 
Name:
 
 
 
Title:
 
 
Agreed and Accepted:
 
STIFEL, NICOLAUS & COMPANY, INCORPORATED
 
By:
   
 
Name:
 
 
Title:
 


Indemnification Agreement
 
[ · ], 2016

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated
237 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10017

Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
In connection with the engagement of Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated (the “ Bank ”) to assist the undersigned, RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC , together with its affiliates and subsidiaries (the “ Adviser ”) with respect to the matters set forth in the Structuring Fee Agreement dated [ · ], 2016 between the Adviser and the Bank (the “ Agreement ”), in the event that the Bank, any of its affiliates, each other person, if any, controlling the Bank or any of its affiliates, their respective officers, current and former directors, employees and agents, or the successors or assigns of any of the foregoing persons (the Bank and each such other person or entity being referred to as an “ Indemnified Party ”) becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a “ Proceeding ”) with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, the Adviser agrees to indemnify, defend and hold each Indemnified Party harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses, including the fees and expenses of counsel to the Indemnified Parties, with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulted solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Party. In addition, in the event that an Indemnified Party becomes involved in any capacity in any Proceeding with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, the Adviser will reimburse such Indemnified Party for its legal and other expenses (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) as such expenses are incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection therewith. Promptly as reasonably practicable after receipt by an Indemnified Party of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, such Indemnified Party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made under this paragraph, notify the Adviser in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the Adviser (i) will not relieve the Adviser from liability under this paragraph to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and (ii) in any event shall not relieve the Adviser from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this Indemnification Agreement. The indemnifying party, upon request of the Indemnified Party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party to represent the Indemnified Party and shall pay the reasonably incurred fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the Indemnified Party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the Indemnified Party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Parties (which may not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or deferred), settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought hereunder (whether or not the Indemnified Parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party.
1

If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Adviser agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Adviser and its owners and affiliates, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Parties, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by the Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Adviser and its owners and affiliates, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. Adviser agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Adviser and its owners and affiliates, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, of a transaction as contemplated shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received or paid or contemplated to be received or paid by the Adviser or its owners and affiliates, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the transaction (whether or not consummated) for which the Bank has been retained to perform services bears to the fees paid to the Bank under the Agreement; provided, that in no event shall the Adviser contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that the Indemnified Parties are not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by the Bank pursuant to the Agreement. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Adviser or other conduct by the Adviser (or its employees or other agents), on the one hand, or by the Bank, on the other hand. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, an Indemnified Party shall not be entitled to contribution from the Adviser if it is determined that such Indemnified Party was guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and the Adviser or the Fund was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Adviser will not settle any Proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, whether or not an Indemnified Party is an actual or potential party to such Proceeding, without the Bank’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The foregoing indemnity and contribution agreement shall be in addition to any rights that any Indemnified Party may have at common law or otherwise.
 
The Adviser agrees that no Indemnified Party shall have any liability to the Adviser or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Adviser with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Adviser or the Fund resulted solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Bank in performing the services that are the subject of the Agreement.
2

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR DISPUTE OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES PERFORMED PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AGREEMENT (“ CLAIM ”), DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, NO CLAIM MAY BE COMMENCED, PROSECUTED OR CONTINUED IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WHICH COURTS SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER THE ADJUDICATION OF SUCH MATTERS, AND THE ADVISER AND THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND PERSONAL SERVICE WITH RESPECT THERETO. THE ADVISER HEREBY CONSENTS TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION, SERVICE AND VENUE IN ANY COURT IN WHICH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IS BROUGHT BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST THE BANK OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY. EACH INDEMNIFIED PARTY AND THE ADVISER WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. THE ADVISER AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON THE ADVISER AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH THE ADVISER IS OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.
 
This Agreement together with the Structuring Fee Agreement constitutes the final and entire agreement and understanding between the parties to this Agreement relative to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between such parties concerning the subject matter of this Agreement.
 
The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any termination of the Bank’s engagement under the Agreement. This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.
3

  IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have duly executed this Indemnification Agreement as of the date first above written.
 
 
Very truly yours, 
 
       
 
RIVERNORTH CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC 
 
       
 
By:
   
   
Name: 
    
   
Title: 
    
 
 
Agreed and Accepted:
 
STIFEL, NICOLAUS & COMPANY, INCORPORATED

By:
        
Name:     
Title:
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SALES INCENTIVE FEE AGREEMENT
 
[●], 2016
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
Reference is made to the Underwriting Agreement dated [●], 2016 (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”), by and among RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc. (the “ Fund ”), RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC (the “ Adviser ”), DoubleLine Capital LP (the “ Subadviser ”), and each of the Underwriters named therein (the “ Underwriters ”), severally, with respect to the issue and sale of the Fund’s shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “ Common Shares ”), as described therein (the “ Offering ”).  Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Underwriting Agreement.
 
1. Fee .
 
In consideration of the services of the undersigned related to the sale and distribution of the Fund’s Common Shares , the Adviser shall pay a fee to each of the undersigned in accordance with Schedule I hereto (the “ Fee ”).  The Fee shall be paid on or before the Closing Date (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement).  The Fee shall be paid by wire transfer to the order of each of the undersigned.  In the event the Offering does not proceed, you will not receive any fees under this Agreement; however, for the avoidance of doubt, accountable expenses actually incurred may be payable to you pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement.

2. Term .This Agreement shall terminate upon the payment of the entire amount of the Fee, as specified in Section 1 hereof.
 
3. Indemnification .
 
The Adviser agrees to the indemnification and other agreements set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.
 
4. Not an Adviser; No Fiduciary Duty .
 
The Adviser acknowledges that you are not providing any advice hereunder as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Fund’s portfolio.  No provision of this Agreement shall be considered as creating, nor shall any provision create, any obligation on the part of you, and you are not agreeing hereby, to: (i) furnish any advice or make any recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of portfolio securities; or (ii) render any opinions, valuations or recommendations of any kind or to perform any such similar services. The Adviser hereby acknowledges that your engagement under this Agreement is as an independent contractor and not in any other capacity, including as a fiduciary. Furthermore, the Adviser agrees that it is solely responsible for making its own judgment in connection with the matters covered by this Agreement (irrespective of whether you have advised or are currently advising the Adviser on related or other matters).
1

5. Not Exclusive . Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting the undersigned or its respective affiliates from acting as an underwriter or financial adviser or in any other capacity for any other persons (including other registered investment companies or other investment advisers), so long as your services to the Adviser are not impaired thereby.
 
6. Assignment .This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without prior written consent of the other party.
 
7. Amendment; Waiver . No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.
 
8. Governing Law .This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
 
9. Counterparts .This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement.  Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or electronic transmission that accurately depicts a manual signature shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.
2

This Agreement shall be effective as of the date first written above.
 
 
RIVERNORTH CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC 
 
     
 
By:
   
   
Name:
 
   
Title:
 
 

Agreed and Accepted:
 
[Qualifying Underwriter]
     
By:
 
 
 
Name:
 
Title:  
 

SCHEDULE I
 
Name
Fee
[Qualifying Underwriter]
[__]
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   

Indemnification Agreement
[●], 2016
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
In connection with the engagement of the undersigned (the “ Banks ”) to assist the undersigned, RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC (the “ Adviser ”) with respect to the matters set forth in the Sales Incentive Fee Agreement dated [●], 2016   between the Adviser and the Banks (the “ Agreement ”), in the event that the Banks, any of their respective affiliates, each other person, if any, controlling the Banks or any of their respective affiliates, their respective officers, current and former directors, employees and agents, or the successors or assigns of any of the foregoing persons (the Banks and each such other person or entity being referred to as an “ Indemnified Party ”) becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, litigation, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a “ Proceeding ”) with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, the Adviser agrees to indemnify, defend and hold each Indemnified Party harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses, including the fees and expenses of counsel to the Indemnified Parties, with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulted solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct (including bad faith) of such Indemnified Party.  In addition, in the event that an Indemnified Party becomes involved in any capacity in any Proceeding with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, the Adviser will reimburse such Indemnified Party for its legal and other expenses (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) as such expenses are reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection therewith.  As promptly as is reasonably practicable after receipt by an Indemnified Party of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, such Indemnified Party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made under this paragraph, notify the Adviser in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the Adviser (i) will not relieve the Adviser from liability under this paragraph to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and (ii) in any event shall not relieve the Adviser from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this Indemnification Agreement.  Counsel to the Indemnified Parties shall be selected by such Indemnified Party.  An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided , however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the Indemnified Parties) also be counsel to the Indemnified Party.  No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any Proceeding, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought hereunder (whether or not the Indemnified Parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such Proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party.
1
If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Adviser agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Adviser and its stockholders, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Parties, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by the Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Adviser and its stockholders, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The Adviser agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Adviser and its stockholders, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, of a transaction as contemplated shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received or paid or contemplated to be received or paid by the Adviser or its stockholders, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the transaction (whether or not consummated) for which the Banks have been retained to perform services bears to the fees paid to the Banks under the Agreement; provided , that in no event shall the Adviser contribute less than the amount necessary to assure that the Indemnified Parties are not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by the Banks pursuant to the Agreement.  Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Adviser or other conduct by the Adviser (or its employees or other agents), on the one hand, or by the respective Bank, on the other hand.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, an Indemnified Party shall not be entitled to contribution from the Adviser if it is determined that such Indemnified Party was guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and the Adviser was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  The Adviser will not settle any Proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, whether or not an Indemnified Party is an actual or potential party to such Proceeding, without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).  The foregoing indemnity and contribution agreement shall be in addition to any rights that any Indemnified Party may have at common law or otherwise.
 
The Adviser agrees that no Indemnified Party shall have any liability to the Adviser or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Adviser with respect to the services performed pursuant to and in accordance with the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Adviser resulted primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct (including bad faith) of the Banks in performing the services that are the subject of the Agreement.
 
THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR DISPUTE OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES PERFORMED PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AGREEMENT (“ CLAIM ”), DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.  EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, NO CLAIM MAY BE COMMENCED, PROSECUTED OR CONTINUED IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WHICH COURTS SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER THE ADJUDICATION OF SUCH MATTERS, AND THE ADVISER AND THE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND PERSONAL SERVICE WITH RESPECT THERETO.  THE ADVISER HEREBY CONSENTS TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION, SERVICE AND VENUE IN ANY COURT IN WHICH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IS BROUGHT BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST THE BANK OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY.  EACH INDEMNIFIED PARTY AND THE ADVISER WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.  EACH OF THE BANK AND THE ADVISER AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON THE BANK AND THE ADVISER AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH THE BANK AND THE ADVISER, AS THE CASE MAY BE, ARE OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.
2
The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any termination of the Bank’s engagement under the Agreement.  This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.
 
 
Very truly yours, 
 
     
 
RIVERNORTH CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC 
 
     
 
By:
    
   
Name:
 
   
Title:
 
 
[Indemnification Agreement Signature Page]

Agreed and Accepted:
 
[Qualifying Underwriter]
 
By:
   
 
Name:
 
Title:
 
 
[Indemnification Agreement Signature Page]
 
 
[C&C L ETTERHEAD ]
 
September 27, 2016
 
RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc.
325 North LaSalle Street, Suite 645
Chicago, Illinois 60654
 
Re:   RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc.

Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
We have acted as counsel for RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc. (the “Fund” ) in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act” ), of certain of its common stock (the “Shares” ) covered by Registration Statement No. 333‑212400 on Form N‑2, as it is proposed to be amended by Pre-Effective Amendment No. 5 (as proposed to be amended, the “Registration Statement” ).
 
In this connection we have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate and other records, certificates and other papers as we deemed it necessary to examine for the purpose of this opinion, including the articles of incorporation and by-laws of the Fund, actions of the board of directors of the Fund authorizing the issuance of shares of the Fund and the Registration Statement.
 
We assume that, upon sale of the Shares, the Fund will receive the authorized consideration therefor, which will at least equal the net asset value of the Shares.
 
Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that when the Shares are issued and sold after the Registration Statement has been declared effective and the authorized consideration therefor is received by the Fund, they will be legally issued, fully paid and nonassessable by the Fund.
 
In rendering the foregoing opinion, we have relied upon the opinion of Shapiro Sher Guinot & Sandler, P.A. expressed in their letter to us dated September 27, 2016.
 
We consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under section 7 of the Act.
 
 
Very truly yours,
 
/s/ Chapman and Cutler LLP
 
September 27, 2016

RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc.
325 North LaSalle Street
Suite 645
Chicago, Illinois 60654

Re: Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-212400)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special “Maryland law” counsel to RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Fund”), and a closed-end investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), in connection with certain matters of Maryland law arising out of the registration of 13,000,000 shares (the “Shares”) of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, of the Fund (the “Common Stock”), covered by the above-referenced Registration Statement, and all amendments thereto (the “Registration Statement”), filed by the Fund with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”). This opinion is being furnished to you at your request.

I. Documents Reviewed and Matters Considered

In our capacity as counsel to the Fund and for purposes of this opinion, we have examined the following documents (all of which are collectively called the “Documents”):

(i)   the Registration Statement and the related form of prospectus included therein in the form in which it was transmitted to the Commission under the 1933 Act;

(ii)  the charter of the Fund (the “Charter”), certified by the Maryland State Department of Assessments and Taxation (the “SDAT”);

(iii)  the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Fund (the “Bylaws”), certified as of the date hereof by an officer of the Fund;

(iv)  a Certificate of Status of the SDAT to the effect that the Fund is in good standing, dated September 21, 2016;

(v)  resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the Fund relating to the establishment and organization of the Fund and the issuance of stock by the Fund (the “Resolutions”), certified as of the date hereof by an officer of the Fund;
 

RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc.
 
September 27, 2016
Page 2
 
(vi)  a certificate executed by an officer of the Fund, dated as of the date hereof, as to such matters as we deem necessary and appropriate to enable us to render this opinion letter; and

(vii)  such other documents and matters as we have deemed necessary and appropriate to render the opinions set forth in this letter, subject to the assumptions, qualifications, and limitations noted herein.

II. Assumptions

In reaching the opinions set forth below, we have assumed the following:

(a)  Each individual executing any of the Documents, whether on behalf of such individual or another person, is legally competent to do so.

(b)  Each individual executing any of the Documents on behalf of a party (other than the Fund) is duly authorized to do so.

(c)  All Documents submitted to us as originals are authentic. All Documents submitted to us as certified, photostatic, or other copies conform to the original documents. All Documents upon which we have relied are accurate and complete. All public records reviewed or relied upon by us or on our behalf are true and complete and remain so as of the date of this letter.

(d)  The form and content of all Documents submitted to us as unexecuted drafts do not differ in any respect relevant to this opinion from the form and content of such Documents as executed and delivered.

(e)  All representations, warranties, statements and information contained in the Registration Statement are accurate and complete.

(f)  All signatures on the Documents submitted to us for examination are genuine.

(g)  There has been no oral or written modification of or amendment to any of the Documents, and there has been no waiver of any of the provisions of the Documents, by actions or omission of the parties or otherwise.

(h)  Each individual executing a certificate is authorized to do so and has knowledge about all matters stated therein. The contents of each such certificate are accurate and complete and remain so as of the date of this letter.


RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc.
 
September 27, 2016
Page 2
 
III. Opinions

Based on our review of the foregoing and subject to the assumptions, qualifications, and limitations set forth herein, it is our opinion, as of the date of this letter, that:

1.  The Fund is a corporation duly incorporated and, based solely on the Certificate of Good Standing issued by the SDAT dated September 21, 2016, the Fund is validly existing and in good standing under the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”).

2.  The issuance of the Shares has been duly authorized and, when and if issued and delivered against payment therefor in accordance with the Charter, the Bylaws, the Resolutions, and the Registration Statement, the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid, and nonassessable.

IV. Qualifications and Limitations

In addition to the other matters set forth in this letter, the opinions set forth herein are also subject to the following qualifications:

(A)  We express no opinion as to the laws of any jurisdiction other than the laws of the State of Maryland and as used herein “law” means such laws. We express no opinion as to the principles of conflict of laws of any jurisdiction, including the laws of the State of Maryland.

(B)  We assume no obligation to supplement our opinions if any applicable law changes after the date of this letter or if we become aware of any facts that might change the opinions expressed in this letter after the date of this letter.

(C)  The opinions expressed in this letter are limited to the matters set forth in this letter, and no other opinions shall be implied or inferred beyond the matters expressly stated.

(D)  This opinion is being furnished to you for submission to the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the use of the name of our firm therein. In giving this consent, we do not admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required by Section 7 of the 1933 Act.

 
Very truly yours,
   
 
/s/ SHAPIRO SHER GUINOT & SANDLER, P.A.



 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

As independent registered public accountants, we hereby consent to the use of our report dated August 25, 2016,   on the financial statement of RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc. (the “Fund”), as of August 23, 2016 and to all references to our firm included in or made a part of this Pre-Effective Amendment under the Securities Act of 1933 and Pre-Effective Amendment under the Investment Company Act of 1940 to the RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form N-2.

COHEN & COMPANY, LTD.
Cleveland, Ohio
September 26, 2016


 
RiverNorthDoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc.
 
Subscription Agreement
 
This Subscription Agreement made as of 8/23/2016, by and between RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Fund”), and RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC (the “Subscriber”).
 
WITNESSETH:
 
WHEREAS, the Fund has been formed for the purposes of carrying on business as a closed-end management investment company; and
 
WHEREAS, the Subscriber is the investment manager to the Fund; and
 
WHEREAS, the Subscriber wishes to subscribe for and purchase, and the Fund wishes to sell to the Subscriber, 5,102.041 common shares of beneficial interest, or such other amounts as the officers of the Fund may approve (the “Shares”), for a purchase price of $19.60 per Share, or at such other prices as the officers of the Fund may approve;
 
NOW THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED:
 
1. The Subscriber subscribes for and agrees to purchase from the Fund the Shares for a purchase price of $19.60 per Share and an aggregate purchase price of $100,000.
 
2. The Fund agrees to issue and sell said Shares to the Subscriber promptly upon its receipt of the aggregate purchase price.
 
3. To induce the Fund to accept its subscription and issue the Shares subscribed for, the Subscriber represents that it is informed as follows:
 
(a) That the Shares being subscribed for have not been and will not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or registered or qualified under the securities laws of any state;
 
(b) That the Shares will be sold by the Fund in reliance on one or a series of exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act;
 
(c) That the Fund’s reliance upon an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act is predicated in part on the representations and agreements contained in this Subscription Agreement;
 
(d) That, when issued, the Shares will be “restricted securities,” as defined in paragraph (a)(3) of Rule 144 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Act (“Rule 144”) and cannot be sold or transferred by Subscriber unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or unless an exemption from such registration is available; and

(e) That there do not appear to be any immediately available exemptions from the registration provisions of the Securities Act available to the Subscriber for resale of the Shares. In the future, certain exemptions may possibly become available, including an exemption for limited sales in accordance with the conditions of Rule 144, which would not be available to an affiliate of the Fund for one year and may be limited by the overall outstanding shares of the Fund, among various limiting factors.
 
The Subscriber understands that a primary purpose of the information acknowledged in subparagraphs (a) through (e) above is to put the Subscriber on notice as to certain restrictions on the transferability of the Shares. The Subscriber acknowledges that other restrictions may apply and that none of the Fund or its affiliates has provided any legal, tax or investment advice related to this transaction.
 
4. To further induce the Fund to accept its subscription and issue the Shares subscribed for, the Subscriber:
 
(a) Represents and warrants that the Subscriber is an accredited investor;
 
(b) Represents and warrants that the Shares subscribed for are being and will be acquired for investment for its own account and not on behalf of any other person or persons and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any public distribution thereof;
 
(c) Agrees that any certificates representing the Shares subscribed for may bear a legend substantially in the following form:
 
The shares represented by this certificate have been acquired for investment and have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 or any other federal or state securities law. These shares may not be offered for sale, sold or otherwise transferred unless registered under said securities laws or unless some exemption from registration is available;
 
and that in the absence of a certificate, this Subscription Agreement provides the notice and legend required under Rule 144; and
 
(d) Agrees that it will not sell, assign, or transfer the Shares or any interest therein, except upon repurchase or redemption by the Fund, unless and until the Shares have been registered under the Securities Act or it has received an opinion of its counsel that such sale, assignment, or transfer will not violate the provisions of the Securities Act or any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
(e) Consents, as the sole holder of the Fund’s common shares of beneficial interest and pursuant to Section 23(b)(2) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, to the issuance by the Fund of common shares of beneficial interest at a price per share as set forth in the underwriting agreement relating to the public offering of the common shares of beneficial interest of the Fund.
 
5. This Subscription Agreement and all of its provisions shall be binding upon the legal representatives, heirs, successors and assigns of the parties hereto. This Subscription Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original for all purposes.

6. This Agreement shall be governed by, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Maryland, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law.
 
7. The Fund’s Articles of Incorporation, including any amendments thereto, is on file with the Secretary of State of Maryland. This Subscription Agreement is executed on behalf of the Fund by an officer of the Fund as an officer and not individually, and the obligations imposed upon the Fund by this Subscription Agreement are not binding upon any of the Fund’s Trustees, officers or shareholders individually but are binding only upon the assets and property of the Fund.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Subscription Agreement has been executed by the parties hereto as of the day and date first above written.
 
RIVERNORTH /DOUBLELINE STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITY FUND, INC.
 
By:
/s/ Patrick W. Galley  
Name:
Patrick W. Galley  
Title:
President  
 
RIVERNORTH CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC
 
By:
/s/ Brian H. Schmucker  
Name:
Brian H. Schmucker  
Title:
Chief Executive Officer  
 
 
 
C ompliance P olicies and P rocedures M anual
 
Section 6 - Code of Ethics
 
This Code of Ethics (the “Code”) is a joint Code for RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC (the “Adviser”), RiverNorth Funds (the “RiverNorth Funds”) and any subsequent funds advised by the Adviser. It reflects the requirements of Section 204A of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, Rule 204A-1 under that Act, and Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The Adviser and the RiverNorth Funds are often referred to collectively as “RiverNorth”. Access Persons (as defined by the Investment Company Act) of other funds advised or subadvised by the Adviser may be subject to other codes of ethics as well.
 
I.
S tandards   of C onduct   and F iduciary D uty
 
The Adviser has a fiduciary duty to its investment advisory clients. That duty requires each Employee to act solely for the benefit of Adviser’s clients. The conduct of the Adviser and its Employees must recognize that the clients’ interests always have priority over those of the Adviser and its Employees (including with respect to any Employee’s personal trading activity) and is based upon fundamental principles of openness, integrity, honesty and trust.
 
Each Employee is expected to adhere, not only to the Federal Securities Laws (as defined herein), but also to the highest standard of professional and ethical conduct and should be sensitive to situations that may give rise to an actual conflict AND the appearance of a conflict with the Adviser’s clients’ interests. Such conflicts could also have the potential to cause damage to the Adviser’s reputation. Each Employee is also required to comply with all applicable Federal Securities Laws. Each Employee must exercise reasonable care and professional judgment to avoid actions that could put the image or reputation of the Adviser at risk.
 
This Code sets forth the policy regarding Employee conduct in those situations in which conflicts with our clients’ interests are most likely to be present or develop. The Code does not attempt to identify all possible conflicts of interest, and literal compliance with the Code will not shield the Employee from sanctions for personal trading or other conduct that violates a fiduciary duty to clients. It is expected that Employees will embrace and comply with both the letter and the spirit of the Code.
 
Adherence to the Code is a basic condition of employment. If an Employee has any doubt as to the appropriateness of any activity, believes that he or she has violated the Code, or becomes aware of a violation of the Code by another Employee, the Employee is obligated to bring these matters to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) or any member of the Compliance Group, as defined herein.
 
II.
D efinitions
 
“Access Person” means any person who is either an Adviser Access Person or a Fund Access Person.
12

 
C ompliance P olicies and P rocedures M anual
 
“Adviser Access Person” means any Employee or any other person identified by the CCO as an Adviser Access Person. The CCO shall designate as an Adviser Access Person any supervised person who (i) has access to non-public information regarding any purchase or sale of securities for an Adviser client, or non-public information regarding the portfolio holdings of any Reportable Fund, or (ii) is involved in making securities recommendations to Adviser clients, or who has access to such recommendations that are non-public. Since providing investment advice is the Adviser’s primary business, all of the Adviser’s members (other than passive investors), officers and employees are presumed to be Adviser Access Persons.
 
“Active Consideration” means the period of time during which an Adviser portfolio manager has a pending order or is considering the purchase or sale of a security for any client account.
 
“Adviser” means RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC.
 
“Advisers Act” means the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and rules promulgated thereunder.
 
“Automatic Investment Plan” means a program, including a dividend reinvestment program, in which regular periodic purchases or withdrawals are made automatically in or from investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation, including automatic rebalances.
 
“Beneficial Ownership” means that a person, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in a security. A “pecuniary interest” in a security means the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in any profit derived from a transaction in such security. An Employee is presumed to have beneficial ownership in the following: (i) securities owned by an Employee in his or her name; (ii) securities owned by an individual Employee indirectly through an account or investment vehicle for his or her benefit, such as an IRA, family trust, or family partnership; (iii) securities owned in which the Employee has a joint ownership interest, such as a joint brokerage account; (iv) securities in which a member of the Employee’s immediate family (currently defined as one’s spouse, domestic partner, minor children, adult children living at home, other dependent relatives and other adult relatives sharing living arrangements) has a direct, indirect or joint ownership interest if the immediate family member resides in the same household as the Employee; (v) securities owned by a trust, private foundation or other charitable accounts in which the Employee (or a member of the Employee’s immediate family) has both a pecuniary interest and investment discretion and (vi) securities owned by an Investment Club in which the Employee or Employee's immediate family members are participants.. This definition shall be interpreted in the same manner as it would be under Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the text of which is attached as Exhibit A to the Code.
 
“Blackout Period” means a period during which an Access Person is prohibited from engaging in a Personal Securities Transaction in a particular security because (i) a transaction in the same security is pending or anticipated for client accounts; or (ii) a transaction for client accounts is under Active Consideration by a portfolio manager of the Adviser
13

 
C ompliance P olicies and P rocedures M anual
 
“CCO” means the Chief Compliance Officer of the Adviser. The CCO may also mean any person designated as the Chief Compliance Officer of any Fund.
 
“Compliance Group” means the Adviser’s compliance committee charged with overseeing the Adviser’s compliance policies and procedures. The committee is comprised of the Chief Compliance Officer and such other persons as may be designated by the Chief Compliance Officer from time to time. A list of the current Compliance Group members is attached as Exhibit B to the Code.
 
“Control” means the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of a company, unless such power is solely the result of an official position with such company.
 
“Employee” means an employee of the Adviser, a member of the Adviser (other than passive investors who are not employed by the Adviser in another capacity), and any temporary employee or independent contractor of the Adviser who is contracted to work onsite in the offices of the Adviser for more than seven (7) consecutive days (unless steps are taken to prevent such person from gaining access to proprietary or trading information related to the Adviser of its clients). All Employees are deemed to be Access Persons.
 
“ETF” means an exchange traded fund, whether organized as an open-end fund or a unit investment trust.
 
“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
“Exempt Transactions” means transactions in securities that are exempt from the pre-clearance and/or the reporting requirements of this Code. Refer to Exhibit C for a list of security types that fall into this category.
 
“Federal Securities Laws” means the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, any rules adopted by the SEC under any of these statutes, the Bank Secrecy Act as it applies to Funds and investment advisers, any rules adopted thereunder by the SEC or the Department of the Treasury or the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act to the extent and as it pertains to investments advisers and investment companies.
 
“Frequent Trading” means the frequent trading in shares of an open-end fund in violation of the fund’s prospectus and/or trading policies, including any trading designed to exploit perceived inefficiencies in the prices of Fund shares.
 
“Front Running” means engaging in a Personal Securities Transaction in advance of a transaction in the same security for a client’s account.
 
“Fund” means an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
14

 
C ompliance P olicies and P rocedures M anual
 
“Fund Access Person” means any trustee or officer of a Fund managed by the Adviser who is not also an Adviser Access Person.
 
“Independent Trustee/Director” means a trustee or director of a Fund who is not an “interested person” of the Fund within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.
 
“Initial Public Offering” or “IPO” means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
“Insider Trading” is not defined in the Federal Securities Laws, but generally refers to the buying or selling a security, in breach of a fiduciary duty or other relationship of trust and confidence, while in possession of Material, Non-Public Information about the security.
 
“Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended and the rules promulgated thereunder.
 
“Late Trading” means the illegal practice of pricing a purchase or redemption order for shares of an open-end Fund with the current day share price even though the order is received after the pricing time established in the Fund’s prospectus. Late trading often involves a coordinated effort by the investor and a broker or service provider for the Fund.
 
“Limited Offering” means an offering ( e.g. , limited partnership) that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2) or Section 4(6) or pursuant to Rule 504, Rule 505, or Rule 506 under the Securities Act of 1933.
 
“Material, Non-Public Information” or “MNPI” means information for which there is substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider important in making an investment decision, or is reasonably certain to have an effect on the price of the issuer’s security, but which has not been made available to the public, has not been disseminated broadly to the marketplace, or has not had sufficient time post-dissemination for the marketplace to react to the information.
 
“Organizations” means entities, and the individuals that work for them, that provide services, or seek to provide services, to individual clients through the Adviser’s relationship with the client. Examples include brokers, consultants, companies that the Adviser researches for possible investment, and companies in which the Adviser invests for client accounts.
 
“Personal Securities Transaction” means a Reportable Transaction in which an Access Person has Beneficial Ownership in the security.
 
Reportable Account” means investment accounts in which Reportable Securities are held.
 
“Reportable Fund” means any Fund: (i) for which the Adviser serves as the investment adviser or sub-adviser; or (ii) whose investment adviser or principal underwriter controls the Adviser, is controlled by the Adviser, or is under common control with the Adviser. For purposes of this Code, the Reportable Funds are the RiverNorth Funds, RiverNorth Opportunities Fund, Inc. and RiverNorth Marketplace Lending Corporation.
15

 
C ompliance P olicies and P rocedures M anual
 
 “Reportable Security” means a Security, except that it does not include any of the following: (i) direct obligations of the government of the United States; (ii) bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements; (iii) shares issued by money market Funds; (iv) shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more open-end Funds, none of which are Reportable Funds. The definition of “Reportable Security” also excludes securities held through certain qualified tuition programs established pursuant to Section 529 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (“529 Plans”), provided the Adviser or a control affiliate does not manage, distribute, market or underwrite the 529 Plan or the investments and strategies underlying the 529 Plan. However, ETFs and mutual funds are included in the definition of “Reportable Security” whether held directly with the issuer or its transfer agent or in a brokerage account.
 
“Reportable Transaction” means a transaction by an Access Person in a Reportable Security.
 
“RiverNorth Funds” means RiverNorth Funds, an Ohio business trust and each of its series, as they may be added from time to time. Each series of the RiverNorth Funds may also be referred to individually as a “fund”. See Exhibit D for a list of the current series of the RiverNorth Funds.
 
“RiverNorth Marketplace Lending Corporation” means a Maryland corporation organized as an interval closed-end fund and advised by the Adviser.
 
“RiverNorth Opportunities Fund” means a Delaware corporation organized as a closed-end fund and subadvised by the Adviser.
 
“Rumor” means a statement not based on verified information. An expression of opinion is not a Rumor.
 
“Security” means any note, stock, treasury stock, security future, bond, debenture, evidence of indebtedness, certificate of interest or participation in any profit sharing agreement, collateral trust certificate, reorganization certificate or subscription, transferable share, investment contract, voting-trust certificate, certificate of deposit for a security, fractional undivided interest in oil, gas, or other mineral rights, any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege on any, security (including a certificate of deposit) or on any group or index of securities (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof), or any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency, or, in general, any interest or instrument commonly known as a “security,” or any certificate of interest or participation in, temporary or interim certificate for, receipt for, guarantee of, or warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase, any of the foregoing.
 
“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules promulgated thereunder.
 
“Trading Day” means any day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for regular, unrestricted trading.
16

 
C ompliance P olicies and P rocedures M anual
 
Terms not defined above or in this Code have the meaning set forth in the Advisers Act. If terms are ambiguous to any person potentially covered by the Code, it is suggested that the Employee contact the Chief Compliance Officer for clarification before engaging in any conduct or activity that may be covered under the Code.
 
III.
P olicy on P ersonal S ecurities T ransactions
 
Each Access Person must comply with the following policies for all of his or her Personal Securities Transactions.
 
A.  Initial Public Offerings
An Adviser Access Person may not participate in an initial public offering without prior approval and unless the IPO falls into one of the following categories:
 
1. An IPO of securities of a mutual insurance company as a result of the Adviser Access Person’s ownership of an insurance policy; or
2. An IPO of securities of a spinoff company as a result of the Adviser Access Person’s ownership of shares of the company that spins off the issuer of the IPO.
3. An IPO of securities of a closed-end fund to which the Adviser serves as investment adviser or sub-adviser.
 
An Access Person must obtain prior clearance from the CCO when acquiring Beneficial Ownership in securities of an IPO that are subject to either of the three exceptions set forth above. If an Access Person believes participation in an IPO may be appropriate, for example, in situations similar to the three situations identified above, but not covered by those two situations, the Access Person may submit a written request for approval, and the CCO may grant approval if the investment is deemed acceptable.
 
B.  Limited Offerings
An Adviser Access Person may purchase or sell securities in a Limited Offering only with the prior written approval from a member of the Compliance Group. Limited Offerings include investments in private funds managed by the Adviser. The Compliance Group member shall consider the following factors in determining whether to approve a transaction in a Limited Offering:
 
1. Whether the investment opportunity should be reserved for clients;
2. Whether the Access Person is being offered the investment opportunity due to his or her employment with the Adviser; and
3. Any other relevant factors ( e.g. , whether the Adviser has any business dealings with the issuer, general partner, or any of the individuals named in the offering documents, or if the Access Person has knowledge of an impending IPO by the issuer).
 
The Compliance Group member may approve a single transaction in a Limited Offering or additional investments in previously-approved Limited Offerings (such as subsequent investments in the same limited partnership). The approval may be subject to limitations, including timing of investments, number of investments, or amount of investments. Additionally, Access Persons should seek approval for transactions in Limited Offerings as far in advance as possible.
17

 
C ompliance P olicies and P rocedures M anual
 
C.  Frequent Trading (Open-End Funds)
Frequent Trading can harm shareholders in various ways, including reducing the returns to long-term shareholders by increasing costs to the fund and disrupting portfolio management strategies. Access Persons are required to comply with the policies of any open-end funds in which they invest regarding purchases, redemptions and exchanges, and are prohibited from engaging in Frequent Trading in open-end funds which indicate in their prospectus or statement of additional information that the funds prohibit or restrict Frequent Trading.
 
D.  Late Trading (Open-End Funds)
Late Trading is prohibited by law and, with respect to Reportable Funds, may represent a violation of fiduciary duty. This Code prohibits Access Persons from engaging in or facilitating Late Trading in shares of any open-end Fund.
 
E.  Short-Term Trading (All Securities)
The Adviser considers short-term trading problematic because it (1) may interfere with the Adviser Access Person’s duties, obligations or loyalties to the Adviser or the Adviser’s clients; (2) may be indicative of using Material, Non-Public Information, or (3) may be in violation of applicable laws, rules and regulations or the Adviser’s or issuer’s policies and procedures.
 
Accordingly, all Access Persons are required to hold securities for a minimum of 90 days, to avoid short-term trading practices. The Compliance Group may approve exceptions to the 90-day holding period in certain limited circumstances, for instance to reduce the level of investment losses to the Access Person if the security has significantly decreased in value. The 90-day hold period does not apply to transactions resulting from certain corporate actions or assets attributable to an Automatic Investment Plan.
 
The Compliance Group may impose restrictions on Personal Securities Transactions, or deny a request for prior approval of Personal Securities Transactions, if it believes that the transactions may interfere with the Access Person’s duties, obligations or loyalties to the Adviser or the Adviser’s clients, impose undue burden on the Adviser, or may otherwise be contrary to the interests of the Adviser or the Adviser’s clients.
 
F.  Options Trading
Access Persons are permitted to invest in options. All personal securities transactions involving options must be pre-approved through Schwab Compliance Technologies and are subject to the mandatory 90-day holding period detailed in Section III.E. (unless the strike date of the option is less than 90 days). Access Persons may not take an options position opposite of any options holding in the Adviser’s or a client’s accounts (same underlying security, same strike price, and same expiration).
 
G.  Closed-End Funds, Business Development Companies (BDCs) and Special Purpose Acquisition Companies (SPACs)
Because of the Adviser’s expertise and access to analytic information regarding the closed-end fund markets, business development companies and special purpose acquisition companies, direct investments in these vehicles (excluding those managed by the Adviser) is prohibited. Trading in closed-end funds managed by the Adviser is permitted but limited to a percentage of the average daily trading volume as determined by the Compliance Group and then subject to pre-clearance by the Compliance Group and the fund's adviser.
18

 
C ompliance P olicies and P rocedures M anual
 
H.  Marketplace Loans and Related Securities
Because of the Adviser’s expertise and access to analytic and platform-proprietary information regarding marketplace loans, direct investments in marketplace loans, including investments in the platforms themselves is prohibited.
 
I.   Blackout Period
To avoid Front Running or other conflict of interest with client accounts, or the appearance of Front Running or a conflict of interest with client accounts, no Access Person may engage in a Personal Securities Transaction in a security that is in a Blackout Period.
 
Requests for a waiver of the Blackout Period will be considered by a member of the Compliance Group on a case-by-case basis. Factors that may be considered include, but are not limited to, the size of the proposed Personal Securities Transaction in relation to average daily trading volumes, whether transactions for client accounts have been completed, and whether the proposed Personal Securities Transaction is directionally aligned or opposed to transactions for client accounts.
 
J.    De Minimis Exception
Purchases or sales in an amount of less than $50,000 within a thirty (30) business day period in a Reportable Security of an issuer that is a component security in the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index are exempt from the prohibitions with respect to whether the Adviser is trading the same or equivalent security for the accounts of its clients under this Code, and are exempt from the prohibitive sections of the Code.
 
Purchases or sales of broad based index open-ended exchange traded funds (ETFs) with either a market capitalization exceeding $1 billion OR an average daily trading volume exceeding 1 million shares (measured over a 90 day period) are exempt from the prohibitive sections of the Code.
 
However, it should be noted that trades falling within these de minimis exceptions must be submitted for approval and reported in Schwab Compliance Technologies pursuant to the applicable requirements of the Code and are subject to the mandatory 90-day holding period detailed in Section III.E.
 
K.  Prior Approval Required
Access Persons must obtain prior approval for all Personal Securities Transactions (other than Personal Securities Transactions in securities set forth below in Section V.C., ADMINISTRATION OF THE CODE OF ETHICS).
 
L.  Disgorgement of Profits
If, within any 10 calendar day period, an Access Person transacts in a security in a more advantageous manner than a Client account, the Chief Compliance Officer may require disgorgement of the profits realized vis-à-vis the Client account.
19

 
C ompliance P olicies and P rocedures M anual
 
Each Access Person is responsible for ensuring that his or her Personal Securities Transactions for which he or she requests prior approval will not violate the Adviser’s policies or applicable Federal Securities Laws.
 
IV.
R eporting and C ertification R equirements
 
Each Access Person must comply with the following reporting and certification requirements:
 
A.  Initial Holdings Report
Each new Access Person is required to complete and submit an Initial Holdings Report to the CCO or his designee within ten (10) calendar days of becoming an Access Person. The new Access Person must disclose all the security holdings in which he or she may have a Beneficial Interest, including in all Reportable Accounts holding Reportable Securities, including Limited Offerings and Reportable Funds. The new Access Person must also disclose all brokerage accounts and all other accounts in which he or she has a Beneficial Interest that hold Reportable Securities at that time (including IRA accounts and custodial accounts), even if the only securities held in such accounts are Reportable Funds. Personal Securities Transactions are prohibited until the Initial Holdings Report is filed.
 
The Initial Holdings Report must be current as of a date no more than forty-five (45) days prior to the date the person becomes an Access Person. The Initial Holdings Report must contain the following information:
 
1. The title and type of security, and as applicable the exchange ticker or CUSIP number, number of shares, and principal amount of each Reportable Security in which the Access Person has any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership when the person became an Access Person;
2. The name of any broker, dealer or bank with which the Access Person maintains an account in which any securities are held for the Access Person’s direct or indirect benefit as of the date the person became an Access Person;
3. The number and title of each account in which the Access Person has any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership; and
4. The date the Access Person submits the Initial Holdings Report.
 
In addition, an Access Person must notify the Compliance Group within 10 days of the opening of a new investment or brokerage account in which the Access Person has a Beneficial Interest.
 
B.  Duplicate Confirmations
Access Persons may maintain accounts with any broker or brokers of their choosing, but are strongly encouraged to utilize a broker from list of preferred brokers maintained by the Compliance Group. In certain instances, the Compliance Group may require Access Persons to move accounts from existing brokers to a preferred broker. Access Persons must instruct their brokers to send duplicate confirmations for their Reportable Transactions to the CCO. Duplicate confirmations are used to reconcile the Quarterly Transaction Reports submitted by each Access Person. The CCO can provide sample letters requesting duplicate confirmations. Alternatively, a feed of certain data direct from your broker may be acceptable to the Compliance Group.
20

 
C ompliance P olicies and P rocedures M anual
 
C.  Initial Conflicts of Interest Questionnaire
Each new Access Person is required to complete and submit an Initial Conflicts of Interest Questionnaire to the CCO or designee within ten (10) calendar days of becoming an Access Person. The CCO may request additional details based upon the information furnished by the Access Person.
 
D.  Quarterly Transaction Report
Each Access Person must complete and submit a Quarterly Transaction Report to the CCO or designee within thirty (30) calendar days following the close of the quarter, even if there were no transactions in Reportable Securities during the period. Such reports may be completed using Schwab Compliance Technologies, a compliance software product.
 
The Quarterly Transaction Report must contain the following information:
 
1. With respect to any Personal Securities Transaction:
a. The date of the transaction, the title of the security, and as applicable the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), the number of shares and principal amount of each Reportable Security involved;
b. The nature of the transaction ( i.e. , purchase, sale, gift or any other type of acquisition or disposition);
c. The price of the security at which the transaction was effected;
d. The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through which the transaction was effected.
2. Any additions (including the date the account was established), deletions or changes to the securities account information previously provided by the Access Person that are necessary to bring it up to date.
3. The date the Access Person submits the Quarterly Transaction Report.
 
Transactions effected through an Automatic Investment Plan do not need to be reported on a Quarterly Transaction Report, unless the transaction(s) overrides the pre-set schedule or allocations of the Automatic Investment Plan, in which case the transaction(s) must be reported.
 
E.  Annual Holdings Report
Each Access Person is required to complete and submit an Annual Holdings Report to the CCO or designee within thirty (30) calendar days following the close of the calendar year. Such reports may be completed using Schwab Compliance Technologies, a compliance software product.
 
The Annual Holdings Report must be current as of a date no more than forty-five (45) days prior to the date the report is submitted and contain the following information:
 
1.
The title and type of security, and as applicable the exchange ticker or CUSIP number, number of shares, and principal amount of each Reportable Security in which the Access Person has any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership;
21

 
 
C ompliance P olicies and P rocedures M anual

2. The name of any broker, dealer or bank with which the Access Person maintains an account in which any securities are held for the Access Person’s direct or indirect benefit;
3. The number and title of each account in which the Access Person has any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership; and
4. The date the Access Person submits the Annual Holdings Report.

F. Annual Certifications
Each Access Person is required to certify annually that he or she has received, read, and understands the Code, including any amendments thereto, recognizes that he or she is subject to the Code and will continue to comply with all requirements set forth in the Code.  In addition, each Access Person is required to certify annually that he or she has disclosed or reported all Reportable Transactions.  Certifications may be requested of Access Persons, and may be submitted by Access Persons, manually or electronically.

The Adviser will provide each Access Person with a copy of the Code, and any amendments thereto.
 
G. Annual Conflicts of Interest Questionnaire
Each Access Person is required to complete and submit an Annual Conflicts of Interest Questionnaire.  The CCO reviews the information furnished on the Questionnaire and may request additional details based upon the information furnished by the Adviser Access Person.
 
H. Independent Trustees/Directors
An Independent Trustee/Director does not need to provide the following reports or certifications:  Initial or Annual Holdings Reports, Duplicate Confirmations, or Initial or Annual Conflict of Interest Questionnaire.  An Independent Trustee/Director need not file Quarterly Transaction Reports, unless the Independent Trustee/Director knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as an Independent Trustee/Director, should have known that during the 15-day period immediately before or after the Independent Trustee’s/Director's transaction in a Reportable Security,  a Fund purchased or sold the Reportable Security, or the Adviser considered purchasing or selling the Reportable Security.
 
V.
A dministration of the Code of E thics
 
A. Prior Approval Requirements and Procedures
Access Persons must obtain prior approval for Personal Securities Transactions in certain Reportable Securities in accordance with these procedures.  It is encouraged that all Access Persons seek prior approval for all Personal Securities Transactions through Schwab Compliance Technologies, although alternative approval, including written or verbal approval, may be granted.  In the case of verbal approval, the Compliance Group will document the reasons written approval was not possible.
 
Unless the CCO permits or requests a different form, the request must contain the following information:
 
1. The name of the security;
22

 
C ompliance P olicies and P rocedures M anual

2. The exchange ticker or CUSIP number;
3. Whether the transaction is a purchase or sale;
4. The quantity of shares or principal amount; and
5. The account or broker or dealer where the transaction will take place.

The Access Person will receive a response from a member of the Compliance Group or Schwab Compliance Technologies. If prior approval is granted, the Access Person must execute his or her Personal Securities Transaction no later than the close of business on the same Trading Day.  Approval expires at the end of the day.  If the Access Person receives prior approval for a Personal Securities Transaction and places a limit order with his or her broker, that limit order must either execute or expire no later than the close of business on the Trading Day.

If the Personal Securities Transaction is not executed within the specified timeframe, the Access Person must re-submit his or her prior approval request if he or she still desires to execute the Personal Securities Transaction.

An Access Person is prohibited from engaging in a Personal Securities Transaction in advance of receiving written approval, even if he or she expects that approval will be forthcoming.

Investments in IPOs and Limited Offerings are governed by Section III of the Code, not the requirements of this section of the Code.

Note – transactions in retirement accounts of an Access Person’s immediate family member that can only invest in unaffiliated mutual funds do not require pre-approval or entry in Schwab Compliance Technologies, although periodic reporting may be required and an Access Person may need to periodically certify that the account can only hold unaffiliated mutual funds.

B. Some Reasons for Denial of Prior Approval
Access Persons are reminded that engaging in Personal Securities Transactions in Reportable Securities is a privilege and not a right.

Although this list is not meant to be exhaustive, an Access Person will be denied prior approval of a Personal Securities Transaction if the security is subject to a Blackout Period.  Approval can also be denied if: the CCO or any member of the Compliance Group believes that the Access Person’s pattern of trading is inconsistent with the spirit of the Code regardless of whether it meets the letter of the Code; if a Reportable Security was the subject of a newly-issued or changed outlook of the Adviser within five (5) business days prior to the request; or to avoid a conflict, or the appearance of a conflict, with the interests of the Adviser’s clients.  Approvals are denied without prejudice, so an Access Person can resubmit his or her request for prior approval for reconsideration at any time.

C. Managed Account Exemption
Transactions in accounts holding Reportable Securities in which an Access Person has Beneficial Ownership but over which the Access Person and his or her family members have no direct or indirect influence or control may be exempted from the definition of Reportable Transactions.
23

 
C ompliance P olicies and P rocedures M anual

An example of an eligible managed account would be an account managed by an independent investment professional that neither consults with nor accepts guidance from the account owner on specific securities transactions prior to execution.

Exemption of a managed account from the prior approval and reporting requirements of this Code must be requested in writing by the Access Person to the CCO.

D. Written Report to Funds Board
No less frequently than annually, the Adviser must furnish to the Board of the Funds and the Board must consider, a written report that:

1. Describes any issues arising under this Code or procedures since the last report to the Board, including but not limited to information about violations of the Code or procedures or sanctions imposed in response to the violations;
2. Discusses whether any significant conflicts of interest arose during the reporting period, even if the conflicts have not resulted in a violation of the Code;
3. Discusses any waivers that might be considered important by the Board that were granted during the reporting period; and
4. Certifies that the Funds and the Adviser have adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating the Code.

VI.
D uty of C onfidentiality

Confidentiality is a cornerstone of the Adviser’s fiduciary obligation to its clients.  Access Persons owe a duty of confidentiality to both the Adviser and its clients.  Information acquired in the course of employment by the Adviser, including but not limited to information regarding actual or contemplated investment decisions, securities under Active Consideration, portfolio composition, client interests, non-public client information, research, research recommendations, Adviser activities and new business initiatives is confidential.

Access Persons must not discuss client business ( e.g., strategy, holdings, assets under management, etc.), including the existence of a client relationship, with outsiders except as necessary to perform his or her job responsibilities.

In addition, Access Persons should be familiar with the Funds’ Policies and Procedures Regarding Selective Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings, which addresses the requirements for disclosure of the Funds’ portfolio holdings to ensure equality of dissemination.

VII.
O utside A ffiliations

The Adviser recognizes that an Access Person has outside affiliations to which he or she dedicates personal time.
24

 
C ompliance P olicies and P rocedures M anual
 
A. Directorships
An Access Person who wishes to serve on the Board of Directors of any organization must first obtain approval from the CCO, or another member of the Compliance Group, prior to accepting the position.  The Compliance Group will determine if a new Access Person can continue to serve as a director of an organization if he or she is already in that position prior to joining the Adviser.  In either case, approval will be granted only if the Compliance Group determines that the activity does not present a significant conflict of interest with the Adviser or the Adviser’s clients.

The above restrictions and procedures for approval do not apply to unpaid service with a charitable or non-profit organization.

B. Outside Employment
Each Access Person is required to disclose whether or not he or she is engaged in any paid employment, business venture or service outside the business of the Adviser.  No paid employment or participation in a venture or service relating to the provision of investment advisory services is permitted without prior approval.

These disclosures are required on the Initial Conflicts of Interest and annually thereafter on the Annual Conflicts of Interest Questionnaire available through Schwab Compliance Technologies.

VIII.
O versight of the Code of E thics

A. Compliance Group
The Compliance Group, led by the CCO, is responsible for monitoring and oversight of this Code.

B. Responsibilities of Each Employee
It is expected that Employees will embrace and comply with both the letter and spirit of the Code and to uphold its fiduciary obligations.

Adherence to the Code is a basic condition of employment.  If an Employee has any doubt as to the appropriateness of any activity, believes that he or she has violated the Code, or becomes aware of a violation of the Code by another Employee, the Employee is obligated to bring these matters to the attention of the Compliance Group.

C. Enforcement of the Code
Potential violations of the Code will be investigated and considered by the Compliance Group and/or Management of the Adviser.

Violations of the Code’s provisions are taken seriously and may result in sanctions or other consequences, including but not limited to the following:

1. A warning;
2. A reversal of a Personal Securities Transaction;
3. Disgorgement of profits from the Personal Securities Transaction;
4. A limitation or restriction on engaging in Personal Securities Transactions;
5. A monetary fine;
25

 
C ompliance P olicies and P rocedures M anual

6. Termination of employment; and
7. Referral to civil or criminal authorities.

As described above in Section V, ADMINISTRATION OF THE CODE OF ETHICS, violations are reported to the Boards of the Funds no less frequently than annually.

Any questions about the Code of Ethics or the existence of a conflict of interest, or the appearance of a conflict of interest, should be brought to the attention of the CCO or other member of the Compliance Group.
26

 
C ompliance P olicies and P rocedures M anual
 
Exhibit A - Text of Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Rule 16a-1(a)(2) Other than for purposes of determining whether a person is a beneficial owner of more than ten percent of any class of equity securities registered under Section 12 of the Act, the term beneficial owner shall mean any person who, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in the equity securities, subject to the following:

(i) The term pecuniary interest in any class of equity securities shall mean the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in any profit derived from a transaction in the subject securities.

(ii) The term indirect pecuniary interest in any class of equity securities shall include, but not be limited to:

(A) Securities held by members of a person's immediate family sharing the same household; provided, however, that the presumption of such beneficial ownership may be rebutted; see also § 240.16a-1(a)(4) ;

(B) A general partner's proportionate interest in the portfolio securities held by a general or limited partnership. The general partner's proportionate interest, as evidenced by the partnership agreement in effect at the time of the transaction and the partnership's most recent financial statements, shall be the greater of:

(1) The general partner's share of the partnership's profits, including profits attributed to any limited partnership interests held by the general partner and any other interests in profits that arise from the purchase and sale of the partnership's portfolio securities; or

(2) The general partner's share of the partnership capital account, including the share attributable to any limited partnership interest held by the general partner.

(C) A performance-related fee, other than an asset-based fee, received by any broker, dealer, bank, insurance company, investment company, investment adviser, investment manager, trustee or person or entity performing a similar function; provided, however, that no pecuniary interest shall be present where:

(1) The performance-related fee, regardless of when payable, is calculated based upon net capital gains and/or net capital appreciation generated from the portfolio or from the fiduciary's overall performance over a period of one year or more; and

(2) Equity securities of the issuer do not account for more than ten percent of the market value of the portfolio. A right to a nonperformance-related fee alone shall not represent a pecuniary interest in the securities;
27

 
C ompliance P olicies and P rocedures M anual

(D) A person's right to dividends that is separated or separable from the underlying securities. Otherwise, a right to dividends alone shall not represent a pecuniary interest in the securities;

(E) A person's interest in securities held by a trust, as specified in § 240.16a-8(b); and

(F) A person's right to acquire equity securities through the exercise or conversion of any derivative security, whether or not presently exercisable.

(iii) A shareholder shall not be deemed to have a pecuniary interest in the portfolio securities held by a corporation or similar entity in which the person owns securities if the shareholder is not a controlling shareholder of the entity and does not have or share investment control over the entity's portfolio.
28


 
C ompliance P olicies and P rocedures M anual

Exhibit B - Members of Compliance Group

Marc Collins, Chief Compliance Officer
Jon Mohrhardt
Melissa Hale
Justin White
29

 
C ompliance P olicies and P rocedures M anual

Exhibit C - Exempt Transactions

The following transactions shall be exempt from the pre-clearance requirements and other provisions of this Code of Ethics, but the reporting and disclosure requirements of the Code shall apply:

A. Non-discretionary Transactions

Purchases or sales effected in any account over which an Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control, or in any account of the Access Person which is managed on a discretionary basis by a person: (a) unrelated to the Access Person; (b) whom the Access Person does not, in fact, influence or control; and (c) with whom the Access Person does not confer or otherwise participate in connection with the purchase and sale of securities in the account.

Note: Any registered investment adviser retained by an Access Person shall be pre-approved by the Chief Compliance Officer before the Access Person may rely upon this exemption. For this purpose, transactions effected under a power of attorney or a brokerage account agreement are not eligible for this exemption unless they contain an express delegation of investment discretion.

B. Non-volitional Transactions

Purchases or sales that are non-volitional on the part of the Access Person, including mergers, recapitalizations or similar transactions. Non-volitional transactions also include gifts of a Reportable Security to an Access Person over which the Access Person has no control of the timing.

C. Automatic Investment Plans

A program in which regular periodic purchases or sales are made automatically in or from investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation, including an issuer’s automatic dividend reinvestment plan, including rebalance transaction in such plans.

D. Rights Issuances

Purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by the issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities, to the extent such rights were acquired from such issuer, and sales of such rights so acquired.
30

 
C ompliance P olicies and P rocedures M anual

Exhibit D - List of Funds

RiverNorth Core Opportunity Fund
RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Income Fund
RiverNorth Equity Opportunity Fund
RiverNorth/Oaktree High Income Fund

RiverNorth Opportunities Fund, Inc.

RiverNorth Marketplace Lending Corporation
 
RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc.

Revised
11/1/2013
 
12/5/2013
 
2/28/2014
 
11/7/2014
 
1/5/2016
  8/1/2016
 
31
 
 
C ompliance P olicies and P rocedures M anual
 
Section 6 - Code of Ethics
 
This Code of Ethics (the “Code”) is a joint Code for RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC (the “Adviser”), RiverNorth Funds (the “RiverNorth Funds”) and any subsequent funds advised by the Adviser. It reflects the requirements of Section 204A of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, Rule 204A-1 under that Act, and Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The Adviser and the RiverNorth Funds are often referred to collectively as “RiverNorth”. Access Persons (as defined by the Investment Company Act) of other funds advised or subadvised by the Adviser may be subject to other codes of ethics as well.
 
I.
S tandards   of C onduct   and F iduciary D uty
 
The Adviser has a fiduciary duty to its investment advisory clients. That duty requires each Employee to act solely for the benefit of Adviser’s clients. The conduct of the Adviser and its Employees must recognize that the clients’ interests always have priority over those of the Adviser and its Employees (including with respect to any Employee’s personal trading activity) and is based upon fundamental principles of openness, integrity, honesty and trust.
 
Each Employee is expected to adhere, not only to the Federal Securities Laws (as defined herein), but also to the highest standard of professional and ethical conduct and should be sensitive to situations that may give rise to an actual conflict AND the appearance of a conflict with the Adviser’s clients’ interests. Such conflicts could also have the potential to cause damage to the Adviser’s reputation. Each Employee is also required to comply with all applicable Federal Securities Laws. Each Employee must exercise reasonable care and professional judgment to avoid actions that could put the image or reputation of the Adviser at risk.
 
This Code sets forth the policy regarding Employee conduct in those situations in which conflicts with our clients’ interests are most likely to be present or develop. The Code does not attempt to identify all possible conflicts of interest, and literal compliance with the Code will not shield the Employee from sanctions for personal trading or other conduct that violates a fiduciary duty to clients. It is expected that Employees will embrace and comply with both the letter and the spirit of the Code.
 
Adherence to the Code is a basic condition of employment. If an Employee has any doubt as to the appropriateness of any activity, believes that he or she has violated the Code, or becomes aware of a violation of the Code by another Employee, the Employee is obligated to bring these matters to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) or any member of the Compliance Group, as defined herein.
 
II.
D efinitions
 
“Access Person” means any person who is either an Adviser Access Person or a Fund Access Person.
12

 
C ompliance P olicies and P rocedures M anual
 
“Adviser Access Person” means any Employee or any other person identified by the CCO as an Adviser Access Person. The CCO shall designate as an Adviser Access Person any supervised person who (i) has access to non-public information regarding any purchase or sale of securities for an Adviser client, or non-public information regarding the portfolio holdings of any Reportable Fund, or (ii) is involved in making securities recommendations to Adviser clients, or who has access to such recommendations that are non-public. Since providing investment advice is the Adviser’s primary business, all of the Adviser’s members (other than passive investors), officers and employees are presumed to be Adviser Access Persons.
 
“Active Consideration” means the period of time during which an Adviser portfolio manager has a pending order or is considering the purchase or sale of a security for any client account.
 
“Adviser” means RiverNorth Capital Management, LLC.
 
“Advisers Act” means the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and rules promulgated thereunder.
 
“Automatic Investment Plan” means a program, including a dividend reinvestment program, in which regular periodic purchases or withdrawals are made automatically in or from investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation, including automatic rebalances.
 
“Beneficial Ownership” means that a person, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in a security. A “pecuniary interest” in a security means the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in any profit derived from a transaction in such security. An Employee is presumed to have beneficial ownership in the following: (i) securities owned by an Employee in his or her name; (ii) securities owned by an individual Employee indirectly through an account or investment vehicle for his or her benefit, such as an IRA, family trust, or family partnership; (iii) securities owned in which the Employee has a joint ownership interest, such as a joint brokerage account; (iv) securities in which a member of the Employee’s immediate family (currently defined as one’s spouse, domestic partner, minor children, adult children living at home, other dependent relatives and other adult relatives sharing living arrangements) has a direct, indirect or joint ownership interest if the immediate family member resides in the same household as the Employee; (v) securities owned by a trust, private foundation or other charitable accounts in which the Employee (or a member of the Employee’s immediate family) has both a pecuniary interest and investment discretion and (vi) securities owned by an Investment Club in which the Employee or Employee's immediate family members are participants.. This definition shall be interpreted in the same manner as it would be under Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the text of which is attached as Exhibit A to the Code.
 
“Blackout Period” means a period during which an Access Person is prohibited from engaging in a Personal Securities Transaction in a particular security because (i) a transaction in the same security is pending or anticipated for client accounts; or (ii) a transaction for client accounts is under Active Consideration by a portfolio manager of the Adviser
13

 
C ompliance P olicies and P rocedures M anual
 
“CCO” means the Chief Compliance Officer of the Adviser. The CCO may also mean any person designated as the Chief Compliance Officer of any Fund.
 
“Compliance Group” means the Adviser’s compliance committee charged with overseeing the Adviser’s compliance policies and procedures. The committee is comprised of the Chief Compliance Officer and such other persons as may be designated by the Chief Compliance Officer from time to time. A list of the current Compliance Group members is attached as Exhibit B to the Code.
 
“Control” means the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of a company, unless such power is solely the result of an official position with such company.
 
“Employee” means an employee of the Adviser, a member of the Adviser (other than passive investors who are not employed by the Adviser in another capacity), and any temporary employee or independent contractor of the Adviser who is contracted to work onsite in the offices of the Adviser for more than seven (7) consecutive days (unless steps are taken to prevent such person from gaining access to proprietary or trading information related to the Adviser of its clients). All Employees are deemed to be Access Persons.
 
“ETF” means an exchange traded fund, whether organized as an open-end fund or a unit investment trust.
 
“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
“Exempt Transactions” means transactions in securities that are exempt from the pre-clearance and/or the reporting requirements of this Code. Refer to Exhibit C for a list of security types that fall into this category.
 
“Federal Securities Laws” means the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, any rules adopted by the SEC under any of these statutes, the Bank Secrecy Act as it applies to Funds and investment advisers, any rules adopted thereunder by the SEC or the Department of the Treasury or the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act to the extent and as it pertains to investments advisers and investment companies.
 
“Frequent Trading” means the frequent trading in shares of an open-end fund in violation of the fund’s prospectus and/or trading policies, including any trading designed to exploit perceived inefficiencies in the prices of Fund shares.
 
“Front Running” means engaging in a Personal Securities Transaction in advance of a transaction in the same security for a client’s account.
 
“Fund” means an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
14

 
C ompliance P olicies and P rocedures M anual
 
“Fund Access Person” means any trustee or officer of a Fund managed by the Adviser who is not also an Adviser Access Person.
 
“Independent Trustee/Director” means a trustee or director of a Fund who is not an “interested person” of the Fund within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940.
 
“Initial Public Offering” or “IPO” means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
“Insider Trading” is not defined in the Federal Securities Laws, but generally refers to the buying or selling a security, in breach of a fiduciary duty or other relationship of trust and confidence, while in possession of Material, Non-Public Information about the security.
 
“Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended and the rules promulgated thereunder.
 
“Late Trading” means the illegal practice of pricing a purchase or redemption order for shares of an open-end Fund with the current day share price even though the order is received after the pricing time established in the Fund’s prospectus. Late trading often involves a coordinated effort by the investor and a broker or service provider for the Fund.
 
“Limited Offering” means an offering ( e.g. , limited partnership) that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2) or Section 4(6) or pursuant to Rule 504, Rule 505, or Rule 506 under the Securities Act of 1933.
 
“Material, Non-Public Information” or “MNPI” means information for which there is substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider important in making an investment decision, or is reasonably certain to have an effect on the price of the issuer’s security, but which has not been made available to the public, has not been disseminated broadly to the marketplace, or has not had sufficient time post-dissemination for the marketplace to react to the information.
 
“Organizations” means entities, and the individuals that work for them, that provide services, or seek to provide services, to individual clients through the Adviser’s relationship with the client. Examples include brokers, consultants, companies that the Adviser researches for possible investment, and companies in which the Adviser invests for client accounts.
 
“Personal Securities Transaction” means a Reportable Transaction in which an Access Person has Beneficial Ownership in the security.
 
Reportable Account” means investment accounts in which Reportable Securities are held.
 
“Reportable Fund” means any Fund: (i) for which the Adviser serves as the investment adviser or sub-adviser; or (ii) whose investment adviser or principal underwriter controls the Adviser, is controlled by the Adviser, or is under common control with the Adviser. For purposes of this Code, the Reportable Funds are the RiverNorth Funds, RiverNorth Opportunities Fund, Inc. and RiverNorth Marketplace Lending Corporation.
15

 
C ompliance P olicies and P rocedures M anual
 
 “Reportable Security” means a Security, except that it does not include any of the following: (i) direct obligations of the government of the United States; (ii) bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements; (iii) shares issued by money market Funds; (iv) shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more open-end Funds, none of which are Reportable Funds. The definition of “Reportable Security” also excludes securities held through certain qualified tuition programs established pursuant to Section 529 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (“529 Plans”), provided the Adviser or a control affiliate does not manage, distribute, market or underwrite the 529 Plan or the investments and strategies underlying the 529 Plan. However, ETFs and mutual funds are included in the definition of “Reportable Security” whether held directly with the issuer or its transfer agent or in a brokerage account.
 
“Reportable Transaction” means a transaction by an Access Person in a Reportable Security.
 
“RiverNorth Funds” means RiverNorth Funds, an Ohio business trust and each of its series, as they may be added from time to time. Each series of the RiverNorth Funds may also be referred to individually as a “fund”. See Exhibit D for a list of the current series of the RiverNorth Funds.
 
“RiverNorth Marketplace Lending Corporation” means a Maryland corporation organized as an interval closed-end fund and advised by the Adviser.
 
“RiverNorth Opportunities Fund” means a Delaware corporation organized as a closed-end fund and subadvised by the Adviser.
 
“Rumor” means a statement not based on verified information. An expression of opinion is not a Rumor.
 
“Security” means any note, stock, treasury stock, security future, bond, debenture, evidence of indebtedness, certificate of interest or participation in any profit sharing agreement, collateral trust certificate, reorganization certificate or subscription, transferable share, investment contract, voting-trust certificate, certificate of deposit for a security, fractional undivided interest in oil, gas, or other mineral rights, any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege on any, security (including a certificate of deposit) or on any group or index of securities (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof), or any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency, or, in general, any interest or instrument commonly known as a “security,” or any certificate of interest or participation in, temporary or interim certificate for, receipt for, guarantee of, or warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase, any of the foregoing.
 
“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules promulgated thereunder.
 
“Trading Day” means any day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for regular, unrestricted trading.
16

 
C ompliance P olicies and P rocedures M anual
 
Terms not defined above or in this Code have the meaning set forth in the Advisers Act. If terms are ambiguous to any person potentially covered by the Code, it is suggested that the Employee contact the Chief Compliance Officer for clarification before engaging in any conduct or activity that may be covered under the Code.
 
III.
P olicy on P ersonal S ecurities T ransactions
 
Each Access Person must comply with the following policies for all of his or her Personal Securities Transactions.
 
A.  Initial Public Offerings
An Adviser Access Person may not participate in an initial public offering without prior approval and unless the IPO falls into one of the following categories:
 
1. An IPO of securities of a mutual insurance company as a result of the Adviser Access Person’s ownership of an insurance policy; or
2. An IPO of securities of a spinoff company as a result of the Adviser Access Person’s ownership of shares of the company that spins off the issuer of the IPO.
3. An IPO of securities of a closed-end fund to which the Adviser serves as investment adviser or sub-adviser.
 
An Access Person must obtain prior clearance from the CCO when acquiring Beneficial Ownership in securities of an IPO that are subject to either of the three exceptions set forth above. If an Access Person believes participation in an IPO may be appropriate, for example, in situations similar to the three situations identified above, but not covered by those two situations, the Access Person may submit a written request for approval, and the CCO may grant approval if the investment is deemed acceptable.
 
B.  Limited Offerings
An Adviser Access Person may purchase or sell securities in a Limited Offering only with the prior written approval from a member of the Compliance Group. Limited Offerings include investments in private funds managed by the Adviser. The Compliance Group member shall consider the following factors in determining whether to approve a transaction in a Limited Offering:
 
1. Whether the investment opportunity should be reserved for clients;
2. Whether the Access Person is being offered the investment opportunity due to his or her employment with the Adviser; and
3. Any other relevant factors ( e.g. , whether the Adviser has any business dealings with the issuer, general partner, or any of the individuals named in the offering documents, or if the Access Person has knowledge of an impending IPO by the issuer).
 
The Compliance Group member may approve a single transaction in a Limited Offering or additional investments in previously-approved Limited Offerings (such as subsequent investments in the same limited partnership). The approval may be subject to limitations, including timing of investments, number of investments, or amount of investments. Additionally, Access Persons should seek approval for transactions in Limited Offerings as far in advance as possible.
17

 
C ompliance P olicies and P rocedures M anual
 
C.  Frequent Trading (Open-End Funds)
Frequent Trading can harm shareholders in various ways, including reducing the returns to long-term shareholders by increasing costs to the fund and disrupting portfolio management strategies. Access Persons are required to comply with the policies of any open-end funds in which they invest regarding purchases, redemptions and exchanges, and are prohibited from engaging in Frequent Trading in open-end funds which indicate in their prospectus or statement of additional information that the funds prohibit or restrict Frequent Trading.
 
D.  Late Trading (Open-End Funds)
Late Trading is prohibited by law and, with respect to Reportable Funds, may represent a violation of fiduciary duty. This Code prohibits Access Persons from engaging in or facilitating Late Trading in shares of any open-end Fund.
 
E.  Short-Term Trading (All Securities)
The Adviser considers short-term trading problematic because it (1) may interfere with the Adviser Access Person’s duties, obligations or loyalties to the Adviser or the Adviser’s clients; (2) may be indicative of using Material, Non-Public Information, or (3) may be in violation of applicable laws, rules and regulations or the Adviser’s or issuer’s policies and procedures.
 
Accordingly, all Access Persons are required to hold securities for a minimum of 90 days, to avoid short-term trading practices. The Compliance Group may approve exceptions to the 90-day holding period in certain limited circumstances, for instance to reduce the level of investment losses to the Access Person if the security has significantly decreased in value. The 90-day hold period does not apply to transactions resulting from certain corporate actions or assets attributable to an Automatic Investment Plan.
 
The Compliance Group may impose restrictions on Personal Securities Transactions, or deny a request for prior approval of Personal Securities Transactions, if it believes that the transactions may interfere with the Access Person’s duties, obligations or loyalties to the Adviser or the Adviser’s clients, impose undue burden on the Adviser, or may otherwise be contrary to the interests of the Adviser or the Adviser’s clients.
 
F.  Options Trading
Access Persons are permitted to invest in options. All personal securities transactions involving options must be pre-approved through Schwab Compliance Technologies and are subject to the mandatory 90-day holding period detailed in Section III.E. (unless the strike date of the option is less than 90 days). Access Persons may not take an options position opposite of any options holding in the Adviser’s or a client’s accounts (same underlying security, same strike price, and same expiration).
 
G.  Closed-End Funds, Business Development Companies (BDCs) and Special Purpose Acquisition Companies (SPACs)
Because of the Adviser’s expertise and access to analytic information regarding the closed-end fund markets, business development companies and special purpose acquisition companies, direct investments in these vehicles (excluding those managed by the Adviser) is prohibited. Trading in closed-end funds managed by the Adviser is permitted but limited to a percentage of the average daily trading volume as determined by the Compliance Group and then subject to pre-clearance by the Compliance Group and the fund's adviser.
 
18

 
C ompliance P olicies and P rocedures M anual
 
H.  Marketplace Loans and Related Securities
Because of the Adviser’s expertise and access to analytic and platform-proprietary information regarding marketplace loans, direct investments in marketplace loans, including investments in the platforms themselves is prohibited.
 
I.   Blackout Period
To avoid Front Running or other conflict of interest with client accounts, or the appearance of Front Running or a conflict of interest with client accounts, no Access Person may engage in a Personal Securities Transaction in a security that is in a Blackout Period.
 
Requests for a waiver of the Blackout Period will be considered by a member of the Compliance Group on a case-by-case basis. Factors that may be considered include, but are not limited to, the size of the proposed Personal Securities Transaction in relation to average daily trading volumes, whether transactions for client accounts have been completed, and whether the proposed Personal Securities Transaction is directionally aligned or opposed to transactions for client accounts.
 
J.    De Minimis Exception
Purchases or sales in an amount of less than $50,000 within a thirty (30) business day period in a Reportable Security of an issuer that is a component security in the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index are exempt from the prohibitions with respect to whether the Adviser is trading the same or equivalent security for the accounts of its clients under this Code, and are exempt from the prohibitive sections of the Code.
 
Purchases or sales of broad based index open-ended exchange traded funds (ETFs) with either a market capitalization exceeding $1 billion OR an average daily trading volume exceeding 1 million shares (measured over a 90 day period) are exempt from the prohibitive sections of the Code.
 
However, it should be noted that trades falling within these de minimis exceptions must be submitted for approval and reported in Schwab Compliance Technologies pursuant to the applicable requirements of the Code and are subject to the mandatory 90-day holding period detailed in Section III.E.
 
K.  Prior Approval Required
Access Persons must obtain prior approval for all Personal Securities Transactions (other than Personal Securities Transactions in securities set forth below in Section V.C., ADMINISTRATION OF THE CODE OF ETHICS).
 
L.  Disgorgement of Profits
If, within any 10 calendar day period, an Access Person transacts in a security in a more advantageous manner than a Client account, the Chief Compliance Officer may require disgorgement of the profits realized vis-à-vis the Client account.
19

 
C ompliance P olicies and P rocedures M anual
 
Each Access Person is responsible for ensuring that his or her Personal Securities Transactions for which he or she requests prior approval will not violate the Adviser’s policies or applicable Federal Securities Laws.
 
IV.
R eporting and C ertification R equirements
 
Each Access Person must comply with the following reporting and certification requirements:
 
A.  Initial Holdings Report
Each new Access Person is required to complete and submit an Initial Holdings Report to the CCO or his designee within ten (10) calendar days of becoming an Access Person. The new Access Person must disclose all the security holdings in which he or she may have a Beneficial Interest, including in all Reportable Accounts holding Reportable Securities, including Limited Offerings and Reportable Funds. The new Access Person must also disclose all brokerage accounts and all other accounts in which he or she has a Beneficial Interest that hold Reportable Securities at that time (including IRA accounts and custodial accounts), even if the only securities held in such accounts are Reportable Funds. Personal Securities Transactions are prohibited until the Initial Holdings Report is filed.
 
The Initial Holdings Report must be current as of a date no more than forty-five (45) days prior to the date the person becomes an Access Person. The Initial Holdings Report must contain the following information:
 
1. The title and type of security, and as applicable the exchange ticker or CUSIP number, number of shares, and principal amount of each Reportable Security in which the Access Person has any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership when the person became an Access Person;
2. The name of any broker, dealer or bank with which the Access Person maintains an account in which any securities are held for the Access Person’s direct or indirect benefit as of the date the person became an Access Person;
3. The number and title of each account in which the Access Person has any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership; and
4. The date the Access Person submits the Initial Holdings Report.
 
In addition, an Access Person must notify the Compliance Group within 10 days of the opening of a new investment or brokerage account in which the Access Person has a Beneficial Interest.
 
B.  Duplicate Confirmations
Access Persons may maintain accounts with any broker or brokers of their choosing, but are strongly encouraged to utilize a broker from list of preferred brokers maintained by the Compliance Group. In certain instances, the Compliance Group may require Access Persons to move accounts from existing brokers to a preferred broker. Access Persons must instruct their brokers to send duplicate confirmations for their Reportable Transactions to the CCO. Duplicate confirmations are used to reconcile the Quarterly Transaction Reports submitted by each Access Person. The CCO can provide sample letters requesting duplicate confirmations. Alternatively, a feed of certain data direct from your broker may be acceptable to the Compliance Group.
20

 
C ompliance P olicies and P rocedures M anual
 
C.  Initial Conflicts of Interest Questionnaire
Each new Access Person is required to complete and submit an Initial Conflicts of Interest Questionnaire to the CCO or designee within ten (10) calendar days of becoming an Access Person. The CCO may request additional details based upon the information furnished by the Access Person.
 
D.  Quarterly Transaction Report
Each Access Person must complete and submit a Quarterly Transaction Report to the CCO or designee within thirty (30) calendar days following the close of the quarter, even if there were no transactions in Reportable Securities during the period. Such reports may be completed using Schwab Compliance Technologies, a compliance software product.
 
The Quarterly Transaction Report must contain the following information:
 
1. With respect to any Personal Securities Transaction:
a. The date of the transaction, the title of the security, and as applicable the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), the number of shares and principal amount of each Reportable Security involved;
b. The nature of the transaction ( i.e. , purchase, sale, gift or any other type of acquisition or disposition);
c. The price of the security at which the transaction was effected;
d. The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through which the transaction was effected.
2. Any additions (including the date the account was established), deletions or changes to the securities account information previously provided by the Access Person that are necessary to bring it up to date.
3. The date the Access Person submits the Quarterly Transaction Report.
 
Transactions effected through an Automatic Investment Plan do not need to be reported on a Quarterly Transaction Report, unless the transaction(s) overrides the pre-set schedule or allocations of the Automatic Investment Plan, in which case the transaction(s) must be reported.
 
E.  Annual Holdings Report
Each Access Person is required to complete and submit an Annual Holdings Report to the CCO or designee within thirty (30) calendar days following the close of the calendar year. Such reports may be completed using Schwab Compliance Technologies, a compliance software product.
 
The Annual Holdings Report must be current as of a date no more than forty-five (45) days prior to the date the report is submitted and contain the following information:
 
1.
The title and type of security, and as applicable the exchange ticker or CUSIP number, number of shares, and principal amount of each Reportable Security in which the Access Person has any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership;
21

 
 
C ompliance P olicies and P rocedures M anual

2. The name of any broker, dealer or bank with which the Access Person maintains an account in which any securities are held for the Access Person’s direct or indirect benefit;
3. The number and title of each account in which the Access Person has any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership; and
4. The date the Access Person submits the Annual Holdings Report.

F. Annual Certifications
Each Access Person is required to certify annually that he or she has received, read, and understands the Code, including any amendments thereto, recognizes that he or she is subject to the Code and will continue to comply with all requirements set forth in the Code.  In addition, each Access Person is required to certify annually that he or she has disclosed or reported all Reportable Transactions.  Certifications may be requested of Access Persons, and may be submitted by Access Persons, manually or electronically.

The Adviser will provide each Access Person with a copy of the Code, and any amendments thereto.
 
G. Annual Conflicts of Interest Questionnaire
Each Access Person is required to complete and submit an Annual Conflicts of Interest Questionnaire.  The CCO reviews the information furnished on the Questionnaire and may request additional details based upon the information furnished by the Adviser Access Person.
 
H. Independent Trustees/Directors
An Independent Trustee/Director does not need to provide the following reports or certifications:  Initial or Annual Holdings Reports, Duplicate Confirmations, or Initial or Annual Conflict of Interest Questionnaire.  An Independent Trustee/Director need not file Quarterly Transaction Reports, unless the Independent Trustee/Director knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as an Independent Trustee/Director, should have known that during the 15-day period immediately before or after the Independent Trustee’s/Director's transaction in a Reportable Security,  a Fund purchased or sold the Reportable Security, or the Adviser considered purchasing or selling the Reportable Security.
 
V.
A dministration of the Code of E thics
 
A. Prior Approval Requirements and Procedures
Access Persons must obtain prior approval for Personal Securities Transactions in certain Reportable Securities in accordance with these procedures.  It is encouraged that all Access Persons seek prior approval for all Personal Securities Transactions through Schwab Compliance Technologies, although alternative approval, including written or verbal approval, may be granted.  In the case of verbal approval, the Compliance Group will document the reasons written approval was not possible.
 
Unless the CCO permits or requests a different form, the request must contain the following information:
 
1. The name of the security;
22

 
C ompliance P olicies and P rocedures M anual

2. The exchange ticker or CUSIP number;
3. Whether the transaction is a purchase or sale;
4. The quantity of shares or principal amount; and
5. The account or broker or dealer where the transaction will take place.

The Access Person will receive a response from a member of the Compliance Group or Schwab Compliance Technologies. If prior approval is granted, the Access Person must execute his or her Personal Securities Transaction no later than the close of business on the same Trading Day.  Approval expires at the end of the day.  If the Access Person receives prior approval for a Personal Securities Transaction and places a limit order with his or her broker, that limit order must either execute or expire no later than the close of business on the Trading Day.

If the Personal Securities Transaction is not executed within the specified timeframe, the Access Person must re-submit his or her prior approval request if he or she still desires to execute the Personal Securities Transaction.

An Access Person is prohibited from engaging in a Personal Securities Transaction in advance of receiving written approval, even if he or she expects that approval will be forthcoming.

Investments in IPOs and Limited Offerings are governed by Section III of the Code, not the requirements of this section of the Code.

Note – transactions in retirement accounts of an Access Person’s immediate family member that can only invest in unaffiliated mutual funds do not require pre-approval or entry in Schwab Compliance Technologies, although periodic reporting may be required and an Access Person may need to periodically certify that the account can only hold unaffiliated mutual funds.

B. Some Reasons for Denial of Prior Approval
Access Persons are reminded that engaging in Personal Securities Transactions in Reportable Securities is a privilege and not a right.

Although this list is not meant to be exhaustive, an Access Person will be denied prior approval of a Personal Securities Transaction if the security is subject to a Blackout Period.  Approval can also be denied if: the CCO or any member of the Compliance Group believes that the Access Person’s pattern of trading is inconsistent with the spirit of the Code regardless of whether it meets the letter of the Code; if a Reportable Security was the subject of a newly-issued or changed outlook of the Adviser within five (5) business days prior to the request; or to avoid a conflict, or the appearance of a conflict, with the interests of the Adviser’s clients.  Approvals are denied without prejudice, so an Access Person can resubmit his or her request for prior approval for reconsideration at any time.

C. Managed Account Exemption
Transactions in accounts holding Reportable Securities in which an Access Person has Beneficial Ownership but over which the Access Person and his or her family members have no direct or indirect influence or control may be exempted from the definition of Reportable Transactions.
23

 
C ompliance P olicies and P rocedures M anual

An example of an eligible managed account would be an account managed by an independent investment professional that neither consults with nor accepts guidance from the account owner on specific securities transactions prior to execution.

Exemption of a managed account from the prior approval and reporting requirements of this Code must be requested in writing by the Access Person to the CCO.

D. Written Report to Funds Board
No less frequently than annually, the Adviser must furnish to the Board of the Funds and the Board must consider, a written report that:

1. Describes any issues arising under this Code or procedures since the last report to the Board, including but not limited to information about violations of the Code or procedures or sanctions imposed in response to the violations;
2. Discusses whether any significant conflicts of interest arose during the reporting period, even if the conflicts have not resulted in a violation of the Code;
3. Discusses any waivers that might be considered important by the Board that were granted during the reporting period; and
4. Certifies that the Funds and the Adviser have adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating the Code.

VI.
D uty of C onfidentiality

Confidentiality is a cornerstone of the Adviser’s fiduciary obligation to its clients.  Access Persons owe a duty of confidentiality to both the Adviser and its clients.  Information acquired in the course of employment by the Adviser, including but not limited to information regarding actual or contemplated investment decisions, securities under Active Consideration, portfolio composition, client interests, non-public client information, research, research recommendations, Adviser activities and new business initiatives is confidential.

Access Persons must not discuss client business ( e.g., strategy, holdings, assets under management, etc.), including the existence of a client relationship, with outsiders except as necessary to perform his or her job responsibilities.

In addition, Access Persons should be familiar with the Funds’ Policies and Procedures Regarding Selective Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings, which addresses the requirements for disclosure of the Funds’ portfolio holdings to ensure equality of dissemination.

VII.
O utside A ffiliations

The Adviser recognizes that an Access Person has outside affiliations to which he or she dedicates personal time.
24

 
C ompliance P olicies and P rocedures M anual
 
A. Directorships
An Access Person who wishes to serve on the Board of Directors of any organization must first obtain approval from the CCO, or another member of the Compliance Group, prior to accepting the position.  The Compliance Group will determine if a new Access Person can continue to serve as a director of an organization if he or she is already in that position prior to joining the Adviser.  In either case, approval will be granted only if the Compliance Group determines that the activity does not present a significant conflict of interest with the Adviser or the Adviser’s clients.

The above restrictions and procedures for approval do not apply to unpaid service with a charitable or non-profit organization.

B. Outside Employment
Each Access Person is required to disclose whether or not he or she is engaged in any paid employment, business venture or service outside the business of the Adviser.  No paid employment or participation in a venture or service relating to the provision of investment advisory services is permitted without prior approval.

These disclosures are required on the Initial Conflicts of Interest and annually thereafter on the Annual Conflicts of Interest Questionnaire available through Schwab Compliance Technologies.

VIII.
O versight of the Code of E thics

A. Compliance Group
The Compliance Group, led by the CCO, is responsible for monitoring and oversight of this Code.

B. Responsibilities of Each Employee
It is expected that Employees will embrace and comply with both the letter and spirit of the Code and to uphold its fiduciary obligations.

Adherence to the Code is a basic condition of employment.  If an Employee has any doubt as to the appropriateness of any activity, believes that he or she has violated the Code, or becomes aware of a violation of the Code by another Employee, the Employee is obligated to bring these matters to the attention of the Compliance Group.

C. Enforcement of the Code
Potential violations of the Code will be investigated and considered by the Compliance Group and/or Management of the Adviser.

Violations of the Code’s provisions are taken seriously and may result in sanctions or other consequences, including but not limited to the following:

1. A warning;
2. A reversal of a Personal Securities Transaction;
3. Disgorgement of profits from the Personal Securities Transaction;
4. A limitation or restriction on engaging in Personal Securities Transactions;
5. A monetary fine;
25

 
C ompliance P olicies and P rocedures M anual

6. Termination of employment; and
7. Referral to civil or criminal authorities.

As described above in Section V, ADMINISTRATION OF THE CODE OF ETHICS, violations are reported to the Boards of the Funds no less frequently than annually.

Any questions about the Code of Ethics or the existence of a conflict of interest, or the appearance of a conflict of interest, should be brought to the attention of the CCO or other member of the Compliance Group.
26

 
C ompliance P olicies and P rocedures M anual
 
Exhibit A - Text of Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Rule 16a-1(a)(2) Other than for purposes of determining whether a person is a beneficial owner of more than ten percent of any class of equity securities registered under Section 12 of the Act, the term beneficial owner shall mean any person who, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in the equity securities, subject to the following:

(i) The term pecuniary interest in any class of equity securities shall mean the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in any profit derived from a transaction in the subject securities.

(ii) The term indirect pecuniary interest in any class of equity securities shall include, but not be limited to:

(A) Securities held by members of a person's immediate family sharing the same household; provided, however, that the presumption of such beneficial ownership may be rebutted; see also § 240.16a-1(a)(4) ;

(B) A general partner's proportionate interest in the portfolio securities held by a general or limited partnership. The general partner's proportionate interest, as evidenced by the partnership agreement in effect at the time of the transaction and the partnership's most recent financial statements, shall be the greater of:

(1) The general partner's share of the partnership's profits, including profits attributed to any limited partnership interests held by the general partner and any other interests in profits that arise from the purchase and sale of the partnership's portfolio securities; or

(2) The general partner's share of the partnership capital account, including the share attributable to any limited partnership interest held by the general partner.

(C) A performance-related fee, other than an asset-based fee, received by any broker, dealer, bank, insurance company, investment company, investment adviser, investment manager, trustee or person or entity performing a similar function; provided, however, that no pecuniary interest shall be present where:

(1) The performance-related fee, regardless of when payable, is calculated based upon net capital gains and/or net capital appreciation generated from the portfolio or from the fiduciary's overall performance over a period of one year or more; and

(2) Equity securities of the issuer do not account for more than ten percent of the market value of the portfolio. A right to a nonperformance-related fee alone shall not represent a pecuniary interest in the securities;
27

 
C ompliance P olicies and P rocedures M anual

(D) A person's right to dividends that is separated or separable from the underlying securities. Otherwise, a right to dividends alone shall not represent a pecuniary interest in the securities;

(E) A person's interest in securities held by a trust, as specified in § 240.16a-8(b); and

(F) A person's right to acquire equity securities through the exercise or conversion of any derivative security, whether or not presently exercisable.

(iii) A shareholder shall not be deemed to have a pecuniary interest in the portfolio securities held by a corporation or similar entity in which the person owns securities if the shareholder is not a controlling shareholder of the entity and does not have or share investment control over the entity's portfolio.
28


 
C ompliance P olicies and P rocedures M anual

Exhibit B - Members of Compliance Group

Marc Collins, Chief Compliance Officer
Jon Mohrhardt
Melissa Hale
Justin White
29

 
C ompliance P olicies and P rocedures M anual

Exhibit C - Exempt Transactions

The following transactions shall be exempt from the pre-clearance requirements and other provisions of this Code of Ethics, but the reporting and disclosure requirements of the Code shall apply:

A. Non-discretionary Transactions

Purchases or sales effected in any account over which an Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control, or in any account of the Access Person which is managed on a discretionary basis by a person: (a) unrelated to the Access Person; (b) whom the Access Person does not, in fact, influence or control; and (c) with whom the Access Person does not confer or otherwise participate in connection with the purchase and sale of securities in the account.

Note: Any registered investment adviser retained by an Access Person shall be pre-approved by the Chief Compliance Officer before the Access Person may rely upon this exemption. For this purpose, transactions effected under a power of attorney or a brokerage account agreement are not eligible for this exemption unless they contain an express delegation of investment discretion.

B. Non-volitional Transactions

Purchases or sales that are non-volitional on the part of the Access Person, including mergers, recapitalizations or similar transactions. Non-volitional transactions also include gifts of a Reportable Security to an Access Person over which the Access Person has no control of the timing.

C. Automatic Investment Plans

A program in which regular periodic purchases or sales are made automatically in or from investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation, including an issuer’s automatic dividend reinvestment plan, including rebalance transaction in such plans.

D. Rights Issuances

Purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by the issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities, to the extent such rights were acquired from such issuer, and sales of such rights so acquired.
30

 
C ompliance P olicies and P rocedures M anual

Exhibit D - List of Funds

RiverNorth Core Opportunity Fund
RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Income Fund
RiverNorth Equity Opportunity Fund
RiverNorth/Oaktree High Income Fund

RiverNorth Opportunities Fund, Inc.

RiverNorth Marketplace Lending Corporation
 
RiverNorth/DoubleLine Strategic Opportunity Fund, Inc.

Revised
11/1/2013
 
12/5/2013
 
2/28/2014
 
11/7/2014
 
1/5/2016
  8/1/2016
 
31
 

Code of Ethics
for
DoubleLine Investment Management North Asia Ltd.
DoubleLine Group LP
DoubleLine Capital LP
DoubleLine Equity LP
DoubleLine Commodity LP
DoubleLine Funds Trust
DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund
and
DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund

Effective Date: June 1, 2016

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
     
Page
I.
Introduction
1
 
A.
Applicable to all Personnel
1
 
B.
Access to the Code
3
 
C.
Regulatory Requirements
3
 
D.
Other Topics Covered In the Code
4
 
E.
Code May be Supplemented by Other Applicable Policies
4
 
F.
Best Judgment and Further Advice
5
II.
Duty to Report Violations of this Code, Sanctions and Acknowledgement
6
 
A.
Duty to Report Violations of this Code
6
 
B.
Sanctions
8
 
C.
Acknowledgement
9
III.
General Standard of Conduct
11
 
A.
Fiduciary Duty
11
 
B.
Adherence to Good Business Practices
12
 
C.
Compliance with Applicable Federal Securities Laws and Other Requirements
12
 
D.
Client Representations
12
 
E.
Market Rumors
12
IV.
Conflicts of Interest
14
 
A.
General Statement of Policy
14
 
B.
General Description of Conflicts
14
 
C.
Particular Conflicts
15
 
D.
General Antifraud Prohibitions
16
V.
Confidentiality/Privacy
18
 
A.
General Statement of Policy -- Confidentiality
18
 
B.
Sharing of Information Within the Companies
18
 
C.
Sharing of Information Outside the Companies
19
 
D.
Reasonable Safeguards
20
 
E.
Reporting of Possible Confidentiality Breach
20
VI.
Prohibition Against Insider Trading
22
 
A.
Companies’ Policy – Insider Trading
22
 
B.
Recognizing Material Nonpublic Information
22
 
C.
Avoiding the Receipt and Misuse of Material Nonpublic Information
24
 
D.
Required Steps to Take If Exposed to Material Nonpublic Information
29
 
E.
Responsibilities of the Chief Compliance Officer
30
 
F.
Reporting of Insider Trading Activity
33
 
G.
Review of Insider Trading Activity
34
 
H.
Annual Attestation
35
VII.
Reporting of Accounts and Transactions Involving Securities and Other Financial Products
36
 
A.
General Statement of Companies’ Policy With Respect to Account and Notification
36
 
B.
Review of Account Statements and Holding Report Notifications
42
VIII.
Investment Activities
44
 
A.
Overview
44
 
B.
Provisions of General Applicability
44
 
C.
Prohibitions and Pre-Approval Requirements of General Applicability
45
 
- i -

 
D.
Additional Restrictions Applicable to Access Persons
49
IX.
Outside Business Activities
52
 
A.
General Policy
53
 
B.
Receipt of Payment of Third Party Compensation
53
 
C.
Annual Attestation
54
X.
Gifts and Gratuities and Political Activities
55
 
A.
Gifts and Gratuities
55
 
B.
Political Contributions
59
 
C.
Foreign Corrupt Practices Act
63
 
D.
Annual Attestation
65
XI.
Client Complaints and Indications of Inappropriate Conduct
66
 
A.
General Statement of Policy
66
 
B.
Responsibility of the Chief Compliance Officer
66
XII.
Annual Review by Trustees
67
 
ATTACHMENTS

Acknowledgement of Receipt of Initial Code of Ethics

Acknowledgement of Receipt of Initial Code of Ethics (consultants)

Acknowledgement of Receipt of Amended Code of Ethics

Exhibit I.A.:
New Access Person Introduction Checklist

Exhibit VII A1:
Annual or Initial Holdings Report

Exhibit VII A2:
Request for Duplicate Confirmations and Statements

Exhibit VII
Policy Regarding Special Trading Procedures for Securities of Certain Closed-End Funds

Exhibit VIII C:
Request for Preauthorization – Personal Trades

Exhibit X. A.:
Annual Non-Cash Compensation Acknowledgement and Certification (aka: Gift Form)
 
Exhibit X. B:
Initial Political Contributions Report

Exhibit XI D:
Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA) Questionnaire

Exhibit XI E:
Required Annual Attestations and Disclosures
 
- ii -

I.   INTRODUCTION
 
A number of entities affiliated with DoubleLine Group LP (“Group”) 1   have jointly adopted this Code of Ethics (the “ Code ”) to set forth the ethical and professional standards required of those entities listed and defined below (collectively, the “ Companies ”) and to demonstrate the commitment of the Companies and their management to maintaining the trust and confidence of the investors in the funds offered by the Trust, DBL and DSL (all defined below and collectively, the “ Funds ”) and of the Adviser’s clients, to upholding high standards of integrity and business ethics and professionalism, and to compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and with the Companies’ internal policies and procedures. Various employees of Group, which provides operational support for the Trust, DBL and DSL, will perform certain actions discussed herein on behalf of DBL, DSL and the Trust.
 
The entities comprising the Companies are:
 
DoubleLine Investment Management North Asia Ltd. (“North Asia”)
DoubleLine Group LP (“Group”)
DoubleLine Capital LP (“Adviser”, “Capital”)
DoubleLine Equity LP (“Adviser”, “Equity”)
DoubleLine Commodity LP (“Adviser”, “Commodity”)
DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund (“DBL”)
DoubleLine Funds Trust (“Trust”)
DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund (“DSL”)
 
Together, the series of funds within the Trust are known as the “DoubleLine Funds”.
 
A. Applicable to all Personnel
 
The Code covers all personnel of Group, DBL, DSL, the Trust and the Advisers, including partners, officers, directors (and other persons occupying a similar status or performing similar functions), and employees, as well as individuals associated with the Companies in any manner that provide investment advice on their behalf and are subject to their supervision and control (collectively, hereinafter, the “ DoubleLine Personnel ” or “ Personnel ”). The term “Personnel” shall also include any individuals who are members of the DoubleLine Capital GP LLC, which is Capital’s general partner. Temporary employees and consultants that, in each case, are engaged by any of the Companies to provide clerical, administrative or professional services that are not directly investment related will not be considered to be Personnel subject to this Code except to the extent the Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) notifies them to the contrary.
 

1
Group is an entity which serves as the employer of the persons termed as DoubleLine Personnel under the Code. However, while it provides these persons to supply services to the Advisers under various service contracts, Group itself does not conduct activities requiring registration as a registered investment adviser. Group adopts this Code solely as an administrative convenience, to ensure that all persons employed by Group are subject to the Code because of the services rendered to registered investment advisers.

New employees, to include any temporary employees or consultants designated by the CCO, shall be briefed as to the requirements of the Code of Ethics, with Exhibit I. A. serving as a guideline to that introduction. The briefing is not a substitute for all employees reading the Code in its entirety at least annually. The fact that a briefing has not occurred or that the CCO has not made a determination of any existing employee's change of status does not in any way limit the obligation of any person to comply with all applicable provisions of the Code.
 
1. Applicability of this Code to the Disinterested Trustees
 
Various provisions of this Code either do not apply to the Trustees of the Trust, DBL or DSL who are not “interested persons” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “ Disinterested Trustees ”), or applies only in a limited fashion.
 
The following Sections of this Code do not apply to the Disinterested Trustees:
 
· Section VIII (Investment Activities)
 
· Section IX (Outside Business Activities)
 
· Section X (Gifts and Gratuities and Political Activities)
 
In addition, Disinterested Trustees are required to comply with only Subsection A(5) of Section VII (Reporting of Accounts and Transactions Involving Securities and Other Financial Products).
 
2. Authority to Exempt Any Person from Coverage
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Chief Compliance Officer may exempt any person from all or any portion of the Code upon a finding that such person is neither an “ Access Person, ” as defined at Rule 17j-1(a)(1) under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “ Investment Company Act ”) or Rule 204A-1 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “ Advisers Act ”) or a “ supervised person ,” as defined at Section 202(a)(25) of the Advisers Act, and that, such person’s duties and responsibilities are such that application of all or any particular portion of this Code to such person is not reasonably necessary. Accordingly, all persons subject to the Code shall be considered to be Access Persons, regardless of whether they meet any particular definition thereof while persons that have been exempted from all or any particular portion of the Code shall not be considered to be Access Persons to the extent of that exemption.
 
The Chief Compliance Officer also may waive provisions of the Code on a case-by-case basis, after reviewing the circumstances surrounding the request for a waiver. An example of such a waiver would be the waiver of the two-day requirement to execute a trade. The Chief Compliance Officer shall keep a written record of all such waivers and the basis for such waiver, which typically shall be recorded on a trade approval form or email.
 
- 2 -

3. Documentation
 
The CCO is responsible (i) for maintaining a record of all personnel associated from time-to-time with the Companies and, as to each individual, the dates of such person’s association, the title or position held by such individual and whether such person was exempted from all or any portion of the Code and, therefore is not considered to be an Access Person, and, (ii) as to all persons exempted from all or any portion of the Code, for documenting the basis for such exemption. The CCO generally shall rely upon the Group’s Human Resources department for all such lists.
 
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
Document: A record of all Trustees, officers and employees of a Fund and documentation of the basis for any exemption from the Code
 
Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period: A minimum of five years after the end of the fiscal year in which such record was created, provided any documentation as to any exemption from the Code shall be maintained for a minimum of five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the relevant individual’s association with the Companies was terminated.
 
Regulatory Reference: Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(f)(1)(D) and Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(13)(ii)
 
B. Access to the Code
 
All Personnel will be provided access to the Code, either in hard copy or on the Companies’ internal electronic systems. Personnel should keep the Code available for easy reference.
 
C. Regulatory Requirements
 
The Code has been adopted in connection with the Companies’ compliance with Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “ Advisers Act ”) or Rule 17j-1(c) under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “ Investment Company Act ”), as applicable.
 
As registered investment advisers, the Advisers, pursuant to Rule 204A-1, are required to establish, maintain and enforce a written code of ethics that, at a minimum:
 
· Sets forth the general standard of conduct required of all supervised persons, which standard reflects the fiduciary duties that the Advisers and all such individuals owe to the Advisers’ clients.
 
· Requires compliance by all supervised persons with applicable federal securities laws.
 
· Requires certain supervised persons to report, and for the Advisers to review, their personal securities transactions and holdings periodically.
 
· Requires prompt reporting by all supervised persons of any violations of this Code.
 
- 3 -

· Requires distribution by the Advisers of the Code and of any amendments to all supervised persons and for the Advisers to obtain written acknowledgements from all such individuals as to their receipt of the Code.
 
DBL, DSL, the Trust and the Advisers also are required pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act to adopt a written code of ethics that contain provisions reasonably necessary to prevent their “Access Persons,” as defined in Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(a)(1), from:
 
· employing any device, scheme or artifice to defraud a Fund;
 
· making any untrue statement of a material fact to a Fund or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made to a Fund, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;
 
· engaging in any act, practice or course of business that operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit on a Fund; or
 
· engaging in any manipulative practice with respect to a Fund.
 
D. Other Topics Covered In the Code
 
In addition to the minimum requirements set forth above, the Code also addresses the Companies’ policies and procedures regarding:
 
· Sanctions for violating the Code
 
· Safeguarding and maintaining confidential information
 
· Prohibitions against insider trading
 
· Investment activities
 
· Outside business activities
 
· Giving and receiving of gifts and entertainment
 
· Political activities
 
· Client complaints
 
· Annual review by Trustees
 
- 4 -

E. Code May be Supplemented by Other Applicable Policies
 
The Code has been drafted in a manner that allows it to apply equally to all Personnel regardless of their specific functions or responsibilities. As a result of this “one size fits all” approach, the Companies may, from time-to-time, supplement the Code as it applies to Personnel that perform certain functions or that have particular responsibilities by the adoption of separate, more specialized policies and procedures. Where this is the case, Personal to whom these separate policies and procedures apply must comply with both the Code and these additional policies – or the more restrictive of the two in the case of a conflict. More generally, the existence of the Code should not be understood as relieving Personnel, in any manner, from their continuing responsibility to familiarize themselves, and to comply, with all applicable policies and procedures of the Companies.
 
F. Best Judgment and Further Advice
 
It is not reasonable to expect this Code or other applicable policies or procedures of the Companies to cover all of the possible situations that Personnel may encounter. For this reason, nothing in this Code removes the need for all Personnel to use their best judgment in order to maintain high professional standards and to consult with their supervisor s as well as appropriate legal or compliance Personnel, as needed.
 
Personnel that are unsure how to handle a particular situation are urged to consult with their supervisor or legal or compliance personnel for advice.
 

References:  
Advisers Act Section 202(a)(25): Definitions (definition of “Supervised Person”)
 
Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(a): Investment Adviser Codes of Ethics (adoption of code of ethics)
 
Investment Company Act Section 17: Transaction of Certain Affiliated Persons and Underwriters
 
Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1: Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel

- 5 -

II. DUTY TO REPORT VIOLATIONS OF THIS CODE, SANCTIONS AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
 
A. Duty to Report Violations of this Code
 
DoubleLine Personnel are required to report promptly any violation or potential violation of the Code to the Companies’ Chief Compliance Officer. Any such report shall be maintained in confidence and no retaliation shall be made against the individual making such report and, indeed, any retaliation for the reporting of a violation of the Code shall itself constitute a violation of the Code.

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
Any individual that becomes aware of a violation of this Code must promptly report such violation.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY : Any applicable individual
 
1. Review and Investigation
 
The Chief Compliance Officer shall be responsible for the prompt review and investigation of any violations of the Code reported to, or independently discovered by, the Chief Compliance Officer. The Chief Compliance Officer shall also be responsible for reporting any substantiated material violations of the Code to appropriate senior management within the Companies and to the Board of Trustees of the Trust, DSL or DBL (as applicable) (the “ Trustees ”) and for appropriately documenting such review and investigation, the reporting thereof to senior management, and any action, including any sanctions, taken as a result thereof.
 
2. Heightened Supervision or Other Responsive Actions
 
The Chief Compliance officer shall be responsible for determining whether any violation of the Code that is brought to the Chief Compliance Officer’s attention indicates a need (i) for heightened supervisor y procedures, and, if so, the means by which such need should be addressed, and (ii) any change in the Companies’ procedures or policies or applicable controls. In addition, the Chief Compliance Officer, after conferring with legal, shall also be responsible for determining whether the violation, or any sanction imposed as a result thereof, requires disclosure or reporting, including to the Companies’ clients or, any regulatory, law enforcement or other outside party. The Chief Compliance Officer shall be responsible for appropriately documenting each determination.
 
3. Involvement of Legal Counsel
 
Notwithstanding the assignment of responsibility to the Chief Compliance Officer with respect to the review and investigation and reporting of violations, where either the Chief Compliance Officer, counsel, or the Disinterested Trustees determine that sufficient reasons exist for any such review, investigation, or reporting to be conducted under the direction of legal counsel or such outside counsel as shall engage for such purpose, such legal or outside counsel shall have the ultimate responsibility for the conduct of such review, investigation, and the reporting and documentation thereof.

- 6 -

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for the review and investigation of violations of the Code, for reporting of any substantiated material violations to the Companies’ senior management and/or the Trustees, as applicable, for determining whether the violation indicates a need for heightened supervisor y procedures, changes to procedures or policies or applicable controls, and whether there is any requirement to disclose or report the violation or any sanction imposed as a result thereof.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY : The Chief Compliance Officer
 
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
Document: Documentation of the review and investigation of purported violations of the Code and the reporting, if applicable, thereof to senior management and/or the Trustees of any action taken as a result thereof.
 
Responsible Party: Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period:   A minimum of five years from the end of the fiscal year during which the documentation was created, such document to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Companies and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.
 
Regulatory Reference: Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(12) and (e) and Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(f)(B).
 
4. Where the Chief Compliance Officer is Implicated by the Violation Being Reported
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, where a person making a report believes that the Chief Compliance Officer is implicated in any violation being reported, the reporting person may report such violation to any of the Companies’ senior management, including the Disinterested Trustees, as such individual believes is appropriate (the “ Receiving Person ”). Upon the receipt of a report of a violation, the Receiving Person shall either cause the Companies to undertake such review and investigation of the reported violation and to take such other action as is contemplated above or promptly report such matter to another member of senior management as the Receiving Person believes is appropriate, who, upon receipt of such report, shall have the responsibility of a Receiving Person.
 
- 7 -

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
Each Receiving Person , if any, is responsible for either causing the applicable Adviser to undertake such review and investigation of any violation of the Code as is contemplated above or for promptly reporting such matter to another member of senior management who shall, thereupon, assume the responsibilities of a Receiving Person.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY : Each Receiving Person
 

References:  
Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(a)(4): Investment Adviser Codes of Ethics (duty to report violations)
 
Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(12)(ii): Books and Records to be Maintained by Investment Advisers (record of any violation of the Code and action taken as a result)
 
Advisers Act Rule 204-2(e)(1): Books and Records to be Maintained by Investment Advisers (holding periods for certain required records)
 
Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(c)(2)(ii)(A): Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Administration of Code of Ethics)
 
Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(f)(B): Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Recordkeeping Requirements)

 
B. Sanctions
 
1. Requirement that Chief Compliance Officer be Informed of all Internal Discipline
 
No internal discipline shall be imposed on any DoubleLine Personnel for violation of this Code without the underlying matter and the sanction to be imposed being first brought to the attention of the Companies Chief Compliance Officer.
 
2. Possible Sanctions
 
Possible sanctions for violation of this Code may include, but need not be limited to, reprimands, monetary fines, suspensions, reduction in responsibilities, grade or title, or termination. Sanctions are imposed by the Code of Ethics Committee, which generally shall consist of the General Counsel, Chief Risk Officer, Chief Compliance Officer, Chief Operating Officer and others that they may designate.
- 8 -

C. Acknowledgement
 
All Personnel must read, understand and adhere to this Code as well as any amendments to the Code. Personnel (with the exception of the Trustees) are also required to sign an Acknowledgement that they have read the entire Code, and from time-to-time, any amendments, and have had an opportunity to review any portions with their supervisor and a member of the Compliance Department.
 
By signing the Acknowledgement, each signatory agrees to perform fully all applicable responsibilities and to comply with all applicable restrictions, limitations, and requirements set forth in the Code and acknowledge that any such failure may result in disciplinary action, up to and including termination. Failure to comply with the terms of this Code can also subject the Companies and responsible supervisor s and involved individuals to fines, penalties and potentially even criminal proceedings in addition to significant reputational harm and regulatory sanctions. From time-to-time, the Companies may ask any recipient of this Code may be asked to certify his or her continued compliance with the applicable terms and/or with any other applicable restrictions, limitations or requirements and to sign an Acknowledgement with respect to any amendments hereto.
 
A copy of the Acknowledgement can be found at the end of this Code. Each recipient is required to return the completed Acknowledgement to the Chief Compliance Officer.

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
Each recipient is responsible for providing a signed copy of the Acknowledgement to the Chief Compliance Officer.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY : Each recipient
 
The Chief Compliance Officer or designate is responsible for obtaining a signed copy of the Acknowledgement from each recipient with respect to the Code and any amendments thereto. The CCO or designate will review to ensure that all access persons submit their Acknowledgement forms.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY : The Chief Compliance Officer
 

- 9 -

DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
Document: Acknowledgement relating to receipt and review of Code and any amendments thereto
 
Responsible Party: Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period:   A minimum of five years from the end of the fiscal year in which the applicable individual ceases to be a supervised person of the Companies, such document to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Companies and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.
 
Regulatory Reference: Best practices and Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(12)(iii).
 

References:  
Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(a)(5): Investment Adviser Codes of Ethics (written acknowledgement)
 
Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(12)(iii): Books and Records to be Maintained by Investment Advisers (record of written acknowledgement)
 
Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1: Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel

 
- 10 -

III.   GENERAL STANDARD OF CONDUCT
 
The Companies are committed to maintaining the trust and confidence of their shareholders and clients, to upholding high standards of integrity and business ethics and professionalism, and to compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and its own internal policies and procedures.
 
Compliance with these standards is crucial to the Companies’ long-term success. Simply put, the Companies’ continued success is dependent upon its reputation and there is no more certain way to diminish the Companies’ reputation than by failing to put their shareholders and clients first. If the Companies serve their shareholders and clients honestly and equitably and to the best of their abilities, their success will follow.
 
The general standard of conduct required by all Personnel reflects a number of underlying requirements including:
 
· the fiduciary duty owed by the Companies and their Personnel to the Funds’ shareholders and the Adviser’s clients;
 
· the Companies’ intent to adhere to good business practices;
 
· applicable legal and regulatory requirements;
 
· the Companies’ own internal policies and procedures; and
 
· representations that the Companies have made to its clients in agreements, offering documents or other written materials.
 
A. Fiduciary Duty
 
The Companies’ and all Personnel owe a fiduciary duty to the Funds’ shareholders and to the Adviser’s clients. This means that the Companies and their Personnel must always place the interests of the Funds’ shareholders and the Adviser’s clients first and may not put their own interests ahead of their shareholders’ and clients’ interests or otherwise abuse their position of trust and responsibility. More specifically, the Companies’ fiduciary duty to their shareholders and clients requires that Personnel adhere to the following standards:
 
· Any recommendation to a client must have a reasonable basis and must be suitable for the client in light of the client’s needs, financial circumstances, and investment objectives;
 
· Facts that may be material to the client’s economic interest or decision-making must be disclosed fully and fairly and Personnel must refrain from engaging in fraudulent, deceptive or manipulative conduct;
 
· Best execution should be provided with respect to client transactions; and
 
- 11 -

· Conflicts of interest should be fully disclosed and fairly managed (as discussed more fully at Section IV hereof).
 
B. Adherence to Good Business Practices
 
The Companies expect all Personnel to adhere to the principles of good business practice. At a minimum, this requires Personnel to engage in fair and honest conduct in all their dealings and to perform their functions and meet their responsibilities with a degree of professionalism reasonable to the circumstances.
 
C. Compliance with Applicable Federal Securities Laws and Other Requirements
 
Inherent in the above standard is the requirement that the Companies and all Personnel comply at all times with all applicable securities laws as well as the Companies’ own internal policies and procedures.
 
While many applicable legal and regulatory requirements are reflected in this Code or the Companies’ other policies and procedures, Personnel should not assume that this is true of every relevant securities law or regulation. As a result, Personnel must take the responsibility to inform themselves of, and understand, the legal and regulatory requirements applicable to their activities. For this same reason, the Companies expect all Personnel to stay current with respect to applicable regulatory and legislative developments.
 
D. Client Representations
 
The Companies and all Personnel are also expected to comply with any representations that the Companies have made to their clients, including, but not limited to, representations that are made in formal agreements between the Companies and their clients or the offering documents for any of the Companies’ products (where applicable). This is particularly relevant with respect to adherence to stated objectives and constraints applicable to a portfolio or fund.
 
E. Market Rumors

No officer or employee of the Companies shall originate or, except as permitted below, circulate in any manner a false or misleading rumor about a security or its issuer for the purpose of influencing the market price of the security. A statement that is clearly an expression of an individual s or the Companies opinion, such as an analyst s view of the prospects of a company, is not considered to be a rumor, and is excluded from these restrictions.

Where a legitimate business reason exists for discussing a rumor, for example where a client is seeking an explanation for an erratic share price movement which could be explained by the rumor, care should be taken to ensure that the rumor is communicated in a manner that:
• sources the origin of the information (where possible);
• gives it no additional credibility or embellishment;
• makes clear that the information is a rumor; and
• makes clear that the information has not been verified.

If in doubt, Personnel should consult with the CCO regarding questions about the appropriateness of any communications about specific securities.
- 12 -


References:
Advisers Act Section 206: Prohibited Transactions by Investment Advisers
 
Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(a)(1) and (2): Investment Adviser Codes of Ethics (adoption of general standard of business conduct and requirement of compliance with applicable Federal securities laws)
 
Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(e)(4): Investment Adviser Codes of Ethic (definition of “Federal Securities Laws”)
 
Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(b): Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Unlawful Actions)
 
Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(c): Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Code of Ethics)
 
Investment Company Act Rule 38a-1(f)(1): Compliance Procedures and Practices of Certain Investment Companies (definition of “Federal Securities Laws”)

- 13 -

IV.   CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
 
A. General Statement of Policy
 
The fiduciary duties imposed on the Companies and Personnel require all Personnel to be sensitive to the possibility of conflicts of interest, whether real or apparent, in transactions with clients. This includes conflicts between the interest of the Companies or their Personnel and their clients and conflicts between two clients. As a general matter, conflicts should be avoided. Where they cannot be avoided, it will generally be the case that they should be disclosed and specific consent obtained from the client with respect thereto. When in doubt, Personnel should contact their supervisor or a member of legal or compliance for advice.
 
B. General Description of Conflicts
 
While it is impossible to describe all conflicts that may arise, in general, conflicts will include various practices in which the Companies or any Personnel have a pecuniary or other interest in recommending or undertaking a transaction for a client. It is important to understand that a conflict does not require that the client suffer any actual harm. It also does not require that the improper interest in question be tangible or otherwise quantifiable or even certain. It is enough if the improper interest is, or could be viewed as, a motivating factor in the Companies or Personnel recommending or undertaking the transaction.
 
An improper interest may be economic, personal or otherwise. In the case of an economic interest, the interest may be a positive benefit or the avoidance, or minimization of, a negative economic result, e.g. , the avoidance of an expense or a loss, or loss minimization.
 
Improper interests can include a wide variety of situations, including situations where:
 
· The transaction allows the Companies or Personnel to generate fees or profits, or avoid losses or expenses, from another relationship as, for example, is the case with respect to soft dollars (discussed further below), the receipt of finder’s fees, outside commissions or bonuses;
 
· The Companies or Personnel are directly interested in the transaction as, for example, is the case with respect to principal transactions;
 
· The transaction benefits a third party in which the Companies or any Personnel has an ownership or other economic interest;
 
· The transaction provides a benefit to a third party, rather than to the Companies or any Personnel directly, for an improper purpose as, for example, one that:
 
· involves any quid pro quo , e.g. , where the benefit is returned to the Companies or Personnel in some manner;
 
- 14 -

· is done to benefit a spouse or child or other person for personal reasons; or
 
· is done to repay a favor or out of gratitude or for the purpose of obtaining or continuing to receive lavish gifts or entertainment (as discussed further below).
 
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all Personnel should avoid any investment, interest, association or other relationship that interferes, might interfere, or even might be perceived as interfering with the independent exercise by the individual of good judgment in the best interest of the Advisers’ clients or the Funds’ shareholders.
 
C. Particular Conflicts
 
1. Conflicts Related to the Provision of Disinterested and Impartial Advice or Undertaking a Transaction on Behalf of a Client
 
Any advice or recommendation, or transaction undertaken on behalf of a client, must be disinterested and impartial. An interest in a security or issuer, whether direct or indirect, or a relationship with an issuer, may support an inference that advice or a recommendation or the undertaking concerning such security or the securities of an issuer was not disinterested and impartial.
 
Accordingly, to minimize the possibility of such conflicts the Companies have adopted policies discussed elsewhere herein with respect to:
 
· the investment activities of DoubleLine Personnel (see Sections VII and VIII hereof);
 
· the holding of any position ( e.g. , as a director or trustee) with an issuer or its affiliates (see Section IX hereof); or
 
· any present or proposed business relationship with an issuer or its affiliates (see Section IX hereof).
 
2. Appropriation of Client Information for Personal Benefit
 
DoubleLine Personnel may not trade or recommend trading in securities on the basis of client information, including information related to client positions, trades, or strategies. This means that trades and recommended trades by Personnel should always be based upon an investment assessment that is independent of any nonpublic client information.
 
3. Soft Dollars
 
The term “soft dollars” is generally understood as an arrangement under which research or brokerage products or services, other than execution of securities transactions, are obtained by an adviser from or through a broker-dealer in exchange for the direction by the adviser of client brokerage transactions to the broker-dealer. Because such arrangements can have the effect of using client assets to pay for services that benefit the adviser, rather than the client directly, participation by an adviser in such arrangements is considered to violate an adviser’s fiduciary duty to its clients and, therefore, is generally prohibited. The one exception to the foregoing is found in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”), which exempts the provision of brokerage and research services from the foregoing prohibition. Any arrangements for brokerage and research services, however, should comply with any separate policies or procedures that may be adopted from time-to-time.
 
- 15 -

4. Selecting Suppliers and Service Providers
 
The acceptance of any compensation or other benefit from a supplier or service provider to the Companies, especially one involving expenses that are, directly or indirectly, borne by an Adviser’s clients, may also be perceived as a conflict in that it may lead to a perception that the provider’s selection may not be in the clients’ best interest. Accordingly, the Companies’ use of any brokerage firm or other vendor, or service provider may be subject to separate policies and procedures of the Companies subjecting such use to a pre-approval process and other requirements for the purpose of minimizing the possibility of such conflicts. Moreover, Personnel may not accept compensation, whether in the form of cash or otherwise, for their own benefit from a service provider except in accordance with the provisions of Subsection B of Section IX hereof, which relates to receipt or payment of third party compensation, and Section X hereof, which relates to gifts and entertainment.
 
5. Potential Conflicts of Interest Arising from Transactions in Affiliated Entities
 
DoubleLine may recommend that its clients invest in public or private investment vehicles sponsored by or affiliated with DoubleLine. Examples of such investment vehicles include the DoubleLine Funds, hedge funds sponsored by DoubleLine or collateralized loan obligations sponsored by DoubleLine. The possibility exists that DoubleLine could take a position on governance matters for investment vehicles sponsored or affiliated with DoubleLine that could be adverse to certain equity holders and indirectly, any noteholders in these sponsored or affiliated collateralized loan obligations. The Code of Ethics Committee is responsible to review and resolve or seek to mitigate such conflicts through appropriate controls.
 
D. General Antifraud Prohibitions
 
DoubleLine Personnel are prohibited from:
 
· employing any device, scheme, or artifice to defraud a client or prospective client;
 
· engaging in any transaction, practice, or course of business that operates as a fraud or deceit upon a client or prospective client;
 
· making any untrue statement of a material fact to a client or omitting to state a material fact necessary to make a statement made not misleading; or
 
· engaging in any act, practice or course of business that is fraudulent, deceptive, or manipulative.
 
- 16 -


References:
Exchange Act Section 28(e): Effect on Existing Law (exchange, broker, and dealer commissions; brokerage and research services)
 
Advisers Act Section 206: Prohibited Transactions by Investment Advisers
 
Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(a)(1) and (2): Investment Adviser Codes of Ethics (adoption of general standard of business conduct and requirement of compliance with applicable Federal securities laws)
 
Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(b): Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Unlawful Actions)
 
Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(c): Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Code of Ethics)
 
Investment Company Act Rule 38a-1(f)(1): Compliance Procedures and Practices of Certain Investment Companies (definition of “Federal Securities Laws”)

- 17 -

V.   CONFIDENTIALITY/PRIVACY
 
A. General Statement of Policy -- Confidentiality
 
All DoubleLine Personnel have a duty to safeguard and treat as confidential all nonpublic information concerning the Companies, investors in the Funds, clients of the Advisers, and all transactions in which the Advisers or its clients are involved. This includes all information concerning a client’s financial circumstances and holdings, and advice furnished to the client. Moreover, employees may only use Companies or client information within the scope of their employment and, accordingly, may not appropriate such information for their own use or benefit or the use or benefit of any third party.
 
Confidential information also shall be construed to mean any information acquired from a third party pursuant to a non-disclosure (confidentiality) agreement (“NDA”) or confidentiality clauses contained in contractual arrangements with such third parties. Such NDAs or confidentiality clauses generally require DoubleLine to keep the other party's Confidential Information in confidence using a reasonable degree of care, which shall be at least the same degree of care that DoubleLine uses to maintain its own Confidential Information of like importance, and to use the other party’s Confidential Information only to carry out its obligations and exercise its rights under the applicable agreement. DoubleLine Personnel are encouraged and reminded to allow access to such third parties’ confidential information only to those of employees having a need to know such information.
 
B. Sharing of Information Within the Companies
 
DoubleLine Personnel should only share client or proprietary information within the Companies with individuals that have a legitimate business need for knowing the particular information. In addition, employees should not share information in violation of any Information Walls implemented by the Companies as a means of isolating certain kinds of sensitive information within the Companies so that it is not available to employees that perform “public” functions, such as the making of recommendations or giving of advice with respect to trading. Employees should bring to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer any attempt by other Personnel to solicit or obtain client or proprietary information for which they do not have a legitimate business need.
 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
Each individual that becomes aware of any attempt by Personnel to solicit or obtain client or proprietary information for which they do not have a legitimate business need should bring such matter to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY : Each applicable individual
 
- 18 -

1. Presentations to the Fund s Trustees
 
In presenting or furnishing a report to the Fund’s Trustees, representatives of service providers to the Funds should generally refrain from identifying or discussing Fund portfolio transactions that occurred within the preceding 15 calendar days or Fund portfolio transactions that will occur or are actively being considered within the following 15 calendar days (a “ Disclosed Portfolio Transaction ”). Exceptions to the foregoing policy may be made upon the request of a Trustee, with the permission of the Chief Compliance Officer or as is otherwise necessary for the Trustees to fulfill their oversight responsibilities.
 
(i)   Notification to Disinterested Trustees
 
For the purposes of assisting the Disinterested Trustees in fulfilling their reporting obligations under the Code, whenever the Chief Compliance Officer is informed or otherwise becomes aware of a Disclosed Portfolio Transaction, the Chief Compliance Officer shall provide the Disinterested Trustees with specific notice of such fact and remind them of the reporting requirements applicable to the Disinterested Trustees with respect to the applicable securities. Notwithstanding such obligation on the part of the Chief Compliance Officer, any failure by the Chief Compliance Officer to provide such notice shall not affect or otherwise lessen in any way any reporting obligation that the Disinterested Directors may have under this Code or otherwise.

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
The Chief Compliance Officer, upon becoming aware of a Disclosed Portfolio Transaction, shall provide notice of such fact to the Disinterested Trustees.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY : The Chief Compliance Officer
 
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
Document: Notification to the Disinterested Trustees of a Disclosed Portfolio Transaction
 
Responsible Party: Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period:   A minimum of five years from the end of the fiscal year in which the notice is given, such document to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Fund and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.
 
Regulatory Reference: Best Practices.
 
C. Sharing of Information Outside the Companies
 
DoubleLine Personnel should not discuss or share client or proprietary information with individuals outside the Companies, other than with parties that both have a legitimate need to know such information and have either provided a confidentially agreement that covers such information, which, in accordance with the Companies’ policies, has been reviewed and approved by the Companies’ Compliance Department (or legal counsel, as appropriate) or are themselves under a separate duty to maintain the confidentiality of the information, such as, for example, the Companies’ outside counsel or accounting firm, or employees of regulated entities such as prime brokers, clearing firms or transfer agents. When any doubt exists as to the need for a confidentially agreement, employees should contact the Companies’ Compliance Department or legal counsel if appropriate.
 
- 19 -

D. Reasonable Safeguards
 
DoubleLine Personnel should use special care to limit the possibility of inadvertent disclosure of client or proprietary information. In particular, Personnel should:
 
· keep their desk and work areas clear of all confidential information when they are not present;
 
· secure all desktop computers, laptops, mobile phones, blackberries and other such devices when unattended;
 
· dispose of confidential documents by shredding them or placing them in confidential document waste bins or otherwise complying with proper document destruction procedures;
 
· keep sensitive information removed from the office out of public view;
 
· limit discussions of such information within the Companies to individuals who have a legitimate business need for knowing the particular information;
 
· consider whether the use of a code name in place of a client’s name may be advisable (or contractually required) and
 
· consider whether the use of a code name in place of an issuer’s name may be advisable.
 
Employees should not :
 
· leave confidential information in the open, including in a conference room, once a meeting is over;
 
· discuss confidential information in places where it may be inadvertently overheard by unauthorized persons, such as in elevators, public transportation, restaurants or the like;
 
· discuss confidential information while using a speaker-phone that is turned up loud enough to be overhead by visitors or unauthorized Personnel; or
 
- 20 -

· discuss confidential information with individuals outside the Companies except in accordance with the policy set forth above.
 
E. Reporting of Possible Confidentiality Breach
 
Employees should promptly bring to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer or legal counsel (if deemed appropriate) any suspicion that an unauthorized person has obtained confidential information.
 
1. Special Considerations Involving Information Disclosure About Publicly Traded Clients
 
The inadvertent disclosure of nonpublic information about a client that has publicly traded securities outstanding may trigger a disclosure requirement on the part of the client. Accordingly, anyone who unintentionally discloses nonpublic information regarding a client that has securities that trade publicly should immediately contact the Chief Compliance Officer so that a determination can be made as to whether there is a need to take any action, including alerting such client of such disclosure so that it will have an opportunity to publicly disclose such information.
 
  ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
Each individual should promptly bring any suspicion that an unauthorized person has obtained confidential information to the attention of the Chief Compliance Office or the General Counsel .
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY : Each applicable individual
 
- 21 -

VI.   PROHIBITION AGAINST INSIDER TRADING
 
A. Companies Policy Insider Trading
 
It is unlawful for any person to trade on one’s own behalf or on behalf of others, or to “tip” or recommend trading in securities on the basis of material nonpublic (i.e., inside) information concerning an issuer or to pass such information to others improperly. Violations of the foregoing can result in severe civil and criminal penalties for the individuals involved and can result in the imposition of significant penalties on the Companies.
 
The possession of material nonpublic information by any employee or other Personnel may be attributed to the Companies generally unless the information is effectively isolated by the use of Information Walls so that it is not available to employees that perform public functions, including trading and the making of recommendations or giving of advice with respect to trading. A breach of the Companies’ Information Walls so that nonpublic information is not confined to Personnel that do not perform public functions, can result in the Companies being required to suspend activities involving trading and the making of recommendations in whole or in part for some indefinite period of time in certain circumstances.
 
As a result, strict compliance with all applicable procedures that the Companies institute to contain the flow of material nonpublic information is required of all Personnel. Moreover, and as described more fully below, Personnel that become aware of material nonpublic information must promptly contact the Chief Compliance Officer and otherwise comply with the requirements of Subsection D below.
 
The provisions of this Article VI shall, and shall be construed so as to, apply to the Trustees of the Trust, DSL or DBL who are not interested persons of DBL, DSL, the Trust or the Advisers only in respect or their status and activities as such.
 
Personnel that have questions concerning the requirements of the policies set forth in this Section are urged to consult with their supervisor , the individual responsible for the Chief Compliance Officer or other legal counsel as appropriate.
 
B. Recognizing Material Nonpublic Information
 
1. Nonpublic Information
 
Typically, for purposes of the U.S. securities laws, information is considered “nonpublic” if the information has not been broadly disseminated to investors in the marketplace, such as by releasing the information over the news wires, disclosing it in public filings ( e.g. , Forms 10‑K or 10‑Q) or otherwise disseminating it in a manner that makes it fully available to investors and a reasonable time has elapsed to allow such dissemination.
- 22 -

2. Materiality
 
Information is considered “material” if: (1) there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider the information important in making an investment decision; or (2) a reasonable investor would consider it as having significantly altered the total mix of information relating to the issuer’s securities. Generally, this includes any information the disclosure of which would have a meaningful effect on the price of an outstanding security.
 
Determining materiality is a fact-specific inquiry, requiring a careful assessment of the inferences a reasonable person would draw from a given set of facts. By way of guidance, the Securities and Exchange Commission has indicated the following as examples of the types of information or events that may be considered material:
 
· impending or potential mergers, acquisitions, tender offers, joint ventures, or changes in assets, such as a large disposal of the same;
 
· earnings or revenue information and changes in previously disclosed financial information;
 
· events regarding the issuer’s securities, e.g. , advance knowledge of a ratings downgrade, defaults on securities, calls of securities for redemption, public or private sales of additional securities, stock splits or changes in dividends, repurchase plans or changes to the rights of security holders;
 
· new products or discoveries, or developments regarding clients or suppliers ( e.g. , the acquisition or loss of a major contract);
 
· significant changes in control or management;
 
· changes in auditors or auditor notification that the issuer may no longer rely on an auditor’s report;
 
· impending bankruptcies or receiverships;
 
· information relating to the market for an issuer’s securities, such as a large order to purchase or sell securities; and
 
· prepublication information regarding reports in the financial press.
 
Because assessments of materiality are necessarily highly fact-specific, when in doubt DoubleLine Personnel should err on the side of caution and treat the matter in question as material and bring such matter to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer for further consideration.
 
3. Breach of Fiduciary Duty or Duty of Trust or Confidence
 
Generally, except in the case of tender offers (as described in the immediately following subparagraph), the legal prohibitions on the use of material nonpublic information are dependent upon such information being obtained under a fiduciary duty or a duty of trust or confidence (or, directly or indirectly, from someone who has such a duty). Nevertheless, even where information is obtained outside of a fiduciary relationship or relationship of trust or confidence, the use of material nonpublic information may still trigger regulatory investigations and reputational concerns. For this reason, as a general policy, the Companies prohibit obtaining any material, nonpublic information by all Personnel, regardless of whether the information is obtained pursuant to a fiduciary duty or a duty of trust or confidence, except to the extent explicit written approval is obtained from the General Counsel, Chief Compliance Officer, or a designee of either the General Counsel or Chief Compliance Officer.
 
- 23 -

(i)   Special Situations -- Tender Offers
 
Exchange Act Rule 14e‑3 specifically prohibits trading or “tipping,” e.g. , providing information to third parties, while in the possession of material nonpublic information regarding a tender offer received from the tender offeror, the target company or anyone acting on behalf of either – irrespective of whether the information was obtained in breach of a fiduciary duty or similar duty of trust and confidence. Personnel that become aware of nonpublic information relating to a tender offer must promptly contact the Chief Compliance Officer and otherwise comply with the requirements of Subsection D below.
 
C. Avoiding the Inadvertent Receipt and Misuse of Material Nonpublic Information
 
Nonpublic information may come to the attention of DoubleLine Personnel in a variety of ways. Personnel should be aware of the most likely situations so that they can either avoid being inadvertently “tainted” with such information, which as discussed above may impact their ability to perform their usual functions for the Companies as well as the Companies’ ability to engage in business as usual, or take such actions as are described below to minimize the impact such information may have on the Companies and the affected employee.
 
In the event any Personnel comes into possession of, or is otherwise exposed to, nonpublic information, such individual must immediately notify the Chief Compliance Officer and must otherwise comply with the requirements of Subsection D below. Upon being informed of any such matter, the Chief Compliance Officer will make a determination of whether trading (as a firm or for personal trades or both) or other restrictions or controls should be put in place to minimize any conflicts of interest that may result or lead to any improper use or dissemination of material nonpublic information by the Companies or their employees. Personnel in possession of material nonpublic information may not discuss the information with, or provide any investment views with respect to any securities to which the information represents material nonpublic information to, anyone else within or outside the Companies except the General Counsel, the Chief Compliance Officer or other members of the Legal/Compliance Department; as otherwise expressly permitted by this Code of Ethics; or as may be expressly authorized in writing by the Chief Compliance Officer or General Counsel. See Section VI.D. below.

- 24 -

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
Each individual contacted for the purpose of gauging the Companies’ interest in a potential transaction that has not been publicly disclosed, is responsible for directing the other party to the Chief Compliance Officer and for bringing such contact to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY : The applicable individual
 
1. Pre-Sounding
 
From time to time, investment banks may contact Personnel for the purpose of gauging the Companies interest in a potential transaction that has not yet been publicly disclosed. Because of the potential for such conversations, even when conducted on a hypothetical or no names basis, to result in the disclosure of material, nonpublic information, such conversations must be coordinated through the Chief Compliance Officer and comply with any restrictions or other requirements imposed thereby.
 
Personnel that are contacted for such purpose must promptly interrupt the investment bank representatives and inform them that applicable policies require that such calls be coordinated through the Companies General Counsel or Chief Compliance Officer. After providing the investment banking representatives with contact information for the General Counsel or Chief Compliance Officer, the contacted Personnel should terminate the call and promptly bring the call to the attention to the General Counsel or Chief Compliance Officer.2
 
2. Involvement by the Companies in a Nonpublic Transaction
 
The Advisers may bid for, or cause one of its clients to bid for, securities in a company, purchase securities in a private placement, serve on a creditors’ committee with respect to a bankrupt entity, or otherwise be involved in another type of transaction with an issuer through which the Advisers may be made aware of material nonpublic information. In such situations, the head of the business unit involved in such transactions is responsible for informing the Chief Compliance Officer of such involvement at or before the initiation thereof, to the extent practical, but in any event before any material nonpublic information is provided to the Advisers or any Personnel.

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
The head of the business unit involved in any transaction with an issuer that may result in the receipt by an Adviser of material nonpublic information is responsible for bringing such matter to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY : The applicable business unit head
 
3. Intentional Receipt of Material Non Public Information
 
If you intend to receive any material, non-public information related to a company with a class of publicly traded securities (whether domestic or foreign), you must contact the Chief Compliance Officer or the Legal/Compliance Department in advance of its receipt. The Chief Compliance Officer or the Legal/Compliance Department will work with the appropriate business unit(s) to determine whether to receive the information and whether to implement informational wall and other procedures, as appropriate.
 

2
Assuming the proper protocols are followed, this provision is not intended to prevent  personnel from providing an indication of interest to purchase shares of an initial public offering, whether in the context of a roadshow or as part of an underwriter gathering its book for a pending deal.
- 25 -

Under certain circumstances, Personnel may seek or agree to receive material non-public information for a legitimate purpose in the context of a transaction in which an Adviser (or its affiliates), on behalf of itself or a client entity or account, is a potential participant or in the context of forming a confidential relationship. This may include receiving private information from agent banks, normally facilitated through on-line services such as, but not limited to, Intralinks, Debt Domain or SyndTrak. This information may be available to all potential purchasers of an investment opportunity represented, for example, by an investment which may not generally qualify as a security for purposes of the federal securities laws (e.g., certain bank loans). Typically, that information can be used to evaluate the investment opportunity and in making an investment decision.
 
Prior to receipt of such information, the Personnel must request approval from the Chief Compliance Officer or his or her designee.
 
Generally, if a confidentiality agreement is to be signed in the context of such transactions, members of the Legal/Compliance group should evaluate carefully whether a duty of confidentiality and/or a duty not to trade in the relevant issuer s securities without prior disclosure will be created before any information is received under the confidentiality agreement. However, even in the absence of a written confidentiality agreement, a duty to disclose material non-public information before trading may be created when an oral agreement is made or an expectation exists that the confidentiality of such information will be maintained or that the information will not be used in trading. For example, if the persons providing or receiving the information have a pattern or practice of sharing confidences so that the recipient knows or reasonably should know that the provider expects the information to be kept confidential, such pattern or practice may be sufficient to form a confidential relationship.
 
Material non-public or deal-specific information may be given in connection with an Adviser   making a direct investment in a company on behalf of a client in the form of equity or debt; it may also involve a purchase by an Adviser on behalf of a client of a debt or equity security in a secondary transaction or in the form of a loan participation. The information can be conveyed through a portal such as Intralinks, Debt Domain or SyndTrak, orally from a sponsor or dealer or through other electronic delivery or hard copy documentation. This type of situation typically arises in mezzanine financings, loan participations, bank debt financings, venture capital financing, purchases of distressed securities, oil and gas investments and purchases of substantial blocks of stock from insiders. Even though the investment for which the deal-specific information is being received may not be a publicly traded security, the company may have other classes of publicly traded securities, and the receipt of the information by an Adviser can affect the ability of other parts of the organization to trade in the issuer s securities. For the aforementioned reasons, prior to receiving any information that may constitute material, non-public information on a company with any class of publicly traded securities (whether domestic or foreign), please contact the Legal/Compliance Department, who will help to evaluate whether the information may represent material non public information and, where necessary, implement the appropriate Information Wall and trading procedures.
 
- 26 -

4. Contacts with Officials or Representatives of Publicly-Held Companies
 
Contacts with public companies may constitute an important part of the Companies’ research efforts and investment decisions may be made based on conclusions formed through these contacts, as well as through an analysis of publicly available information. Difficult legal issues arise, however, when, in the course of these contacts, Personnel become aware of material nonpublic information. This could happen, for example, if an issuer’s Chief Financial Officer prematurely discloses quarterly results to an individual associated with the Companies, or an investor relations representative selectively discloses significant news to a handful of investors, including Personnel of a Company. In such situations, the Companies must make a judgment as to its further conduct. Any individual who believes he or she may receive or has received material nonpublic information about an issuer should promptly contact the Chief Compliance Officer and otherwise comply with the requirements of Subsection D below.
 
Whenever practicable, Personnel shall provide advance notice to the Chief Compliance Officer or his designate of any meetings Personnel will attend at which officials or representatives of a company with securities will discuss matters related to the issuer of the securities unless the meeting is open to the public or open broadly to the investment community. Upon the request of the Chief Compliance Officer or his designate, the Personnel attending such a meeting shall provide a brief summary of the substantive information provided during the meeting.
 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
Any individual who believes he or she may have received nonpublic information from an issuer is responsible for promptly bringing such matter to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY : Each applicable individual
 
5. Board Seats
 
DoubleLine Personnel are sometimes asked to sit or act as Board members for an issuer of publicly held securities. As noted at Section IX A hereof, any such arrangement must be pre-approved and, in connection therewith, the Chief Compliance Officer, in accordance with Subsection E below, will make a determination of whether trading or other restrictions or controls should be put in place to minimize any conflicts of interest that may result therefrom or prevent the improper use or dissemination of material nonpublic information by the Companies or its employees and as is required to comply with any restrictions imposed by the issuer on its directors. It should be noted that such approval generally will not be granted.
 
- 27 -

In addition, Board members of public issuers may also be exposed to material nonpublic information concerning other publicly held companies that may have dealings with the company on whose board they sit. Personnel sitting on the board of a company who receive material nonpublic information concerning other publicly held companies must immediately contact the Chief Compliance Officer and otherwise comply with the requirements of Subsection D below.
 
6. Creditors Committees
 
Participants on creditors’ committees are often exposed to nonpublic information regarding the debtor company. This exposure may affect the Companies’ ability to trade in securities in that company. Accordingly, Personnel should not agree to sit on any creditor’s committee, whether official or informal (including preliminary meetings that precede creditors’ committees), without first contacting the Chief Compliance Officer, who will obtain any necessary approvals and make a determination of whether trading or other restrictions or controls should be put in place to minimize any conflicts of interest that may result therefrom or any improper use of material nonpublic information by the Companies or its employees and as may otherwise be required of members of the creditor committee.
 
7. Other Situations
 
(i)   Information Originating within the Companies
 
Material, non-public information may include information originating within the Companies, for example, information regarding open-end or closed-end funds advised by the Advisers, such as information on a fund’s portfolio holdings, net asset value, expected dividend rate, or any other information that could be considered material. DoubleLine Personnel that are contacted by another employee for the purpose of communicating material, nonpublic information as to which the employee was previously unaware must immediately notify the Chief Compliance Officer regardless of whether any nonpublic information is actually communicated and may be required to comply with the requirements of Subsection D below. See Exhibit VIII for information on restrictions on DoubleLine Personnel trading in shares of closed-end funds advised by the Advisers.
 
(ii)   Information Originating Outside the Companies
 
All Personnel who come into receipt of material nonpublic information, no matter what the source or circumstances, must immediately contact the Chief Compliance Officer and may have to comply with the requirements of Subsection D below.
 
(iii)   Expert Networks
 
DoubleLine Equity LP occasionally uses expert networks as part of its research efforts. A more detailed procedure regarding the use of expert networks is contained within the Advisers Compliance Manual.

- 28 -

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
Any individual who believes he or she may have received material nonpublic information or who has been contacted by another employee for the purpose of communicating material nonpublic information of which the individual was previously generally unaware, must promptly bring such matter to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY : Each applicable individual
 
D. Required Steps to Take If You Have Been Exposed to Material Nonpublic Information
 
Personnel who believe they have been exposed to or may possess material nonpublic information should cease any further actions in any way related to such information or any issuer to which it relates and immediately take the following steps:
 
· contact the Chief Compliance Officer or Legal/Compliance Personnel;
 
· refrain from discussing the information with, or providing any investment views with respect to any securities to which the information relates to, anyone else within or outside the Companies
 
· Except you may disclose the information to the General Counsel, the Chief Compliance Officer or other members of the Legal/Compliance Department in accordance with your obligations under this Code of Ethics and you may disclose the information and/or provide your investment view with respect to the relevant securities as expressly permitted by this Code of Ethics or as may be expressly authorized in writing by the Chief Compliance Officer or General Counsel refrain from transactions involving the subject securities or related securities (whether for a personal account or an account of a client) or otherwise attempting to take advantage of the information whether for one’s own benefit, that of the Companies, a client or any other person; and
 
· comply with any restrictions or controls that are put in place by the Companies in response to such exposure or possession.
 
Personnel who are authorized to possess material nonpublic information in accordance with this Code of Ethics shall take all appropriate measures to prevent the unauthorized dissemination of that information, including:
 
· reviewing such information in a private office; and
 
· Avoiding the storage of such information on any network drives to which others (other than the Chief Compliance Officer, Legal, IT or Compliance Personnel and anyone else cleared to view the exact same information) have permission to access.
- 29 -

E. Responsibilities of the Chief Compliance Officer
 
1. Upon Receipt of Notification of Possible Receipt of Material, Nonpublic Information/Imposition of Information Barriers
 
Upon the receipt of any notification with respect to the receipt by Personnel of possible material, nonpublic information, the Chief Compliance Officer, in conjunction with legal counsel if deemed necessary, shall be responsible for making a determination of whether the information is material and nonpublic and, if so, whether any actions or precautions should be taken, including restricting the Companies’ activities in any way or placing an Information Wall around the individual involved in such matter together with any other relevant individuals from the public portions of the Companies.
 
(i)   Restrictions on Communication and Information Barriers
 
Individuals subject to information barriers are prohibited from discussing the information that gave rise to the information barrier except:
 
· among other individuals who are part of the same walled off group;
 
· with the Companies’ legal counsel, Chief Compliance Officer or such other persons as the Chief Compliance Officer shall specifically direct.
 
Individuals subject to information barriers should use care to maintain the information that gave rise to the information barrier in confidence and shall:
 
· take reasonable steps, including such steps as are set forth at Subsection D of Section V hereof, to safeguard the protected information;
 
· not discuss such matter with anyone except as specifically provided above; and
 
· in accordance with Subsection B of Section V hereof, bring to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer any attempt by Personnel to solicit or obtain such information unless they have a legitimate business need or reason.
 
(ii)   Documentation
 
The Chief Compliance Officer shall also be responsible for documenting any notice received, any review undertaken, and any action taken.
 
- 30 -

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
The Chief Compliance Officer   is responsible for determining whether any matter reported is material and nonpublic and, if so, the Companies’ response thereto.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY : The Chief Compliance Officer
 
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
Document: Notice of any receipt of material nonpublic information by any individual and the Companies’ response thereto.
 
Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period:   A minimum of five years , such document to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Companies and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.
 
Regulatory Reference: Best Practices
 
2. Pre-Sounding
 
The Chief Compliance Officer shall be responsible for managing the Companies’ participation in any response thereto. (See also the discussion at Section VI. C. 1.)

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
The Chief Compliance Officer   is responsible for managing the Companies’ response to any pre-sounding request.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY : The Chief Compliance Officer
 

- 31 -

DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
Document: Documentation of any response to a pre-sounding request.
 
Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period:   A minimum of five years , such documentation to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Companies and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.
 
Regulatory Reference: Best Practices
 
3. Maintenance of Restricted and Watch List
 
The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for maintaining the Companies’ Restricted and Watch Lists. The Chief Compliance Officer may designate others to assist with the maintenance of these lists.
 
The Restricted List generally may be disclosed to DoubleLine Personnel and consists of a list of issuers , e.g. ., companies, in which Personnel are prohibited from trading, absent an exemption from such restriction.
 
The Watch List generally is not disclosed to Personnel and consists of a list of issuers as to which a limited or select group of Personnel may be in possession of material nonpublic material information or other sensitive information. However, the Chief Compliance Office may share the Watch List with certain Personnel as necessary to further the purposes of this Code of Ethics or for other purposes the Chief Compliance Officer deems necessary or appropriate.
 
The Restricted and Watch Lists are maintained separately. The Restricted List is typically stored on network drives accessible to all Access Persons, while the Watch List shall not be stored on network drives accessible by Access Person except as the Chief Compliance Officer may deem necessary to further the purposes of this Code of Ethics or for other purposes the Chief Compliance Officer deems necessary or appropriate.
 
The Companies also maintain a list of bank loan borrowers which are not currently issuers of public securities and in respect of which Personnel have accessed private information on services such as, but not limited to, Intralinks, Debt Domain or SyndTrak.
 
As a general matter, the Chief Compliance Officer shall be responsible for the determination to add or remove an issuer from any of the Restricted List, the Watch List or the list of bank loan borrowers.
 
In considering whether an issuer should be added or removed from the Restricted or Watch List, the following presumptions shall apply:
 
- 32 -

· Issuers that are the subject of an Information Wall or similar controls should be placed on the Companies’ Watch List.
 
· Issuers as to which Personnel are in possession of material nonpublic information should be placed on the Companies’ Watch List, provided that if such information is not restricted to a limited number of Walled Off individuals, the issuer should be placed on the Companies’ Restricted List.
 
· Issuers for whom Personnel serve as directors or members of official creditors’ committee should generally be placed on the Restricted List or, if information walls or other appropriate measures are taken, on the Watch List.
 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
The Chief Compliance Officer   is responsible for maintaining the Companies’ Watch and Restricted Lists.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY : The Chief Compliance Officer
 
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
Document: Documentation of any consideration to add an issuer to the Companies’ Watch or Restricted Lists.
 
Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period:   A minimum of five years , such documentation to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Companies and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.
 
Regulatory Reference: Best Practices
 
F. Reporting of Insider Trading Activity
 
All DoubleLine Personnel are required to promptly report to the Chief Compliance Officer any activity related to a client or client related account or employee or employee related account that appears to be based upon material nonpublic information. Upon receipt of such notice, the Chief Compliance Officer shall be responsible for conducting such review with respect thereto as the Chief Compliance Officer believes appropriate and, in conjunction with the Companies’ senior management, for determining whether the Companies should take any action in response thereto, including reporting such matter to any official, as may be required or appropriate and for documenting such notice, review and determination. The Chief Compliance Officer may deem it appropriate, but is not required, to engage outside counsel to conduct an investigation into or assist with a review of such matters.

- 33 -

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
Any individual who is aware of any activity related to a client or client related account or employee or employee related account that appears to be based upon material nonpublic information, shall promptly report it to the Chief Compliance Officer.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY : Each applicable individual
 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for conducting a review upon receipt of a report of possible insider trading and for determining, in conjunction with the Companies’ senior management, whether the Companies should take any action in response thereto.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY : The Chief Compliance Officer
 
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
Document: Documentation of the review and investigation of purported insider trading activity and the Adviser’s response thereto
 
Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period:   A minimum of five years from the end of the fiscal year in which the applicable individual ceases to be a supervised person of the Companies, such document to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Companies and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.
 
Regulatory Reference: Best Practice
 
G. Reviews for Insider Trading Activity
 
The Compliance Department may review employee activities for insider trading related activities (to include personal or client trading, as well as management of material non-public information), including (i) monitoring or reviewing of email communications or other interactions between Personnel and representatives of issuers of securities and (ii) monitoring of meeting calendars of Personnel for meetings with officers or representatives of issuers of securities. Employees shall cooperate with the Compliance Department’s review of such activities.
- 34 -

H. Annual Attestation
 
Personnel will be required to attest annually to their compliance with the foregoing policies on insider-trading. See the form at Exhibit XI C .
 

References:
Advisers Act Section 204A: Prevention of Misuse of Nonpublic Information
 
Advisers Act Section 206: Prohibited Transactions by Investment Advisers
 
Exchange Act, Section 9: Manipulation of Security Prices
 
Exchange Act, Section 10: Manipulative and Deceptive Devices
 
Exchange Act Rule 10b5-1: Trading on the Basis of Material Nonpublic Information in Insider Trading Cases
 
Exchange Act Rule 14e-3: Transactions in Securities on the Basis of Material, Nonpublic Information in the Context of Tender Offers

- 35 -

VII.   REPORTING OF ACCOUNTS AND TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING SECURITIES AND OTHER FINANCIAL PRODUCTS
 
A. General Statement of Companies Policy With Respect to Account and Notification
 
All DoubleLine Personnel, other than Disinterested Directors, are required to notify the Companies promptly, in the manner provided below, upon opening any outside account for a Covered Person or Immediate Family Member , each as hereinafter defined, for the purchase, holding or disposition of any financial product, e.g. , a security, future, commodity, or any derivative thereon, provided that no notice shall be required with respect to an account of an Immediate Family Member to the extent the individual has no direct or indirect influence or control over such account and that Personnel shall be required to certify in writing that they have no direct or indirect influence or control over such account.
 
The term “Covered Person” shall mean any account that is beneficially owned by (i) an individual who is subject to these procedures; (ii) such individual’s spouse or domestic partner; (iii) such individual’s child or a child of the individual’s spouse or domestic partner, provided, in each case, the child resides in the same household with, or is financially dependent upon, the individual; and (iv) any account as to which the individual has discretionary authority or direct influence or control, including any account for which an individual acts as trustee, executor or custodian, but excluding any account for an Adviser’s client to the extent the discretion is exercised on behalf of the Adviser.
 
The term “Immediate Family Member” shall mean, any grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in law, brother-in law, or sister-in-law, but only to the extent such family member shares a household with the individual.
 
Personnel who are new to the Companies, or whose employment predates the date this Code was first put into effect, must, promptly notify the Companies of all existing accounts that would otherwise fall within the foregoing notification requirement.
 
All DoubleLine Personnel are also required to notify the Companies promptly upon any change in the account set up information, e.g. , a change to the name of the account or the account number, or the closing of such account.
 
1. Account and Initial Holdings Notification
 
All account and initial holding notifications, including account openings, changes to an account and account closings, must be made in a dated writing to the Chief Compliance Officer, and in the case of accounts, shall include the name of the broker, dealer, bank or other party with whom the account was established. Such notification should be provided using a copy of the form (or its substantial equivalent) attached hereto as Exhibit VII A1 . All initial holding notifications shall be submitted within ten (10) days of a person being designated as an Access Person and being subjected to the requirements of the Code. Information submitted in initial holdings reports must be current as of a date no more than forty five (45) days prior to the date the person becomes an Access Person. Information submitted in annual holdings reports must be current as of a date no more than forty five (45) days prior to the date submitted.
 
- 36 -

At the time any such notification is made, the brokerage or other firm that is to carry the account must also be notified of the need to provide copies of account statements and confirmations to the Companies. Such notification should be provided by completing and mailing a copy of the form letter attached hereto as Exhibit VII A2 .
 
2. Right of Companies to Limit Where Accounts May be Carried
 
Notwithstanding anything herein, the Companies reserve the right to limit the particular firms at which personal securities accounts may be opened and carried, provided that the Chief Compliance Officer may grant exceptions to such policy in the case of hardship or for other good cause.
 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
All DoubleLine Personnel are responsible for providing the Companies with prompt notification with respect to all financial accounts related to holdings of securities, futures, commodities, or any derivative.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY : All Personnel
 
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
Document: Documentation related to account and initial position notification
 
Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period:   A minimum of five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the account was approved, such document to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Adviser and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.
 
Regulatory Reference: Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(13)(1) and (e) and Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(f)
 
3. Disclosure and Furnishing of Quarterly Transaction Reports Regarding Financial Products
 
No later than thirty days after the end of each calendar quarter, all Personnel, other than Disinterested Directors, must provide the Chief Compliance Officer with the following information with respect to all transactions during such quarter involving a security or financial product, other than “ Excluded Transaction ,” as defined below, in which they have any direct or indirect beneficial interest:
 
- 37 -

· The date of the transaction, the type of product and, as applicable, the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP, the title, the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), the number of shares and the principal amount of each security or financial product involved;
 
· The price of the security or financial product at which the transaction was effected;
 
· The name of the broker, dealer, bank or other party with or through which the transaction was effected; and
 
· The date that the report is submitted.
 
(i)   Excluded Transactions
 
For purposes hereof, the term “Excluded Transaction” means any of the following:
 
· A transaction involving an Excluded Product or a Non-Volitional Transaction
 
· A transaction as to which all of the information required to be reported is contained in a broker trade confirmation or account statement that has been previously provided to the Companies;
 
· A transaction pursuant to an “ Automatic Investment Plan ,” which, in accordance with Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(a)(11), means a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation and which includes a dividend reinvestment plan.
 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
All DoubleLine Personnel are responsible for providing the Companies with timely quarterly transaction reports.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY : All Personnel
 
- 38 -

DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
Document: Quarterly transaction reports
 
Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period:   A minimum of five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the account was approved, such document to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Companies and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.
Regulatory Reference: Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(13)(1) and (e) and Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(f)
 
4. Annual Holdings Reports
 
As required by Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act, and Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act, not later than 45 days after January 1 st , all Personnel, other than Disinterested Directors, are required to report in a dated writing to the Chief Compliance Officer the following information, which must be current as of January 1st:
 
· The title, number of shares and principal amount of each security or financial product, other than an Excluded Product, in which the individual has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership;
 
· The name of any broker, dealer, bank or other party through whom an account is held for the direct or indirect benefit of the individual.
 
· The timing of the submission of these reports is designed to coincide with a quarterly transaction report to alleviate confusion about the submission of reports.
 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
All DoubleLine Personnel are responsible for providing the Companies with timely annual holdings reports using the form (or a substantially equivalent version) found at Exhibit VII A1 .
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY : All Personnel
 

- 39 -

DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
Document: Annual holdings reports
 
Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period:   A minimum of five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the account was approved, such document to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Companies and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.
Regulatory Reference: Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(13)(1) and (e) and Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(f)
 
5. Reporting Requirements Applicable to Disinterested Trustees
 
While Disinterested Trustees are not subject to the foregoing reporting requirements they are required to report any transaction, other than a “ Non-Reportable Transaction ” (as hereinafter defined), involving a security, other than one that is an Excluded Product, undertaken by the Disinterested Trustee or any Covered Person or any Immediate Family Member, if the Disinterested Trustee knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as a Trustee of the Fund, should have known that, during a 15-day period immediately preceding or after the date of the transaction, (i) the Fund purchased or sold such security, or (ii) the Fund or an adviser to the Fund was considering the purchase or sale of such security (such transaction a “ Covered Transaction ”).
 
(i)   Reporting Requirements
 
Any Disinterested Trustee that is required to report a Covered Transaction shall, no later than 30 days after the end of the calendar quarter in which such transaction occurred, file such report containing such information with respect to such transaction and any account in which the transacted securities were held with the person responsible for the Control Function.
 
(ii)   Definition of Non-Reportable Transaction
 
For purposes hereof, the term “ Non-Reportable Transaction ” means any transaction taken as part of an Automatic Investment Plan or a Non-Volitional Transaction.
 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
Each Disinterested Trustee is responsible for providing the applicable Adviser with timely quarterly transaction reports, as or if applicable.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY : Each Disinterested Trustee
 
- 40 -

DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
Document: Quarterly transactions reports for Disinterested Directors
 
Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period:   A minimum of five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the account was approved, such document to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Companies and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.
Regulatory Reference: Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(13)(1) and (e) and Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(f)
 
6. Other Reports or Information
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Personnel may be required to provide such additional information regarding any holdings of, or transactions in, financial products at such times and in such manner as the individual responsible for the Control Function may request.
 
7. Excluded Products
 
For purposes hereof, the term “Excluded Products” means the following:
 
· Direct obligations of the government of the United States (Note: this does not include obligations of any state, including obligations of any municipality or state agency).
 
· Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements.
 
· Shares issued by money market funds.
 
· Shares in open-end investment companies (Note: this does not include open-end investment companies that are advised or sub-advised by an Adviser or any affiliate).
 
· Shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more mutual funds not advised by an Adviser or any affiliate.
 
· Nonfinancial commodities ( e.g ., pork belly contracts).
 
· Investments in 529 plans not managed, distributed, marketed or underwritten by an Adviser or any of its affiliates. 3
 
8. Non-Volitional Transaction
 

3
See SEC no-action letter, WilmerHale, July 28, 2010.
- 41 -

For purposes hereof, the term “Non-Volitional Transaction” means any transaction effected for any account over which the applicable Personnel had no direct or indirect influence or control, including transactions such as demutualization, stock splits, stock from mergers or spin-offs, automatic tender offers or stock dividends.
 
B. Review of Account Statements and Holding Report Notifications

On a monthly basis, compliance shall review any account statement and any Holding Report Notification form submitted by Personnel. Personnel shall arrange for duplicates of account statements and confirmations by using Exhibit VII A2 (or its substantial equivalent). Should an Access Person be designated to review account statements and holding reports, an independent Access Person (independent of and senior to the reviewing Access Person) shall review the primary reviewer’s account statements and holding reports.
 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
The Chief Compliance Officer   is responsible for the completion of any required review.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY : The Chief Compliance Officer.

DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
Document: Documentation relating to the review of employee trading
 
Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period:   A minimum of five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the matter reported related, such document to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Companies and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.
Regulatory Reference: Best practices and Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(f)(1)(C)
 
- 42 -


References:  
Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(a) (3): Investment Adviser Codes of Ethics (review of securities transactions and holdings)
 
Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(b): Investment Adviser Codes of Ethics (reporting requirements)
 
Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(13)(1): Books and Records to be Maintained by Investment Advisers (record of report with respect to securities transactions)
 
Advisers Act Rule 204-2(e): Books and Records to be Maintained by Investment Advisers (holding period for certain records)
 
Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(d): Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Reporting Requirements of Access Persons)
 
Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(e): Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Preapproval of Investments in IPOs and Limited Offerings)
 
Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(f): Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Recordkeeping Requirements)

- 43 -

VIII.   INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES
 
A. Overview
 
The Companies impose a number of restrictions on trading and investment activities by DoubleLine Personnel, other than Disinterested Trustees. These restrictions are designed to assist the Companies in complying with applicable legal and regulatory requirements; to help avoid conflicts of interest, including apparent conflicts; and, ultimately, to protect the Companies’ reputation.
 
B. Provisions of General Applicability
 
1. Prohibition on Doing Indirectly What Cannot Be Done Directly
 
DoubleLine Personnel are expected to comply with both the letter and the spirit of the restrictions and prohibitions set forth in this Code. Accordingly, to the extent any transaction would put an individual in an economic position that would be substantially equivalent to a prohibited or restricted transaction, such transaction is similarly prohibited or restricted. By way of illustration, where a long position in an underlying equity would be prohibited, it would be prohibited for an individual to establish a derivative or synthetic position that achieves similar economics.
 
2. When in Doubt
 
When in doubt as to the applicability of these restrictions and prohibitions to any transaction, Personnel should either refrain from entering into the transaction or discuss the matter with their supervisor or a member of Compliance or Legal.
 
3. Breaking Trades
 
As all or part of a sanction imposed, the Companies may require that Personnel break or unwind any transaction entered into by any Personnel in violation of these provisions. In such case, the Companies shall not have any obligation to reimburse the individual for any loss suffered as a result thereof and any realized profits shall be disgorged and provided to a charitable organization chosen by the Companies.
 
4. Hardship
 
The Chief Compliance Officer may grant exceptions to certain restrictions or prohibitions set forth herein in the case of hardship or for other good cause, provided that any such exemption shall be documented and otherwise in compliance with any applicable legal requirements.
- 44 -

DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
Document: Documents related to any decision to approve a hardship or other exception
 
Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer, as applicable
 
Maintenance Period:   A minimum of five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the approval was given or denied.
 
Regulatory Reference: Best practices and Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(13)(iii) and 204A-1(c)
 
 
C.
Prohibitions and Pre-Approval Requirements of General Applicability
 
1. Prohibited Transactions
 
Nonpublic Information . All DoubleLine Personnel are strictly prohibited from trading or participating in any investment activity, including without limitation the making of any recommendation, whether on their own behalf or on behalf of a shareholder or client of the Companies or other third party, on the basis of material nonpublic information or nonpublic client information, including client securities information.
 
Manipulative Conduct . Personnel are strictly prohibited from engaging in any trading or investment activity that constitutes manipulative conduct. This would includes trades that do not have a bona fide purpose, e.g ., that are done to influence market price or convey a false appearance of price movement or volume.
 
Fraud . Personnel are strictly prohibited from participating in any investment activity that is known to any such individual to involve fraudulent activities such as forgery, non-disclosure or misstatement of material facts or the taking of any action that is meant to conceal or misrepresent the actual facts of a matter. This would include, for example, knowingly backdating a document or recording a trade as occurring at an incorrect time.
 
Restricted List . Absent an exception specifically granted by the Chief Compliance Officer, Personnel are prohibited from trading or participating in any investment activity in any security on the Companies’ Restricted List.
 
Uncovered Short Trade . Personnel are prohibited from entering into an uncovered short trade.
 
Uncovered Option . Personnel are prohibited from writing an uncovered option.
 
2. Transactions Requiring Pre-Approval
 
All DoubleLine Personnel are prohibited from engaging in any Restricted Transaction (as defined below) without first obtaining prior approval by the Chief Compliance Officer or the CCO’s designates (collectively, the “Approving Officers”). In considering any such trade, Personnel should understand that the Approving Officers will be under no obligation to respond to any request for approval within any stated time and once any such matter is considered may withhold approval for any reason or for no reason at all and, in any event, may withhold approval where it is determined that any such transaction may be legally uncertain, may give the appearance of a conflict of interest, or may expose the Companies to reputational risk, risk of regulatory inquiry or other harm, no matter how remote . Pre-approval shall be obtained using the form provided as Exhibit VII C (or its equivalent as determined in the sole judgment of the Chief Compliance Officer). Should any person use email to make a personal trade request, such person is presumed to be making all of the representations that are present on the sample forms provided in this policy (including similar forms available in any electronic or automated preclearance system). The use of email to make such requests should be restricted to situations such as when the requestor is out of office or the use of the prescribed form is otherwise impractical and such procedure should be considered to be the exception to the general procedure of requesting preapproval using the form provided as Exhibit VII C.
 
- 45 -

For purposes hereof, a Restricted Transaction shall mean:
 
· acquiring ownership, directly or indirectly, in any security issued in an initial public offering or a limited offering or private placement (each as defined below), including any interest in a hedge fund
 
· transfers of interest in private placements sponsored by the Companies, other than transfers for estate planning purposes or that are court-mandated
 
· transactions involving Prohibited Securities (as defined in Exhibit VIII).
 
Requests for approval must be submitted directly to the Chief Compliance Officer. When considering approval of any request, the Approving Officers will take into consideration whether the investment opportunity is one that should have been reserved for an Adviser’s clients and whether the opportunity is being offered by virtue of the individual’s position with an Adviser.
 
(i)   Initial Public Offering Defined
 
For purposes of the foregoing, the term “initial public offering” shall mean an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration was not subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
(ii)   Limited Offering and Private Placement Defined
 
For purposes of the foregoing, the terms “limited offering” or “private placement” shall each mean an offering of securities that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2), which provides an exemption for transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, or Section 4(6), which involve offers or sales by an issuer solely to one or more accredited investors, or pursuant to Rule 504, Rule 505, or Rule 506 of Regulation D, which allow offerings for a limited dollar amount and/or to a limited number of investors.
 
- 46 -

(iii)   Closed End Fund Transactions
 
Transactions involving any closed end fund managed by DoubleLine must be pre-approved without exception. All requests for pre-approval must be submitted using the form provided as Appendix 2 to Exhibit VIII to this Code. The Code of Ethics Committee may discuss such requests and reach agreement as to whether that transaction can be approved in light of the circumstances.
 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
All DoubleLine Personnel are responsible for obtaining pre-approval of all Restricted Transactions.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY : All Personnel.

DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
Document: Documents related to any decision of a request to approve a Restricted Transaction including the reason supporting any approval
 
Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period:   A minimum of five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the approval was given or denied.
 
Regulatory Reference: Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(13)(iii) and Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(e)
 
- 47 -


References:
Advisers Act Section 204A: Prevention of Misuse of Nonpublic Information
 
Advisers Act Section 206: Prohibited Transactions by Investment Advisers
 
Advisers Act Rule 204A-1(c): Investment Adviser Codes of Ethics (pre-approval of certain investments)
 
Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(13)(iii): Books and Records to be Maintained by Investment Advisers (record of decision regarding certain securities acquisitions)
 
Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1(e): Personal Investment Activities of Investment Company Personnel (Pre-Approval of Investments in IPOs and Limited Offerings)

3. Transactions Requiring Pre-approval
 
Except as expressly stated below, DoubleLine Personnel must obtain pre-approval for any investment transaction in an account for which notification is required to be given pursuant to Section VII A hereof or as to which a Holdings Report Notification form would be required pursuant to Section VII B hereof.
 
Pre-approval requests must be made directly to the Chief Compliance Officer or to such persons as the Chief Compliance Officer shall otherwise direct. Individuals that make a pre-approval request may be required to supply certain key information and to make certain certifications, such as that they have no knowledge that the financial product is under active consideration for purchase or sale by the Companies for their shareholders and/or clients. Pre-approval shall be obtained using the form provided as Exhibit VII C (or its equivalent in the judgment of the CCO).
 
Any transaction as to which pre-approval has been obtained must be completed within the two business days following the day pre-approval is obtained. Transactions, or portions thereof, not completed within these times constraints must be immediately canceled and, thereafter, may only be completed following the obtaining of a new pre-approval. The CCO may waive the two day requirement in the CCO’s sole judgment.
 
Limit orders, once approved, are not subject to further pre-approval, unless the limit or other factors is changed.
 
Transactions involving an Access Person and the purchase or sale of commercial real estate must be pre-approved by an Approving Officer, regardless of whether such transaction is effected through an entity controlled by an Access Person or in such Access Person’s individual capacity.
 
- 48 -

NOTE: Post-approval is not permitted. Any trade completed before pre-approval is obtained or after the approval window has terminated may be broken or unwound as provided at Section VIII. B. 4 and may result in disciplinary action.
 
(i)   Pre-approval is not required for the following types of transactions:
 
· Purchase or sales involving an Excluded Product;
 
· Purchase or sales pursuant to an Automated Investment Plan;
 
· Assignment of options or exercise of an option at expiration;
 
· Pre-established, automated, regular and periodic (e.g., monthly, quarterly) investments in the DoubleLine Funds through the Companies’ 401(k) plan via automatic payroll contributions of less than or equal to whatever the maximum contribution to a 401(k) plan happens to be in a given calendar year as established and published by the Internal Revenue Service.
 
· Pre-established, automated, regular and periodic (e.g., monthly, quarterly) re-balancing transactions in the DoubleLine Funds through the Companies’ 401(k) plan.
 
· Purchase or sales of shares issued by unit investment trusts that are invested exclusively in one or more mutual funds not advised by an Adviser or any affiliate.
 
There is no de minimis exception under the Code. All transactions not otherwise excepted in this paragraph require pre-approval by the Chief Compliance Officer or designate.
 
D. Additional Restrictions Applicable to Access Persons
 
1. Transactions with a Heightened Approval Requirement
 
To avoid potential conflict situations and the appearance of a conflict, Access Persons shall not enter into any transactions that could reasonably be characterized as a contrary transaction or a trading ahead transaction, each as described below, unless the particular transaction has been pre-approved by Approving Officers. The applicable Approving Officers shall only approve such a transaction where they (i) have documented their awareness of such facts as would allow the specific transaction to be characterized as a contrary transaction or a trading ahead transaction and (ii) have a reasonable belief that the transaction will not adversely impact the client’s position or strategy. In making such determination, the Approving Officers shall consider such factors, such as the size of the transaction or the liquidity of the market for such product, as they reasonably believe are relevant to such determination.
 
Contrary Transaction . A contrary transaction is one that that reflects a view that is contrary to:
 
- 49 -

· any currently contemplated, but unexecuted, shareholder or client transaction or current recommendation made to a shareholder or client or other transaction under active consideration, but only to the extent the individual is aware of such contemplated transaction or recommendation;
 
· any trade made on behalf of a shareholder or client by such individual or by the Companies during the previous fifteen (15) days, but only to the extent the individual is aware of such trade; and
 
· any current position known by the individual to be held by a shareholder or client as a result of either or both of the Companies’ recommendation or decision.
 
For purposes of the foregoing, any strategy or research shall be considered to be a recommendation that has been made to a shareholder or client to the extent it has been made known to the applicable shareholder or client, is being prepared for the benefit of such shareholder or client, or is being used in connection with the exercise by the Companies of trading discretion on behalf of such shareholder or client.
 
Trading Ahead Transaction A “trading ahead transaction” is one that seeks to take advantage of market movements that are likely to result from an impending trade, e.g. , an increase in price as a result of the purchase of a large position, or the execution of contemplated strategy or research.

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
Each Access Person is responsible for any pre-approval obtained with respect to a contrary transaction or trading ahead transaction to reflect awareness of such facts as requires the specific transaction to be so characterized.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY : All Access Persons
 
2. Round Trip Transactions within 60 Day Window
 
Access Persons shall forfeit any profit from the purchase and sale, or sale and purchase, of the same (or equivalent) securities, other than Excluded Products, within any sixty (60) day period. Such profits will be calculated by matching most recent purchases against a given sale or most recent sales against a given purchase.
 
For the sake of clarity, this provision does not prevent an Access Person from transacting within the sixty-day period to limit losses. However, if any such trades are effected without pre-approval, should such trades prove to be profitable, the profit shall be disgorged under the provisions of this Code. Other limitations under this Code on such a transaction may apply.
 
Note: This prohibition effectively limits the utility of options trading and short sales of securities and could make legitimate hedging activities less available.
 
- 50 -


References:  
Advisers Act Section 204A: Prevention of Misuse of Nonpublic Information
 
Advisers Act Section 206: Prohibited Transactions by Investment Advisers
 
Advisers Act Rule 204-2(a)(13(ii): Books and Records to be Maintained by Investment Advisers (list of Access Persons)

- 51 -

IX.   OUTSIDE BUSINESS ACTIVITIES
 
A. General Policy
 
It is the policy of the Companies to require all DoubleLine Personnel to obtain written pre-approval from the Approving Officers before accepting any outside employment or compensation, e.g. ., other than with the Companies, the General Partner or any affiliate thereof. This includes engaging in any business activity other than a passive investment and would include being an officer, director, limited or general partner, member of a limited liability company, employee or consultant.
 
DoubleLine Personnel that are registered representatives of a broker dealer also must request written pre-approval from that broker dealer before accepting any outside employment or compensation, or outside directorship.
 
1. Non-Profit Entities
 
The foregoing requirement does not apply to service by Personnel, other than investment advisory services, on an uncompensated basis for non-profit entities. Service as an officer or director of a non-profit entity is subject to the requirements in the paragraph below.
 
2. Directorships and Officer Positions
 
Approval of any Personnel to serve on the board of directors/trustees or in an officer position of any issuer entity will only be granted based upon a determination that such service will not create an actual or potential conflict with the interest of the Companies’ shareholders or clients. Where such service is authorized, the Chief Compliance Officer shall make a determination of whether trading or other restrictions or controls should be put in place to minimize any conflicts of interest that may result therefrom or any improper use of material nonpublic information by the Companies or their employees and as is required to comply with any restriction imposed by the issuer on its directors/trustees/officers. (See also Section VI C 5 above.)
 
Where the board or officer service is within the scope of the individual’s employment by the Companies, whether because the Companies, for example, (i) are affiliated with the Adviser(s) (as is the case with the Funds), (ii) hold a position in the entity or (iii) an Adviser’s clients hold a position in the entity, all compensation awarded to directors, in the form of cash or securities, shall be for the benefit of an Adviser’s clients holding such interest, and, if none, for the Companies’ benefit and accordingly individuals serving in such capacity shall disgorge all compensation received.
 
Board and officer positions for charitable organizations or non-profit companies will be considered on a case by case basis. Approval will be granted only if no conflict of interest exists between the Board or officer position under consideration and the requestor’s duties at the Companies or between or among the Companies and its clients and the charitable organization or non-profit company.
 
- 52 -

3. Fiduciary Appointments
 
DoubleLine Personnel may not accept appointment as (i) a fiduciary, including as an executor, trustee, guardian, or conservator, or (ii) a consultant in connection with fiduciary or active money management matters, without the written pre-approval from the Approving Officers. The foregoing prohibition does not apply to appointments involving estates of family members.
 
4. Documentation
 
The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for documenting all approvals given, the terms thereof, and the notice given with respect thereto.
 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
All DoubleLine   Personnel are responsible for obtaining written pre-approval of all outside business activities from the Approving Officers .
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY : All Personnel
 
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
Document: Documents related to the approval of outside business activities
 
Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period:   During such time as the employee is engaged in any approved activity and for a minimum of five years thereafter.
 
Regulatory Reference: Best Practice
 
B. Receipt of Payment of Third Party Compensation
 
Except with the written pre-approval of the Chief Compliance Officer, Personnel are not allowed to accept compensation for their own benefit from, or pay to, a third party regardless of whether the compensation is in the form of cash or non-cash compensation. All commission and other payments must be paid to, or by, the Companies and cannot be paid directly to, or by, an employee.
 
1. Documentation
 
The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for documenting all approvals given, the terms thereof, and the notice given with respect thereto.
- 53 -

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
All DoubleLine   Personnel are responsible for obtaining written pre-approval from the Chief Compliance Officer before accepting or paying any compensation directly to a third party.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY : All Personnel
 
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
Document: Documents related to the approval of the receipt or payment of third party compensation
 
Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period:   During such time as the employee is engaged in any approved activity and for a minimum of five years thereafter.
 
Regulatory Reference: Best Practice
 
C. Annual Attestation
 
Personnel will be required to attest annually to their continued compliance with the foregoing requirements. (See Exhibit XI C .)
 
- 54 -

X.   GIFTS AND GRATUITIES AND POLITICAL ACTIVITIES
 

- 55 -

CODE OF ETHICS COMMITTEE – INTERPRETIVE GUIDANCE
EXPLANATORY NOTE: The following discussion constitutes interpretive guidance of the Code of Ethics Committee and does not form a part of the Code of Ethics. In the event of any conflict between this guidance and the Code of Ethics, the terms of the Code of Ethics shall control.
 
GIFTS COVERED BY SECTION X.A.2(ii)(b) : As provided below, the Code of Ethics Committee has authority to grant waivers to the general prohibition of receipt of gifts from Covered Individuals having a business relationship with the registered funds. However, it is the general policy of the Companies that, unless there is no practical alternative, Personnel should decline receipt of gifts and treat all entertainment, travel, meetings, conferences and similar gratuities as a business expense and seek payment or reimbursement under the Companies’ policy concerning reasonable business expenses.
 
Accordingly, the Code of Ethics Committee intends to interpret this exception authority narrowly, and Personnel should assume that an exception request will not be granted in most cases. In general, and subject to case-by-case review, the Code of Ethics Committee anticipates that an exception is likely to be granted only if:
 
1.   There is a clearly demonstrable and reasonable business purpose tied to receipt of such gift;
 
2.   Such business purpose does not, in the sole judgment of the Code of Ethics Committee, create the appearance that the gift is provided as compensation for doing business with the Covered Individual or his employer; and
 
3.   It is not practicable to treat all or a portion of such gift as an expense reimbursable under the Companies’ business expense policies.
 
EXAMPLES AND LIMITED PRE-APPROVAL: The following examples are provided to assist in illustrating the application of these principles and to provide limited pre-approval to certain types of events. In the view of the Code of Ethics Committee, certain types of activities fall into the categories that would be approved by the Code of Ethics Committee. Similarly, other activities clearly would not be approved by the Code of Ethics Committee and examples of these activities also are provided. Obviously, there are many permutations of these principles and examples; when in doubt, the Code of Ethics Committee should be consulted. The following examples are not exhaustive.
 
It is expected that Covered Individuals will use good judgment when making choices under these interpretations. The Interpretation is not intended to create a requirement to discuss every potential conference or meeting with the Code of Ethics Committee, but rather to provide guidelines for the exercise of good judgment.
 
- 56 -

Activities that may be deemed to be pre-approved:
 
A.              An analyst attends an issuer conference in Los Angeles ( i.e. , no travel required) sponsored by a single broker. Fifty issuers are present. The analyst meets with ten of the issuers during the course of the day. Lunch is served during the middle of the day. The Companies would presume that an attempt was made (through email) to arrange to pay for lunch prior to attending the conference. If the broker responds via email that it is not practical to pay separately for lunch ( e.g. , separate billing is not possible or it is not possible to determine the cost of that lunch), the analyst may attend the issuer conference and eat lunch.
 
B.              A portfolio manager attends a series of issuer conferences (of the type described in example A, above) sponsored by a single broker in different locations. Transportation between cities is provided by the broker to allow the buy side representatives to eat and talk during transit. Given the time of day and as an accommodation, a meal is provided during the transit between locations. The Companies would presume that an attempt was made (through email) to arrange to pay for the meal prior to attending the conference. If the broker responds that it is not practical for the Companies to pay separately for that meal, the analyst may attend the conference, use the transportation between cities and eat the lunch. Either the Companies or the individual (which is a business decision unrelated to the Code of Ethics) should arrange to pay for the cost of airfare (or other transportation) to the other location as well as any hotel or other costs.
 
C.              An analyst is attending an issuer conference (described above). Unbeknowst to her in advance, a mid-afternoon snack (cheese, crackers, cookies etc) is made available to all participants. The analyst may eat the snack without making further arrangements for payment given the timing involved and the socially obvious difficulty of approaching the coordinating broker to make further billing arrangements after the payment deals described above already have been reached.
 
Events falling into categories A, B and C need not receive specific approval from the Code of Ethics Committee, as such permission may be deemed to have been granted by this Interpretation.
 
Activities that would not be approved by the Code of Ethics Committee:
 
D.              Members of the trading desk of a trading counterparty wish to take members of the Companies’trading desk to dinner. Covered Individuals attending the dinner should arrange for payment for their meal(s) and seek reimbursement under the Companies’policies concerning reasonable business expenses.
 
E.              A trader wishes to attend a sporting or theater event with tickets provided by a trading counterparty with a representative of that trading counterparty present. The trader will need to purchase that ticket at their own expense, or ask through the proper expense channels if the Companies are willing to pay the expense of that ticket.
 
F.              A trader wishes to attend a conference at a ski resort during a weekend when there is a one hour training session on Bloomberg. Either the Companies or the trader should arrange to pay for the conference, transportation to the ski resort and hotel accommodations, as well as any other costs associated with this trip.
 
Events falling into categories D, E and F will not receive permission from the Code of Ethics Committee and, for the avoidance of doubt, do not qualify for deemed pre-clearance.
 
The Code of Ethics Committee designates the Capital Chief Compliance Officer as its representative in these matters, with the sole and absolute discretion to determine whether the entire Code of Ethics Committee needs to consider any particular request. Nothing in this Interpretation is designed to express an opinion as to the Companies’ obligations to make reimbursement for any activities; such determinations are made pursuant to other policies not part of the Code of Ethics.
 
- 57 -

Giving, receiving or soliciting a gift in a business setting, sponsoring lavish client entertainment or soliciting or making political contributions may create an appearance of impropriety or may raise a potential conflict of interest. In order to minimize these concerns, the Companies have adopted the following limitations on soliciting, receiving or giving gifts or soliciting or making political contributions.
 
A.   Gifts and Gratuities
 
1. Solicitations of Gifts
 
Personnel are prohibited from soliciting , directly or indirectly, any item of value (a “ Gift ”), e.g ., gifts, loans, favors, or lavish entertainment from any individual employed by any entity with which any of the Companies has, or hopes to have, a business or client relationship (a “ Covered Individual ”).
 
2. Receipt of Gifts and Entertainment
 
(i)   General Exclusion
 
DoubleLine Personnel may accept Gifts from any individual if the individual giving the gift is related to the recipient by blood or marriage or is a close personal friend and the gift is consistent with such relationship.
 
(ii)   Unsolicited Gifts (Excluding Entertainment)
 
DoubleLine Personnel may accept unsolicited Gifts from Covered Individuals, provided such Gift falls within one of the following categories:
 
(a) Covered Individuals not associated with any business or relationship connected to a registered investment company 4 (ex. the office supplies vendor, the building landlord)
 
· the gift has a value of less than $100 and is consistent with customary business practices;


4
Registered investment company generally means mutual funds, closed end funds or exchange traded funds. See a member of the Legal/Compliance department if you have questions about whether any particular DoubleLine business relationship is with a registered investment company.
 
- 58 -

· the gift is perishable and the recipient shares it with co-workers at the Companies; or
 
· acceptance of the gift is approved in writing by the Chief Compliance Officer.
 
(b) Covered Individuals associated with business relationships connected to a registered investment company (ex. trading desk broker counterparties)
 
DoubleLine Personnel should not accept gifts from Covered Individuals described in this category X.A.2(ii)(b). Exceptions to this rule may only be granted by the Code of Ethics Committee with the Capital Chief Compliance Officer present and voting.
 
DoubleLine Personnel must report any gift received on Exhibit X.A annually and will be required to make the following attestation (or an equivalent provided by the Legal/Compliance Department) each quarter and also annually when submitting their gift form:
 
“I have not accepted any compensation from any source (other than DoubleLine) for the purchase or sale of any property to or for any registered investment company or any controlled company thereof.”
 
Personnel may not accept cash gifts from Covered Individuals under any circumstances.
 
Gifts presented to an Adviser by a single party on behalf of several clients shall be reported to the Compliance and Accounting Departments for potential allocation of the potential or perceived compensation that may arise from any such gift.
 
Any gifts, regardless of value, received shall be reported on Exhibit X.A.
 
(iii)   Unsolicited Entertainment
 
DoubleLine Personnel may accept unsolicited entertainment from Covered Individuals described in X.A.2(ii)(a) above, provided (i) such entertainment is consistent with customary business practices and the host is in attendance; (ii) the entertainment is being provided to attendees or participants at a meeting sponsored by the host without Personnel being singled out, or (iii) the entertainment is approved in writing by the Chief Compliance Officer.
 
DoubleLine personnel should not accept unsolicited entertainment from Covered Individuals described in category X.A.2(ii)(b) above. Exceptions to this rule may only be granted by the Code of Ethics Committee with the Capital Chief Compliance Officer present and voting.
 
(iv)   Other circumstances and possible exceptions
 
· Registered persons (i.e. persons carrying a securities license through the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) may not give or accept any gifts to Covered Individuals exceeding $100 under any circumstances, nor may any exception be granted to the gift limitation rules for registered persons. (See FINRA Rule 3220.) All such registered persons shall consult with the broker dealer carrying their securities license for further requirements imposed by that broker dealer.
 
- 59 -

· Non-registered persons must receive permission from the Chief Compliance Officer or General Counsel to receive a gift exceeding $100.
 
(v)   Notification of the Receipt of Unsolicited Gifts or Entertainment
 
All employees must declare all gifts and entertainment received during the calendar year to Compliance using Exhibit X. A . Such reports must be received by January 30 of the subsequent year.
 
ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
All DoubleLine   Personnel must notify the Chief Compliance Officer on an annual basis regarding the receipt of any unsolicited gift or entertainment.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY : All Personnel
 
3. Giving of Gifts and Entertainment
 
DoubleLine Personnel are required to obtain the written approval of an Approving Officer 5 prior to giving any Gift, other than “reasonable entertainment costs” (as described below), to any Covered Individual or other person covered by any of the provisions below. Reasonable entertainment costs are construed to mean the costs of meals provided to Covered Persons which would not be deemed to be lavish by a reasonable person. Such reasonable entertainment costs may be approved pursuant to the Companies’ then applicable expense reimbursement policies.
 
(i)   Permitted Entertainment
 
Approving Officers control decisions regarding permitted entertainment. Receipts from such entertainment shall set forth the date, parties in attendance and their employers, the entertainment provided, the business purpose therefore, and include an itemized list of the costs associated therewith. To be considered and approved as reasonable entertainment, both the host and the guest must attend the entertainment together. Moreover, any entertainment shall be appropriate for business entertainment such as, for example, sporting, civic or cultural events. Questions involving sponsorships of events may be considered by a subset of the Code of Ethics Committee at the discretion of the Chief Compliance Officer.
 

5
For purposes of the Gift and Entertainment section of the Code of Ethics, Approving Officers is construed to include members of DoubleLine s Code of Ethics Committee.
- 60 -

(ii)   Special Treatment Regarding Foreign Officials, Regulators and Pension Plans
 
DoubleLine Personnel may not give any Gift or other thing of value, including entertainment, reasonable or otherwise, to any representative of a governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory organization, pension plans or any foreign official without the written pre-approval of an Approving Officer. The foregoing restriction shall not include the offering of coffee, tea, a soda or the like, or of a snack or light refreshment to a representative attending a meeting at one of the Companies, any food or drink that is offered generally to other attendees or participants at a meeting sponsored by the Companies, or other offerings of similar character and intent.
 
(iii)   Special Treatment Regarding Unions and Union Officials
 
Special reporting rules apply when officers of the Companies furnish gifts or entertainment to labor unions or union officials. These special rules are independent of, and in addition to, any approval procedures otherwise applicable under this Code. The Companies may be required to file Form LM-10 with the Department of Labor by March 31 st of the calendar year following any year in which the Companies or any Personnel made any payments, gave any gifts, or entertained any union officials, including union pension fund trustees. The Chief Financial Officer is responsible for ensuring that all information required to be reported on Form LM-10 related to gifts or entertainment furnished to labor unions or labor officials (as defined under applicable laws and regulations pertaining to Form LM-10) is captured within accounting records.
 
(iv)   Personnel may not give anything of value, including entertainment, reasonable or otherwise, to any union or union representative, including a union pension fund trustee, without the written pre-approval of the Chief Compliance Officer.
 
(v)   Requirements of Clients and Other Third Parties
 
Personnel shall not provide a gift or entertainment to a client, potential client or other third party in violation of any policy established by such client, potential client or other third party.
 
Personnel subject to any Code of Ethics or similar policies of any client, issuer, or other third party must comply with such policies as though such policies were set forth herein and made a part hereof.
 
(vi)   Charitable Donations
 
Nothing within this Code shall be construed to prevent personal charitable contributions by DoubleLine Personnel to qualified Internal Revenue Code section 501(c)(3) organizations for which an Adviser does not act as investment manager.
 
Nothing within this Code shall be construed to prevent corporate charitable contributions by Companies to qualified Internal Revenue Code section 501(c)(3) organizations for which an Adviser does not act as investment manager.
 
- 61 -

Proposed charitable contributions by DoubleLine Personnel or an Adviser to qualified Internal Revenue Code section 501(c)(3) organizations for which an Adviser acts as investment manager should be discussed with the applicable Companies’ General Counsel or Chief Compliance Officer prior to making the charitable contribution.
 
Personnel wishing to make individual personal charitable contributions to qualified Internal Revenue Code section 501(c)(3) organizations for which an Adviser acts as investment manager shall consult with the CCO before doing so.
 
Personnel wishing to make personal charitable contributions to organizations outside the United States shall consult with the CCO before doing so.
 
4. Notice and Approval Process
 
All requests by DoubleLine Personnel with respect to the approval of a Gift or any entertainment, other than permitted reasonable entertainment costs, shall be in writing and provided to the Chief Compliance Officer for consideration.
 
5. Gift Log
 
The Chief Compliance Officer shall maintain a Gift Log, which shall consist of the compilation of each Employee’s Gift Logs, as prepared and presented annually. (See Exhibit X A ).
 
The Chief Financial Officer shall ensure that the Companies’ accounting records capture such additional information as may be necessary in connection with any filing that may be required in connection with Form LM-10 or any other gift and entertainment reporting scheme to which the Companies and/or their Personnel may be subject.
 
(i)   Review of Gift Log
 
The Chief Compliance Officer or designate is responsible for the review of the Gift Log on at least an annual basis for the purpose of identifying patterns that may raise concerns. The Chief Financial Officer or designate is responsible for the review of Companies’ accounting records on at least an annual basis for the purpose of identifying patterns that may raise concerns.
 
(ii)   Filing of Forms
 
The Chief Financial Officer or designate is responsible for the timely filing of Form LM-10 and any other gifts and entertainment reports that the Companies may be required to make.
 
(iii)   Documentation
 
- 62 -

In addition to the Gift Log, the Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for maintaining documentation relating to the Chief Compliance Officer’s (or designate’s) annual review of the Gift Log. The Chief Financial Officer is responsible for maintaining documentation relating to the Chief Financial Officer’s (or designate’s) annual review of accounting records and all entertainment notices and any filings as to which the Companies are subject.
 
The Chief Financial Officer (or designate’s) is responsible for ensuring that accounting records accurately reflect, with sufficient details necessary, any transaction required to be reported on Form LM-10.
 
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
Document: Documents related to Gifts and entertainment, including the Gift and Entertainment Log and any Forms LM-10 filed
 
Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer and the Chief Financial Officer as described above.
 
Maintenance Period:   A minimum of five years from the end of the fiscal year in which the event occurs.
 
Regulatory Reference: Best Practice
 

References:
Labor-Management Reporting and Disclosure Act of 1959
Form LM-10
U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977

 
B. Political Contributions
 
In the U.S., both federal and state laws impose limitations, and in some cases restrictions, on certain kinds of political contributions and activities. These laws apply not only to U.S. citizens, but also to foreign nationals and both U.S. and foreign corporations and other institutions. Accordingly, the Companies have adopted policies and procedures concerning political contributions and activities regarding federal, state, and local candidates, officials and political parties.
 
This policy regarding activities and political contributions applies to the Companies and all Personnel. Failure to comply with these rules could result in civil or criminal penalties for the Companies and the individuals involved.
 
- 63 -

These policies are intended solely to comply with applicable laws and regulations and to avoid any appearance of impropriety. These policies are not intended to otherwise interfere with an individual’s right to participate in the political process.
 
1. General Prohibition on Contributions to Obtain Business
 
Both the Companies and DoubleLine Personnel are prohibited from making or soliciting political contributions for the purpose of obtaining or retaining advisor contracts with government entities. For purposes hereof, the term political contribution includes contributions to a current office holder, candidate, political party, or party or political committees (including committees supporting or opposing ballot initiatives, e.g. ., referendum).
 
2. Prohibition and Restrictions on Contributions by the Companies
 
Federal law prohibits political contributions by the Companies or in their name in support of candidates for federal office. Accordingly, such contributions are prohibited. Because restrictions may also apply with respect to contributions to state and local officials, no such contributions may be made by the Companies or in their names except to the extent the same is first approved in writing by the Approving Officers.
 
3. Contributions by DoubleLine Personnel
 
ALL POLITICAL CONTRIBUTIONS – REGARDLESS OF SIZE – REQUIRE PREAPPROVAL FROM THE CHIEF COMPLIANCE OFFICER OR DESIGNATE. CERTAIN POLITICAL CONTRIBUTIONS MAY REQUIRE ADDITIONAL APPROVALS.
 
Subject to the restrictions set forth herein, Personnel are free to give to candidates for federal, state and local office as a matter of personal choice. However, it is the Companies’ policy that Personnel generally are prohibited from making political contributions to a candidate or official that serves or is seeking to serve on the governing board of any of the Companies’ shareholders or clients. Exceptions to this provision of the Code only can be granted by a combination of any two of the following persons who are the Approving Officers in this section of the Code: the Companies’ CEO, President, General Counsel or Chief Compliance Officer (in other words, at least two approvals are required).

Personnel must seek preclearance before making contributions 6 to officials 7 of government entities 8 who can influence the hiring of an investment adviser in connection with money management mandates. 9 As a generality, approval likely will be given for $350 or less to any one candidate for whom Personnel may vote (per election), and $150 or less to candidates for whom Personnel may not vote (per election, where primaries and general elections are considered two separate elections). Any contribution in excess of $350 generally will not receive preclearance from the Chief Compliance Officer or designate. Payments to a political party of a state or locality where the investment adviser is providing or seeking to provide investment advisory services to a government entity also are covered by this requirement. The CCO or designate has absolute discretion to deny requests to make political contributions for any or no reason.
 

6
A contribution is defined to include a gift, subscription, loan, advance, deposit of money, or anything of value made for the purpose of influencing an election for a federal, state or local office, including any payments for debts incurred in such an election or payments towards the transition or inaugural expenses of the successful candidate for state or local office.
 
7
An official includes an incumbent, candidate or successful candidate for elective office of a government entity if the office is directly or indirectly responsible for, or can influence the outcome of, the hiring of an investment adviser or has authority to appoint any person who is directly or indirectly responsible for, or can influence the outcome of, the hiring of an investment adviser.
 
8
Government entities include all state and local governments, their agencies and instrumentalities, and all public pension plans and other collective government funds, including participant-directed plans such as 403(b), 457, and 529 plans.
- 64 -

However, the Companies prohibit Personnel from making political contributions to officials of government entities who can influence the hiring of an investment adviser in connection with money management mandates related to any existing client, or to any potential client for which an Adviser has participated in a “Request for Proposal” (RFP) or similar process which could result in an Adviser being awarded an investment mandate. Exceptions to this provision of the Code only can be granted by a combination of any two of the following persons: the Companies’ CEO, President, General Counsel or Chief Compliance Officer (in other words at least two approvals are required). A list of such clients or potential clients is made available to Personnel on a shared network drive.
 
Personnel also are prohibited from seeking the assistance of others (including Political Action Committees) to bundle or coordinate the solicitation of such contributions. In sum, Personnel shall not attempt to do indirectly what they may not do directly, including by channeling political contributions through third parties such as spouses or domestic partners. 10
 
Personnel detecting that they have made a contribution without receiving preclearance should report such contributions to the General Counsel or Chief Compliance Officer immediately. In certain cases, it is possible that seeking (and achieving) the return of the contribution can preclude application of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rules and penalties. However, because the rule is relatively new, there can be no assurance that any attempt to preclude application of the statutory penalties will be completely successful. Personnel are advised to comply with the requirements at all times, to avoid the potential difficulty of attempting to unwind an impermissible political contribution.
 
These prohibitions exist whether the government entity seeks an Adviser’s services through a separate account, a covered pooled investment vehicle (such as a hedge fund or other private investment vehicle) or a registered investment company (such as the Funds), if the Funds are an investment option of a plan or program of a government entity that is participant directed.
 
The Advisers are required to retain chronological records of any such contributions made by its Personnel or an Adviser. Any contributions (whether or not subject to the de minimis exclusion) made by Personnel shall be annotated on the quarterly reports submitted on Exhibit VII A.3. Records of contributions by the Companies to government officials able to influence the selection of investment advisers for money management mandates and to Political Action Committees and other records related to this requirement shall be maintained by Corporate Accounting.
 

9
See SEC Rule 206(4)-5 under the Advisers Act.
 
10
SEC Rule 206(4)-5(d) makes it unlawful for any investment adviser covered by the rule and its covered associates to do anything indirectly which, if done directly, would result in a violation of that rule.
- 65 -

As part of the Initial Reports, new Access Persons are required to provide information regarding their political contributions for the two-year period prior to becoming an Access Person, to allow the Companies to verify whether any such contributions have the potential to disqualify an Adviser from future or current business opportunities with government entities.
 
See the Compliance Policies and Procedures Manual for a discussion of how the Companies conform to the requirements under California laws pertaining to state and local public pension plans.
 
(i)   Restrictions on Foreign Nationals
 
Political contributions, expenditures and disbursements, whether directly or indirectly, to U.S. candidates by persons who are not U.S. citizens or permanent resident aliens are prohibited by law. Accordingly, Personnel who are not U.S. citizens or permanent resident aliens are prohibited from making political contributions, expenditures or disbursements with respect to U.S. candidates.
 
(ii)   Restrictions on Reimbursement of Contributions by Others
 
Personnel (and the Companies) are prohibited from reimbursing others for political contributions.
 
4. Solicitations of Political Contributions by DoubleLine Personnel
 
In soliciting political contributions, Personnel must avoid any confusion that suggests, in any way, that the Companies have approved, supports or is otherwise involved in the solicitation. Without limitation, Personnel involved in soliciting political contributions must not:
 
· use the address or name of the Companies; and
 
· in soliciting other Personnel must clearly state that the contribution is entirely voluntary on the part of the person being solicited.
 
5. Prohibition on Use of Paid Third Party Solicitors for Government Entity Advisory Business
 
Personnel of the Companies shall not engage third parties to solicit government entities for advisory business unless such third parties are certain registered broker-dealers or registered investment advisers. Only the Approving Officers may authorize use of a third party (which must be a registered broker-dealer or registered investment adviser subject to rules prohibiting “pay to play” practices) to solicit government entities for advisory business. Prior to the Approving Officers granting such approval, the Companies shall adopt appropriate policies and procedures to monitor and oversee such activities.
 
- 66 -

6. Use of Companies Facilities for Political Purposes
 
The Companies’ facilities may only be used for political purposes to the extent the same is first approved in writing by the Approving Officers.
 
7. Use of Companies Name and Address of the Companies
 
No use of the Companies’ names or addresses may be used in connection with explicit political activities unless required by law or permission has been first obtained in writing from the Approving Officers. This includes listing of the Companies’ names in biographical or professional descriptions.
 
C. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act ( FCPA )

 
1. Discussion
 
The purpose of this section of the Code is to ensure compliance with all applicable anti-bribery laws and to prevent Companies employees from offering, promising, paying or providing, or authorizing the promising, paying or providing of any amount of money or anything of value to a Public Official or Private Sector Counterparty Representative (each, as defined below) for the purpose of improperly obtaining, directing or retaining business or securing an improper advantage for the Companies.

“Public Official” includes a “Foreign Official” as defined under the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, ("FCPA"). U.S. government officials are Public Officials. The definition of “Public Official” includes any person who is employed full- or part-time by a. government, or by regional subdivisions of governments, including states, provinces, districts, counties, cities, towns and villages or by independent agencies, state-owned businesses, state-controlled businesses or public academic institutions. This would include, for example, employees of sovereign wealth funds, government sponsored pension plans (i.e. pension plans for the benefit of government employees), and government sponsored university endowments. For FCPA purposes only, “Public Official,” also includes political party officials and candidates for political office. For example, a campaign contribution is the equivalent of a payment to a Public Official under the FCPA. In certain cases, providing a payment or thing of value to a person actually known to be an immediate family member of a Public Official or a charity associated with a Public Official may be the equivalent of providing a thing of value to the Public Official directly. Under the FCPA, the employees of public international organizations, such as the African and Asian Development Banks, the European Union, the International Monetary Fund, the United Nations and the Organization of American States, are considered Public Officials.

A “Private Sector Counterparty Representative” is an owner, employee or representative of a private entity, such as a partnership or corporation, with which an Adviser   is conducting or seeking to conduct business.
 
- 67 -

The FCPA in pertinent part, makes it illegal for a U.S. issuer, domestic concern, or any person other than an issuer or domestic concern while in the territory of the United States, to utilize the mails or any instrumentality of U.S. commerce, corruptly, in furtherance of a payment, or the provision of anything of value, or an offer, promise or authorization thereof directly or indirectly, to a foreign government official, political party or candidate, for the purpose of influencing his or her official actions or securing any improper advantage, or inducing such foreign official to use his or her influence with a foreign government to affect or influence any act or decision of such government in order to assist the U.S. company in obtaining or retaining business for or with, or directing business to, any person. The statute further prohibits payments or gifts of anything of value to any person while “knowing” that such payment or gift will be given to a foreign official for a business purpose.
 
Companies’ policy is to prohibit Personnel from offering, promising, paying or providing, or authorizing the promising, paying or providing (in each case, directly or indirectly, including through Third Parties) of any amount of money or anything of value (colloquially termed a “bribe”) to any Public Official, including a person actually known to be an immediate family member of a Public Official and a former Public Official, in order to improperly influence or reward any official action or decision by such person for Companies’ benefit. Neither funds from Companies nor funds from any other source may be used to make any such payment or gift on behalf of or for Companies’ benefit.
 
Additionally, Companies’ policy provides that Personnel are prohibited from offering, promising, paying or providing, or authorizing the promising, paying or providing of (in each case, directly or indirectly, including through Third Parties) a bribe to a Private Sector Counterparty Representative in order to induce or reward that person’s improper performance of their functions or activity.
 
Generally, offering or authorizing a bribe will trigger liability under the FCPA. There is no minimum threshold – any amount offered or authorized for the purposes described in the paragraphs above creates potential liability under the FCPA.
 
Such activities by Access Persons are prohibited by Companies. Note, too, that authorizing or tacitly approving of such activities by third parties on behalf of Companies also could create liability for the Access Person and/or the Companies.
 
2. Actions
 
(i)   Personnel will be required to complete Exhibit XI. D. upon becoming an Access Person or upon any changes in their status regarding non-US government officials. Also, certain persons that are not Access Persons may be required to complete Exhibit XI. D because of the nature of their responsibilities with the Companies or as a result of their contractual relationship with the Companies.
 
- 68 -

(ii)   The CFO or Treasurer (as applicable) shall ensure that any payments made by the Companies to a foreign official are properly recorded in the financial books and records of the Companies.
 
(iii)   Any requests by foreign officials or persons with access to foreign officials for a bribe to be paid by Personnel or engaging in any similar behavior should be reported promptly to the Chief Compliance Officer.
 
D. Annual Attestation
 
Personnel will be required to attest annually to their continued compliance with the foregoing requirements. (See Exhibit XI E .)
 
- 69 -

XI.   CLIENT COMPLAINTS AND INDICATIONS OF INAPPROPRIATE CONDUCT
 
A. General Statement of Policy
 
All DoubleLine Personnel are required to promptly bring to the Chief Compliance Officer any communication received, whether verbal, electronic, e.g. , email, text message, instant messenger ( e.g ., “chat”), or fax, hard copy, or otherwise, that contains (or appears to contain) any form of complaint about impermissible or inappropriate conduct of the Companies. Similarly, and in accordance with Section VI hereof, Personnel should also bring to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer, any communication received that contains a nonpublic or confidential information about a security or issuer that is inappropriate for receipt by the employee. Employees should bring to the Chief Compliance Officer’s attention the receipt of any other information that may reasonably be of concern ( e.g. , possible illegal activities, allegations of misconduct on the part of any employee, allegations of mistreatment of any client).

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
All DoubleLine Personnel are responsible for bringing to the attention of the Chief Compliance Officer any client complaints.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY : All Personnel.
 
B. Responsibility of the Chief Compliance Officer
 
1. Review and Reporting
 
Upon being notified of a complaint, the Chief Compliance Officer shall promptly review the complaint and make a determination as to whether, in light of any such review, the facts underlying the complaint indicate a need to notify the Companies’ legal counsel or otherwise take any immediate action including imposition of restrictions or heightened supervision with respect to any individual or Supervisor and/or is otherwise indicative of a weakness or other shortcoming in the Companies’ procedures or policies.
 
Upon notification of a matter not involving a complaint, the Chief Compliance Officer shall undertake such review and take such additional action as the Chief Compliance Officer shall think appropriate.
 
2. Acknowledgement
 
The Chief Compliance Officer, working with the applicable senior management, will arrange for an acknowledgement to be sent in response to all written complaints.
- 70 -

3. Documentation
 
For each written complaint, the Chief Compliance Officer shall create a record, which shall include the complainant's name and address; the date the complaint was received; the name of any Personnel identified in the complaint and the identification of any Personnel responsible for subject matter of the complaint; a description of the nature of the complaint; and the disposition of the complaint.
 
For each complaint, the Chief Compliance Officer shall also maintain a narrative (or correspondence) involving any review or investigation and follow up activities, indicating who undertook the investigation, what the findings were and what follow-up steps have been taken.

ACTION REQUIRED TO BE TAKEN
Upon notification of a complaint or certain other matters, Chief Compliance Officer shall make such review and make such filings as are appropriate and cause the Companies to acknowledge any such complaint in writing. The Chief Compliance Officer shall also be responsible for appropriate documentation regarding the above.
 
RESPONSIBLE PARTY : Chief Compliance Officer
 
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
Document: Documents related to all client complaints.
 
Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period:   A minimum of five years from the end of the fiscal year in which the event occurs.
 
Regulatory Reference: Best Practice
 
XII.        ANNUAL REVIEW BY TRUSTEES
 
No less frequently than annually, the Chief of Compliance and other senior management shall furnish a written report to the Trustees, which shall:
 
· describe any issues arising under the Code of Ethics or “material compliance matter,” as such term is defined at Rule 38a-1(e)(2) of the Investment Company Act, not previously reported to the Trustees, including any information regarding sanctions and remedial actions taken in response thereto;
 
- 71 -

· list all waivers given by quantity and type and describe any waivers that might be considered material or important by the Trustees;
 
· list all approvals of investments in IPOs and Limited Offerings that were granted;
 
· certify that the Chief Compliance Officer has reviewed the Code and the compliance and supervisory policies and procedures of the Companies and has found that they are reasonably designed to prevent violations of the Federal Securities Laws and of the Code itself.
 
The Chief Compliance Officer shall provide reports similar to those described above (and elsewhere in the Code) to the boards of trustees (or directors) of other registered investment companies for which an Adviser serves as an adviser or sub-adviser.
 
DOCUMENT RETENTION REQUIREMENT
Document: Annual Reports to Trustees/Directors
 
 Responsible Party: The Chief Compliance Officer
 
Maintenance Period:   A minimum of five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the report was made, such document to be retained for the first two years in an appropriate office of the Companies and, thereafter, in an easily accessible place.
Regulatory Reference: Advisers Act Rule 204-2 and Investment Company Act Rule 17j-1

 
- 72 -

New Employee Introduction (as of August 2015)
Exhibit I. A.

ÿ
Overview of DoubleLine and affiliates
ÿ
Overview of DoubleLine executive management
ÿ
Compliance Policies and Procedures
   
§
G drive
ÿ
Code of Ethics
   
§
Overview
   
§
Securities Account Reporting Initial/ Quarterly/ Annual
   
·
Initial reports-within ten days
   
§
Trading Reporting/Preclearance
   
§
Sixty Day Holding Period
   
§
Trading in closed-end funds managed by an Adviser
   
§
Outside Business Activities
   
§
Political contributions
   
§
Gifts
ÿ
Overview of Insider Trading Policy
   
§
(New Equity, GDC and EMFI members should speak with the CCO)
ÿ
Anti-Money Laundering-Customer Identification Procedures (AML-CIP)
ÿ
Briefer to check this box if Anti-Money Laundering Training is required
ÿ
Overview of Privacy Policy
ÿ
Overview of Email, Electronic Communications and Social Media Policy
ÿ
Overview of Foreign Corrupt Practices Act
ÿ
Overview of BCP procedures

I have been briefed on DoubleLine s compliance policies and procedures and acknowledge that the briefing is not a substitution for reading and referring to DoubleLine s compliance policies and procedures, including the Code of Ethics.

Signature:
 
     
Print Name:
 
     
Date:
 


- 73 -

DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND
DOUBLELINE INCOME SOLUTIONS FUND
DOUBLELINE FUNDS TRUST
DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP
DOUBLELINE EQUITY LP
DOUBLELINE COMMODITY LP
DOUBLELINE INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT NORTH ASIA LTD. (“NORTH ASIA”)
DOUBLELINE GROUP LP
 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF INITIAL RECEIPT
 
OF
 
CODE OF ETHICS
 
This acknowledgement must be signed and returned to the Chief Compliance Officer.
 
I hereby acknowledge that I have read the Code of Ethics for DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund, DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund, DoubleLine Funds Trust, DoubleLine Equity LP, DoubleLine Commodity LP, DoubleLine Group LP , and DoubleLine Capital LP (which contains the Insider Trading Policy for DoubleLine Funds Trust, DoubleLine Equity LP, DoubleLine Commodity LP, and DoubleLine Capital LP) and have had an opportunity to review any portions thereof with my supervisor and the Chief Compliance Officer or other member of the Compliance Department. By signing below, I agree to perform fully in accordance with such provisions of the Code of Ethics as are applicable to me, including the requirement that I promptly report to the Chief Compliance Officer any violation of the Code of which I become aware. I understand that my failure to fully comply with all applicable provisions may subject me to disciplinary action up to and including termination and can also subject me to fines, penalties and even criminal actions and result in significant reputational harm.
 
Signature:
  
 
     
Print Name:
  
 
     
Date:
  
 
 
- 74 -

DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND
DOUBLELINE INCOME SOLUTIONS FUND
DOUBLELINE FUNDS TRUST
DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP
DOUBLELINE EQUITY LP
DOUBLELINE COMMODITY LP
DOUBLELINE GROUP LP
DOUBLELINE INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT NORTH ASIA LTD. (“NORTH ASIA”)
 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF INITIAL RECEIPT
 
OF
 
CODE OF ETHICS (CONSULTANTS)
 
This acknowledgement must be signed and returned to the Chief Compliance Officer.
I have received and read the Code of Ethics (which contains the Insider Trading Policy for DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund, DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund, DoubleLine Funds Trust, DoubleLine Equity LP, DoubleLine Commodity LP, DoubleLine Group LP and DoubleLine Capital LP) for DoubleLine Funds Trust, DoubleLine Capital LP and DoubleLine Equity, LP (collectively, DoubleLine ). I understand that, as a consultant, I may be exposed to certain information pertaining to DoubleLine s portfolio management or trading strategies, including securities traded by DoubleLine on behalf of its clients.

If I am exposed to such information, I will notify the Chief Compliance Officer immediately. I understand that, in such cases, I may be required to conform to the requirements of the Code of Ethics for access persons.
 
Signature:
  
 
     
Print Name:
  
 
     
Date:
  
 
- 75 -

DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND
DOUBLELINE INCOME SOLUTIONS FUND
DOUBLELINE FUNDS TRUST
DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP
DOUBLELINE EQUITY LP
DOUBLELINE COMMODITY LP
DOUBLELINE GROUP LP
DOUBLELINE INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT NORTH ASIA LTD. (“NORTH ASIA”)
 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RECEIPT OF AMENDED
 
CODE OF ETHICS
 
This acknowledgement must be signed and returned to the Chief Compliance Officer.
 
I hereby acknowledge that I have received a copy of the amended Code of Ethics for DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund, DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund, DoubleLine Funds Trust, DoubleLine Equity LP, DoubleLine Commodity LP, DoubleLine Group LP and DoubleLine Capital LP (which contains the Insider Trading Policy, dated as of _______________, and have had an opportunity to review any portions thereof with my supervisor and a member of the Compliance Department. By signing below, I agree to perform fully in accordance with such provisions of the Code of Ethics as are applicable to me, including the requirement that I promptly report to the Chief Compliance Officer any violation of the Code of which I become aware. I understand that my failure to fully comply with all applicable provisions may subject me to disciplinary action up to and including termination and can also subject me to fines, penalties and even criminal actions and result in significant reputational harm.
 
Signature:
  
 
     
Print Name:
  
 
     
Date:
  
 
- 76 -

Exhibit VII. A1.
 
DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND
DOUBLELINE INCOME SOLUTIONS FUND
DOUBLELINE FUNDS TRUST
DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP
DOUBLELINE EQUITY LP
DOUBLELINE COMMODITY LP
DOUBLELINE GROUP LP
DOUBLELINE INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT NORTH ASIA LTD. (“NORTH ASIA”)
 
Annual or Initial Holdings Report
 
Data is complete as of ____________________
 
Account (Brokerage firm name)
Account Number
CUSIP
Security Name
# shares
Total $
Notes
             
             
             
             
             
 
(For initial reports: Account statements may be attached if they are within ten days of the date of hire. If the date of this report is more than ten days after the date of the account statements, this chart shall be updated with any changes, or if none, so state.)
 
(For annual reports: Account statements may be attached if they are within forty-five days of the date that this report is required to be submitted. If the date of this report is more than forty-five days after the date of the account statements, this chart shall be updated with any changes, or if none, so state.)
 
(If I annotate that the Companies have my account statements on file, I have reviewed those files for completeness and accuracy.)
 
       
 
SIGNATURE
 
     
       
 
TYPE OR PRINT NAME
 
     
       
 
DATE
 
 
VII A-3

Exhibit VII A2

DoubleLine Capital LP
DoubleLine Equity LP
DoubleLine Commodity LP
DoubleLine Group LP

Sample Request for Duplicate Confirmations and Statements

Date:

[Address of Outside Firm]

RE:
(NAME OF INDIVIDUAL)
ACCOUNT #

Dear Sir/Madam:

Please be advised that [insert employee name] is an employee of DoubleLine Capital LP, DoubleLine Equity LP, DoubleLine Commodity LP or DoubleLine Group LP (“DoubleLine”) and in compliance with NASD conduct rule 3050, Rule 206(4)-7 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and/or DoubleLine’s employee Code of Ethics, this account is subject to a requirement that duplicate account statements and trade confirmations be sent to our compliance department at the address below:

In connection with the above account, please send duplicate confirmations and account statements to my employer at the following address:

Attn: Chief Compliance Officer
DoubleLine Capital LP/DoubleLine Equity LP/ DoubleLine Commodity LP /DoubleLine Group LP
333 South Grand Ave, Suite 1800
Los Angeles, CA 90071

If you have any questions or comments relative to the foregoing, please do not hesitate to contact me. Thank you for your kind attention to this matter.

 
Very truly yours,
 
VII A-3

 

Exhibit VII A.3. Code of Ethics version April 2016
QUARTERLY REPORT OF PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS - Quarter ending Month xx, 20xx
 
A.   Trading Activity . Please list all reportable transactions or you may attach current statements and indicate no trades other than the trades listed on the attached statements from _____________________ [include name(s) of all brokerage accounts]. If duplicate statements for ALL accounts are being provided to DoubleLine, you may check the box No reportable trades other than the trades listed on duplicate statements provided to Compliance .

If you have not made any reportable transactions, please check the box for NO TRADES .

Date of Trans.
Type
Security Name
Symbol/Cusip
Quantity
Price
Broker
Account Number
               
 
No Reportable trades other than the trades listed on duplicate statements provided to Compliance.
No trades.

B. New Accounts . Have any new brokerage accounts been established in the most recent quarter in which securities were held for your direct or indirect benefit? Yes No
 
If yes, please list.
Account Name
Brokerage Firm or Bank Name
Account Number
Date Established
       
 
C. Managed, Non-Discretionary Accounts. Do you maintain a managed, non-discretionary account? ☐Yes ☐ No If yes, Please answer the following:
 
1 Have you suggested any trades or directed your broker to make any trades on your behalf? ☐ Yes ☐ No
 
2 Have you contacted your broker regarding allocations of investments in your account? ☐ Yes ☐ No
 
If you responded yes to either questions, please see a member of the Legal/Compliance Department
D. Political Contributions : Have you made any political contributions in the past quarter? Yes No If yes, please list:
Recipient
City & State (location) of election
Election (year & type)
Ex: 2010 general election or 2010 primary election
Candidate for office of (ex. President, Governor, Mayor)
Were you eligible to vote in the election? (Y or N)
Date of Political Contribution
Total $
             

E. Social Media . Have you used personal social media to conduct DoubleLine business during the past quarter? ☐ Yes ☐ No
 
F. Gifts . I have not accepted any compensation from any source for the purchase or sale of any property to or for any registered investment company or any controlled company thereof.
 
G. I confirm that the above information is complete and accurate.
VII-A3
EXHIBIT VIII

POLICY REGARDING SPECIAL TRADING PROCEDURES
FOR SECURITIES OF CERTAIN CLOSED-END FUNDS

Effective as of January 1, 2012
(as amended on August 21, 2013)

I. Introduction

  The Companies (as defined in the Code) have adopted the Code of Ethics (the Code ), which contains an Insider Trading Policy and Procedures which, among other things, prohibits inappropriate insider trading in any securities, and prohibits all employees from improperly using or disclosing material, non-public information. These special procedures govern trading by DoubleLine Personnel (other than Disinterested Trustees) in securities of closed-end funds managed by an Adviser.

II. Persons to Whom this Special Trading Policy Applies

  This Special Trading Policy applies to all DoubleLine Personnel (other than Disinterested Trustees) as well as to any transactions in securities participated in by family members, trusts or corporations controlled by DoubleLine Personnel. In particular, this Policy applies to securities transactions by:

· the DoubleLine Personnel's spouse;
· the DoubleLine Personnel's minor children;
· any other relatives living in the DoubleLine Personnel's household;
· a trust in which the DoubleLine Personnel has a beneficial interest, unless such DoubleLine Personnel has no direct or indirect control over the trust;
· a trust as to which the DoubleLine Personnel is a trustee;
· a revocable trust as to which the DoubleLine Personnel is a settlor;
· a corporation of which the DoubleLine Personnel is an officer, director or 10% or greater stockholder; or a partnership of which the DoubleLine Personnel is a partner (including investment clubs), unless the DoubleLine Personnel has no direct or indirect control over the partnership.

  The family members, trust and corporations listed above are referred to as "Related Persons."

III. Securities to which this Special Trading Policy applies

  Unless stated otherwise, this Policy and the following Special Trading Procedures apply to all transactions by DoubleLine Personnel and their Related Persons involving any securities of the closed-end funds for which an Adviser or one of its affiliates acts as an investment manager, investment advisor or sub-advisor (the "Closed-End Funds"). The current list of Closed-End Funds is set forth on Appendix 1 hereto. For purposes of this policy, the securities of the Closed-End Funds themselves are referred to as the "Prohibited Securities." Exhibit 1 may be revised from time to time; and, therefore, DoubleLine Personnel should contact the CCO prior to executing a personal transaction involving any closed-end fund that is managed, advised or sub-advised by an Adviser or any of its affiliates to determine whether the securities involved in the proposed transaction are Prohibited Securities.

IV. Special trading procedures relating to the prohibited securities


A. Preclearance and conditions for personal trading

All investment transactions in Prohibited Securities in which DoubleLine Personnel and/or a Related Person has or will acquire a Beneficial Ownership interest must be precleared by the CCO, using a specially designed form which generally will be similar to the form provided as Appendix 2 to these procedures, including any forms present in any automated or electronic preclearance system.

THERE IS NO DE MINIMIS EXCEPTION FOR PERSONAL TRADING IN PROHIBITED SECURITIES. EMAIL MAY NOT BE USED TO REQUEST AUTHORIZATION TO PRECLEAR A TRADE OF PROHIBITED SECURITIES, EXCEPT TO FORWARD A SIGNED COPY OF THE SPECIALLY DESIGNED FORM.

Preclearance shall be requested by completing and submitting a copy of the applicable preclearance request form to the CCO. No investment transaction subject to preclearance may be effected prior to receipt of written or electronic authorization of the transaction by the CCO. The authorization and the date of authorization will be reflected on the preclearance request form. Any preclearance granted will only be granted for the remainder of the day on which such preclearance is granted. Any transaction, or portion thereof, not completed that same business day will require a separate preapproval.

The CCO may undertake such investigation as he or she considers necessary to determine that the investment transaction for which preclearance has been sought complies with the terms of the Code and this Special Trading Policy and is consistent with the general principles described at the beginning of the Code. The CCO may consider, and reject a requested trade based on, any matter that he or she believes would make, or would be perceived to make, such trade improper.

In order for DoubleLine Personnel to make an initial purchase of one of the Closed-End Funds, such Closed-End Fund must have completed all of its initial   common and preferred shares offerings and not otherwise be engaged in an offering of its shares.

The Advisers reserve the right to impose a minimum purchase amount of Prohibited Securities. Such a limitation may be necessary to assist in controlling potential regulatory risks related to Access Persons regulatory filing obligations.

B. Blackout Periods

DoubleLine Personnel may not purchase or sell shares of a Closed-End Fund during the following period:

from the three-week period prior to a quarterly board meeting (or, if earlier, the time when internal dividend discussions regarding the proposed dividends to be declared at that meeting become material) until after the two business days following the issuance of the press release regarding dividends declared at that meeting; and

the CCO may impose additional blackout periods for trading in a Closed-End Fund as necessary.


C. Holding Period

DoubleLine Personnel may only invest in a Closed-End Fund as a long-term investment. The Code enforces a minimum six-month holding period, which means DoubleLine Personnel may not sell shares of a Closed-End Fund within six months of purchasing them, or purchase shares of a Closed-End Fund within six months of selling them. Any violation of this six-month holding period will require disgorgement of any profits. Certain DoubleLine Personnel may be required to file forms promptly with the SEC regarding their transactions in shares of a Fund. For additional details, please review the Procedures with Respect to Fund Obligations under Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 otherwise known as the Section 16 Policy. You may not be able to sell shares of a Closed-End Fund notwithstanding your compliance with the holding period requirement, including, for example, if a blackout period applies. A blackout period may apply for an extended period of time and you may not be able to sell shares of a Closed-End Fund when you wish, if at all.

D. Conditions of Approval/Preclearance

When requesting preclearance to transact in a Prohibited Security, DoubleLine Personnel generally will attest that they:

· Are in compliance with the Code in making the request to trade a Prohibited Security
· Are not trading on material, non-public information
· Will make all necessary regulatory filings
· Understand that any preapprovals are only good through the end of the same business day that preapproval is granted and that they must receive a new preapproval to trade on the following business day
· Are not purchasing a Prohibited Security within six months of a sale of a Prohibited Security of the same Closed-End Fund
· Are not selling a Prohibited Security within six months of a purchase of a Prohibited Security of the same Closed-End Fund and are not creating a short position
· Are not entering into a Contrary Transaction (opposite advice given to a Client)
· Are meeting any other conditions listed on the form and within the Code.

E. Post-Trade Reporting and Attestations

DoubleLine Personnel shall submit to the CCO a report of every securities transaction in Prohibited Securities in which he or she and any of such DoubleLine Personnel's Related Persons have participated as soon as practicable following the transaction. Such reports shall conform to the requirements of the Code. In addition, on an annual basis, each DoubleLine Personnel must confirm the amount of Prohibited Securities which such person and his/her Related Persons beneficially own.

DoubleLine Personnel (and not a Fund or an Adviser) are personally responsible for ensuring that their transactions comply fully with any and all applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, the restrictions imposed under Sections 16(a) and 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act ) and Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933. DoubleLine Personnel have sole responsibility for any and all reports required under the Exchange Act and any applicable rules or regulations thereunder, such as Forms 3, 4 and 5. DoubleLine Personnel are advised to review carefully the requirements of the Funds Section 16 Policy to ensure that any omission by DoubleLine Personnel to make any such report does not inadvertently cause the Adviser or any of the Closed-End Funds to fail to meet applicable reporting requirements.


Each DoubleLine Personnel shall attest, on an annual basis, that he or she has reviewed and understands (i) his or her filing requirements under Sections 16(a) and 16(b) of the Exchange Act, as discussed above (including Forms 3, 4 and 5), and (ii) the Advisers policy regarding material, non-public information under the Code.

F. Resolving Issues Concerning Insider Trading

If you have any doubts or questions as to whether any information that you possess regarding a Fund is material or non-public, or as to the applicability or interpretation of any of the foregoing procedures, or as to the propriety of any action, you should contact the CCO before trading or communicating the information to anyone. Until these doubts or questions are satisfactorily resolved, you should presume that the information is material and non-public and you should not trade in the securities or communicate the information that you possess to anyone.

G. Penalties

Penalties for failing to comply with this Exhibit shall include all penalties described within the Code. By way of example and not limitation, penalties for failing to comply with the requirements of this Exhibit may include required disgorgement, the timing of which may not be advantageous to the tax or other financial considerations of the DoubleLine Personnel, as well as the disgorgement described under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. It is anticipated that DoubleLine Personnel failing to comply with the requirements of this Exhibit could be barred from trading any of the Funds listed on Appendix 1 or any future closed-end funds to be managed by the Adviser.

H. Modifications and Waivers

The Companies reserve the right to amend or modify this Policy Statement at any time. Waiver of any provision of this Policy Statement in a specific instance only may be authorized in writing as described within the Code.



Appendix 1 to Exhibit VIII:

List of Closed-End Funds

DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund
DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund


Appendix 2 to Exhibit VIII
DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND (DBL)
DOUBLELINE INCOME SOLUTIONS FUND (DSL)
REQUEST FOR PREAUTHORIZATION PERSONAL TRADES     CLOSED END FUNDS
Any preapproval with respect to a transaction in shares of DBL or DSL is only good through the end of the same business day that pre-approval is obtained. Any transaction, or portion thereof, not completed that same business day will require a separate approval.

Date:
   
 
     
Name:
   
 
 
Name of Security
Symbol
CUSIP
Price if limit order
Buy or Sell
#of Shares/Units
Brokerage Firm
Account Number
Check if Private Placement
               

If an option or warrant, describe the underlying security: _______________________________________________

· I request pre-approval authorization to effect transaction(s) in the security indicated above for my personal account(s) or another account(s) in which I have a beneficial interest. I am familiar with and certify that this request is made in compliance with the Code of Ethics.
· I am not in possession of material, non-public information concerning the securities listed above, and I have consulted with the Chief Compliance Officer or his or her designee if I have any doubts regarding whether information in my possession may be material, non-public information regarding such securities.
· If buying, I have not made a sale of a security listed above within SIX MONTHS of this trade date, and I understand that I may not be able to sell the shares I intend to purchase for an extended period of time because of the required holding period and, potentially, an extended blackout period.
· If selling, I have not made a purchase of a security listed above within SIX MONTHS of this trade date AND this trade will NOT result in a short position.
· Unless indicated, this purchase is not an IPO or private placement.
· If I am a portfolio manager, trader or analyst: This transaction is not a Contrary Transaction (opposite of investment advice given to clients.)
· I understand that any preapprovals are only good through the end of the same business day that preapproval is granted, and I must receive a new preapproval to trade on the following business day.
· I am solely responsible for all regulatory filings related to my trading activity in DBL or DSL, as applicable.
· I have read, understand and agree to the terms of the preauthorization to trade DBL or DSL, as applicable, including the Code of Ethics requirements for personal trading.

   
Transaction Authorized
 
         
   
By:
   
         
   
Date:
   
         
   
       
Signature of Person Requesting Authorization
       



Exhibit VIII C
DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND
DOULELINE INCOME SOLUTIONS FUND
DOUBLELINE FUNDS TRUST
DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP
DOUBLELINE EQUITY LP
DOUBLELINE COMMODITY LP
DOUBLELINE GROUP LP
DOUBLELINE INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT NORTH ASIA LTD. (“NORTH ASIA”)

REQUEST FOR PREAUTHORIZATION PERSONAL TRADES

Any transaction as to which pre-approval has been obtained must be completed two business days following the day pre-approval is obtained. Any transaction, or portion thereof, not so completed will require a New Approval. I will apply for an extension if required.

Date:
  
 
     
Name:
  
 

Name of Security
Symbol
CUSIP
Price if limit order
Buy or Sell
#of Shares/Units
Brokerage Firm
Account Number
Private Placement?
               
               
               

If an option or warrant, describe the underlying security: _______________________________________________

· I request pre-approval authorization to effect transaction(s) in the security indicated above for my personal account(s) or another account(s) in which I have a beneficial interest. I am familiar with and certify that this request is made in compliance with the Codes of Ethics.
· I am not in possession of material, non-public information concerning the securities listed above.
· If selling, I have held this security for more than sixty days.
· Unless indicated, this purchase is not an IPO or private placement.
· If I am a portfolio manager, trader or analyst: This transaction is not a Contrary Transaction (opposite of investment advice given to clients.)
 
   
Transaction Authorized
 
         
   
By:
   
         
   
Date:
   
         
   
       
Signature of Person Requesting Authorization
       

Exhibit X. A.
DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND
DOUBLELINE INCOME SOLUTIONS FUND
DOUBLELINE FUNDS TRUST
DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP
DOUBLELINE EQUITY LP
DOUBLELINE COMMODITY LP
DOUBLELINE GROUP LP
DOUBLELINE INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT NORTH ASIA LTD. (“NORTH ASIA”)

ANNUAL NON-CASH COMPENSATION -- ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND CERTIFICATION

Instructions : Complete all sections of form. If not applicable, please indicate N/A or None.

Name
 
Date
 

I hereby acknowledge and certify that I understand the rules and procedures under the DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund, DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund, DoubleLine Funds Trust, DoubleLine Equity Funds, DoubleLine Equity LP, DoubleLine Group LP, DoubleLine Commodity LP and DoubleLine Capital LP Code of Ethics regarding Non-Cash Compensation and Gifts.

I have not accepted any compensation from any source (other than DoubleLine) for the purchase or sale of any property to or for any registered investment company or any controlled company thereof.

I further certify that during the last twelve months I have not directly or indirectly accepted or made payments or offers of payments of any non-cash compensation, except for the following items unrelated to any registered investment company business conducted by DoubleLine. (None of the following may be accepted by persons involved in portfolio management or trading):

 
a)
 
usual and customary promotional items, of de minimis value, such as hats, pens, T-shirts, and similar items marked with a vendor s logo
       
 
b)
 
gifts of nominal value (i.e. under $100 to or from any single individual associated with a vendor per year) or;
       
 
c)
 
an occasional meal or entertainment such as a sporting event, a show, or comparable events, with the vendor present. If the vendor does not accompany you to such events then the cost of the tickets are subject to the gift and dollar limitations above. All entertainment or meals should be neither so frequent nor so extensive as to raise any question of propriety and may not be preconditioned on achievement of a sales target or volume of trades.
       
Report all gifts given or received below (you are not required to report the usual or customary promotional items such as hats, pins, t-shirts, and similar items marked with a vendor s logo). Also report all entertainment RECEIVED. You need not report entertainment given:
For period January 1, ____ through December 31, ______.
 
   
From whom received or to whom given
 
Date
Gift Description
Name/Organization
Est. Value
       

Signature:
     


DoubleLine Group LP
DoubleLine Equity LP
DoubleLine Commodity LP
DoubleLine Group LP
 
Code of Ethics
 
Exhibit X.B.
 
Initial Political Contributions Report
Data is complete as of _________________
Please indicate all political contributions made for the two-year period prior to the date of this report. Contributions to political parties need not indicate election cycle or candidate, unless the contribution to the political party was earmarked for a particular election or candidate. Political contributions to political action committees also must be indicated on this form. All political contributions must be recorded on this form, regardless of the size of the contribution.
Please list in chronological order, starting oldest to newest.
 
ÿ None.
 
Recipient
City and State (location) of election
Election (year and type. Ex. 2011 general election or 2012 primary election)
Candidate for office of (ex. President, Governor, Mayor)
Were you eligible to vote in the election (Yes or No)
Date of Political Contribution
Total $
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
 
I certify that the above information is complete and correct. I further certify that I have not paid or otherwise influenced another to make a political contribution.
 
       
 
SIGNATURE
 
     
       
 
TYPE OR PRINT NAME
 
     
       
 
DATE
 

DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP
DOUBLELINE EQUITY LP
DOUBLELINE COMMODITY LP
DOUBLELINE GROUP LP

  Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA) Questionnaire
 
Exhibit XI D
In keeping with DoubleLine s adherence to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA), we require that all new Access Persons (and certain other persons) complete this questionnaire. Please respond to questions 1 and 2 below.

1. Are you now or have you ever been a Non-U.S. Government Official?*
Yes ___ No ___
 
If you answered yes to this question, please complete the information requested below:
 
Your Name
 
Official Title
 
Name of Government Body
(Agency, Regulator, State Owned Entity, Ministry, etc.)
 
 
Country
 
 
Dates you were (are)Non-U.S. Government Official
From (mm/dd/year)             To (mm/dd/year)
 
Describe the Scope of your responsibilities
 
 
 
  Attach additional information if more than one person and /or with more than one government body.

2. Is any member of your family (e.g., Spouse/Partner, Parent, Grandparent, In-laws, Sibling, Child,) a Non-U.S. Government Official, or do you have a close relationship with a Non-U.S. Government Official who has the ability to influence DoubleLine s Business?

Yes ___ No ___

If you answered yes to this question, please complete the information requested below:
 
Your Name
 
Name of Non-U.S. Government Official
 
Official Title
 
Name of Government Body
(Agency, Regulator, State owned Entity, Ministry, etc.)
 
Country
 
Dates this Individual was (is) Non-U.S. Government Official
From (mm/dd/year)         To (mm/dd/year)
 
Describe the scope of this Official s responsibility
 
Did this Non-U.S. Government Official refer you to DoubleLine?
Yes ___ No ___
 
Attach additional information if more than one position and/or with more than one government body.
 
  
 
  
 
  
Print Name
Signature
 
Date

DoubleLine defines a *Non-U.S. Government Official as:
Non-U.S. Government Official is broadly defined and includes any employee, agent or representative of a non-US government, and any non-US political party, party official or candidate. This can include royalty, non-US legislators, representatives of non-US state-owned enterprises and sovereign wealth funds, trade delegations, and employees of public international organizations (including but not limited to the United Nations, the International Monetary Fund, the World Bank and many other international agencies), regardless of rank or position, and any individuals acting on behalf of a Non-U.S. Government Official.
This may involve activities done on a paid or unpaid basis.

Exhibit XI E
DOUBLELINE OPPORTUNISTIC CREDIT FUND
DOUBLELINE INCOME SOLUTIONS FUND
DOUBLELINE FUNDS TRUST
DOUBLELINE CAPITAL LP
DOUBLELINE EQUITY LP
DOUBLELINE COMMODITY LP
DOUBLELINE GROUP LP
DOUBLELINE INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT NORTH ASIA LTD. (“NORTH ASIA”)
 
REQUIRED ANNUAL ATTESTATIONS AND DISCLOSURES
 
DATE:

TO:   CHIEF COMPLIANCE OFFICER

FROM:
____________________________________________________________
 
Please read this form carefully. Answer all questions completely, sign, date and return this form to the Chief Compliance Officer.
 
REQUIREMENT TO KEEP THIS INFORMATION CURRENT : You are required to promptly provide updated information, in writing, to the Chief Compliance Officer in the event any of the information that you report below changes or becomes inaccurate in any way.
 
1. I have received or have access to the DoubleLine Capital LP, DoubleLine Equity LP, DoubleLine Commodity LP (each an “Adviser”), DoubleLine Group LP, DoubleLine Opportunistic Credit Fund (“DBL”), DoubleLine Income Solutions Fund (“DSL”) and DoubleLine Funds Trust (collectively, the “Trust”) (collectively the “Companies”) Code of Ethics (the “Code”).
 
2. I am aware that the policies and procedures set forth in the Code are designed to assist me, the Companies and the Companies’ employees in compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, the Companies’ own internal standards, and to maintaining the trust and confidence of those individual with whom the Companies conducts business and to upholding high standards of integrity and business ethics.
 
3. I have read and understand the Code and I agree to comply with it fully.
 

4. I understand that any failure on my part to comply with all applicable laws, regulations, or requirements and the policies and procedures set forth in the Code may have serious adverse consequences for both me and the Companies and can lead to disciplinary actions by the Companies against me up to and including termination.
 
5. If at any time I have any doubt, whatsoever, as to the correct policy or procedure to follow in relation to any matter covered by the Code, or if I am unclear as to the meaning or effect of anything contained in the Code, I agree to consult with legal or compliance personnel.
 
6. If I am a new hire or otherwise new as an Access Person, I will provide records showing any and all political contributions made during the two year period prior to my becoming an Access Person. If this is my annual attestation, I have made all political contributions pursuant to requirements of the Code of Ethics and have made all such reports as are required by the Code of Ethics. If I have made no political contributions during the two-year period prior to my becoming an employee or in the year since my last annual attestation, I have indicated “None” on the following line.
 

 
7. Since my date of employment with any of the Companies or the date of execution of my last Annual Attestation and Disclosure Form, whichever is later, I have complied fully with the Companies’ policies on directorships of public or private companies and, except with respect to the Companies, or as otherwise disclosed below, I do not currently serve as a director of any public or private companies. (If none, please indicate “None”)
 

 
8. Since my date of employment with either of the Companies or the date of execution of my last Annual Attestation and Disclosure Form, whichever is later, I have complied fully with the Companies’ policies on outside business activities and, except with respect to the Companies, or as otherwise disclosed below, I am not currently engaged in any other business activities, or employed or compensated by any other person or serve as an officer, partner or employee of any business organization. (If none, please indicate “None”)
 

 
9. Since my date of employment with either of the Companies or the date of execution of my last Annual Attestation and Disclosure Form, whichever is later, I have complied fully with the Companies’ policies on the reporting of accounts and transactions involving securities and other financial products. Without limiting the foregoing, I have notified the Companies with respect to all outside accounts opened for the purchase, holding or disposition of any financial products that are beneficially owned by: (i) me; (ii) my spouse or domestic partner; (iii) my child or a child of my spouse or domestic partner, provided, in each case, the child resides in the same household with, or is financially dependent upon, me; and (iv) any account as to which I have discretionary authority or direct influence or control, including any account for which I act as trustee, executor or custodian, but excluding any account for a client to the extent the discretion is exercised on behalf thereof. I have also notified the Companies with respect to accounts beneficially owned by any Immediate Family Member , as hereinafter defined, that shares a household with me, unless I have no direct or indirect influence or control over such account. For purposes of the foregoing, the term “Immediate Family Member shall mean, any grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in law, brother-in law, or sister-in-law. In addition, in connection with each account, I have requested that duplicate copies of confirmations and account statements be provided to the Companies and have notified the Companies of all changes thereto.
 

10. Since my date of employment with either of the Companies or the date of execution of my last Annual Attestation and Disclosure Form, whichever is later, I have complied fully with the Companies policies on the filing of Holdings Report Notification forms with respect to transactions in financial products are beneficially owned by: (i) me; (ii) my spouse or domestic partner; (iii) my child or a child of my spouse or domestic partner, provided, in each case, the child resides in the same household with, or is financially dependent upon, me; (iv) an Immediate Family Member that shares a household with me, unless I have no direct or indirect influence or control over such transaction.
 
11. Since my date of employment with either of the Companies or the date of execution of my last Annual Attestation and Disclosure Form, whichever is later, I have not received any third party compensation, except as indicated below. (If none, please indicate “None”)
 

 
12. I acknowledge the confidential nature of nonpublic information regarding our clients. Consistent with applicable policies and guidelines, I will respect and safeguard the privacy of our clients and the confidential nature of their information. Without limiting the general nature of this commitment, I will not access or seek to gain access to confidential information regarding any past or present client, except in the course of fulfilling my job responsibilities. I understand that in this context, confidential information is considered to be all nonpublic information that can be personally associated with an individual.
 
I will not use another person’s computer sign-on or computer access code or provide another the use of my sign-on code to gain access to confidential information without proper authorization. I will not disclose confidential information to those who are not authorized to receive it. In addition, I will not, without proper authorization, copy or preserve by paper writing, electronic, or any other means confidential information, nor will I disseminate any such information without proper authorization. If I am in doubt about whether the authorization provided is proper, I will consult the Companies’ Compliance or legal personnel for guidance.
 

I acknowledge the receipt of my ID’s and Passwords. I understand that passwords are the equivalent of my signature. I understand that I will only access information that is required for me to perform my assigned tasks. I acknowledge that if I disclose passwords to any other person, I will be fully accountable and responsible for any use or misuse by that individual to the same extent as if I had performed the act or omission. If I have any reason to believe that the confidentiality of my passwords has been violated, I will notify my supervisor immediately and ensure that the passwords are promptly changed.I further understand that if my Personal Electronic Device is able to connect to DoubleLine’s technology resources and is lost, stolen, sold or otherwise transferred from my possession in any permanent manner, I will notify DoubleLine’s Information Technology Group immediately to allow DoubleLine to mitigate any security breaches that could occur.
 
13. I have complied fully with the Companies’ insider-trading policy as set forth in the Code, and I have read and understand the Companies’ policy on the use of material, non-public information.
 
14. I have reviewed and understand my personal obligations regarding the filing requirements under Sections 16(a) and 16(b) of the Exchange Act as they apply to me, including, but not necessarily limited to, Forms 3, 4 and 5.
 
15. Authorization is hereby granted to the Companies to open any and all mail and monitor all forms of communication addressed to my attention and delivered to the Companies.
 
16. Nothing has changed in my disclosures regarding non-US Government Officials and the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act since my last report. (Otherwise, I will complete a new form regarding non-US Government Officials and submit it with this attestation.)
 
17. I understand that a willful misstatement or omission of information requested on this form, or a violation of any applicable federal or state law, regulatory or self-regulatory organization requirement, or any of the Adviser’s, DBL’s, DSL’s or the Trust’s policy or procedures, as set forth in the Code, or otherwise, may be considered grounds for termination of my employment and other disciplinary action by the Companies.
 
18. I have not ever been charged with, pled guilty or nolo contondere (“no contest”) to or been convicted of a felony.
 
19. I have not ever been charged with, convicted of, or pled guilty or nolo contendere in a domestic, foreign, or military court to a misdemeanor involving: investments or an investment-related business, or any fraud, false statements, or omissions, wrongful taking of property, bribery, perjury, forgery, counterfeiting, extortion, or a conspiracy to commit any of these offenses.
 
20. I have not ever been named in or subject to any finding or disciplinary action of any kind imposed by any state, U.S.,. or non-U.S. regulatory or self-regulatory body with authority over any of the Companies’ lines of business or any aspect of the U.S. financial markets, such as but not limited to: the SEC, FINRA, Commodities Futures Trade Commission (“CFTC”) or National Futures Association (“NFA”).
 

21. I have not ever been found by any U.S. Federal regulatory agency, any state regulatory agency, or any foreign financial regulatory authority to have made a false statement or omission, or to have been dishonest, unfair, or unethical; to have been involved in a violation of investment-related regulations or statutes; or to have been the cause of an investment-related business having its authorization to do business denied, suspended, revoked, or restricted. I have not ever had a federal regulatory agency, state regulatory agency, or foreign financial regulatory authority prevent me from associating with an investment-related business, restrict my activity, enter an order against me in connection with an investment related activity, or impose a civil money penalty on me.
 
22. I have not ever had a license or authorization to serve as a registered person or as someone in a similar capacity be denied, suspended or revoked, nor have I ever had a license or authorization to serve as an attorney, accountant or federal contractor either be suspended or revoked.
 
23. I have not ever had a court enter any order or make any finding against me related to any investment-related statutes or investment related activities;, dismiss, pursuant to a settlement agreement, an investment related civil action brought against me by a state or foreign financial regulatory authority; enjoin,   or otherwise limit, me from engaging in any investment-related activity or from violating any investment-related statute, rule, or order. I am not a party to any proceeding whatsoever that could lead to such a court order.
 
24. I am not aware of any item that is required to be reported to any employer that hires me. I am not aware of any item related to me that any of the Companies would be required to report to any regulatory entity. I am not the subject of any regulatory or civil proceeding that could result in a change to the responses in this attestation.
 
       
 
SIGNATURE
 
     
       
 
TYPE OR PRINT NAME
 
     
       
 
DATE